diff --git a/contrib/array/array_iterator.c b/contrib/array/array_iterator.c
index 5c4a3371a4f5c31eb24de34d3e87a47f2ef993bc..1561c1b192b262086e2443d038a8f47e7cff32c9 100644
--- a/contrib/array/array_iterator.c
+++ b/contrib/array/array_iterator.c
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ array_iterator(Oid elemtype, Oid proc, int and, ArrayType *array, Datum value)
 	int			ndim,
 			   *dim;
 	char	   *p;
-	FmgrInfo finf;    /*Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999*/
-	
+	FmgrInfo	finf;			/* Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999 */
+
 
 	/* Sanity checks */
 	if ((array == (ArrayType *) NULL)
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ array_iterator(Oid elemtype, Oid proc, int and, ArrayType *array, Datum value)
 
 	/* Lookup the function entry point */
 	proc_fn = (func_ptr) NULL;
-        fmgr_info(proc,&finf); /*Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999*/
-        proc_fn=finf.fn_addr;  /*Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999*/
-        pronargs=finf.fn_nargs; /*Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999*/
+	fmgr_info(proc, &finf);		/* Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999 */
+	proc_fn = finf.fn_addr;		/* Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999 */
+	pronargs = finf.fn_nargs;	/* Tobias Gabele Jan 18 1999 */
 	if ((proc_fn == NULL) || (pronargs != 2))
 	{
 		elog(ERROR, "array_iterator: fmgr_info lookup failed for oid %d", proc);
@@ -110,38 +110,26 @@ array_iterator(Oid elemtype, Oid proc, int and, ArrayType *array, Datum value)
 		{
 			result = (int) (*proc_fn) (p, value);
 			if (typlen > 0)
-			{
 				p += typlen;
-			}
 			else
-			{
 				p += INTALIGN(*(int32 *) p);
-			}
 		}
 		if (result)
 		{
 			if (!and)
-			{
 				return (1);
-			}
 		}
 		else
 		{
 			if (and)
-			{
 				return (0);
-			}
 		}
 	}
 
 	if (and && result)
-	{
 		return (1);
-	}
 	else
-	{
 		return (0);
-	}
 }
 
 /*
@@ -344,7 +332,7 @@ int32
 array_oideq(ArrayType *array, Oid value)
 {
 	return array_iterator((Oid) 26,		/* oid */
-						  (Oid) 184,		/* oideq */
+						  (Oid) 184,	/* oideq */
 						  0,	/* logical or */
 						  array, (Datum) value);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/array/array_iterator.h b/contrib/array/array_iterator.h
index 5eab8d985b384a3769d07057c77c250ed311ffe0..6e84088487902e8d327f6f430633aa5fd8156f89 100644
--- a/contrib/array/array_iterator.h
+++ b/contrib/array/array_iterator.h
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 #ifndef ARRAY_ITERATOR_H
 #define ARRAY_ITERATOR_H
 
-static int32
-array_iterator(Oid elemtype, Oid proc, int and,
+static int32 array_iterator(Oid elemtype, Oid proc, int and,
 			   ArrayType *array, Datum value);
 int32		array_texteq(ArrayType *array, char *value);
 int32		array_all_texteq(ArrayType *array, char *value);
@@ -24,6 +23,7 @@ int32		array_int4lt(ArrayType *array, int4 value);
 int32		array_all_int4lt(ArrayType *array, int4 value);
 int32		array_int4le(ArrayType *array, int4 value);
 int32		array_all_int4le(ArrayType *array, int4 value);
-int32           array_oideq(ArrayType *array, Oid value);
-int32           array_all_oidne(ArrayType *array, Oid value);
+int32		array_oideq(ArrayType *array, Oid value);
+int32		array_all_oidne(ArrayType *array, Oid value);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/contrib/datetime/datetime_functions.c b/contrib/datetime/datetime_functions.c
index 11c0be64f600418e394af59a03764c2cab09700b..9dd0828457c0cca0ecb48dbc5e91bc94adef114f 100644
--- a/contrib/datetime/datetime_functions.c
+++ b/contrib/datetime/datetime_functions.c
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ currentdate()
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c b/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
index 0c106f670bf6108a25c88e6c11746f37bceaf043..8dbef7295cfe39ae63a70ec3dbd71cf857bb03b7 100644
--- a/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
+++ b/contrib/earthdistance/earthdistance.c
@@ -4,23 +4,24 @@
 
 #include <postgres.h>
 #include <utils/geo_decls.h>	/* for Pt */
-#include <utils/palloc.h>	/* for palloc */
+#include <utils/palloc.h>		/* for palloc */
 
 /* Earth's radius is in statute miles. */
-const EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
-const TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
+const		EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
+const		TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
 
 /******************************************************
  *
  * degtorad - convert degrees to radians
  *
- * arg:	double, angle in degrees
+ * arg: double, angle in degrees
  *
- * returns:	double, same angle in radians
+ * returns: double, same angle in radians
  ******************************************************/
 
 static double
-degtorad (double degrees) {
+degtorad(double degrees)
+{
 	return (degrees / 360.0) * TWO_PI;
 }
 
@@ -30,36 +31,40 @@ degtorad (double degrees) {
  * geo_distance - distance between points
  *
  * args:
- *   a pair of points - for each point,
- *     x-coordinate is longitude in degrees west of Greenwich
- *     y-coordinate is latitude in degrees above equator
+ *	 a pair of points - for each point,
+ *	   x-coordinate is longitude in degrees west of Greenwich
+ *	   y-coordinate is latitude in degrees above equator
  *
- * returns:	double
- *   distance between the points in miles on earth's surface
+ * returns: double
+ *	 distance between the points in miles on earth's surface
  ******************************************************/
 
 double *
-geo_distance (Point *pt1, Point *pt2) {
+geo_distance(Point *pt1, Point *pt2)
+{
 
-	double long1, lat1, long2, lat2;
-	double longdiff;
-	double * resultp = palloc (sizeof(double));
+	double		long1,
+				lat1,
+				long2,
+				lat2;
+	double		longdiff;
+	double	   *resultp = palloc(sizeof(double));
 
 	/* convert degrees to radians */
 
-	long1 = degtorad (pt1->x);
-	lat1 = degtorad (pt1->y);
+	long1 = degtorad(pt1->x);
+	lat1 = degtorad(pt1->y);
 
-	long2 = degtorad (pt2->x);
-	lat2 = degtorad (pt2->y);
+	long2 = degtorad(pt2->x);
+	lat2 = degtorad(pt2->y);
 
 	/* compute difference in longitudes - want < 180 degrees */
-	longdiff = fabs (long1 - long2);
+	longdiff = fabs(long1 - long2);
 	if (longdiff > M_PI)
 		longdiff = TWO_PI - longdiff;
 
-	* resultp = EARTH_RADIUS * acos
-	  (sin (lat1) * sin (lat2) + cos (lat1) * cos (lat2) * cos (longdiff));
+	*resultp = EARTH_RADIUS * acos
+		(sin(lat1) * sin(lat2) + cos(lat1) * cos(lat2) * cos(longdiff));
 
 	return resultp;
 }
diff --git a/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c b/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
index 77e8c7475db8e58227d0d4f815f88dc9fd924c96..f1b82a14ef28021307f387d087f57ef0d445f5f7 100644
--- a/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
+++ b/contrib/findoidjoins/findoidjoins.c
@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@
 #include <libpq-fe.h>
 #include "pginterface.h"
 
-PGresult *attres, *relres;
+PGresult   *attres,
+		   *relres;
 
 int
 main(int argc, char **argv)
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 		");
 	doquery("FETCH ALL IN c_relations");
 	relres = get_result();
-	
+
 	set_result(attres);
 	while (fetch(typname, relname, attname) != END_OF_TUPLES)
 	{
@@ -65,17 +66,17 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 		{
 			unset_result(relres);
 			if (strcmp(typname, "oid") == 0)
-				sprintf(query,"\
+				sprintf(query, "\
 					DECLARE c_matches BINARY CURSOR FOR \
-					SELECT	count(*)
-					FROM	%s t1, %s t2 \
-					WHERE	t1.%s = t2.oid", relname, relname2, attname);
+					SELECT	count(*) \
+						FROM % s t1, %s t2 \
+					WHERE t1.% s = t2.oid ", relname, relname2, attname);
 			else
-				sprintf(query,"\
+				sprintf(query, "\
 					DECLARE c_matches BINARY CURSOR FOR \
-					SELECT	count(*)
-					FROM	%s t1, %s t2 \
-					WHERE	RegprocToOid(t1.%s) = t2.oid", relname, relname2, attname);
+					SELECT	count(*) \
+								FROM % s t1, %s t2 \
+								WHERE RegprocToOid(t1.% s) = t2.oid ", relname, relname2, attname);
 
 			doquery(query);
 			doquery("FETCH ALL IN c_matches");
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	doquery("CLOSE c_attributes");
 	PQclear(attres);
 	unset_result(attres);
-	
+
 	doquery("COMMIT WORK");
 
 	disconnectdb();
diff --git a/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c b/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
index e5539b44576c1275584d736d9956d4a18cd61dcf..0291a48a274644e05161a3ea661bb4da03cdf732 100644
--- a/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
+++ b/contrib/fulltextindex/fti.c
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
 #include "postgres.h"
 #include "executor/spi.h"
 #include "commands/trigger.h"
-#include <ctype.h>	/* tolower */
-#include <stdio.h>	/* debugging */
+#include <ctype.h>				/* tolower */
+#include <stdio.h>				/* debugging */
 
 /*
  * Trigger function takes 2 arguments:
- 		1. relation in which to store the substrings
- 		2. field to extract substrings from
+		1. relation in which to store the substrings
+		2. field to extract substrings from
 
    The relation in which to insert *must* have the following layout:
 
-   		string		varchar(#)
-   		id			oid
+		string		varchar(#)
+		id			oid
 
 	Example:
 
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ create index title_fti_idx on title_fti (string);
 
 create trigger title_fti_trigger after update or insert or delete on product
 for each row execute procedure fti(title_fti, title);
-                                   ^^^^^^^^^
+								   ^^^^^^^^^
 								   where to store index in
-								              ^^^^^
+											  ^^^^^
 											  which column to index
 
 ofcourse don't forget to create an index on title_idx, column string, else
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ select p.* from product p, title_fti f1, title_fti f2 where
 */
 
 /*
-    march 4 1998 Changed breakup() to return less substrings. Only breakup
-	             in word parts which are in turn shortened from the start
+	march 4 1998 Changed breakup() to return less substrings. Only breakup
+				 in word parts which are in turn shortened from the start
 				 of the word (ie. word, ord, rd)
 				 Did allocation of substring buffer outside of breakup()
 	oct. 5 1997, fixed a bug in string breakup (where there are more nonalpha
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ select p.* from product p, title_fti f1, title_fti f2 where
    */
 
 HeapTuple	fti(void);
-char *breakup(char*, char*);
-bool is_stopword(char*);
+char	   *breakup(char *, char *);
+bool		is_stopword(char *);
 
-bool new_tuple = false;
+bool		new_tuple = false;
 
 
 /* THIS LIST MUST BE IN SORTED ORDER, A BINARY SEARCH IS USED!!!! */
-char *StopWords[] = { 		/* list of words to skip in indexing */
+char	   *StopWords[] = {		/* list of words to skip in indexing */
 #ifdef SAMPLE_STOP_WORDS
 	"no"
 	"the",
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct
 static EPlan *InsertPlans = NULL;
 static EPlan *DeletePlans = NULL;
 static int	nInsertPlans = 0;
-static int  nDeletePlans = 0;
+static int	nDeletePlans = 0;
 
 static EPlan *find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans);
 
@@ -96,28 +96,28 @@ static EPlan *find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans);
 HeapTuple
 fti()
 {
-	Trigger		*trigger;	/* to get trigger name */
-	int			nargs;		/* # of arguments */
-	char		**args;		/* arguments */
-	char		*relname;	/* triggered relation name */
-	Relation	rel;		/* triggered relation */
-	char		*indexname;	/* name of table for substrings */
+	Trigger    *trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
+	int			nargs;			/* # of arguments */
+	char	  **args;			/* arguments */
+	char	   *relname;		/* triggered relation name */
+	Relation	rel;			/* triggered relation */
+	char	   *indexname;		/* name of table for substrings */
 	HeapTuple	rettuple = NULL;
-	TupleDesc	tupdesc;	/* tuple description */
-	bool		isinsert=false;
-	bool		isdelete=false;
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;		/* tuple description */
+	bool		isinsert = false;
+	bool		isdelete = false;
 	int			ret;
 	char		query[8192];
 	Oid			oid;
+
 	/*
-	  FILE		*debug;
-	  */
+	 * FILE		 *debug;
+	 */
 
 	/*
-	  debug = fopen("/dev/xconsole", "w");
-	  fprintf(debug, "FTI: entered function\n");
-	  fflush(debug);
-	  */
+	 * debug = fopen("/dev/xconsole", "w"); fprintf(debug, "FTI: entered
+	 * function\n"); fflush(debug);
+	 */
 
 	if (!CurrentTriggerData)
 		elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: triggers are not initialized");
@@ -127,47 +127,53 @@ fti()
 		elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: must be fired AFTER event");
 
 	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
-		isinsert=true;
+		isinsert = true;
 	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
-	{ isdelete=true;isinsert=true;}
+	{
+		isdelete = true;
+		isinsert = true;
+	}
 	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
-		isdelete=true;
+		isdelete = true;
 
 	trigger = CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigger;
 	rel = CurrentTriggerData->tg_relation;
 	relname = SPI_getrelname(rel);
-	rettuple=CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigtuple;
-	if (isdelete&&isinsert) /* is an UPDATE */
-		rettuple=CurrentTriggerData->tg_newtuple;
+	rettuple = CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigtuple;
+	if (isdelete && isinsert)	/* is an UPDATE */
+		rettuple = CurrentTriggerData->tg_newtuple;
 
-	CurrentTriggerData = NULL; /* invalidate 'normal' calls to this function */
+	CurrentTriggerData = NULL;	/* invalidate 'normal' calls to this
+								 * function */
+
+	if ((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
+		elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: SPI_connect failed, returned %d\n", ret);
 
-	if ((ret = SPI_connect()) <0)
-		elog(ERROR,"Full Text Indexing: SPI_connect failed, returned %d\n",ret);
-		
 	nargs = trigger->tgnargs;
 	if (nargs != 2)
 		elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: trigger can only have 2 arguments");
-		
+
 	args = trigger->tgargs;
 	indexname = args[0];
-	tupdesc = rel->rd_att;	/* what the tuple looks like (?) */
+	tupdesc = rel->rd_att;		/* what the tuple looks like (?) */
 
 	/* get oid of current tuple, needed by all, so place here */
 	oid = rettuple->t_data->t_oid;
 	if (!OidIsValid(oid))
-	    elog(ERROR,"Full Text Indexing: oid of current tuple is NULL");
+		elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: oid of current tuple is NULL");
 
-	if (isdelete) {
-		void *pplan;
-		Oid *argtypes;
-		Datum values[1];
-		EPlan *plan;
+	if (isdelete)
+	{
+		void	   *pplan;
+		Oid		   *argtypes;
+		Datum		values[1];
+		EPlan	   *plan;
 
 		sprintf(query, "D%s$%s", args[0], args[1]);
 		plan = find_plan(query, &DeletePlans, &nDeletePlans);
-		if (plan->nplans <= 0) {
-			argtypes = (Oid *)palloc(sizeof(Oid));
+		if (plan->nplans <= 0)
+		{
+			argtypes = (Oid *) palloc(sizeof(Oid));
 
 			argtypes[0] = OIDOID;
 
@@ -181,7 +187,7 @@ fti()
 				elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: SPI_saveplan returned NULL "
 					 "in delete");
 
-			plan->splan = (void **)malloc(sizeof(void*));
+			plan->splan = (void **) malloc(sizeof(void *));
 			*(plan->splan) = pplan;
 			plan->nplans = 1;
 		}
@@ -192,26 +198,29 @@ fti()
 		if (ret != SPI_OK_DELETE)
 			elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: error executing plan in delete");
 	}
-	
-	if (isinsert) {
-		char *substring, *column;
-		void *pplan;
-		Oid  *argtypes;
-		Datum values[2];
-		int  colnum;
+
+	if (isinsert)
+	{
+		char	   *substring,
+				   *column;
+		void	   *pplan;
+		Oid		   *argtypes;
+		Datum		values[2];
+		int			colnum;
 		struct varlena *data;
-		EPlan *plan;
+		EPlan	   *plan;
 
 		sprintf(query, "I%s$%s", args[0], args[1]);
 		plan = find_plan(query, &InsertPlans, &nInsertPlans);
 
 		/* no plan yet, so allocate mem for argtypes */
-		if (plan->nplans <= 0) {
-			argtypes = (Oid *)palloc(2*sizeof(Oid));
+		if (plan->nplans <= 0)
+		{
+			argtypes = (Oid *) palloc(2 * sizeof(Oid));
 
-			argtypes[0]	=	VARCHAROID; /*create table t_name
-										        (string varchar, */
-			argtypes[1]	=	OIDOID;     /*       id     oid);    */
+			argtypes[0] = VARCHAROID;	/* create table t_name (string
+										 * varchar, */
+			argtypes[1] = OIDOID;		/* id	  oid);    */
 
 			/* prepare plan to gain speed */
 			sprintf(query, "INSERT INTO %s (string, id) VALUES ($1, $2)",
@@ -226,45 +235,49 @@ fti()
 				elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: SPI_saveplan returned NULL"
 					 " in insert");
 
-			plan->splan = (void **)malloc(sizeof(void*));
+			plan->splan = (void **) malloc(sizeof(void *));
 			*(plan->splan) = pplan;
 			plan->nplans = 1;
 		}
-		
-		
+
+
 		/* prepare plan for query */
-		colnum=SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[1]);
+		colnum = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[1]);
 		if (colnum == SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE)
 			elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: column '%s' of '%s' not found",
 				 args[1], args[0]);
-		
+
 		/* Get the char* representation of the column with name args[1] */
 		column = SPI_getvalue(rettuple, tupdesc, colnum);
-		
-		if (column) { /* make sure we don't try to index NULL's */
-			char *buff;
-			char *string = column;
-			
-			while(*string != '\0') { /* placed 'really' inline. */
-				*string = tolower(*string); /* some compilers will choke */
-				string++;					/* on 'inline' keyword */
+
+		if (column)
+		{						/* make sure we don't try to index NULL's */
+			char	   *buff;
+			char	   *string = column;
+
+			while (*string != '\0')
+			{					/* placed 'really' inline. */
+				*string = tolower(*string);		/* some compilers will
+												 * choke */
+				string++;		/* on 'inline' keyword */
 			}
 
-			data = (struct varlena*)palloc(sizeof(int32)+strlen(column)+1);
+			data = (struct varlena *) palloc(sizeof(int32) + strlen(column) +1);
 			buff = palloc(strlen(column) + 1);
-			/* saves lots of calls in while-loop and in breakup()*/
+			/* saves lots of calls in while-loop and in breakup() */
 
-			new_tuple=true;
-			while ((substring = breakup(column, buff))) {
-				int l;
+			new_tuple = true;
+			while ((substring = breakup(column, buff)))
+			{
+				int			l;
 
 				l = strlen(substring);
 
-				data->vl_len = l+sizeof(int32);
+				data->vl_len = l + sizeof(int32);
 				memcpy(VARDATA(data), substring, l);
 				values[0] = PointerGetDatum(data);
 				values[1] = oid;
-				
+
 				ret = SPI_execp(*(plan->splan), values, NULL, 0);
 				if (ret != SPI_OK_INSERT)
 					elog(ERROR, "Full Text Indexing: error executing plan "
@@ -279,76 +292,83 @@ fti()
 	return (rettuple);
 }
 
-char *breakup(char *string, char *substring)
+char *
+breakup(char *string, char *substring)
 {
 	static char *last_start;
 	static char *cur_pos;
 
 	if (new_tuple)
 	{
-		cur_pos=last_start=&string[strlen(string)-1];
-		new_tuple=false; /* don't initialize this next time */
+		cur_pos = last_start = &string[strlen(string) - 1];
+		new_tuple = false;		/* don't initialize this next time */
 	}
 
-	while (cur_pos > string) /* don't read before start of 'string' */
+	while (cur_pos > string)	/* don't read before start of 'string' */
 	{
-		/* skip pieces at the end of a string that are not
-		   alfa-numeric (ie. 'string$%^&', last_start first points to
-		   '&', and after this to 'g' */
-		if (!isalnum((int)*last_start)) {
-			while (!isalnum((int)*last_start) &&
+
+		/*
+		 * skip pieces at the end of a string that are not alfa-numeric
+		 * (ie. 'string$%^&', last_start first points to '&', and after
+		 * this to 'g'
+		 */
+		if (!isalnum((int) *last_start))
+		{
+			while (!isalnum((int) *last_start) &&
 				   last_start > string)
 				last_start--;
-			cur_pos=last_start;
+			cur_pos = last_start;
 		}
 
-		cur_pos--; /* substrings are at minimum 2 characters long */
+		cur_pos--;				/* substrings are at minimum 2 characters
+								 * long */
 
-		if (isalnum((int)*cur_pos))
+		if (isalnum((int) *cur_pos))
 		{
 			/* Houston, we have a substring! :) */
 			memcpy(substring, cur_pos, last_start - cur_pos + 1);
-			substring[last_start-cur_pos+1]='\0';
-			if (!is_stopword(substring)) return substring;
+			substring[last_start - cur_pos + 1] = '\0';
+			if (!is_stopword(substring))
+				return substring;
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			last_start=cur_pos-1;
+			last_start = cur_pos - 1;
 			cur_pos = last_start;
 		}
 	}
 
-	return NULL; /* we've processed all of 'string' */
+	return NULL;				/* we've processed all of 'string' */
 }
 
 /* copied from src/backend/parser/keywords.c and adjusted for our situation*/
 bool
 is_stopword(char *text)
 {
-	char **StopLow;		/* for list of stop-words */
-	char **StopHigh;
-	char **StopMiddle;
-    unsigned int         difference;
+	char	  **StopLow;		/* for list of stop-words */
+	char	  **StopHigh;
+	char	  **StopMiddle;
+	unsigned int difference;
 
-	StopLow = &StopWords[0];		/* initialize stuff for binary search */
+	StopLow = &StopWords[0];	/* initialize stuff for binary search */
 	StopHigh = endof(StopWords);
 
 	if (lengthof(StopWords) == 0)
 		return false;
-		
-    while (StopLow <= StopHigh)
-    {
-        StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
-        difference = strcmp(*StopMiddle, text);
-        if (difference == 0)
-            return (true);
-        else if (difference < 0)
-            StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
-        else
-            StopHigh = StopMiddle - 1;
-    }
-
-    return (false);
+
+	while (StopLow <= StopHigh)
+	{
+		StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+		difference = strcmp(*StopMiddle, text);
+		if (difference == 0)
+			return (true);
+		else if (difference < 0)
+			StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
+		else
+			StopHigh = StopMiddle - 1;
+	}
+
+	return (false);
 }
 
 /* for caching of query plans, stolen from contrib/spi/\*.c */
diff --git a/contrib/isbn_issn/isbn.c b/contrib/isbn_issn/isbn.c
index ed608f3e1330c6922ef23f1356adbb4eeb224b75..5f4ac8890515464b9cd487b37f6f612848a2cf73 100644
--- a/contrib/isbn_issn/isbn.c
+++ b/contrib/isbn_issn/isbn.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *	PostgreSQL type definitions for ISBNs.
  *
- *	$Id: isbn.c,v 1.1 1998/08/17 03:35:04 scrappy Exp $
+ *	$Id: isbn.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:05:40 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 
 typedef struct isbn
 {
-	char	num[13];
-	char	pad[3];
+	char		num[13];
+	char		pad[3];
 }			isbn;
 
 /*
@@ -50,13 +50,15 @@ isbn_in(char *str)
 	char	   *cp;
 	int			count;
 
-	if (strlen(str) != 13) {
+	if (strlen(str) != 13)
+	{
 		elog(ERROR, "isbn_in: invalid ISBN \"%s\"", str);
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	if (isbn_sum(str) != 0) {
+	if (isbn_sum(str) != 0)
+	{
 		elog(ERROR, "isbn_in: purported ISBN \"%s\" failed checksum",
-		     str);
+			 str);
 		return (NULL);
 	}
 
@@ -84,28 +86,40 @@ isbn_in(char *str)
 int4
 isbn_sum(char *str)
 {
-	int4 sum = 0, dashes = 0, val;
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; str[i] && i < 13; i++) {
-		switch(str[i]) {
-		case '-':
-			if (++dashes > 3)
+	int4		sum = 0,
+				dashes = 0,
+				val;
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 0; str[i] && i < 13; i++)
+	{
+		switch (str[i])
+		{
+			case '-':
+				if (++dashes > 3)
+					return 12;
+				continue;
+
+			case '0':
+			case '1':
+			case '2':
+			case '3':
+			case '4':
+			case '5':
+			case '6':
+			case '7':
+			case '8':
+			case '9':
+				val = str[i] - '0';
+				break;
+
+			case 'X':
+			case 'x':
+				val = 10;
+				break;
+
+			default:
 				return 12;
-			continue;
-
-		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
-		case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
-		case '8': case '9':
-			val = str[i] - '0';
-			break;
-
-		case 'X': case 'x':
-			val = 10;
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			return 12;
 		}
 
 		sum += val * (i + 1 - dashes);
diff --git a/contrib/isbn_issn/issn.c b/contrib/isbn_issn/issn.c
index 8f5aa22f7c436bf08a85d9e00c4e1d733ffdb688..ccb264ac8f7f6363f7eccd92f57cb99c298e6efb 100644
--- a/contrib/isbn_issn/issn.c
+++ b/contrib/isbn_issn/issn.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *	PostgreSQL type definitions for ISSNs.
  *
- *	$Id: issn.c,v 1.1 1998/08/17 03:35:05 scrappy Exp $
+ *	$Id: issn.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:05:42 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 
 typedef struct issn
 {
-	char	num[9];
-	char	pad[7];
+	char		num[9];
+	char		pad[7];
 }			issn;
 
 /*
@@ -50,13 +50,15 @@ issn_in(char *str)
 	char	   *cp;
 	int			count;
 
-	if (strlen(str) != 9) {
+	if (strlen(str) != 9)
+	{
 		elog(ERROR, "issn_in: invalid ISSN \"%s\"", str);
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	if (issn_sum(str) != 0) {
+	if (issn_sum(str) != 0)
+	{
 		elog(ERROR, "issn_in: purported ISSN \"%s\" failed checksum",
-		     str);
+			 str);
 		return (NULL);
 	}
 
@@ -75,28 +77,40 @@ issn_in(char *str)
 int4
 issn_sum(char *str)
 {
-	int4 sum = 0, dashes = 0, val;
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; str[i] && i < 9; i++) {
-		switch(str[i]) {
-		case '-':
-			if (++dashes > 1)
+	int4		sum = 0,
+				dashes = 0,
+				val;
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 0; str[i] && i < 9; i++)
+	{
+		switch (str[i])
+		{
+			case '-':
+				if (++dashes > 1)
+					return 12;
+				continue;
+
+			case '0':
+			case '1':
+			case '2':
+			case '3':
+			case '4':
+			case '5':
+			case '6':
+			case '7':
+			case '8':
+			case '9':
+				val = str[i] - '0';
+				break;
+
+			case 'X':
+			case 'x':
+				val = 10;
+				break;
+
+			default:
 				return 12;
-			continue;
-
-		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
-		case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
-		case '8': case '9':
-			val = str[i] - '0';
-			break;
-
-		case 'X': case 'x':
-			val = 10;
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			return 12;
 		}
 
 		sum += val * (8 - (i - dashes));
diff --git a/contrib/lo/lo.c b/contrib/lo/lo.c
index 96af1df3d9e0fac0ed542364b91c837d916d26da..3b0c1e2614242fe4b93c9ff9923f23c4287917b8 100644
--- a/contrib/lo/lo.c
+++ b/contrib/lo/lo.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *	PostgreSQL type definitions for managed LargeObjects.
  *
- *	$Id: lo.c,v 1.1 1998/06/16 07:07:11 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: lo.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:05:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  */
 
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ typedef Oid Blob;
  *	Various forward declarations:
  */
 
-Blob		   *lo_in(char *str);	/* Create from String		*/
-char	   *lo_out(Blob * addr);	/* Output oid as String		*/
-Oid			lo_oid(Blob * addr);	/* Return oid as an oid		*/
-Blob		   *lo(Oid oid);		/* Return Blob based on oid	*/
-HeapTuple	lo_manage(void);		/* Trigger handler			*/
+Blob	   *lo_in(char *str);	/* Create from String		*/
+char	   *lo_out(Blob * addr);/* Output oid as String		*/
+Oid			lo_oid(Blob * addr);/* Return oid as an oid		*/
+Blob	   *lo(Oid oid);		/* Return Blob based on oid */
+HeapTuple	lo_manage(void);	/* Trigger handler			*/
 
 /*
  * This creates a large object, and set's its OID to the value in the
@@ -49,45 +49,46 @@ HeapTuple	lo_manage(void);		/* Trigger handler			*/
 Blob *
 lo_in(char *str)
 {
-  Blob *result;
-  Oid oid;
-  int			count;
-  
-  if (strlen(str) > 0)
+	Blob	   *result;
+	Oid			oid;
+	int			count;
+
+	if (strlen(str) > 0)
 	{
-	  
-	  count = sscanf(str, "%d", &oid);
-	  
-	  if (count < 1)
+
+		count = sscanf(str, "%d", &oid);
+
+		if (count < 1)
 		{
-		  elog(ERROR, "lo_in: error in parsing \"%s\"", str);
-		  return (NULL);
+			elog(ERROR, "lo_in: error in parsing \"%s\"", str);
+			return (NULL);
 		}
-	  
-	  if(oid < 0)
+
+		if (oid < 0)
 		{
-		  elog(ERROR, "lo_in: illegal oid \"%s\"", str);
-		  return (NULL);
+			elog(ERROR, "lo_in: illegal oid \"%s\"", str);
+			return (NULL);
 		}
 	}
-  else
+	else
 	{
-	  /*
-	   * There is no Oid passed, so create a new one
-	   */
-	  oid = lo_creat(INV_READ|INV_WRITE);
-	  if(oid == InvalidOid)
+
+		/*
+		 * There is no Oid passed, so create a new one
+		 */
+		oid = lo_creat(INV_READ | INV_WRITE);
+		if (oid == InvalidOid)
 		{
-		  elog(ERROR,"lo_in: InvalidOid returned from lo_creat");
-		  return (NULL);
+			elog(ERROR, "lo_in: InvalidOid returned from lo_creat");
+			return (NULL);
 		}
 	}
-  
-  result = (Blob *) palloc(sizeof(Blob));
-  
-  *result = oid;
-  
-  return (result);
+
+	result = (Blob *) palloc(sizeof(Blob));
+
+	*result = oid;
+
+	return (result);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -96,42 +97,43 @@ lo_in(char *str)
 char *
 lo_out(Blob * addr)
 {
-  char	   *result;
-  
-  if (addr == NULL)
-	return (NULL);
-  
-  result = (char *) palloc(32);
-  sprintf(result,"%d",*addr);
-  return (result);
+	char	   *result;
+
+	if (addr == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	result = (char *) palloc(32);
+	sprintf(result, "%d", *addr);
+	return (result);
 }
 
 /*
  * This function converts Blob to oid.
  *
  * eg: select lo_export(raster::oid,'/path/file') from table;
- * 
+ *
  */
 Oid
 lo_oid(Blob * addr)
 {
-  if(addr == NULL)
-	return InvalidOid;
-  return (Oid)(*addr);
+	if (addr == NULL)
+		return InvalidOid;
+	return (Oid) (*addr);
 }
 
 /*
  * This function is used so we can convert oid's to lo's
  *
- * ie:  insert into table values(lo_import('/path/file')::lo);
+ * ie:	insert into table values(lo_import('/path/file')::lo);
  *
  */
 Blob *
 lo(Oid oid)
 {
-  Blob *result = (Blob *) palloc(sizeof(Blob));
-  *result = oid;
-  return (result);
+	Blob	   *result = (Blob *) palloc(sizeof(Blob));
+
+	*result = oid;
+	return (result);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -140,74 +142,77 @@ lo(Oid oid)
 HeapTuple
 lo_manage(void)
 {
-  int attnum;					/* attribute number to monitor	*/
-  char **args;					/* Args containing attr name	*/
-  TupleDesc	tupdesc;			/* Tuple Descriptor				*/
-  HeapTuple	rettuple;			/* Tuple to be returned			*/
-  bool		isdelete;			/* are we deleting?				*/
-  HeapTuple newtuple=NULL;		/* The new value for tuple		*/
-  HeapTuple trigtuple;			/* The original value of tuple	*/
-  
-  if (!CurrentTriggerData)
-	elog(ERROR, "lo: triggers are not initialized");
-  
-  /*
-   * Fetch some values from CurrentTriggerData
-   */
-  newtuple	= CurrentTriggerData->tg_newtuple;
-  trigtuple	= CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigtuple;
-  tupdesc	= CurrentTriggerData->tg_relation->rd_att;
-  args		= CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigger->tgargs;
-  
-  /* tuple to return to Executor */
-  if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
-	rettuple = newtuple;
-  else
-	rettuple = trigtuple;
-  
-  /* Are we deleting the row? */
-  isdelete = TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event);
-  
-  /* Were done with it */
-  CurrentTriggerData = NULL;
-  
-  /* Get the column were interested in */
-  attnum = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc,args[0]);
-  
-  /*
-   * Handle updates
-   *
-   * Here, if the value of the monitored attribute changes, then the
-   * large object associated with the original value is unlinked.
-   */
-  if(newtuple!=NULL) {
-	char *orig = SPI_getvalue(trigtuple,tupdesc,attnum);
-	char *newv = SPI_getvalue(newtuple,tupdesc,attnum);
-	
-	if((orig != newv && (orig==NULL || newv==NULL)) || (orig!=NULL && newv!=NULL && strcmp(orig,newv)))
-	  lo_unlink(atoi(orig));
-	
-	if(newv)
-	  pfree(newv);
-	if(orig)
-	  pfree(orig);
-  }
-  
-  /*
-   * Handle deleting of rows
-   *
-   * Here, we unlink the large object associated with the managed attribute
-   *
-   */
-  if(isdelete) {
-	char *orig = SPI_getvalue(trigtuple,tupdesc,attnum);
-	
-	if(orig != NULL) {
-	  lo_unlink(atoi(orig));
-	  
-	  pfree(orig);
+	int			attnum;			/* attribute number to monitor	*/
+	char	  **args;			/* Args containing attr name	*/
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;		/* Tuple Descriptor				*/
+	HeapTuple	rettuple;		/* Tuple to be returned			*/
+	bool		isdelete;		/* are we deleting?				*/
+	HeapTuple	newtuple = NULL;/* The new value for tuple		*/
+	HeapTuple	trigtuple;		/* The original value of tuple	*/
+
+	if (!CurrentTriggerData)
+		elog(ERROR, "lo: triggers are not initialized");
+
+	/*
+	 * Fetch some values from CurrentTriggerData
+	 */
+	newtuple = CurrentTriggerData->tg_newtuple;
+	trigtuple = CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigtuple;
+	tupdesc = CurrentTriggerData->tg_relation->rd_att;
+	args = CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigger->tgargs;
+
+	/* tuple to return to Executor */
+	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
+		rettuple = newtuple;
+	else
+		rettuple = trigtuple;
+
+	/* Are we deleting the row? */
+	isdelete = TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event);
+
+	/* Were done with it */
+	CurrentTriggerData = NULL;
+
+	/* Get the column were interested in */
+	attnum = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle updates
+	 *
+	 * Here, if the value of the monitored attribute changes, then the large
+	 * object associated with the original value is unlinked.
+	 */
+	if (newtuple != NULL)
+	{
+		char	   *orig = SPI_getvalue(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum);
+		char	   *newv = SPI_getvalue(newtuple, tupdesc, attnum);
+
+		if ((orig != newv && (orig == NULL || newv == NULL)) || (orig != NULL && newv != NULL && strcmp(orig, newv)))
+			lo_unlink(atoi(orig));
+
+		if (newv)
+			pfree(newv);
+		if (orig)
+			pfree(orig);
 	}
-  }
-  
-  return (rettuple);
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle deleting of rows
+	 *
+	 * Here, we unlink the large object associated with the managed attribute
+	 *
+	 */
+	if (isdelete)
+	{
+		char	   *orig = SPI_getvalue(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum);
+
+		if (orig != NULL)
+		{
+			lo_unlink(atoi(orig));
+
+			pfree(orig);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (rettuple);
 }
diff --git a/contrib/mSQL-interface/mpgsql.c b/contrib/mSQL-interface/mpgsql.c
index 2f39d7cad96e8dbbe6c8afad6b94cdd2955c1dc5..5b35fe1638edb9706048760d9ea6a6ce21c2d040 100644
--- a/contrib/mSQL-interface/mpgsql.c
+++ b/contrib/mSQL-interface/mpgsql.c
@@ -6,270 +6,360 @@
 
 #define HNDMAX 10
 
-PGconn *PGh[HNDMAX] = {
-   NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-   NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
+PGconn	   *PGh[HNDMAX] = {
+	NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+	NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL
 };
 
 #define E_NOHANDLERS 0
 
-char *msqlErrors[] = {
-   "Out of database handlers."
+char	   *msqlErrors[] = {
+	"Out of database handlers."
 };
 
-char msqlErrMsg[BUFSIZ], *tfrom = "dunno";
-PGresult *queryres = NULL;
-
-int msqlConnect (char *host) {
-   int count;
-   
-   for (count = 0; count < HNDMAX; count++) 
-      if (PGh[count] == NULL) break;
-      
-   if (count == HNDMAX) {
-      strncpy(msqlErrMsg, msqlErrors[E_NOHANDLERS], BUFSIZ);
-      return -1;
-   }
-
-   PGh[count] = malloc(sizeof (PGconn));
-   PGh[count]->pghost = host ? strdup(host) : NULL;
-   return count;
-}
+char		msqlErrMsg[BUFSIZ],
+		   *tfrom = "dunno";
+PGresult   *queryres = NULL;
+
+int
+msqlConnect(char *host)
+{
+	int			count;
+
+	for (count = 0; count < HNDMAX; count++)
+		if (PGh[count] == NULL)
+			break;
 
-int msqlSelectDB(int handle, char *dbname) {
-   char *options = calloc(1, BUFSIZ);
-   char *e = getenv("PG_OPTIONS");
-   
-   if (e == NULL) 
-      e = "";
-   
-   if (PGh[handle]->pghost) {
-      strcat(options, "host=");
-      strncat(options, PGh[handle]->pghost, BUFSIZ);
-      strncat(options, " ", BUFSIZ);
-      free(PGh[handle]->pghost);
-      PGh[handle]->pghost = NULL;
-   }
-   strncat(options, "dbname=", BUFSIZ);
-   strncat(options, dbname, BUFSIZ);
-   strncat(options, " ", BUFSIZ);
-   strncat(options, e, BUFSIZ);
-   free(PGh[handle]);
-   PGh[handle] = PQconnectdb(options);
-   free(options);
-   strncpy(msqlErrMsg, PQerrorMessage(PGh[handle]), BUFSIZ);
-   return (PQstatus(PGh[handle]) == CONNECTION_BAD ? -1 : 0);
+	if (count == HNDMAX)
+	{
+		strncpy(msqlErrMsg, msqlErrors[E_NOHANDLERS], BUFSIZ);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	PGh[count] = malloc(sizeof(PGconn));
+	PGh[count]->pghost = host ? strdup(host) : NULL;
+	return count;
 }
 
-int msqlQuery(int handle, char *query) {
-   char *tq = strdup(query);
-   char *p = tq;
-   PGresult *res;
-   PGconn *conn = PGh[handle];
-   ExecStatusType rcode;
-   
-   res = PQexec(conn, p);
-
-   rcode = PQresultStatus(res);
-    
-   if (rcode == PGRES_TUPLES_OK) {
-      queryres = res;
-      return PQntuples(res);
-   } else if (rcode == PGRES_FATAL_ERROR || rcode == PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR) {
-      PQclear(res);
-      queryres = NULL;
-      return -1;
-   } else {
-      PQclear(res);
-      queryres = NULL;
-      return 0;
-   }
+int
+msqlSelectDB(int handle, char *dbname)
+{
+	char	   *options = calloc(1, BUFSIZ);
+	char	   *e = getenv("PG_OPTIONS");
+
+	if (e == NULL)
+		e = "";
+
+	if (PGh[handle]->pghost)
+	{
+		strcat(options, "host=");
+		strncat(options, PGh[handle]->pghost, BUFSIZ);
+		strncat(options, " ", BUFSIZ);
+		free(PGh[handle]->pghost);
+		PGh[handle]->pghost = NULL;
+	}
+	strncat(options, "dbname=", BUFSIZ);
+	strncat(options, dbname, BUFSIZ);
+	strncat(options, " ", BUFSIZ);
+	strncat(options, e, BUFSIZ);
+	free(PGh[handle]);
+	PGh[handle] = PQconnectdb(options);
+	free(options);
+	strncpy(msqlErrMsg, PQerrorMessage(PGh[handle]), BUFSIZ);
+	return (PQstatus(PGh[handle]) == CONNECTION_BAD ? -1 : 0);
 }
 
-int msqlCreateDB (int a, char*b) {
-   char tbuf[BUFSIZ];
-   sprintf(tbuf, "create database %s", b);
-   return msqlQuery(a, tbuf) >= 0 ? 0 : -1;
+int
+msqlQuery(int handle, char *query)
+{
+	char	   *tq = strdup(query);
+	char	   *p = tq;
+	PGresult   *res;
+	PGconn	   *conn = PGh[handle];
+	ExecStatusType rcode;
+
+	res = PQexec(conn, p);
+
+	rcode = PQresultStatus(res);
+
+	if (rcode == PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
+	{
+		queryres = res;
+		return PQntuples(res);
+	}
+	else if (rcode == PGRES_FATAL_ERROR || rcode == PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR)
+	{
+		PQclear(res);
+		queryres = NULL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		PQclear(res);
+		queryres = NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
 }
 
-int msqlDropDB (int a, char* b) {
-   char tbuf[BUFSIZ];
-   sprintf(tbuf, "drop database %s", b);
-   return msqlQuery(a, tbuf) >= 0 ? 0 : -1;
+int
+msqlCreateDB(int a, char *b)
+{
+	char		tbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	sprintf(tbuf, "create database %s", b);
+	return msqlQuery(a, tbuf) >= 0 ? 0 : -1;
 }
 
-int msqlShutdown(int a) {
+int
+msqlDropDB(int a, char *b)
+{
+	char		tbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	sprintf(tbuf, "drop database %s", b);
+	return msqlQuery(a, tbuf) >= 0 ? 0 : -1;
 }
 
-int msqlGetProtoInfo(void) {
+int
+msqlShutdown(int a)
+{
 }
 
-int msqlReloadAcls(int a) {
+int
+msqlGetProtoInfo(void)
+{
 }
 
-char *msqlGetServerInfo(void) {
+int
+msqlReloadAcls(int a)
+{
 }
 
-char *msqlGetHostInfo(void) {
+char *
+msqlGetServerInfo(void)
+{
 }
 
-char *msqlUnixTimeToDate(time_t date) {
+char *
+msqlGetHostInfo(void)
+{
 }
 
-char *msqlUnixTimeToTime(time_t time) {
+char *
+msqlUnixTimeToDate(time_t date)
+{
 }
 
-void msqlClose(int a) {
-    PQfinish(PGh[a]);
-    PGh[a] = NULL;
-    if (queryres) {
-       free(queryres);
-       queryres = NULL;
-    }
+char *
+msqlUnixTimeToTime(time_t time)
+{
 }
 
-void msqlDataSeek(m_result *result, int count) {
-   int c;
-   result->cursor = result->queryData;
-   for (c = 1; c < count; c++)
-      if (result->cursor->next)
-         result->cursor = result->cursor->next;
+void
+msqlClose(int a)
+{
+	PQfinish(PGh[a]);
+	PGh[a] = NULL;
+	if (queryres)
+	{
+		free(queryres);
+		queryres = NULL;
+	}
 }
 
-void msqlFieldSeek(m_result *result, int count) {
-   int c;
-   result->fieldCursor = result->fieldData;
-   for (c = 1; c < count; c++)
-      if (result->fieldCursor->next)
-         result->fieldCursor = result->fieldCursor->next;
+void
+msqlDataSeek(m_result * result, int count)
+{
+	int			c;
+
+	result->cursor = result->queryData;
+	for (c = 1; c < count; c++)
+		if (result->cursor->next)
+			result->cursor = result->cursor->next;
 }
 
-void msqlFreeResult(m_result *result) {
-   if (result) {
-      /* Clears fields */
-      free(result->fieldData);
-      result->cursor = result->queryData;
-      while (result->cursor) {
-         int c;
-         m_row m = result->cursor->data;
-         
-         for (c = 0; m[c]; c++)
-            free(m[c]);
-
-         result->cursor = result->cursor->next;
-      } 
-      free(result->queryData);
-      free(result);
-   }  
+void
+msqlFieldSeek(m_result * result, int count)
+{
+	int			c;
+
+	result->fieldCursor = result->fieldData;
+	for (c = 1; c < count; c++)
+		if (result->fieldCursor->next)
+			result->fieldCursor = result->fieldCursor->next;
 }
 
-m_row msqlFetchRow(m_result *row) {
-   m_data *r = row->cursor;
-   if (r) {
-      row->cursor = row->cursor->next;
-      return (m_row)r->data;
-   }
-   return (m_row)NULL;
+void
+msqlFreeResult(m_result * result)
+{
+	if (result)
+	{
+		/* Clears fields */
+		free(result->fieldData);
+		result->cursor = result->queryData;
+		while (result->cursor)
+		{
+			int			c;
+			m_row		m = result->cursor->data;
+
+			for (c = 0; m[c]; c++)
+				free(m[c]);
+
+			result->cursor = result->cursor->next;
+		}
+		free(result->queryData);
+		free(result);
+	}
 }
 
-m_seq *msqlGetSequenceInfo(int a, char *b) {
+m_row
+msqlFetchRow(m_result * row)
+{
+	m_data	   *r = row->cursor;
+
+	if (r)
+	{
+		row->cursor = row->cursor->next;
+		return (m_row) r->data;
+	}
+	return (m_row) NULL;
 }
 
-m_field *msqlFetchField (m_result *mr) {
-   m_field *m = (m_field*)mr->fieldCursor;
-   if (m) {
-      mr->fieldCursor = mr->fieldCursor->next;
-      return m;
-   }
-   return NULL;
+m_seq *
+msqlGetSequenceInfo(int a, char *b)
+{
 }
 
-m_result *msqlListDBs(int a) {
-   m_result *m;
-   if (msqlQuery(a, "select datname from pg_database") > 0) {
-      m = msqlStoreResult();
-      return m;
-   } else return NULL;
+m_field    *
+msqlFetchField(m_result * mr)
+{
+	m_field    *m = (m_field *) mr->fieldCursor;
+
+	if (m)
+	{
+		mr->fieldCursor = mr->fieldCursor->next;
+		return m;
+	}
+	return NULL;
 }
 
-m_result *msqlListTables(int a) {
-   m_result *m;
-   char tbuf[BUFSIZ];
-   
-   sprintf(tbuf, "select relname from pg_class where relkind='r' and relowner=%d", getuid());
-   if (msqlQuery(a, tbuf) > 0) {
-      m = msqlStoreResult();
-      return m;
-   } else return NULL;
+m_result   *
+msqlListDBs(int a)
+{
+	m_result   *m;
+
+	if (msqlQuery(a, "select datname from pg_database") > 0)
+	{
+		m = msqlStoreResult();
+		return m;
+	}
+	else
+		return NULL;
 }
 
-m_result *msqlListFields(int a, char *b) {
-   
+m_result   *
+msqlListTables(int a)
+{
+	m_result   *m;
+	char		tbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	sprintf(tbuf, "select relname from pg_class where relkind='r' and relowner=%d", getuid());
+	if (msqlQuery(a, tbuf) > 0)
+	{
+		m = msqlStoreResult();
+		return m;
+	}
+	else
+		return NULL;
 }
 
-m_result *msqlListIndex(int a, char *b, char *c) {
-   m_result *m;
-   char tbuf[BUFSIZ];
-   
-   sprintf(tbuf, "select relname from pg_class where relkind='i' and relowner=%d", getuid());
-   if (msqlQuery(a, tbuf) > 0) {
-      m = msqlStoreResult();
-      return m;
-   } else return NULL;
+m_result   *
+msqlListFields(int a, char *b)
+{
+
 }
 
-m_result *msqlStoreResult(void) {
-   if (queryres) {
-      m_result *mr = malloc(sizeof(m_result));
-      m_fdata *mf;
-      m_data *md;
-      int count;
-      mr->queryData = mr->cursor = NULL;
-      mr->numRows = PQntuples(queryres);  
-      mr->numFields = PQnfields(queryres);
-      
-      mf = calloc(PQnfields(queryres), sizeof(m_fdata));      
-      for (count = 0; count < PQnfields(queryres); count++) {
-         (m_fdata*)(mf+count)->field.name = strdup(PQfname(queryres, count)); 
-         (m_fdata*)(mf+count)->field.table = tfrom; 
-         (m_fdata*)(mf+count)->field.type = CHAR_TYPE;
-         (m_fdata*)(mf+count)->field.length = PQfsize(queryres, count);
-         (m_fdata*)(mf+count)->next = (m_fdata*)(mf+count+1);
-      }
-      (m_fdata*)(mf+count-1)->next = NULL;
-      
-      md = calloc(PQntuples(queryres), sizeof(m_data));
-      for (count = 0; count < PQntuples(queryres); count++) {
-         m_row rows = calloc(PQnfields(queryres)*sizeof(m_row)+1, 1);
-         int c;
-         
-         for (c = 0; c < PQnfields(queryres); c++) {
-            rows[c] = strdup(PQgetvalue(queryres, count, c));
-         }
-         (m_data*)(md+count)->data = rows;
-         
-         (m_data*)(md+count)->width = PQnfields(queryres);
-         (m_data*)(md+count)->next = (m_data*)(md+count+1);
-      }
-      (m_data*)(md+count-1)->next = NULL;
-      
-      mr->queryData = mr->cursor = md;
-      mr->fieldCursor = mr->fieldData = mf;
-
-      return mr;
-   } else return NULL;
+m_result   *
+msqlListIndex(int a, char *b, char *c)
+{
+	m_result   *m;
+	char		tbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	sprintf(tbuf, "select relname from pg_class where relkind='i' and relowner=%d", getuid());
+	if (msqlQuery(a, tbuf) > 0)
+	{
+		m = msqlStoreResult();
+		return m;
+	}
+	else
+		return NULL;
 }
 
-time_t msqlDateToUnixTime(char *a) {
+m_result   *
+msqlStoreResult(void)
+{
+	if (queryres)
+	{
+		m_result   *mr = malloc(sizeof(m_result));
+		m_fdata    *mf;
+		m_data	   *md;
+		int			count;
+
+		mr->queryData = mr->cursor = NULL;
+		mr->numRows = PQntuples(queryres);
+		mr->numFields = PQnfields(queryres);
+
+		mf = calloc(PQnfields(queryres), sizeof(m_fdata));
+		for (count = 0; count < PQnfields(queryres); count++)
+		{
+			(m_fdata *) (mf + count)->field.name = strdup(PQfname(queryres, count));
+			(m_fdata *) (mf + count)->field.table = tfrom;
+			(m_fdata *) (mf + count)->field.type = CHAR_TYPE;
+			(m_fdata *) (mf + count)->field.length = PQfsize(queryres, count);
+			(m_fdata *) (mf + count)->next = (m_fdata *) (mf + count + 1);
+		}
+		(m_fdata *) (mf + count - 1)->next = NULL;
+
+		md = calloc(PQntuples(queryres), sizeof(m_data));
+		for (count = 0; count < PQntuples(queryres); count++)
+		{
+			m_row		rows = calloc(PQnfields(queryres) * sizeof(m_row) + 1, 1);
+			int			c;
+
+			for (c = 0; c < PQnfields(queryres); c++)
+				rows[c] = strdup(PQgetvalue(queryres, count, c));
+			(m_data *) (md + count)->data = rows;
+
+			(m_data *) (md + count)->width = PQnfields(queryres);
+			(m_data *) (md + count)->next = (m_data *) (md + count + 1);
+		}
+		(m_data *) (md + count - 1)->next = NULL;
+
+		mr->queryData = mr->cursor = md;
+		mr->fieldCursor = mr->fieldData = mf;
+
+		return mr;
+	}
+	else
+		return NULL;
 }
 
-time_t msqlTimeToUnixTime(char *b) {
+time_t
+msqlDateToUnixTime(char *a)
+{
 }
 
-char *msql_tmpnam(void) {
-   return tmpnam("/tmp/msql.XXXXXX");
+time_t
+msqlTimeToUnixTime(char *b)
+{
 }
 
-int msqlLoadConfigFile(char *a) {
+char *
+msql_tmpnam(void)
+{
+	return tmpnam("/tmp/msql.XXXXXX");
 }
 
+int
+msqlLoadConfigFile(char *a)
+{
+}
diff --git a/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.c b/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.c
index ee2f3ec2b28c545b18b653a3ef29ed75769bda0f..24d069f71c29bdf5b80172d50383fb96417f42f2 100644
--- a/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.c
+++ b/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.c
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ extern int	assertTest(int val);
 
 #ifdef ASSERT_CHECKING_TEST
 extern int	assertEnable(int val);
+
 #endif
 
 int
@@ -68,14 +69,15 @@ assert_test(int val)
 {
 	return assertTest(val);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* end of file */
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.h b/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.h
index cc7f923443228f5fe76f8f615c93574513c156ab..e82fd4a29d1e5389d8457c392b869a9ec7cbd816 100644
--- a/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.h
+++ b/contrib/miscutil/misc_utils.h
@@ -7,16 +7,18 @@ int			unlisten(char *relname);
 int			max(int x, int y);
 int			min(int x, int y);
 int			assert_enable(int val);
+
 #ifdef ASSERT_CHECKING_TEST
 int			assert_test(int val);
+
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/noupdate/noup.c b/contrib/noupdate/noup.c
index efbe031239d62f2234d1ecbd0c242aa6eb9f24bb..ecbbd3d5ed233cbc5b9dec856ff7fa8aaf126b06 100644
--- a/contrib/noupdate/noup.c
+++ b/contrib/noupdate/noup.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ HeapTuple	noup(void);
  * noup () -- revoke permission on column
  *
  * Though it's called without args You have to specify referenced
- * table/column while creating trigger:  
+ * table/column while creating trigger:
  * EXECUTE PROCEDURE noup ('col').
  */
 
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ noup()
 		 */
 		if (!isnull)
 		{
-	
-			elog(WARN, "%s: update not allowed", args[i] );
+
+			elog(WARN, "%s: update not allowed", args[i]);
 			SPI_finish();
 			return NULL;
 		}
diff --git a/contrib/os2client/c.h b/contrib/os2client/c.h
index 5fbc5ae22eea7ce3ca6580f21e7ba75ab4a84888..8c7ed3fe2a562ebddef8200643f689b518f68c88 100644
--- a/contrib/os2client/c.h
+++ b/contrib/os2client/c.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-#undef PORTNAME 
-#define PORTNAME OS2 
+#undef PORTNAME
+#define PORTNAME OS2
 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * c.h--
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: c.h,v 1.1 1998/10/31 04:10:53 scrappy Exp $
+ * $Id: c.h,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:06:01 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -65,7 +65,8 @@
 #ifndef __cplusplus
 #ifndef bool
 typedef char bool;
-#endif   /* ndef bool */
+
+#endif	 /* ndef bool */
 #endif	 /* not C++ */
 typedef bool *BoolPtr;
 
diff --git a/contrib/os2client/config.h b/contrib/os2client/config.h
index d09a59630ac4b1aae9e8563933211aa538b0e24c..872b34a65620bb9031a51b5763000c45f7c4fcb7 100644
--- a/contrib/os2client/config.h
+++ b/contrib/os2client/config.h
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 
 #ifndef TCPIPV4
-# define TCPIPV4
-#endif
+#define TCPIPV4
+#endif	 /*
 */
 
 #ifndef MAXSOCKETS
 #define MAXSOCKETS 2048
-#endif
+#endif	 /*
 */
 
-/*
- * DEF_PGPORT is the TCP port number on which the Postmaster listens by
- * default.  This can be overriden by command options, environment variables,
- * and the postconfig hook. (set by build script)
- */
+/*
+ * DEF_PGPORT is the TCP port number on which the Postmaster listens by
+ * default.  This can be overriden by command options, environment variables,
+ * and the postconfig hook. (set by build script)
+  */
 
 #define DEF_PGPORT "5432"
 
diff --git a/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.c b/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.c
index 42e4a3c47c67ff5cbd46e162fa22e426cca5d05e..1da61aae4933c963633ed23be11a663352cbbc9b 100644
--- a/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.c
+++ b/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.c
@@ -206,28 +206,30 @@ on_error_continue()
 **		get_result
 **
 */
-PGresult   *get_result()
+PGresult   *
+get_result()
 {
-	char *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(res);
-	
+	char	   *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(res);
+
 	was_get_unset_result = TRUE;
 
 	/* we have to store the fetch location somewhere */
 	cmdstatus[0] = NUL;
-	memcpy(&cmdstatus[1],&tuple, sizeof(tuple));
+	memcpy(&cmdstatus[1], &tuple, sizeof(tuple));
 
 	return res;
 }
-	
+
 /*
 **
 **		set_result
 **
 */
-void        set_result(PGresult *newres)
+void
+set_result(PGresult *newres)
 {
 
-	char *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(res);
+	char	   *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(res);
 
 	if (newres == NULL)
 		halt("set_result called with null result pointer\n");
@@ -256,9 +258,10 @@ void        set_result(PGresult *newres)
 **		unset_result
 **
 */
-void       unset_result(PGresult *oldres)
+void
+unset_result(PGresult *oldres)
 {
-	char *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(oldres);
+	char	   *cmdstatus = PQcmdStatus(oldres);
 
 	if (oldres == NULL)
 		halt("unset_result called with null result pointer\n");
@@ -277,8 +280,8 @@ void       unset_result(PGresult *oldres)
 **		reset_fetch
 **
 */
-void        reset_fetch()
+void
+reset_fetch()
 {
 	tuple = 0;
 }
-
diff --git a/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.h b/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.h
index 5f856ac016b62f5cf51aff4a3e6d3c778804a978..11253acebc68bcff93e7e72a6f3e7107d7a6543d 100644
--- a/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.h
+++ b/contrib/pginterface/pginterface.h
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ int			fetchwithnulls(void *param,...);
 void		on_error_continue();
 void		on_error_stop();
 PGresult   *get_result();
-void        set_result(PGresult *newres);
-void        unset_result(PGresult *oldres);
-void        reset_fetch();
+void		set_result(PGresult *newres);
+void		unset_result(PGresult *oldres);
+void		reset_fetch();
 
 #define END_OF_TUPLES	(-1)
diff --git a/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c b/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
index a6ef3b27953bb70383c5d5edc4718d8bf8775657..39c3ddf0f2f9b684b003097b5bc16de947876b51 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/moddatetime.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ a modification datetime stamp in a record when that record is UPDATEd.
 
 Credits
 This is 95%+ based on autoinc.c, which I used as a starting point as I do
-not really know what I am doing.  I also had help from 
+not really know what I am doing.  I also had help from
 Jan Wieck <jwieck@debis.com> who told me about the datetime_in("now") function.
 OH, me, I'm Terry Mackintosh <terry@terrym.com>
 */
@@ -17,17 +17,18 @@ OH, me, I'm Terry Mackintosh <terry@terrym.com>
 
 HeapTuple	moddatetime(void);
 
-HeapTuple moddatetime()
+HeapTuple
+moddatetime()
 {
-	Trigger		*trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
+	Trigger    *trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
 	int			nargs;			/* # of arguments */
 	int			attnum;			/* positional number of field to change */
-	Datum			newdt;			/* The current datetime. */
-	char			**args;			/* arguments */
-	char			*relname;		/* triggered relation name */
-	Relation		rel;				/* triggered relation */
+	Datum		newdt;			/* The current datetime. */
+	char	  **args;			/* arguments */
+	char	   *relname;		/* triggered relation name */
+	Relation	rel;			/* triggered relation */
 	HeapTuple	rettuple = NULL;
-	TupleDesc	tupdesc;			/* tuple description */
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;		/* tuple description */
 
 	if (!CurrentTriggerData)
 		elog(ERROR, "moddatetime: triggers are not initialized.");
@@ -65,28 +66,31 @@ HeapTuple moddatetime()
 	/* Get the current datetime. */
 	newdt = datetime_in("now");
 
-	/* This gets the position in the turple of the field we want.
-		args[0] being the name of the field to update, as passed in
-		from the trigger.
-	*/
+	/*
+	 * This gets the position in the turple of the field we want. args[0]
+	 * being the name of the field to update, as passed in from the
+	 * trigger.
+	 */
 	attnum = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[0]);
 
-	/* This is were we check to see if the feild we are suppost to update even
-		exits.  The above function must return -1 if name not found?
-	*/
+	/*
+	 * This is were we check to see if the feild we are suppost to update
+	 * even exits.	The above function must return -1 if name not found?
+	 */
 	if (attnum < 0)
 		elog(ERROR, "moddatetime (%s): there is no attribute %s", relname,
-			args[0]);
-			
-	/* OK, this is where we make sure the datetime field that we are 
-		modifying is really a datetime field.
-		Hay, error checking, what a novel idea !-)
-	*/
-	if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != DATETIMEOID )
+			 args[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * OK, this is where we make sure the datetime field that we are
+	 * modifying is really a datetime field. Hay, error checking, what a
+	 * novel idea !-)
+	 */
+	if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != DATETIMEOID)
 		elog(ERROR, "moddatetime (%s): attribute %s must be of DATETIME type",
 			 relname, args[0]);
 
-/* 1 is the number of items in the arrays attnum and newdt. 
+/* 1 is the number of items in the arrays attnum and newdt.
 	attnum is the positional number of the field to be updated.
 	newdt is the new datetime stamp.
 	NOTE that attnum and newdt are not arrays, but then a 1 ellement array
diff --git a/contrib/spi/preprocessor/step1.c b/contrib/spi/preprocessor/step1.c
index 9d59c47edd883706e12fc851e1c39f8e44200d43..1f2c5380d514822ac7a743b609de0f9e05c33c82 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/preprocessor/step1.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/preprocessor/step1.c
@@ -1,24 +1,27 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-char *strtoupper(char *string)
+char *
+strtoupper(char *string)
 {
-   int i ;
-   for (i=0;i<strlen(string);i++)
-   {
-      string[i]=toupper(string[i]);
-   }
-   return string;
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++)
+		string[i] = toupper(string[i]);
+	return string;
 }
 
 
 
-void main ( char argc , char **argv )
+void
+main(char argc, char **argv)
 {
-   char str[250];
-   int sw = 0 ;
-   while ( fgets (str,240,stdin) )
-   {
-      if ( sw == 0 ) printf("%s",strtoupper(str));
-   }
+	char		str[250];
+	int			sw = 0;
+
+	while (fgets(str, 240, stdin))
+	{
+		if (sw == 0)
+			printf("%s", strtoupper(str));
+	}
 
 }
diff --git a/contrib/spi/refint.c b/contrib/spi/refint.c
index a4b686fecb45a945a4f10cd5ca2634cac84fadae..1062592e6ff3a7f862b2cd036f481681788f9eb8 100644
--- a/contrib/spi/refint.c
+++ b/contrib/spi/refint.c
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ check_primary_key()
 	/*
 	 * Some checks first...
 	 */
-#ifdef  DEBUG_QUERY       
-        elog(NOTICE,"Check_primary_key Enter Function"); 
+#ifdef	DEBUG_QUERY
+	elog(NOTICE, "Check_primary_key Enter Function");
 #endif
 	/* Called by trigger manager ? */
 	if (!CurrentTriggerData)
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ check_foreign_key()
 	Trigger    *trigger;		/* to get trigger name */
 	int			nargs;			/* # of args specified in CREATE TRIGGER */
 	char	  **args;			/* arguments: as described above */
-        char	  **args_temp ;
+	char	  **args_temp;
 	int			nrefs;			/* number of references (== # of plans) */
 	char		action;			/* 'R'estrict | 'S'etnull | 'C'ascade */
 	int			nkeys;			/* # of key columns */
@@ -244,13 +244,15 @@ check_foreign_key()
 	bool		isequal = true; /* are keys in both tuples equal (in
 								 * UPDATE) */
 	char		ident[2 * NAMEDATALEN]; /* to identify myself */
-        int 		is_update=0;
+	int			is_update = 0;
 	int			ret;
 	int			i,
 				r;
-#ifdef DEBUG_QUERY                                
-   	elog(NOTICE,"Check_foreign_key Enter Function"); 
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_QUERY
+	elog(NOTICE, "Check_foreign_key Enter Function");
 #endif
+
 	/*
 	 * Some checks first...
 	 */
@@ -275,12 +277,12 @@ check_foreign_key()
 	 * key in tg_newtuple is the same as in tg_trigtuple then nothing to
 	 * do.
 	 */
-        is_update=0; 
+	is_update = 0;
 	if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(CurrentTriggerData->tg_event))
-        {
+	{
 		newtuple = CurrentTriggerData->tg_newtuple;
-                is_update=1;
-        }        
+		is_update = 1;
+	}
 	trigger = CurrentTriggerData->tg_trigger;
 	nargs = trigger->tgnargs;
 	args = trigger->tgargs;
@@ -288,7 +290,7 @@ check_foreign_key()
 	if (nargs < 5)				/* nrefs, action, key, Relation, key - at
 								 * least */
 		elog(ERROR, "check_foreign_key: too short %d (< 5) list of arguments", nargs);
-                
+
 	nrefs = pg_atoi(args[0], sizeof(int), 0);
 	if (nrefs < 1)
 		elog(ERROR, "check_foreign_key: %d (< 1) number of references specified", nrefs);
@@ -386,7 +388,7 @@ check_foreign_key()
 		if (plan->nplans <= 0)	/* Get typeId of column */
 			argtypes[i] = SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, fnumber);
 	}
-        args_temp = args;
+	args_temp = args;
 	nargs -= nkeys;
 	args += nkeys;
 
@@ -397,13 +399,14 @@ check_foreign_key()
 	{
 		void	   *pplan;
 		char		sql[8192];
-                char 	**args2 = args ;
+		char	  **args2 = args;
 
 		plan->splan = (void **) malloc(nrefs * sizeof(void *));
 
 		for (r = 0; r < nrefs; r++)
 		{
 			relname = args2[0];
+
 			/*
 			 * For 'R'estrict action we construct SELECT query - SELECT 1
 			 * FROM _referencing_relation_ WHERE Fkey1 = $1 [AND Fkey2 =
@@ -417,50 +420,59 @@ check_foreign_key()
 			 * For 'C'ascade action we construct DELETE query - DELETE
 			 * FROM _referencing_relation_ WHERE Fkey1 = $1 [AND Fkey2 =
 			 * $2 [...]] - to delete all referencing tuples.
-                        */
-                        /*Max : Cascade with UPDATE query i create update query that
-                           updates new key values in referenced tables
-                        */
-                         
-                         
-			else if (action == 'c'){
-                           if (is_update == 1)
-			    {
-				int	   fn;
-				char	   *nv;
-				int        k ;
-				sprintf(sql, "update %s set ", relname);
-				for (k = 1; k <= nkeys; k++)
+			 */
+
+			/*
+			 * Max : Cascade with UPDATE query i create update query that
+			 * updates new key values in referenced tables
+			 */
+
+
+			else if (action == 'c')
+			{
+				if (is_update == 1)
 				{
-                                    int is_char_type =0;
-                                    char *type;
-                                    
-				    fn = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args_temp[k-1]);
-				    nv = SPI_getvalue(newtuple, tupdesc, fn);
-                                    type=SPI_gettype(tupdesc,fn);
-                                
-                                    if ( (strcmp(type,"text") && strcmp (type,"varchar")  &&
-                                          strcmp(type,"char") && strcmp (type,"bpchar")   &&
-                                          strcmp(type,"date") && strcmp (type,"datetime")) == 0 )
-                                         is_char_type=1;
-#ifdef  DEBUG_QUERY                                    
-                                    elog(NOTICE,"Check_foreign_key Debug value %s type %s %d", 
-                                       		nv,type,is_char_type);
+					int			fn;
+					char	   *nv;
+					int			k;
+
+					sprintf(sql, "update %s set ", relname);
+					for (k = 1; k <= nkeys; k++)
+					{
+						int			is_char_type = 0;
+						char	   *type;
+
+						fn = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args_temp[k - 1]);
+						nv = SPI_getvalue(newtuple, tupdesc, fn);
+						type = SPI_gettype(tupdesc, fn);
+
+						if ((strcmp(type, "text") && strcmp(type, "varchar") &&
+						strcmp(type, "char") && strcmp(type, "bpchar") &&
+							 strcmp(type, "date") && strcmp(type, "datetime")) == 0)
+							is_char_type = 1;
+#ifdef	DEBUG_QUERY
+						elog(NOTICE, "Check_foreign_key Debug value %s type %s %d",
+							 nv, type, is_char_type);
 #endif
-                                    /* is_char_type =1 i set ' ' for define a new value
-                                    */            
-				    sprintf(sql + strlen(sql), " %s = %s%s%s %s ",
-					args2[k], (is_char_type>0) ? "'" :"" ,
-                                        nv, (is_char_type >0) ? "'" :"",(k < nkeys) ? ", " : "");
-                                    is_char_type=0;    
+
+						/*
+						 * is_char_type =1 i set ' ' for define a new
+						 * value
+						 */
+						sprintf(sql + strlen(sql), " %s = %s%s%s %s ",
+								args2[k], (is_char_type > 0) ? "'" : "",
+								nv, (is_char_type > 0) ? "'" : "", (k < nkeys) ? ", " : "");
+						is_char_type = 0;
+					}
+					strcat(sql, " where ");
+
 				}
-				strcat(sql, " where ");
-                                
-			    }
-			    else /* DELETE */
-				sprintf(sql, "delete from %s where ", relname);
-                            
-                        }           
+				else
+/* DELETE */
+					sprintf(sql, "delete from %s where ", relname);
+
+			}
+
 			/*
 			 * For 'S'etnull action we construct UPDATE query - UPDATE
 			 * _referencing_relation_ SET Fkey1 null [, Fkey2 null [...]]
@@ -500,15 +512,15 @@ check_foreign_key()
 				elog(ERROR, "check_foreign_key: SPI_saveplan returned %d", SPI_result);
 
 			plan->splan[r] = pplan;
-                        
+
 			args2 += nkeys + 1; /* to the next relation */
 		}
 		plan->nplans = nrefs;
-#ifdef  DEBUG_QUERY                                    
-                elog(NOTICE,"Check_foreign_key Debug Query is :  %s ", sql);
+#ifdef	DEBUG_QUERY
+		elog(NOTICE, "Check_foreign_key Debug Query is :  %s ", sql);
 #endif
 	}
-        
+
 	/*
 	 * If UPDATE and key is not changed ...
 	 */
diff --git a/contrib/string/string_io.c b/contrib/string/string_io.c
index 03b7169a54a68bf5c0a056f6634b9094a7c6864a..a83203887c85145647513e6562c3967153678caa 100644
--- a/contrib/string/string_io.c
+++ b/contrib/string/string_io.c
@@ -352,14 +352,15 @@ c_charin(char *str)
 {
 	return (string_input(str, 1, 0, NULL));
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* end of file */
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/string/string_io.h b/contrib/string/string_io.h
index 1ac0f2fb165c817efa0130390a0fa30652234389..b4a900bbb965cb761284dcc1228a3482a36a6d5d 100644
--- a/contrib/string/string_io.h
+++ b/contrib/string/string_io.h
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ char	   *c_varcharout(char *s);
 #if 0
 struct varlena *c_textin(char *str);
 char	   *c_char16in(char *str);
+
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/userlock/user_locks.c b/contrib/userlock/user_locks.c
index 745f28d5bc966baa524a6f031882d042ef6f4675..c3a6e8676bba6098e03330d7b7f9468b49228c70 100644
--- a/contrib/userlock/user_locks.c
+++ b/contrib/userlock/user_locks.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ user_lock(unsigned int id1, unsigned int id2, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 	LOCKTAG		tag;
 
 	memset(&tag, 0, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
-	tag.dbId  = MyDatabaseId;
+	tag.dbId = MyDatabaseId;
 	tag.relId = 0;
 	tag.tupleId.ip_blkid.bi_hi = id2 >> 16;
 	tag.tupleId.ip_blkid.bi_lo = id2 & 0xffff;
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ user_unlock(unsigned int id1, unsigned int id2, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 	LOCKTAG		tag;
 
 	memset(&tag, 0, sizeof(LOCKTAG));
-	tag.dbId  = MyDatabaseId;
+	tag.dbId = MyDatabaseId;
 	tag.relId = 0;
 	tag.tupleId.ip_blkid.bi_hi = id2 >> 16;
 	tag.tupleId.ip_blkid.bi_lo = id2 & 0xffff;
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ user_unlock_all()
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/userlock/user_locks.h b/contrib/userlock/user_locks.h
index 0a8f55cbdd8001746a72df5d0c443b42eb42f686..ae77839f37d3082fab54bd71d112678767a3f407 100644
--- a/contrib/userlock/user_locks.h
+++ b/contrib/userlock/user_locks.h
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ int			user_unlock_all(void);
 
 /*
  * Local variables:
- *  tab-width: 4
- *  c-indent-level: 4
- *  c-basic-offset: 4
+ *	tab-width: 4
+ *	c-indent-level: 4
+ *	c-basic-offset: 4
  * End:
  */
diff --git a/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c b/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c
index 8b893f26e2c3389797a36ee8fca1ec8978abca11..b954c4d9b575b05d28a46a73c3e46a11ef2de312 100644
--- a/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c
+++ b/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c,v 1.1 1999/04/10 16:48:05 peter Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/vacuumlo/vacuumlo.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:06:31 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -25,177 +25,187 @@
 
 #define BUFSIZE			1024
 
-int vacuumlo(char *,int);
+int			vacuumlo(char *, int);
 
 
 /*
  * This vacuums a database. It returns 1 on success, -1 on failure.
  */
-int vacuumlo(char *database,int verbose)
+int
+vacuumlo(char *database, int verbose)
 {
-    PGconn     *conn;
-    PGresult   *res, *res2;
-    char buf[BUFSIZE];
-    int matched=0;	/* Number matched per scan */
-    int i;
-    
-    conn = PQsetdb(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, database);
-    
-    /* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
-    if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
+	PGconn	   *conn;
+	PGresult   *res,
+			   *res2;
+	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
+	int			matched = 0;	/* Number matched per scan */
+	int			i;
+
+	conn = PQsetdb(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, database);
+
+	/* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
+	if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
 	{
-	    fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", database);
-	    fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
-	    return -1;
+		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", database);
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
+		return -1;
 	}
-    
-    if(verbose)
-	fprintf(stdout,"Connected to %s\n",database);
-    
-    /*
-     * First we create and populate the lo temp table
-     */
-    buf[0]='\0';
-    strcat(buf,"SELECT oid AS lo ");
-    strcat(buf,"INTO TEMP TABLE vacuum_l ");
-    strcat(buf,"FROM pg_class ");
-    strcat(buf,"WHERE relkind='l'");
-    if(!(res = PQexec(conn,buf))) {
-	fprintf(stderr,"Failed to create temp table.\n");
-	PQfinish(conn);
-	return -1;
-    }
-    PQclear(res);
-    
-    /*
-     * Now find any candidate tables who have columns of type oid (the column
-     * oid is ignored, as it has attnum < 1)
-     */
-    buf[0]='\0';
-    strcat(buf,"SELECT c.relname, a.attname ");
-    strcat(buf,"FROM pg_class c, pg_attribute a, pg_type t ");
-    strcat(buf,"WHERE a.attnum > 0 ");
-    strcat(buf,"      AND a.attrelid = c.oid ");
-    strcat(buf,"      AND a.atttypid = t.oid ");
-    strcat(buf,"      AND t.typname = 'oid' ");
-    strcat(buf,"      AND c.relname NOT LIKE 'pg_%'");
-    if(!(res = PQexec(conn,buf))) {
-	fprintf(stderr,"Failed to create temp table.\n");
-	PQfinish(conn);
-	return -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0;i<PQntuples(res);i++)
+
+	if (verbose)
+		fprintf(stdout, "Connected to %s\n", database);
+
+	/*
+	 * First we create and populate the lo temp table
+	 */
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	strcat(buf, "SELECT oid AS lo ");
+	strcat(buf, "INTO TEMP TABLE vacuum_l ");
+	strcat(buf, "FROM pg_class ");
+	strcat(buf, "WHERE relkind='l'");
+	if (!(res = PQexec(conn, buf)))
 	{
-	    char *table,*field;
-	    
-	    table = PQgetvalue(res,i,0);
-	    field = PQgetvalue(res,i,1);
-	    
-	    if(verbose) {
-		fprintf(stdout,"Checking %s in %s: ",field,table);
-		fflush(stdout);
-	    }
-	    
-	    res2 = PQexec(conn, "begin");
-	    PQclear(res2);
-	    
-	    buf[0] = '\0';
-	    strcat(buf,"DELETE FROM vacuum_l ");
-	    strcat(buf,"WHERE lo IN (");
-	    strcat(buf,"SELECT ");
-	    strcat(buf,field);
-	    strcat(buf," FROM ");
-	    strcat(buf,table);
-	    strcat(buf,");");
-	    if(!(res2 = PQexec(conn,buf))) {
-		fprintf(stderr,"Failed to check %s in table %s\n",field,table);
-		PQclear(res);
+		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to create temp table.\n");
 		PQfinish(conn);
 		return -1;
-	    }
-	    if(PQresultStatus(res2)!=PGRES_COMMAND_OK) {
-		fprintf(stderr,
-			"Failed to check %s in table %s\n%s\n",
-			field,table,
-			PQerrorMessage(conn)
-			);
-		PQclear(res2);
-		PQclear(res);
+	}
+	PQclear(res);
+
+	/*
+	 * Now find any candidate tables who have columns of type oid (the
+	 * column oid is ignored, as it has attnum < 1)
+	 */
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	strcat(buf, "SELECT c.relname, a.attname ");
+	strcat(buf, "FROM pg_class c, pg_attribute a, pg_type t ");
+	strcat(buf, "WHERE a.attnum > 0 ");
+	strcat(buf, "      AND a.attrelid = c.oid ");
+	strcat(buf, "      AND a.atttypid = t.oid ");
+	strcat(buf, "      AND t.typname = 'oid' ");
+	strcat(buf, "      AND c.relname NOT LIKE 'pg_%'");
+	if (!(res = PQexec(conn, buf)))
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to create temp table.\n");
 		PQfinish(conn);
 		return -1;
-	    }
-	    PQclear(res2);
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
+	{
+		char	   *table,
+				   *field;
+
+		table = PQgetvalue(res, i, 0);
+		field = PQgetvalue(res, i, 1);
+
+		if (verbose)
+		{
+			fprintf(stdout, "Checking %s in %s: ", field, table);
+			fflush(stdout);
+		}
+
+		res2 = PQexec(conn, "begin");
+		PQclear(res2);
+
+		buf[0] = '\0';
+		strcat(buf, "DELETE FROM vacuum_l ");
+		strcat(buf, "WHERE lo IN (");
+		strcat(buf, "SELECT ");
+		strcat(buf, field);
+		strcat(buf, " FROM ");
+		strcat(buf, table);
+		strcat(buf, ");");
+		if (!(res2 = PQexec(conn, buf)))
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "Failed to check %s in table %s\n", field, table);
+			PQclear(res);
+			PQfinish(conn);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (PQresultStatus(res2) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr,
+					"Failed to check %s in table %s\n%s\n",
+					field, table,
+					PQerrorMessage(conn)
+				);
+			PQclear(res2);
+			PQclear(res);
+			PQfinish(conn);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		PQclear(res2);
+
+		res2 = PQexec(conn, "end");
+		PQclear(res2);
 
-	    res2 = PQexec(conn, "end");
-	    PQclear(res2);
-	    
 	}
-    PQclear(res);
-    
-    /* Start the transaction */
-    res = PQexec(conn, "begin");
-    PQclear(res);
-    
-    /*
-     * Finally, those entries remaining in vacuum_l are orphans.
-     */
-    buf[0]='\0';
-    strcat(buf,"SELECT lo ");
-    strcat(buf,"FROM vacuum_l");
-    if(!(res = PQexec(conn,buf))) {
-	fprintf(stderr,"Failed to read temp table.\n");
-	PQfinish(conn);
-	return -1;
-    }
-    matched=PQntuples(res);
-    for(i=0;i<matched;i++)
+	PQclear(res);
+
+	/* Start the transaction */
+	res = PQexec(conn, "begin");
+	PQclear(res);
+
+	/*
+	 * Finally, those entries remaining in vacuum_l are orphans.
+	 */
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+	strcat(buf, "SELECT lo ");
+	strcat(buf, "FROM vacuum_l");
+	if (!(res = PQexec(conn, buf)))
 	{
-	    Oid lo = (Oid) atoi(PQgetvalue(res,i,0));
-	    
-	    if(verbose) {
-		fprintf(stdout,"\rRemoving lo %6d \n",lo);
-		fflush(stdout);
-	    }
-	    
-	    if(lo_unlink(conn,lo)<0) {
-		fprintf(stderr,"Failed to remove lo %d\n",lo);
-	    }
+		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to read temp table.\n");
+		PQfinish(conn);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	matched = PQntuples(res);
+	for (i = 0; i < matched; i++)
+	{
+		Oid			lo = (Oid) atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, 0));
+
+		if (verbose)
+		{
+			fprintf(stdout, "\rRemoving lo %6d \n", lo);
+			fflush(stdout);
+		}
+
+		if (lo_unlink(conn, lo) < 0)
+			fprintf(stderr, "Failed to remove lo %d\n", lo);
 	}
-    PQclear(res);
-    
-    /*
-     * That's all folks!
-     */
-    res = PQexec(conn, "end");
-    PQclear(res);
-    PQfinish(conn);
-    
-    if(verbose)
-	fprintf(stdout,"\rRemoved %d large objects from %s.\n",matched,database);
-    
-    return 0;
+	PQclear(res);
+
+	/*
+	 * That's all folks!
+	 */
+	res = PQexec(conn, "end");
+	PQclear(res);
+	PQfinish(conn);
+
+	if (verbose)
+		fprintf(stdout, "\rRemoved %d large objects from %s.\n", matched, database);
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 int
 main(int argc, char **argv)
 {
-    int verbose = 0;
-    int arg;
-    int rc=0;
-    
-    if (argc < 2)
+	int			verbose = 0;
+	int			arg;
+	int			rc = 0;
+
+	if (argc < 2)
 	{
-	    fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-v] database_name [db2 ... dbn]\n",
-		    argv[0]);
-	    exit(1);
+		fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [-v] database_name [db2 ... dbn]\n",
+				argv[0]);
+		exit(1);
 	}
-    
-    for(arg=1;arg<argc;arg++) {
-	if(strcmp("-v",argv[arg])==0)
-	    verbose=!verbose;
-	else
-	    rc += vacuumlo(argv[arg],verbose);
-    }
-    
-    return rc;
+
+	for (arg = 1; arg < argc; arg++)
+	{
+		if (strcmp("-v", argv[arg]) == 0)
+			verbose = !verbose;
+		else
+			rc += vacuumlo(argv[arg], verbose);
+	}
+
+	return rc;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
index be7254180217d0323863ee1d0596f6d960c9b1ef..2a07be49f8e3d8511f4c083a3aefe6cdaeda9a78 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.50 1999/03/14 20:17:20 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.51 1999/05/25 16:06:35 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  The old interface functions have been converted to macros
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ DataFill(char *data,
 			*bitP |= bitmask;
 		}
 
-		data = (char *)att_align((long)data, att[i]->attlen, att[i]->attalign);
+		data = (char *) att_align((long) data, att[i]->attlen, att[i]->attalign);
 		switch (att[i]->attlen)
 		{
 			case -1:
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ DataFill(char *data,
 						att[i]->attlen);
 				break;
 		}
-		data = (char *)att_addlength((long)data, att[i]->attlen, value[i]);
+		data = (char *) att_addlength((long) data, att[i]->attlen, value[i]);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum)
 int
 heap_sysattrlen(AttrNumber attno)
 {
-	HeapTupleHeader	f = NULL;
+	HeapTupleHeader f = NULL;
 
 	switch (attno)
 	{
@@ -301,6 +301,7 @@ heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum)
 	}
 	return (Datum) NULL;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* ----------------
@@ -328,11 +329,11 @@ nocachegetattr(HeapTuple tuple,
 			   TupleDesc tupleDesc,
 			   bool *isnull)
 {
-	char			   *tp;						/* ptr to att in tuple */
-	HeapTupleHeader		tup = tuple->t_data;
-	bits8			   *bp = tup->t_bits;		/* ptr to att in tuple */
-	Form_pg_attribute  *att = tupleDesc->attrs;
-	int					slow = 0;				/* do we have to walk nulls? */
+	char	   *tp;				/* ptr to att in tuple */
+	HeapTupleHeader tup = tuple->t_data;
+	bits8	   *bp = tup->t_bits;		/* ptr to att in tuple */
+	Form_pg_attribute *att = tupleDesc->attrs;
+	int			slow = 0;		/* do we have to walk nulls? */
 
 
 #if IN_MACRO
@@ -376,6 +377,7 @@ nocachegetattr(HeapTuple tuple,
 	}
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * there's a null somewhere in the tuple
 		 */
@@ -404,12 +406,13 @@ nocachegetattr(HeapTuple tuple,
 			int			finalbit = attnum & 0x07;
 
 			/* check for nulls "before" final bit of last byte */
-			if ((~ bp[byte]) & ((1 << finalbit) - 1))
+			if ((~bp[byte]) & ((1 << finalbit) - 1))
 				slow = 1;
 			else
 			{
 				/* check for nulls in any "earlier" bytes */
-				int		i;
+				int			i;
+
 				for (i = 0; i < byte; i++)
 				{
 					if (bp[i] != 0xFF)
@@ -439,6 +442,7 @@ nocachegetattr(HeapTuple tuple,
 		else if (!HeapTupleAllFixed(tuple))
 		{
 			int			j;
+
 			/*
 			 * In for(), we make this <= and not < because we want to test
 			 * if we can go past it in initializing offsets.
@@ -456,9 +460,9 @@ nocachegetattr(HeapTuple tuple,
 
 	/*
 	 * If slow is zero, and we got here, we know that we have a tuple with
-	 * no nulls or varlenas before the target attribute.
-	 * If possible, we also want to initialize the remainder of the
-	 * attribute cached offset values.
+	 * no nulls or varlenas before the target attribute. If possible, we
+	 * also want to initialize the remainder of the attribute cached
+	 * offset values.
 	 */
 	if (!slow)
 	{
@@ -570,7 +574,7 @@ heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple)
 	newTuple->t_len = tuple->t_len;
 	newTuple->t_self = tuple->t_self;
 	newTuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) ((char *) newTuple + HEAPTUPLESIZE);
-	memmove((char *) newTuple->t_data, 
+	memmove((char *) newTuple->t_data,
 			(char *) tuple->t_data, (int) tuple->t_len);
 	return newTuple;
 }
@@ -589,11 +593,11 @@ heap_copytuple_with_tuple(HeapTuple src, HeapTuple dest)
 		dest->t_data = NULL;
 		return;
 	}
-	
+
 	dest->t_len = src->t_len;
 	dest->t_self = src->t_self;
 	dest->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) palloc(src->t_len);
-	memmove((char *) dest->t_data, 
+	memmove((char *) dest->t_data,
 			(char *) src->t_data, (int) src->t_len);
 	return;
 }
@@ -657,14 +661,14 @@ heap_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
 			   Datum *value,
 			   char *nulls)
 {
-	HeapTuple		tuple;			/* return tuple */
-	HeapTupleHeader	td;				/* tuple data */
-	int				bitmaplen;
-	long			len;
-	int				hoff;
-	bool			hasnull = false;
-	int				i;
-	int				numberOfAttributes = tupleDescriptor->natts;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;			/* return tuple */
+	HeapTupleHeader td;			/* tuple data */
+	int			bitmaplen;
+	long		len;
+	int			hoff;
+	bool		hasnull = false;
+	int			i;
+	int			numberOfAttributes = tupleDescriptor->natts;
 
 	len = offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
 
@@ -760,9 +764,9 @@ heap_modifytuple(HeapTuple tuple,
 		if (repl[attoff] == ' ')
 		{
 			value[attoff] = heap_getattr(tuple,
-							 AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attoff),
-							 RelationGetDescr(relation),
-							 &isNull);
+										 AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attoff),
+										 RelationGetDescr(relation),
+										 &isNull);
 			nulls[attoff] = (isNull) ? 'n' : ' ';
 
 		}
@@ -790,12 +794,12 @@ heap_modifytuple(HeapTuple tuple,
 	infomask = newTuple->t_data->t_infomask;
 	memmove((char *) &newTuple->t_data->t_oid,	/* XXX */
 			(char *) &tuple->t_data->t_oid,
-			((char *) &tuple->t_data->t_hoff - 
-				(char *) &tuple->t_data->t_oid));		/* XXX */
+			((char *) &tuple->t_data->t_hoff -
+			 (char *) &tuple->t_data->t_oid));	/* XXX */
 	newTuple->t_data->t_infomask = infomask;
 	newTuple->t_data->t_natts = numberOfAttributes;
 	newTuple->t_self = tuple->t_self;
-	
+
 	return newTuple;
 }
 
@@ -809,10 +813,10 @@ heap_addheader(uint32 natts,	/* max domain index */
 			   int structlen,	/* its length */
 			   char *structure) /* pointer to the struct */
 {
-	HeapTuple		tuple;
-	HeapTupleHeader	td;				/* tuple data */
-	long			len;
-	int				hoff;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	HeapTupleHeader td;			/* tuple data */
+	long		len;
+	int			hoff;
 
 	AssertArg(natts > 0);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
index 7615c79a748d6df2b1f734b4bb05da313011be36..0a2eee932f58bd30f63c1e0f024fbf35cb12a8bf 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.45 1999/05/10 00:44:50 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.46 1999/05/25 16:06:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
 #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
 #include "utils/syscache.h"
 
-static void printtup_setup(DestReceiver* self, TupleDesc typeinfo);
-static void printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self);
-static void printtup_cleanup(DestReceiver* self);
+static void printtup_setup(DestReceiver * self, TupleDesc typeinfo);
+static void printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self);
+static void printtup_cleanup(DestReceiver * self);
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		printtup / debugtup support
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static void printtup_cleanup(DestReceiver* self);
  * ----------------
  */
 int
-getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid* typOutput, Oid* typElem)
+getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid *typOutput, Oid *typElem)
 {
 	HeapTuple	typeTuple;
 
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid* typOutput, Oid* typElem)
 	if (HeapTupleIsValid(typeTuple))
 	{
 		Form_pg_type pt = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple);
+
 		*typOutput = (Oid) pt->typoutput;
 		*typElem = (Oid) pt->typelem;
 		return OidIsValid(*typOutput);
@@ -70,27 +71,29 @@ getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid* typOutput, Oid* typElem)
  *		Private state for a printtup destination object
  * ----------------
  */
-typedef struct {				/* Per-attribute information */
+typedef struct
+{								/* Per-attribute information */
 	Oid			typoutput;		/* Oid for the attribute's type output fn */
 	Oid			typelem;		/* typelem value to pass to the output fn */
 	FmgrInfo	finfo;			/* Precomputed call info for typoutput */
-} PrinttupAttrInfo;
+}			PrinttupAttrInfo;
 
-typedef struct {
-	DestReceiver		pub;		/* publicly-known function pointers */
-	TupleDesc			attrinfo;	/* The attr info we are set up for */
-	int					nattrs;
-	PrinttupAttrInfo   *myinfo;		/* Cached info about each attr */
-} DR_printtup;
+typedef struct
+{
+	DestReceiver pub;			/* publicly-known function pointers */
+	TupleDesc	attrinfo;		/* The attr info we are set up for */
+	int			nattrs;
+	PrinttupAttrInfo *myinfo;	/* Cached info about each attr */
+}			DR_printtup;
 
 /* ----------------
  *		Initialize: create a DestReceiver for printtup
  * ----------------
  */
-DestReceiver*
+DestReceiver *
 printtup_create_DR()
 {
-	DR_printtup* self = (DR_printtup*) palloc(sizeof(DR_printtup));
+	DR_printtup *self = (DR_printtup *) palloc(sizeof(DR_printtup));
 
 	self->pub.receiveTuple = printtup;
 	self->pub.setup = printtup_setup;
@@ -100,42 +103,43 @@ printtup_create_DR()
 	self->nattrs = 0;
 	self->myinfo = NULL;
 
-	return (DestReceiver*) self;
+	return (DestReceiver *) self;
 }
 
 static void
-printtup_setup(DestReceiver* self, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+printtup_setup(DestReceiver * self, TupleDesc typeinfo)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 * We could set up the derived attr info at this time, but we postpone it
 	 * until the first call of printtup, for 3 reasons:
 	 * 1. We don't waste time (compared to the old way) if there are no
-	 *    tuples at all to output.
+	 *	  tuples at all to output.
 	 * 2. Checking in printtup allows us to handle the case that the tuples
-	 *    change type midway through (although this probably can't happen in
-	 *    the current executor).
+	 *	  change type midway through (although this probably can't happen in
+	 *	  the current executor).
 	 * 3. Right now, ExecutorRun passes a NULL for typeinfo anyway :-(
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 }
 
 static void
-printtup_prepare_info(DR_printtup* myState, TupleDesc typeinfo, int numAttrs)
+printtup_prepare_info(DR_printtup * myState, TupleDesc typeinfo, int numAttrs)
 {
-	int i;
+	int			i;
 
 	if (myState->myinfo)
-		pfree(myState->myinfo);	/* get rid of any old data */
+		pfree(myState->myinfo); /* get rid of any old data */
 	myState->myinfo = NULL;
 	myState->attrinfo = typeinfo;
 	myState->nattrs = numAttrs;
 	if (numAttrs <= 0)
 		return;
-	myState->myinfo = (PrinttupAttrInfo*)
+	myState->myinfo = (PrinttupAttrInfo *)
 		palloc(numAttrs * sizeof(PrinttupAttrInfo));
 	for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++)
 	{
-		PrinttupAttrInfo* thisState = myState->myinfo + i;
+		PrinttupAttrInfo *thisState = myState->myinfo + i;
+
 		if (getTypeOutAndElem((Oid) typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid,
 							  &thisState->typoutput, &thisState->typelem))
 			fmgr_info(thisState->typoutput, &thisState->finfo);
@@ -147,9 +151,9 @@ printtup_prepare_info(DR_printtup* myState, TupleDesc typeinfo, int numAttrs)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
+printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self)
 {
-	DR_printtup *myState = (DR_printtup*) self;
+	DR_printtup *myState = (DR_printtup *) self;
 	StringInfoData buf;
 	int			i,
 				j,
@@ -178,7 +182,7 @@ printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
 	k = 1 << 7;
 	for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_data->t_natts; ++i)
 	{
-		if (! heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1))
+		if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1))
 			j |= k;				/* set bit if not null */
 		k >>= 1;
 		if (k == 0)				/* end of byte? */
@@ -197,7 +201,8 @@ printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_data->t_natts; ++i)
 	{
-		PrinttupAttrInfo* thisState = myState->myinfo + i;
+		PrinttupAttrInfo *thisState = myState->myinfo + i;
+
 		attr = heap_getattr(tuple, i + 1, typeinfo, &isnull);
 		if (isnull)
 			continue;
@@ -223,9 +228,10 @@ printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-printtup_cleanup(DestReceiver* self)
+printtup_cleanup(DestReceiver * self)
 {
-	DR_printtup* myState = (DR_printtup*) self;
+	DR_printtup *myState = (DR_printtup *) self;
+
 	if (myState->myinfo)
 		pfree(myState->myinfo);
 	pfree(myState);
@@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ showatts(char *name, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
+debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self)
 {
 	int			i;
 	Datum		attr;
@@ -310,7 +316,7 @@ debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
+printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self)
 {
 	StringInfoData buf;
 	int			i,
@@ -334,7 +340,7 @@ printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
 	k = 1 << 7;
 	for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_data->t_natts; ++i)
 	{
-		if (! heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1))
+		if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1))
 			j |= k;				/* set bit if not null */
 		k >>= 1;
 		if (k == 0)				/* end of byte? */
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c b/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c
index bd3e047e6a719a5bb0a91c7fac9d7487c3af2d82..7dd9b6a9206c658ad647375e83e8128ae10cde42 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:14:13 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:06:41 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include <access/skey.h>
 
 /*
- * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal 
+ * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal
  *		True iff the scan key entry is legal.
  */
 #define ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry) \
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 )
 
 /*
- * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal 
+ * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal
  *		Marks a scan key entry as illegal.
  */
 void
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(ScanKey entry)
 }
 
 /*
- * ScanKeyEntryInitialize 
+ * ScanKeyEntryInitialize
  *		Initializes an scan key entry.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c
index 656b997404d843789384dbbd241041ebde8beadd..71e8db45a43dbcdf4957b6db42cbfe9ab6c4c096 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.48 1999/02/13 23:14:14 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.49 1999/05/25 16:06:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  some of the executor utility code such as "ExecTypeFromTL" should be
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ BuildDescForRelation(List *schema, char *relname)
 		{
 			/* array of XXX is _XXX */
 			snprintf(typename, NAMEDATALEN,
-							 "_%.*s", NAMEDATALEN - 2, entry->typename->name);
+					 "_%.*s", NAMEDATALEN - 2, entry->typename->name);
 			attdim = length(arry);
 		}
 		else
diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c
index 1342bc6aec8d301a4627a525139502c90ae4afc4..06321990a8da7d48b81e36c9ba387f50c9421e9f 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gist.c
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ gistinsert(Relation r, Datum *datum, char *nulls, ItemPointer ht_ctid, Relation
 	/*
 	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices()
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
 	 */
 
 	res = gistdoinsert(r, itup, &giststate);
@@ -1106,10 +1106,10 @@ gistdelete(Relation r, ItemPointer tid)
 	Page		page;
 
 	/*
-	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices()
-	 * Also note that only vacuum deletes index tuples now...
+	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices() Also note that only vacuum
+	 * deletes index tuples now...
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
 	 */
 
 	blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
index 92353d71b2bf5a08dfa27c4e98008b86796057c0..d26387d8280c944c1a80ce9ec2c3475a97b4ecd6 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ gistbeginscan(Relation r,
 	/*
 	 * Let index_beginscan does its work...
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForRead(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForRead(r);
 	 */
 
 	s = RelationGetIndexScan(r, fromEnd, nkeys, key);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c
index 122c9ad3797d58024c6ba7b91e8c5788a217caa0..65d04658c50435e62502f0d453c1add20ea78941 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:14:17 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:06:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This file contains only the public interface routines.
@@ -485,9 +485,9 @@ hashrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
 	/* bump lock on currentMarkData and copy to currentItemData */
 	if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentMarkData)))
 	{
-		so->hashso_curbuf =_hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
-						 BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_mrkbuf),
-						 HASH_READ);
+		so->hashso_curbuf = _hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
+								 BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_mrkbuf),
+										 HASH_READ);
 
 		scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
index c8be6dc60eda95f1cc40b1cb60ebce8ce391ed3a..f5605a3f1097045cdba2776af3d654476a523d9a 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.16 1999/03/14 16:27:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:06:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  These functions are stored in pg_amproc.	For each operator class
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ hashint4(uint32 key)
 }
 
 uint32
-hashint8(int64 *key)
+hashint8(int64 * key)
 {
-	return ~((uint32)*key);
+	return ~((uint32) *key);
 }
 
 /* Hash function from Chris Torek. */
diff --git a/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c b/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c
index 7c81e7ab5c18e834259eb08fb6ed33955597974f..bcda5f85e735ab3a6009c304fa0e17587679a3fa 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:20 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:06:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Postgres hash pages look like ordinary relation pages.  The opaque
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ _hash_setpagelock(Relation rel,
 	{
 		switch (access)
 		{
-			case HASH_WRITE:
+				case HASH_WRITE:
 				LockPage(rel, blkno, ExclusiveLock);
 				break;
 			case HASH_READ:
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ _hash_unsetpagelock(Relation rel,
 	{
 		switch (access)
 		{
-			case HASH_WRITE:
+				case HASH_WRITE:
 				UnlockPage(rel, blkno, ExclusiveLock);
 				break;
 			case HASH_READ:
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
index 63fd52d124f7b16851caf068a1fc39a9419be391..1ea78ec86333c7fa347b7656e9fb6911f0e62d7b 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.42 1999/03/28 20:31:56 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.43 1999/05/25 16:07:04 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ initscan(HeapScanDesc scan,
 		 *	relation is empty
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
-		scan->rs_ntup.t_data = scan->rs_ctup.t_data = 
+		scan->rs_ntup.t_data = scan->rs_ctup.t_data =
 		scan->rs_ptup.t_data = NULL;
 		scan->rs_nbuf = scan->rs_cbuf = scan->rs_pbuf = InvalidBuffer;
 	}
@@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ heapgettup(Relation relation,
 		   int nkeys,
 		   ScanKey key)
 {
-	ItemId			lpp;
-	Page			dp;
-	int				page;
-	int				pages;
-	int				lines;
-	OffsetNumber	lineoff;
-	int				linesleft;
-	ItemPointer		tid = (tuple->t_data == NULL) ? 
-							(ItemPointer) NULL : &(tuple->t_self);
+	ItemId		lpp;
+	Page		dp;
+	int			page;
+	int			pages;
+	int			lines;
+	OffsetNumber lineoff;
+	int			linesleft;
+	ItemPointer tid = (tuple->t_data == NULL) ?
+	(ItemPointer) NULL : &(tuple->t_self);
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	increment access statistics
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ heapgettup(Relation relation,
 			return;
 		}
 		*buffer = RelationGetBufferWithBuffer(relation,
-										   ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
-										   *buffer);
+										  ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
+											  *buffer);
 
 		if (!BufferIsValid(*buffer))
 			elog(ERROR, "heapgettup: failed ReadBuffer");
@@ -439,7 +439,8 @@ heapgettup(Relation relation,
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				++lpp;			/* move forward in this page's ItemId array */
+				++lpp;			/* move forward in this page's ItemId
+								 * array */
 				++lineoff;
 			}
 		}
@@ -816,6 +817,7 @@ heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc, int backw)
 		}
 		else
 		{						/* NONTUP */
+
 			/*
 			 * Don't release scan->rs_cbuf at this point, because
 			 * heapgettup doesn't increase PrivateRefCount if it is
@@ -897,6 +899,7 @@ heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc, int backw)
 		}
 		else
 		{						/* NONTUP */
+
 			/*
 			 * Don't release scan->rs_cbuf at this point, because
 			 * heapgettup doesn't increase PrivateRefCount if it is
@@ -966,11 +969,11 @@ heap_fetch(Relation relation,
 		   HeapTuple tuple,
 		   Buffer *userbuf)
 {
-	ItemId			lp;
-	Buffer			buffer;
-	PageHeader		dp;
-	ItemPointer		tid = &(tuple->t_self);
-	OffsetNumber	offnum;
+	ItemId		lp;
+	Buffer		buffer;
+	PageHeader	dp;
+	ItemPointer tid = &(tuple->t_self);
+	OffsetNumber offnum;
 
 	AssertMacro(PointerIsValid(userbuf));		/* see comments above */
 
@@ -1093,9 +1096,7 @@ heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup)
 	RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(relation, tup);
 
 	if (IsSystemRelationName(RelationGetRelationName(relation)->data))
-	{
 		RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, tup);
-	}
 
 	return tup->t_data->t_oid;
 }
@@ -1106,11 +1107,11 @@ heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup)
 int
 heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, ItemPointer ctid)
 {
-	ItemId			lp;
-	HeapTupleData	tp;
-	PageHeader		dp;
-	Buffer			buffer;
-	int				result;
+	ItemId		lp;
+	HeapTupleData tp;
+	PageHeader	dp;
+	Buffer		buffer;
+	int			result;
 
 	/* increment access statistics */
 	IncrHeapAccessStat(local_delete);
@@ -1130,10 +1131,10 @@ heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, ItemPointer ctid)
 	tp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lp);
 	tp.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp);
 	tp.t_self = *tid;
-	
+
 l1:
 	result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(&tp);
-	
+
 	if (result == HeapTupleInvisible)
 	{
 		LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
@@ -1142,7 +1143,7 @@ l1:
 	}
 	else if (result == HeapTupleBeingUpdated)
 	{
-		TransactionId	xwait = tp.t_data->t_xmax;
+		TransactionId xwait = tp.t_data->t_xmax;
 
 		/* sleep untill concurrent transaction ends */
 		LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
@@ -1177,8 +1178,8 @@ l1:
 	/* store transaction information of xact deleting the tuple */
 	TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(tp.t_data->t_xmax));
 	tp.t_data->t_cmax = GetCurrentCommandId();
-	tp.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED | 
-							   HEAP_XMAX_INVALID | HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE);
+	tp.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED |
+							 HEAP_XMAX_INVALID | HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE);
 
 	LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
 
@@ -1194,14 +1195,14 @@ l1:
  *	heap_replace	- replace a tuple
  */
 int
-heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup, 
-				ItemPointer ctid)
+heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
+			 ItemPointer ctid)
 {
-	ItemId			lp;
-	HeapTupleData	oldtup;
-	PageHeader		dp;
-	Buffer			buffer;
-	int				result;
+	ItemId		lp;
+	HeapTupleData oldtup;
+	PageHeader	dp;
+	Buffer		buffer;
+	int			result;
 
 	/* increment access statistics */
 	IncrHeapAccessStat(local_replace);
@@ -1223,7 +1224,7 @@ heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 
 l2:
 	result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(&oldtup);
-	
+
 	if (result == HeapTupleInvisible)
 	{
 		LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
@@ -1232,7 +1233,7 @@ l2:
 	}
 	else if (result == HeapTupleBeingUpdated)
 	{
-		TransactionId	xwait = oldtup.t_data->t_xmax;
+		TransactionId xwait = oldtup.t_data->t_xmax;
 
 		/* sleep untill concurrent transaction ends */
 		LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
@@ -1275,19 +1276,20 @@ l2:
 	/* logically delete old item */
 	TransactionIdStore(GetCurrentTransactionId(), &(oldtup.t_data->t_xmax));
 	oldtup.t_data->t_cmax = GetCurrentCommandId();
-	oldtup.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED | 
-								   HEAP_XMAX_INVALID | HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE);
+	oldtup.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED |
+							 HEAP_XMAX_INVALID | HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE);
 
 	/* insert new item */
 	if ((unsigned) DOUBLEALIGN(newtup->t_len) <= PageGetFreeSpace((Page) dp))
 		RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, buffer, newtup);
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * New item won't fit on same page as old item, have to look
-		 * for a new place to put it. Note that we have to unlock
-		 * current buffer context - not good but RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd
-		 * uses extend lock.
+		 * New item won't fit on same page as old item, have to look for a
+		 * new place to put it. Note that we have to unlock current buffer
+		 * context - not good but RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd uses extend
+		 * lock.
 		 */
 		LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
 		RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(relation, newtup);
@@ -1295,8 +1297,8 @@ l2:
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * New item in place, now record address of new tuple in
-	 * t_ctid of old one.
+	 * New item in place, now record address of new tuple in t_ctid of old
+	 * one.
 	 */
 	oldtup.t_data->t_ctid = newtup->t_self;
 
@@ -1316,10 +1318,10 @@ l2:
 int
 heap_mark4update(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple, Buffer *buffer)
 {
-	ItemPointer		tid = &(tuple->t_self);
-	ItemId			lp;
-	PageHeader		dp;
-	int				result;
+	ItemPointer tid = &(tuple->t_self);
+	ItemId		lp;
+	PageHeader	dp;
+	int			result;
 
 	/* increment access statistics */
 	IncrHeapAccessStat(local_mark4update);
@@ -1336,10 +1338,10 @@ heap_mark4update(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple, Buffer *buffer)
 	lp = PageGetItemId(dp, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
 	tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lp);
 	tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp);
-	
+
 l3:
 	result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(tuple);
-	
+
 	if (result == HeapTupleInvisible)
 	{
 		LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
@@ -1348,7 +1350,7 @@ l3:
 	}
 	else if (result == HeapTupleBeingUpdated)
 	{
-		TransactionId	xwait = tuple->t_data->t_xmax;
+		TransactionId xwait = tuple->t_data->t_xmax;
 
 		/* sleep untill concurrent transaction ends */
 		LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c
index f991b206d4426f147e4bac3242c6f0aa61dfa2b9..682c072c19920b6844dde8cad3d07bcb871fbb29 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Id: hio.c,v 1.19 1999/05/07 01:22:53 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Id: hio.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:07:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation,
 					 Buffer buffer,
 					 HeapTuple tuple)
 {
-	Page			pageHeader;
-	OffsetNumber	offnum;
-	unsigned int	len;
-	ItemId			itemId;
-	Item			item;
+	Page		pageHeader;
+	OffsetNumber offnum;
+	unsigned int len;
+	ItemId		itemId;
+	Item		item;
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	increment access statistics
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation,
 	itemId = PageGetItemId((Page) pageHeader, offnum);
 	item = PageGetItem((Page) pageHeader, itemId);
 
-	ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTupleHeader) item)->t_ctid, 
-					BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), offnum);
+	ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTupleHeader) item)->t_ctid,
+				   BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), offnum);
 
 	/*
 	 * Let the caller do this!
 	 *
-	WriteBuffer(buffer);
+	 * WriteBuffer(buffer);
 	 */
 
 	/* return an accurate tuple */
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple)
 	Item		item;
 
 	/*
-	 * Lock relation for extention. We can use LockPage here as long as 
-	 * in all other places we use page-level locking for indices only.
+	 * Lock relation for extention. We can use LockPage here as long as in
+	 * all other places we use page-level locking for indices only.
 	 * Alternatevely, we could define pseudo-table as we do for
 	 * transactions with XactLockTable.
 	 */
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@ RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple)
 	{
 		buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, lastblock);
 		pageHeader = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
+
 		/*
 		 * There was IF instead of ASSERT here ?!
 		 */
diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/genam.c b/src/backend/access/index/genam.c
index 5752f2cf4431efdaa7ffccc3ef82179c03ff4ab4..70b9ae2a4b04b2533677beacb2ad27ef8cf1feec 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/index/genam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/index/genam.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.16 1999/02/13 23:14:29 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:07:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  many of the old access method routines have been turned into
@@ -270,5 +270,5 @@ IndexScanRestorePosition(IndexScanDesc scan)
 
 	scan->flags = 0x0;			/* XXX should have a symbolic name */
 }
-#endif
 
+#endif
diff --git a/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c b/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c
index e0b4e61a15b033b7f874746e94373ed9fda08335..61cbe560656c36c54d593fd4944e3badae4c5424 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/index/istrat.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:30 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.32 1999/05/25 16:07:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static bool StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term,
  */
 
 /*
- * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry 
+ * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry
  *		Returns a scan key entry of a index strategy mapping member.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map,
 }
 
 /*
- * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap 
+ * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap
  *		Returns an index strategy mapping of an index strategy.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
 }
 
 /*
- * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize 
+ * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize
  *		Computes the size of an index strategy.
  */
 Size
@@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ RelationGetStrategy(Relation relation,
 	Assert(RegProcedureIsValid(procedure));
 
 	strategyMap = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
-									evaluation->maxStrategy,
-									attributeNumber);
+											  evaluation->maxStrategy,
+											  attributeNumber);
 
 	/* get a strategy number for the procedure ignoring flags for now */
 	for (index = 0; index < evaluation->maxStrategy; index += 1)
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(Relation operatorRelation,
 
 
 /*
- * IndexSupportInitialize 
+ * IndexSupportInitialize
  *		Initializes an index strategy and associated support procedures.
  */
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c
index 127f2b035760b96fddf774cde0097da4d6e8b2e5..796087f812f10016fb311680defcda1844ef1486 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.22 1999/03/14 05:08:56 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:07:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	NOTES
  *		These functions are stored in pg_amproc.  For each operator class
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ btint4cmp(int32 a, int32 b)
 }
 
 int32
-btint8cmp(int64 *a, int64 *b)
+btint8cmp(int64 * a, int64 * b)
 {
 	if (*a > *b)
 		return 1;
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
index 265a658363ae456fd0f17b08aa49d9fe0d651ada..3cc67661cd264c95e198b87e375084dda63facb4 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.39 1999/05/01 16:09:45 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:07:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ l1:
 		/* key on the page before trying to compare it */
 		if (!PageIsEmpty(page) && offset <= maxoff)
 		{
-			TupleDesc		itupdesc;
-			BTItem			cbti;
-			HeapTupleData	htup;
-			BTPageOpaque 	opaque;
-			Buffer			nbuf;
-			BlockNumber 	blkno;
-			bool			chtup = true;
+			TupleDesc	itupdesc;
+			BTItem		cbti;
+			HeapTupleData htup;
+			BTPageOpaque opaque;
+			Buffer		nbuf;
+			BlockNumber blkno;
+			bool		chtup = true;
 
 			itupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
 			nbuf = InvalidBuffer;
@@ -122,15 +122,16 @@ l1:
 			 */
 			while (_bt_isequal(itupdesc, page, offset, natts, itup_scankey))
 			{					/* they're equal */
+
 				/*
-				 * Have to check is inserted heap tuple deleted one
-				 * (i.e. just moved to another place by vacuum)!
+				 * Have to check is inserted heap tuple deleted one (i.e.
+				 * just moved to another place by vacuum)!
 				 */
 				if (chtup)
 				{
 					htup.t_self = btitem->bti_itup.t_tid;
 					heap_fetch(heapRel, SnapshotDirty, &htup, &buffer);
-					if (htup.t_data	== NULL)	/* YES! */
+					if (htup.t_data == NULL)	/* YES! */
 						break;
 					/* Live tuple was inserted */
 					ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
@@ -139,11 +140,11 @@ l1:
 				cbti = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offset));
 				htup.t_self = cbti->bti_itup.t_tid;
 				heap_fetch(heapRel, SnapshotDirty, &htup, &buffer);
-				if (htup.t_data	!= NULL)	/* it is a duplicate */
+				if (htup.t_data != NULL)		/* it is a duplicate */
 				{
-					TransactionId xwait = 
-						(TransactionIdIsValid(SnapshotDirty->xmin)) ? 
-						SnapshotDirty->xmin : SnapshotDirty->xmax;
+					TransactionId xwait =
+					(TransactionIdIsValid(SnapshotDirty->xmin)) ?
+					SnapshotDirty->xmin : SnapshotDirty->xmax;
 
 					/*
 					 * If this tuple is being updated by other transaction
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ l1:
 							_bt_relbuf(rel, nbuf, BT_READ);
 						_bt_relbuf(rel, buf, BT_WRITE);
 						XactLockTableWait(xwait);
-						goto l1;	/* continue from the begin */
+						goto l1;/* continue from the begin */
 					}
 					elog(ERROR, "Cannot insert a duplicate key into a unique index");
 				}
@@ -571,10 +572,10 @@ _bt_insertonpg(Relation rel,
 		 * reasoning).
 		 */
 
-l_spl:;
+l_spl:	;
 		if (stack == (BTStack) NULL)
 		{
-			if (!is_root)	/* if this page was not root page */
+			if (!is_root)		/* if this page was not root page */
 			{
 				elog(DEBUG, "btree: concurrent ROOT page split");
 				stack = (BTStack) palloc(sizeof(BTStackData));
@@ -1144,8 +1145,8 @@ _bt_newroot(Relation rel, Buffer lbuf, Buffer rbuf)
 	lpage = BufferGetPage(lbuf);
 	rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
 
-	((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(lpage))->btpo_parent = 
-	((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage))->btpo_parent = 
+	((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(lpage))->btpo_parent =
+		((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage))->btpo_parent =
 		rootbknum;
 
 	/*
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
index daff4e6bdd4f3f347da17d1f137059646014f2da..5a93616054980a136369c140097e77b74868c927 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.20 1999/04/22 08:19:59 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:07:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	NOTES
  *	   Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages.	The opaque
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ _bt_pageinit(Page page, Size size)
 	MemSet(page, 0, size);
 
 	PageInit(page, size, sizeof(BTPageOpaqueData));
-	((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page))->btpo_parent = 
+	((BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page))->btpo_parent =
 		InvalidBlockNumber;
 }
 
@@ -494,17 +494,16 @@ _bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access)
 	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
 	maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
 
-	if (stack->bts_offset == InvalidOffsetNumber || 
+	if (stack->bts_offset == InvalidOffsetNumber ||
 		maxoff >= stack->bts_offset)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * _bt_insertonpg set bts_offset to InvalidOffsetNumber
-		 * in the case of concurrent ROOT page split
+		 * _bt_insertonpg set bts_offset to InvalidOffsetNumber in the
+		 * case of concurrent ROOT page split
 		 */
 		if (stack->bts_offset == InvalidOffsetNumber)
-		{
 			i = P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) ? P_HIKEY : P_FIRSTKEY;
-		}
 		else
 		{
 			itemid = PageGetItemId(page, stack->bts_offset);
@@ -524,7 +523,7 @@ _bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access)
 		}
 
 		/* if the item has just moved right on this page, we're done */
-		for ( ;
+		for (;
 			 i <= maxoff;
 			 i = OffsetNumberNext(i))
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
index 2ded78b1a679c733722832eaaebddcab67b42b18..b45d189a8558a943550ffd1ab6714f9f5e7707a7 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.37 1999/03/28 20:31:58 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:07:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This file contains only the public interface routines.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ btinsert(Relation rel, Datum *datum, char *nulls, ItemPointer ht_ctid, Relation
 	btitem = _bt_formitem(itup);
 
 	res = _bt_doinsert(rel, btitem,
-							 IndexIsUnique(RelationGetRelid(rel)), heapRel);
+					   IndexIsUnique(RelationGetRelid(rel)), heapRel);
 
 	pfree(btitem);
 	pfree(itup);
@@ -391,9 +391,10 @@ btgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 
 	if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData)))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Restore scan position using heap TID returned 
-		 * by previous call to btgettuple().
+		 * Restore scan position using heap TID returned by previous call
+		 * to btgettuple().
 		 */
 		_bt_restscan(scan);
 		res = _bt_next(scan, dir);
@@ -623,16 +624,15 @@ _bt_restscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
 	BlockNumber blkno;
 
 	/*
-	 * We use this as flag when first index tuple on page
-	 * is deleted but we do not move left (this would
-	 * slowdown vacuum) - so we set current->ip_posid
-	 * before first index tuple on the current page
+	 * We use this as flag when first index tuple on page is deleted but
+	 * we do not move left (this would slowdown vacuum) - so we set
+	 * current->ip_posid before first index tuple on the current page
 	 * (_bt_step will move it right)...
 	 */
 	if (!ItemPointerIsValid(&target))
 	{
-		ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&(scan->currentItemData), 
-			OffsetNumberPrev(P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) ? P_HIKEY : P_FIRSTKEY));
+		ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&(scan->currentItemData),
+		   OffsetNumberPrev(P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) ? P_HIKEY : P_FIRSTKEY));
 		return;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c
index a2a6707d1951d8f0fb2b4b1c074cfcfd85b34fcf..79e0c879d044dcdfd3e0230e1105d9b92b586262 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.20 1999/03/28 20:31:58 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:07:29 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * NOTES
@@ -112,12 +112,12 @@ _bt_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
 static void
 _bt_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
 {
-	ItemPointer		current;
-	Buffer			buf;
-	BTScanOpaque	so;
-	OffsetNumber	start;
-	Page			page;
-	BTPageOpaque	opaque;
+	ItemPointer current;
+	Buffer		buf;
+	BTScanOpaque so;
+	OffsetNumber start;
+	Page		page;
+	BTPageOpaque opaque;
 
 	so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
 	buf = so->btso_curbuf;
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ _bt_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
 			{
 				Page		pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
 				BTItem		btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(pg,
-				   PageGetItemId(pg, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current)));
+				 PageGetItemId(pg, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current)));
 
 				so->curHeapIptr = btitem->bti_itup.t_tid;
 			}
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ _bt_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
 			{
 				Page		pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
 				BTItem		btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(pg,
-				   PageGetItemId(pg, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current)));
+				 PageGetItemId(pg, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current)));
 
 				so->mrkHeapIptr = btitem->bti_itup.t_tid;
 			}
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
index 1ea080abd721638aad7da2cbbe2db0c59aff0107..cc3fc7475b4456955a11d9f14a615e8ceeeeb47a 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.43 1999/04/13 17:18:28 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.44 1999/05/25 16:07:31 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ _bt_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 	so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
 	current = &(scan->currentItemData);
 
-	Assert (BufferIsValid(so->btso_curbuf));
+	Assert(BufferIsValid(so->btso_curbuf));
 
 	/* we still have the buffer pinned and locked */
 	buf = so->btso_curbuf;
@@ -733,8 +733,8 @@ _bt_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 			return res;
 		}
 
-	} while (keysok >= so->numberOfFirstKeys || 
-		 (keysok == -1 && ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)));
+	} while (keysok >= so->numberOfFirstKeys ||
+			 (keysok == -1 && ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)));
 
 	ItemPointerSetInvalid(current);
 	so->btso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
@@ -776,8 +776,8 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 	BTScanOpaque so;
 	ScanKeyData skdata;
 	Size		keysok;
-	int		i;
-	int		nKeyIndex = -1;
+	int			i;
+	int			nKeyIndex = -1;
 
 	rel = scan->relation;
 	so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
@@ -795,27 +795,27 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 
 		if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir))
 		{
-			for (i=0; i<so->numberOfKeys; i++)
+			for (i = 0; i < so->numberOfKeys; i++)
 			{
 				if (so->keyData[i].sk_attno != 1)
 					break;
-				strat = _bt_getstrat(rel, so->keyData[i].sk_attno, 
-					so->keyData[i].sk_procedure);
+				strat = _bt_getstrat(rel, so->keyData[i].sk_attno,
+									 so->keyData[i].sk_procedure);
 				if (strat == BTLessStrategyNumber ||
-				    strat == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber||
-				    strat == BTEqualStrategyNumber)
+					strat == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber ||
+					strat == BTEqualStrategyNumber)
 				{
 					nKeyIndex = i;
 					break;
 				}
 			}
 		}
-		else 
+		else
 		{
 			strat = _bt_getstrat(rel, 1, so->keyData[0].sk_procedure);
 
 			if (strat == BTLessStrategyNumber ||
-			    strat == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber)
+				strat == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber)
 				;
 			else
 				nKeyIndex = 0;
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
 	}
 	proc = index_getprocid(rel, 1, BTORDER_PROC);
 	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skdata, so->keyData[nKeyIndex].sk_flags,
-				1, proc, so->keyData[nKeyIndex].sk_argument);
+						   1, proc, so->keyData[nKeyIndex].sk_argument);
 
 	stack = _bt_search(rel, 1, &skdata, &buf);
 	_bt_freestack(stack);
@@ -1104,9 +1104,10 @@ _bt_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir)
 
 	rel = scan->relation;
 	current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+
 	/*
-	 * Don't use ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber or you risk to get
-	 * assertion due to ability of ip_posid to be equal 0.
+	 * Don't use ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber or you risk to get assertion
+	 * due to ability of ip_posid to be equal 0.
 	 */
 	offnum = current->ip_posid;
 	page = BufferGetPage(*bufP);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
index c8c494d3f943b18f608cfe3a0fdc8522939e0c43..d5c2c30bef88c903b9f4f9130d635ca77823db2b 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.38 1999/05/09 00:53:19 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: nbtsort.c,v 1.39 1999/05/25 16:07:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *
@@ -552,16 +552,16 @@ _bt_spoolinit(Relation index, int ntapes, bool isunique)
 	btspool->bts_tape = 0;
 	btspool->isunique = isunique;
 
-	btspool->bts_itape =(BTTapeBlock **) palloc(sizeof(BTTapeBlock *) * ntapes);
-	btspool->bts_otape =(BTTapeBlock **) palloc(sizeof(BTTapeBlock *) * ntapes);
+	btspool->bts_itape = (BTTapeBlock **) palloc(sizeof(BTTapeBlock *) * ntapes);
+	btspool->bts_otape = (BTTapeBlock **) palloc(sizeof(BTTapeBlock *) * ntapes);
 	if (btspool->bts_itape == (BTTapeBlock **) NULL ||
 		btspool->bts_otape == (BTTapeBlock **) NULL)
 		elog(ERROR, "_bt_spoolinit: out of memory");
 
 	for (i = 0; i < ntapes; ++i)
 	{
-		btspool->bts_itape[i] =	_bt_tapecreate();
-		btspool->bts_otape[i] =	_bt_tapecreate();
+		btspool->bts_itape[i] = _bt_tapecreate();
+		btspool->bts_otape[i] = _bt_tapecreate();
 	}
 
 	_bt_isortcmpinit(index, btspool);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c
index 57e894245005063d720c15035439040723206eaa..f62a4bf648a1b0aed26b52b29fa9d5bb344a964d 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.31 1999/02/13 23:14:42 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.32 1999/05/25 16:07:38 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ rtinsert(Relation r, Datum *datum, char *nulls, ItemPointer ht_ctid, Relation he
 	/*
 	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices()
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
 	 */
 
 	res = rtdoinsert(r, itup, &rtState);
@@ -947,10 +947,10 @@ rtdelete(Relation r, ItemPointer tid)
 	Page		page;
 
 	/*
-	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices()
-	 * Also note that only vacuum deletes index tuples now...
+	 * Notes in ExecUtils:ExecOpenIndices() Also note that only vacuum
+	 * deletes index tuples now...
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
 	 */
 
 	blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
index 596972960bdbf8a909790c9d810c7ac7ffb71796..b74a341304a7a97e8cecf45f150df9d05fb377fc 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:14:43 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:07:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ rtbeginscan(Relation r,
 	/*
 	 * Let index_beginscan does its work...
 	 *
-	RelationSetLockForRead(r);
+	 * RelationSetLockForRead(r);
 	 */
 
 	s = RelationGetIndexScan(r, fromEnd, nkeys, key);
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c b/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c
index 35f07e6185a75e1ffc0943811d993302452b6ade..fe1d57d769c0945d1e30137727eb5b4a35b1e4c0 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.25 1999/03/30 01:37:21 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:07:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This file contains the high level access-method interface to the
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ TransactionLogUpdate(TransactionId transactionId,		/* trans id to update */
 	/*
 	 * update (invalidate) our single item TransactionLogTest cache.
 	 *
-	if (status != XID_COMMIT)
+	 * if (status != XID_COMMIT)
 	 *
 	 * What's the hell ?! Why != XID_COMMIT ?!
 	 */
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ TransRecover(Relation logRelation)
  */
 
 /*
- * InitializeTransactionLog 
+ * InitializeTransactionLog
  *		Initializes transaction logging.
  */
 void
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ InitializeTransactionLog(void)
  */
 
 /*
- * TransactionIdDidCommit 
+ * TransactionIdDidCommit
  *		True iff transaction associated with the identifier did commit.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ TransactionIdDidCommit(TransactionId transactionId)
 }
 
 /*
- * TransactionIdDidAborted 
+ * TransactionIdDidAborted
  *		True iff transaction associated with the identifier did abort.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId transactionId)
  */
 
 /*
- * TransactionIdCommit 
+ * TransactionIdCommit
  *		Commits the transaction associated with the identifier.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ TransactionIdCommit(TransactionId transactionId)
 }
 
 /*
- * TransactionIdAbort 
+ * TransactionIdAbort
  *		Aborts the transaction associated with the identifier.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c b/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c
index f910ea5f0f1d32cee6d3429311657ddf1a17c2ed..4bcc55bb92c7e4ed1cad72a3d87b386036700b54 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:14:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:07:48 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ VariableRelationPutNextOid(Oid *oidP)
  *		In the version 2 transaction system, transaction id's are
  *		restricted in several ways.
  *
- *		-- Old comments removed 
+ *		-- Old comments removed
  *
  *		Second, since we may someday preform compression of the data
  *		in the log and time relations, we cause the numbering of the
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
index f125baed6db73edc89f3196c93ad00cf04477e09..000abbc7ecbe9fbb312bb988d7c297b2e5fefad4 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.35 1999/05/13 00:34:57 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:07:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *		Transaction aborts can now occur two ways:
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@ TransactionStateData CurrentTransactionStateData = {
 
 TransactionState CurrentTransactionState = &CurrentTransactionStateData;
 
-int	DefaultXactIsoLevel = XACT_READ_COMMITTED;
-int	XactIsoLevel;
+int			DefaultXactIsoLevel = XACT_READ_COMMITTED;
+int			XactIsoLevel;
 
 /* ----------------
  *		info returned when the system is disabled
@@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ IsTransactionState(void)
 	 */
 	return false;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -516,7 +517,7 @@ CommandCounterIncrement()
 	AtStart_Cache();
 
 	TransactionIdFlushCache();
-	
+
 }
 
 void
@@ -695,9 +696,9 @@ AtCommit_Memory()
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	Release memory in the blank portal.
-	 *  Since EndPortalAllocMode implicitly works on the current context,
-	 *  first make real sure that the blank portal is the selected context.
-	 *  (This is probably not necessary, but seems like a good idea...)
+	 *	Since EndPortalAllocMode implicitly works on the current context,
+	 *	first make real sure that the blank portal is the selected context.
+	 *	(This is probably not necessary, but seems like a good idea...)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	portal = GetPortalByName(NULL);
@@ -789,9 +790,9 @@ AtAbort_Memory()
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	Release memory in the blank portal.
-	 *  Since EndPortalAllocMode implicitly works on the current context,
-	 *  first make real sure that the blank portal is the selected context.
-	 *  (This is ESSENTIAL in case we aborted from someplace where it wasn't.)
+	 *	Since EndPortalAllocMode implicitly works on the current context,
+	 *	first make real sure that the blank portal is the selected context.
+	 *	(This is ESSENTIAL in case we aborted from someplace where it wasn't.)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	portal = GetPortalByName(NULL);
@@ -1074,7 +1075,7 @@ StartTransactionCommand()
 			break;
 
 			/* ----------------
-			 *		As with BEGIN, we should never experience this 
+			 *		As with BEGIN, we should never experience this
 			 *		if we do it means the END state was not changed in the
 			 *		previous CommitTransactionCommand().  If we get it, we
 			 *		print a warning, commit the transaction, start a new
@@ -1509,6 +1510,7 @@ AbortOutOfAnyTransaction()
 	 */
 	if (s->state != TRANS_DEFAULT)
 		AbortTransaction();
+
 	/*
 	 * Now reset the high-level state
 	 */
diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c
index e7b68d48e7f5b8f2497f5c05b0eba958dfa0539a..2b15fec1bf64c30a752d9dc7f379d9e7fd4ac877 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xid.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: xid.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:14:49 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: xid.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:07:52 momjian Exp $
  *
  * OLD COMMENTS
  * XXX WARNING
diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
index 80f1142949fc476b116d22527fe3ccb2527e413c..6c7e7c16fa1e084a1e00c80c897e561fbb39a00b 100644
--- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
+++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.59 1999/05/10 00:44:52 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.60 1999/05/25 16:07:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ static char *relname;			/* current relation name */
 Form_pg_attribute attrtypes[MAXATTR];	/* points to attribute info */
 static char *values[MAXATTR];	/* cooresponding attribute values */
 int			numattr;			/* number of attributes for cur. rel */
-extern bool	disableFsync;			/* do not fsync the database */
+extern bool disableFsync;		/* do not fsync the database */
 
 int			DebugMode;
 static GlobalMemory nogc = (GlobalMemory) NULL; /* special no-gc mem
@@ -587,7 +587,9 @@ DefineAttr(char *name, char *type, int attnum)
 			printf("<%s %s> ", attrtypes[attnum]->attname.data, type);
 		attrtypes[attnum]->attnum = 1 + attnum; /* fillatt */
 		attlen = attrtypes[attnum]->attlen = Procid[typeoid].len;
-		/* Cheat like mad to fill in these items from the length only.
+
+		/*
+		 * Cheat like mad to fill in these items from the length only.
 		 * This only has to work for types used in the system catalogs...
 		 */
 		switch (attlen)
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c b/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c
index 8e0953809c47b5e77200971329c4667ac8a15228..5e7207143545fd81333ddbe60e743e8aa4361446 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:14:55 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:08:01 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 char *
 relpath(char *relname)
 {
-	char	*path;
-	int		bufsize = 0;
+	char	   *path;
+	int			bufsize = 0;
 
 	if (IsSharedSystemRelationName(relname))
 	{
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ relpath(char *relname)
 }
 
 /*
- * IsSystemRelationName 
+ * IsSystemRelationName
  *		True iff name is the name of a system catalog relation.
  *
  *		We now make a new requirement where system catalog relns must begin
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ IsSystemRelationName(char *relname)
 }
 
 /*
- * IsSharedSystemRelationName 
+ * IsSharedSystemRelationName
  *		True iff name is the name of a shared system catalog relation.
  */
 bool
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
index c82a258a3b24c1540f6b7247b8f049661f7d1132..89e45fb2bfc86add13b0c9a2d4f1bb3e9e903b41 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.84 1999/05/22 04:12:24 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.85 1999/05/25 16:08:03 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@
 #endif
 
 static void AddNewRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
-				   Relation new_rel_desc, Oid new_rel_oid, unsigned natts,
-				   char relkind, char *temp_relname);
+				  Relation new_rel_desc, Oid new_rel_oid, unsigned natts,
+					char relkind, char *temp_relname);
 static void AddToNoNameRelList(Relation r);
 static void DeleteAttributeTuples(Relation rel);
 static void DeleteRelationTuple(Relation rel);
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ heap_create(char *relname,
 	bool		nailme = false;
 	int			natts = tupDesc->natts;
 	static unsigned int uniqueId = 0;
-	
+
 	extern GlobalMemory CacheCxt;
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
@@ -240,23 +240,21 @@ heap_create(char *relname,
 		nailme = true;
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		relid = newoid();
-	}
 
 	if (isnoname)
 	{
 		Assert(!relname);
 		relname = palloc(NAMEDATALEN);
 		snprintf(relname, NAMEDATALEN, "pg_noname.%d.%u",
-			(int) MyProcPid, uniqueId++);
+				 (int) MyProcPid, uniqueId++);
 	}
 
 	if (istemp)
 	{
 		/* replace relname of caller */
 		snprintf(relname, NAMEDATALEN, "pg_temp.%d.%u",
-			(int) MyProcPid, uniqueId++);
+				 (int) MyProcPid, uniqueId++);
 	}
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -272,7 +270,7 @@ heap_create(char *relname,
 
 	/*
 	 * create a new tuple descriptor from the one passed in
-	*/
+	 */
 	rel->rd_att = CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(tupDesc);
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -321,7 +319,7 @@ heap_create(char *relname,
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 
-	rel->rd_nonameunlinked = TRUE; /* change once table is created */
+	rel->rd_nonameunlinked = TRUE;		/* change once table is created */
 	rel->rd_fd = (File) smgrcreate(DEFAULT_SMGR, rel);
 	rel->rd_nonameunlinked = FALSE;
 
@@ -479,8 +477,8 @@ RelnameFindRelid(char *relname)
 	if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
 	{
 		tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELNAME,
-								  PointerGetDatum(relname),
-								  0, 0, 0);
+									PointerGetDatum(relname),
+									0, 0, 0);
 		if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 			relid = tuple->t_data->t_oid;
 		else
@@ -488,10 +486,10 @@ RelnameFindRelid(char *relname)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		Relation pg_class_desc;
+		Relation	pg_class_desc;
 		ScanKeyData key;
 		HeapScanDesc pg_class_scan;
-		
+
 		pg_class_desc = heap_openr(RelationRelationName);
 
 		/* ----------------
@@ -504,7 +502,7 @@ RelnameFindRelid(char *relname)
 							   (AttrNumber) Anum_pg_class_relname,
 							   (RegProcedure) F_NAMEEQ,
 							   (Datum) relname);
-	
+
 		/* ----------------
 		 *	begin the scan
 		 * ----------------
@@ -514,14 +512,14 @@ RelnameFindRelid(char *relname)
 									   SnapshotNow,
 									   1,
 									   &key);
-	
+
 		/* ----------------
 		 *	get a tuple.  if the tuple is NULL then it means we
 		 *	didn't find an existing relation.
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
 		tuple = heap_getnext(pg_class_scan, 0);
-	
+
 		if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
 			relid = tuple->t_data->t_oid;
 		else
@@ -594,7 +592,7 @@ AddNewAttributeTuples(Oid new_rel_oid,
 							 (char *) *dpp);
 
 		heap_insert(rel, tup);
-			
+
 		if (hasindex)
 			CatalogIndexInsert(idescs, Num_pg_attr_indices, rel, tup);
 
@@ -643,11 +641,11 @@ AddNewAttributeTuples(Oid new_rel_oid,
  */
 static void
 AddNewRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
-				   Relation new_rel_desc,
-				   Oid new_rel_oid,
-				   unsigned natts,
-				   char relkind,
-				   char *temp_relname)
+					Relation new_rel_desc,
+					Oid new_rel_oid,
+					unsigned natts,
+					char relkind,
+					char *temp_relname)
 {
 	Form_pg_class new_rel_reltup;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
@@ -678,12 +676,12 @@ AddNewRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
 	 * the table has been proven to be small by VACUUM or CREATE INDEX.
 	 * (NOTE: if user does CREATE TABLE, then CREATE INDEX, then loads
 	 * the table, he still loses until he vacuums, because CREATE INDEX
-	 * will set reltuples to zero.  Can't win 'em all.  Maintaining the
+	 * will set reltuples to zero.	Can't win 'em all.	Maintaining the
 	 * stats on-the-fly would solve the problem, but the overhead of that
 	 * would likely cost more than it'd save.)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
-	new_rel_reltup->relpages = 10; /* bogus estimates */
+	new_rel_reltup->relpages = 10;		/* bogus estimates */
 	new_rel_reltup->reltuples = 1000;
 
 	new_rel_reltup->relowner = GetUserId();
@@ -716,9 +714,10 @@ AddNewRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
 
 	if (temp_relname)
 		create_temp_relation(temp_relname, tup);
-	
+
 	if (!isBootstrap)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * First, open the catalog indices and insert index tuples for the
 		 * new relation.
@@ -730,7 +729,7 @@ AddNewRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
 		/* now restore processing mode */
 		SetProcessingMode(NormalProcessing);
 	}
-	
+
 	pfree(tup);
 }
 
@@ -788,8 +787,8 @@ heap_create_with_catalog(char *relname,
 	Relation	new_rel_desc;
 	Oid			new_rel_oid;
 	int			natts = tupdesc->natts;
-	char		*temp_relname = NULL;
-	
+	char	   *temp_relname = NULL;
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	sanity checks
 	 * ----------------
@@ -804,33 +803,34 @@ heap_create_with_catalog(char *relname,
 
 	/* temp tables can mask non-temp tables */
 	if ((!istemp && RelnameFindRelid(relname)) ||
-	   (istemp && get_temp_rel_by_name(relname) != NULL))
+		(istemp && get_temp_rel_by_name(relname) != NULL))
 		elog(ERROR, "Relation '%s' already exists", relname);
 
 	/* invalidate cache so non-temp table is masked by temp */
 	if (istemp)
 	{
-		Oid relid = RelnameFindRelid(relname);
+		Oid			relid = RelnameFindRelid(relname);
 
 		if (relid != InvalidOid)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 *	This is heavy-handed, but appears necessary bjm 1999/02/01
-			 *	SystemCacheRelationFlushed(relid) is not enough either.
+			 * This is heavy-handed, but appears necessary bjm 1999/02/01
+			 * SystemCacheRelationFlushed(relid) is not enough either.
 			 */
 			RelationForgetRelation(relid);
 			ResetSystemCache();
-		}	
+		}
 	}
-	
+
 	/* save user relation name because heap_create changes it */
 	if (istemp)
 	{
-		temp_relname = pstrdup(relname); /* save original value */
+		temp_relname = pstrdup(relname);		/* save original value */
 		relname = palloc(NAMEDATALEN);
-		strcpy(relname, temp_relname); /* heap_create will change this */
+		strcpy(relname, temp_relname);	/* heap_create will change this */
 	}
-	
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	ok, relation does not already exist so now we
 	 *	create an uncataloged relation and pull its relation oid
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ heap_create_with_catalog(char *relname,
 	 *
 	 *	Note: The call to heap_create() does all the "real" work
 	 *	of creating the disk file for the relation.
-	 *  This changes relname for noname and temp tables.
+	 *	This changes relname for noname and temp tables.
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	new_rel_desc = heap_create(relname, tupdesc, false, istemp);
@@ -866,11 +866,11 @@ heap_create_with_catalog(char *relname,
 	pg_class_desc = heap_openr(RelationRelationName);
 
 	AddNewRelationTuple(pg_class_desc,
-					   new_rel_desc,
-					   new_rel_oid,
-					   natts,
-					   relkind,
-					   temp_relname);
+						new_rel_desc,
+						new_rel_oid,
+						natts,
+						relkind,
+						temp_relname);
 
 	StoreConstraints(new_rel_desc);
 
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ heap_destroy_with_catalog(char *relname)
 
 	if (istemp)
 		remove_temp_relation(rid);
-		
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	delete type tuple.	here we want to see the effects
 	 *	of the deletions we just did, so we use setheapoverride().
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ heap_destroy_with_catalog(char *relname)
 	 *	delete relation tuple
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
-	 /* must delete fake tuple in cache */
+	/* must delete fake tuple in cache */
 	DeleteRelationTuple(rel);
 
 	/*
@@ -1516,10 +1516,12 @@ StoreAttrDefault(Relation rel, AttrDefault *attrdef)
 	extern GlobalMemory CacheCxt;
 
 start:
-	/* Surround table name with double quotes to allow mixed-case and
+
+	/*
+	 * Surround table name with double quotes to allow mixed-case and
 	 * whitespaces in names. - BGA 1998-11-14
 	 */
-	snprintf(str, MAX_PARSE_BUFFER, 
+	snprintf(str, MAX_PARSE_BUFFER,
 			 "select %s%s from \"%.*s\"", attrdef->adsrc, cast,
 			 NAMEDATALEN, rel->rd_rel->relname.data);
 	setheapoverride(true);
@@ -1539,16 +1541,16 @@ start:
 	if (type != atp->atttypid)
 	{
 		if (IS_BINARY_COMPATIBLE(type, atp->atttypid))
-			; /* use without change */
+			;					/* use without change */
 		else if (can_coerce_type(1, &(type), &(atp->atttypid)))
-			expr = coerce_type(NULL, (Node *)expr, type, atp->atttypid,
-														 atp->atttypmod);
+			expr = coerce_type(NULL, (Node *) expr, type, atp->atttypid,
+							   atp->atttypmod);
 		else if (IsA(expr, Const))
 		{
 			if (*cast != 0)
 				elog(ERROR, "DEFAULT clause const type '%s' mismatched with column type '%s'",
 					 typeidTypeName(type), typeidTypeName(atp->atttypid));
-			snprintf(cast, 2*NAMEDATALEN, ":: %s", typeidTypeName(atp->atttypid));
+			snprintf(cast, 2 * NAMEDATALEN, ":: %s", typeidTypeName(atp->atttypid));
 			goto start;
 		}
 		else
@@ -1598,12 +1600,13 @@ StoreRelCheck(Relation rel, ConstrCheck *check)
 	char		nulls[4] = {' ', ' ', ' ', ' '};
 	extern GlobalMemory CacheCxt;
 
-	/* Check for table's existance. Surround table name with double-quotes
+	/*
+	 * Check for table's existance. Surround table name with double-quotes
 	 * to allow mixed-case and whitespace names. - thomas 1998-11-12
 	 */
-	snprintf(str, MAX_PARSE_BUFFER, 
-			"select 1 from \"%.*s\" where %s",
-			NAMEDATALEN, rel->rd_rel->relname.data, check->ccsrc);
+	snprintf(str, MAX_PARSE_BUFFER,
+			 "select 1 from \"%.*s\" where %s",
+			 NAMEDATALEN, rel->rd_rel->relname.data, check->ccsrc);
 	setheapoverride(true);
 	planTree_list = pg_parse_and_plan(str, NULL, 0,
 									  &queryTree_list, None, FALSE);
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/index.c b/src/backend/catalog/index.c
index 7fc6cb0464a37e8d1474a4425ccf7c2944a46228..93f34ce0749d25bebcf2b951b930c25dde97d78d 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/index.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/index.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.74 1999/05/17 00:27:45 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.75 1999/05/25 16:08:06 momjian Exp $
  *
  *
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
 #define NTUPLES_PER_PAGE(natts) (BLCKSZ/((natts)*AVG_TUPLE_SIZE))
 
 /* non-export function prototypes */
-static Oid	GetHeapRelationOid(char *heapRelationName, char *indexRelationName,
-								bool istemp);
+static Oid GetHeapRelationOid(char *heapRelationName, char *indexRelationName,
+				   bool istemp);
 static TupleDesc BuildFuncTupleDesc(FuncIndexInfo *funcInfo);
 static TupleDesc ConstructTupleDescriptor(Oid heapoid, Relation heapRelation,
 						 List *attributeList,
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ static void
 static void UpdateIndexRelation(Oid indexoid, Oid heapoid,
 					FuncIndexInfo *funcInfo, int natts,
 					AttrNumber *attNums, Oid *classOids, Node *predicate,
-					List *attributeList, bool islossy, bool unique, bool primary);
+		   List *attributeList, bool islossy, bool unique, bool primary);
 static void DefaultBuild(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation,
 			 int numberOfAttributes, AttrNumber *attributeNumber,
 			 IndexStrategy indexStrategy, uint16 parameterCount,
@@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ GetHeapRelationOid(char *heapRelationName, char *indexRelationName, bool istemp)
 	Oid			indoid;
 	Oid			heapoid;
 
-	
+
 	indoid = RelnameFindRelid(indexRelationName);
 
 	if ((!istemp && OidIsValid(indoid)) ||
-	    (istemp && get_temp_rel_by_name(indexRelationName) != NULL))
+		(istemp && get_temp_rel_by_name(indexRelationName) != NULL))
 		elog(ERROR, "Cannot create index: '%s' already exists",
 			 indexRelationName);
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ GetHeapRelationOid(char *heapRelationName, char *indexRelationName, bool istemp)
 	if (!OidIsValid(heapoid))
 		elog(ERROR, "Cannot create index on '%s': relation does not exist",
 			 heapRelationName);
-			 
+
 	return heapoid;
 }
 
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ ConstructTupleDescriptor(Oid heapoid,
 }
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
- * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm 
+ * AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm
  *		Returns the formated access method tuple given its object identifier.
  *
  * XXX ADD INDEXING
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ UpdateRelationRelation(Relation indexRelation, char *temp_relname)
 
 	if (temp_relname)
 		create_temp_relation(temp_relname, tuple);
-	
+
 	/*
 	 * During normal processing, we need to make sure that the system
 	 * catalog indices are correct.  Bootstrap (initdb) time doesn't
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ AppendAttributeTuples(Relation indexRelation, int numatts)
 	value[Anum_pg_attribute_attcacheoff - 1] = Int32GetDatum(-1);
 
 	init_tuple = heap_addheader(Natts_pg_attribute,
-				    ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE,
+								ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE,
 							 (char *) (indexRelation->rd_att->attrs[0]));
 
 	hasind = false;
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ AppendAttributeTuples(Relation indexRelation, int numatts)
 		 */
 		memmove(GETSTRUCT(cur_tuple),
 				(char *) indexTupDesc->attrs[i],
-			        ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+				ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
 
 		value[Anum_pg_attribute_attnum - 1] = Int16GetDatum(i + 1);
 
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ UpdateIndexRelation(Oid indexoid,
 					List *attributeList,
 					bool islossy,
 					bool unique,
-                    bool primary)
+					bool primary)
 {
 	Form_pg_index indexForm;
 	IndexElem  *IndexKey;
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ UpdateIndexRelation(Oid indexoid,
 	predLen = VARSIZE(predText);
 	itupLen = predLen + sizeof(FormData_pg_index);
 	indexForm = (Form_pg_index) palloc(itupLen);
-	memset (indexForm, 0, sizeof(FormData_pg_index));
+	memset(indexForm, 0, sizeof(FormData_pg_index));
 
 	memmove((char *) &indexForm->indpred, (char *) predText, predLen);
 
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ index_create(char *heapRelationName,
 			 Node *predicate,
 			 bool islossy,
 			 bool unique,
-             bool primary)
+			 bool primary)
 {
 	Relation	heapRelation;
 	Relation	indexRelation;
@@ -948,15 +948,15 @@ index_create(char *heapRelationName,
 	Oid			indexoid;
 	PredInfo   *predInfo;
 	bool		istemp = (get_temp_rel_by_name(heapRelationName) != NULL);
-	char		*temp_relname = NULL;
-	
+	char	   *temp_relname = NULL;
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	check parameters
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	if (numatts < 1)
 		elog(ERROR, "must index at least one attribute");
-		
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	  get heap relation oid and open the heap relation
 	 *	  XXX ADD INDEXING
@@ -987,25 +987,27 @@ index_create(char *heapRelationName,
 	/* invalidate cache so possible non-temp index is masked by temp */
 	if (istemp)
 	{
-		Oid relid = RelnameFindRelid(indexRelationName);
+		Oid			relid = RelnameFindRelid(indexRelationName);
 
 		if (relid != InvalidOid)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 *	This is heavy-handed, but appears necessary bjm 1999/02/01
-			 *	SystemCacheRelationFlushed(relid) is not enough either.
+			 * This is heavy-handed, but appears necessary bjm 1999/02/01
+			 * SystemCacheRelationFlushed(relid) is not enough either.
 			 */
 			RelationForgetRelation(relid);
 			ResetSystemCache();
 		}
 	}
-	
+
 	/* save user relation name because heap_create changes it */
 	if (istemp)
 	{
-		temp_relname = pstrdup(indexRelationName); /* save original value */
+		temp_relname = pstrdup(indexRelationName);		/* save original value */
 		indexRelationName = palloc(NAMEDATALEN);
-		strcpy(indexRelationName, temp_relname); /* heap_create will change this */
+		strcpy(indexRelationName, temp_relname);		/* heap_create will
+														 * change this */
 	}
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -1122,8 +1124,8 @@ index_destroy(Oid indexId)
 	Relation	relationRelation;
 	Relation	attributeRelation;
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
- 	int16		attnum;
- 	
+	int16		attnum;
+
 	Assert(OidIsValid(indexId));
 
 	/* Open now to obtain lock by referencing table?  bjm */
@@ -1166,7 +1168,7 @@ index_destroy(Oid indexId)
 
 	/* does something only if it is a temp index */
 	remove_temp_relation(indexId);
-		
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 * fix INDEX relation
 	 * ----------------
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c b/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c
index 89230f16c0b3ad313031a5fc72ca20ba0f4f729a..a7a1dda444cd8a8ea0e2f2f92a823e685cb3dc26 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.37 1999/05/10 00:44:55 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:08:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -46,15 +46,15 @@
  */
 
 char	   *Name_pg_attr_indices[Num_pg_attr_indices] = {AttributeNameIndex,
-			AttributeNumIndex,
-			AttributeRelidIndex};
+	AttributeNumIndex,
+AttributeRelidIndex};
 char	   *Name_pg_proc_indices[Num_pg_proc_indices] = {ProcedureNameIndex,
-			ProcedureOidIndex,
-			ProcedureSrcIndex};
+	ProcedureOidIndex,
+ProcedureSrcIndex};
 char	   *Name_pg_type_indices[Num_pg_type_indices] = {TypeNameIndex,
-			TypeOidIndex};
+TypeOidIndex};
 char	   *Name_pg_class_indices[Num_pg_class_indices] = {ClassNameIndex,
-			ClassOidIndex};
+ClassOidIndex};
 char	   *Name_pg_attrdef_indices[Num_pg_attrdef_indices] = {AttrDefaultIndex};
 
 char	   *Name_pg_relcheck_indices[Num_pg_relcheck_indices] = {RelCheckIndex};
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ char	   *Name_pg_trigger_indices[Num_pg_trigger_indices] = {TriggerRelidIndex};
 
 
 static HeapTuple CatalogIndexFetchTuple(Relation heapRelation,
-										Relation idesc,
-										ScanKey skey,
-										int16 num_keys);
+					   Relation idesc,
+					   ScanKey skey,
+					   int16 num_keys);
 
 
 /*
@@ -126,13 +126,13 @@ CatalogIndexInsert(Relation *idescs,
 
 		index_tup = SearchSysCacheTupleCopy(INDEXRELID,
 									  ObjectIdGetDatum(idescs[i]->rd_id),
-											 0, 0, 0);
+											0, 0, 0);
 		Assert(index_tup);
 		index_form = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(index_tup);
 
 		if (index_form->indproc != InvalidOid)
 		{
-			int fatts;
+			int			fatts;
 
 			/*
 			 * Compute the number of attributes we are indexing upon.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ CatalogIndexInsert(Relation *idescs,
 			natts = RelationGetDescr(idescs[i])->natts;
 			finfoP = (FuncIndexInfo *) NULL;
 		}
-		
+
 		FormIndexDatum(natts,
 					   (AttrNumber *) index_form->indkey,
 					   heapTuple,
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ CatalogIndexFetchTuple(Relation heapRelation,
 					   ScanKey skey,
 					   int16 num_keys)
 {
-	IndexScanDesc		sd;
+	IndexScanDesc sd;
 	RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
-	HeapTupleData		tuple;
-	HeapTuple			result = NULL;
-	Buffer				buffer;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	HeapTuple	result = NULL;
+	Buffer		buffer;
 
 	sd = index_beginscan(idesc, false, num_keys, skey);
 	tuple.t_data = NULL;
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ ClassNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, char *relName)
 	 */
 	if ((tuple = get_temp_rel_by_name(relName)) != NULL)
 		return heap_copytuple(tuple);
-		
+
 	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey[0],
 						   (bits16) 0x0,
 						   (AttrNumber) 1,
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
index b3b11f845ade6a8e13a615dda8e622c9c410d138..58c87302d0a3e952e9b646437cbd7f11a6c94e2b 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.36 1999/05/10 00:44:56 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:08:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  these routines moved here from commands/define.c and somewhat cleaned up.
@@ -36,15 +36,15 @@
 #endif
 
 static Oid OperatorGetWithOpenRelation(Relation pg_operator_desc,
-									   const char *operatorName,
-									   Oid leftObjectId,
-									   Oid rightObjectId,
-									   bool *defined);
+							const char *operatorName,
+							Oid leftObjectId,
+							Oid rightObjectId,
+							bool *defined);
 
 static Oid OperatorGet(char *operatorName,
-					   char *leftTypeName,
-					   char *rightTypeName,
-					   bool *defined);
+			char *leftTypeName,
+			char *rightTypeName,
+			bool *defined);
 
 static Oid OperatorShellMakeWithOpenRelation(Relation pg_operator_desc,
 								  char *operatorName,
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ OperatorGetWithOpenRelation(Relation pg_operator_desc,
 	if (HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 	{
 		regproc		oprcode = ((Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oprcode;
+
 		operatorObjectId = tup->t_data->t_oid;
 		*defined = RegProcedureIsValid(oprcode);
 	}
@@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ OperatorShellMakeWithOpenRelation(Relation pg_operator_desc,
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	initialize *values with the operator name and input data types.
-	 *  Note that oprcode is set to InvalidOid, indicating it's a shell.
+	 *	Note that oprcode is set to InvalidOid, indicating it's a shell.
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	i = 0;
@@ -356,9 +357,9 @@ OperatorShellMake(char *operatorName,
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	operatorObjectId = OperatorShellMakeWithOpenRelation(pg_operator_desc,
-										  operatorName,
-										  leftObjectId,
-										  rightObjectId);
+														 operatorName,
+														 leftObjectId,
+														 rightObjectId);
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	close the operator relation and return the oid.
 	 * ----------------
@@ -506,8 +507,9 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 		elog(ERROR, "OperatorDef: operator \"%s\" already defined",
 			 operatorName);
 
-	/* At this point, if operatorObjectId is not InvalidOid then
-	 * we are filling in a previously-created shell.
+	/*
+	 * At this point, if operatorObjectId is not InvalidOid then we are
+	 * filling in a previously-created shell.
 	 */
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -580,7 +582,7 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 
 	values[Anum_pg_operator_oprcode - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(tup->t_data->t_oid);
 	values[Anum_pg_operator_oprresult - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(((Form_pg_proc)
-						  GETSTRUCT(tup))->prorettype);
+											GETSTRUCT(tup))->prorettype);
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	find restriction
@@ -648,7 +650,8 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 	values[i++] = ObjectIdGetDatum(leftTypeId);
 	values[i++] = ObjectIdGetDatum(rightTypeId);
 
-	++i;						/* Skip "oprresult", it was filled in above */
+	++i;						/* Skip "oprresult", it was filled in
+								 * above */
 
 	/*
 	 * Set up the other operators.	If they do not currently exist, create
@@ -663,16 +666,16 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 	{
 		if (name[j])
 		{
-			char   *otherLeftTypeName = NULL;
-			char   *otherRightTypeName = NULL;
-			Oid		otherLeftTypeId = InvalidOid;
-			Oid		otherRightTypeId = InvalidOid;
-			Oid		other_oid = InvalidOid;
-			bool	otherDefined = false;
+			char	   *otherLeftTypeName = NULL;
+			char	   *otherRightTypeName = NULL;
+			Oid			otherLeftTypeId = InvalidOid;
+			Oid			otherRightTypeId = InvalidOid;
+			Oid			other_oid = InvalidOid;
+			bool		otherDefined = false;
 
 			switch (j)
 			{
-				case 0:			/* commutator has reversed arg types */
+				case 0: /* commutator has reversed arg types */
 					otherLeftTypeName = rightTypeName;
 					otherRightTypeName = leftTypeName;
 					otherLeftTypeId = rightTypeId;
@@ -683,7 +686,7 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 											&otherDefined);
 					commutatorId = other_oid;
 					break;
-				case 1:			/* negator has same arg types */
+				case 1: /* negator has same arg types */
 					otherLeftTypeName = leftTypeName;
 					otherRightTypeName = rightTypeName;
 					otherLeftTypeId = leftTypeId;
@@ -694,7 +697,7 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 											&otherDefined);
 					negatorId = other_oid;
 					break;
-				case 2:			/* left sort op takes left-side data type */
+				case 2: /* left sort op takes left-side data type */
 					otherLeftTypeName = leftTypeName;
 					otherRightTypeName = leftTypeName;
 					otherLeftTypeId = leftTypeId;
@@ -704,7 +707,8 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 											otherRightTypeName,
 											&otherDefined);
 					break;
-				case 3:			/* right sort op takes right-side data type */
+				case 3: /* right sort op takes right-side data
+								 * type */
 					otherLeftTypeName = rightTypeName;
 					otherRightTypeName = rightTypeName;
 					otherLeftTypeId = rightTypeId;
@@ -737,8 +741,10 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				/* self-linkage to this operator; will fix below.
-				 * Note that only self-linkage for commutation makes sense.
+
+				/*
+				 * self-linkage to this operator; will fix below. Note
+				 * that only self-linkage for commutation makes sense.
 				 */
 				if (j != 0)
 					elog(ERROR,
@@ -804,15 +810,14 @@ OperatorDef(char *operatorName,
 
 	/*
 	 * If a commutator and/or negator link is provided, update the other
-	 * operator(s) to point at this one, if they don't already have a link.
-	 * This supports an alternate style of operator definition wherein the
-	 * user first defines one operator without giving negator or
-	 * commutator, then defines the other operator of the pair with the
-	 * proper commutator or negator attribute.  That style doesn't require
-	 * creation of a shell, and it's the only style that worked right before
-	 * Postgres version 6.5.
-	 * This code also takes care of the situation where the new operator
-	 * is its own commutator.
+	 * operator(s) to point at this one, if they don't already have a
+	 * link. This supports an alternate style of operator definition
+	 * wherein the user first defines one operator without giving negator
+	 * or commutator, then defines the other operator of the pair with the
+	 * proper commutator or negator attribute.	That style doesn't require
+	 * creation of a shell, and it's the only style that worked right
+	 * before Postgres version 6.5. This code also takes care of the
+	 * situation where the new operator is its own commutator.
 	 */
 	if (selfCommutator)
 		commutatorId = operatorObjectId;
@@ -869,7 +874,8 @@ OperatorUpd(Oid baseId, Oid commId, Oid negId)
 
 	tup = heap_getnext(pg_operator_scan, 0);
 
-	/* if the commutator and negator are the same operator, do one update.
+	/*
+	 * if the commutator and negator are the same operator, do one update.
 	 * XXX this is probably useless code --- I doubt it ever makes sense
 	 * for commutator and negator to be the same thing...
 	 */
@@ -1008,7 +1014,7 @@ OperatorCreate(char *operatorName,
 	if (!leftTypeName && !rightTypeName)
 		elog(ERROR, "OperatorCreate: at least one of leftarg or rightarg must be defined");
 
-	if (! (leftTypeName && rightTypeName))
+	if (!(leftTypeName && rightTypeName))
 	{
 		/* If it's not a binary op, these things mustn't be set: */
 		if (commutatorName)
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
index 7c22ce007cd086095c584b0ad5bfbe3f46034ac3..3d31741cfe049449b4b594079180bf0ebcb2f321 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.28 1999/05/13 07:28:27 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:08:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@ ProcedureCreate(char *procedureName,
 	 * function name (the 'prosrc' value) is a known builtin function.
 	 *
 	 * NOTE: in Postgres versions before 6.5, the SQL name of the created
-	 * function could not be different from the internal name, and 'prosrc'
-	 * wasn't used.  So there is code out there that does CREATE FUNCTION
-	 * xyz AS '' LANGUAGE 'internal'.  To preserve some modicum of
-	 * backwards compatibility, accept an empty 'prosrc' value as meaning
-	 * the supplied SQL function name.
+	 * function could not be different from the internal name, and
+	 * 'prosrc' wasn't used.  So there is code out there that does CREATE
+	 * FUNCTION xyz AS '' LANGUAGE 'internal'.	To preserve some modicum
+	 * of backwards compatibility, accept an empty 'prosrc' value as
+	 * meaning the supplied SQL function name.
 	 */
 
 	if (strcmp(languageName, "internal") == 0)
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ProcedureCreate(char *procedureName,
 			prosrc = procedureName;
 		if (fmgr_lookupByName(prosrc) == (func_ptr) NULL)
 			elog(ERROR,
-				 "ProcedureCreate: there is no builtin function named \"%s\"",
+			"ProcedureCreate: there is no builtin function named \"%s\"",
 				 prosrc);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
index 4d108a825ffc3f8b5bc1086da520159c0540685e..54856d4b76d5533c9b07a08d75189f6d7f93c361 100644
--- a/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
+++ b/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.36 1999/04/20 03:51:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:08:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -400,8 +400,8 @@ TypeCreate(char *typeName,
 		procname = procs[j];
 
 		/*
-		 * First look for a 1-argument func with all argtypes 0.
-		 * This is valid for all four kinds of procedure.
+		 * First look for a 1-argument func with all argtypes 0. This is
+		 * valid for all four kinds of procedure.
 		 */
 		MemSet(argList, 0, 8 * sizeof(Oid));
 
@@ -413,20 +413,23 @@ TypeCreate(char *typeName,
 
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * For array types, the input procedures may take 3 args
-			 * (data value, element OID, atttypmod); the pg_proc
-			 * argtype signature is 0,0,INT4OID.  The output procedures
-			 * may take 2 args (data value, element OID).
+			 * For array types, the input procedures may take 3 args (data
+			 * value, element OID, atttypmod); the pg_proc argtype
+			 * signature is 0,0,INT4OID.  The output procedures may take 2
+			 * args (data value, element OID).
 			 */
 			if (OidIsValid(elementObjectId))
 			{
-				int nargs;
+				int			nargs;
+
 				if (j % 2)
 				{
 					/* output proc */
 					nargs = 2;
-				} else
+				}
+				else
 				{
 					/* input proc */
 					nargs = 3;
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/recipe.c b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/recipe.c
index b3ec01b91585355f6e61b91337bd8ed6c2e2a356..997c02d85da59153f5e96d6e1a65a1583cf97828 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/recipe.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/recipe.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.2 1999/03/16 04:25:46 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/Attic/recipe.c,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:08:30 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -121,18 +121,18 @@ static QueryTreeList *tg_parseTeeNode(TgRecipe * r,
 void
 beginRecipe(RecipeStmt *stmt)
 {
-	TgRecipe			*r;
-	int						i,
-								numTees;
+	TgRecipe   *r;
+	int			i,
+				numTees;
 	QueryTreeList *qList;
-	char					portalName[1024];
+	char		portalName[1024];
 
-	Plan					*plan;
-	TupleDesc			attinfo;
-	QueryDesc			*queryDesc;
-	Query					*parsetree;
+	Plan	   *plan;
+	TupleDesc	attinfo;
+	QueryDesc  *queryDesc;
+	Query	   *parsetree;
 
-	TeeInfo				*teeInfo;
+	TeeInfo    *teeInfo;
 
 	/*
 	 * retrieveRecipe() reads the recipe from the database and returns a
@@ -808,21 +808,21 @@ tg_parseTeeNode(TgRecipe * r,
 static QueryTreeList *
 tg_parseSubQuery(TgRecipe * r, TgNode * n, TeeInfo * teeInfo)
 {
-	TgElement			*elem;
-	char					*funcName;
-	Oid						typev[8],		/* eight arguments maximum	*/
-								relid;
-	int						i,
-								parameterCount;
+	TgElement  *elem;
+	char	   *funcName;
+	Oid			typev[8],		/* eight arguments maximum	*/
+				relid;
+	int			i,
+				parameterCount;
 
 	QueryTreeList *qList;		/* the parse tree of the nodeElement */
 	QueryTreeList *inputQlist;	/* the list of parse trees for the inputs
 								 * to this node */
 	QueryTreeList *q;
-	TgNode				*child;
-	Relation			rel;
-	unsigned int	len;
-	TupleDesc			tupdesc;
+	TgNode	   *child;
+	Relation	rel;
+	unsigned int len;
+	TupleDesc	tupdesc;
 
 	qList = NULL;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c
index 9cb98cc5b3b612d6d37d3bd024f92b75ccb48513..6eddfdccfaf9f7c0755c9348e65d4f6d41ff1661 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/_deadcode/version.c
@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	The version stuff has not been tested under postgres95 and probably 
+ *	The version stuff has not been tested under postgres95 and probably
  *	doesn't work! - jolly 8/19/95
  *
  *
- *  $Id: version.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: version.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:08:32 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	At the point the version is defined, 2 physical relations are created
  *	<vname>_added and <vname>_deleted.
  *
- *	In addition, 4 rules are defined which govern the semantics of 
+ *	In addition, 4 rules are defined which govern the semantics of
  *	versions w.r.t retrieves, appends, replaces and deletes.
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/async.c b/src/backend/commands/async.c
index fb1c116bc476ec486107f30ab734441af634ab24..0e3cb83aa934a8199812ff419c5493f590fb1b41 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/async.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/async.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.46 1999/04/25 19:27:43 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.47 1999/05/25 16:08:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@
  *	  relname to a list of outstanding NOTIFY requests.  Actual processing
  *	  happens if and only if we reach transaction commit.  At that time (in
  *	  routine AtCommit_Notify) we scan pg_listener for matching relnames.
- *    If the listenerPID in a matching tuple is ours, we just send a notify
+ *	  If the listenerPID in a matching tuple is ours, we just send a notify
  *	  message to our own front end.  If it is not ours, and "notification"
  *	  is not already nonzero, we set notification to our own PID and send a
  *	  SIGUSR2 signal to the receiving process (indicated by listenerPID).
  *	  BTW: if the signal operation fails, we presume that the listener backend
- *    crashed without removing this tuple, and remove the tuple for it.
+ *	  crashed without removing this tuple, and remove the tuple for it.
  *
  * 4. Upon receipt of a SIGUSR2 signal, the signal handler can call inbound-
  *	  notify processing immediately if this backend is idle (ie, it is
  *	  waiting for a frontend command and is not within a transaction block).
- *    Otherwise the handler may only set a flag, which will cause the
+ *	  Otherwise the handler may only set a flag, which will cause the
  *	  processing to occur just before we next go idle.
  *
  * 5. Inbound-notify processing consists of scanning pg_listener for tuples
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
  *
  * Note that the system's use of pg_listener is confined to very short
  * intervals at the end of a transaction that contains NOTIFY statements,
- * or during the transaction caused by an inbound SIGUSR2.  So the fact that
+ * or during the transaction caused by an inbound SIGUSR2.	So the fact that
  * pg_listener is a global resource shouldn't cause too much performance
  * problem.  But application authors ought to be discouraged from doing
  * LISTEN or UNLISTEN near the start of a long transaction --- that would
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ extern CommandDest whereToSendOutput;
 
 /*
  * State for outbound notifies consists of a list of all relnames NOTIFYed
- * in the current transaction.  We do not actually perform a NOTIFY until
- * and unless the transaction commits.  pendingNotifies is NULL if no
+ * in the current transaction.	We do not actually perform a NOTIFY until
+ * and unless the transaction commits.	pendingNotifies is NULL if no
  * NOTIFYs have been done in the current transaction.
  */
 static Dllist *pendingNotifies = NULL;
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ static Dllist *pendingNotifies = NULL;
  * does not grok "volatile", you'd be best advised to compile this file
  * with all optimization turned off.
  */
-static volatile int	notifyInterruptEnabled = 0;
-static volatile int	notifyInterruptOccurred = 0;
+static volatile int notifyInterruptEnabled = 0;
+static volatile int notifyInterruptOccurred = 0;
 
 /* True if we've registered an on_shmem_exit cleanup (or at least tried to). */
 static int	unlistenExitRegistered = 0;
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static void ClearPendingNotifies(void);
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Notify 
+ * Async_Notify
  *
  *		This is executed by the SQL notify command.
  *
@@ -164,28 +164,29 @@ Async_Notify(char *relname)
 
 	/*
 	 * We allocate list memory from the global malloc pool to ensure that
-	 * it will live until we want to use it.  This is probably not necessary
-	 * any longer, since we will use it before the end of the transaction.
-	 * DLList only knows how to use malloc() anyway, but we could probably
-	 * palloc() the strings...
+	 * it will live until we want to use it.  This is probably not
+	 * necessary any longer, since we will use it before the end of the
+	 * transaction. DLList only knows how to use malloc() anyway, but we
+	 * could probably palloc() the strings...
 	 */
 	if (!pendingNotifies)
 		pendingNotifies = DLNewList();
 	notifyName = strdup(relname);
 	DLAddHead(pendingNotifies, DLNewElem(notifyName));
+
 	/*
 	 * NOTE: we could check to see if pendingNotifies already has an entry
-	 * for relname, and thus avoid making duplicate entries.  However, most
-	 * apps probably don't notify the same name multiple times per transaction,
-	 * so we'd likely just be wasting cycles to make such a check.
-	 * AsyncExistsPendingNotify() doesn't really care whether the list
-	 * contains duplicates...
+	 * for relname, and thus avoid making duplicate entries.  However,
+	 * most apps probably don't notify the same name multiple times per
+	 * transaction, so we'd likely just be wasting cycles to make such a
+	 * check. AsyncExistsPendingNotify() doesn't really care whether the
+	 * list contains duplicates...
 	 */
 }
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Listen 
+ * Async_Listen
  *
  *		This is executed by the SQL listen command.
  *
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ Async_Listen(char *relname, int pid)
 	/*
 	 * now that we are listening, make sure we will unlisten before dying.
 	 */
-	if (! unlistenExitRegistered)
+	if (!unlistenExitRegistered)
 	{
 		if (on_shmem_exit(Async_UnlistenOnExit, (caddr_t) NULL) < 0)
 			elog(NOTICE, "Async_Listen: out of shmem_exit slots");
@@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ Async_Listen(char *relname, int pid)
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_Unlisten 
+ * Async_Unlisten
  *
  *		This is executed by the SQL unlisten command.
  *
@@ -326,14 +327,16 @@ Async_Unlisten(char *relname, int pid)
 		UnlockRelation(lRel, AccessExclusiveLock);
 		heap_close(lRel);
 	}
-	/* We do not complain about unlistening something not being listened;
+
+	/*
+	 * We do not complain about unlistening something not being listened;
 	 * should we?
 	 */
 }
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_UnlistenAll 
+ * Async_UnlistenAll
  *
  *		Unlisten all relations for this backend.
  *
@@ -379,7 +382,7 @@ Async_UnlistenAll()
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_UnlistenOnExit 
+ * Async_UnlistenOnExit
  *
  *		Clean up the pg_listener table at backend exit.
  *
@@ -398,11 +401,12 @@ Async_UnlistenAll()
 static void
 Async_UnlistenOnExit()
 {
+
 	/*
-	 * We need to start/commit a transaction for the unlisten,
-	 * but if there is already an active transaction we had better
-	 * abort that one first.  Otherwise we'd end up committing changes
-	 * that probably ought to be discarded.
+	 * We need to start/commit a transaction for the unlisten, but if
+	 * there is already an active transaction we had better abort that one
+	 * first.  Otherwise we'd end up committing changes that probably
+	 * ought to be discarded.
 	 */
 	AbortOutOfAnyTransaction();
 	/* Now we can do the unlisten */
@@ -413,7 +417,7 @@ Async_UnlistenOnExit()
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * AtCommit_Notify 
+ * AtCommit_Notify
  *
  *		This is called at transaction commit.
  *
@@ -450,12 +454,14 @@ AtCommit_Notify()
 	int32		listenerPID;
 
 	if (!pendingNotifies)
-		return;					/* no NOTIFY statements in this transaction */
+		return;					/* no NOTIFY statements in this
+								 * transaction */
 
-	/* NOTIFY is disabled if not normal processing mode.
-	 * This test used to be in xact.c, but it seems cleaner to do it here.
+	/*
+	 * NOTIFY is disabled if not normal processing mode. This test used to
+	 * be in xact.c, but it seems cleaner to do it here.
 	 */
-	if (! IsNormalProcessingMode())
+	if (!IsNormalProcessingMode())
 	{
 		ClearPendingNotifies();
 		return;
@@ -487,10 +493,13 @@ AtCommit_Notify()
 
 			if (listenerPID == MyProcPid)
 			{
-				/* Self-notify: no need to bother with table update.
+
+				/*
+				 * Self-notify: no need to bother with table update.
 				 * Indeed, we *must not* clear the notification field in
-				 * this path, or we could lose an outside notify, which'd be
-				 * bad for applications that ignore self-notify messages.
+				 * this path, or we could lose an outside notify, which'd
+				 * be bad for applications that ignore self-notify
+				 * messages.
 				 */
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_NOTIFY, "AtCommit_Notify: notifying self");
 				NotifyMyFrontEnd(relname, listenerPID);
@@ -499,23 +508,27 @@ AtCommit_Notify()
 			{
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_NOTIFY, "AtCommit_Notify: notifying pid %d",
 						listenerPID);
+
 				/*
-				 * If someone has already notified this listener,
-				 * we don't bother modifying the table, but we do still send
-				 * a SIGUSR2 signal, just in case that backend missed the
-				 * earlier signal for some reason.  It's OK to send the signal
-				 * first, because the other guy can't read pg_listener until
-				 * we unlock it.
+				 * If someone has already notified this listener, we don't
+				 * bother modifying the table, but we do still send a
+				 * SIGUSR2 signal, just in case that backend missed the
+				 * earlier signal for some reason.	It's OK to send the
+				 * signal first, because the other guy can't read
+				 * pg_listener until we unlock it.
 				 */
 #ifdef HAVE_KILL
 				if (kill(listenerPID, SIGUSR2) < 0)
 				{
-					/* Get rid of pg_listener entry if it refers to a PID
+
+					/*
+					 * Get rid of pg_listener entry if it refers to a PID
 					 * that no longer exists.  Presumably, that backend
 					 * crashed without deleting its pg_listener entries.
-					 * This code used to only delete the entry if errno==ESRCH,
-					 * but as far as I can see we should just do it for any
-					 * failure (certainly at least for EPERM too...)
+					 * This code used to only delete the entry if
+					 * errno==ESRCH, but as far as I can see we should
+					 * just do it for any failure (certainly at least for
+					 * EPERM too...)
 					 */
 					heap_delete(lRel, &lTuple->t_self, NULL);
 				}
@@ -536,6 +549,7 @@ AtCommit_Notify()
 	}
 
 	heap_endscan(sRel);
+
 	/*
 	 * We do not do RelationUnsetLockForWrite(lRel) here, because the
 	 * transaction is about to be committed anyway.
@@ -549,7 +563,7 @@ AtCommit_Notify()
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * AtAbort_Notify 
+ * AtAbort_Notify
  *
  *		This is called at transaction abort.
  *
@@ -569,7 +583,7 @@ AtAbort_Notify()
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
- * Async_NotifyHandler 
+ * Async_NotifyHandler
  *
  *		This is the signal handler for SIGUSR2.
  *
@@ -588,25 +602,30 @@ AtAbort_Notify()
 void
 Async_NotifyHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 {
+
 	/*
-	 * Note: this is a SIGNAL HANDLER.  You must be very wary what you do here.
-	 * Some helpful soul had this routine sprinkled with TPRINTFs, which would
-	 * likely lead to corruption of stdio buffers if they were ever turned on.
+	 * Note: this is a SIGNAL HANDLER.	You must be very wary what you do
+	 * here. Some helpful soul had this routine sprinkled with TPRINTFs,
+	 * which would likely lead to corruption of stdio buffers if they were
+	 * ever turned on.
 	 */
 
 	if (notifyInterruptEnabled)
 	{
-		/* I'm not sure whether some flavors of Unix might allow another
-		 * SIGUSR2 occurrence to recursively interrupt this routine.
-		 * To cope with the possibility, we do the same sort of dance that
-		 * EnableNotifyInterrupt must do --- see that routine for comments.
+
+		/*
+		 * I'm not sure whether some flavors of Unix might allow another
+		 * SIGUSR2 occurrence to recursively interrupt this routine. To
+		 * cope with the possibility, we do the same sort of dance that
+		 * EnableNotifyInterrupt must do --- see that routine for
+		 * comments.
 		 */
 		notifyInterruptEnabled = 0;		/* disable any recursive signal */
 		notifyInterruptOccurred = 1;	/* do at least one iteration */
 		for (;;)
 		{
 			notifyInterruptEnabled = 1;
-			if (! notifyInterruptOccurred)
+			if (!notifyInterruptOccurred)
 				break;
 			notifyInterruptEnabled = 0;
 			if (notifyInterruptOccurred)
@@ -621,14 +640,18 @@ Async_NotifyHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		/* In this path it is NOT SAFE to do much of anything, except this: */
+
+		/*
+		 * In this path it is NOT SAFE to do much of anything, except
+		 * this:
+		 */
 		notifyInterruptOccurred = 1;
 	}
 }
 
 /*
  * --------------------------------------------------------------
- * EnableNotifyInterrupt 
+ * EnableNotifyInterrupt
  *
  *		This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just before waiting
  *		for a frontend command.  If we are truly idle (ie, *not* inside
@@ -652,26 +675,27 @@ EnableNotifyInterrupt(void)
 	 * notifyInterruptOccurred and then set notifyInterruptEnabled, we
 	 * could fail to respond promptly to a signal that happens in between
 	 * those two steps.  (A very small time window, perhaps, but Murphy's
-	 * Law says you can hit it...)  Instead, we first set the enable flag,
-	 * then test the occurred flag.  If we see an unserviced interrupt
-	 * has occurred, we re-clear the enable flag before going off to do
-	 * the service work.  (That prevents re-entrant invocation of
-	 * ProcessIncomingNotify() if another interrupt occurs.)
-	 * If an interrupt comes in between the setting and clearing of
-	 * notifyInterruptEnabled, then it will have done the service
-	 * work and left notifyInterruptOccurred zero, so we have to check
-	 * again after clearing enable.  The whole thing has to be in a loop
-	 * in case another interrupt occurs while we're servicing the first.
-	 * Once we get out of the loop, enable is set and we know there is no
+	 * Law says you can hit it...)	Instead, we first set the enable flag,
+	 * then test the occurred flag.  If we see an unserviced interrupt has
+	 * occurred, we re-clear the enable flag before going off to do the
+	 * service work.  (That prevents re-entrant invocation of
+	 * ProcessIncomingNotify() if another interrupt occurs.) If an
+	 * interrupt comes in between the setting and clearing of
+	 * notifyInterruptEnabled, then it will have done the service work and
+	 * left notifyInterruptOccurred zero, so we have to check again after
+	 * clearing enable.  The whole thing has to be in a loop in case
+	 * another interrupt occurs while we're servicing the first. Once we
+	 * get out of the loop, enable is set and we know there is no
 	 * unserviced interrupt.
 	 *
 	 * NB: an overenthusiastic optimizing compiler could easily break this
-	 * code.  Hopefully, they all understand what "volatile" means these days.
+	 * code.  Hopefully, they all understand what "volatile" means these
+	 * days.
 	 */
 	for (;;)
 	{
 		notifyInterruptEnabled = 1;
-		if (! notifyInterruptOccurred)
+		if (!notifyInterruptOccurred)
 			break;
 		notifyInterruptEnabled = 0;
 		if (notifyInterruptOccurred)
@@ -686,7 +710,7 @@ EnableNotifyInterrupt(void)
 
 /*
  * --------------------------------------------------------------
- * DisableNotifyInterrupt 
+ * DisableNotifyInterrupt
  *
  *		This is called by the PostgresMain main loop just after receiving
  *		a frontend command.  Signal handler execution of inbound notifies
@@ -702,7 +726,7 @@ DisableNotifyInterrupt(void)
 
 /*
  * --------------------------------------------------------------
- * ProcessIncomingNotify 
+ * ProcessIncomingNotify
  *
  *		Deal with arriving NOTIFYs from other backends.
  *		This is called either directly from the SIGUSR2 signal handler,
@@ -777,6 +801,7 @@ ProcessIncomingNotify(void)
 		}
 	}
 	heap_endscan(sRel);
+
 	/*
 	 * We do not do RelationUnsetLockForWrite(lRel) here, because the
 	 * transaction is about to be committed anyway.
@@ -785,7 +810,10 @@ ProcessIncomingNotify(void)
 
 	CommitTransactionCommand();
 
-	/* Must flush the notify messages to ensure frontend gets them promptly. */
+	/*
+	 * Must flush the notify messages to ensure frontend gets them
+	 * promptly.
+	 */
 	pq_flush();
 
 	PS_SET_STATUS("idle");
@@ -800,20 +828,22 @@ NotifyMyFrontEnd(char *relname, int32 listenerPID)
 	if (whereToSendOutput == Remote)
 	{
 		StringInfoData buf;
+
 		pq_beginmessage(&buf);
 		pq_sendbyte(&buf, 'A');
 		pq_sendint(&buf, listenerPID, sizeof(int32));
 		pq_sendstring(&buf, relname);
 		pq_endmessage(&buf);
-		/* NOTE: we do not do pq_flush() here.  For a self-notify, it will
+
+		/*
+		 * NOTE: we do not do pq_flush() here.	For a self-notify, it will
 		 * happen at the end of the transaction, and for incoming notifies
-		 * ProcessIncomingNotify will do it after finding all the notifies.
+		 * ProcessIncomingNotify will do it after finding all the
+		 * notifies.
 		 */
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		elog(NOTICE, "NOTIFY for %s", relname);
-	}
 }
 
 /* Does pendingNotifies include the given relname?
@@ -847,10 +877,12 @@ ClearPendingNotifies()
 
 	if (pendingNotifies)
 	{
-		/* Since the referenced strings are malloc'd, we have to scan the
+
+		/*
+		 * Since the referenced strings are malloc'd, we have to scan the
 		 * list and delete them individually.  If we used palloc for the
-		 * strings then we could just do DLFreeList to get rid of both
-		 * the list nodes and the list base...
+		 * strings then we could just do DLFreeList to get rid of both the
+		 * list nodes and the list base...
 		 */
 		while ((p = DLRemHead(pendingNotifies)) != NULL)
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
index ae6cafa7b7c51c33ebdd5fe36158b89bf37e2eb6..29fb0d9a490c40149c9fd6f4bc872d9c5611da3a 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.38 1999/02/13 23:15:02 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.39 1999/05/25 16:08:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -236,17 +236,17 @@ copy_heap(Oid OIDOldHeap)
 static void
 copy_index(Oid OIDOldIndex, Oid OIDNewHeap)
 {
-	Relation			OldIndex,
-								NewHeap;
-	HeapTuple			Old_pg_index_Tuple,
-								Old_pg_index_relation_Tuple,
-								pg_proc_Tuple;
+	Relation	OldIndex,
+				NewHeap;
+	HeapTuple	Old_pg_index_Tuple,
+				Old_pg_index_relation_Tuple,
+				pg_proc_Tuple;
 	Form_pg_index Old_pg_index_Form;
 	Form_pg_class Old_pg_index_relation_Form;
-	Form_pg_proc	pg_proc_Form;
-	char					*NewIndexName;
-	AttrNumber		*attnumP;
-	int						natts;
+	Form_pg_proc pg_proc_Form;
+	char	   *NewIndexName;
+	AttrNumber *attnumP;
+	int			natts;
 	FuncIndexInfo *finfo;
 
 	NewHeap = heap_open(OIDNewHeap);
@@ -259,14 +259,14 @@ copy_index(Oid OIDOldIndex, Oid OIDNewHeap)
 	 */
 	Old_pg_index_Tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(INDEXRELID,
 							ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(OldIndex)),
-							0, 0, 0);
+											 0, 0, 0);
 
 	Assert(Old_pg_index_Tuple);
 	Old_pg_index_Form = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(Old_pg_index_Tuple);
 
 	Old_pg_index_relation_Tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELOID,
 							ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(OldIndex)),
-							0, 0, 0);
+													  0, 0, 0);
 
 	Assert(Old_pg_index_relation_Tuple);
 	Old_pg_index_relation_Form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(Old_pg_index_relation_Tuple);
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ copy_index(Oid OIDOldIndex, Oid OIDNewHeap)
 
 		pg_proc_Tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(PROOID,
 							ObjectIdGetDatum(Old_pg_index_Form->indproc),
-								0, 0, 0);
+											0, 0, 0);
 
 		Assert(pg_proc_Tuple);
 		pg_proc_Form = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(pg_proc_Tuple);
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ copy_index(Oid OIDOldIndex, Oid OIDNewHeap)
 				 (uint16) 0, (Datum) NULL, NULL,
 				 Old_pg_index_Form->indislossy,
 				 Old_pg_index_Form->indisunique,
-                 Old_pg_index_Form->indisprimary);
+				 Old_pg_index_Form->indisprimary);
 
 	heap_close(OldIndex);
 	heap_close(NewHeap);
@@ -329,14 +329,14 @@ copy_index(Oid OIDOldIndex, Oid OIDNewHeap)
 static void
 rebuildheap(Oid OIDNewHeap, Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid OIDOldIndex)
 {
-	Relation			LocalNewHeap,
-						LocalOldHeap,
-						LocalOldIndex;
-	IndexScanDesc		ScanDesc;
-	RetrieveIndexResult	ScanResult;
-	HeapTupleData		LocalHeapTuple;
-	Buffer				LocalBuffer;
-	Oid					OIDNewHeapInsert;
+	Relation	LocalNewHeap,
+				LocalOldHeap,
+				LocalOldIndex;
+	IndexScanDesc ScanDesc;
+	RetrieveIndexResult ScanResult;
+	HeapTupleData LocalHeapTuple;
+	Buffer		LocalBuffer;
+	Oid			OIDNewHeapInsert;
 
 	/*
 	 * Open the relations I need. Scan through the OldHeap on the OldIndex
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/command.c b/src/backend/commands/command.c
index 7d8f72d51f94575a8f5bc1c03c57311358c15f80..f4c0f2115a70c248ada56f470b57a3ee1b336e0f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/command.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/command.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.44 1999/05/10 00:44:56 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/command.c,v 1.45 1999/05/25 16:08:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  The PortalExecutorHeapMemory crap needs to be eliminated
@@ -117,18 +117,18 @@ PerformPortalFetch(char *name,
 	}
 
 	/* ----------------
-	 *  Create a const node from the given count value
+	 *	Create a const node from the given count value
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	memset(&limcount, 0, sizeof(limcount));
-	limcount.type       = T_Const;
-	limcount.consttype  = INT4OID;
-	limcount.constlen   = sizeof(int4);
-	limcount.constvalue = (Datum)count;
-	limcount.constisnull    = FALSE;
+	limcount.type = T_Const;
+	limcount.consttype = INT4OID;
+	limcount.constlen = sizeof(int4);
+	limcount.constvalue = (Datum) count;
+	limcount.constisnull = FALSE;
 	limcount.constbyval = TRUE;
 	limcount.constisset = FALSE;
-	limcount.constiscast    = FALSE;
+	limcount.constiscast = FALSE;
 
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ PerformPortalFetch(char *name,
 	 */
 	PortalExecutorHeapMemory = (MemoryContext) PortalGetHeapMemory(portal);
 
-	ExecutorRun(queryDesc, PortalGetState(portal), feature, 
-				(Node *)NULL, (Node *)&limcount);
+	ExecutorRun(queryDesc, PortalGetState(portal), feature,
+				(Node *) NULL, (Node *) &limcount);
 
 	if (dest == None)			/* MOVE */
 		pfree(queryDesc);
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ PerformPortalFetch(char *name,
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(
-				(MemoryContext) PortalGetHeapMemory(GetPortalByName(NULL)));
+			 (MemoryContext) PortalGetHeapMemory(GetPortalByName(NULL)));
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ PerformAddAttribute(char *relationName,
 	heap_replace(rel, &reltup->t_self, reltup, NULL);
 
 	{
-		HeapTuple temptup;
+		HeapTuple	temptup;
 
 		if ((temptup = get_temp_rel_by_name(relationName)) != NULL)
 			((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(temptup))->relnatts = maxatts;
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ PerformAddAttribute(char *relationName,
 }
 
 void
-LockTableCommand(LockStmt *lockstmt)
+LockTableCommand(LockStmt * lockstmt)
 {
 	Relation	rel;
 	int			aclresult;
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copy.c b/src/backend/commands/copy.c
index 9347c6d67dda07abde0252a52a614eccc5f5df29..d2b98ec4bc19616ea4bfd8eadb4d96556619caaa 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/copy.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/copy.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.76 1999/05/10 00:44:58 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.77 1999/05/25 16:08:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -70,111 +70,138 @@ static int	CountTuples(Relation relation);
 
 static int	lineno;
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Internal communications functions
  */
 inline void CopySendData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp);
 inline void CopySendString(char *str, FILE *fp);
 inline void CopySendChar(char c, FILE *fp);
 inline void CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp);
-inline int CopyGetChar(FILE *fp);
-inline int CopyGetEof(FILE *fp);
-inline int CopyPeekChar(FILE *fp);
+inline int	CopyGetChar(FILE *fp);
+inline int	CopyGetEof(FILE *fp);
+inline int	CopyPeekChar(FILE *fp);
 inline void CopyDonePeek(FILE *fp, int c, int pickup);
 
 /*
  * CopySendData sends output data either to the file
- *  specified by fp or, if fp is NULL, using the standard
- *  backend->frontend functions
+ *	specified by fp or, if fp is NULL, using the standard
+ *	backend->frontend functions
  *
  * CopySendString does the same for null-terminated strings
  * CopySendChar does the same for single characters
  *
  * NB: no data conversion is applied by these functions
  */
-inline void CopySendData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp) {
-  if (!fp)
-	  pq_putbytes((char*) databuf, datasize);
-  else
-	  fwrite(databuf, datasize, 1, fp);
+inline void
+CopySendData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+		pq_putbytes((char *) databuf, datasize);
+	else
+		fwrite(databuf, datasize, 1, fp);
 }
-    
-inline void CopySendString(char *str, FILE *fp) {
-  CopySendData(str,strlen(str),fp);
+
+inline void
+CopySendString(char *str, FILE *fp)
+{
+	CopySendData(str, strlen(str), fp);
 }
 
-inline void CopySendChar(char c, FILE *fp) {
-  CopySendData(&c,1,fp);
+inline void
+CopySendChar(char c, FILE *fp)
+{
+	CopySendData(&c, 1, fp);
 }
 
 /*
  * CopyGetData reads output data either from the file
- *  specified by fp or, if fp is NULL, using the standard
- *  backend->frontend functions
+ *	specified by fp or, if fp is NULL, using the standard
+ *	backend->frontend functions
  *
  * CopyGetChar does the same for single characters
  * CopyGetEof checks if it's EOF on the input
  *
  * NB: no data conversion is applied by these functions
  */
-inline void CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp) {
-  if (!fp)
-    pq_getbytes((char*) databuf, datasize); 
-  else 
-    fread(databuf, datasize, 1, fp);
+inline void
+CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize, FILE *fp)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+		pq_getbytes((char *) databuf, datasize);
+	else
+		fread(databuf, datasize, 1, fp);
 }
 
-inline int CopyGetChar(FILE *fp) {
-  if (!fp) 
-  {
-	  unsigned char ch;
-	  if (pq_getbytes((char*) &ch, 1))
-		  return EOF;
-	  return ch;
-  }
-  else
-    return getc(fp);
+inline int
+CopyGetChar(FILE *fp)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+	{
+		unsigned char ch;
+
+		if (pq_getbytes((char *) &ch, 1))
+			return EOF;
+		return ch;
+	}
+	else
+		return getc(fp);
 }
 
-inline int CopyGetEof(FILE *fp) {
-  if (!fp)
-    return 0; /* Never return EOF when talking to frontend ? */
-  else
-    return feof(fp);
+inline int
+CopyGetEof(FILE *fp)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+		return 0;				/* Never return EOF when talking to
+								 * frontend ? */
+	else
+		return feof(fp);
 }
 
 /*
  * CopyPeekChar reads a byte in "peekable" mode.
  * after each call to CopyPeekChar, a call to CopyDonePeek _must_
  * follow.
- * CopyDonePeek will either take the peeked char off the steam 
+ * CopyDonePeek will either take the peeked char off the steam
  * (if pickup is != 0) or leave it on the stream (if pickup == 0)
  */
-inline int CopyPeekChar(FILE *fp) {
-  if (!fp) 
-    return pq_peekbyte();
-  else
-    return getc(fp);
+inline int
+CopyPeekChar(FILE *fp)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+		return pq_peekbyte();
+	else
+		return getc(fp);
 }
 
-inline void CopyDonePeek(FILE *fp, int c, int pickup) {
-  if (!fp) {
-    if (pickup) {
-      /* We want to pick it up - just receive again into dummy buffer */
-      char c;
-      pq_getbytes(&c, 1);
-    }
-    /* If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it sits */
-  }
-  else {
-    if (!pickup) {
-      /* We don't want to pick it up - so put it back in there */
-      ungetc(c,fp);
-    }
-    /* If we wanted to pick it up, it's already there */
-  }
+inline void
+CopyDonePeek(FILE *fp, int c, int pickup)
+{
+	if (!fp)
+	{
+		if (pickup)
+		{
+
+			/*
+			 * We want to pick it up - just receive again into dummy
+			 * buffer
+			 */
+			char		c;
+
+			pq_getbytes(&c, 1);
+		}
+		/* If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it sits */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (!pickup)
+		{
+			/* We don't want to pick it up - so put it back in there */
+			ungetc(c, fp);
+		}
+		/* If we wanted to pick it up, it's already there */
+	}
 }
-    
+
 
 
 /*
@@ -317,7 +344,7 @@ DoCopy(char *relname, bool binary, bool oids, bool from, bool pipe,
 		else if (!from)
 		{
 			if (!binary)
-				CopySendData("\\.\n",3,fp);
+				CopySendData("\\.\n", 3, fp);
 			if (IsUnderPostmaster)
 				pq_endcopyout(false);
 		}
@@ -395,8 +422,8 @@ CopyTo(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 
 		if (oids && !binary)
 		{
-		        CopySendString(oidout(tuple->t_data->t_oid),fp);
-			CopySendChar(delim[0],fp);
+			CopySendString(oidout(tuple->t_data->t_oid), fp);
+			CopySendChar(delim[0], fp);
 		}
 
 		for (i = 0; i < attr_count; i++)
@@ -466,8 +493,8 @@ CopyTo(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 					}
 				}
 			}
-			CopySendData((char *) tuple->t_data + tuple->t_data->t_hoff, 
-					length, fp);
+			CopySendData((char *) tuple->t_data + tuple->t_data->t_hoff,
+						 length, fp);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -521,7 +548,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 	Node	  **indexPred = NULL;
 	TupleDesc	rtupdesc;
 	ExprContext *econtext = NULL;
-	EState		*estate = makeNode(EState);	/* for ExecConstraints() */
+	EState	   *estate = makeNode(EState);		/* for ExecConstraints() */
 
 #ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
 	TupleTable	tupleTable;
@@ -566,11 +593,11 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 				itupdescArr[i] = RelationGetDescr(index_rels[i]);
 				pgIndexTup = SearchSysCacheTuple(INDEXRELID,
 					   ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(index_rels[i])),
-										0, 0, 0);
+												 0, 0, 0);
 				Assert(pgIndexTup);
 				pgIndexP[i] = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(pgIndexTup);
 				for (attnumP = &(pgIndexP[i]->indkey[0]), natts = 0;
-					 natts < INDEX_MAX_KEYS && *attnumP != InvalidAttrNumber;
+				 natts < INDEX_MAX_KEYS && *attnumP != InvalidAttrNumber;
 					 attnumP++, natts++);
 				if (pgIndexP[i]->indproc != InvalidOid)
 				{
@@ -777,7 +804,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 					}
 					else if (nulls[i] != 'n')
 					{
-						ptr = (char *)att_align(ptr, attr[i]->attlen, attr[i]->attalign);
+						ptr = (char *) att_align(ptr, attr[i]->attlen, attr[i]->attalign);
 						values[i] = (Datum) ptr;
 						ptr = att_addlength(ptr, attr[i]->attlen, ptr);
 					}
@@ -888,7 +915,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 	pfree(index_nulls);
 	pfree(idatum);
 	pfree(byval);
-	
+
 	if (!binary)
 	{
 		pfree(in_functions);
@@ -903,7 +930,7 @@ CopyFrom(Relation rel, bool binary, bool oids, FILE *fp, char *delim)
 		{
 			if (index_rels[i] == NULL)
 				continue;
-			if ((index_rels[i])->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID && 
+			if ((index_rels[i])->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID &&
 				(index_rels[i])->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
 				UnlockRelation(index_rels[i], AccessExclusiveLock);
 			index_close(index_rels[i]);
@@ -1022,12 +1049,12 @@ GetIndexRelations(Oid main_relation_oid,
 	{
 
 		index_relation_oid = (Oid) DatumGetInt32(heap_getattr(tuple, 2,
-											 tupDesc, &isnull));
+													  tupDesc, &isnull));
 		if (index_relation_oid == main_relation_oid)
 		{
 			scan->index_rel_oid = (Oid) DatumGetInt32(heap_getattr(tuple,
-												 Anum_pg_index_indexrelid,
-												 tupDesc, &isnull));
+												Anum_pg_index_indexrelid,
+													  tupDesc, &isnull));
 			(*n_indices)++;
 			scan->next = (RelationList *) palloc(sizeof(RelationList));
 			scan = scan->next;
@@ -1047,7 +1074,7 @@ GetIndexRelations(Oid main_relation_oid,
 	{
 		(*index_rels)[i] = index_open(scan->index_rel_oid);
 		/* comments in execUtils.c */
-		if ((*index_rels)[i] != NULL && 
+		if ((*index_rels)[i] != NULL &&
 			((*index_rels)[i])->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID &&
 			((*index_rels)[i])->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
 			LockRelation((*index_rels)[i], AccessExclusiveLock);
@@ -1176,26 +1203,29 @@ CopyReadAttribute(FILE *fp, bool *isnull, char *delim)
 						if (ISOCTAL(c))
 						{
 							val = (val << 3) + VALUE(c);
-							CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 1); /* Pick up the character! */
+							CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 1);		/* Pick up the
+														 * character! */
 							c = CopyPeekChar(fp);
-							if (ISOCTAL(c)) {
-							        CopyDonePeek(fp,c,1); /* pick up! */
+							if (ISOCTAL(c))
+							{
+								CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 1); /* pick up! */
 								val = (val << 3) + VALUE(c);
 							}
 							else
 							{
-							        if (CopyGetEof(fp)) {
-								        CopyDonePeek(fp,c,1); /* pick up */
+								if (CopyGetEof(fp))
+								{
+									CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 1);		/* pick up */
 									return NULL;
 								}
-								CopyDonePeek(fp,c,0); /* Return to stream! */
+								CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 0); /* Return to stream! */
 							}
 						}
 						else
 						{
 							if (CopyGetEof(fp))
 								return NULL;
-							CopyDonePeek(fp,c,0); /* Return to stream! */
+							CopyDonePeek(fp, c, 0);		/* Return to stream! */
 						}
 						c = val & 0377;
 					}
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c b/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c
index 0d4c3fc8b8721f5bd73b61bff67e8053b651a4b8..e9c5fdcd8940efc05fb515cc84b44d9338b79b24 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/creatinh.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.40 1999/02/13 23:15:05 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/creatinh.c,v 1.41 1999/05/25 16:08:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static List *MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, List **supconstr);
 static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers);
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
- *		DefineRelation 
+ *		DefineRelation
  *				Creates a new relation.
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind)
 
 	if (constraints != NIL)
 	{
-		List				*entry;
-		int					nconstr = length(constraints),
-								ncheck = 0,
-								i;
+		List	   *entry;
+		int			nconstr = length(constraints),
+					ncheck = 0,
+					i;
 		ConstrCheck *check = (ConstrCheck *) palloc(nconstr * sizeof(ConstrCheck));
 
 		foreach(entry, constraints)
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind)
 					for (i = 0; i < ncheck; i++)
 					{
 						if (strcmp(check[i].ccname, cdef->name) == 0)
-							elog(ERROR, 
-								"DefineRelation: name (%s) of CHECK constraint duplicated", 
-								cdef->name);
+							elog(ERROR,
+								 "DefineRelation: name (%s) of CHECK constraint duplicated",
+								 cdef->name);
 					}
 					check[ncheck].ccname = cdef->name;
 				}
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind)
 }
 
 /*
- * RemoveRelation 
+ * RemoveRelation
  *		Deletes a new relation.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ RemoveRelation(char *name)
 
 
 /*
- * MergeAttributes 
+ * MergeAttributes
  *		Returns new schema given initial schema and supers.
  *
  *
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, List **supconstr)
 			 */
 			attributeName = (attribute->attname).data;
 			tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
-									ObjectIdGetDatum(attribute->atttypid),
-									0, 0, 0);
+								   ObjectIdGetDatum(attribute->atttypid),
+										0, 0, 0);
 			Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
 			attributeType = (((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->typname).data;
 
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, List **supconstr)
 }
 
 /*
- * StoreCatalogInheritance 
+ * StoreCatalogInheritance
  *		Updates the system catalogs with proper inheritance information.
  */
 static void
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers)
 		 */
 		idList = lappendi(idList, tuple->t_data->t_oid);
 
-		datum[0] = ObjectIdGetDatum(relationId);			/* inhrel */
-		datum[1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(tuple->t_data->t_oid);	/* inhparent */
-		datum[2] = Int16GetDatum(seqNumber);				/* inhseqno */
+		datum[0] = ObjectIdGetDatum(relationId);		/* inhrel */
+		datum[1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(tuple->t_data->t_oid);		/* inhparent */
+		datum[2] = Int16GetDatum(seqNumber);	/* inhseqno */
 
 		nullarr[0] = ' ';
 		nullarr[1] = ' ';
@@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers)
 				break;
 
 			lnext(current) = lconsi(((Form_pg_inherits)
-						GETSTRUCT(tuple))->inhparent,
-					   NIL);
+									 GETSTRUCT(tuple))->inhparent,
+									NIL);
 
 			current = lnext(current);
 		}
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
index 943d7acb432a3b2f87f59fb9e89765d835392548..06f0a8115a52a38e1642250ee58d313c5a46d8fa 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.34 1999/05/10 00:44:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.35 1999/05/25 16:08:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ createdb(char *dbname, char *dbpath, int encoding, CommandDest dest)
 	Oid			db_id;
 	int4		user_id;
 	char		buf[512];
-	char		*lp,
-					loc[512];
+	char	   *lp,
+				loc[512];
 
 	/*
 	 * If this call returns, the database does not exist and we're allowed
@@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ createdb(char *dbname, char *dbpath, int encoding, CommandDest dest)
 		elog(ERROR, "Unable to create database directory '%s'", lp);
 
 	snprintf(buf, 512, "%s %s%cbase%ctemplate1%c* %s",
-			COPY_CMD, DataDir, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, lp);
+			 COPY_CMD, DataDir, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, lp);
 	system(buf);
 
-	snprintf(buf, 512, 
-			"insert into pg_database (datname, datdba, encoding, datpath)"
-			" values ('%s', '%d', '%d', '%s');", dbname, user_id, encoding,
-			loc);
+	snprintf(buf, 512,
+		   "insert into pg_database (datname, datdba, encoding, datpath)"
+		  " values ('%s', '%d', '%d', '%s');", dbname, user_id, encoding,
+			 loc);
 
 	pg_exec_query_dest(buf, dest, false);
 }
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ destroydb(char *dbname, CommandDest dest)
 {
 	int4		user_id;
 	Oid			db_id;
-	char		*path,
-					dbpath[MAXPGPATH + 1],
-					buf[512];
+	char	   *path,
+				dbpath[MAXPGPATH + 1],
+				buf[512];
 
 	/*
 	 * If this call returns, the database exists and we're allowed to
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ destroydb(char *dbname, CommandDest dest)
 	 * remove the pg_database tuple FIRST, this may fail due to
 	 * permissions problems
 	 */
-	snprintf(buf, 512, 
-			"delete from pg_database where pg_database.oid = \'%u\'::oid", db_id);
-	pg_exec_query_dest(buf ,dest, false);
+	snprintf(buf, 512,
+	"delete from pg_database where pg_database.oid = \'%u\'::oid", db_id);
+	pg_exec_query_dest(buf, dest, false);
 
 	/* drop pages for this database that are in the shared buffer cache */
 	DropBuffers(db_id);
@@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ static void
 stop_vacuum(char *dbpath, char *dbname)
 {
 	char		filename[256];
-	FILE		*fp;
+	FILE	   *fp;
 	int			pid;
 
 	if (strchr(dbpath, SEP_CHAR) != 0)
 	{
-		snprintf(filename, 256, "%s%cbase%c%s%c%s.vacuum", 
-				DataDir, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, dbname, SEP_CHAR, dbname);
+		snprintf(filename, 256, "%s%cbase%c%s%c%s.vacuum",
+				 DataDir, SEP_CHAR, SEP_CHAR, dbname, SEP_CHAR, dbname);
 	}
 	else
 		snprintf(filename, 256, "%s%c%s.vacuum", dbpath, SEP_CHAR, dbname);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/define.c b/src/backend/commands/define.c
index 04bd1e89638f45a7f6f81da1fc8445b818c1c8dd..34d322524c7da2f747020aa42b1ef7402f5c25cb 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/define.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/define.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.28 1999/04/09 22:35:41 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:08:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  * DESCRIPTION
  *	  The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ interpret_AS_clause(const char *languageName, const char *as,
 
 
 /*
- * CreateFunction 
+ * CreateFunction
  *	 Execute a CREATE FUNCTION utility statement.
  *
  */
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ DefineAggregate(char *aggName, List *parameters)
 }
 
 /*
- * DefineType 
+ * DefineType
  *		Registers a new type.
  *
  */
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/explain.c b/src/backend/commands/explain.c
index 6a04417964b2139c31e68cc7e3630e6f8054c32e..66fcd8647b05ba821f5bd7f0de0c05a8da7e9817 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/explain.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/explain.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	  $Id: explain.c,v 1.36 1999/05/09 23:31:45 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: explain.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:08:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  */
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ typedef struct ExplainState
 } ExplainState;
 
 static char *Explain_PlanToString(Plan *plan, ExplainState *es);
-static void printLongNotice(const char * header, const char * message);
+static void printLongNotice(const char *header, const char *message);
 static void ExplainOneQuery(Query *query, bool verbose, CommandDest dest);
 
 
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ static void ExplainOneQuery(Query *query, bool verbose, CommandDest dest);
 void
 ExplainQuery(Query *query, bool verbose, CommandDest dest)
 {
-	List	*rewritten;
-	List	*l;
+	List	   *rewritten;
+	List	   *l;
 
 	/* rewriter and planner may not work in aborted state? */
 	if (IsAbortedTransactionBlockState())
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@ ExplainOneQuery(Query *query, bool verbose, CommandDest dest)
 static void
 explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 {
-	List			*l;
+	List	   *l;
 	Relation	relation;
-	char			*pname;
-	int				i;
+	char	   *pname;
+	int			i;
 
 	if (plan == NULL)
 	{
@@ -208,15 +208,13 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 		case T_IndexScan:
 			appendStringInfo(str, " using ");
 			i = 0;
-			foreach (l, ((IndexScan *) plan)->indxid)
+			foreach(l, ((IndexScan *) plan)->indxid)
 			{
 				relation = RelationIdCacheGetRelation((int) lfirst(l));
 				if (++i > 1)
-				{
 					appendStringInfo(str, ", ");
-				}
-				appendStringInfo(str, 
-					stringStringInfo((RelationGetRelationName(relation))->data));
+				appendStringInfo(str,
+								 stringStringInfo((RelationGetRelationName(relation))->data));
 			}
 		case T_SeqScan:
 			if (((Scan *) plan)->scanrelid > 0)
@@ -227,7 +225,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 				if (strcmp(rte->refname, rte->relname) != 0)
 				{
 					appendStringInfo(str, "%s ",
-						stringStringInfo(rte->relname));
+									 stringStringInfo(rte->relname));
 				}
 				appendStringInfo(str, stringStringInfo(rte->refname));
 			}
@@ -238,7 +236,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 	if (es->printCost)
 	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, "  (cost=%.2f rows=%d width=%d)",
-				plan->cost, plan->plan_size, plan->plan_width);
+						 plan->cost, plan->plan_size, plan->plan_width);
 	}
 	appendStringInfo(str, "\n");
 
@@ -248,18 +246,14 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 		List	   *saved_rtable = es->rtable;
 		List	   *lst;
 
-		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++) 
-		{
+		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
 			appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-		}
 		appendStringInfo(str, "  InitPlan\n");
 		foreach(lst, plan->initPlan)
 		{
 			es->rtable = ((SubPlan *) lfirst(lst))->rtable;
 			for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-			{
 				appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-			}
 			appendStringInfo(str, "    ->  ");
 			explain_outNode(str, ((SubPlan *) lfirst(lst))->plan, indent + 2, es);
 		}
@@ -270,9 +264,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 	if (outerPlan(plan))
 	{
 		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-		{
 			appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-		}
 		appendStringInfo(str, "  ->  ");
 		explain_outNode(str, outerPlan(plan), indent + 3, es);
 	}
@@ -281,9 +273,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 	if (innerPlan(plan))
 	{
 		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-		{
 			appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-		}
 		appendStringInfo(str, "  ->  ");
 		explain_outNode(str, innerPlan(plan), indent + 3, es);
 	}
@@ -295,17 +285,13 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 		List	   *lst;
 
 		for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-		{
 			appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-		}
 		appendStringInfo(str, "  SubPlan\n");
 		foreach(lst, plan->subPlan)
 		{
 			es->rtable = ((SubPlan *) lfirst(lst))->rtable;
 			for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-			{
 				appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-			}
 			appendStringInfo(str, "    ->  ");
 			explain_outNode(str, ((SubPlan *) lfirst(lst))->plan, indent + 4, es);
 		}
@@ -336,9 +322,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 				es->rtable = nth(whichplan, appendplan->unionrtables);
 
 			for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
-			{
 				appendStringInfo(str, "  ");
-			}
 			appendStringInfo(str, "    ->  ");
 
 			explain_outNode(str, subnode, indent + 4, es);
@@ -353,7 +337,7 @@ explain_outNode(StringInfo str, Plan *plan, int indent, ExplainState *es)
 static char *
 Explain_PlanToString(Plan *plan, ExplainState *es)
 {
-	StringInfoData	str;
+	StringInfoData str;
 
 	/* see stringinfo.h for an explanation of this maneuver */
 	initStringInfo(&str);
@@ -367,9 +351,9 @@ Explain_PlanToString(Plan *plan, ExplainState *es)
  * This is a crock ... there shouldn't be an upper limit to what you can elog().
  */
 static void
-printLongNotice(const char * header, const char * message)
+printLongNotice(const char *header, const char *message)
 {
-	int		len = strlen(message);
+	int			len = strlen(message);
 
 	elog(NOTICE, "%.20s%.*s", header, ELOG_MAXLEN - 64, message);
 	len -= ELOG_MAXLEN - 64;
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
index 5907205bd87129e28b04508195a0036ac4755c0d..e7f047477ca1de6f959ca4c11891f3265a6f6cfc 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.3 1999/05/10 00:44:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:08:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static void NormIndexAttrs(List *attList, AttrNumber *attNumP,
 static char *GetDefaultOpClass(Oid atttypid);
 
 /*
- * DefineIndex 
+ * DefineIndex
  *		Creates a new index.
  *
  * 'attributeList' is a list of IndexElem specifying either a functional
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ DefineIndex(char *heapRelationName,
 		if (nargs > INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
 		{
 			elog(ERROR,
-				 "Too many args to function, limit of %d", INDEX_MAX_KEYS);
+			   "Too many args to function, limit of %d", INDEX_MAX_KEYS);
 		}
 
 		FIsetnArgs(&fInfo, nargs);
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ DefineIndex(char *heapRelationName,
 
 
 /*
- * ExtendIndex 
+ * ExtendIndex
  *		Extends a partial index.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ ExtendIndex(char *indexRelationName, Expr *predicate, List *rangetable)
 	predInfo->oldPred = oldPred;
 
 	attributeNumberA = (AttrNumber *) palloc(numberOfAttributes *
-							  sizeof attributeNumberA[0]);
+											 sizeof attributeNumberA[0]);
 	classObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof classObjectId[0]);
 
 
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ NormIndexAttrs(List *attList,	/* list of IndexElem's */
 			/* we just set the type name because that is all we need */
 			attribute->typename = makeNode(TypeName);
 			attribute->typename->name = nameout(&((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->typname);
-			
+
 			/* we all need the typmod for the char and varchar types. */
 			attribute->typename->typmod = attform->atttypmod;
 		}
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ GetDefaultOpClass(Oid atttypid)
 }
 
 /*
- * RemoveIndex 
+ * RemoveIndex
  *		Deletes an index.
  *
  * Exceptions:
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/remove.c b/src/backend/commands/remove.c
index 5334bd347d230817887bdc95f7a42531e14252c1..7ae4c2c176d67dd049eb519ccad4ca087ace5219 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/remove.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/remove.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:08 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/remove.c,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:08:25 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #endif
 
 /*
- * RemoveOperator 
+ * RemoveOperator
  *		Deletes an operator.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ RemoveType(char *typeName)		/* type name to be removed */
 }
 
 /*
- * RemoveFunction 
+ * RemoveFunction
  *		Deletes a function.
  *
  * Exceptions:
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/rename.c b/src/backend/commands/rename.c
index 457facdd8fcdb4847824437c1427ec7aa4379ce2..061534054a9491524311bd2c01749d4307cdc78b 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/rename.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/rename.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.24 1999/05/17 18:24:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/Attic/rename.c,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:08:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ renameatt(char *relname,
 		}
 	}
 
-	
+
 	if ((relid = RelnameFindRelid(relname)) == InvalidOid)
 		elog(ERROR, "renameatt: relation \"%s\" nonexistent", relname);
 
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ renameatt(char *relname,
 void
 renamerel(char *oldrelname, char *newrelname)
 {
-	int		i;
+	int			i;
 	Relation	relrelation;	/* for RELATION relation */
 	HeapTuple	oldreltup;
 	char		oldpath[MAXPGPATH],
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ renamerel(char *oldrelname, char *newrelname)
 	{
 		sprintf(toldpath, "%s.%d", oldpath, i);
 		sprintf(tnewpath, "%s.%d", newpath, i);
-		if(rename(toldpath, tnewpath) < 0)
+		if (rename(toldpath, tnewpath) < 0)
 			break;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
index d76eb07481d65cad3e15e43a775517a676b18254..a6f18e01d3d732b33084031ba9c13ddd3ce0fd8c 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/sequence.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static void init_params(CreateSeqStmt *seq, Form_pg_sequence new);
 static int	get_param(DefElem *def);
 
 /*
- * DefineSequence 
+ * DefineSequence
  *				Creates a new sequence relation
  */
 void
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ nextval(struct varlena * seqin)
 		return elm->last;
 	}
 
-	seq = read_info("nextval", elm, &buf);		/* lock page' buffer and read
-												 * tuple */
+	seq = read_info("nextval", elm, &buf);		/* lock page' buffer and
+												 * read tuple */
 
 	next = result = seq->last_value;
 	incby = seq->increment_by;
@@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ setval(struct varlena * seqin, int4 next)
 
 	/* open and AccessShareLock sequence */
 	elm = init_sequence("setval", seqname);
-	seq = read_info("setval", elm, &buf);		/* lock page' buffer and read
-												 * tuple */
+	seq = read_info("setval", elm, &buf);		/* lock page' buffer and
+												 * read tuple */
 
 	if (seq->cache_value != 1)
 	{
@@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ setval(struct varlena * seqin, int4 next)
 static Form_pg_sequence
 read_info(char *caller, SeqTable elm, Buffer *buf)
 {
-	PageHeader		page;
-	ItemId			lp;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	PageHeader	page;
+	ItemId		lp;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	sequence_magic *sm;
-	Form_pg_sequence	seq;
+	Form_pg_sequence seq;
 
 	if (RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(elm->rel) != 1)
 		elog(ERROR, "%s.%s: invalid number of blocks in sequence",
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ init_sequence(char *caller, char *name)
 
 
 /*
- * CloseSequences 
+ * CloseSequences
  *				is calling by xact mgr at commit/abort.
  */
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
index 09b7fdcbc3d0816518a214e52a99666c3f988c0d..cc3d27599c19a9de4dddb9a9444a43915075e71e 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c
@@ -362,9 +362,9 @@ RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
 	Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger;
 	Relation	irel;
 	ScanKeyData skey;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
-	IndexScanDesc	sd;
-	RetrieveIndexResult	indexRes;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	IndexScanDesc sd;
+	RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
 	Buffer		buffer;
 	struct varlena *val;
 	bool		isnull;
@@ -659,14 +659,14 @@ ExecARInsertTriggers(Relation rel, HeapTuple trigtuple)
 bool
 ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid)
 {
-	Relation		rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
-	TriggerData	   *SaveTriggerData;
-	int				ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
-	Trigger		  **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
-	HeapTuple		trigtuple;
-	HeapTuple		newtuple = NULL;
+	Relation	rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
+	TriggerData *SaveTriggerData;
+	int			ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
+	Trigger   **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
+	HeapTuple	trigtuple;
+	HeapTuple	newtuple = NULL;
 	TupleTableSlot *newSlot;
-	int				i;
+	int			i;
 
 	trigtuple = GetTupleForTrigger(estate, tupleid, &newSlot);
 	if (trigtuple == NULL)
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid)
 void
 ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid)
 {
-	Relation		rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
+	Relation	rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
 	TriggerData *SaveTriggerData;
 	int			ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_after_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
 	Trigger   **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_after_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE];
@@ -727,23 +727,23 @@ ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid)
 HeapTuple
 ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple newtuple)
 {
-	Relation		rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
-	TriggerData	   *SaveTriggerData;
-	int				ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
-	Trigger		  **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
-	HeapTuple		trigtuple;
-	HeapTuple		oldtuple;
-	HeapTuple		intuple = newtuple;
+	Relation	rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
+	TriggerData *SaveTriggerData;
+	int			ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
+	Trigger   **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
+	HeapTuple	trigtuple;
+	HeapTuple	oldtuple;
+	HeapTuple	intuple = newtuple;
 	TupleTableSlot *newSlot;
-	int				i;
+	int			i;
 
 	trigtuple = GetTupleForTrigger(estate, tupleid, &newSlot);
 	if (trigtuple == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * In READ COMMITTED isolevel it's possible that newtuple
-	 * was changed due to concurrent update.
+	 * In READ COMMITTED isolevel it's possible that newtuple was changed
+	 * due to concurrent update.
 	 */
 	if (newSlot != NULL)
 		intuple = newtuple = ExecRemoveJunk(estate->es_junkFilter, newSlot);
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple newtuple)
 void
 ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple newtuple)
 {
-	Relation		rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
+	Relation	rel = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
 	TriggerData *SaveTriggerData;
 	int			ntrigs = rel->trigdesc->n_after_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
 	Trigger   **trigger = rel->trigdesc->tg_after_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE];
@@ -799,22 +799,22 @@ ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple newtuple)
 	return;
 }
 
-extern	TupleTableSlot *EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid);
+extern TupleTableSlot *EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid);
 
 static HeapTuple
 GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate, ItemPointer tid, TupleTableSlot **newSlot)
 {
-	Relation		relation = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
-	HeapTuple		result;
-	Buffer			buffer;
+	Relation	relation = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	HeapTuple	result;
+	Buffer		buffer;
 
 	if (newSlot != NULL)
 	{
-		int		test;
+		int			test;
 
 		/*
-		 *	mark tuple for update
+		 * mark tuple for update
 		 */
 		*newSlot = NULL;
 		tuple.t_self = *tid;
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ ltrmark:;
 		{
 			case HeapTupleSelfUpdated:
 				ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
-				return(NULL);
+				return (NULL);
 
 			case HeapTupleMayBeUpdated:
 				break;
@@ -835,9 +835,9 @@ ltrmark:;
 					elog(ERROR, "Can't serialize access due to concurrent update");
 				else if (!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self), tid)))
 				{
-					TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate, 
-						estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RangeTableIndex, 
-						&(tuple.t_self));
+					TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate,
+					 estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RangeTableIndex,
+														&(tuple.t_self));
 
 					if (!(TupIsNull(epqslot)))
 					{
@@ -846,23 +846,23 @@ ltrmark:;
 						goto ltrmark;
 					}
 				}
-				/* 
-				 * if tuple was deleted or PlanQual failed
-				 * for updated tuple - we have not process
-				 * this tuple!
+
+				/*
+				 * if tuple was deleted or PlanQual failed for updated
+				 * tuple - we have not process this tuple!
 				 */
-				return(NULL);
+				return (NULL);
 
 			default:
 				ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
 				elog(ERROR, "Unknown status %u from heap_mark4update", test);
-				return(NULL);
+				return (NULL);
 		}
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		PageHeader		dp;
-		ItemId			lp;
+		PageHeader	dp;
+		ItemId		lp;
 
 		buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid));
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/user.c b/src/backend/commands/user.c
index 2b99c8efa89737330334d74cd143ab972414c06d..57ac35fb1f4d48c01827c4df3dc9360c5b790acc 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/user.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/user.c
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: user.c,v 1.27 1999/04/02 06:16:36 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: user.c,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:08:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-#include <stdio.h>				
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
 static void CheckPgUserAclNotNull(void);
 
-#define	SQL_LENGTH	512
+#define SQL_LENGTH	512
 
 /*---------------------------------------------------------------------
  * UpdatePgPwdFile
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ void
 UpdatePgPwdFile(char *sql, CommandDest dest)
 {
 
-	char	*filename,
-				*tempname;
-	int		bufsize;
+	char	   *filename,
+			   *tempname;
+	int			bufsize;
 
 	/*
 	 * Create a temporary filename to be renamed later.  This prevents the
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ UpdatePgPwdFile(char *sql, CommandDest dest)
 	 * SEPCHAR character as the delimiter between fields.  Then rename the
 	 * file to its final name.
 	 */
-	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, 
-			"copy %s to '%s' using delimiters %s", 
-			ShadowRelationName, tempname, CRYPT_PWD_FILE_SEPCHAR);
+	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH,
+			 "copy %s to '%s' using delimiters %s",
+			 ShadowRelationName, tempname, CRYPT_PWD_FILE_SEPCHAR);
 	pg_exec_query_dest(sql, dest, false);
 	rename(tempname, filename);
 	pfree((void *) tempname);
@@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ UpdatePgPwdFile(char *sql, CommandDest dest)
 void
 DefineUser(CreateUserStmt *stmt, CommandDest dest)
 {
-	char			   *pg_shadow,
-						sql[SQL_LENGTH];
-	Relation			pg_shadow_rel;
-	TupleDesc			pg_shadow_dsc;
-	HeapScanDesc		scan;
-	HeapTuple			tuple;
-	Datum				datum;
-	bool				exists = false,
-						n,
-						inblock,
-						havepassword,
-						havevaluntil;
-	int					max_id = -1;
+	char	   *pg_shadow,
+				sql[SQL_LENGTH];
+	Relation	pg_shadow_rel;
+	TupleDesc	pg_shadow_dsc;
+	HeapScanDesc scan;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	Datum		datum;
+	bool		exists = false,
+				n,
+				inblock,
+				havepassword,
+				havevaluntil;
+	int			max_id = -1;
 
 	havepassword = stmt->password && stmt->password[0];
 	havevaluntil = stmt->validUntil && stmt->validUntil[0];
@@ -161,21 +161,21 @@ DefineUser(CreateUserStmt *stmt, CommandDest dest)
 		UnlockRelation(pg_shadow_rel, AccessExclusiveLock);
 		heap_close(pg_shadow_rel);
 		UserAbortTransactionBlock();
-		elog(ERROR, 
-				"defineUser: user \"%s\" has already been created", stmt->user);
+		elog(ERROR,
+		 "defineUser: user \"%s\" has already been created", stmt->user);
 		return;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Build the insert statement to be executed.
 	 *
-	 * XXX Ugly as this code is, it still fails to cope with ' or \
-	 * in any of the provided strings.
+	 * XXX Ugly as this code is, it still fails to cope with ' or \ in any of
+	 * the provided strings.
 	 */
-	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, 
+	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH,
 			 "insert into %s (usename,usesysid,usecreatedb,usetrace,"
 			 "usesuper,usecatupd,passwd,valuntil) "
-			 "values('%s',%d,'%c','t','%c','t',%s%s%s,%s%s%s)", 
+			 "values('%s',%d,'%c','t','%c','t',%s%s%s,%s%s%s)",
 			 ShadowRelationName,
 			 stmt->user,
 			 max_id + 1,
@@ -216,12 +216,12 @@ extern void
 AlterUser(AlterUserStmt *stmt, CommandDest dest)
 {
 
-	char			*pg_shadow,
-						sql[SQL_LENGTH];
+	char	   *pg_shadow,
+				sql[SQL_LENGTH];
 	Relation	pg_shadow_rel;
 	TupleDesc	pg_shadow_dsc;
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
-	bool			inblock;
+	bool		inblock;
 
 	if (stmt->password)
 		CheckPgUserAclNotNull();
@@ -272,34 +272,32 @@ AlterUser(AlterUserStmt *stmt, CommandDest dest)
 	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "update %s set", ShadowRelationName);
 
 	if (stmt->password)
-	{
 		snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "%s passwd = '%s'", pstrdup(sql), stmt->password);
-	}
 
 	if (stmt->createdb)
 	{
 		snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "%s %susecreatedb='%s'",
-				pstrdup(sql), stmt->password ? "," : "",
-				*stmt->createdb ? "t" : "f");
+				 pstrdup(sql), stmt->password ? "," : "",
+				 *stmt->createdb ? "t" : "f");
 	}
 
 	if (stmt->createuser)
 	{
 		snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "%s %susesuper='%s'",
-				pstrdup(sql), (stmt->password || stmt->createdb) ? "," : "",
-				*stmt->createuser ? "t" : "f");
+			 pstrdup(sql), (stmt->password || stmt->createdb) ? "," : "",
+				 *stmt->createuser ? "t" : "f");
 	}
 
 	if (stmt->validUntil)
 	{
 		snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "%s %svaluntil='%s'",
-				pstrdup(sql),
-				(stmt->password || stmt->createdb || stmt->createuser) ? "," : "",
-				stmt->validUntil);
+				 pstrdup(sql),
+		(stmt->password || stmt->createdb || stmt->createuser) ? "," : "",
+				 stmt->validUntil);
 	}
 
 	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, "%s where usename = '%s'",
-				pstrdup(sql), stmt->user);
+			 pstrdup(sql), stmt->user);
 
 	pg_exec_query_dest(sql, dest, false);
 
@@ -393,8 +391,8 @@ RemoveUser(char *user, CommandDest dest)
 			datum = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_database_datname, pg_dsc, &n);
 			if (memcmp((void *) datum, "template1", 9))
 			{
-				dbase = 
-						(char **) repalloc((void *) dbase, sizeof(char *) * (ndbase + 1));
+				dbase =
+					(char **) repalloc((void *) dbase, sizeof(char *) * (ndbase + 1));
 				dbase[ndbase] = (char *) palloc(NAMEDATALEN + 1);
 				memcpy((void *) dbase[ndbase], (void *) datum, NAMEDATALEN);
 				dbase[ndbase++][NAMEDATALEN] = '\0';
@@ -435,8 +433,8 @@ RemoveUser(char *user, CommandDest dest)
 	/*
 	 * Remove the user from the pg_shadow table
 	 */
-	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH, 
-			"delete from %s where usename = '%s'", ShadowRelationName, user);
+	snprintf(sql, SQL_LENGTH,
+		"delete from %s where usename = '%s'", ShadowRelationName, user);
 	pg_exec_query_dest(sql, dest, false);
 
 	UpdatePgPwdFile(sql, dest);
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
index 82ba86f84e982d6dbb872f2aca1ee5dd48d6793a..8c929678b35b3dd85c4110bb2ab113392955c62c 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.103 1999/05/23 09:10:24 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.104 1999/05/25 16:08:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static Portal vc_portal;
 
 static int	MESSAGE_LEVEL;		/* message level */
 
-static TransactionId	XmaxRecent;
+static TransactionId XmaxRecent;
 
 #define swapLong(a,b)	{long tmp; tmp=a; a=b; b=tmp;}
 #define swapInt(a,b)	{int tmp; tmp=a; a=b; b=tmp;}
@@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ static void vc_free(VRelList vrl);
 static void vc_getindices(Oid relid, int *nindices, Relation **Irel);
 static void vc_clsindices(int nindices, Relation *Irel);
 static void vc_mkindesc(Relation onerel, int nindices, Relation *Irel, IndDesc **Idesc);
-static void *vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm, 
-						int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
+static void *vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm,
+		   int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
 static int	vc_cmp_blk(const void *left, const void *right);
 static int	vc_cmp_offno(const void *left, const void *right);
 static int	vc_cmp_vtlinks(const void *left, const void *right);
@@ -222,14 +222,15 @@ vc_shutdown()
 {
 	/* on entry, we are not in a transaction */
 
-	/* Flush the init file that relcache.c uses to save startup time.
-	 * The next backend startup will rebuild the init file with up-to-date
-	 * information from pg_class.  This lets the optimizer see the stats that
-	 * we've collected for certain critical system indexes.  See relcache.c
-	 * for more details.
+	/*
+	 * Flush the init file that relcache.c uses to save startup time. The
+	 * next backend startup will rebuild the init file with up-to-date
+	 * information from pg_class.  This lets the optimizer see the stats
+	 * that we've collected for certain critical system indexes.  See
+	 * relcache.c for more details.
 	 *
-	 * Ignore any failure to unlink the file, since it might not be there
-	 * if no backend has been started since the last vacuum...
+	 * Ignore any failure to unlink the file, since it might not be there if
+	 * no backend has been started since the last vacuum...
 	 */
 	unlink(RELCACHE_INIT_FILENAME);
 
@@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ vc_vacone(Oid relid, bool analyze, List *va_cols)
 
 	/* update statistics in pg_class */
 	vc_updstats(vacrelstats->relid, vacrelstats->num_pages,
-				vacrelstats->num_tuples, vacrelstats->hasindex, vacrelstats);
+			vacrelstats->num_tuples, vacrelstats->hasindex, vacrelstats);
 
 	/* next command frees attribute stats */
 	CommitTransactionCommand();
@@ -601,7 +602,7 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				blkno;
 	ItemId		itemid;
 	Buffer		buf;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	Page		page,
 				tempPage = NULL;
 	OffsetNumber offnum,
@@ -712,7 +713,7 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				else if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 				{
 					if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)
-												tuple.t_data->t_cmin))
+											   tuple.t_data->t_cmin))
 					{
 						tuple.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 						tupgone = true;
@@ -759,7 +760,7 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 					else
 					{
 						elog(NOTICE, "Rel %s: TID %u/%u: InsertTransactionInProgress %u - can't shrink relation",
-							 relname, blkno, offnum, tuple.t_data->t_xmin);
+						   relname, blkno, offnum, tuple.t_data->t_xmin);
 						do_shrinking = false;
 					}
 				}
@@ -799,6 +800,7 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				}
 				else if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(tuple.t_data->t_xmax))
 				{
+
 					/*
 					 * Not Aborted, Not Committed, Not in Progress - so it
 					 * from crashed process. - vadim 06/02/97
@@ -812,11 +814,12 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 						 relname, blkno, offnum, tuple.t_data->t_xmax);
 					do_shrinking = false;
 				}
+
 				/*
-				 * If tuple is recently deleted then
-				 * we must not remove it from relation.
+				 * If tuple is recently deleted then we must not remove it
+				 * from relation.
 				 */
-				if (tupgone && tuple.t_data->t_xmax >= XmaxRecent && 
+				if (tupgone && tuple.t_data->t_xmax >= XmaxRecent &&
 					tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED)
 				{
 					tupgone = false;
@@ -826,20 +829,21 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 						tuple.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED;
 						pgchanged = true;
 					}
+
 					/*
 					 * If we do shrinking and this tuple is updated one
 					 * then remember it to construct updated tuple
 					 * dependencies.
 					 */
-					if (do_shrinking && !(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self), 
-												&(tuple.t_data->t_ctid))))
+					if (do_shrinking && !(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self),
+											   &(tuple.t_data->t_ctid))))
 					{
 						if (free_vtlinks == 0)
 						{
 							free_vtlinks = 1000;
-							vtlinks = (VTupleLink) repalloc(vtlinks, 
-											(free_vtlinks + num_vtlinks) * 
-											sizeof(VTupleLinkData));
+							vtlinks = (VTupleLink) repalloc(vtlinks,
+										   (free_vtlinks + num_vtlinks) *
+												 sizeof(VTupleLinkData));
 						}
 						vtlinks[num_vtlinks].new_tid = tuple.t_data->t_ctid;
 						vtlinks[num_vtlinks].this_tid = tuple.t_self;
@@ -962,8 +966,8 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 
 	if (usable_free_size > 0 && num_vtlinks > 0)
 	{
-		qsort((char *) vtlinks, num_vtlinks, sizeof (VTupleLinkData), 
-			vc_cmp_vtlinks);
+		qsort((char *) vtlinks, num_vtlinks, sizeof(VTupleLinkData),
+			  vc_cmp_vtlinks);
 		vacrelstats->vtlinks = vtlinks;
 		vacrelstats->num_vtlinks = num_vtlinks;
 	}
@@ -980,10 +984,10 @@ vc_scanheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 Tup %u: Vac %u, Keep/VTL %u/%u, Crash %u, UnUsed %u, MinLen %u, MaxLen %u; \
 Re-using: Free/Avail. Space %u/%u; EndEmpty/Avail. Pages %u/%u. \
 Elapsed %u/%u sec.",
-		 nblocks, changed_pages, vacuum_pages->vpl_num_pages, empty_pages, 
-		 new_pages, num_tuples, tups_vacuumed, 
-		 nkeep, vacrelstats->num_vtlinks, ncrash, 
-		 nunused, min_tlen, max_tlen, free_size, usable_free_size, 
+		 nblocks, changed_pages, vacuum_pages->vpl_num_pages, empty_pages,
+		 new_pages, num_tuples, tups_vacuumed,
+		 nkeep, vacrelstats->num_vtlinks, ncrash,
+		 nunused, min_tlen, max_tlen, free_size, usable_free_size,
 		 empty_end_pages, fraged_pages->vpl_num_pages,
 		 ru1.ru_stime.tv_sec - ru0.ru_stime.tv_sec,
 		 ru1.ru_utime.tv_sec - ru0.ru_utime.tv_sec);
@@ -1019,8 +1023,8 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				max_offset;
 	ItemId		itemid,
 				newitemid;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple,
-					newtup;
+	HeapTupleData tuple,
+				newtup;
 	TupleDesc	tupdesc = NULL;
 	Datum	   *idatum = NULL;
 	char	   *inulls = NULL;
@@ -1128,7 +1132,8 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 		else
 			Assert(!isempty);
 
-		chain_tuple_moved = false;	/* no one chain-tuple was moved off this page, yet */
+		chain_tuple_moved = false;		/* no one chain-tuple was moved
+										 * off this page, yet */
 		vpc->vpd_blkno = blkno;
 		maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
 		for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
@@ -1146,28 +1151,30 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 
 			if (!(tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED))
 			{
-				if ((TransactionId)tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
+				if ((TransactionId) tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
 					elog(ERROR, "Invalid XID in t_cmin");
 				if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 					elog(ERROR, "HEAP_MOVED_IN was not expected");
-				/* 
-				 * If this (chain) tuple is moved by me already then
-				 * I have to check is it in vpc or not - i.e. is it 
-				 * moved while cleaning this page or some previous one.
+
+				/*
+				 * If this (chain) tuple is moved by me already then I
+				 * have to check is it in vpc or not - i.e. is it moved
+				 * while cleaning this page or some previous one.
 				 */
 				if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 				{
 					if (keep_tuples == 0)
 						continue;
-					if (chain_tuple_moved)	/* some chains was moved while */
-					{						/* cleaning this page */
+					if (chain_tuple_moved)		/* some chains was moved
+												 * while */
+					{			/* cleaning this page */
 						Assert(vpc->vpd_offsets_free > 0);
 						for (i = 0; i < vpc->vpd_offsets_free; i++)
 						{
 							if (vpc->vpd_offsets[i] == offnum)
 								break;
 						}
-						if (i >= vpc->vpd_offsets_free)	/* not found */
+						if (i >= vpc->vpd_offsets_free) /* not found */
 						{
 							vpc->vpd_offsets[vpc->vpd_offsets_free++] = offnum;
 							keep_tuples--;
@@ -1184,29 +1191,29 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * If this tuple is in the chain of tuples created in 
-			 * updates by "recent" transactions then we have to 
-			 * move all chain of tuples to another places.
+			 * If this tuple is in the chain of tuples created in updates
+			 * by "recent" transactions then we have to move all chain of
+			 * tuples to another places.
 			 */
-			if ((tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED && 
+			if ((tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED &&
 				 tuple.t_data->t_xmin >= XmaxRecent) ||
-				(!(tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) && 
+				(!(tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) &&
 				 !(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self), &(tuple.t_data->t_ctid)))))
 			{
-				Buffer			Cbuf = buf;
-				Page			Cpage;
-				ItemId			Citemid;
-				ItemPointerData	Ctid;
-				HeapTupleData	tp = tuple;
-				Size			tlen = tuple_len;
-				VTupleMove		vtmove = (VTupleMove) 
-									palloc(100 * sizeof(VTupleMoveData));
-				int				num_vtmove = 0;
-				int				free_vtmove = 100;
-				VPageDescr		to_vpd = fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc[0];
-				int				to_item = 0;
-				bool			freeCbuf = false;
-				int				ti;
+				Buffer		Cbuf = buf;
+				Page		Cpage;
+				ItemId		Citemid;
+				ItemPointerData Ctid;
+				HeapTupleData tp = tuple;
+				Size		tlen = tuple_len;
+				VTupleMove	vtmove = (VTupleMove)
+				palloc(100 * sizeof(VTupleMoveData));
+				int			num_vtmove = 0;
+				int			free_vtmove = 100;
+				VPageDescr	to_vpd = fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc[0];
+				int			to_item = 0;
+				bool		freeCbuf = false;
+				int			ti;
 
 				if (vacrelstats->vtlinks == NULL)
 					elog(ERROR, "No one parent tuple was found");
@@ -1215,22 +1222,23 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 					WriteBuffer(cur_buffer);
 					cur_buffer = InvalidBuffer;
 				}
+
 				/*
-				 * If this tuple is in the begin/middle of the chain
-				 * then we have to move to the end of chain.
+				 * If this tuple is in the begin/middle of the chain then
+				 * we have to move to the end of chain.
 				 */
-				while (!(tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) && 
-					!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tp.t_self), &(tp.t_data->t_ctid))))
+				while (!(tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) &&
+				!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tp.t_self), &(tp.t_data->t_ctid))))
 				{
 					Ctid = tp.t_data->t_ctid;
 					if (freeCbuf)
 						ReleaseBuffer(Cbuf);
 					freeCbuf = true;
-					Cbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel, 
-							ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&Ctid));
+					Cbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel,
+									  ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&Ctid));
 					Cpage = BufferGetPage(Cbuf);
-					Citemid = PageGetItemId(Cpage, 
-							ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&Ctid));
+					Citemid = PageGetItemId(Cpage,
+									  ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&Ctid));
 					if (!ItemIdIsUsed(Citemid))
 						elog(ERROR, "Child itemid marked as unused");
 					tp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(Cpage, Citemid);
@@ -1238,16 +1246,16 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 					tlen = tp.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(Citemid);
 				}
 				/* first, can chain be moved ? */
-				for ( ; ; )
+				for (;;)
 				{
 					if (!vc_enough_space(to_vpd, tlen))
 					{
 						if (to_vpd != last_fraged_page &&
-							!vc_enough_space(to_vpd, vacrelstats->min_tlen))
+						 !vc_enough_space(to_vpd, vacrelstats->min_tlen))
 						{
 							Assert(num_fraged_pages > to_item + 1);
 							memmove(fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc + to_item,
-									fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc + to_item + 1,
+								fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc + to_item + 1,
 									sizeof(VPageDescr *) * (num_fraged_pages - to_item - 1));
 							num_fraged_pages--;
 							Assert(last_fraged_page == fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc[num_fraged_pages - 1]);
@@ -1257,7 +1265,8 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 							if (vc_enough_space(fraged_pages->vpl_pagedesc[i], tlen))
 								break;
 						}
-						if (i == num_fraged_pages)	/* can't move item anywhere */
+						if (i == num_fraged_pages)		/* can't move item
+														 * anywhere */
 						{
 							for (i = 0; i < num_vtmove; i++)
 							{
@@ -1277,9 +1286,9 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 					if (free_vtmove == 0)
 					{
 						free_vtmove = 1000;
-						vtmove = (VTupleMove) repalloc(vtmove, 
-										(free_vtmove + num_vtmove) * 
-										sizeof(VTupleMoveData));
+						vtmove = (VTupleMove) repalloc(vtmove,
+											 (free_vtmove + num_vtmove) *
+												 sizeof(VTupleMoveData));
 					}
 					vtmove[num_vtmove].tid = tp.t_self;
 					vtmove[num_vtmove].vpd = to_vpd;
@@ -1289,56 +1298,59 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 						vtmove[num_vtmove].cleanVpd = false;
 					free_vtmove--;
 					num_vtmove++;
+
 					/*
 					 * All done ?
 					 */
-					if (!(tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED) || 
-							tp.t_data->t_xmin < XmaxRecent)
+					if (!(tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED) ||
+						tp.t_data->t_xmin < XmaxRecent)
 						break;
+
 					/*
 					 * Well, try to find tuple with old row version
 					 */
-					for ( ; ; )
+					for (;;)
 					{
-						Buffer			Pbuf;
-						Page			Ppage;
-						ItemId			Pitemid;
-						HeapTupleData	Ptp;
-						VTupleLinkData	vtld,
-									   *vtlp;
+						Buffer		Pbuf;
+						Page		Ppage;
+						ItemId		Pitemid;
+						HeapTupleData Ptp;
+						VTupleLinkData vtld,
+								   *vtlp;
 
 						vtld.new_tid = tp.t_self;
-						vtlp = (VTupleLink) 
-								vc_find_eq((void *) (vacrelstats->vtlinks),
-								vacrelstats->num_vtlinks, 
-								sizeof(VTupleLinkData), 
-								(void *) &vtld,
-								vc_cmp_vtlinks);
+						vtlp = (VTupleLink)
+							vc_find_eq((void *) (vacrelstats->vtlinks),
+									   vacrelstats->num_vtlinks,
+									   sizeof(VTupleLinkData),
+									   (void *) &vtld,
+									   vc_cmp_vtlinks);
 						if (vtlp == NULL)
 							elog(ERROR, "Parent tuple was not found");
 						tp.t_self = vtlp->this_tid;
-						Pbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel, 
+						Pbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel,
 								ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tp.t_self)));
 						Ppage = BufferGetPage(Pbuf);
-						Pitemid = PageGetItemId(Ppage, 
-								ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tp.t_self)));
+						Pitemid = PageGetItemId(Ppage,
+							   ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tp.t_self)));
 						if (!ItemIdIsUsed(Pitemid))
 							elog(ERROR, "Parent itemid marked as unused");
 						Ptp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(Ppage, Pitemid);
 						Assert(Ptp.t_data->t_xmax == tp.t_data->t_xmin);
+
 						/*
-						 * If this tuple is updated version of row and
-						 * it was created by the same transaction then
-						 * no one is interested in this tuple -
-						 * mark it as removed.
+						 * If this tuple is updated version of row and it
+						 * was created by the same transaction then no one
+						 * is interested in this tuple - mark it as
+						 * removed.
 						 */
-						if (Ptp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED && 
+						if (Ptp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED &&
 							Ptp.t_data->t_xmin == Ptp.t_data->t_xmax)
 						{
-							TransactionIdStore(myXID, 
-								(TransactionId*) &(Ptp.t_data->t_cmin));
-							Ptp.t_data->t_infomask &= 
-								~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED|HEAP_XMIN_INVALID|HEAP_MOVED_IN);
+							TransactionIdStore(myXID,
+								(TransactionId *) &(Ptp.t_data->t_cmin));
+							Ptp.t_data->t_infomask &=
+								~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMIN_INVALID | HEAP_MOVED_IN);
 							Ptp.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_MOVED_OFF;
 							WriteBuffer(Pbuf);
 							continue;
@@ -1354,7 +1366,7 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				}
 				if (freeCbuf)
 					ReleaseBuffer(Cbuf);
-				if (num_vtmove == 0)			/* chain can't be moved */
+				if (num_vtmove == 0)	/* chain can't be moved */
 				{
 					pfree(vtmove);
 					break;
@@ -1364,19 +1376,20 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 				{
 					/* Get tuple from chain */
 					tuple.t_self = vtmove[ti].tid;
-					Cbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel, 
-							ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tuple.t_self)));
+					Cbuf = ReadBuffer(onerel,
+							 ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tuple.t_self)));
 					Cpage = BufferGetPage(Cbuf);
-					Citemid = PageGetItemId(Cpage, 
+					Citemid = PageGetItemId(Cpage,
 							ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple.t_self)));
 					tuple.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(Cpage, Citemid);
 					tuple_len = tuple.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(Citemid);
 					/* Get page to move in */
 					cur_buffer = ReadBuffer(onerel, vtmove[ti].vpd->vpd_blkno);
+
 					/*
-					 * We should LockBuffer(cur_buffer) but don't, at the 
-					 * moment. If you'll do LockBuffer then UNLOCK it 
-					 * before index_insert: unique btree-s call heap_fetch 
+					 * We should LockBuffer(cur_buffer) but don't, at the
+					 * moment. If you'll do LockBuffer then UNLOCK it
+					 * before index_insert: unique btree-s call heap_fetch
 					 * to get t_infomask of inserted heap tuple !!!
 					 */
 					ToPage = BufferGetPage(cur_buffer);
@@ -1385,22 +1398,23 @@ vc_rpfheap(VRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation onerel,
 						vc_vacpage(ToPage, vtmove[ti].vpd);
 					heap_copytuple_with_tuple(&tuple, &newtup);
 					RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(onerel, &tuple);
-					TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId*) &(newtup.t_data->t_cmin));
-					newtup.t_data->t_infomask &= 
-						~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED|HEAP_XMIN_INVALID|HEAP_MOVED_OFF);
+					TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId *) &(newtup.t_data->t_cmin));
+					newtup.t_data->t_infomask &=
+						~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMIN_INVALID | HEAP_MOVED_OFF);
 					newtup.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_MOVED_IN;
 					newoff = PageAddItem(ToPage, (Item) newtup.t_data, tuple_len,
-								 InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+										 InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
 					if (newoff == InvalidOffsetNumber)
 					{
 						elog(ERROR, "\
 moving chain: failed to add item with len = %u to page %u",
-					 tuple_len, vtmove[ti].vpd->vpd_blkno);
+							 tuple_len, vtmove[ti].vpd->vpd_blkno);
 					}
 					newitemid = PageGetItemId(ToPage, newoff);
 					pfree(newtup.t_data);
 					newtup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(ToPage, newitemid);
 					ItemPointerSet(&(newtup.t_self), vtmove[ti].vpd->vpd_blkno, newoff);
+
 					/*
 					 * Set t_ctid pointing to itself for last tuple in
 					 * chain and to next tuple in chain otherwise.
@@ -1411,19 +1425,20 @@ moving chain: failed to add item with len = %u to page %u",
 						newtup.t_data->t_ctid = Ctid;
 					Ctid = newtup.t_self;
 
-					TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId*) &(tuple.t_data->t_cmin));
-					tuple.t_data->t_infomask &= 
-						~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED|HEAP_XMIN_INVALID|HEAP_MOVED_IN);
+					TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId *) &(tuple.t_data->t_cmin));
+					tuple.t_data->t_infomask &=
+						~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMIN_INVALID | HEAP_MOVED_IN);
 					tuple.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_MOVED_OFF;
 
 					num_moved++;
+
 					/*
 					 * Remember that we moved tuple from the current page
 					 * (corresponding index tuple will be cleaned).
 					 */
 					if (Cbuf == buf)
-						vpc->vpd_offsets[vpc->vpd_offsets_free++] = 
-								ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple.t_self));
+						vpc->vpd_offsets[vpc->vpd_offsets_free++] =
+							ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple.t_self));
 					else
 						keep_tuples++;
 
@@ -1432,12 +1447,12 @@ moving chain: failed to add item with len = %u to page %u",
 						for (i = 0, idcur = Idesc; i < nindices; i++, idcur++)
 						{
 							FormIndexDatum(idcur->natts,
-								   (AttrNumber *) &(idcur->tform->indkey[0]),
-									   &newtup,
-									   tupdesc,
-									   idatum,
-									   inulls,
-									   idcur->finfoP);
+							   (AttrNumber *) &(idcur->tform->indkey[0]),
+										   &newtup,
+										   tupdesc,
+										   idatum,
+										   inulls,
+										   idcur->finfoP);
 							iresult = index_insert(Irel[i],
 												   idatum,
 												   inulls,
@@ -1507,13 +1522,13 @@ moving chain: failed to add item with len = %u to page %u",
 
 			RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(onerel, &tuple);
 
-			/* 
-			 * Mark new tuple as moved_in by vacuum and 
-			 * store vacuum XID in t_cmin !!! 
+			/*
+			 * Mark new tuple as moved_in by vacuum and store vacuum XID
+			 * in t_cmin !!!
 			 */
-			TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId*) &(newtup.t_data->t_cmin));
-			newtup.t_data->t_infomask &= 
-				~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED|HEAP_XMIN_INVALID|HEAP_MOVED_OFF);
+			TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId *) &(newtup.t_data->t_cmin));
+			newtup.t_data->t_infomask &=
+				~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMIN_INVALID | HEAP_MOVED_OFF);
 			newtup.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_MOVED_IN;
 
 			/* add tuple to the page */
@@ -1532,13 +1547,13 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 			ItemPointerSet(&(newtup.t_data->t_ctid), cur_page->vpd_blkno, newoff);
 			newtup.t_self = newtup.t_data->t_ctid;
 
-			/* 
-			 * Mark old tuple as moved_off by vacuum and 
-			 * store vacuum XID in t_cmin !!! 
+			/*
+			 * Mark old tuple as moved_off by vacuum and store vacuum XID
+			 * in t_cmin !!!
 			 */
-			TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId*) &(tuple.t_data->t_cmin));
-			tuple.t_data->t_infomask &= 
-				~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED|HEAP_XMIN_INVALID|HEAP_MOVED_IN);
+			TransactionIdStore(myXID, (TransactionId *) &(tuple.t_data->t_cmin));
+			tuple.t_data->t_infomask &=
+				~(HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMIN_INVALID | HEAP_MOVED_IN);
 			tuple.t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_MOVED_OFF;
 
 			cur_page->vpd_offsets_used++;
@@ -1572,11 +1587,11 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 
 		if (offnum < maxoff && keep_tuples > 0)
 		{
-			OffsetNumber	off;
+			OffsetNumber off;
 
 			for (off = OffsetNumberNext(offnum);
-					off <= maxoff;
-					off = OffsetNumberNext(off))
+				 off <= maxoff;
+				 off = OffsetNumberNext(off))
 			{
 				itemid = PageGetItemId(page, off);
 				if (!ItemIdIsUsed(itemid))
@@ -1584,21 +1599,22 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 				tuple.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
 				if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED)
 					continue;
-				if ((TransactionId)tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
+				if ((TransactionId) tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
 					elog(ERROR, "Invalid XID in t_cmin (4)");
 				if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 					elog(ERROR, "HEAP_MOVED_IN was not expected (2)");
 				if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 				{
-					if (chain_tuple_moved)	/* some chains was moved while */
-					{						/* cleaning this page */
+					if (chain_tuple_moved)		/* some chains was moved
+												 * while */
+					{			/* cleaning this page */
 						Assert(vpc->vpd_offsets_free > 0);
 						for (i = 0; i < vpc->vpd_offsets_free; i++)
 						{
 							if (vpc->vpd_offsets[i] == off)
 								break;
 						}
-						if (i >= vpc->vpd_offsets_free)	/* not found */
+						if (i >= vpc->vpd_offsets_free) /* not found */
 						{
 							vpc->vpd_offsets[vpc->vpd_offsets_free++] = off;
 							Assert(keep_tuples > 0);
@@ -1619,8 +1635,8 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 		{
 			if (chain_tuple_moved)		/* else - they are ordered */
 			{
-				qsort((char *) (vpc->vpd_offsets), vpc->vpd_offsets_free, 
-									sizeof(OffsetNumber), vc_cmp_offno);
+				qsort((char *) (vpc->vpd_offsets), vpc->vpd_offsets_free,
+					  sizeof(OffsetNumber), vc_cmp_offno);
 			}
 			vc_reappage(&Nvpl, vpc);
 			WriteBuffer(buf);
@@ -1645,6 +1661,7 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 
 	if (num_moved > 0)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * We have to commit our tuple' movings before we'll truncate
 		 * relation, but we shouldn't lose our locks. And so - quick hack:
@@ -1657,8 +1674,8 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Clean uncleaned reapped pages from vacuum_pages list list and set xmin
-	 * committed for inserted tuples
+	 * Clean uncleaned reapped pages from vacuum_pages list list and set
+	 * xmin committed for inserted tuples
 	 */
 	checked_moved = 0;
 	for (i = 0, vpp = vacuum_pages->vpl_pagedesc; i < vacuumed_pages; i++, vpp++)
@@ -1671,7 +1688,8 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 			if (!PageIsEmpty(page))
 				vc_vacpage(page, *vpp);
 		}
-		else	/* this page was used */
+		else
+/* this page was used */
 		{
 			num_tuples = 0;
 			max_offset = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
@@ -1685,7 +1703,7 @@ failed to add item with len = %u to page %u (free space %u, nusd %u, noff %u)",
 				tuple.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
 				if (!(tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED))
 				{
-					if ((TransactionId)tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
+					if ((TransactionId) tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
 						elog(ERROR, "Invalid XID in t_cmin (2)");
 					if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 					{
@@ -1734,8 +1752,8 @@ Elapsed %u/%u sec.",
 			}
 			Assert(keep_tuples >= 0);
 			for (i = 0; i < nindices; i++)
-				vc_vaconeind(&Nvpl, Irel[i], 
-							vacrelstats->num_tuples, keep_tuples);
+				vc_vaconeind(&Nvpl, Irel[i],
+							 vacrelstats->num_tuples, keep_tuples);
 		}
 
 		/*
@@ -1757,7 +1775,7 @@ Elapsed %u/%u sec.",
 
 				if (!(tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED))
 				{
-					if ((TransactionId)tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
+					if ((TransactionId) tuple.t_data->t_cmin != myXID)
 						elog(ERROR, "Invalid XID in t_cmin (3)");
 					if (tuple.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 					{
@@ -1998,7 +2016,7 @@ vc_vaconeind(VPageList vpl, Relation indrel, int num_tuples, int keep_tuples)
 	getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru1);
 
 	elog(MESSAGE_LEVEL, "Index %s: Pages %u; Tuples %u: Deleted %u. Elapsed %u/%u sec.",
-		 indrel->rd_rel->relname.data, num_pages, 
+		 indrel->rd_rel->relname.data, num_pages,
 		 num_index_tuples - keep_tuples, tups_vacuumed,
 		 ru1.ru_stime.tv_sec - ru0.ru_stime.tv_sec,
 		 ru1.ru_utime.tv_sec - ru0.ru_utime.tv_sec);
@@ -2208,25 +2226,25 @@ vc_bucketcpy(Form_pg_attribute attr, Datum value, Datum *bucket, int16 *bucket_l
 static void
 vc_updstats(Oid relid, int num_pages, int num_tuples, bool hasindex, VRelStats *vacrelstats)
 {
-	Relation			rd,
-						ad,
-						sd;
-	HeapScanDesc 		scan;
-	HeapTupleData		rtup;
-	HeapTuple			ctup,
-						atup,
-						stup;
-	Form_pg_class	 	pgcform;
-	ScanKeyData 		askey;
-	Form_pg_attribute	attp;
-	Buffer				buffer;
+	Relation	rd,
+				ad,
+				sd;
+	HeapScanDesc scan;
+	HeapTupleData rtup;
+	HeapTuple	ctup,
+				atup,
+				stup;
+	Form_pg_class pgcform;
+	ScanKeyData askey;
+	Form_pg_attribute attp;
+	Buffer		buffer;
 
 	/*
 	 * update number of tuples and number of pages in pg_class
 	 */
 	ctup = SearchSysCacheTupleCopy(RELOID,
-							   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
-							   0, 0, 0);
+								   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
+								   0, 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(ctup))
 		elog(ERROR, "pg_class entry for relid %u vanished during vacuuming",
 			 relid);
@@ -2237,7 +2255,7 @@ vc_updstats(Oid relid, int num_pages, int num_tuples, bool hasindex, VRelStats *
 	rtup.t_self = ctup->t_self;
 	heap_fetch(rd, SnapshotNow, &rtup, &buffer);
 	pfree(ctup);
-	
+
 	/* overwrite the existing statistics in the tuple */
 	vc_setpagelock(rd, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(rtup.t_self)));
 	pgcform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(&rtup);
@@ -2317,8 +2335,7 @@ vc_updstats(Oid relid, int num_pages, int num_tuples, bool hasindex, VRelStats *
 				attp->attdisbursion = selratio;
 
 				/*
-				 * Invalidate the cache for the tuple
-				 * and write the buffer
+				 * Invalidate the cache for the tuple and write the buffer
 				 */
 				RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(ad, atup);
 				WriteNoReleaseBuffer(abuffer);
@@ -2375,8 +2392,7 @@ vc_updstats(Oid relid, int num_pages, int num_tuples, bool hasindex, VRelStats *
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Invalidate the cached pg_class tuple and
-	 * write the buffer
+	 * Invalidate the cached pg_class tuple and write the buffer
 	 */
 	RelationInvalidateHeapTuple(rd, &rtup);
 
@@ -2504,8 +2520,8 @@ vc_free(VRelList vrl)
 }
 
 static void *
-vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm, 
-			int (*compar) (const void *, const void *))
+vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm,
+		   int (*compar) (const void *, const void *))
 {
 	int			res;
 	int			last = nelem - 1;
@@ -2527,16 +2543,16 @@ vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm,
 		}
 		if (last_move == true)
 		{
-			res = compar(elm, (void *)((char *)bot + last * size));
+			res = compar(elm, (void *) ((char *) bot + last * size));
 			if (res > 0)
 				return NULL;
 			if (res == 0)
-				return (void *)((char *)bot + last * size);
+				return (void *) ((char *) bot + last * size);
 			last_move = false;
 		}
-		res = compar(elm, (void *)((char *)bot + celm * size));
+		res = compar(elm, (void *) ((char *) bot + celm * size));
 		if (res == 0)
-			return (void *)((char *)bot + celm * size);
+			return (void *) ((char *) bot + celm * size);
 		if (res < 0)
 		{
 			if (celm == 0)
@@ -2551,7 +2567,7 @@ vc_find_eq(void *bot, int nelem, int size, void *elm,
 			return NULL;
 
 		last = last - celm - 1;
-		bot = (void *)((char *)bot + (celm + 1) * size);
+		bot = (void *) ((char *) bot + (celm + 1) * size);
 		celm = (last + 1) / 2;
 		first_move = true;
 	}
@@ -2591,25 +2607,25 @@ static int
 vc_cmp_vtlinks(const void *left, const void *right)
 {
 
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi < 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi <
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi)
 		return -1;
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi > 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi >
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_hi)
 		return 1;
 	/* bi_hi-es are equal */
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo < 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo <
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo)
 		return -1;
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo > 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo >
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_blkid.bi_lo)
 		return 1;
 	/* bi_lo-es are equal */
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_posid < 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_posid)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_posid <
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_posid)
 		return -1;
-	if (((VTupleLink)left)->new_tid.ip_posid > 
-		((VTupleLink)right)->new_tid.ip_posid)
+	if (((VTupleLink) left)->new_tid.ip_posid >
+		((VTupleLink) right)->new_tid.ip_posid)
 		return 1;
 	return 0;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/variable.c b/src/backend/commands/variable.c
index 66f75c5f06248b9f1ad357c3b1f3a9ac9d7ecf08..f1462423071fdfd7a1999fd5964ee97c31185e28 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/variable.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/variable.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Routines for handling of 'SET var TO',
  *	'SHOW var' and 'RESET var' statements.
  *
- * $Id: variable.c,v 1.19 1999/02/18 06:00:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: variable.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:08:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  */
 
@@ -45,10 +45,12 @@ static bool parse_ksqo(const char *);
 static bool show_XactIsoLevel(void);
 static bool reset_XactIsoLevel(void);
 static bool parse_XactIsoLevel(const char *);
+
 #ifdef QUERY_LIMIT
 static bool show_query_limit(void);
 static bool reset_query_limit(void);
 static bool parse_query_limit(const char *);
+
 #endif
 
 extern Cost _cpu_page_wight_;
@@ -545,41 +547,41 @@ reset_timezone()
 static bool
 parse_query_limit(const char *value)
 {
-  int32 limit;
-
-  if (value == NULL) {
-    reset_query_limit();
-    return(TRUE);
-  }
-  /* why is pg_atoi's arg not declared "const char *" ? */
-  limit = pg_atoi((char *) value, sizeof(int32), '\0');
-  if (limit <= -1) {
-    elog(ERROR, "Bad value for # of query limit (%s)", value);
-  }
-  ExecutorLimit(limit);
-  return(TRUE);
+	int32		limit;
+
+	if (value == NULL)
+	{
+		reset_query_limit();
+		return (TRUE);
+	}
+	/* why is pg_atoi's arg not declared "const char *" ? */
+	limit = pg_atoi((char *) value, sizeof(int32), '\0');
+	if (limit <= -1)
+		elog(ERROR, "Bad value for # of query limit (%s)", value);
+	ExecutorLimit(limit);
+	return (TRUE);
 }
 
 static bool
 show_query_limit(void)
 {
-  int limit;
-
-  limit = ExecutorGetLimit();
-  if (limit == ALL_TUPLES) {
-    elog(NOTICE, "No query limit is set");
-  } else {
-    elog(NOTICE, "query limit is %d",limit);
-  }
-  return(TRUE);
+	int			limit;
+
+	limit = ExecutorGetLimit();
+	if (limit == ALL_TUPLES)
+		elog(NOTICE, "No query limit is set");
+	else
+		elog(NOTICE, "query limit is %d", limit);
+	return (TRUE);
 }
 
 static bool
 reset_query_limit(void)
 {
-  ExecutorLimit(ALL_TUPLES);
-  return(TRUE);
+	ExecutorLimit(ALL_TUPLES);
+	return (TRUE);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
@@ -685,10 +687,10 @@ ResetPGVariable(const char *name)
 
 
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-KSQO code will one day be unnecessary when the optimizer makes use of 
+KSQO code will one day be unnecessary when the optimizer makes use of
 indexes when multiple ORs are specified in the where clause.
 See optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c for more on this.
-	daveh@insightdist.com    6/16/98
+	daveh@insightdist.com	 6/16/98
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 static bool
 parse_ksqo(const char *value)
@@ -732,7 +734,7 @@ reset_ksqo()
 static bool
 parse_XactIsoLevel(const char *value)
 {
-	
+
 	if (value == NULL)
 	{
 		reset_XactIsoLevel();
@@ -770,7 +772,7 @@ show_XactIsoLevel()
 static bool
 reset_XactIsoLevel()
 {
-	
+
 	if (SerializableSnapshot != NULL)
 	{
 		elog(ERROR, "SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL must be called before any query");
diff --git a/src/backend/commands/view.c b/src/backend/commands/view.c
index 06de282f1993dc0da1aa6546ce8be2377801b153..1cea214613bddcb86f06b40fd0014f4bf1b33b7f 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/view.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/view.c
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: view.c,v 1.32 1999/02/13 23:15:12 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: view.c,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:08:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-#include <stdio.h>			
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include <postgres.h>
@@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ UpdateRangeTableOfViewParse(char *viewName, Query *viewParse)
 	 * table... CURRENT first, then NEW....
 	 */
 	rt_entry1 = addRangeTableEntry(NULL, (char *) viewName, "*CURRENT*",
-						   FALSE, FALSE);
+								   FALSE, FALSE);
 	rt_entry2 = addRangeTableEntry(NULL, (char *) viewName, "*NEW*",
-						   FALSE, FALSE);
+								   FALSE, FALSE);
 	new_rt = lcons(rt_entry2, old_rt);
 	new_rt = lcons(rt_entry1, new_rt);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/_deadcode/nodeTee.c b/src/backend/executor/_deadcode/nodeTee.c
index b06c700c4621bf5aa12cde3be861bdf5f19c3b08..645a11cd11ee1c5015fb1c0f289b08fbcb8bfb42 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/_deadcode/nodeTee.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/_deadcode/nodeTee.c
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  *	 DESCRIPTION
- *		This code provides support for a tee node, which allows 
- * 		multiple parent in a megaplan.
+ *		This code provides support for a tee node, which allows
+ *		multiple parent in a megaplan.
  *
  *	 INTERFACE ROUTINES
  *		ExecTee
  *		ExecInitTee
  *		ExecEndTee
  *
- *  $Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.1 1999/03/23 16:50:49 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: nodeTee.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:08:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
 bool
 ExecInitTee(Tee *node, EState *currentEstate, Plan *parent)
 {
-	TeeState	*teeState;
-	Plan			*outerPlan;
-	int				len;
+	TeeState   *teeState;
+	Plan	   *outerPlan;
+	int			len;
 	Relation	bufferRel;
 	TupleDesc	tupType;
-	EState		*estate;
+	EState	   *estate;
 
 	/*
 	 * it is possible that the Tee has already been initialized since it
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ ExecInitTee(Tee *node, EState *currentEstate, Plan *parent)
 		else
 			bufferRel = heap_open(
 					heap_create_with_catalog(teeState->tee_bufferRelname,
-										 tupType, RELKIND_RELATION, false));
+									  tupType, RELKIND_RELATION, false));
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ ExecInitTee(Tee *node, EState *currentEstate, Plan *parent)
 				newoid());
 		bufferRel = heap_open(
 					heap_create_with_catalog(teeState->tee_bufferRelname,
-										 tupType, RELKIND_RELATION, false));
+									  tupType, RELKIND_RELATION, false));
 	}
 
 	teeState->tee_bufferRel = bufferRel;
@@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ ExecTee(Tee *node, Plan *parent)
 		slot = ExecProcNode(childNode, (Plan *) node);
 		if (!TupIsNull(slot))
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * heap_insert changes something...
 			 */
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
index 7b8bde8e1ba9c70e86e4ba1d8772988c1bef1c73..d4c60687a11915b708584175d92f67894054e82f 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: execAmi.c,v 1.34 1999/05/10 00:45:05 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: execAmi.c,v 1.35 1999/05/25 16:08:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  *		ExecCreatR		function to create temporary relations
  *
  */
-#include <stdio.h>			
+#include <stdio.h>
 
 #include "postgres.h"
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
index 3565613bba92d771b20ef14be289968e8dc19a51..cab1b06624646a11e2a4724bb8caffe92a454200 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execMain.c
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.83 1999/05/10 00:45:06 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.84 1999/05/25 16:08:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -61,26 +61,26 @@ void ExecCheckPerms(CmdType operation, int resultRelation, List *rangeTable,
 
 /* decls for local routines only used within this module */
 static TupleDesc InitPlan(CmdType operation,
-						Query *parseTree,
-		 				Plan *plan,
-						EState *estate);
+		 Query *parseTree,
+		 Plan *plan,
+		 EState *estate);
 static void EndPlan(Plan *plan,
-						EState *estate);
+		EState *estate);
 static TupleTableSlot *ExecutePlan(EState *estate, Plan *plan,
-						CmdType operation, 
-						int offsetTuples,
-						int numberTuples,
-						ScanDirection direction,
-						DestReceiver *destfunc);
+			CmdType operation,
+			int offsetTuples,
+			int numberTuples,
+			ScanDirection direction,
+			DestReceiver * destfunc);
 static void ExecRetrieve(TupleTableSlot *slot,
-						DestReceiver *destfunc,
-						EState *estate);
+			 DestReceiver * destfunc,
+			 EState *estate);
 static void ExecAppend(TupleTableSlot *slot, ItemPointer tupleid,
-		   				EState *estate);
+		   EState *estate);
 static void ExecDelete(TupleTableSlot *slot, ItemPointer tupleid,
-		   				EState *estate);
+		   EState *estate);
 static void ExecReplace(TupleTableSlot *slot, ItemPointer tupleid,
-						EState *estate);
+			EState *estate);
 
 TupleTableSlot *EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid);
 static TupleTableSlot *EvalPlanQualNext(EState *estate);
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate)
 		estate->es_snapshot = NULL;
 	else
 	{
-		estate->es_snapshot = (Snapshot)palloc(sizeof(SnapshotData));
+		estate->es_snapshot = (Snapshot) palloc(sizeof(SnapshotData));
 		memcpy(estate->es_snapshot, QuerySnapshot, sizeof(SnapshotData));
 		if (estate->es_snapshot->xcnt > 0)
 		{
 			estate->es_snapshot->xip = (TransactionId *)
-					palloc(estate->es_snapshot->xcnt * sizeof(TransactionId));
+				palloc(estate->es_snapshot->xcnt * sizeof(TransactionId));
 			memcpy(estate->es_snapshot->xip, QuerySnapshot->xip,
-					estate->es_snapshot->xcnt * sizeof(TransactionId));
+				   estate->es_snapshot->xcnt * sizeof(TransactionId));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -193,25 +193,25 @@ ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 TupleTableSlot *
-ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature, 
-					Node *limoffset, Node *limcount)
+ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature,
+			Node *limoffset, Node *limcount)
 {
-	CmdType			operation;
-	Plan		   *plan;
+	CmdType		operation;
+	Plan	   *plan;
 	TupleTableSlot *result;
-	CommandDest		dest;
-	DestReceiver   *destfunc;
-	int				offset = 0;
-	int				count = 0;
+	CommandDest dest;
+	DestReceiver *destfunc;
+	int			offset = 0;
+	int			count = 0;
 
 	/*
-	 *	sanity checks
+	 * sanity checks
 	 */
 	Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 *	extract information from the query descriptor
-	 *	and the query feature.
+	 * extract information from the query descriptor and the query
+	 * feature.
 	 */
 	operation = queryDesc->operation;
 	plan = queryDesc->plantree;
@@ -221,34 +221,34 @@ ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature,
 	estate->es_lastoid = InvalidOid;
 
 	/*
-	 *	FIXME: the dest setup function ought to be handed the tuple desc
-	 *  for the tuples to be output, but I'm not quite sure how to get that
-	 *  info at this point.  For now, passing NULL is OK because no existing
-	 *  dest setup function actually uses the pointer.
+	 * FIXME: the dest setup function ought to be handed the tuple desc
+	 * for the tuples to be output, but I'm not quite sure how to get that
+	 * info at this point.	For now, passing NULL is OK because no
+	 * existing dest setup function actually uses the pointer.
 	 */
 	(*destfunc->setup) (destfunc, (TupleDesc) NULL);
 
-    /*
-     *  if given get the offset of the LIMIT clause
-     */
-    if (limoffset != NULL)
-    {
-        Const       *coffset;
-        Param       *poffset;
-        ParamListInfo   paramLI;
-		int	 i;
- 
+	/*
+	 * if given get the offset of the LIMIT clause
+	 */
+	if (limoffset != NULL)
+	{
+		Const	   *coffset;
+		Param	   *poffset;
+		ParamListInfo paramLI;
+		int			i;
+
 		switch (nodeTag(limoffset))
 		{
 			case T_Const:
-				coffset = (Const *)limoffset;
-				offset = (int)(coffset->constvalue);
+				coffset = (Const *) limoffset;
+				offset = (int) (coffset->constvalue);
 				break;
- 
+
 			case T_Param:
-				poffset = (Param *)limoffset;
+				poffset = (Param *) limoffset;
 				paramLI = estate->es_param_list_info;
- 
+
 				if (paramLI == NULL)
 					elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit offset not in executor state");
 				for (i = 0; paramLI[i].kind != PARAM_INVALID; i++)
@@ -260,60 +260,60 @@ ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature,
 					elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit offset not in executor state");
 				if (paramLI[i].isnull)
 					elog(ERROR, "limit offset cannot be NULL value");
-				offset = (int)(paramLI[i].value);
- 
+				offset = (int) (paramLI[i].value);
+
 				break;
- 
+
 			default:
 				elog(ERROR, "unexpected node type %d as limit offset", nodeTag(limoffset));
 		}
- 
+
 		if (offset < 0)
 			elog(ERROR, "limit offset cannot be negative");
 	}
- 
+
 	/*
-	 *  if given get the count of the LIMIT clause
+	 * if given get the count of the LIMIT clause
 	 */
 	if (limcount != NULL)
 	{
-	    Const       *ccount;
-	    Param       *pcount;
-	    ParamListInfo   paramLI;
-	    int     i;
- 
-	    switch (nodeTag(limcount))
-	    {
-	        case T_Const:
-	            ccount = (Const *)limcount;
-	            count = (int)(ccount->constvalue);
-	            break;
- 
-	        case T_Param:
-	            pcount = (Param *)limcount;
-	            paramLI = estate->es_param_list_info;
- 
-	            if (paramLI == NULL)
-	                elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit count not in executor state");
-	            for (i = 0; paramLI[i].kind != PARAM_INVALID; i++)
-	            {
-	                if (paramLI[i].kind == PARAM_NUM && paramLI[i].id == pcount->paramid)
-	                    break;
-	            }
-	            if (paramLI[i].kind == PARAM_INVALID)
-	                elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit count not in executor state");
-	            if (paramLI[i].isnull)
-	                elog(ERROR, "limit count cannot be NULL value");
-	            count = (int)(paramLI[i].value);
- 
-	            break;
- 
-	        default:
-	            elog(ERROR, "unexpected node type %d as limit count", nodeTag(limcount));
-	    }
- 
-	    if (count < 0)
-	        elog(ERROR, "limit count cannot be negative");
+		Const	   *ccount;
+		Param	   *pcount;
+		ParamListInfo paramLI;
+		int			i;
+
+		switch (nodeTag(limcount))
+		{
+			case T_Const:
+				ccount = (Const *) limcount;
+				count = (int) (ccount->constvalue);
+				break;
+
+			case T_Param:
+				pcount = (Param *) limcount;
+				paramLI = estate->es_param_list_info;
+
+				if (paramLI == NULL)
+					elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit count not in executor state");
+				for (i = 0; paramLI[i].kind != PARAM_INVALID; i++)
+				{
+					if (paramLI[i].kind == PARAM_NUM && paramLI[i].id == pcount->paramid)
+						break;
+				}
+				if (paramLI[i].kind == PARAM_INVALID)
+					elog(ERROR, "parameter for limit count not in executor state");
+				if (paramLI[i].isnull)
+					elog(ERROR, "limit count cannot be NULL value");
+				count = (int) (paramLI[i].value);
+
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				elog(ERROR, "unexpected node type %d as limit count", nodeTag(limcount));
+		}
+
+		if (count < 0)
+			elog(ERROR, "limit count cannot be negative");
 	}
 
 	switch (feature)
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature,
 			break;
 
 			/*
-			 *		retrieve next n "backward" tuples
+			 * retrieve next n "backward" tuples
 			 */
 		case EXEC_BACK:
 			result = ExecutePlan(estate,
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, int feature,
 			break;
 
 			/*
-			 *		return one tuple but don't "retrieve" it.
-			 *		(this is used by the rule manager..) -cim 9/14/89
+			 * return one tuple but don't "retrieve" it. (this is used by
+			 * the rule manager..) -cim 9/14/89
 			 */
 		case EXEC_RETONE:
 			result = ExecutePlan(estate,
@@ -395,20 +395,25 @@ ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate)
 	EndPlan(queryDesc->plantree, estate);
 
 	/* XXX - clean up some more from ExecutorStart() - er1p */
-	if (NULL == estate->es_snapshot) {
-	  /* nothing to free */
-	} else {
-	  if (estate->es_snapshot->xcnt > 0) { 
-	    pfree(estate->es_snapshot->xip);
-	  }
-	  pfree(estate->es_snapshot);
+	if (NULL == estate->es_snapshot)
+	{
+		/* nothing to free */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (estate->es_snapshot->xcnt > 0)
+			pfree(estate->es_snapshot->xip);
+		pfree(estate->es_snapshot);
 	}
 
-	if (NULL == estate->es_param_exec_vals) {
-	  /* nothing to free */
-	} else {
-	  pfree(estate->es_param_exec_vals);
-	  estate->es_param_exec_vals = NULL;
+	if (NULL == estate->es_param_exec_vals)
+	{
+		/* nothing to free */
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pfree(estate->es_param_exec_vals);
+		estate->es_param_exec_vals = NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* restore saved refcounts. */
@@ -509,15 +514,15 @@ ExecCheckPerms(CmdType operation,
 	{
 		foreach(lp, parseTree->rowMark)
 		{
-			RowMark	   *rm = lfirst(lp);
+			RowMark    *rm = lfirst(lp);
 
 			if (!(rm->info & ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE))
 				continue;
 
-			relid = ((RangeTblEntry *)nth(rm->rti - 1, rangeTable))->relid;
+			relid = ((RangeTblEntry *) nth(rm->rti - 1, rangeTable))->relid;
 			htup = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELOID,
-								   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
-								   0, 0, 0);
+									   ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
+									   0, 0, 0);
 			if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))
 				elog(ERROR, "ExecCheckPerms: bogus RT relid: %u", relid);
 			StrNCpy(rname.data,
@@ -543,15 +548,15 @@ typedef struct execRowMark
 	Relation	relation;
 	Index		rti;
 	char		resname[32];
-} execRowMark;
+}			execRowMark;
 
 typedef struct evalPlanQual
 {
-	Plan				   *plan;
-	Index					rti;
-	EState					estate;
-	struct evalPlanQual	   *free;
-} evalPlanQual;
+	Plan	   *plan;
+	Index		rti;
+	EState		estate;
+	struct evalPlanQual *free;
+}			evalPlanQual;
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		InitPlan
@@ -563,15 +568,15 @@ typedef struct evalPlanQual
 static TupleDesc
 InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 {
-	List		   *rangeTable;
-	int				resultRelation;
-	Relation		intoRelationDesc;
-	TupleDesc		tupType;
-	List		   *targetList;
-	int				len;
+	List	   *rangeTable;
+	int			resultRelation;
+	Relation	intoRelationDesc;
+	TupleDesc	tupType;
+	List	   *targetList;
+	int			len;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get information from query descriptor
+	 * get information from query descriptor
 	 */
 	rangeTable = parseTree->rtable;
 	resultRelation = parseTree->resultRelation;
@@ -581,27 +586,27 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 #endif
 
 	/*
-	 *	initialize the node's execution state
+	 * initialize the node's execution state
 	 */
 	estate->es_range_table = rangeTable;
 
 	/*
-	 *	initialize the BaseId counter so node base_id's
-	 *	are assigned correctly.  Someday baseid's will have to
-	 *	be stored someplace other than estate because they
-	 *	should be unique per query planned.
+	 * initialize the BaseId counter so node base_id's are assigned
+	 * correctly.  Someday baseid's will have to be stored someplace other
+	 * than estate because they should be unique per query planned.
 	 */
 	estate->es_BaseId = 1;
 
 	/*
-	 *	initialize result relation stuff
+	 * initialize result relation stuff
 	 */
-	
+
 	if (resultRelation != 0 && operation != CMD_SELECT)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *	  if we have a result relation, open it and
-		 *	  initialize the result relation info stuff.
+		 * if we have a result relation, open it and initialize the result
+		 * relation info stuff.
 		 */
 		RelationInfo *resultRelationInfo;
 		Index		resultRelationIndex;
@@ -628,8 +633,8 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 		resultRelationInfo->ri_IndexRelationInfo = NULL;
 
 		/*
-		 *	open indices on result relation and save descriptors
-		 *	in the result relation information..
+		 * open indices on result relation and save descriptors in the
+		 * result relation information..
 		 */
 		if (operation != CMD_DELETE)
 			ExecOpenIndices(resultRelationOid, resultRelationInfo);
@@ -638,8 +643,9 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	}
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *		if no result relation, then set state appropriately
+		 * if no result relation, then set state appropriately
 		 */
 		estate->es_result_relation_info = NULL;
 	}
@@ -650,21 +656,21 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	estate->es_rowMark = NULL;
 	if (parseTree->rowMark != NULL)
 	{
-		Relation		relation;
-		Oid				relid;
-		RowMark		   *rm;
-		List		   *l;
-		execRowMark	   *erm;
+		Relation	relation;
+		Oid			relid;
+		RowMark    *rm;
+		List	   *l;
+		execRowMark *erm;
 
 		foreach(l, parseTree->rowMark)
 		{
 			rm = lfirst(l);
-			relid = ((RangeTblEntry *)nth(rm->rti - 1, rangeTable))->relid;
+			relid = ((RangeTblEntry *) nth(rm->rti - 1, rangeTable))->relid;
 			relation = heap_open(relid);
 			LockRelation(relation, RowShareLock);
 			if (!(rm->info & ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE))
 				continue;
-			erm = (execRowMark*) palloc(sizeof(execRowMark));
+			erm = (execRowMark *) palloc(sizeof(execRowMark));
 			erm->relation = relation;
 			erm->rti = rm->rti;
 			sprintf(erm->resname, "ctid%u", rm->rti);
@@ -673,7 +679,7 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	  initialize the executor "tuple" table.
+	 * initialize the executor "tuple" table.
 	 */
 	{
 		int			nSlots = ExecCountSlotsNode(plan);
@@ -683,31 +689,29 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	   initialize the private state information for
-	 *	   all the nodes in the query tree.  This opens
-	 *	   files, allocates storage and leaves us ready
-	 *	   to start processing tuples..
+	 * initialize the private state information for all the nodes in the
+	 * query tree.	This opens files, allocates storage and leaves us
+	 * ready to start processing tuples..
 	 */
 	ExecInitNode(plan, estate, NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 *	   get the tuple descriptor describing the type
-	 *	   of tuples to return.. (this is especially important
-	 *	   if we are creating a relation with "retrieve into")
+	 * get the tuple descriptor describing the type of tuples to return..
+	 * (this is especially important if we are creating a relation with
+	 * "retrieve into")
 	 */
 	tupType = ExecGetTupType(plan);		/* tuple descriptor */
 	targetList = plan->targetlist;
 	len = ExecTargetListLength(targetList);		/* number of attributes */
 
 	/*
-	 *	  now that we have the target list, initialize the junk filter
-	 *	  if this is a REPLACE or a DELETE query.
-	 *	  We also init the junk filter if this is an append query
-	 *	  (there might be some rule lock info there...)
-	 *	  NOTE: in the future we might want to initialize the junk
-	 *	  filter for all queries.
-	 *		  SELECT added by daveh@insightdist.com  5/20/98 to allow
-	 *		  ORDER/GROUP BY have an identifier missing from the target.
+	 * now that we have the target list, initialize the junk filter if
+	 * this is a REPLACE or a DELETE query. We also init the junk filter
+	 * if this is an append query (there might be some rule lock info
+	 * there...) NOTE: in the future we might want to initialize the junk
+	 * filter for all queries. SELECT added by daveh@insightdist.com
+	 * 5/20/98 to allow ORDER/GROUP BY have an identifier missing from the
+	 * target.
 	 */
 	{
 		bool		junk_filter_needed = false;
@@ -743,7 +747,7 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	initialize the "into" relation
+	 * initialize the "into" relation
 	 */
 	intoRelationDesc = (Relation) NULL;
 
@@ -761,8 +765,9 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 			 */
 			if (parseTree->into != NULL)
 			{
+
 				/*
-				 *	create the "into" relation
+				 * create the "into" relation
 				 */
 				intoName = parseTree->into;
 
@@ -772,14 +777,14 @@ InitPlan(CmdType operation, Query *parseTree, Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 				tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupType);
 
 				intoRelationId = heap_create_with_catalog(intoName,
-								  tupdesc, RELKIND_RELATION,parseTree->isTemp);
+						   tupdesc, RELKIND_RELATION, parseTree->isTemp);
 
 				FreeTupleDesc(tupdesc);
 
 				/*
-				 *	XXX rather than having to call setheapoverride(true)
-				 *		and then back to false, we should change the
-				 *		arguments to heap_open() instead..
+				 * XXX rather than having to call setheapoverride(true)
+				 * and then back to false, we should change the arguments
+				 * to heap_open() instead..
 				 */
 				setheapoverride(true);
 
@@ -813,18 +818,18 @@ EndPlan(Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	Relation	intoRelationDesc;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get information from state
+	 * get information from state
 	 */
 	resultRelationInfo = estate->es_result_relation_info;
 	intoRelationDesc = estate->es_into_relation_descriptor;
 
 	/*
-	 *	 shut down the query
+	 * shut down the query
 	 */
 	ExecEndNode(plan, plan);
 
 	/*
-	 *	  destroy the executor "tuple" table.
+	 * destroy the executor "tuple" table.
 	 */
 	{
 		TupleTable	tupleTable = (TupleTable) estate->es_tupleTable;
@@ -834,7 +839,7 @@ EndPlan(Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	 close the result relations if necessary
+	 * close the result relations if necessary
 	 */
 	if (resultRelationInfo != NULL)
 	{
@@ -844,13 +849,13 @@ EndPlan(Plan *plan, EState *estate)
 		heap_close(resultRelationDesc);
 
 		/*
-		 *	close indices on the result relation
+		 * close indices on the result relation
 		 */
 		ExecCloseIndices(resultRelationInfo);
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	 close the "into" relation if necessary
+	 * close the "into" relation if necessary
 	 */
 	if (intoRelationDesc != NULL)
 		heap_close(intoRelationDesc);
@@ -879,7 +884,7 @@ ExecutePlan(EState *estate,
 			int offsetTuples,
 			int numberTuples,
 			ScanDirection direction,
-			DestReceiver* destfunc)
+			DestReceiver * destfunc)
 {
 	JunkFilter *junkfilter;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
@@ -889,29 +894,30 @@ ExecutePlan(EState *estate,
 	TupleTableSlot *result;
 
 	/*
-	 *	initialize local variables
+	 * initialize local variables
 	 */
 	slot = NULL;
 	current_tuple_count = 0;
 	result = NULL;
 
- 	/*
-	 *	Set the direction.
+	/*
+	 * Set the direction.
 	 */
 	estate->es_direction = direction;
 
 	/*
-	 *	Loop until we've processed the proper number
-	 *	of tuples from the plan..
+	 * Loop until we've processed the proper number of tuples from the
+	 * plan..
 	 */
 
 	for (;;)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *	Execute the plan and obtain a tuple
+		 * Execute the plan and obtain a tuple
 		 */
 		/* at the top level, the parent of a plan (2nd arg) is itself */
-lnext:;
+lnext:	;
 		if (estate->es_useEvalPlan)
 		{
 			slot = EvalPlanQualNext(estate);
@@ -922,9 +928,8 @@ lnext:;
 			slot = ExecProcNode(plan, plan);
 
 		/*
-		 *	if the tuple is null, then we assume
-		 *	there is nothing more to process so
-		 *	we just return null...
+		 * if the tuple is null, then we assume there is nothing more to
+		 * process so we just return null...
 		 */
 		if (TupIsNull(slot))
 		{
@@ -933,11 +938,9 @@ lnext:;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 *  For now we completely execute the plan and skip
-		 *  result tuples if requested by LIMIT offset.
-		 *  Finally we should try to do it in deeper levels
-		 *  if possible (during index scan)
-		 *  - Jan
+		 * For now we completely execute the plan and skip result tuples
+		 * if requested by LIMIT offset. Finally we should try to do it in
+		 * deeper levels if possible (during index scan) - Jan
 		 */
 		if (offsetTuples > 0)
 		{
@@ -946,13 +949,12 @@ lnext:;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 *		if we have a junk filter, then project a new
-		 *		tuple with the junk removed.
+		 * if we have a junk filter, then project a new tuple with the
+		 * junk removed.
 		 *
-		 *		Store this new "clean" tuple in the place of the
-		 *		original tuple.
+		 * Store this new "clean" tuple in the place of the original tuple.
 		 *
-		 *		Also, extract all the junk information we need.
+		 * Also, extract all the junk information we need.
 		 */
 		if ((junkfilter = estate->es_junkFilter) != (JunkFilter *) NULL)
 		{
@@ -982,15 +984,15 @@ lnext:;
 			}
 			else if (estate->es_rowMark != NULL)
 			{
-				List		   *l;
-				execRowMark	   *erm;
-				Buffer			buffer;
-				HeapTupleData	tuple;
+				List	   *l;
+				execRowMark *erm;
+				Buffer		buffer;
+				HeapTupleData tuple;
 				TupleTableSlot *newSlot;
-				int				test;
+				int			test;
 
-lmark:;
-				foreach (l, estate->es_rowMark)
+		lmark:	;
+				foreach(l, estate->es_rowMark)
 				{
 					erm = lfirst(l);
 					if (!ExecGetJunkAttribute(junkfilter,
@@ -1016,12 +1018,12 @@ lmark:;
 							if (XactIsoLevel == XACT_SERIALIZABLE)
 							{
 								elog(ERROR, "Can't serialize access due to concurrent update");
-								return(NULL);
+								return (NULL);
 							}
-							else if (!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self), 
-										(ItemPointer)DatumGetPointer(datum))))
+							else if (!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self),
+								  (ItemPointer) DatumGetPointer(datum))))
 							{
- 								newSlot = EvalPlanQual(estate, erm->rti, &(tuple.t_self));
+								newSlot = EvalPlanQual(estate, erm->rti, &(tuple.t_self));
 								if (!(TupIsNull(newSlot)))
 								{
 									slot = newSlot;
@@ -1029,16 +1031,17 @@ lmark:;
 									goto lmark;
 								}
 							}
-							/* 
-							 * if tuple was deleted or PlanQual failed
-							 * for updated tuple - we have not return
-							 * this tuple!
+
+							/*
+							 * if tuple was deleted or PlanQual failed for
+							 * updated tuple - we have not return this
+							 * tuple!
 							 */
 							goto lnext;
 
 						default:
 							elog(ERROR, "Unknown status %u from heap_mark4update", test);
-							return(NULL);
+							return (NULL);
 					}
 				}
 			}
@@ -1057,17 +1060,17 @@ lmark:;
 		}						/* if (junkfilter... */
 
 		/*
-		 *		now that we have a tuple, do the appropriate thing
-		 *		with it.. either return it to the user, add
-		 *		it to a relation someplace, delete it from a
-		 *		relation, or modify some of it's attributes.
+		 * now that we have a tuple, do the appropriate thing with it..
+		 * either return it to the user, add it to a relation someplace,
+		 * delete it from a relation, or modify some of it's attributes.
 		 */
 
 		switch (operation)
 		{
 			case CMD_SELECT:
 				ExecRetrieve(slot,		/* slot containing tuple */
-							 destfunc,	/* destination's tuple-receiver obj */
+							 destfunc,	/* destination's tuple-receiver
+										 * obj */
 							 estate);	/* */
 				result = slot;
 				break;
@@ -1092,10 +1095,10 @@ lmark:;
 				result = NULL;
 				break;
 		}
+
 		/*
-		 *		check our tuple count.. if we've returned the
-		 *		proper number then return, else loop again and
-		 *		process more tuples..
+		 * check our tuple count.. if we've returned the proper number
+		 * then return, else loop again and process more tuples..
 		 */
 		current_tuple_count += 1;
 		if (numberTuples == current_tuple_count)
@@ -1103,8 +1106,8 @@ lmark:;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	here, result is either a slot containing a tuple in the case
-	 *	of a RETRIEVE or NULL otherwise.
+	 * here, result is either a slot containing a tuple in the case of a
+	 * RETRIEVE or NULL otherwise.
 	 */
 	return result;
 }
@@ -1121,20 +1124,20 @@ lmark:;
  */
 static void
 ExecRetrieve(TupleTableSlot *slot,
-			 DestReceiver *destfunc,
+			 DestReceiver * destfunc,
 			 EState *estate)
 {
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
 	TupleDesc	attrtype;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
+	 * get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
 	 */
 	tuple = slot->val;
 	attrtype = slot->ttc_tupleDescriptor;
 
 	/*
-	 *	insert the tuple into the "into relation"
+	 * insert the tuple into the "into relation"
 	 */
 	if (estate->es_into_relation_descriptor != NULL)
 	{
@@ -1143,7 +1146,7 @@ ExecRetrieve(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	send the tuple to the front end (or the screen)
+	 * send the tuple to the front end (or the screen)
 	 */
 	(*destfunc->receiveTuple) (tuple, attrtype, destfunc);
 	IncrRetrieved();
@@ -1171,19 +1174,18 @@ ExecAppend(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	Oid			newId;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
+	 * get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
 	 */
 	tuple = slot->val;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get information on the result relation
+	 * get information on the result relation
 	 */
 	resultRelationInfo = estate->es_result_relation_info;
 	resultRelationDesc = resultRelationInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
 	/*
-	 *	have to add code to preform unique checking here.
-	 *	cim -12/1/89
+	 * have to add code to preform unique checking here. cim -12/1/89
 	 */
 
 	/* BEFORE ROW INSERT Triggers */
@@ -1210,23 +1212,21 @@ ExecAppend(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	 */
 
 	if (resultRelationDesc->rd_att->constr)
-	{
 		ExecConstraints("ExecAppend", resultRelationDesc, tuple, estate);
-	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	insert the tuple
+	 * insert the tuple
 	 */
 	newId = heap_insert(resultRelationDesc,		/* relation desc */
 						tuple); /* heap tuple */
 	IncrAppended();
 
 	/*
-	 *	process indices
+	 * process indices
 	 *
-	 *	Note: heap_insert adds a new tuple to a relation.  As a side
-	 *	effect, the tupleid of the new tuple is placed in the new
-	 *	tuple's t_ctid field.
+	 * Note: heap_insert adds a new tuple to a relation.  As a side effect,
+	 * the tupleid of the new tuple is placed in the new tuple's t_ctid
+	 * field.
 	 */
 	numIndices = resultRelationInfo->ri_NumIndices;
 	if (numIndices > 0)
@@ -1252,13 +1252,13 @@ ExecDelete(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 		   ItemPointer tupleid,
 		   EState *estate)
 {
-	RelationInfo	   *resultRelationInfo;
-	Relation			resultRelationDesc;
-	ItemPointerData		ctid;
-	int					result;
+	RelationInfo *resultRelationInfo;
+	Relation	resultRelationDesc;
+	ItemPointerData ctid;
+	int			result;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the result relation information
+	 * get the result relation information
 	 */
 	resultRelationInfo = estate->es_result_relation_info;
 	resultRelationDesc = resultRelationInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ ExecDelete(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	delete the tuple
+	 * delete the tuple
 	 */
 ldelete:;
 	result = heap_delete(resultRelationDesc, tupleid, &ctid);
@@ -1293,8 +1293,8 @@ ldelete:;
 				elog(ERROR, "Can't serialize access due to concurrent update");
 			else if (!(ItemPointerEquals(tupleid, &ctid)))
 			{
-				TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate, 
-						resultRelationInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, &ctid);
+				TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate,
+						  resultRelationInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, &ctid);
 
 				if (!TupIsNull(epqslot))
 				{
@@ -1313,14 +1313,12 @@ ldelete:;
 	(estate->es_processed)++;
 
 	/*
-	 *	Note: Normally one would think that we have to
-	 *		  delete index tuples associated with the
-	 *		  heap tuple now..
+	 * Note: Normally one would think that we have to delete index tuples
+	 * associated with the heap tuple now..
 	 *
-	 *		  ... but in POSTGRES, we have no need to do this
-	 *		  because the vacuum daemon automatically
-	 *		  opens an index scan and deletes index tuples
-	 *		  when it finds deleted heap tuples. -cim 9/27/89
+	 * ... but in POSTGRES, we have no need to do this because the vacuum
+	 * daemon automatically opens an index scan and deletes index tuples
+	 * when it finds deleted heap tuples. -cim 9/27/89
 	 */
 
 	/* AFTER ROW DELETE Triggers */
@@ -1346,15 +1344,15 @@ ExecReplace(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 			ItemPointer tupleid,
 			EState *estate)
 {
-	HeapTuple			tuple;
-	RelationInfo	   *resultRelationInfo;
-	Relation			resultRelationDesc;
-	ItemPointerData		ctid;
-	int					result;
-	int					numIndices;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	RelationInfo *resultRelationInfo;
+	Relation	resultRelationDesc;
+	ItemPointerData ctid;
+	int			result;
+	int			numIndices;
 
 	/*
-	 *	abort the operation if not running transactions
+	 * abort the operation if not running transactions
 	 */
 	if (IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
 	{
@@ -1363,21 +1361,20 @@ ExecReplace(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
+	 * get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot
 	 */
 	tuple = slot->val;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the result relation information
+	 * get the result relation information
 	 */
 	resultRelationInfo = estate->es_result_relation_info;
 	resultRelationDesc = resultRelationInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
 	/*
-	 *	have to add code to preform unique checking here.
-	 *	in the event of unique tuples, this becomes a deletion
-	 *	of the original tuple affected by the replace.
-	 *	cim -12/1/89
+	 * have to add code to preform unique checking here. in the event of
+	 * unique tuples, this becomes a deletion of the original tuple
+	 * affected by the replace. cim -12/1/89
 	 */
 
 	/* BEFORE ROW UPDATE Triggers */
@@ -1404,12 +1401,10 @@ ExecReplace(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 	 */
 
 	if (resultRelationDesc->rd_att->constr)
-	{
 		ExecConstraints("ExecReplace", resultRelationDesc, tuple, estate);
-	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	replace the heap tuple
+	 * replace the heap tuple
 	 */
 lreplace:;
 	result = heap_replace(resultRelationDesc, tupleid, tuple, &ctid);
@@ -1426,8 +1421,8 @@ lreplace:;
 				elog(ERROR, "Can't serialize access due to concurrent update");
 			else if (!(ItemPointerEquals(tupleid, &ctid)))
 			{
-				TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate, 
-						resultRelationInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, &ctid);
+				TupleTableSlot *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(estate,
+						  resultRelationInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, &ctid);
 
 				if (!TupIsNull(epqslot))
 				{
@@ -1448,23 +1443,21 @@ lreplace:;
 	(estate->es_processed)++;
 
 	/*
-	 *	Note: instead of having to update the old index tuples
-	 *		  associated with the heap tuple, all we do is form
-	 *		  and insert new index tuples..  This is because
-	 *		  replaces are actually deletes and inserts and
-	 *		  index tuple deletion is done automagically by
-	 *		  the vaccuum deamon.. All we do is insert new
-	 *		  index tuples.  -cim 9/27/89
+	 * Note: instead of having to update the old index tuples associated
+	 * with the heap tuple, all we do is form and insert new index
+	 * tuples..  This is because replaces are actually deletes and inserts
+	 * and index tuple deletion is done automagically by the vaccuum
+	 * deamon.. All we do is insert new index tuples.  -cim 9/27/89
 	 */
 
 	/*
-	 *	process indices
+	 * process indices
 	 *
-	 *	heap_replace updates a tuple in the base relation by invalidating
-	 *	it and then appending a new tuple to the relation.	As a side
-	 *	effect, the tupleid of the new tuple is placed in the new
-	 *	tuple's t_ctid field.  So we now insert index tuples using
-	 *	the new tupleid stored there.
+	 * heap_replace updates a tuple in the base relation by invalidating it
+	 * and then appending a new tuple to the relation.	As a side effect,
+	 * the tupleid of the new tuple is placed in the new tuple's t_ctid
+	 * field.  So we now insert index tuples using the new tupleid stored
+	 * there.
 	 */
 
 	numIndices = resultRelationInfo->ri_NumIndices;
@@ -1584,7 +1577,7 @@ ExecRelCheck(Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, EState *estate)
 	if (estate->es_result_relation_constraints == NULL)
 	{
 		estate->es_result_relation_constraints =
-				(List **)palloc(ncheck * sizeof(List *));
+			(List **) palloc(ncheck * sizeof(List *));
 
 		for (i = 0; i < ncheck; i++)
 		{
@@ -1642,41 +1635,41 @@ ExecConstraints(char *caller, Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, EState *estate)
 	return;
 }
 
-TupleTableSlot*
+TupleTableSlot *
 EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 {
-	evalPlanQual	   *epq = (evalPlanQual*) estate->es_evalPlanQual;
-	evalPlanQual	   *oldepq;
-	EState			   *epqstate = NULL;
-	Relation			relation;
-	Buffer				buffer;
-	HeapTupleData		tuple;
-	bool				endNode = true;
+	evalPlanQual *epq = (evalPlanQual *) estate->es_evalPlanQual;
+	evalPlanQual *oldepq;
+	EState	   *epqstate = NULL;
+	Relation	relation;
+	Buffer		buffer;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	bool		endNode = true;
 
 	Assert(rti != 0);
 
 	if (epq != NULL && epq->rti == 0)
 	{
-		Assert(!(estate->es_useEvalPlan) && 
-				epq->estate.es_evalPlanQual == NULL);
+		Assert(!(estate->es_useEvalPlan) &&
+			   epq->estate.es_evalPlanQual == NULL);
 		epq->rti = rti;
 		endNode = false;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If this is request for another RTE - Ra, - then we have to check
-	 * wasn't PlanQual requested for Ra already and if so then Ra' row 
-	 * was updated again and we have to re-start old execution for Ra 
-	 * and forget all what we done after Ra was suspended. Cool? -:))
+	 * wasn't PlanQual requested for Ra already and if so then Ra' row was
+	 * updated again and we have to re-start old execution for Ra and
+	 * forget all what we done after Ra was suspended. Cool? -:))
 	 */
-	if (epq != NULL && epq->rti != rti && 
+	if (epq != NULL && epq->rti != rti &&
 		epq->estate.es_evTuple[rti - 1] != NULL)
 	{
 		do
 		{
 			/* pop previous PlanQual from the stack */
 			epqstate = &(epq->estate);
-			oldepq = (evalPlanQual*) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
+			oldepq = (evalPlanQual *) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
 			Assert(oldepq->rti != 0);
 			/* stop execution */
 			ExecEndNode(epq->plan, epq->plan);
@@ -1689,54 +1682,50 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 		estate->es_evalPlanQual = (Pointer) epq;
 	}
 
-	/* 
+	/*
 	 * If we are requested for another RTE then we have to suspend
 	 * execution of current PlanQual and start execution for new one.
 	 */
 	if (epq == NULL || epq->rti != rti)
 	{
 		/* try to reuse plan used previously */
-		evalPlanQual   *newepq = (epq != NULL) ? epq->free : NULL;
+		evalPlanQual *newepq = (epq != NULL) ? epq->free : NULL;
 
 		if (newepq == NULL)		/* first call or freePQ stack is empty */
 		{
-			newepq = (evalPlanQual*) palloc(sizeof(evalPlanQual));
+			newepq = (evalPlanQual *) palloc(sizeof(evalPlanQual));
 			/* Init EState */
 			epqstate = &(newepq->estate);
 			memset(epqstate, 0, sizeof(EState));
-			epqstate->type = T_EState; 
+			epqstate->type = T_EState;
 			epqstate->es_direction = ForwardScanDirection;
 			epqstate->es_snapshot = estate->es_snapshot;
 			epqstate->es_range_table = estate->es_range_table;
 			epqstate->es_param_list_info = estate->es_param_list_info;
 			if (estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec > 0)
 				epqstate->es_param_exec_vals = (ParamExecData *)
-							palloc(estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec * 
-									sizeof(ParamExecData));
-			epqstate->es_tupleTable = 
+					palloc(estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec *
+						   sizeof(ParamExecData));
+			epqstate->es_tupleTable =
 				ExecCreateTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable->size);
 			epqstate->es_refcount = estate->es_refcount;
 			/* ... rest */
 			newepq->plan = copyObject(estate->es_origPlan);
 			newepq->free = NULL;
-			epqstate->es_evTupleNull = (bool*) 
+			epqstate->es_evTupleNull = (bool *)
 				palloc(length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(bool));
 			if (epq == NULL)	/* first call */
 			{
-				epqstate->es_evTuple = (HeapTuple*) 
+				epqstate->es_evTuple = (HeapTuple *)
 					palloc(length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(HeapTuple));
-				memset(epqstate->es_evTuple, 0, 
-					length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(HeapTuple));
+				memset(epqstate->es_evTuple, 0,
+					 length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(HeapTuple));
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				epqstate->es_evTuple = epq->estate.es_evTuple;
-			}
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			epqstate = &(newepq->estate);
-		}
 		/* push current PQ to the stack */
 		epqstate->es_evalPlanQual = (Pointer) epq;
 		epq = newepq;
@@ -1748,9 +1737,8 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 	epqstate = &(epq->estate);
 
 	/*
-	 * Ok - we're requested for the same RTE (-:)).
-	 * I'm not sure about ability to use ExecReScan instead of
-	 * ExecInitNode, so...
+	 * Ok - we're requested for the same RTE (-:)). I'm not sure about
+	 * ability to use ExecReScan instead of ExecInitNode, so...
 	 */
 	if (endNode)
 		ExecEndNode(epq->plan, epq->plan);
@@ -1763,22 +1751,22 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 	}
 
 	/* ** fetch tid tuple ** */
-	if (estate->es_result_relation_info != NULL && 
+	if (estate->es_result_relation_info != NULL &&
 		estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RangeTableIndex == rti)
 		relation = estate->es_result_relation_info->ri_RelationDesc;
 	else
 	{
-		List   *l;
+		List	   *l;
 
-		foreach (l, estate->es_rowMark)
+		foreach(l, estate->es_rowMark)
 		{
-			if (((execRowMark*) lfirst(l))->rti == rti)
+			if (((execRowMark *) lfirst(l))->rti == rti)
 				break;
 		}
-		relation = ((execRowMark*) lfirst(l))->relation;
+		relation = ((execRowMark *) lfirst(l))->relation;
 	}
 	tuple.t_self = *tid;
-	for ( ; ; )
+	for (;;)
 	{
 		heap_fetch(relation, SnapshotDirty, &tuple, &buffer);
 		if (tuple.t_data != NULL)
@@ -1787,9 +1775,10 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 
 			if (TransactionIdIsValid(SnapshotDirty->xmin))
 				elog(ERROR, "EvalPlanQual: t_xmin is uncommitted ?!");
+
 			/*
-			 * If tuple is being updated by other transaction then 
-			 * we have to wait for its commit/abort.
+			 * If tuple is being updated by other transaction then we have
+			 * to wait for its commit/abort.
 			 */
 			if (TransactionIdIsValid(xwait))
 			{
@@ -1797,6 +1786,7 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 				XactLockTableWait(xwait);
 				continue;
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Nice! We got tuple - now copy it.
 			 */
@@ -1806,22 +1796,24 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 			ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
 			break;
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * Ops! Invalid tuple. Have to check is it updated or deleted.
-		 * Note that it's possible to get invalid SnapshotDirty->tid
-		 * if tuple updated by this transaction. Have we to check this ?
+		 * Note that it's possible to get invalid SnapshotDirty->tid if
+		 * tuple updated by this transaction. Have we to check this ?
 		 */
-		if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(SnapshotDirty->tid)) && 
+		if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(SnapshotDirty->tid)) &&
 			!(ItemPointerEquals(&(tuple.t_self), &(SnapshotDirty->tid))))
 		{
 			tuple.t_self = SnapshotDirty->tid;	/* updated ... */
 			continue;
 		}
+
 		/*
-		 * Deleted or updated by this transaction. Do not
-		 * (re-)start execution of this PQ. Continue previous PQ.
+		 * Deleted or updated by this transaction. Do not (re-)start
+		 * execution of this PQ. Continue previous PQ.
 		 */
-		oldepq = (evalPlanQual*) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
+		oldepq = (evalPlanQual *) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
 		if (oldepq != NULL)
 		{
 			Assert(oldepq->rti != 0);
@@ -1832,36 +1824,37 @@ EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti, ItemPointer tid)
 			estate->es_evalPlanQual = (Pointer) epq;
 		}
 		else
-		{									/* this is the first (oldest) PQ
-			epq->rti = 0;					 * - mark as free and 
-			estate->es_useEvalPlan = false;	 * continue Query execution
-			return (NULL);					 */
+		{						/* this is the first (oldest) PQ epq->rti
+								 * = 0;					   * - mark as
+								 * free and estate->es_useEvalPlan =
+								 * false;  * continue Query execution
+								 * return (NULL);					*/
 		}
 	}
 
 	if (estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec > 0)
-		memset(epqstate->es_param_exec_vals, 0, 
-				estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec * sizeof(ParamExecData));
-	memset(epqstate->es_evTupleNull, false, 
-			length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(bool));
+		memset(epqstate->es_param_exec_vals, 0,
+			   estate->es_origPlan->nParamExec * sizeof(ParamExecData));
+	memset(epqstate->es_evTupleNull, false,
+		   length(estate->es_range_table) * sizeof(bool));
 	ExecInitNode(epq->plan, epqstate, NULL);
 
 	/*
-	 * For UPDATE/DELETE we have to return tid of actual row
-	 * we're executing PQ for.
+	 * For UPDATE/DELETE we have to return tid of actual row we're
+	 * executing PQ for.
 	 */
 	*tid = tuple.t_self;
 
 	return (EvalPlanQualNext(estate));
 }
 
-static TupleTableSlot* 
+static TupleTableSlot *
 EvalPlanQualNext(EState *estate)
 {
-	evalPlanQual	   *epq = (evalPlanQual*) estate->es_evalPlanQual;
-	EState			   *epqstate = &(epq->estate);
-	evalPlanQual	   *oldepq;
-	TupleTableSlot	   *slot;
+	evalPlanQual *epq = (evalPlanQual *) estate->es_evalPlanQual;
+	EState	   *epqstate = &(epq->estate);
+	evalPlanQual *oldepq;
+	TupleTableSlot *slot;
 
 	Assert(epq->rti != 0);
 
@@ -1877,11 +1870,12 @@ lpqnext:;
 		pfree(epqstate->es_evTuple[epq->rti - 1]);
 		epqstate->es_evTuple[epq->rti - 1] = NULL;
 		/* pop old PQ from the stack */
-		oldepq = (evalPlanQual*) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
-		if (oldepq == (evalPlanQual*) NULL)
-		{									/* this is the first (oldest) */
-			epq->rti = 0;					/* PQ - mark as free and      */
-			estate->es_useEvalPlan = false;	/* continue Query execution   */
+		oldepq = (evalPlanQual *) epqstate->es_evalPlanQual;
+		if (oldepq == (evalPlanQual *) NULL)
+		{						/* this is the first (oldest) */
+			epq->rti = 0;		/* PQ - mark as free and	  */
+			estate->es_useEvalPlan = false;		/* continue Query
+												 * execution   */
 			return (NULL);
 		}
 		Assert(oldepq->rti != 0);
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
index a021209cb1cd770dedd4df97f9e0048790f0f9c8..d5a793e9728ebe9b17b746a740d2f7864be21a53 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execQual.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.50 1999/03/20 02:07:31 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.51 1999/05/25 16:08:37 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ bool		execConstByVal;
 int			execConstLen;
 
 /* static functions decls */
-static Datum ExecEvalAggref(Aggref *aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalAggref(Aggref * aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
 static Datum ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRef *arrayRef, ExprContext *econtext,
 				 bool *isNull, bool *isDone);
 static Datum ExecEvalAnd(Expr *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRef *arrayRef,
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalAggref(Aggref *aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalAggref(Aggref * aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	*isNull = econtext->ecxt_nulls[aggref->aggno];
 	return econtext->ecxt_values[aggref->aggno];
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	int16		len;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the slot we want
+	 * get the slot we want
 	 */
 	switch (variable->varno)
 	{
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	 extract tuple information from the slot
+	 * extract tuple information from the slot
 	 */
 	heapTuple = slot->val;
 	tuple_type = slot->ttc_tupleDescriptor;
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	 * the entire tuple, we give back a whole slot so that callers know
 	 * what the tuple looks like.
 	 */
-	if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
+		if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
 	{
 		TupleTableSlot *tempSlot;
 		TupleDesc	td;
@@ -299,26 +299,25 @@ ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 						  isNull);		/* return: is attribute null? */
 
 	/*
-	 *	return null if att is null
+	 * return null if att is null
 	 */
 	if (*isNull)
 		return (Datum) NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 *	 get length and type information..
-	 *	 ??? what should we do about variable length attributes
-	 *	 - variable length attributes have their length stored
-	 *	   in the first 4 bytes of the memory pointed to by the
-	 *	   returned value.. If we can determine that the type
-	 *	   is a variable length type, we can do the right thing.
-	 *	   -cim 9/15/89
+	 * get length and type information.. ??? what should we do about
+	 * variable length attributes - variable length attributes have their
+	 * length stored in the first 4 bytes of the memory pointed to by the
+	 * returned value.. If we can determine that the type is a variable
+	 * length type, we can do the right thing. -cim 9/15/89
 	 */
 	if (attnum < 0)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *	If this is a pseudo-att, we get the type and fake the length.
-		 *	There ought to be a routine to return the real lengths, so
-		 *	we'll mark this one ... XXX -mao
+		 * If this is a pseudo-att, we get the type and fake the length.
+		 * There ought to be a routine to return the real lengths, so
+		 * we'll mark this one ... XXX -mao
 		 */
 		len = heap_sysattrlen(attnum);	/* XXX see -mao above */
 		byval = heap_sysattrbyval(attnum);		/* XXX see -mao above */
@@ -609,11 +608,11 @@ ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCachePtr fcache,
 	i = 0;
 	foreach(arg, argList)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *	 evaluate the expression, in general functions cannot take
-		 *	 sets as arguments but we make an exception in the case of
-		 *	 nested dot expressions.  We have to watch out for this case
-		 *	 here.
+		 * evaluate the expression, in general functions cannot take sets
+		 * as arguments but we make an exception in the case of nested dot
+		 * expressions.  We have to watch out for this case here.
 		 */
 		argV[i] = (Datum)
 			ExecEvalExpr((Node *) lfirst(arg),
@@ -671,10 +670,10 @@ ExecMakeFunctionResult(Node *node,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	arguments is a list of expressions to evaluate
-	 *	before passing to the function manager.
-	 *	We collect the results of evaluating the expressions
-	 *	into a datum array (argV) and pass this array to arrayFmgr()
+	 * arguments is a list of expressions to evaluate before passing to
+	 * the function manager. We collect the results of evaluating the
+	 * expressions into a datum array (argV) and pass this array to
+	 * arrayFmgr()
 	 */
 	if (fcache->nargs != 0)
 	{
@@ -743,8 +742,8 @@ ExecMakeFunctionResult(Node *node,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	 now return the value gotten by calling the function manager,
-	 *	 passing the function the evaluated parameter values.
+	 * now return the value gotten by calling the function manager,
+	 * passing the function the evaluated parameter values.
 	 */
 	if (fcache->language == SQLlanguageId)
 	{
@@ -843,12 +842,12 @@ ExecEvalOper(Expr *opClause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	bool		isDone;
 
 	/*
-	 *	an opclause is a list (op args).  (I think)
+	 * an opclause is a list (op args).  (I think)
 	 *
-	 *	we extract the oid of the function associated with
-	 *	the op and then pass the work onto ExecMakeFunctionResult
-	 *	which evaluates the arguments and returns the result of
-	 *	calling the function on the evaluated arguments.
+	 * we extract the oid of the function associated with the op and then
+	 * pass the work onto ExecMakeFunctionResult which evaluates the
+	 * arguments and returns the result of calling the function on the
+	 * evaluated arguments.
 	 */
 	op = (Oper *) opClause->oper;
 	argList = opClause->args;
@@ -865,8 +864,8 @@ ExecEvalOper(Expr *opClause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	call ExecMakeFunctionResult() with a dummy isDone that we ignore.
-	 *	We don't have operator whose arguments are sets.
+	 * call ExecMakeFunctionResult() with a dummy isDone that we ignore.
+	 * We don't have operator whose arguments are sets.
 	 */
 	return ExecMakeFunctionResult((Node *) op, argList, econtext, isNull, &isDone);
 }
@@ -887,14 +886,14 @@ ExecEvalFunc(Expr *funcClause,
 	FunctionCachePtr fcache;
 
 	/*
-	 *	an funcclause is a list (func args).  (I think)
+	 * an funcclause is a list (func args).  (I think)
 	 *
-	 *	we extract the oid of the function associated with
-	 *	the func node and then pass the work onto ExecMakeFunctionResult
-	 *	which evaluates the arguments and returns the result of
-	 *	calling the function on the evaluated arguments.
+	 * we extract the oid of the function associated with the func node and
+	 * then pass the work onto ExecMakeFunctionResult which evaluates the
+	 * arguments and returns the result of calling the function on the
+	 * evaluated arguments.
 	 *
-	 *	this is nearly identical to the ExecEvalOper code.
+	 * this is nearly identical to the ExecEvalOper code.
 	 */
 	func = (Func *) funcClause->oper;
 	argList = funcClause->args;
@@ -939,21 +938,21 @@ ExecEvalNot(Expr *notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	clause = lfirst(notclause->args);
 
 	/*
-	 *	We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
-	 *	flag, but ignore it.
+	 * We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone flag,
+	 * but ignore it.
 	 */
 	expr_value = ExecEvalExpr(clause, econtext, isNull, &isDone);
 
 	/*
-	 *	if the expression evaluates to null, then we just
-	 *	cascade the null back to whoever called us.
+	 * if the expression evaluates to null, then we just cascade the null
+	 * back to whoever called us.
 	 */
 	if (*isNull)
 		return expr_value;
 
 	/*
-	 *	evaluation of 'not' is simple.. expr is false, then
-	 *	return 'true' and vice versa.
+	 * evaluation of 'not' is simple.. expr is false, then return 'true'
+	 * and vice versa.
 	 */
 	if (DatumGetInt32(expr_value) == 0)
 		return (Datum) true;
@@ -978,22 +977,19 @@ ExecEvalOr(Expr *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	clauses = orExpr->args;
 
 	/*
-	 *	we use three valued logic functions here...
-	 *	we evaluate each of the clauses in turn,
-	 *	as soon as one is true we return that
-	 *	value.	If none is true and  none of the
-	 *	clauses evaluate to NULL we return
-	 *	the value of the last clause evaluated (which
-	 *	should be false) with *isNull set to false else
-	 *	if none is true and at least one clause evaluated
-	 *	to NULL we set *isNull flag to true -
+	 * we use three valued logic functions here... we evaluate each of the
+	 * clauses in turn, as soon as one is true we return that value.  If
+	 * none is true and  none of the clauses evaluate to NULL we return
+	 * the value of the last clause evaluated (which should be false) with
+	 * *isNull set to false else if none is true and at least one clause
+	 * evaluated to NULL we set *isNull flag to true -
 	 */
 	foreach(clause, clauses)
 	{
 
 		/*
-		 *	We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
-		 *	flag, but ignore it.
+		 * We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
+		 * flag, but ignore it.
 		 */
 		const_value = ExecEvalExpr((Node *) lfirst(clause),
 								   econtext,
@@ -1001,34 +997,32 @@ ExecEvalOr(Expr *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 								   &isDone);
 
 		/*
-		 *	if the expression evaluates to null, then we
-		 *	remember it in the local IsNull flag, if none of the
-		 *	clauses are true then we need to set *isNull
-		 *	to true again.
+		 * if the expression evaluates to null, then we remember it in the
+		 * local IsNull flag, if none of the clauses are true then we need
+		 * to set *isNull to true again.
 		 */
 		if (*isNull)
 		{
 			IsNull = *isNull;
 
 			/*
-			 * Many functions don't (or can't!) check if an argument is NULL
-			 * or NOT_NULL and may return TRUE (1) with *isNull TRUE
-			 * (an_int4_column <> 1: int4ne returns TRUE for NULLs).
-			 * Not having time to fix the function manager I want to fix OR:
-			 * if we had 'x <> 1 OR x isnull' then when x is NULL
-			 * TRUE was returned by the 'x <> 1' clause ...
-			 * but ExecQualClause says that the qualification should *fail*
-			 * if isnull is TRUE for any value returned by ExecEvalExpr.
-			 * So, force this rule here:
-			 * if isnull is TRUE then the clause failed.
-			 * Note: nullvalue() & nonnullvalue() always sets isnull to FALSE for NULLs.
-			 * - vadim 09/22/97
+			 * Many functions don't (or can't!) check if an argument is
+			 * NULL or NOT_NULL and may return TRUE (1) with *isNull TRUE
+			 * (an_int4_column <> 1: int4ne returns TRUE for NULLs). Not
+			 * having time to fix the function manager I want to fix OR:
+			 * if we had 'x <> 1 OR x isnull' then when x is NULL TRUE was
+			 * returned by the 'x <> 1' clause ... but ExecQualClause says
+			 * that the qualification should *fail* if isnull is TRUE for
+			 * any value returned by ExecEvalExpr. So, force this rule
+			 * here: if isnull is TRUE then the clause failed. Note:
+			 * nullvalue() & nonnullvalue() always sets isnull to FALSE
+			 * for NULLs. - vadim 09/22/97
 			 */
 			const_value = 0;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 *	 if we have a true result, then we return it.
+		 * if we have a true result, then we return it.
 		 */
 		if (DatumGetInt32(const_value) != 0)
 			return const_value;
@@ -1057,18 +1051,16 @@ ExecEvalAnd(Expr *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	clauses = andExpr->args;
 
 	/*
-	 *	we evaluate each of the clauses in turn,
-	 *	as soon as one is false we return that
-	 *	value.	If none are false or NULL then we return
-	 *	the value of the last clause evaluated, which
-	 *	should be true.
+	 * we evaluate each of the clauses in turn, as soon as one is false we
+	 * return that value.  If none are false or NULL then we return the
+	 * value of the last clause evaluated, which should be true.
 	 */
 	foreach(clause, clauses)
 	{
 
 		/*
-		 *	We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
-		 *	flag, but ignore it.
+		 * We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
+		 * flag, but ignore it.
 		 */
 		const_value = ExecEvalExpr((Node *) lfirst(clause),
 								   econtext,
@@ -1076,17 +1068,16 @@ ExecEvalAnd(Expr *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 								   &isDone);
 
 		/*
-		 *	if the expression evaluates to null, then we
-		 *	remember it in IsNull, if none of the clauses after
-		 *	this evaluates to false we will have to set *isNull
-		 *	to true again.
+		 * if the expression evaluates to null, then we remember it in
+		 * IsNull, if none of the clauses after this evaluates to false we
+		 * will have to set *isNull to true again.
 		 */
 		if (*isNull)
 			IsNull = *isNull;
 
 		/*
-		 *	 if we have a false result, then we return it, since the
-		 *	 conjunction must be false.
+		 * if we have a false result, then we return it, since the
+		 * conjunction must be false.
 		 */
 		if (DatumGetInt32(const_value) == 0)
 			return const_value;
@@ -1106,7 +1097,7 @@ ExecEvalAnd(Expr *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static Datum
-ExecEvalCase(CaseExpr *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalCase(CaseExpr * caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 {
 	List	   *clauses;
 	List	   *clause;
@@ -1117,17 +1108,16 @@ ExecEvalCase(CaseExpr *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 	clauses = caseExpr->args;
 
 	/*
-	 *	we evaluate each of the WHEN clauses in turn,
-	 *	as soon as one is true we return the corresponding
-	 *	result.	If none are true then we return the value
-	 *	of the default clause, or NULL.
+	 * we evaluate each of the WHEN clauses in turn, as soon as one is
+	 * true we return the corresponding result. If none are true then we
+	 * return the value of the default clause, or NULL.
 	 */
 	foreach(clause, clauses)
 	{
 
 		/*
-		 *	We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
-		 *	flag, but ignore it.
+		 * We don't iterate over sets in the quals, so pass in an isDone
+		 * flag, but ignore it.
 		 */
 
 		wclause = lfirst(clause);
@@ -1137,8 +1127,8 @@ ExecEvalCase(CaseExpr *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 								   &isDone);
 
 		/*
-		 *	 if we have a true test, then we return the result,
-		 *	 since the case statement is satisfied.
+		 * if we have a true test, then we return the result, since the
+		 * case statement is satisfied.
 		 */
 		if (DatumGetInt32(const_value) != 0)
 		{
@@ -1159,9 +1149,7 @@ ExecEvalCase(CaseExpr *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
 								   &isDone);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		*isNull = true;
-	}
 
 	return const_value;
 }
@@ -1204,8 +1192,8 @@ ExecEvalExpr(Node *expression,
 		*isDone = true;
 
 	/*
-	 *	here we dispatch the work to the appropriate type
-	 *	of function given the type of our expression.
+	 * here we dispatch the work to the appropriate type of function given
+	 * the type of our expression.
 	 */
 	if (expression == NULL)
 	{
@@ -1287,7 +1275,7 @@ ExecEvalExpr(Node *expression,
 	}
 
 	return retDatum;
-} /* ExecEvalExpr() */
+}	/* ExecEvalExpr() */
 
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1325,16 +1313,15 @@ ExecQualClause(Node *clause, ExprContext *econtext)
 		ExecEvalExpr(clause, econtext, &isNull, &isDone);
 
 	/*
-	 *	this is interesting behaviour here.  When a clause evaluates
-	 *	to null, then we consider this as passing the qualification.
-	 *	it seems kind of like, if the qual is NULL, then there's no
-	 *	qual..
+	 * this is interesting behaviour here.	When a clause evaluates to
+	 * null, then we consider this as passing the qualification. it seems
+	 * kind of like, if the qual is NULL, then there's no qual..
 	 */
 	if (isNull)
 		return true;
 
 	/*
-	 *	remember, we return true when the qualification fails..
+	 * remember, we return true when the qualification fails..
 	 */
 	if (DatumGetInt32(expr_value) == 0)
 		return true;
@@ -1356,7 +1343,7 @@ ExecQual(List *qual, ExprContext *econtext)
 	bool		result;
 
 	/*
-	 *	debugging stuff
+	 * debugging stuff
 	 */
 	EV_printf("ExecQual: qual is ");
 	EV_nodeDisplay(qual);
@@ -1365,18 +1352,18 @@ ExecQual(List *qual, ExprContext *econtext)
 	IncrProcessed();
 
 	/*
-	 *	return true immediately if no qual
+	 * return true immediately if no qual
 	 */
 	if (qual == NIL)
 		return true;
 
 	/*
-	 *	a "qual" is a list of clauses.	To evaluate the
-	 *	qual, we evaluate each of the clauses in the list.
+	 * a "qual" is a list of clauses.  To evaluate the qual, we evaluate
+	 * each of the clauses in the list.
 	 *
-	 *	ExecQualClause returns true when we know the qualification
-	 *	*failed* so we just pass each clause in qual to it until
-	 *	we know the qual failed or there are no more clauses.
+	 * ExecQualClause returns true when we know the qualification *failed* so
+	 * we just pass each clause in qual to it until we know the qual
+	 * failed or there are no more clauses.
 	 */
 	result = false;
 
@@ -1388,9 +1375,9 @@ ExecQual(List *qual, ExprContext *econtext)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	if result is true, then it means a clause failed so we
-	 *	return false.  if result is false then it means no clause
-	 *	failed so we return true.
+	 * if result is true, then it means a clause failed so we return
+	 * false.  if result is false then it means no clause failed so we
+	 * return true.
 	 */
 	if (result == true)
 		return false;
@@ -1447,48 +1434,46 @@ ExecTargetList(List *targetlist,
 	bool		isNull;
 
 	/*
-	 *	debugging stuff
+	 * debugging stuff
 	 */
 	EV_printf("ExecTargetList: tl is ");
 	EV_nodeDisplay(targetlist);
 	EV_printf("\n");
 
 	/*
-	 * Return a dummy tuple if the targetlist is empty.
-	 * the dummy tuple is necessary to differentiate
-	 * between passing and failing the qualification.
+	 * Return a dummy tuple if the targetlist is empty. the dummy tuple is
+	 * necessary to differentiate between passing and failing the
+	 * qualification.
 	 */
 	if (targetlist == NIL)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *		I now think that the only time this makes
-		 *		any sense is when we run a delete query.  Then
-		 *		we need to return something other than nil
-		 *		so we know to delete the tuple associated
-		 *		with the saved tupleid.. see what ExecutePlan
-		 *		does with the returned tuple.. -cim 9/21/89
+		 * I now think that the only time this makes any sense is when we
+		 * run a delete query.	Then we need to return something other
+		 * than nil so we know to delete the tuple associated with the
+		 * saved tupleid.. see what ExecutePlan does with the returned
+		 * tuple.. -cim 9/21/89
 		 *
-		 *		It could also happen in queries like:
-		 *			retrieve (foo.all) where bar.a = 3
+		 * It could also happen in queries like: retrieve (foo.all) where
+		 * bar.a = 3
 		 *
-		 *		is this a new phenomenon? it might cause bogus behavior
-		 *		if we try to free this tuple later!! I put a hook in
-		 *		ExecProject to watch out for this case -mer 24 Aug 1992
+		 * is this a new phenomenon? it might cause bogus behavior if we try
+		 * to free this tuple later!! I put a hook in ExecProject to watch
+		 * out for this case -mer 24 Aug 1992
 		 *
-		 *		We must return dummy tuple!!! Try 
-		 *		select t1.x from t1, t2 where t1.y = 1 and t2.y = 1
-		 *		- t2 scan target list will be empty and so no one tuple
-		 *		will be returned! But Mer was right - dummy tuple
-		 *		must be palloced...	- vadim 03/01/1999
+		 * We must return dummy tuple!!! Try select t1.x from t1, t2 where
+		 * t1.y = 1 and t2.y = 1 - t2 scan target list will be empty and
+		 * so no one tuple will be returned! But Mer was right - dummy
+		 * tuple must be palloced... - vadim 03/01/1999
 		 */
 		*isDone = true;
 		return (HeapTuple) palloc(1);
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	allocate an array of char's to hold the "null" information
-	 *	only if we have a really large targetlist.	otherwise we use
-	 *	the stack.
+	 * allocate an array of char's to hold the "null" information only if
+	 * we have a really large targetlist.  otherwise we use the stack.
 	 */
 	if (nodomains > 64)
 	{
@@ -1502,20 +1487,21 @@ ExecTargetList(List *targetlist,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	evaluate all the expressions in the target list
+	 * evaluate all the expressions in the target list
 	 */
 	EV_printf("ExecTargetList: setting target list values\n");
 
 	*isDone = true;
 	foreach(tl, targetlist)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 *	  remember, a target list is a list of lists:
+		 * remember, a target list is a list of lists:
 		 *
-		 *		((<resdom | fjoin> expr) (<resdom | fjoin> expr) ...)
+		 * ((<resdom | fjoin> expr) (<resdom | fjoin> expr) ...)
 		 *
-		 *	  tl is a pointer to successive cdr's of the targetlist
-		 *	  tle is a pointer to the target list entry in tl
+		 * tl is a pointer to successive cdr's of the targetlist tle is a
+		 * pointer to the target list entry in tl
 		 */
 		tle = lfirst(tl);
 
@@ -1572,7 +1558,7 @@ ExecTargetList(List *targetlist,
 				 curNode < nNodes;
 				 curNode++, fjTlist = lnext(fjTlist))
 			{
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* what is this?? */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* what is this?? */
 				Node	   *outernode = lfirst(fjTlist);
 
 				fjRes = (Resdom *) outernode->iterexpr;
@@ -1590,19 +1576,19 @@ ExecTargetList(List *targetlist,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	form the new result tuple (in the "normal" context)
+	 * form the new result tuple (in the "normal" context)
 	 */
 	newTuple = (HeapTuple) heap_formtuple(targettype, values, null_head);
 
 	/*
-	 *	free the nulls array if we allocated one..
+	 * free the nulls array if we allocated one..
 	 */
 	if (nodomains > 64)
 	{
 		pfree(null_head);
 		pfree(fjIsNull);
 	}
-	
+
 	return newTuple;
 }
 
@@ -1631,13 +1617,13 @@ ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo, bool *isDone)
 	HeapTuple	newTuple;
 
 	/*
-	 *	sanity checks
+	 * sanity checks
 	 */
 	if (projInfo == NULL)
 		return (TupleTableSlot *) NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 *	get the projection info we want
+	 * get the projection info we want
 	 */
 	slot = projInfo->pi_slot;
 	targetlist = projInfo->pi_targetlist;
@@ -1648,7 +1634,7 @@ ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo, bool *isDone)
 	econtext = projInfo->pi_exprContext;
 
 	/*
-	 *	form a new (result) tuple
+	 * form a new (result) tuple
 	 */
 	newTuple = ExecTargetList(targetlist,
 							  len,
@@ -1658,11 +1644,10 @@ ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo, bool *isDone)
 							  isDone);
 
 	/*
-	 *	store the tuple in the projection slot and return the slot.
+	 * store the tuple in the projection slot and return the slot.
 	 *
-	 *	If there's no projection target list we don't want to pfree
-	 *	the bogus tuple that ExecTargetList passes back to us.
-	 *		 -mer 24 Aug 1992
+	 * If there's no projection target list we don't want to pfree the bogus
+	 * tuple that ExecTargetList passes back to us. -mer 24 Aug 1992
 	 */
 	return (TupleTableSlot *)
 		ExecStoreTuple(newTuple,/* tuple to store */
@@ -1670,4 +1655,3 @@ ExecProject(ProjectionInfo *projInfo, bool *isDone)
 					   InvalidBuffer,	/* tuple has no buffer */
 					   true);
 }
-
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
index 148b6b11c178a7fd3f549ee96643a92b8b51123c..1ffe928b57bb6a0861e3bddf7454ed7602c5a674 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.24 1999/03/23 16:50:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:08:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -467,6 +467,7 @@ ExecSetSlotPolicy(TupleTableSlot *slot, /* slot to change */
 
 	return old_shouldFree;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -650,6 +651,7 @@ ExecInitMarkedTupleSlot(EState *estate, MergeJoinState *mergestate)
 	INIT_SLOT_ALLOC;
 	mergestate->mj_MarkedTupleSlot = (TupleTableSlot *) slot;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* ----------------
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
index b6906e0a3dbbad477d79746d63b48b1024c5734c..2bd3d03bc675921f9100b2681df2e3a7b453e14f 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.44 1999/03/20 01:13:22 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.45 1999/05/25 16:08:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ ExecFreeExprContext(CommonState *commonstate)
 void
 ExecFreeTypeInfo(CommonState *commonstate)
 {
-	TupleDesc tupDesc;
+	TupleDesc	tupDesc;
 
 	tupDesc = commonstate->cs_ResultTupleSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor;
 	if (tupDesc == NULL)
@@ -498,12 +498,12 @@ ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(Plan *node, CommonScanState *csstate)
  *		Routines dealing with the structure 'attribute' which conatains
  *		the type information about attributes in a tuple:
  *
- *		ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType) 
+ *		ExecMakeTypeInfo(noType)
  *				returns pointer to array of 'noType' structure 'attribute'.
- *		ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen) 
+ *		ExecSetTypeInfo(index, typeInfo, attNum, attLen)
  *				sets the element indexed by 'index' in typeInfo with
  *				the values: attNum, attLen.
- *		ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo) 
+ *		ExecFreeTypeInfo(typeInfo)
  *				frees the structure 'typeInfo'.
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ ExecGetIndexKeyInfo(Form_pg_index indexTuple,
 	 */
 	numKeys = 0;
 	for (i = 0; i < INDEX_MAX_KEYS &&
-				indexTuple->indkey[i] != InvalidAttrNumber; i++)
+		 indexTuple->indkey[i] != InvalidAttrNumber; i++)
 		numKeys++;
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ ExecGetIndexKeyInfo(Form_pg_index indexTuple,
 	 */
 	CXT1_printf("ExecGetIndexKeyInfo: context is %d\n", CurrentMemoryContext);
 
-	attKeys = (AttrNumber *)palloc(numKeys * sizeof(AttrNumber));
+	attKeys = (AttrNumber *) palloc(numKeys * sizeof(AttrNumber));
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numKeys; i++)
 		attKeys[i] = indexTuple->indkey[i];
@@ -917,19 +917,20 @@ ExecOpenIndices(Oid resultRelationOid,
 			if (indexDesc != NULL)
 			{
 				relationDescs[i++] = indexDesc;
+
 				/*
-				 * Hack for not btree and hash indices: they use relation level
-				 * exclusive locking on updation (i.e. - they are not ready 
-				 * for MVCC) and so we have to exclusively lock indices here
-				 * to prevent deadlocks if we will scan them - index_beginscan
-				 * places AccessShareLock, indices update methods don't use 
-				 * locks at all. We release this lock in ExecCloseIndices.
-				 * Note, that hashes use page level locking - i.e. are not
-				 * deadlock-free, - let's them be on their way -:))
-				 *		vadim 03-12-1998
+				 * Hack for not btree and hash indices: they use relation
+				 * level exclusive locking on updation (i.e. - they are
+				 * not ready for MVCC) and so we have to exclusively lock
+				 * indices here to prevent deadlocks if we will scan them
+				 * - index_beginscan places AccessShareLock, indices
+				 * update methods don't use locks at all. We release this
+				 * lock in ExecCloseIndices. Note, that hashes use page
+				 * level locking - i.e. are not deadlock-free, - let's
+				 * them be on their way -:)) vadim 03-12-1998
 				 */
-				if (indexDesc->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID && 
-						indexDesc->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
+				if (indexDesc->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID &&
+					indexDesc->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
 					LockRelation(indexDesc, AccessExclusiveLock);
 			}
 		}
@@ -1014,15 +1015,17 @@ ExecCloseIndices(RelationInfo *resultRelationInfo)
 	{
 		if (relationDescs[i] == NULL)
 			continue;
+
 		/*
 		 * Notes in ExecOpenIndices.
 		 */
-		if (relationDescs[i]->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID && 
-				relationDescs[i]->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
+		if (relationDescs[i]->rd_rel->relam != BTREE_AM_OID &&
+			relationDescs[i]->rd_rel->relam != HASH_AM_OID)
 			UnlockRelation(relationDescs[i], AccessExclusiveLock);
 
 		index_close(relationDescs[i]);
 	}
+
 	/*
 	 * XXX should free indexInfo array here too.
 	 */
@@ -1210,7 +1213,7 @@ ExecInsertIndexTuples(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 		result = index_insert(relationDescs[i], /* index relation */
 							  datum,	/* array of heaptuple Datums */
 							  nulls,	/* info on nulls */
-							  &(heapTuple->t_self),	/* tid of heap tuple */
+							  &(heapTuple->t_self),		/* tid of heap tuple */
 							  heapRelation);
 
 		/* ----------------
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/functions.c b/src/backend/executor/functions.c
index f9b729b8386ff2a3dfc9176a3f1af2bc07067fcb..c32c14a59637df40cbf14d0e1bcf8777c73fc535 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/functions.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/functions.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.25 1999/05/13 07:28:29 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:08:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ init_execution_state(FunctionCachePtr fcache,
 	preves = (execution_state *) NULL;
 
 	planTree_list = pg_parse_and_plan(fcache->src, fcache->argOidVect,
-									  nargs, &queryTree_list, None, FALSE);
+									nargs, &queryTree_list, None, FALSE);
 
-	foreach (qtl_item, queryTree_list)
+	foreach(qtl_item, queryTree_list)
 	{
 		Query	   *queryTree = lfirst(qtl_item);
 		Plan	   *planTree = lfirst(planTree_list);
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ postquel_getnext(execution_state *es)
 
 	feature = (LAST_POSTQUEL_COMMAND(es)) ? EXEC_RETONE : EXEC_RUN;
 
-	return ExecutorRun(es->qd, es->estate, feature, (Node *)NULL, (Node *)NULL);
+	return ExecutorRun(es->qd, es->estate, feature, (Node *) NULL, (Node *) NULL);
 }
 
 static void
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
index a3f4f12570eda05ff7149d249f66c40980e5ddda..f1e0433c39d36c8b5efb751841b94016a7d214cd 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ typedef struct AggFuncInfo
 	FmgrInfo	finalfn;
 } AggFuncInfo;
 
-static Datum aggGetAttr(TupleTableSlot *tuple, Aggref *aggref, bool *isNull);
+static Datum aggGetAttr(TupleTableSlot *tuple, Aggref * aggref, bool *isNull);
 
 
 /* ---------------------------------------
@@ -121,7 +121,8 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 	 */
 
 	/*
-	 * We loop retrieving groups until we find one matching node->plan.qual
+	 * We loop retrieving groups until we find one matching
+	 * node->plan.qual
 	 */
 	do
 	{
@@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 		econtext = aggstate->csstate.cstate.cs_ExprContext;
 
 		nagg = length(node->aggs);
-		
+
 		value1 = node->aggstate->csstate.cstate.cs_ExprContext->ecxt_values;
 		nulls = node->aggstate->csstate.cstate.cs_ExprContext->ecxt_nulls;
 
@@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 						finalfn_oid;
 
 			aggref->aggno = ++aggno;
-			
+
 			/* ---------------------
 			 *	find transfer functions of all the aggregates and initialize
 			 *	their initial values
@@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 			aggname = aggref->aggname;
 			aggTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(AGGNAME,
 										   PointerGetDatum(aggname),
-										   ObjectIdGetDatum(aggref->basetype),
+									  ObjectIdGetDatum(aggref->basetype),
 										   0, 0);
 			if (!HeapTupleIsValid(aggTuple))
 				elog(ERROR, "ExecAgg: cache lookup failed for aggregate \"%s\"(%s)",
@@ -195,9 +196,9 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 				fmgr_info(xfn2_oid, &aggFuncInfo[aggno].xfn2);
 				aggFuncInfo[aggno].xfn2_oid = xfn2_oid;
 				value2[aggno] = (Datum) AggNameGetInitVal((char *) aggname,
-													  aggp->aggbasetype,
-													  2,
-													  &isNull2);
+													   aggp->aggbasetype,
+														  2,
+														  &isNull2);
 				/* ------------------------------------------
 				 * If there is a second transition function, its initial
 				 * value must exist -- as it does not depend on data values,
@@ -213,9 +214,9 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 				fmgr_info(xfn1_oid, &aggFuncInfo[aggno].xfn1);
 				aggFuncInfo[aggno].xfn1_oid = xfn1_oid;
 				value1[aggno] = (Datum) AggNameGetInitVal((char *) aggname,
-													  aggp->aggbasetype,
-													  1,
-													  &isNull1);
+													   aggp->aggbasetype,
+														  1,
+														  &isNull1);
 
 				/* ------------------------------------------
 				 * If the initial value for the first transition function
@@ -245,6 +246,7 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 			outerslot = ExecProcNode(outerPlan, (Plan *) node);
 			if (TupIsNull(outerslot))
 			{
+
 				/*
 				 * when the outerplan doesn't return a single tuple,
 				 * create a dummy heaptuple anyway because we still need
@@ -299,27 +301,29 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 				{
 					if (noInitValue[aggno])
 					{
+
 						/*
-						 * value1 has not been initialized.
-						 * This is the first non-NULL input value.
-						 * We use it as the initial value for value1.
+						 * value1 has not been initialized. This is the
+						 * first non-NULL input value. We use it as the
+						 * initial value for value1.
 						 *
-						 * But we can't just use it straight, we have to
-						 * make a copy of it since the tuple from which it
-						 * came will be freed on the next iteration of the
+						 * But we can't just use it straight, we have to make
+						 * a copy of it since the tuple from which it came
+						 * will be freed on the next iteration of the
 						 * scan.  This requires finding out how to copy
 						 * the Datum.  We assume the datum is of the agg's
-						 * basetype, or at least binary compatible with it.
+						 * basetype, or at least binary compatible with
+						 * it.
 						 */
-						Type	aggBaseType = typeidType(aggref->basetype);
-						int		attlen = typeLen(aggBaseType);
-						bool	byVal = typeByVal(aggBaseType);
+						Type		aggBaseType = typeidType(aggref->basetype);
+						int			attlen = typeLen(aggBaseType);
+						bool		byVal = typeByVal(aggBaseType);
 
 						if (byVal)
 							value1[aggno] = newVal;
 						else
 						{
-							if (attlen == -1) /* variable length */
+							if (attlen == -1)	/* variable length */
 								attlen = VARSIZE((struct varlena *) newVal);
 							value1[aggno] = (Datum) palloc(attlen);
 							memcpy((char *) (value1[aggno]), (char *) newVal,
@@ -330,13 +334,14 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 					}
 					else
 					{
+
 						/*
 						 * apply the transition functions.
 						 */
 						args[0] = value1[aggno];
 						args[1] = newVal;
-						value1[aggno] =	(Datum) fmgr_c(&aggfns->xfn1,
-										   (FmgrValues *) args, &isNull1);
+						value1[aggno] = (Datum) fmgr_c(&aggfns->xfn1,
+										  (FmgrValues *) args, &isNull1);
 						Assert(!isNull1);
 					}
 				}
@@ -344,8 +349,8 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 				if (aggfns->xfn2.fn_addr != NULL)
 				{
 					args[0] = value2[aggno];
-					value2[aggno] =	(Datum) fmgr_c(&aggfns->xfn2,
-									 (FmgrValues *) args, &isNull2);
+					value2[aggno] = (Datum) fmgr_c(&aggfns->xfn2,
+										  (FmgrValues *) args, &isNull2);
 					Assert(!isNull2);
 				}
 			}
@@ -395,7 +400,7 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 				else
 					elog(NOTICE, "ExecAgg: no valid transition functions??");
 				value1[aggno] = (Datum) fmgr_c(&aggfns->finalfn,
-									   (FmgrValues *) args, &(nulls[aggno]));
+								   (FmgrValues *) args, &(nulls[aggno]));
 			}
 			else if (aggfns->xfn1.fn_addr != NULL)
 			{
@@ -441,10 +446,11 @@ ExecAgg(Agg *node)
 		 * As long as the retrieved group does not match the
 		 * qualifications it is ignored and the next group is fetched
 		 */
-		if(node->plan.qual != NULL)
-			 qual_result = ExecQual(fix_opids(node->plan.qual), econtext);
-		else qual_result = false;
-		
+		if (node->plan.qual != NULL)
+			qual_result = ExecQual(fix_opids(node->plan.qual), econtext);
+		else
+			qual_result = false;
+
 		if (oneTuple)
 			pfree(oneTuple);
 	}
@@ -466,7 +472,7 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent)
 	AggState   *aggstate;
 	Plan	   *outerPlan;
 	ExprContext *econtext;
-	
+
 	/*
 	 * assign the node's execution state
 	 */
@@ -478,7 +484,7 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent)
 	aggstate = makeNode(AggState);
 	node->aggstate = aggstate;
 	aggstate->agg_done = FALSE;
-	
+
 	/*
 	 * assign node's base id and create expression context
 	 */
@@ -494,7 +500,7 @@ ExecInitAgg(Agg *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent)
 	ExecInitResultTupleSlot(estate, &aggstate->csstate.cstate);
 
 	econtext = aggstate->csstate.cstate.cs_ExprContext;
-	econtext->ecxt_values =	(Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum) * length(node->aggs));
+	econtext->ecxt_values = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum) * length(node->aggs));
 	MemSet(econtext->ecxt_values, 0, sizeof(Datum) * length(node->aggs));
 	econtext->ecxt_nulls = (char *) palloc(sizeof(char) * length(node->aggs));
 	MemSet(econtext->ecxt_nulls, 0, sizeof(char) * length(node->aggs));
@@ -538,8 +544,8 @@ int
 ExecCountSlotsAgg(Agg *node)
 {
 	return ExecCountSlotsNode(outerPlan(node)) +
-			ExecCountSlotsNode(innerPlan(node)) +
-			AGG_NSLOTS;
+	ExecCountSlotsNode(innerPlan(node)) +
+	AGG_NSLOTS;
 }
 
 /* ------------------------
@@ -576,7 +582,7 @@ ExecEndAgg(Agg *node)
  */
 static Datum
 aggGetAttr(TupleTableSlot *slot,
-		   Aggref *aggref,
+		   Aggref * aggref,
 		   bool *isNull)
 {
 	Datum		result;
@@ -622,10 +628,11 @@ aggGetAttr(TupleTableSlot *slot,
 		return (Datum) tempSlot;
 	}
 
-	result = heap_getattr(heapTuple, /* tuple containing attribute */
-					 attnum,	/* attribute number of desired attribute */
-					 tuple_type,/* tuple descriptor of tuple */
-					 isNull);	/* return: is attribute null? */
+	result = heap_getattr(heapTuple,	/* tuple containing attribute */
+						  attnum,		/* attribute number of desired
+										 * attribute */
+						  tuple_type,	/* tuple descriptor of tuple */
+						  isNull);		/* return: is attribute null? */
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	return null if att is null
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
index 8a096ef0f861ec7e61d80c1adc3ce6276188ac3a..c46b467caaabdaa42442ebbc592cde46afa3aed4 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.18 1999/02/21 03:48:40 scrappy Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:08:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ exec_append_initialize_next(Append *node)
 		if (appendstate->as_junkFilter_list)
 		{
 			estate->es_junkFilter = (JunkFilter *) nth(whichplan,
-								   appendstate->as_junkFilter_list);
+										appendstate->as_junkFilter_list);
 		}
 		if (appendstate->as_result_relation_info_list)
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c
index c850906d8aef3250fa87b19346757d34eaed9ae1..55659a90254d28f67850bb127901c019a245db6e 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
  *	  columns. (ie. tuples from the same group are consecutive)
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:15:21 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeGroup.c,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:08:41 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ ExecGroupOneTuple(Group *node)
 			grpstate->grp_done = TRUE;
 			return NULL;
 		}
-		grpstate->grp_firstTuple = firsttuple = 
-						heap_copytuple(outerslot->val);
+		grpstate->grp_firstTuple = firsttuple =
+			heap_copytuple(outerslot->val);
 	}
 
 	/*
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
index 4589da32bc122152c46230f22db544deb4a81249..3a76ef8c5d5d944f903efd18672e2c714f67f9e9 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  *
- *  $Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.35 1999/05/18 21:33:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Id: nodeHash.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:08:41 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>		
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
@@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ ExecHash(Hash *node)
 		 */
 		for (i = 0; i < nbatch; i++)
 		{
-			File tfile = OpenTemporaryFile();
+			File		tfile = OpenTemporaryFile();
+
 			Assert(tfile >= 0);
 			hashtable->innerBatchFile[i] = BufFileCreate(tfile);
 		}
@@ -247,30 +248,33 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 	int			i;
 	Portal		myPortal;
 	char		myPortalName[64];
-	MemoryContext	oldcxt;
+	MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	Get information about the size of the relation to be hashed
 	 *	(it's the "outer" subtree of this node, but the inner relation of
 	 *	the hashjoin).
-	 *  Caution: this is only the planner's estimates, and so
-	 *  can't be trusted too far.  Apply a healthy fudge factor.
+	 *	Caution: this is only the planner's estimates, and so
+	 *	can't be trusted too far.  Apply a healthy fudge factor.
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	outerNode = outerPlan(node);
 	ntuples = outerNode->plan_size;
 	if (ntuples <= 0)			/* force a plausible size if no info */
 		ntuples = 1000;
-	/* estimate tupsize based on footprint of tuple in hashtable...
-	 * but what about palloc overhead?
+
+	/*
+	 * estimate tupsize based on footprint of tuple in hashtable... but
+	 * what about palloc overhead?
 	 */
 	tupsize = MAXALIGN(outerNode->plan_width) +
 		MAXALIGN(sizeof(HashJoinTupleData));
-	inner_rel_bytes = (double) ntuples * tupsize * FUDGE_FAC;
+	inner_rel_bytes = (double) ntuples *tupsize * FUDGE_FAC;
 
 	/*
 	 * Target hashtable size is SortMem kilobytes, but not less than
-	 * sqrt(estimated inner rel size), so as to avoid horrible performance.
+	 * sqrt(estimated inner rel size), so as to avoid horrible
+	 * performance.
 	 */
 	hash_table_bytes = sqrt(inner_rel_bytes);
 	if (hash_table_bytes < (SortMem * 1024L))
@@ -278,17 +282,19 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * Count the number of hash buckets we want for the whole relation,
-	 * for an average bucket load of NTUP_PER_BUCKET (per virtual bucket!).
+	 * for an average bucket load of NTUP_PER_BUCKET (per virtual
+	 * bucket!).
 	 */
 	totalbuckets = (int) ceil((double) ntuples * FUDGE_FAC / NTUP_PER_BUCKET);
 
 	/*
 	 * Count the number of buckets we think will actually fit in the
-	 * target memory size, at a loading of NTUP_PER_BUCKET (physical buckets).
-	 * NOTE: FUDGE_FAC here determines the fraction of the hashtable space
-	 * reserved to allow for nonuniform distribution of hash values.
-	 * Perhaps this should be a different number from the other uses of
-	 * FUDGE_FAC, but since we have no real good way to pick either one...
+	 * target memory size, at a loading of NTUP_PER_BUCKET (physical
+	 * buckets). NOTE: FUDGE_FAC here determines the fraction of the
+	 * hashtable space reserved to allow for nonuniform distribution of
+	 * hash values. Perhaps this should be a different number from the
+	 * other uses of FUDGE_FAC, but since we have no real good way to pick
+	 * either one...
 	 */
 	bucketsize = NTUP_PER_BUCKET * tupsize;
 	nbuckets = (int) (hash_table_bytes / (bucketsize * FUDGE_FAC));
@@ -297,21 +303,25 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 
 	if (totalbuckets <= nbuckets)
 	{
-		/* We have enough space, so no batching.  In theory we could
-		 * even reduce nbuckets, but since that could lead to poor
-		 * behavior if estimated ntuples is much less than reality,
-		 * it seems better to make more buckets instead of fewer.
+
+		/*
+		 * We have enough space, so no batching.  In theory we could even
+		 * reduce nbuckets, but since that could lead to poor behavior if
+		 * estimated ntuples is much less than reality, it seems better to
+		 * make more buckets instead of fewer.
 		 */
 		totalbuckets = nbuckets;
 		nbatch = 0;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		/* Need to batch; compute how many batches we want to use.
-		 * Note that nbatch doesn't have to have anything to do with
-		 * the ratio totalbuckets/nbuckets; in fact, it is the number
-		 * of groups we will use for the part of the data that doesn't
-		 * fall into the first nbuckets hash buckets.
+
+		/*
+		 * Need to batch; compute how many batches we want to use. Note
+		 * that nbatch doesn't have to have anything to do with the ratio
+		 * totalbuckets/nbuckets; in fact, it is the number of groups we
+		 * will use for the part of the data that doesn't fall into the
+		 * first nbuckets hash buckets.
 		 */
 		nbatch = (int) ceil((inner_rel_bytes - hash_table_bytes) /
 							hash_table_bytes);
@@ -319,16 +329,17 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 			nbatch = 1;
 	}
 
-	/* Now, totalbuckets is the number of (virtual) hashbuckets for the
+	/*
+	 * Now, totalbuckets is the number of (virtual) hashbuckets for the
 	 * whole relation, and nbuckets is the number of physical hashbuckets
-	 * we will use in the first pass.  Data falling into the first nbuckets
-	 * virtual hashbuckets gets handled in the first pass; everything else
-	 * gets divided into nbatch batches to be processed in additional
-	 * passes.
+	 * we will use in the first pass.  Data falling into the first
+	 * nbuckets virtual hashbuckets gets handled in the first pass;
+	 * everything else gets divided into nbatch batches to be processed in
+	 * additional passes.
 	 */
 #ifdef HJDEBUG
-	printf("nbatch = %d, totalbuckets = %d, nbuckets = %d\n", 
-			nbatch, totalbuckets, nbuckets);
+	printf("nbatch = %d, totalbuckets = %d, nbuckets = %d\n",
+		   nbatch, totalbuckets, nbuckets);
 #endif
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -353,14 +364,16 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	i = 0;
-	do {
+	do
+	{
 		i++;
 		sprintf(myPortalName, "<hashtable %d>", i);
 		myPortal = GetPortalByName(myPortalName);
 	} while (PortalIsValid(myPortal));
 	myPortal = CreatePortal(myPortalName);
 	Assert(PortalIsValid(myPortal));
-	hashtable->myPortal = (void*) myPortal;	/* kluge for circular includes */
+	hashtable->myPortal = (void *) myPortal;	/* kluge for circular
+												 * includes */
 	hashtable->hashCxt = (MemoryContext) PortalGetVariableMemory(myPortal);
 	hashtable->batchCxt = (MemoryContext) PortalGetHeapMemory(myPortal);
 
@@ -392,8 +405,9 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 		/* The files will not be opened until later... */
 	}
 
-	/* Prepare portal for the first-scan space allocations;
-	 * allocate the hashbucket array therein, and set each bucket "empty".
+	/*
+	 * Prepare portal for the first-scan space allocations; allocate the
+	 * hashbucket array therein, and set each bucket "empty".
 	 */
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(hashtable->batchCxt);
 	StartPortalAllocMode(DefaultAllocMode, 0);
@@ -405,9 +419,7 @@ ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node)
 		elog(ERROR, "Insufficient memory for hash table.");
 
 	for (i = 0; i < nbuckets; i++)
-	{
 		hashtable->buckets[i] = NULL;
-	}
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
@@ -436,7 +448,7 @@ ExecHashTableDestroy(HashJoinTable hashtable)
 
 	/* Destroy the portal to release all working memory */
 	/* cast here is a kluge for circular includes... */
-	PortalDestroy((Portal*) & hashtable->myPortal);
+	PortalDestroy((Portal *) &hashtable->myPortal);
 
 	/* And drop the control block */
 	pfree(hashtable);
@@ -468,15 +480,15 @@ ExecHashTableInsert(HashJoinTable hashtable,
 		 *	put the tuple in hash table
 		 * ---------------
 		 */
-		HashJoinTuple	hashTuple;
-		int				hashTupleSize;
+		HashJoinTuple hashTuple;
+		int			hashTupleSize;
 
 		hashTupleSize = MAXALIGN(sizeof(*hashTuple)) + heapTuple->t_len;
 		hashTuple = (HashJoinTuple) MemoryContextAlloc(hashtable->batchCxt,
 													   hashTupleSize);
 		if (hashTuple == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "Insufficient memory for hash table.");
-		memcpy((char *) & hashTuple->htup,
+		memcpy((char *) &hashTuple->htup,
 			   (char *) heapTuple,
 			   sizeof(hashTuple->htup));
 		hashTuple->htup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader)
@@ -493,8 +505,9 @@ ExecHashTableInsert(HashJoinTable hashtable,
 		 * put the tuple into a tmp file for other batches
 		 * -----------------
 		 */
-		int batchno = (hashtable->nbatch * (bucketno - hashtable->nbuckets)) /
-			(hashtable->totalbuckets - hashtable->nbuckets);
+		int			batchno = (hashtable->nbatch * (bucketno - hashtable->nbuckets)) /
+		(hashtable->totalbuckets - hashtable->nbuckets);
+
 		hashtable->innerBatchSize[batchno]++;
 		ExecHashJoinSaveTuple(heapTuple,
 							  hashtable->innerBatchFile[batchno]);
@@ -563,26 +576,23 @@ ExecScanHashBucket(HashJoinState *hjstate,
 				   List *hjclauses,
 				   ExprContext *econtext)
 {
-	HashJoinTable	hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
-	HashJoinTuple	hashTuple = hjstate->hj_CurTuple;
+	HashJoinTable hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
+	HashJoinTuple hashTuple = hjstate->hj_CurTuple;
 
-	/* hj_CurTuple is NULL to start scanning a new bucket, or the address
+	/*
+	 * hj_CurTuple is NULL to start scanning a new bucket, or the address
 	 * of the last tuple returned from the current bucket.
 	 */
 	if (hashTuple == NULL)
-	{
 		hashTuple = hashtable->buckets[hjstate->hj_CurBucketNo];
-	}
 	else
-	{
 		hashTuple = hashTuple->next;
-	}
 
 	while (hashTuple != NULL)
 	{
-		HeapTuple		heapTuple = & hashTuple->htup;
+		HeapTuple	heapTuple = &hashTuple->htup;
 		TupleTableSlot *inntuple;
-		bool			qualResult;
+		bool		qualResult;
 
 		/* insert hashtable's tuple into exec slot so ExecQual sees it */
 		inntuple = ExecStoreTuple(heapTuple,	/* tuple to store */
@@ -618,28 +628,34 @@ ExecScanHashBucket(HashJoinState *hjstate,
 static int
 hashFunc(Datum key, int len, bool byVal)
 {
-	unsigned int	h = 0;
-	unsigned char  *k;
+	unsigned int h = 0;
+	unsigned char *k;
+
+	if (byVal)
+	{
 
-	if (byVal) {
 		/*
-		 * If it's a by-value data type, use the 'len' least significant bytes
-		 * of the Datum value.  This should do the right thing on either
-		 * bigendian or littleendian hardware --- see the Datum access
-		 * macros in c.h.
+		 * If it's a by-value data type, use the 'len' least significant
+		 * bytes of the Datum value.  This should do the right thing on
+		 * either bigendian or littleendian hardware --- see the Datum
+		 * access macros in c.h.
 		 */
-		while (len-- > 0) {
+		while (len-- > 0)
+		{
 			h = (h * PRIME1) ^ (key & 0xFF);
 			key >>= 8;
 		}
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
+
 		/*
 		 * If this is a variable length type, then 'k' points to a "struct
 		 * varlena" and len == -1. NOTE: VARSIZE returns the "real" data
 		 * length plus the sizeof the "vl_len" attribute of varlena (the
 		 * length information). 'k' points to the beginning of the varlena
-		 * struct, so we have to use "VARDATA" to find the beginning of the
-		 * "real" data.
+		 * struct, so we have to use "VARDATA" to find the beginning of
+		 * the "real" data.
 		 */
 		if (len == -1)
 		{
@@ -647,9 +663,7 @@ hashFunc(Datum key, int len, bool byVal)
 			k = (unsigned char *) VARDATA(key);
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			k = (unsigned char *) key;
-		}
 		while (len-- > 0)
 			h = (h * PRIME1) ^ (*k++);
 	}
@@ -669,7 +683,7 @@ hashFunc(Datum key, int len, bool byVal)
 void
 ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples)
 {
-	MemoryContext	oldcxt;
+	MemoryContext oldcxt;
 	int			nbuckets = hashtable->nbuckets;
 	int			i;
 
@@ -682,13 +696,14 @@ ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples)
 	StartPortalAllocMode(DefaultAllocMode, 0);
 
 	/*
-	 * We still use the same number of physical buckets as in the first pass.
-	 * (It could be different; but we already decided how many buckets would
-	 * be appropriate for the allowed memory, so stick with that number.)
-	 * We MUST set totalbuckets to equal nbuckets, because from now on
-	 * no tuples will go out to temp files; there are no more virtual buckets,
-	 * only real buckets.  (This implies that tuples will go into different
-	 * bucket numbers than they did on the first pass, but that's OK.)
+	 * We still use the same number of physical buckets as in the first
+	 * pass. (It could be different; but we already decided how many
+	 * buckets would be appropriate for the allowed memory, so stick with
+	 * that number.) We MUST set totalbuckets to equal nbuckets, because
+	 * from now on no tuples will go out to temp files; there are no more
+	 * virtual buckets, only real buckets.	(This implies that tuples will
+	 * go into different bucket numbers than they did on the first pass,
+	 * but that's OK.)
 	 */
 	hashtable->totalbuckets = nbuckets;
 
@@ -700,9 +715,7 @@ ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples)
 		elog(ERROR, "Insufficient memory for hash table.");
 
 	for (i = 0; i < nbuckets; i++)
-	{
 		hashtable->buckets[i] = NULL;
-	}
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 }
@@ -710,6 +723,7 @@ ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples)
 void
 ExecReScanHash(Hash *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent)
 {
+
 	/*
 	 * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned by
 	 * first ExecProcNode.
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
index b3808fab3670276c9f5b4fbac5b7295292822e0c..49f84294021f533466790b2e56af61e722679bd5 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.20 1999/05/18 21:33:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:08:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #include "optimizer/clauses.h"	/* for get_leftop */
 
 static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(Plan *node, Plan *parent,
-												 HashJoinState *hjstate);
+						  HashJoinState *hjstate);
 static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(HashJoinState *hjstate,
-												 BufFile *file,
-												 TupleTableSlot *tupleSlot);
+						  BufFile * file,
+						  TupleTableSlot *tupleSlot);
 static int	ExecHashJoinGetBatch(int bucketno, HashJoinTable hashtable);
 static int	ExecHashJoinNewBatch(HashJoinState *hjstate);
 
@@ -132,7 +132,8 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 		 */
 		for (i = 0; i < hashtable->nbatch; i++)
 		{
-			File tfile = OpenTemporaryFile();
+			File		tfile = OpenTemporaryFile();
+
 			Assert(tfile >= 0);
 			hashtable->outerBatchFile[i] = BufFileCreate(tfile);
 		}
@@ -149,6 +150,7 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 
 	for (;;)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * if the current outer tuple is nil, get a new one
 		 */
@@ -159,6 +161,7 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 													   hjstate);
 			if (TupIsNull(outerTupleSlot))
 			{
+
 				/*
 				 * when the last batch runs out, clean up and exit
 				 */
@@ -168,8 +171,8 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * now we have an outer tuple, find the corresponding bucket for
-			 * this tuple from the hash table
+			 * now we have an outer tuple, find the corresponding bucket
+			 * for this tuple from the hash table
 			 */
 			econtext->ecxt_outertuple = outerTupleSlot;
 			hjstate->hj_CurBucketNo = ExecHashGetBucket(hashtable, econtext,
@@ -184,20 +187,23 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 			 */
 			if (hashtable->curbatch == 0)
 			{
-				int batch = ExecHashJoinGetBatch(hjstate->hj_CurBucketNo,
-												 hashtable);
+				int			batch = ExecHashJoinGetBatch(hjstate->hj_CurBucketNo,
+														 hashtable);
+
 				if (batch > 0)
 				{
+
 					/*
 					 * Need to postpone this outer tuple to a later batch.
 					 * Save it in the corresponding outer-batch file.
 					 */
-					int batchno = batch - 1;
+					int			batchno = batch - 1;
+
 					hashtable->outerBatchSize[batchno]++;
 					ExecHashJoinSaveTuple(outerTupleSlot->val,
-										  hashtable->outerBatchFile[batchno]);
+									 hashtable->outerBatchFile[batchno]);
 					ExecClearTuple(outerTupleSlot);
-					continue;		/* loop around for a new outer tuple */
+					continue;	/* loop around for a new outer tuple */
 				}
 			}
 		}
@@ -212,6 +218,7 @@ ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 										  econtext);
 			if (curtuple == NULL)
 				break;			/* out of matches */
+
 			/*
 			 * we've got a match, but still need to test qpqual
 			 */
@@ -427,32 +434,33 @@ ExecEndHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 static TupleTableSlot *
 ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(Plan *node, Plan *parent, HashJoinState *hjstate)
 {
-	HashJoinTable	hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
-	int				curbatch = hashtable->curbatch;
+	HashJoinTable hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
+	int			curbatch = hashtable->curbatch;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
 
 	if (curbatch == 0)
 	{							/* if it is the first pass */
 		slot = ExecProcNode(node, parent);
-		if (! TupIsNull(slot))
+		if (!TupIsNull(slot))
 			return slot;
+
 		/*
-		 * We have just reached the end of the first pass.
-		 * Try to switch to a saved batch.
+		 * We have just reached the end of the first pass. Try to switch
+		 * to a saved batch.
 		 */
 		curbatch = ExecHashJoinNewBatch(hjstate);
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Try to read from a temp file.
-	 * Loop allows us to advance to new batch as needed.
+	 * Try to read from a temp file. Loop allows us to advance to new
+	 * batch as needed.
 	 */
 	while (curbatch <= hashtable->nbatch)
 	{
 		slot = ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(hjstate,
-										 hashtable->outerBatchFile[curbatch-1],
+								 hashtable->outerBatchFile[curbatch - 1],
 										 hjstate->hj_OuterTupleSlot);
-		if (! TupIsNull(slot))
+		if (!TupIsNull(slot))
 			return slot;
 		curbatch = ExecHashJoinNewBatch(hjstate);
 	}
@@ -470,12 +478,12 @@ ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(Plan *node, Plan *parent, HashJoinState *hjstate)
 
 static TupleTableSlot *
 ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(HashJoinState *hjstate,
-						  BufFile *file,
+						  BufFile * file,
 						  TupleTableSlot *tupleSlot)
 {
-	HeapTupleData	htup;
-	size_t			nread;
-	HeapTuple		heapTuple;
+	HeapTupleData htup;
+	size_t		nread;
+	HeapTuple	heapTuple;
 
 	nread = BufFileRead(file, (void *) &htup, sizeof(HeapTupleData));
 	if (nread == 0)
@@ -484,8 +492,8 @@ ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(HashJoinState *hjstate,
 		elog(ERROR, "Read from hashjoin temp file failed");
 	heapTuple = palloc(HEAPTUPLESIZE + htup.t_len);
 	memcpy((char *) heapTuple, (char *) &htup, sizeof(HeapTupleData));
-	heapTuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) 
-						((char *) heapTuple + HEAPTUPLESIZE);
+	heapTuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader)
+		((char *) heapTuple + HEAPTUPLESIZE);
 	nread = BufFileRead(file, (void *) heapTuple->t_data, htup.t_len);
 	if (nread != (size_t) htup.t_len)
 		elog(ERROR, "Read from hashjoin temp file failed");
@@ -506,16 +514,17 @@ ExecHashJoinNewBatch(HashJoinState *hjstate)
 	int			newbatch = hashtable->curbatch + 1;
 	long	   *innerBatchSize = hashtable->innerBatchSize;
 	long	   *outerBatchSize = hashtable->outerBatchSize;
-	BufFile	   *innerFile;
+	BufFile    *innerFile;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
 	ExprContext *econtext;
 	Var		   *innerhashkey;
 
 	if (newbatch > 1)
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * We no longer need the previous outer batch file;
-		 * close it right away to free disk space.
+		 * We no longer need the previous outer batch file; close it right
+		 * away to free disk space.
 		 */
 		BufFileClose(hashtable->outerBatchFile[newbatch - 2]);
 		hashtable->outerBatchFile[newbatch - 2] = NULL;
@@ -541,8 +550,8 @@ ExecHashJoinNewBatch(HashJoinState *hjstate)
 		return newbatch;		/* no more batches */
 
 	/*
-	 * Rewind inner and outer batch files for this batch,
-	 * so that we can start reading them.
+	 * Rewind inner and outer batch files for this batch, so that we can
+	 * start reading them.
 	 */
 	if (BufFileSeek(hashtable->outerBatchFile[newbatch - 1], 0L,
 					SEEK_SET) != 0L)
@@ -571,7 +580,8 @@ ExecHashJoinNewBatch(HashJoinState *hjstate)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * after we build the hash table, the inner batch file is no longer needed
+	 * after we build the hash table, the inner batch file is no longer
+	 * needed
 	 */
 	BufFileClose(innerFile);
 	hashtable->innerBatchFile[newbatch - 1] = NULL;
@@ -615,9 +625,9 @@ ExecHashJoinGetBatch(int bucketno, HashJoinTable hashtable)
 
 void
 ExecHashJoinSaveTuple(HeapTuple heapTuple,
-					  BufFile *file)
+					  BufFile * file)
 {
-	size_t	written;
+	size_t		written;
 
 	written = BufFileWrite(file, (void *) heapTuple, sizeof(HeapTupleData));
 	if (written != sizeof(HeapTupleData))
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
index a55d9cc6e1c462ee1de2928bed12aebdfaa3da73..461bc1b8a5ecb5cb5a72d637a38cd867abd16ad4 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.35 1999/05/10 00:45:06 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:08:43 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -91,13 +91,14 @@ IndexNext(IndexScan *node)
 	IndexScanDesc scandesc;
 	Relation	heapRelation;
 	RetrieveIndexResult result;
-	HeapTuple		tuple;
+	HeapTuple	tuple;
 	TupleTableSlot *slot;
 	Buffer		buffer = InvalidBuffer;
 	int			numIndices;
 
- 	bool		bBackward;
- 	int		indexNumber;
+	bool		bBackward;
+	int			indexNumber;
+
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	extract necessary information from index scan node
 	 * ----------------
@@ -114,14 +115,14 @@ IndexNext(IndexScan *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * Check if we are evaluating PlanQual for tuple of this relation.
-	 * Additional checking is not good, but no other way for now.
-	 * We could introduce new nodes for this case and handle
-	 * IndexScan --> NewNode switching in Init/ReScan plan...
+	 * Additional checking is not good, but no other way for now. We could
+	 * introduce new nodes for this case and handle IndexScan --> NewNode
+	 * switching in Init/ReScan plan...
 	 */
-	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL && 
+	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL &&
 		estate->es_evTuple[node->scan.scanrelid - 1] != NULL)
 	{
-		int		iptr;
+		int			iptr;
 
 		slot->ttc_buffer = InvalidBuffer;
 		slot->ttc_shouldFree = false;
@@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ IndexNext(IndexScan *node)
 						 scanstate->cstate.cs_ExprContext))
 				break;
 		}
-		if (iptr == numIndices)	/* would not be returned by indices */
+		if (iptr == numIndices) /* would not be returned by indices */
 			slot->val = NULL;
 		/* Flag for the next call that no more tuples */
 		estate->es_evTupleNull[node->scan.scanrelid - 1] = true;
@@ -153,26 +154,26 @@ IndexNext(IndexScan *node)
 	 *	appropriate heap tuple.. else return NULL.
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
- 	bBackward = ScanDirectionIsBackward(direction);
- 	if (bBackward)
-  	{
- 		indexNumber = numIndices - indexstate->iss_IndexPtr - 1;
- 		if (indexNumber < 0)
- 		{
- 			indexNumber = 0;
- 			indexstate->iss_IndexPtr = numIndices - 1;
- 		}
- 	}
- 	else
- 	{
- 		if ((indexNumber = indexstate->iss_IndexPtr) < 0)
- 		{
- 			indexNumber = 0;
- 			indexstate->iss_IndexPtr = 0;
- 		}
- 	}
- 	while (indexNumber < numIndices)
- 	{
+	bBackward = ScanDirectionIsBackward(direction);
+	if (bBackward)
+	{
+		indexNumber = numIndices - indexstate->iss_IndexPtr - 1;
+		if (indexNumber < 0)
+		{
+			indexNumber = 0;
+			indexstate->iss_IndexPtr = numIndices - 1;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if ((indexNumber = indexstate->iss_IndexPtr) < 0)
+		{
+			indexNumber = 0;
+			indexstate->iss_IndexPtr = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	while (indexNumber < numIndices)
+	{
 		scandesc = scanDescs[indexstate->iss_IndexPtr];
 		while ((result = index_getnext(scandesc, direction)) != NULL)
 		{
@@ -224,14 +225,14 @@ IndexNext(IndexScan *node)
 			if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
 				ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
 		}
- 		if (indexNumber < numIndices)
- 		{
- 			indexNumber++;
- 			if (bBackward)
- 				indexstate->iss_IndexPtr--;
- 			else
- 				indexstate->iss_IndexPtr++;
- 		}
+		if (indexNumber < numIndices)
+		{
+			indexNumber++;
+			if (bBackward)
+				indexstate->iss_IndexPtr--;
+			else
+				indexstate->iss_IndexPtr++;
+		}
 	}
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	if we get here it means the index scan failed so we
@@ -323,7 +324,7 @@ ExecIndexReScan(IndexScan *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent)
 	indexstate->iss_IndexPtr = -1;
 
 	/* If this is re-scanning of PlanQual ... */
-	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL && 
+	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL &&
 		estate->es_evTuple[node->scan.scanrelid - 1] != NULL)
 	{
 		estate->es_evTupleNull[node->scan.scanrelid - 1] = false;
@@ -703,7 +704,7 @@ ExecInitIndexScan(IndexScan *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent)
 		run_keys = (n_keys <= 0) ? NULL :
 			(int *) palloc(n_keys * sizeof(int));
 
-		CXT1_printf("ExecInitIndexScan: context is %d\n",CurrentMemoryContext);
+		CXT1_printf("ExecInitIndexScan: context is %d\n", CurrentMemoryContext);
 
 		/* ----------------
 		 *	for each opclause in the given qual,
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
index 326475102d2044138d6df8d993228fba0273ce77..b8cd808dc0cb5126eae0e9f3267368f3ffee8b7c 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:15:24 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:08:44 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ExecMaterial(Material *node)
 
 			if (TupIsNull(slot))
 				break;
-			
+
 			/*
 			 * heap_insert changes something...
 			 */
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ ExecMaterial(Material *node)
 				heapTuple = heap_copytuple(slot->val);
 			else
 				heapTuple = slot->val;
-			
+
 			heap_insert(tempRelation, heapTuple);
 
 			if (slot->ttc_buffer != InvalidBuffer)
 				pfree(heapTuple);
-			
+
 			ExecClearTuple(slot);
 		}
 		currentRelation = tempRelation;
@@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ ExecMaterialReScan(Material *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent)
 		return;
 
 	matstate->csstate.css_currentScanDesc = ExecReScanR(matstate->csstate.css_currentRelation,
-					matstate->csstate.css_currentScanDesc,
-					node->plan.state->es_direction, 0, NULL);
+								   matstate->csstate.css_currentScanDesc,
+								node->plan.state->es_direction, 0, NULL);
 
 }
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
index 9b0df288259886fb600a116970ad26c1d587c5c1..4d0c3dae92f1f651b42cc7410e895643b51010c5 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.26 1999/05/10 00:45:07 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.27 1999/05/25 16:08:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static bool MergeCompare(List *eqQual, List *compareQual, ExprContext *econtext)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 static List *
-MJFormSkipQual(List *qualList, char * replaceopname)
+MJFormSkipQual(List *qualList, char *replaceopname)
 {
 	List	   *qualCopy;
 	List	   *qualcdr;
@@ -148,14 +148,14 @@ MJFormSkipQual(List *qualList, char * replaceopname)
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
 		optup = get_operator_tuple(op->opno);
-		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(optup))		/* shouldn't happen */
+		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(optup))	/* shouldn't happen */
 			elog(ERROR, "MJFormSkipQual: operator %u not found", op->opno);
 		opform = (Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(optup);
 		oprleft = opform->oprleft;
 		oprright = opform->oprright;
 
 		/* ----------------
-		 *	 Now look up the matching "<" or ">" operator.  If there isn't one,
+		 *	 Now look up the matching "<" or ">" operator.	If there isn't one,
 		 *	 whoever marked the "=" operator mergejoinable was a loser.
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ MJFormSkipQual(List *qualList, char * replaceopname)
 									CharGetDatum('b'));
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(optup))
 			elog(ERROR,
-				 "MJFormSkipQual: mergejoin operator %u has no matching %s op",
+			"MJFormSkipQual: mergejoin operator %u has no matching %s op",
 				 op->opno, replaceopname);
 		opform = (Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(optup);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
index 8b0d9e7ec96bdacedc82f93026d8047aed3d1b7f..7c8166c6f21e7e9d82ef3ac1908d1f1fccd13c89 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
  *				   SeqScan (emp.all)
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.10 1999/03/20 01:13:22 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:08:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -263,8 +263,8 @@ ExecEndResult(Result *node)
 	 *		  is freed at end-transaction time.  -cim 6/2/91
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
-	ExecFreeExprContext(&resstate->cstate); /* XXX - new for us - er1p */
-	ExecFreeTypeInfo(&resstate->cstate); /* XXX - new for us - er1p */
+	ExecFreeExprContext(&resstate->cstate);		/* XXX - new for us - er1p */
+	ExecFreeTypeInfo(&resstate->cstate);		/* XXX - new for us - er1p */
 	ExecFreeProjectionInfo(&resstate->cstate);
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -278,7 +278,8 @@ ExecEndResult(Result *node)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	ExecClearTuple(resstate->cstate.cs_ResultTupleSlot);
-	pfree(resstate); node->resstate = NULL; /* XXX - new for us - er1p */
+	pfree(resstate);
+	node->resstate = NULL;		/* XXX - new for us - er1p */
 }
 
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
index 70a6761a8333eea2fd0921d55645bfbd66fdfb6e..04a149341376e2e77e381a99245d9a926d636e1a 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:15:26 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.18 1999/05/25 16:08:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ SeqNext(SeqScan *node)
 
 	/*
 	 * Check if we are evaluating PlanQual for tuple of this relation.
-	 * Additional checking is not good, but no other way for now.
-	 * We could introduce new nodes for this case and handle
-	 * SeqScan --> NewNode switching in Init/ReScan plan...
+	 * Additional checking is not good, but no other way for now. We could
+	 * introduce new nodes for this case and handle SeqScan --> NewNode
+	 * switching in Init/ReScan plan...
 	 */
-	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL && 
+	if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL &&
 		estate->es_evTuple[node->scanrelid - 1] != NULL)
 	{
 		slot->ttc_buffer = InvalidBuffer;
@@ -83,10 +83,11 @@ SeqNext(SeqScan *node)
 			return (slot);
 		}
 		slot->val = estate->es_evTuple[node->scanrelid - 1];
+
 		/*
-		 * Note that unlike IndexScan, SeqScan never use keys
-		 * in heap_beginscan (and this is very bad) - so, here
-		 * we have not check are keys ok or not.
+		 * Note that unlike IndexScan, SeqScan never use keys in
+		 * heap_beginscan (and this is very bad) - so, here we have not
+		 * check are keys ok or not.
 		 */
 		/* Flag for the next call that no more tuples */
 		estate->es_evTupleNull[node->scanrelid - 1] = true;
@@ -401,10 +402,11 @@ ExecSeqReScan(SeqScan *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent)
 		outerPlan = outerPlan((Plan *) node);
 		ExecReScan(outerPlan, exprCtxt, parent);
 	}
-	else	/* otherwise, we are scanning a relation */
+	else
+/* otherwise, we are scanning a relation */
 	{
 		/* If this is re-scanning of PlanQual ... */
-		if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL && 
+		if (estate->es_evTuple != NULL &&
 			estate->es_evTuple[node->scanrelid - 1] != NULL)
 		{
 			estate->es_evTupleNull[node->scanrelid - 1] = false;
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
index 2eebbf1f1e2524185662f3c5c7d3b2b7e4ca2745..ef65a7afb51bd89f281ae1c7eaaf69540e171194 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c
@@ -58,15 +58,16 @@ ExecSubPlan(SubPlan *node, List *pvar, ExprContext *econtext)
 	ExecReScan(plan, (ExprContext *) NULL, plan);
 
 	/*
-	 * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK, the result type is boolean,
-	 * and we have a fairly clear idea of how to combine multiple subitems
-	 * and deal with NULL values or an empty subplan result.
+	 * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK, the result type is
+	 * boolean, and we have a fairly clear idea of how to combine multiple
+	 * subitems and deal with NULL values or an empty subplan result.
 	 *
 	 * For EXPR_SUBLINK, the result type is whatever the combining operator
 	 * returns.  We have no way to deal with more than one column in the
-	 * subplan result --- hopefully the parser forbids that.  More seriously,
-	 * it's unclear what to do with NULL values or an empty subplan result.
-	 * For now, we error out, but should something else happen?
+	 * subplan result --- hopefully the parser forbids that.  More
+	 * seriously, it's unclear what to do with NULL values or an empty
+	 * subplan result. For now, we error out, but should something else
+	 * happen?
 	 */
 
 	for (slot = ExecProcNode(plan, plan);
@@ -105,14 +106,14 @@ ExecSubPlan(SubPlan *node, List *pvar, ExprContext *econtext)
 			}
 			if (subLinkType != EXPR_SUBLINK)
 			{
-				if ((! (bool) result && !(sublink->useor)) ||
+				if ((!(bool) result && !(sublink->useor)) ||
 					((bool) result && sublink->useor))
 					break;
 			}
 			i++;
 		}
 
-		if (subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK && ! (bool) result)
+		if (subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK && !(bool) result)
 			break;
 		if (subLinkType == ANY_SUBLINK && (bool) result)
 			break;
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ ExecSubPlan(SubPlan *node, List *pvar, ExprContext *econtext)
 
 	if (!found)
 	{
-		/* deal with empty subplan result.  Note default result is 'false' */
+		/* deal with empty subplan result.	Note default result is 'false' */
 		if (subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK)
 			result = (Datum) true;
 		else if (subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK)
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/spi.c b/src/backend/executor/spi.c
index f6e5b8c585e260283a7a4819a288711963ba32e2..f807412018e31549bc813b14afe109d886fa183b 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/spi.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/spi.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * spi.c
  *				Server Programming Interface
  *
- * $Id: spi.c,v 1.37 1999/05/13 07:28:30 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: spi.c,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:08:48 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ static _SPI_connection *_SPI_current = NULL;
 static int	_SPI_connected = -1;
 static int	_SPI_curid = -1;
 
-DLLIMPORT uint32 	SPI_processed = 0;
+DLLIMPORT uint32 SPI_processed = 0;
 DLLIMPORT SPITupleTable *SPI_tuptable;
-DLLIMPORT int			SPI_result;
+DLLIMPORT int SPI_result;
 
 static int	_SPI_execute(char *src, int tcount, _SPI_plan *plan);
 static int	_SPI_pquery(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *state, int tcount);
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ extern void ShowUsage(void);
 int
 SPI_connect()
 {
-	char					pname[64];
-	PortalVariableMemory	pvmem;
+	char		pname[64];
+	PortalVariableMemory pvmem;
 
 	/*
 	 * It's possible on startup and after commit/abort. In future we'll
@@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ SPI_modifytuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, int natts, int *attnum,
 		mtuple = heap_formtuple(rel->rd_att, v, n);
 		infomask = mtuple->t_data->t_infomask;
 		memmove(&(mtuple->t_data->t_oid), &(tuple->t_data->t_oid),
-				((char *) &(tuple->t_data->t_hoff) - 
-					(char *) &(tuple->t_data->t_oid)));
+				((char *) &(tuple->t_data->t_hoff) -
+				 (char *) &(tuple->t_data->t_oid)));
 		mtuple->t_data->t_infomask = infomask;
 		mtuple->t_data->t_natts = numberOfAttributes;
 	}
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ SPI_getvalue(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc, int fnumber)
 	val = heap_getattr(tuple, fnumber, tupdesc, &isnull);
 	if (isnull)
 		return NULL;
-	if (! getTypeOutAndElem((Oid) tupdesc->attrs[fnumber - 1]->atttypid,
-							&foutoid, &typelem))
+	if (!getTypeOutAndElem((Oid) tupdesc->attrs[fnumber - 1]->atttypid,
+						   &foutoid, &typelem))
 	{
 		SPI_result = SPI_ERROR_NOOUTFUNC;
 		return NULL;
@@ -549,13 +549,13 @@ SPI_pfree(void *pointer)
 /* =================== private functions =================== */
 
 /*
- * spi_printtup 
+ * spi_printtup
  *		store tuple retrieved by Executor into SPITupleTable
  *		of current SPI procedure
  *
  */
 void
-spi_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc, DestReceiver* self)
+spi_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc, DestReceiver * self)
 {
 	SPITupleTable *tuptable;
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
@@ -633,12 +633,13 @@ _SPI_execute(char *src, int tcount, _SPI_plan *plan)
 
 	_SPI_current->qtlist = queryTree_list;
 
-	foreach (queryTree_list_item, queryTree_list)
+	foreach(queryTree_list_item, queryTree_list)
 	{
 		queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(queryTree_list_item);
 		planTree = lfirst(planTree_list);
 		planTree_list = lnext(planTree_list);
-		islastquery = (planTree_list == NIL); /* assume lists are same len */
+		islastquery = (planTree_list == NIL);	/* assume lists are same
+												 * len */
 
 		if (queryTree->commandType == CMD_UTILITY)
 		{
@@ -658,7 +659,7 @@ _SPI_execute(char *src, int tcount, _SPI_plan *plan)
 			if (plan == NULL)
 			{
 				ProcessUtility(queryTree->utilityStmt, None);
-				if (! islastquery)
+				if (!islastquery)
 					CommandCounterIncrement();
 				else
 					return res;
@@ -717,17 +718,18 @@ _SPI_execute_plan(_SPI_plan *plan, Datum *Values, char *Nulls, int tcount)
 	_SPI_current->tuptable = NULL;
 	_SPI_current->qtlist = NULL;
 
-	foreach (queryTree_list_item, queryTree_list)
+	foreach(queryTree_list_item, queryTree_list)
 	{
 		queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(queryTree_list_item);
 		planTree = lfirst(planTree_list);
 		planTree_list = lnext(planTree_list);
-		islastquery = (planTree_list == NIL); /* assume lists are same len */
+		islastquery = (planTree_list == NIL);	/* assume lists are same
+												 * len */
 
 		if (queryTree->commandType == CMD_UTILITY)
 		{
 			ProcessUtility(queryTree->utilityStmt, None);
-			if (! islastquery)
+			if (!islastquery)
 				CommandCounterIncrement();
 			else
 				return SPI_OK_UTILITY;
@@ -777,7 +779,7 @@ _SPI_pquery(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *state, int tcount)
 	char	   *intoName = NULL;
 	int			res;
 	Const		tcount_const;
-	Node		*count = NULL;
+	Node	   *count = NULL;
 
 	switch (operation)
 	{
@@ -833,18 +835,18 @@ _SPI_pquery(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *state, int tcount)
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
 		memset(&tcount_const, 0, sizeof(tcount_const));
-		tcount_const.type		   = T_Const;
-		tcount_const.consttype	  = INT4OID;
-		tcount_const.constlen	   = sizeof(int4);
-		tcount_const.constvalue	 = (Datum)tcount;
-		tcount_const.constisnull	= FALSE;
-		tcount_const.constbyval	 = TRUE;
-		tcount_const.constisset	 = FALSE;
-		tcount_const.constiscast	= FALSE;
- 
-		count = (Node *)&tcount_const;
-	}
- 
+		tcount_const.type = T_Const;
+		tcount_const.consttype = INT4OID;
+		tcount_const.constlen = sizeof(int4);
+		tcount_const.constvalue = (Datum) tcount;
+		tcount_const.constisnull = FALSE;
+		tcount_const.constbyval = TRUE;
+		tcount_const.constisset = FALSE;
+		tcount_const.constiscast = FALSE;
+
+		count = (Node *) &tcount_const;
+	}
+
 	if (state == NULL)			/* plan preparation */
 		return res;
 #ifdef SPI_EXECUTOR_STATS
@@ -922,7 +924,7 @@ _SPI_procmem()
 }
 
 /*
- * _SPI_begin_call 
+ * _SPI_begin_call
  *
  */
 static int
diff --git a/src/backend/lib/fstack.c b/src/backend/lib/fstack.c
index 7b05dbd8fd85d303c604fdbd78bf0f85e08ee73a..1f2beafa9223495e100df2813294284562858813 100644
--- a/src/backend/lib/fstack.c
+++ b/src/backend/lib/fstack.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:15:34 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/lib/Attic/fstack.c,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:08:52 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -20,20 +20,20 @@
  */
 
 /*
- * FixedItemIsValid 
+ * FixedItemIsValid
  *		True iff item is valid.
  */
 #define FixedItemIsValid(item)	PointerIsValid(item)
 
 /*
- * FixedStackGetItemBase 
+ * FixedStackGetItemBase
  *		Returns base of enclosing structure.
  */
 #define FixedStackGetItemBase(stack, item) \
 		((Pointer)((char *)(item) - (stack)->offset))
 
 /*
- * FixedStackGetItem 
+ * FixedStackGetItem
  *		Returns item of given pointer to enclosing structure.
  */
 #define FixedStackGetItem(stack, pointer) \
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ FixedStackPush(FixedStack stack, Pointer pointer)
 
 #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
 /*
- * FixedStackContains 
+ * FixedStackContains
  *		True iff ordered stack contains given element.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
index 3ded7799749e5dbea416f6bcb38cf14eaac2e18f..12d0f8625c20151f416c61bd25d5c632538efc9f 100644
--- a/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
+++ b/src/backend/lib/stringinfo.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	  $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.15 1999/04/25 03:19:25 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:08:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -67,17 +67,18 @@ initStringInfo(StringInfo str)
 static void
 enlargeStringInfo(StringInfo str, int needed)
 {
-	int		newlen;
-	char   *newdata;
+	int			newlen;
+	char	   *newdata;
 
 	needed += str->len + 1;		/* total space required now */
 	if (needed <= str->maxlen)
 		return;					/* got enough space already */
 
 	/*
-	 * We don't want to allocate just a little more space with each append;
-	 * for efficiency, double the buffer size each time it overflows.
-	 * Actually, we might need to more than double it if 'needed' is big...
+	 * We don't want to allocate just a little more space with each
+	 * append; for efficiency, double the buffer size each time it
+	 * overflows. Actually, we might need to more than double it if
+	 * 'needed' is big...
 	 */
 	newlen = 2 * str->maxlen;
 	while (needed > newlen)
@@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ enlargeStringInfo(StringInfo str, int needed)
 	newdata = palloc(newlen);
 	if (newdata == NULL)
 		elog(ERROR,
-			 "enlargeStringInfo: Out of memory (%d bytes requested)", newlen);
+		"enlargeStringInfo: Out of memory (%d bytes requested)", newlen);
 
 	/* OK, transfer data into new buffer, and release old buffer */
 	memcpy(newdata, str->data, str->len + 1);
@@ -107,11 +108,11 @@ enlargeStringInfo(StringInfo str, int needed)
  * generated in a single call (not on the total string length).
  */
 void
-appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...)
+appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...)
 {
-	va_list	args;
-	char	buffer[1024];
-	int		buflen;
+	va_list		args;
+	char		buffer[1024];
+	int			buflen;
 
 	Assert(str != NULL);
 
@@ -164,7 +165,8 @@ appendBinaryStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *data, int datalen)
 	memcpy(str->data + str->len, data, datalen);
 	str->len += datalen;
 
-	/* Keep a trailing null in place, even though it's probably useless
+	/*
+	 * Keep a trailing null in place, even though it's probably useless
 	 * for binary data...
 	 */
 	str->data[str->len] = '\0';
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
index 6941934369c22f3ba21e52abfa458081d0b8f9f1..c5bfc69748a4624a6c0b8b2a5c61687ba5891aaf 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/auth.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.35 1999/04/16 04:59:03 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:08:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ static int	map_old_to_new(Port *port, UserAuth old, int status);
 static int
 pg_krb4_recvauth(Port *port)
 {
-	long					krbopts = 0;	/* one-way authentication */
-	KTEXT_ST			clttkt;
-	char					instance[INST_SZ+1],
-								version[KRB_SENDAUTH_VLEN+1];
-	AUTH_DAT			auth_data;
-	Key_schedule	key_sched;
-	int						status;
+	long		krbopts = 0;	/* one-way authentication */
+	KTEXT_ST	clttkt;
+	char		instance[INST_SZ + 1],
+				version[KRB_SENDAUTH_VLEN + 1];
+	AUTH_DAT	auth_data;
+	Key_schedule key_sched;
+	int			status;
 
 	strcpy(instance, "*");		/* don't care, but arg gets expanded
 								 * anyway */
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ pg_krb4_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (status != KSUCCESS)
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb4_recvauth: kerberos error: %s\n", krb_err_txt[status]);
+		  "pg_krb4_recvauth: kerberos error: %s\n", krb_err_txt[status]);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ pg_krb4_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (strncmp(version, PG_KRB4_VERSION, KRB_SENDAUTH_VLEN))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb4_recvauth: protocol version != \"%s\"\n", PG_KRB4_VERSION);
+				 "pg_krb4_recvauth: protocol version != \"%s\"\n", PG_KRB4_VERSION);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ pg_krb4_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (strncmp(port->user, auth_data.pname, SM_USER))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb4_recvauth: name \"%s\" != \"%s\"\n",
-				port->user, auth_data.pname);
+				 "pg_krb4_recvauth: name \"%s\" != \"%s\"\n",
+				 port->user, auth_data.pname);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ static int
 pg_krb4_recvauth(Port *port)
 {
 	snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"pg_krb4_recvauth: Kerberos not implemented on this server.\n");
+		 "pg_krb4_recvauth: Kerberos not implemented on this server.\n");
 	fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 	pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (code = krb5_parse_name(servbuf, &server))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			  "pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_parse_name\n", code);
+		"pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_parse_name\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_recvauth", code, "in krb5_parse_name");
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 							 (krb5_authenticator **) NULL))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_recvauth\n", code);
+		 "pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_recvauth\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_recvauth", code, "in krb5_recvauth");
 		krb5_free_principal(server);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if ((code = krb5_unparse_name(client, &kusername)))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_unparse_name\n", code);
+				 "pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_unparse_name\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_recvauth", code, "in krb5_unparse_name");
 		krb5_free_principal(client);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (!kusername)
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb5_recvauth: could not decode username\n");
+				 "pg_krb5_recvauth: could not decode username\n");
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 	if (strncmp(username, kusername, SM_USER))
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_krb5_recvauth: name \"%s\" != \"%s\"\n", port->user, kusername);
+				 "pg_krb5_recvauth: name \"%s\" != \"%s\"\n", port->user, kusername);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		pfree(kusername);
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ static int
 pg_krb5_recvauth(Port *port)
 {
 	snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos not implemented on this server.\n");
+		 "pg_krb5_recvauth: Kerberos not implemented on this server.\n");
 	fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 	pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ pg_passwordv0_recvauth(void *arg, PacketLen len, void *pkt)
 	if (user == NULL || password == NULL)
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"pg_password_recvauth: badly formed password packet.\n");
+				 "pg_password_recvauth: badly formed password packet.\n");
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ pg_passwordv0_recvauth(void *arg, PacketLen len, void *pkt)
 void
 auth_failed(Port *port)
 {
-	char	buffer[512];
+	char		buffer[512];
 	const char *authmethod = "Unknown auth method:";
 
 	switch (port->auth_method)
@@ -449,9 +449,9 @@ be_recvauth(Port *port)
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the authentication method to use for this frontend/database
-	 * combination.  Note: a failure return indicates a problem with
-	 * the hba config file, not with the request.  hba.c should have
-	 * dropped an error message into the postmaster logfile if it failed.
+	 * combination.  Note: a failure return indicates a problem with the
+	 * hba config file, not with the request.  hba.c should have dropped
+	 * an error message into the postmaster logfile if it failed.
 	 */
 
 	if (hba_getauthmethod(&port->raddr, port->user, port->database,
@@ -470,27 +470,28 @@ be_recvauth(Port *port)
 	{
 		/* Handle new style authentication. */
 
-		AuthRequest		areq = AUTH_REQ_OK;
-		PacketDoneProc	auth_handler = NULL;
+		AuthRequest areq = AUTH_REQ_OK;
+		PacketDoneProc auth_handler = NULL;
 
 		switch (port->auth_method)
 		{
 			case uaReject:
+
 				/*
-				 * This could have come from an explicit "reject" entry
-				 * in pg_hba.conf, but more likely it means there was no
-				 * matching entry.  Take pity on the poor user and issue
-				 * a helpful error message.  NOTE: this is not a security
-				 * breach, because all the info reported here is known
-				 * at the frontend and must be assumed known to bad guys.
+				 * This could have come from an explicit "reject" entry in
+				 * pg_hba.conf, but more likely it means there was no
+				 * matching entry.	Take pity on the poor user and issue a
+				 * helpful error message.  NOTE: this is not a security
+				 * breach, because all the info reported here is known at
+				 * the frontend and must be assumed known to bad guys.
 				 * We're merely helping out the less clueful good guys.
 				 * NOTE 2: libpq-be.h defines the maximum error message
 				 * length as 99 characters.  It probably wouldn't hurt
-				 * anything to increase it, but there might be some
-				 * client out there that will fail.  So, be terse.
+				 * anything to increase it, but there might be some client
+				 * out there that will fail.  So, be terse.
 				 */
 				{
-					char buffer[512];
+					char		buffer[512];
 					const char *hostinfo = "localhost";
 
 					if (port->raddr.sa.sa_family == AF_INET)
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c
index 8c9dcae52d23a61b637afd5d414c1a09091419b8..ed70ab734a097414932036f68b583efd4469e28f 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-dumpdata.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.23 1999/05/10 00:45:08 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: be-dumpdata.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:08:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ static u_int be_portalcnt = 0;
 PortalEntry *
 be_newportal(void)
 {
-	PortalEntry	*entry;
-	char				buf[PortalNameLength];
+	PortalEntry *entry;
+	char		buf[PortalNameLength];
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	generate a new name
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ be_typeinit(PortalEntry *entry,
  * ----------------
  */
 void
-be_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
+be_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self)
 {
 	int			i;
 	Datum		attr;
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
index 8a063cf1eaf1ba19a91af7ecf807ff89fc9c1ce7..bef974d8a5dd368ad31fcadf84b23194f14b4f9f 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.32 1999/05/10 00:45:09 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:08:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This should be moved to a more appropriate place.  It is here
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ lo_close(int fd)
 int
 lo_read(int fd, char *buf, int len)
 {
- 	MemoryContext currentContext;
- 	int status;
+	MemoryContext currentContext;
+	int			status;
 
 	if (fd < 0 || fd >= MAX_LOBJ_FDS)
 	{
@@ -144,19 +144,19 @@ lo_read(int fd, char *buf, int len)
 		elog(ERROR, "lo_read: invalid large obj descriptor (%d)", fd);
 		return -3;
 	}
- 	currentContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) fscxt);
+	currentContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) fscxt);
 
 	status = inv_read(cookies[fd], buf, len);
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(currentContext);
- 	return(status);
+	return (status);
 }
 
 int
 lo_write(int fd, char *buf, int len)
 {
- 	MemoryContext currentContext;
- 	int status;
+	MemoryContext currentContext;
+	int			status;
 
 	if (fd < 0 || fd >= MAX_LOBJ_FDS)
 	{
@@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ lo_write(int fd, char *buf, int len)
 		elog(ERROR, "lo_write: invalid large obj descriptor (%d)", fd);
 		return -3;
 	}
- 	currentContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) fscxt);
+	currentContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) fscxt);
 
 	status = inv_write(cookies[fd], buf, len);
 
 	MemoryContextSwitchTo(currentContext);
- 	return(status);
+	return (status);
 }
 
 
@@ -374,9 +374,7 @@ lo_export(Oid lobjId, text *filename)
 	 */
 	lobj = inv_open(lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj == NULL)
-	{
 		elog(ERROR, "lo_export: can't open inv object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * open the file to be written to
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
index ac8b3733876af05f0ccec6f14504988c3036eeb4..afd289d1f575f1080a90c6e1d71134bf2bf0a3bf 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * crypt.c
- *	Look into pg_shadow and check the encrypted password with 
+ *	Look into pg_shadow and check the encrypted password with
  *	the one passed in from the frontend.
  *
  * Modification History
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * Dec 17, 1997 - Todd A. Brandys
  *	Orignal Version Completed.
  *
- * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.16 1999/05/09 00:54:30 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: crypt.c,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:08:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ char *
 crypt_getpwdfilename()
 {
 
-	static char	*pfnam = NULL;
-	int					bufsize;
+	static char *pfnam = NULL;
+	int			bufsize;
 
 	bufsize = strlen(DataDir) + strlen(CRYPT_PWD_FILE) + 2;
 	pfnam = (char *) palloc(bufsize);
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ char *
 crypt_getpwdreloadfilename()
 {
 
-	static char	*rpfnam = NULL;
-	char				*pwdfilename;
-	int					bufsize;
+	static char *rpfnam = NULL;
+	char	   *pwdfilename;
+	int			bufsize;
 
 	pwdfilename = crypt_getpwdfilename();
 	bufsize = strlen(pwdfilename) + strlen(CRYPT_PWD_RELOAD_SUFX) + 1;
@@ -147,9 +147,7 @@ crypt_loadpwdfile()
 		{						/* free the old data only if this is a
 								 * reload */
 			while (pwd_cache_count--)
-			{
 				pfree((void *) pwd_cache[pwd_cache_count]);
-			}
 			pfree((void *) pwd_cache);
 			pwd_cache = NULL;
 			pwd_cache_count = 0;
@@ -226,9 +224,9 @@ int
 crypt_getloginfo(const char *user, char **passwd, char **valuntil)
 {
 
-	char	*pwd,
-				*valdate;
-	void	*fakeout;
+	char	   *pwd,
+			   *valdate;
+	void	   *fakeout;
 
 	*passwd = NULL;
 	*valuntil = NULL;
@@ -236,8 +234,8 @@ crypt_getloginfo(const char *user, char **passwd, char **valuntil)
 
 	if (pwd_cache)
 	{
-		char  **pwd_entry;
-		char	user_search[NAMEDATALEN + 2];
+		char	  **pwd_entry;
+		char		user_search[NAMEDATALEN + 2];
 
 		snprintf(user_search, NAMEDATALEN + 2, "%s\t", user);
 		fakeout = (void *) &user_search;
@@ -261,28 +259,22 @@ int
 crypt_verify(Port *port, const char *user, const char *pgpass)
 {
 
-	char					*passwd,
-								*valuntil,
-								*crypt_pwd;
-	int						retval = STATUS_ERROR;
-	AbsoluteTime	vuntil,
-								current;
+	char	   *passwd,
+			   *valuntil,
+			   *crypt_pwd;
+	int			retval = STATUS_ERROR;
+	AbsoluteTime vuntil,
+				current;
 
 	if (crypt_getloginfo(user, &passwd, &valuntil) == STATUS_ERROR)
-	{
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
-	}
 
 	if (passwd == NULL || *passwd == '\0')
 	{
 		if (passwd)
-		{
 			pfree((void *) passwd);
-		}
 		if (valuntil)
-		{
 			pfree((void *) valuntil);
-		}
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
 	}
 
@@ -291,38 +283,29 @@ crypt_verify(Port *port, const char *user, const char *pgpass)
 	 * authentication method being used for this connection.
 	 */
 
-	crypt_pwd = 
-			(port->auth_method == uaCrypt ? crypt(passwd, port->salt) : passwd);
+	crypt_pwd =
+		(port->auth_method == uaCrypt ? crypt(passwd, port->salt) : passwd);
 
 	if (!strcmp(pgpass, crypt_pwd))
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * check here to be sure we are not past valuntil
 		 */
 		if (!valuntil || strcmp(valuntil, "\\N") == 0)
-		{
 			vuntil = INVALID_ABSTIME;
-		}
 		else
-		{
 			vuntil = nabstimein(valuntil);
-		}
 		current = GetCurrentAbsoluteTime();
 		if (vuntil != INVALID_ABSTIME && vuntil < current)
-		{
 			retval = STATUS_ERROR;
-		}
 		else
-		{
 			retval = STATUS_OK;
-		}
 	}
 
 	pfree((void *) passwd);
 	if (valuntil)
-	{
 		pfree((void *) valuntil);
-	}
 
 	return retval;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
index 85bbcb890e6d755d70804ecdef60a86017672cb1..dd64971c99dbf76ffdfe048a2e1cc5dd435b01f0 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *	  wherein you authenticate a user by seeing what IP address the system
  *	  says he comes from and possibly using ident).
  *
- *  $Id: hba.c,v 1.42 1999/05/10 15:17:16 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: hba.c,v 1.43 1999/05/25 16:08:59 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ process_hba_record(FILE *file, SockAddr *raddr, const char *user,
 
 syntax:
 	snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"process_hba_record: invalid syntax in pg_hba.conf file\n");
+			 "process_hba_record: invalid syntax in pg_hba.conf file\n");
 
 	fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 	pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
@@ -305,14 +305,15 @@ process_open_config_file(FILE *file, SockAddr *raddr, const char *user,
   This function does the same thing as find_hba_entry, only with
   the config file already open on stream descriptor "file".
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-	bool	found_entry = false; /* found an applicable entry? */
-	bool	error = false;		/* found an erroneous entry? */
-	bool	eof = false;		/* end of hba file */
+	bool		found_entry = false;	/* found an applicable entry? */
+	bool		error = false;	/* found an erroneous entry? */
+	bool		eof = false;	/* end of hba file */
 
 	while (!eof && !found_entry && !error)
 	{
 		/* Process a line from the config file */
-		int		c = getc(file);
+		int			c = getc(file);
+
 		if (c == EOF)
 			eof = true;
 		else
@@ -347,7 +348,7 @@ find_hba_entry(SockAddr *raddr, const char *user, const char *database,
  * Read the config file and find an entry that allows connection from
  * host "raddr", user "user", to database "database".  If found,
  * return *hba_ok_p = true and *userauth_p and *auth_arg representing
- * the contents of that entry.  If there is no matching entry, we
+ * the contents of that entry.	If there is no matching entry, we
  * set *hba_ok_p = true, *userauth_p = uaReject.
  *
  * If the config file is unreadable or contains invalid syntax, we
@@ -355,15 +356,15 @@ find_hba_entry(SockAddr *raddr, const char *user, const char *database,
  * and return without changing *hba_ok_p.
  *
  * If we find a file by the old name of the config file (pg_hba), we issue
- * an error message because it probably needs to be converted.  He didn't
+ * an error message because it probably needs to be converted.	He didn't
  * follow directions and just installed his old hba file in the new database
  * system.
  */
 
-	int		fd,
+	int			fd,
 				bufsize;
-	FILE	*file;			/* The config file we have to read */
-	char	*old_conf_file;
+	FILE	   *file;			/* The config file we have to read */
+	char	   *old_conf_file;
 
 	/* The name of old config file that better not exist. */
 
@@ -387,14 +388,15 @@ find_hba_entry(SockAddr *raddr, const char *user, const char *database,
 		  "A file exists by the name used for host-based authentication "
 		   "in prior releases of Postgres (%s).  The name and format of "
 		   "the configuration file have changed, so this file should be "
-				"converted.\n",
-				old_conf_file);
+				 "converted.\n",
+				 old_conf_file);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		char	*conf_file;	/* The name of the config file we have to read */
+		char	   *conf_file;	/* The name of the config file we have to
+								 * read */
 
 		/* put together the full pathname to the config file */
 		bufsize = (strlen(DataDir) + strlen(CONF_FILE) + 2) * sizeof(char);
@@ -407,17 +409,17 @@ find_hba_entry(SockAddr *raddr, const char *user, const char *database,
 			/* The open of the config file failed.	*/
 
 			snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-					"find_hba_entry: Host-based authentication config file "
-					"does not exist or permissions are not setup correctly! "
-					"Unable to open file \"%s\".\n",
-					conf_file);
+				 "find_hba_entry: Host-based authentication config file "
+				"does not exist or permissions are not setup correctly! "
+					 "Unable to open file \"%s\".\n",
+					 conf_file);
 			fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 			pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			process_open_config_file(file, raddr, user, database, hba_ok_p, 
-					userauth_p, auth_arg);
+			process_open_config_file(file, raddr, user, database, hba_ok_p,
+									 userauth_p, auth_arg);
 			FreeFile(file);
 		}
 		pfree(conf_file);
@@ -531,16 +533,18 @@ ident(const struct in_addr remote_ip_addr, const struct in_addr local_ip_addr,
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 
-	int	sock_fd,	/* File descriptor for socket on which we talk to Ident */
-			rc;				/* Return code from a locally called function */
+	int			sock_fd,		/* File descriptor for socket on which we
+								 * talk to Ident */
+				rc;				/* Return code from a locally called
+								 * function */
 
 	sock_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_IP);
 	if (sock_fd == -1)
 	{
-		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH, 
-				"Failed to create socket on which to talk to Ident server. "
-				"socket() returned errno = %s (%d)\n",
-				strerror(errno), errno);
+		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
+			 "Failed to create socket on which to talk to Ident server. "
+				 "socket() returned errno = %s (%d)\n",
+				 strerror(errno), errno);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 	}
@@ -559,66 +563,66 @@ ident(const struct in_addr remote_ip_addr, const struct in_addr local_ip_addr,
 
 		/*
 		 * Bind to the address which the client originally contacted,
-		 * otherwise the ident server won't be able to match up the
-		 * right connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL
-		 * server is running on an IP alias.
+		 * otherwise the ident server won't be able to match up the right
+		 * connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL server is
+		 * running on an IP alias.
 		 */
 		memset(&la, 0, sizeof(la));
 		la.sin_family = AF_INET;
 		la.sin_addr = local_ip_addr;
-		rc = bind(sock_fd, (struct sockaddr *) &la, sizeof(la));
+		rc = bind(sock_fd, (struct sockaddr *) & la, sizeof(la));
 		if (rc == 0)
 		{
 			rc = connect(sock_fd,
-				     (struct sockaddr *) & ident_server, sizeof(ident_server));
+			   (struct sockaddr *) & ident_server, sizeof(ident_server));
 		}
 		if (rc != 0)
 		{
 			snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-					"Unable to connect to Ident server on the host which is "
-					"trying to connect to Postgres "
-					"(IP address %s, Port %d). "
-					"errno = %s (%d)\n",
-					inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT, strerror(errno), errno);
+				"Unable to connect to Ident server on the host which is "
+					 "trying to connect to Postgres "
+					 "(IP address %s, Port %d). "
+					 "errno = %s (%d)\n",
+					 inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT, strerror(errno), errno);
 			fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 			pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 			*ident_failed = true;
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			char	ident_query[80];
+			char		ident_query[80];
 
 			/* The query we send to the Ident server */
 			snprintf(ident_query, 80, "%d,%d\n",
-					ntohs(remote_port), ntohs(local_port));
+					 ntohs(remote_port), ntohs(local_port));
 			rc = send(sock_fd, ident_query, strlen(ident_query), 0);
 			if (rc < 0)
 			{
 				snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-						"Unable to send query to Ident server on the host which is "
+						 "Unable to send query to Ident server on the host which is "
 					  "trying to connect to Postgres (Host %s, Port %d),"
-						"even though we successfully connected to it.  "
-						"errno = %s (%d)\n",
-						inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT, strerror(errno), errno);
+						 "even though we successfully connected to it.  "
+						 "errno = %s (%d)\n",
+						 inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT, strerror(errno), errno);
 				fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 				pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 				*ident_failed = true;
 			}
 			else
 			{
-				char	ident_response[80 + IDENT_USERNAME_MAX];
+				char		ident_response[80 + IDENT_USERNAME_MAX];
 
 				rc = recv(sock_fd, ident_response, sizeof(ident_response) - 1, 0);
 				if (rc < 0)
 				{
 					snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-							"Unable to receive response from Ident server "
-							"on the host which is "
-							"trying to connect to Postgres (Host %s, Port %d),"
-							"even though we successfully sent our query to it.  "
-							"errno = %s (%d)\n",
-							inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT,
-							strerror(errno), errno);
+						  "Unable to receive response from Ident server "
+							 "on the host which is "
+					  "trying to connect to Postgres (Host %s, Port %d),"
+					"even though we successfully sent our query to it.  "
+							 "errno = %s (%d)\n",
+							 inet_ntoa(remote_ip_addr), IDENT_PORT,
+							 strerror(errno), errno);
 					fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 					pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 					*ident_failed = true;
@@ -676,8 +680,8 @@ parse_map_record(FILE *file,
 				return;
 			}
 		}
-		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH, 
-				"Incomplete line in pg_ident: %s", file_map);
+		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
+				 "Incomplete line in pg_ident: %s", file_map);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 	}
@@ -760,29 +764,26 @@ verify_against_usermap(const char *pguser,
 	{
 		*checks_out_p = false;
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"verify_against_usermap: hba configuration file does not "
-				"have the usermap field filled in in the entry that pertains "
-				"to this connection.  That field is essential for Ident-based "
-				"authentication.\n");
+			   "verify_against_usermap: hba configuration file does not "
+		   "have the usermap field filled in in the entry that pertains "
+		  "to this connection.  That field is essential for Ident-based "
+				 "authentication.\n");
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 	}
 	else if (strcmp(usermap_name, "sameuser") == 0)
 	{
 		if (strcmp(ident_username, pguser) == 0)
-		{
 			*checks_out_p = true;
-		}
 		else
-		{
 			*checks_out_p = false;
-		}
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		FILE	*file;		/* The map file we have to read */
-		char	*map_file;	/* The name of the map file we have to read */
-		int		bufsize;
+		FILE	   *file;		/* The map file we have to read */
+		char	   *map_file;	/* The name of the map file we have to
+								 * read */
+		int			bufsize;
 
 		/* put together the full pathname to the map file */
 		bufsize = (strlen(DataDir) + strlen(USERMAP_FILE) + 2) * sizeof(char);
@@ -801,11 +802,11 @@ verify_against_usermap(const char *pguser,
 			*checks_out_p = false;
 
 			snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-					"verify_against_usermap: usermap file for Ident-based "
-					"authentication "
-					"does not exist or permissions are not setup correctly! "
-					"Unable to open file \"%s\".\n",
-					map_file);
+				  "verify_against_usermap: usermap file for Ident-based "
+					 "authentication "
+				"does not exist or permissions are not setup correctly! "
+					 "Unable to open file \"%s\".\n",
+					 map_file);
 			fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 			pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		}
@@ -945,21 +946,21 @@ InRange(char *buf, int host)
 void
 GetCharSetByHost(char *TableName, int host, const char *DataDir)
 {
-	FILE	*file;
-	char	buf[MAX_TOKEN],
+	FILE	   *file;
+	char		buf[MAX_TOKEN],
 				BaseCharset[MAX_TOKEN],
 				OrigCharset[MAX_TOKEN],
 				DestCharset[MAX_TOKEN],
 				HostCharset[MAX_TOKEN],
 				c,
 				eof = false,
-				*map_file;
-	int		key = 0,
+			   *map_file;
+	int			key = 0,
 				ChIndex = 0,
 				i,
 				bufsize;
 
-	struct CharsetItem	*ChArray[MAX_CHARSETS];
+	struct CharsetItem *ChArray[MAX_CHARSETS];
 
 	*TableName = '\0';
 	bufsize = (strlen(DataDir) + strlen(CHARSET_FILE) + 2) * sizeof(char);
@@ -971,9 +972,7 @@ GetCharSetByHost(char *TableName, int host, const char *DataDir)
 	file = AllocateFile(map_file, "rb");
 #endif
 	if (file == NULL)
-	{
 		return;
-	}
 	while (!eof)
 	{
 		c = getc(file);
@@ -1033,8 +1032,8 @@ GetCharSetByHost(char *TableName, int host, const char *DataDir)
 									next_token(file, buf, sizeof(buf));
 									if (buf[0] != '\0')
 									{
-										ChArray[ChIndex] = 
-												(struct CharsetItem *) palloc(sizeof(struct CharsetItem));
+										ChArray[ChIndex] =
+											(struct CharsetItem *) palloc(sizeof(struct CharsetItem));
 										strcpy(ChArray[ChIndex]->Orig, OrigCharset);
 										strcpy(ChArray[ChIndex]->Dest, DestCharset);
 										strcpy(ChArray[ChIndex]->Table, buf);
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/password.c b/src/backend/libpq/password.c
index 968ba055e6786fbef23dbcbbb7eb96e517a8571f..98c05d3074901da71aa13deca04dad27d38db03e 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/password.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/password.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: password.c,v 1.20 1999/01/17 06:18:26 momjian Exp $ 
+ * $Id: password.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:09:00 momjian Exp $
  *
  */
 
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ verify_password(char *auth_arg, char *user, char *password)
 	if (!pw_file)
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-				"verify_password: couldn't open password file '%s'\n",
-				pw_file_fullname);
+				 "verify_password: couldn't open password file '%s'\n",
+				 pw_file_fullname);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ verify_password(char *auth_arg, char *user, char *password)
 			}
 
 			snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-					"verify_password: password mismatch for '%s'.\n",
-					user);
+					 "verify_password: password mismatch for '%s'.\n",
+					 user);
 			fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 			pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ verify_password(char *auth_arg, char *user, char *password)
 	}
 
 	snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"verify_password: user '%s' not found in password file.\n",
-			user);
+			 "verify_password: user '%s' not found in password file.\n",
+			 user);
 	fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 	pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/portal.c b/src/backend/libpq/portal.c
index 05970a5cc38d4b065bda922221f262e24e94b5da..6f7dca5cb5e4c3f8d9d18d5e1acef5d44679710e 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/portal.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/portal.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: portal.c,v 1.21 1999/04/25 03:19:20 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Id: portal.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:09:01 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
  *		see utils/mmgr/portalmem.c for why. -cim 2/22/91
  *
  */
-#include <stdio.h>			
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include <postgres.h>
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ in_range(char *msg, int value, int min, int max)
 	if (value < min || value >= max)
 	{
 		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
-			"FATAL: %s, %d is not in range [%d,%d)\n", msg, value, min, max);
+		"FATAL: %s, %d is not in range [%d,%d)\n", msg, value, min, max);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		return 0;
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c b/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c
index 002dbf5483d87b367311f1a8dd84a577a86e8d44..038a0a461412d817b6ec023df6f6de0939316df8 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/portalbuf.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:15:46 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/Attic/portalbuf.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:09:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ size_t		portals_array_size = 0;
 /*	GlobalMemory portals_mmcxt = (GlobalMemory) NULL;  */
 
 /* -------------------------------
- * portals_realloc 
+ * portals_realloc
  *	  grow the size of the portals array by size
  *
  *	  also ensures that elements are initially NULL
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
index 7f830d9c56406a4b8d6af19e27c482e3f78a5d70..e8489dce41845ac9091700038330b4bd22d97cb6 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.71 1999/05/21 01:25:06 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Id: pqcomm.c,v 1.72 1999/05/25 16:09:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
  *
  * message-level I/O (and COPY OUT cruft):
  *		pq_putmessage	- send a normal message (suppressed in COPY OUT mode)
- *		pq_startcopyout	- inform libpq that a COPY OUT transfer is beginning
+ *		pq_startcopyout - inform libpq that a COPY OUT transfer is beginning
  *		pq_endcopyout	- end a COPY OUT transfer
  *
  *------------------------
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 #define SOMAXCONN 5				/* from Linux listen(2) man page */
 #endif	 /* SOMAXCONN */
 
-extern FILE * debug_port; /* in util.c */
+extern FILE *debug_port;		/* in util.c */
 
 /*
  * Buffers for low-level I/O
@@ -99,11 +99,13 @@ extern FILE * debug_port; /* in util.c */
 #define PQ_BUFFER_SIZE 8192
 
 static unsigned char PqSendBuffer[PQ_BUFFER_SIZE];
-static int PqSendPointer;	/* Next index to store a byte in PqSendBuffer */
+static int	PqSendPointer;		/* Next index to store a byte in
+								 * PqSendBuffer */
 
 static unsigned char PqRecvBuffer[PQ_BUFFER_SIZE];
-static int PqRecvPointer;	/* Next index to read a byte from PqRecvBuffer */
-static int PqRecvLength;	/* End of data available in PqRecvBuffer */
+static int	PqRecvPointer;		/* Next index to read a byte from
+								 * PqRecvBuffer */
+static int	PqRecvLength;		/* End of data available in PqRecvBuffer */
 
 /*
  * Message status
@@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ pq_init(void)
 	PqSendPointer = PqRecvPointer = PqRecvLength = 0;
 	DoingCopyOut = false;
 	if (getenv("LIBPQ_DEBUG"))
-	  debug_port = stderr;
+		debug_port = stderr;
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -187,8 +189,10 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 				family;
 	size_t		len;
 	int			one = 1;
+
 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_SETLK
 	int			lock_fd;
+
 #endif
 
 	family = ((hostName != NULL) ? AF_INET : AF_UNIX);
@@ -204,19 +208,20 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 	}
 
 #ifdef ONLY_REUSE_INET_SOCKETS
-	if (family == AF_INET) {
+	if (family == AF_INET)
+	{
 #endif
 
-	if ((setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *) &one,
-					sizeof(one))) == -1)
-	{
-		snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH, 
-				 "FATAL: StreamServerPort: setsockopt(SO_REUSEADDR) failed: %s\n",
-				 strerror(errno));
-		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
-		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
-		return STATUS_ERROR;
-	}
+		if ((setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *) &one,
+						sizeof(one))) == -1)
+		{
+			snprintf(PQerrormsg, ERROR_MSG_LENGTH,
+					 "FATAL: StreamServerPort: setsockopt(SO_REUSEADDR) failed: %s\n",
+					 strerror(errno));
+			fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
+			pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
+			return STATUS_ERROR;
+		}
 
 #ifdef ONLY_REUSE_INET_SOCKETS
 	}
@@ -240,9 +245,10 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 		if ((lock_fd = open(sock_path, O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_BINARY, 0666)) >= 0)
 #endif
 		{
-			struct flock	lck;
-			
-			lck.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lck.l_start = lck.l_len = 0;
+			struct flock lck;
+
+			lck.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+			lck.l_start = lck.l_len = 0;
 			lck.l_type = F_WRLCK;
 			if (fcntl(lock_fd, F_SETLK, &lck) == 0)
 			{
@@ -253,7 +259,7 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_VERBOSE, "flock failed for %s", sock_path);
 			close(lock_fd);
 		}
-#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL_SETLK */
+#endif	 /* HAVE_FCNTL_SETLK */
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -277,9 +283,7 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 					 sock_path);
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			strcat(PQerrormsg, "\tIf not, wait a few seconds and retry.\n");
-		}
 		fputs(PQerrormsg, stderr);
 		pqdebug("%s", PQerrormsg);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -300,14 +304,15 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 		if ((lock_fd = open(sock_path, O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_BINARY, 0666)) >= 0)
 #endif
 		{
-			struct flock	lck;
-			
-			lck.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lck.l_start = lck.l_len = 0;
+			struct flock lck;
+
+			lck.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+			lck.l_start = lck.l_len = 0;
 			lck.l_type = F_WRLCK;
 			if (fcntl(lock_fd, F_SETLK, &lck) != 0)
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_VERBOSE, "flock error for %s", sock_path);
 		}
-#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL_SETLK */
+#endif	 /* HAVE_FCNTL_SETLK */
 	}
 
 	listen(fd, SOMAXCONN);
@@ -339,7 +344,7 @@ StreamServerPort(char *hostName, short portName, int *fdP)
 int
 StreamConnection(int server_fd, Port *port)
 {
-	SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE	addrlen;
+	SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE addrlen;
 
 	/* accept connection (and fill in the client (remote) address) */
 	addrlen = sizeof(port->raddr);
@@ -419,8 +424,8 @@ pq_recvbuf(void)
 		if (PqRecvLength > PqRecvPointer)
 		{
 			/* still some unread data, left-justify it in the buffer */
-			memmove(PqRecvBuffer, PqRecvBuffer+PqRecvPointer,
-					PqRecvLength-PqRecvPointer);
+			memmove(PqRecvBuffer, PqRecvBuffer + PqRecvPointer,
+					PqRecvLength - PqRecvPointer);
 			PqRecvLength -= PqRecvPointer;
 			PqRecvPointer = 0;
 		}
@@ -431,16 +436,19 @@ pq_recvbuf(void)
 	/* Can fill buffer from PqRecvLength and upwards */
 	for (;;)
 	{
-		int r = recv(MyProcPort->sock, PqRecvBuffer + PqRecvLength,
-					 PQ_BUFFER_SIZE - PqRecvLength, 0);
+		int			r = recv(MyProcPort->sock, PqRecvBuffer + PqRecvLength,
+							 PQ_BUFFER_SIZE - PqRecvLength, 0);
+
 		if (r < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == EINTR)
 				continue;		/* Ok if interrupted */
-			/* We would like to use elog() here, but dare not because elog
-			 * tries to write to the client, which will cause problems
-			 * if we have a hard communications failure ...
-			 * So just write the message to the postmaster log.
+
+			/*
+			 * We would like to use elog() here, but dare not because elog
+			 * tries to write to the client, which will cause problems if
+			 * we have a hard communications failure ... So just write the
+			 * message to the postmaster log.
 			 */
 			fprintf(stderr, "pq_recvbuf: recv() failed: %s\n",
 					strerror(errno));
@@ -499,7 +507,7 @@ pq_peekbyte(void)
 int
 pq_getbytes(char *s, size_t len)
 {
-	size_t amount;
+	size_t		amount;
 
 	while (len > 0)
 	{
@@ -539,8 +547,8 @@ pq_getstring(char *s, size_t len)
 	int			c;
 
 	/*
-	 * Keep on reading until we get the terminating '\0',
-	 * discarding any bytes we don't have room for.
+	 * Keep on reading until we get the terminating '\0', discarding any
+	 * bytes we don't have room for.
 	 */
 
 	while ((c = pq_getbyte()) != EOF && c != '\0')
@@ -570,7 +578,7 @@ pq_getstring(char *s, size_t len)
 int
 pq_putbytes(const char *s, size_t len)
 {
-	size_t amount;
+	size_t		amount;
 
 	while (len > 0)
 	{
@@ -602,19 +610,24 @@ pq_flush(void)
 
 	while (bufptr < bufend)
 	{
-		int r = send(MyProcPort->sock, bufptr, bufend - bufptr, 0);
+		int			r = send(MyProcPort->sock, bufptr, bufend - bufptr, 0);
+
 		if (r <= 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == EINTR)
 				continue;		/* Ok if we were interrupted */
-			/* We would like to use elog() here, but cannot because elog
+
+			/*
+			 * We would like to use elog() here, but cannot because elog
 			 * tries to write to the client, which would cause a recursive
 			 * flush attempt!  So just write it out to the postmaster log.
 			 */
 			fprintf(stderr, "pq_flush: send() failed: %s\n",
 					strerror(errno));
-			/* We drop the buffered data anyway so that processing
-			 * can continue, even though we'll probably quit soon.
+
+			/*
+			 * We drop the buffered data anyway so that processing can
+			 * continue, even though we'll probably quit soon.
 			 */
 			PqSendPointer = 0;
 			return EOF;
@@ -661,7 +674,7 @@ pq_putmessage(char msgtype, const char *s, size_t len)
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		pq_startcopyout	- inform libpq that a COPY OUT transfer is beginning
+ *		pq_startcopyout - inform libpq that a COPY OUT transfer is beginning
  * --------------------------------
  */
 void
@@ -682,7 +695,7 @@ pq_startcopyout(void)
 void
 pq_endcopyout(bool errorAbort)
 {
-	if (! DoingCopyOut)
+	if (!DoingCopyOut)
 		return;
 	if (errorAbort)
 		pq_putbytes("\n\n\\.\n", 5);
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c b/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
index 45b4259d8b9398410bd666918db32e4419ac9baa..529b3115bdde1365d6a1cf556ee762b143c3f088 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: pqformat.c,v 1.3 1999/04/25 21:50:56 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Id: pqformat.c,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:09:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
  * INTERFACE ROUTINES
  * Message assembly and output:
- *		pq_beginmessage	- initialize StringInfo buffer
+ *		pq_beginmessage - initialize StringInfo buffer
  *		pq_sendbyte		- append a raw byte to a StringInfo buffer
  *		pq_sendint		- append a binary integer to a StringInfo buffer
  *		pq_sendbytes	- append raw data to a StringInfo buffer
@@ -126,6 +126,7 @@ pq_sendcountedtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen)
 {
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 	const char *p;
+
 	p = (const char *) pg_server_to_client((unsigned char *) str, slen);
 	if (p != str)				/* actual conversion has been done? */
 	{
@@ -147,9 +148,11 @@ pq_sendcountedtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen)
 void
 pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str)
 {
-	int slen = strlen(str);
+	int			slen = strlen(str);
+
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 	const char *p;
+
 	p = (const char *) pg_server_to_client((unsigned char *) str, slen);
 	if (p != str)				/* actual conversion has been done? */
 	{
@@ -157,7 +160,7 @@ pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str)
 		slen = strlen(str);
 	}
 #endif
-	appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen+1);
+	appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen + 1);
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -167,9 +170,9 @@ pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str)
 void
 pq_sendint(StringInfo buf, int i, int b)
 {
-	unsigned char	n8;
-	uint16			n16;
-	uint32			n32;
+	unsigned char n8;
+	uint16		n16;
+	uint32		n32;
 
 	switch (b)
 	{
@@ -225,9 +228,11 @@ pq_endmessage(StringInfo buf)
 int
 pq_puttextmessage(char msgtype, const char *str)
 {
-	int slen = strlen(str);
+	int			slen = strlen(str);
+
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 	const char *p;
+
 	p = (const char *) pg_server_to_client((unsigned char *) str, slen);
 	if (p != str)				/* actual conversion has been done? */
 	{
@@ -235,7 +240,7 @@ pq_puttextmessage(char msgtype, const char *str)
 		slen = strlen(str);
 	}
 #endif
-	return pq_putmessage(msgtype, str, slen+1);
+	return pq_putmessage(msgtype, str, slen + 1);
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
@@ -247,10 +252,10 @@ pq_puttextmessage(char msgtype, const char *str)
 int
 pq_getint(int *result, int b)
 {
-	int				status;
-	unsigned char	n8;
-	uint16			n16;
-	uint32			n32;
+	int			status;
+	unsigned char n8;
+	uint16		n16;
+	uint32		n32;
 
 	switch (b)
 	{
@@ -269,8 +274,10 @@ pq_getint(int *result, int b)
 							 ntoh_l(n32) : ntohl(n32));
 			break;
 		default:
-			/* if we elog(ERROR) here, we will lose sync with the frontend,
-			 * so just complain to postmaster log instead...
+
+			/*
+			 * if we elog(ERROR) here, we will lose sync with the
+			 * frontend, so just complain to postmaster log instead...
 			 */
 			fprintf(stderr, "pq_getint: unsupported size %d\n", b);
 			status = EOF;
@@ -293,23 +300,26 @@ int
 pq_getstr(char *s, int maxlen)
 {
 	int			c;
+
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 	char	   *p;
+
 #endif
 
 	c = pq_getstring(s, maxlen);
 
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-	p = (char*) pg_client_to_server((unsigned char *) s, strlen(s));
+	p = (char *) pg_client_to_server((unsigned char *) s, strlen(s));
 	if (p != s)					/* actual conversion has been done? */
 	{
-		int newlen = strlen(p);
+		int			newlen = strlen(p);
+
 		if (newlen < maxlen)
 			strcpy(s, p);
 		else
 		{
 			strncpy(s, p, maxlen);
-			s[maxlen-1] = '\0';
+			s[maxlen - 1] = '\0';
 		}
 	}
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/util.c b/src/backend/libpq/util.c
index ce35c2571c96e3587b1617a39b5966c84addd85b..50c2846815dfaa60bc84437e113a443144f25f87 100644
--- a/src/backend/libpq/util.c
+++ b/src/backend/libpq/util.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: util.c,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:15:49 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: util.c,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:09:03 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
  *		PQuntrace		- turn off pqdebug() tracing
  */
 
-#include <stdio.h>			
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include <postgres.h>
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
index 87919b4dbab0b79c4758c96d4ef6c081ee2d27ea..723e70b1e0c41ae1b03ee9dffdca610fe2e3a9f4 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.80 1999/05/18 21:34:27 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.81 1999/05/25 16:09:04 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ CopyPlanFields(Plan *from, Plan *newnode)
 	newnode->chgParam = listCopy(from->chgParam);
 	Node_Copy(from, newnode, initPlan);
 	if (from->subPlan != NULL)
-		newnode->subPlan = SS_pull_subplan((Node*) newnode->qual);
+		newnode->subPlan = SS_pull_subplan((Node *) newnode->qual);
 	else
 		newnode->subPlan = NULL;
 	newnode->nParamExec = from->nParamExec;
@@ -138,10 +138,12 @@ _copyResult(Result *from)
 	 */
 	Node_Copy(from, newnode, resconstantqual);
 
-	/* We must add subplans in resconstantqual to the new plan's subPlan list
+	/*
+	 * We must add subplans in resconstantqual to the new plan's subPlan
+	 * list
 	 */
 	newnode->plan.subPlan = nconc(newnode->plan.subPlan,
-								  SS_pull_subplan(newnode->resconstantqual));
+							  SS_pull_subplan(newnode->resconstantqual));
 
 	return newnode;
 }
@@ -369,7 +371,7 @@ _copyHashJoin(HashJoin *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-CopyNonameFields(Noname *from, Noname *newnode)
+CopyNonameFields(Noname * from, Noname * newnode)
 {
 	newnode->nonameid = from->nonameid;
 	newnode->keycount = from->keycount;
@@ -382,7 +384,7 @@ CopyNonameFields(Noname *from, Noname *newnode)
  * ----------------
  */
 static Noname *
-_copyNoname(Noname *from)
+_copyNoname(Noname * from)
 {
 	Noname	   *newnode = makeNode(Noname);
 
@@ -466,9 +468,10 @@ _copyAgg(Agg *from)
 
 	CopyPlanFields((Plan *) from, (Plan *) newnode);
 
-	/* Cannot copy agg list; it must be rebuilt to point to subnodes of
+	/*
+	 * Cannot copy agg list; it must be rebuilt to point to subnodes of
 	 * new node.
-	 */ 
+	 */
 	set_agg_tlist_references(newnode);
 
 	return newnode;
@@ -859,7 +862,7 @@ _copyFunc(Func *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static Aggref *
-_copyAggref(Aggref *from)
+_copyAggref(Aggref * from)
 {
 	Aggref	   *newnode = makeNode(Aggref);
 
@@ -904,7 +907,7 @@ _copySubLink(SubLink *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static CaseExpr *
-_copyCaseExpr(CaseExpr *from)
+_copyCaseExpr(CaseExpr * from)
 {
 	CaseExpr   *newnode = makeNode(CaseExpr);
 
@@ -926,7 +929,7 @@ _copyCaseExpr(CaseExpr *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static CaseWhen *
-_copyCaseWhen(CaseWhen *from)
+_copyCaseWhen(CaseWhen * from)
 {
 	CaseWhen   *newnode = makeNode(CaseWhen);
 
@@ -1170,7 +1173,7 @@ _copyIndexPath(IndexPath *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-CopyNestPathFields(NestPath *from, NestPath *newnode)
+CopyNestPathFields(NestPath * from, NestPath * newnode)
 {
 	Node_Copy(from, newnode, pathinfo);
 	Node_Copy(from, newnode, outerjoinpath);
@@ -1182,7 +1185,7 @@ CopyNestPathFields(NestPath *from, NestPath *newnode)
  * ----------------
  */
 static NestPath *
-_copyNestPath(NestPath *from)
+_copyNestPath(NestPath * from)
 {
 	NestPath   *newnode = makeNode(NestPath);
 
@@ -1316,7 +1319,7 @@ _copyMergeOrder(MergeOrder *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static RestrictInfo *
-_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *from)
+_copyRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * from)
 {
 	RestrictInfo *newnode = makeNode(RestrictInfo);
 
@@ -1371,9 +1374,9 @@ _copyJoinMethod(JoinMethod *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static HashInfo *
-_copyHashInfo(HashInfo *from)
+_copyHashInfo(HashInfo * from)
 {
-	HashInfo	   *newnode = makeNode(HashInfo);
+	HashInfo   *newnode = makeNode(HashInfo);
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	copy remainder of node
@@ -1390,9 +1393,9 @@ _copyHashInfo(HashInfo *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static MergeInfo *
-_copyMergeInfo(MergeInfo *from)
+_copyMergeInfo(MergeInfo * from)
 {
-	MergeInfo	   *newnode = makeNode(MergeInfo);
+	MergeInfo  *newnode = makeNode(MergeInfo);
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	copy remainder of node
@@ -1409,7 +1412,7 @@ _copyMergeInfo(MergeInfo *from)
  * ----------------
  */
 static JoinInfo *
-_copyJoinInfo(JoinInfo *from)
+_copyJoinInfo(JoinInfo * from)
 {
 	JoinInfo   *newnode = makeNode(JoinInfo);
 
@@ -1493,9 +1496,9 @@ _copyRangeTblEntry(RangeTblEntry *from)
 }
 
 static RowMark *
-_copyRowMark(RowMark *from)
+_copyRowMark(RowMark * from)
 {
-	RowMark *newnode = makeNode(RowMark);
+	RowMark    *newnode = makeNode(RowMark);
 
 	newnode->rti = from->rti;
 	newnode->info = from->info;
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
index 45e752f50283c6b515f6951bdaae52bd1c829750..7f86933496e888cca16c83815a11c9f3bfbfb893 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.36 1999/05/12 15:01:33 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:09:06 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ _equalFunc(Func *a, Func *b)
  * RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node.
  */
 static bool
-_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *a, RestrictInfo *b)
+_equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * a, RestrictInfo * b)
 {
 	Assert(IsA(a, RestrictInfo));
 	Assert(IsA(b, RestrictInfo));
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ _equalRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *a, RestrictInfo *b)
  * RelOptInfo is a subclass of Node.
  */
 static bool
-_equalRelOptInfo(RelOptInfo *a, RelOptInfo *b)
+_equalRelOptInfo(RelOptInfo * a, RelOptInfo * b)
 {
 	Assert(IsA(a, RelOptInfo));
 	Assert(IsA(b, RelOptInfo));
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ _equalIndexPath(IndexPath *a, IndexPath *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalNestPath(NestPath *a, NestPath *b)
+_equalNestPath(NestPath * a, NestPath * b)
 {
 	Assert(IsA_JoinPath(a));
 	Assert(IsA_JoinPath(b));
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ _equalMergeOrder(MergeOrder *a, MergeOrder *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalHashInfo(HashInfo *a, HashInfo *b)
+_equalHashInfo(HashInfo * a, HashInfo * b)
 {
 	Assert(IsA(a, HashInfo));
 	Assert(IsA(b, HashInfo));
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ _equalSubPlan(SubPlan *a, SubPlan *b)
 }
 
 static bool
-_equalJoinInfo(JoinInfo *a, JoinInfo *b)
+_equalJoinInfo(JoinInfo * a, JoinInfo * b)
 {
 	Assert(IsA(a, JoinInfo));
 	Assert(IsA(b, JoinInfo));
@@ -574,10 +574,13 @@ _equalQuery(Query *a, Query *b)
 		return false;
 	if (a->resultRelation != b->resultRelation)
 		return false;
-	if (a->into && b->into) {
+	if (a->into && b->into)
+	{
 		if (strcmp(a->into, b->into) != 0)
 			return false;
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		if (a->into != b->into)
 			return false;
 	}
@@ -593,10 +596,13 @@ _equalQuery(Query *a, Query *b)
 		return false;
 	if (a->hasSubLinks != b->hasSubLinks)
 		return false;
-	if (a->uniqueFlag && b->uniqueFlag) {
+	if (a->uniqueFlag && b->uniqueFlag)
+	{
 		if (strcmp(a->uniqueFlag, b->uniqueFlag) != 0)
 			return false;
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		if (a->uniqueFlag != b->uniqueFlag)
 			return false;
 	}
@@ -623,10 +629,10 @@ _equalQuery(Query *a, Query *b)
 	if (!equal(a->limitCount, b->limitCount))
 		return false;
 
-	/* We do not check the internal-to-the-planner fields
-	 * base_rel_list and join_rel_list.  They might not be
-	 * set yet, and in any case they should be derivable
-	 * from the other fields.
+	/*
+	 * We do not check the internal-to-the-planner fields base_rel_list
+	 * and join_rel_list.  They might not be set yet, and in any case they
+	 * should be derivable from the other fields.
 	 */
 	return true;
 }
@@ -634,17 +640,23 @@ _equalQuery(Query *a, Query *b)
 static bool
 _equalRangeTblEntry(RangeTblEntry *a, RangeTblEntry *b)
 {
-	if (a->relname && b->relname) {
+	if (a->relname && b->relname)
+	{
 		if (strcmp(a->relname, b->relname) != 0)
 			return false;
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		if (a->relname != b->relname)
 			return false;
 	}
-	if (a->refname && b->refname) {
+	if (a->refname && b->refname)
+	{
 		if (strcmp(a->refname, b->refname) != 0)
 			return false;
-	} else {
+	}
+	else
+	{
 		if (a->refname != b->refname)
 			return false;
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c
index 3c95dcbe2257b9bf9e14c04a1797170f834e009c..71bf12bcde63fc56fb9b059d6eab749de71499c8 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/freefuncs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.16 1999/05/12 15:01:33 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/Attic/freefuncs.c,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:09:06 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ _freeHashJoin(HashJoin *node)
 /* ----------------
  *		FreeNonameFields
  *
- *		This function frees the fields of the Noname node.  It is used by
+ *		This function frees the fields of the Noname node.	It is used by
  *		all the free functions for classes which inherit node Noname.
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-FreeNonameFields(Noname *node)
+FreeNonameFields(Noname * node)
 {
 	return;
 }
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ FreeNonameFields(Noname *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeNoname(Noname *node)
+_freeNoname(Noname * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free node superclass fields
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ _freeConst(Const *node)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	if (!node->constbyval)
-		pfree((void *)node->constvalue);
+		pfree((void *) node->constvalue);
 
 	pfree(node);
 }
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ _freeFunc(Func *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeAggref(Aggref *node)
+_freeAggref(Aggref * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ _freeSubLink(SubLink *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeCaseExpr(CaseExpr *node)
+_freeCaseExpr(CaseExpr * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ _freeCaseExpr(CaseExpr *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeCaseWhen(CaseWhen *node)
+_freeCaseWhen(CaseWhen * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ _freeArrayRef(ArrayRef *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeRelOptInfo(RelOptInfo *node)
+_freeRelOptInfo(RelOptInfo * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -757,8 +757,8 @@ FreePathFields(Path *node)
 	else
 		freeObject(node->pathorder->ord.merge);
 
-	pfree(node->pathorder);	/* is it an object, but we don't have
-								   separate free for it */
+	pfree(node->pathorder);		/* is it an object, but we don't have
+								 * separate free for it */
 
 	freeObject(node->pathkeys);
 
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ _freeIndexPath(IndexPath *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-FreeNestPathFields(NestPath *node)
+FreeNestPathFields(NestPath * node)
 {
 	freeObject(node->pathinfo);
 	freeObject(node->outerjoinpath);
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ FreeNestPathFields(NestPath *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeNestPath(NestPath *node)
+_freeNestPath(NestPath * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free the node superclass fields
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ _freeMergeOrder(MergeOrder *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *node)
+_freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ _freeRestrictInfo(RestrictInfo *node)
 /* ----------------
  *		FreeJoinMethodFields
  *
- *		This function frees the fields of the JoinMethod node.  It is used by
+ *		This function frees the fields of the JoinMethod node.	It is used by
  *		all the free functions for classes which inherit node JoinMethod.
  * ----------------
  */
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ _freeJoinMethod(JoinMethod *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeHashInfo(HashInfo *node)
+_freeHashInfo(HashInfo * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ _freeHashInfo(HashInfo *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeMergeInfo(MergeInfo *node)
+_freeMergeInfo(MergeInfo * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ _freeMergeInfo(MergeInfo *node)
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-_freeJoinInfo(JoinInfo *node)
+_freeJoinInfo(JoinInfo * node)
 {
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	free remainder of node
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ _freeRangeTblEntry(RangeTblEntry *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_freeRowMark(RowMark *node)
+_freeRowMark(RowMark * node)
 {
 	pfree(node);
 }
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ _freeValue(Value *node)
 {
 	switch (node->type)
 	{
-		case T_String:
+			case T_String:
 			pfree(node->val.str);
 			break;
 		default:
@@ -1165,6 +1165,7 @@ freeObject(void *node)
 
 	switch (nodeTag(node))
 	{
+
 			/*
 			 * PLAN NODES
 			 */
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/list.c b/src/backend/nodes/list.c
index e148e66669da31b2ff4aa853efa9f1ec635a9cda..48c15f1802c438110bd13c5f5709048acc5dc265 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/list.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/list.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.20 1999/02/22 17:29:57 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:09:08 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  XXX a few of the following functions are duplicated to handle
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ lconsi(int datum, List *list)
  *	lappend
  *
  *	Add obj to the end of list, or make a new list if 'list' is NIL
- *	
+ *
  * MORE EXPENSIVE THAN lcons
  */
 List *
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ nreverse(List *list)
 	lnext(list) = lnext(rlist);
 	return list;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -307,6 +308,7 @@ append(List *l1, List *l2)
 	lnext(p) = newlist2;
 	return newlist;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
@@ -331,6 +333,7 @@ intAppend(List *l1, List *l2)
 	lnext(p) = newlist2;
 	return newlist;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@ member(void *l1, List *l2)
 
 	foreach(i, l2)
 		if (equal((Node *) l1, (Node *) lfirst(i)))
-			return true;
+		return true;
 	return false;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
index f3dec72128b72b672a3a24cf319f3b859ad87654..43fa22e045133f5582caf82e00759c99cd9411e0 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.84 1999/05/19 16:46:11 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: outfuncs.c,v 1.85 1999/05/25 16:09:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Every (plan) node in POSTGRES has an associated "out" routine which
@@ -54,24 +54,22 @@ static void _outNode(StringInfo str, void *obj);
 static void
 _outIntList(StringInfo str, List *list)
 {
-	List	*l;
+	List	   *l;
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, "(");
 	foreach(l, list)
-	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", lfirsti(l));
-	}
 	appendStringInfo(str, ")");
 }
 
 static void
 _outCreateStmt(StringInfo str, CreateStmt *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, " CREATE :relname %s ", 
-		stringStringInfo(node->relname));
+	appendStringInfo(str, " CREATE :relname %s ",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->relname));
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :istemp %s ",
-			node->istemp ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->istemp ? "true" : "false");
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, "	:columns ");
 	_outNode(str, node->tableElts);
@@ -86,11 +84,11 @@ _outCreateStmt(StringInfo str, CreateStmt *node)
 static void
 _outIndexStmt(StringInfo str, IndexStmt *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" INDEX :idxname %s :relname %s :accessMethod %s :indexParams ",
-			stringStringInfo(node->idxname),
-			stringStringInfo(node->relname),
-			stringStringInfo(node->accessMethod));
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		 " INDEX :idxname %s :relname %s :accessMethod %s :indexParams ",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->idxname),
+					 stringStringInfo(node->relname),
+					 stringStringInfo(node->accessMethod));
 	_outNode(str, node->indexParams);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :withClause ");
@@ -103,8 +101,8 @@ _outIndexStmt(StringInfo str, IndexStmt *node)
 	_outNode(str, node->rangetable);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :lossy %s :unique %s ",
-			node->lossy ? "true" : "false",
-			node->unique ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->lossy ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->unique ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 static void
@@ -125,24 +123,24 @@ static void
 _outColumnDef(StringInfo str, ColumnDef *node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " COLUMNDEF :colname %s :typename ",
-			stringStringInfo(node->colname));
+					 stringStringInfo(node->colname));
 	_outNode(str, node->typename);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :is_not_null %s :defval %s :constraints ",
-			node->is_not_null ? "true" : "false", 
-			stringStringInfo(node->defval));
+					 node->is_not_null ? "true" : "false",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->defval));
 	_outNode(str, node->constraints);
 }
 
 static void
 _outTypeName(StringInfo str, TypeName *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" TYPENAME :name %s :timezone %s :setof %s typmod %d :arrayBounds ",
-			stringStringInfo(node->name), 
-			node->timezone ? "true" : "false",
-			node->setof ? "true" : "false",
-			node->typmod);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+	 " TYPENAME :name %s :timezone %s :setof %s typmod %d :arrayBounds ",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->name),
+					 node->timezone ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->setof ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->typmod);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :arrayBounds ");
 	_outNode(str, node->arrayBounds);
@@ -152,7 +150,7 @@ static void
 _outIndexElem(StringInfo str, IndexElem *node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " INDEXELEM :name %s :args ",
-			stringStringInfo(node->name));
+					 stringStringInfo(node->name));
 	_outNode(str, node->args);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :class %s :typename ", stringStringInfo(node->class));
@@ -171,20 +169,20 @@ _outQuery(StringInfo str, Query *node)
 		{
 			case T_CreateStmt:
 				appendStringInfo(str, " :create %s ",
-						stringStringInfo(((CreateStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
+								 stringStringInfo(((CreateStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
 				_outNode(str, node->utilityStmt);
 				break;
 
 			case T_IndexStmt:
 				appendStringInfo(str, " :index %s on %s ",
-					stringStringInfo(((IndexStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->idxname),
-					stringStringInfo(((IndexStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
+								 stringStringInfo(((IndexStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->idxname),
+								 stringStringInfo(((IndexStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
 				_outNode(str, node->utilityStmt);
 				break;
 
 			case T_NotifyStmt:
 				appendStringInfo(str, " :utility %s ",
-						stringStringInfo(((NotifyStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
+								 stringStringInfo(((NotifyStmt *) (node->utilityStmt))->relname));
 				break;
 
 			default:
@@ -192,21 +190,19 @@ _outQuery(StringInfo str, Query *node)
 		}
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " :utility <>");
-	}
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-	" :resultRelation %u :into %s :isPortal %s :isBinary %s :isTemp %s :unionall %s ",
-			node->resultRelation,
-			stringStringInfo(node->into),
-			node->isPortal ? "true" : "false",
-			node->isBinary ? "true" : "false",
-			node->isTemp ? "true" : "false",
-			node->unionall ? "true" : "false");
-
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :unique %s :sortClause ", 
-			stringStringInfo(node->uniqueFlag));
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :resultRelation %u :into %s :isPortal %s :isBinary %s :isTemp %s :unionall %s ",
+					 node->resultRelation,
+					 stringStringInfo(node->into),
+					 node->isPortal ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->isBinary ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->isTemp ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->unionall ? "true" : "false");
+
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :unique %s :sortClause ",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->uniqueFlag));
 	_outNode(str, node->sortClause);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :rtable ");
@@ -225,8 +221,8 @@ _outQuery(StringInfo str, Query *node)
 	_outNode(str, node->havingQual);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :hasAggs %s :hasSubLinks %s :unionClause ",
-			node->hasAggs ? "true" : "false",
-			node->hasSubLinks ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->hasAggs ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->hasSubLinks ? "true" : "false");
 	_outNode(str, node->unionClause);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :intersectClause ");
@@ -255,9 +251,9 @@ _outSortClause(StringInfo str, SortClause *node)
 static void
 _outGroupClause(StringInfo str, GroupClause *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, " GROUPCLAUSE :grpOpoid %u :tleGroupref %d", 
-			node->grpOpoid,
-			node->tleGroupref);
+	appendStringInfo(str, " GROUPCLAUSE :grpOpoid %u :tleGroupref %d",
+					 node->grpOpoid,
+					 node->tleGroupref);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -266,12 +262,12 @@ _outGroupClause(StringInfo str, GroupClause *node)
 static void
 _outPlanInfo(StringInfo str, Plan *node)
 {
-  appendStringInfo(str, 
-		":cost %g :size %d :width %d :state %s :qptargetlist ",
-		node->cost,
-		node->plan_size,
-		node->plan_width,
-		node->state ? "not-NULL" : "<>");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+				  ":cost %g :size %d :width %d :state %s :qptargetlist ",
+					 node->cost,
+					 node->plan_size,
+					 node->plan_width,
+					 node->state ? "not-NULL" : "<>");
 	_outNode(str, node->targetlist);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :qpqual ");
@@ -331,9 +327,9 @@ _outAppend(StringInfo str, Append *node)
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :unionrtables ");
 	_outNode(str, node->unionrtables);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-		" :inheritrelid %u :inheritrtable ", 
-		node->inheritrelid);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :inheritrelid %u :inheritrtable ",
+					 node->inheritrelid);
 	_outNode(str, node->inheritrtable);
 
 }
@@ -384,13 +380,13 @@ _outHashJoin(StringInfo str, HashJoin *node)
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :hashclauses ");
 	_outNode(str, node->hashclauses);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :hashjoinop %u ",
-			node->hashjoinop);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :hashjoinop %u ",
+					 node->hashjoinop);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :hashdone %d ",
-			node->hashdone);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :hashdone %d ",
+					 node->hashdone);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -460,14 +456,14 @@ _outIndexScan(StringInfo str, IndexScan *node)
  *	Noname is a subclass of Plan
  */
 static void
-_outNoname(StringInfo str, Noname *node)
+_outNoname(StringInfo str, Noname * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " NONAME ");
 	_outPlanInfo(str, (Plan *) node);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :nonameid %u :keycount %d ", 
-			node->nonameid,
-			node->keycount);
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :nonameid %u :keycount %d ",
+					 node->nonameid,
+					 node->keycount);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -480,8 +476,8 @@ _outSort(StringInfo str, Sort *node)
 	_outPlanInfo(str, (Plan *) node);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :nonameid %u :keycount %d ",
-			node->nonameid,
-			node->keycount);
+					 node->nonameid,
+					 node->keycount);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -503,8 +499,8 @@ _outGroup(StringInfo str, Group *node)
 
 	/* the actual Group fields */
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :numCols %d :tuplePerGroup %s ",
-			node->numCols,
-			node->tuplePerGroup ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->numCols,
+					 node->tuplePerGroup ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 /*
@@ -517,8 +513,8 @@ _outUnique(StringInfo str, Unique *node)
 	_outPlanInfo(str, (Plan *) node);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :nonameid %u :keycount %d ",
-			node->nonameid,
-			node->keycount);
+					 node->nonameid,
+					 node->keycount);
 }
 
 
@@ -548,18 +544,18 @@ static void
 _outResdom(StringInfo str, Resdom *node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " RESDOM :resno %d :restype %u :restypmod %d",
-			node->resno,
-			node->restype,
-			node->restypmod);
+					 node->resno,
+					 node->restype,
+					 node->restypmod);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :resname \"%s\" :reskey %d :reskeyop %u",
-			stringStringInfo(node->resname),
-			node->reskey,
-			node->reskeyop);
+					 stringStringInfo(node->resname),
+					 node->reskey,
+					 node->reskeyop);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :resgroupref %d :resjunk %s ",
-			node->resgroupref,
-			node->resjunk ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->resgroupref,
+					 node->resjunk ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 static void
@@ -568,14 +564,14 @@ _outFjoin(StringInfo str, Fjoin *node)
 	int			i;
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " FJOIN :initialized %s :nNodes %d ",
-			node->fj_initialized ? "true" : "false",
-			node->fj_nNodes);
+					 node->fj_initialized ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->fj_nNodes);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :innerNode ");
 	_outNode(str, node->fj_innerNode);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :results @ 0x%x :alwaysdone", 
-			(int) node->fj_results);
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :results @ 0x%x :alwaysdone",
+					 (int) node->fj_results);
 
 	for (i = 0; i < node->fj_nNodes; i++)
 		appendStringInfo(str, (node->fj_alwaysDone[i]) ? "true" : "false");
@@ -590,7 +586,7 @@ _outExpr(StringInfo str, Expr *node)
 	char	   *opstr = NULL;
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " EXPR :typeOid %u ",
-			node->typeOid);
+					 node->typeOid);
 
 	switch (node->opType)
 	{
@@ -626,17 +622,17 @@ _outExpr(StringInfo str, Expr *node)
 static void
 _outVar(StringInfo str, Var *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" VAR :varno %d :varattno %d :vartype %u :vartypmod %d ",
-			node->varno,
-			node->varattno,
-			node->vartype,
-			node->vartypmod);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+				" VAR :varno %d :varattno %d :vartype %u :vartypmod %d ",
+					 node->varno,
+					 node->varattno,
+					 node->vartype,
+					 node->vartypmod);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :varlevelsup %u :varnoold %d :varoattno %d" ,
-			node->varlevelsup,
-			node->varnoold,
-			node->varoattno);
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :varlevelsup %u :varnoold %d :varoattno %d",
+					 node->varlevelsup,
+					 node->varnoold,
+					 node->varoattno);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -645,37 +641,37 @@ _outVar(StringInfo str, Var *node)
 static void
 _outConst(StringInfo str, Const *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" CONST :consttype %u :constlen %d :constisnull %s :constvalue ",
-			node->consttype,
-			node->constlen,
-			node->constisnull ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		" CONST :consttype %u :constlen %d :constisnull %s :constvalue ",
+					 node->consttype,
+					 node->constlen,
+					 node->constisnull ? "true" : "false");
 
 	if (node->constisnull)
 		appendStringInfo(str, "<>");
 	else
 		_outDatum(str, node->constvalue, node->consttype);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :constbyval %s ", 
-			node->constbyval ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :constbyval %s ",
+					 node->constbyval ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 /*
  *	Aggref
  */
 static void
-_outAggref(StringInfo str, Aggref *node)
+_outAggref(StringInfo str, Aggref * node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" AGGREG :aggname %s :basetype %u :aggtype %u :target ",
-			stringStringInfo(node->aggname),
-			node->basetype,
-			node->aggtype);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+				 " AGGREG :aggname %s :basetype %u :aggtype %u :target ",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->aggname),
+					 node->basetype,
+					 node->aggtype);
 	_outNode(str, node->target);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, ":aggno %d :usenulls %s",
-			node->aggno,
-			node->usenulls ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->aggno,
+					 node->usenulls ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 /*
@@ -684,10 +680,10 @@ _outAggref(StringInfo str, Aggref *node)
 static void
 _outSubLink(StringInfo str, SubLink *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" SUBLINK :subLinkType %d :useor %s :lefthand ",
-			node->subLinkType,
-			node->useor ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " SUBLINK :subLinkType %d :useor %s :lefthand ",
+					 node->subLinkType,
+					 node->useor ? "true" : "false");
 	_outNode(str, node->lefthand);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :oper ");
@@ -705,22 +701,18 @@ _outArray(StringInfo str, Array *node)
 {
 	int			i;
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" ARRAY :arrayelemtype %u :arrayelemlength %d :arrayelembyval %c ",
-			node->arrayelemtype, 
-			node->arrayelemlength,
-			node->arrayelembyval ? 't' : 'f');
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+	  " ARRAY :arrayelemtype %u :arrayelemlength %d :arrayelembyval %c ",
+					 node->arrayelemtype,
+					 node->arrayelemlength,
+					 node->arrayelembyval ? 't' : 'f');
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :arrayndim %d :arraylow ", node->arrayndim);
 	for (i = 0; i < node->arrayndim; i++)
-	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", node->arraylow.indx[i]);
-	}
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :arrayhigh ");
 	for (i = 0; i < node->arrayndim; i++)
-	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", node->arrayhigh.indx[i]);
-	}
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :arraylen %d ", node->arraylen);
 }
 
@@ -730,14 +722,14 @@ _outArray(StringInfo str, Array *node)
 static void
 _outArrayRef(StringInfo str, ArrayRef *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" ARRAYREF :refelemtype %u :refattrlength $d :refelemlength %d ",
-			node->refelemtype,
-			node->refattrlength,
-			node->refelemlength);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		" ARRAYREF :refelemtype %u :refattrlength $d :refelemlength %d ",
+					 node->refelemtype,
+					 node->refattrlength,
+					 node->refelemlength);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, " :refelembyval %c :refupperindex ", 
-			node->refelembyval ? 't' : 'f');
+	appendStringInfo(str, " :refelembyval %c :refupperindex ",
+					 node->refelembyval ? 't' : 'f');
 	_outNode(str, node->refupperindexpr);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :reflowerindex ");
@@ -756,15 +748,15 @@ _outArrayRef(StringInfo str, ArrayRef *node)
 static void
 _outFunc(StringInfo str, Func *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" FUNC :funcid %u :functype %u :funcisindex %s :funcsize %d ",
-			node->funcid,
-			node->functype,
-			node->funcisindex ? "true" : "false",
-			node->funcsize);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		   " FUNC :funcid %u :functype %u :funcisindex %s :funcsize %d ",
+					 node->funcid,
+					 node->functype,
+					 node->funcisindex ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->funcsize);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :func_fcache @ 0x%x :func_tlist ",
-			(int) node->func_fcache);
+					 (int) node->func_fcache);
 	_outNode(str, node->func_tlist);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :func_planlist ");
@@ -777,11 +769,11 @@ _outFunc(StringInfo str, Func *node)
 static void
 _outOper(StringInfo str, Oper *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" OPER :opno %u :opid %u :opresulttype %u ",
-			node->opno,
-			node->opid,
-			node->opresulttype);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " OPER :opno %u :opid %u :opresulttype %u ",
+					 node->opno,
+					 node->opid,
+					 node->opresulttype);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -790,12 +782,12 @@ _outOper(StringInfo str, Oper *node)
 static void
 _outParam(StringInfo str, Param *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" PARAM :paramkind %d :paramid %d :paramname %s :paramtype %u ",
-			node->paramkind,
-			node->paramid,
-			stringStringInfo(node->paramname),
-			node->paramtype);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		 " PARAM :paramkind %d :paramid %d :paramname %s :paramtype %u ",
+					 node->paramkind,
+					 node->paramid,
+					 stringStringInfo(node->paramname),
+					 node->paramtype);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :param_tlist ");
 	_outNode(str, node->param_tlist);
@@ -811,31 +803,31 @@ _outParam(StringInfo str, Param *node)
 static void
 _outEState(StringInfo str, EState *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" ESTATE :direction %d :range_table ",
-			node->es_direction);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " ESTATE :direction %d :range_table ",
+					 node->es_direction);
 	_outNode(str, node->es_range_table);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :result_relation_info @ 0x%x ",
-			(int) (node->es_result_relation_info));
+					 (int) (node->es_result_relation_info));
 }
 
 /*
  *	Stuff from relation.h
  */
 static void
-_outRelOptInfo(StringInfo str, RelOptInfo *node)
+_outRelOptInfo(StringInfo str, RelOptInfo * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " RELOPTINFO :relids ");
 	_outIntList(str, node->relids);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :indexed %s :pages %u :tuples %u :size %u :width %u :targetlist ",
-			node->indexed ? "true" : "false",
-			node->pages,
-			node->tuples,
-			node->size,
-			node->width);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+	 " :indexed %s :pages %u :tuples %u :size %u :width %u :targetlist ",
+					 node->indexed ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->pages,
+					 node->tuples,
+					 node->size,
+					 node->width);
 	_outNode(str, node->targetlist);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathlist ");
@@ -847,10 +839,10 @@ _outRelOptInfo(StringInfo str, RelOptInfo *node)
 	 * This can be changed later, if necessary.
 	 */
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :cheapestpath @ 0x%x :pruneable %s :restrictinfo ",
-			(int) node->cheapestpath,
-			node->pruneable ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :cheapestpath @ 0x%x :pruneable %s :restrictinfo ",
+					 (int) node->cheapestpath,
+					 node->pruneable ? "true" : "false");
 	_outNode(str, node->restrictinfo);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :joininfo ");
@@ -876,18 +868,18 @@ _outTargetEntry(StringInfo str, TargetEntry *node)
 static void
 _outRangeTblEntry(StringInfo str, RangeTblEntry *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" RTE :relname %s :refname %s :relid %u :inh %s :inFromCl %s :skipAcl %s",
-			stringStringInfo(node->relname),
-			stringStringInfo(node->refname),
-			node->relid,
-			node->inh ? "true" : "false",
-			node->inFromCl ? "true" : "false",
-			node->skipAcl ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " RTE :relname %s :refname %s :relid %u :inh %s :inFromCl %s :skipAcl %s",
+					 stringStringInfo(node->relname),
+					 stringStringInfo(node->refname),
+					 node->relid,
+					 node->inh ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->inFromCl ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->skipAcl ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 static void
-_outRowMark(StringInfo str, RowMark *node)
+_outRowMark(StringInfo str, RowMark * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " ROWMARK :rti %u :info %u", node->rti, node->info);
 }
@@ -899,17 +891,17 @@ static void
 _outPathOrder(StringInfo str, PathOrder *node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " PATHORDER :ordtype %d ",
-			node->ordtype);
+					 node->ordtype);
 	if (node->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER)
 	{
-		int i;
-		
+		int			i;
+
 		appendStringInfo(str, " :sortop ");
 		if (node->ord.sortop == NULL)
 			appendStringInfo(str, "<>");
 		else
 		{
-			for (i=0; node->ord.sortop[i] != 0; i++)
+			for (i = 0; node->ord.sortop[i] != 0; i++)
 				appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", node->ord.sortop[i]);
 			appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", 0);
 		}
@@ -917,7 +909,7 @@ _outPathOrder(StringInfo str, PathOrder *node)
 	else
 	{
 		appendStringInfo(str, " :merge ");
-		_outNode(str,node->ord.merge);
+		_outNode(str, node->ord.merge);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -928,8 +920,8 @@ static void
 _outPath(StringInfo str, Path *node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " PATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
-			node->pathtype,
-			node->path_cost);
+					 node->pathtype,
+					 node->path_cost);
 	_outNode(str, node->pathkeys);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathorder ");
@@ -942,10 +934,10 @@ _outPath(StringInfo str, Path *node)
 static void
 _outIndexPath(StringInfo str, IndexPath *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" INDEXPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
-			node->path.pathtype,
-			node->path.path_cost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " INDEXPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
+					 node->path.pathtype,
+					 node->path.path_cost);
 	_outNode(str, node->path.pathkeys);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathorder ");
@@ -962,17 +954,17 @@ _outIndexPath(StringInfo str, IndexPath *node)
  *	NestPath is a subclass of Path
  */
 static void
-_outNestPath(StringInfo str, NestPath *node)
+_outNestPath(StringInfo str, NestPath * node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" NESTPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
-			node->path.pathtype,
-			node->path.path_cost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " NESTPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
+					 node->path.pathtype,
+					 node->path.path_cost);
 	_outNode(str, node->path.pathkeys);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathorder ");
 	_outNode(str, node->path.pathorder);
-	
+
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathinfo ");
 	_outNode(str, node->pathinfo);
 
@@ -981,11 +973,11 @@ _outNestPath(StringInfo str, NestPath *node)
 	 * For now, i'll just print the addresses.
 	 */
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outjoincost %f :joinid ",
-			(int) node->outerjoinpath,
-			(int) node->innerjoinpath,
-			node->path.outerjoincost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outjoincost %f :joinid ",
+					 (int) node->outerjoinpath,
+					 (int) node->innerjoinpath,
+					 node->path.outerjoincost);
 	_outIntList(str, node->path.joinid);
 }
 
@@ -995,15 +987,15 @@ _outNestPath(StringInfo str, NestPath *node)
 static void
 _outMergePath(StringInfo str, MergePath *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" MERGEPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
-			node->jpath.path.pathtype,
-			node->jpath.path.path_cost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " MERGEPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
+					 node->jpath.path.pathtype,
+					 node->jpath.path.path_cost);
 	_outNode(str, node->jpath.path.pathkeys);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathorder ");
 	_outNode(str, node->jpath.path.pathorder);
-	
+
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathinfo ");
 	_outNode(str, node->jpath.pathinfo);
 
@@ -1012,11 +1004,11 @@ _outMergePath(StringInfo str, MergePath *node)
 	 * For now, i'll just print the addresses.
 	 */
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outerjoincost %f :joinid ",
-			(int) node->jpath.outerjoinpath,
-			(int) node->jpath.innerjoinpath,
-			(int) node->jpath.path.outerjoincost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outerjoincost %f :joinid ",
+					 (int) node->jpath.outerjoinpath,
+					 (int) node->jpath.innerjoinpath,
+					 (int) node->jpath.path.outerjoincost);
 	_outIntList(str, node->jpath.path.joinid);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :path_mergeclauses ");
@@ -1035,10 +1027,10 @@ _outMergePath(StringInfo str, MergePath *node)
 static void
 _outHashPath(StringInfo str, HashPath *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" HASHPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
-			node->jpath.path.pathtype,
-			node->jpath.path.path_cost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " HASHPATH :pathtype %d :cost %f :pathkeys ",
+					 node->jpath.path.pathtype,
+					 node->jpath.path.path_cost);
 	_outNode(str, node->jpath.path.pathkeys);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :pathorder ");
@@ -1052,11 +1044,11 @@ _outHashPath(StringInfo str, HashPath *node)
 	 * For now, i'll just print the addresses.
 	 */
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outerjoincost %f :joinid ",
-			(int) node->jpath.outerjoinpath,
-			(int) node->jpath.innerjoinpath,
-			node->jpath.path.outerjoincost);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :outerjoinpath @ 0x%x :innerjoinpath @ 0x%x :outerjoincost %f :joinid ",
+					 (int) node->jpath.outerjoinpath,
+					 (int) node->jpath.innerjoinpath,
+					 node->jpath.path.outerjoincost);
 	_outIntList(str, node->jpath.path.joinid);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :path_hashclauses ");
@@ -1075,10 +1067,10 @@ _outHashPath(StringInfo str, HashPath *node)
 static void
 _outOrderKey(StringInfo str, OrderKey *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" ORDERKEY :attribute_number %d :array_index %d ",
-			node->attribute_number,
-			node->array_index);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " ORDERKEY :attribute_number %d :array_index %d ",
+					 node->attribute_number,
+					 node->array_index);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1101,31 +1093,31 @@ _outJoinKey(StringInfo str, JoinKey *node)
 static void
 _outMergeOrder(StringInfo str, MergeOrder *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" MERGEORDER :join_operator %u :left_operator %u :right_operator %u ",
-			node->join_operator,
-			node->left_operator,
-			node->right_operator);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+	" MERGEORDER :join_operator %u :left_operator %u :right_operator %u ",
+					 node->join_operator,
+					 node->left_operator,
+					 node->right_operator);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :left_type %u :right_type %u ",
-			node->left_type, 
-			node->right_type);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :left_type %u :right_type %u ",
+					 node->left_type,
+					 node->right_type);
 }
 
 /*
  *	RestrictInfo is a subclass of Node.
  */
 static void
-_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo *node)
+_outRestrictInfo(StringInfo str, RestrictInfo * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " RESTRICTINFO :clause ");
 	_outNode(str, node->clause);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :selectivity %f :notclause %s :indexids ",
-			node->selectivity,
-			node->notclause ? "true" : "false");
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " :selectivity %f :notclause %s :indexids ",
+					 node->selectivity,
+					 node->notclause ? "true" : "false");
 	_outNode(str, node->indexids);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :mergejoinorder ");
@@ -1152,7 +1144,7 @@ _outJoinMethod(StringInfo str, JoinMethod *node)
  * HashInfo is a subclass of JoinMethod.
  */
 static void
-_outHashInfo(StringInfo str, HashInfo *node)
+_outHashInfo(StringInfo str, HashInfo * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " HASHINFO :hashop %u :jmkeys ", node->hashop);
 	_outNode(str, node->jmethod.jmkeys);
@@ -1165,7 +1157,7 @@ _outHashInfo(StringInfo str, HashInfo *node)
  *	JoinInfo is a subclass of Node.
  */
 static void
-_outJoinInfo(StringInfo str, JoinInfo *node)
+_outJoinInfo(StringInfo str, JoinInfo * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " JINFO :unjoined_relids ");
 	_outIntList(str, node->unjoined_relids);
@@ -1174,8 +1166,8 @@ _outJoinInfo(StringInfo str, JoinInfo *node)
 	_outNode(str, node->jinfo_restrictinfo);
 
 	appendStringInfo(str, " :mergejoinable %s :hashjoinable %s ",
-			node->mergejoinable ? "true" : "false",
-			node->hashjoinable ? "true" : "false");
+					 node->mergejoinable ? "true" : "false",
+					 node->hashjoinable ? "true" : "false");
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1184,9 +1176,9 @@ _outJoinInfo(StringInfo str, JoinInfo *node)
 static void
 _outDatum(StringInfo str, Datum value, Oid type)
 {
-	char		*s;
+	char	   *s;
 	Size		length,
-					typeLength;
+				typeLength;
 	bool		byValue;
 	int			i;
 
@@ -1213,6 +1205,7 @@ _outDatum(StringInfo str, Datum value, Oid type)
 			appendStringInfo(str, " 0 [ ] ");
 		else
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * length is unsigned - very bad to do < comparison to -1
 			 * without casting it to int first!! -mer 8 Jan 1991
@@ -1221,9 +1214,7 @@ _outDatum(StringInfo str, Datum value, Oid type)
 				length = VARSIZE(s);
 			appendStringInfo(str, " %d [ ", length);
 			for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
-			{
 				appendStringInfo(str, " %d ", (int) (s[i]));
-			}
 			appendStringInfo(str, "] ");
 		}
 	}
@@ -1239,19 +1230,19 @@ _outIter(StringInfo str, Iter *node)
 static void
 _outStream(StringInfo str, Stream *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" STREAM :pathptr @ 0x%x :cinfo @ 0x%x :clausetype %d :upstream @ 0x%x ",
-			(int) node->pathptr,
-			(int) node->cinfo,
-			(int) node->clausetype,
-			(int) node->upstream);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+					 " STREAM :pathptr @ 0x%x :cinfo @ 0x%x :clausetype %d :upstream @ 0x%x ",
+					 (int) node->pathptr,
+					 (int) node->cinfo,
+					 (int) node->clausetype,
+					 (int) node->upstream);
 
-	appendStringInfo(str, 
-			" :downstream @ 0x%x :groupup %d :groupcost %f :groupsel %f ",
-			(int) node->downstream,
-			node->groupup,
-			node->groupcost,
-			node->groupsel);
+	appendStringInfo(str,
+		   " :downstream @ 0x%x :groupup %d :groupcost %f :groupsel %f ",
+					 (int) node->downstream,
+					 node->groupup,
+					 node->groupcost,
+					 node->groupsel);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -1289,7 +1280,7 @@ _outValue(StringInfo str, Value *value)
 {
 	switch (value->type)
 	{
-		case T_String:
+			case T_String:
 			appendStringInfo(str, " \"%s\" ", stringStringInfo(value->val.str));
 			break;
 		case T_Integer:
@@ -1340,7 +1331,7 @@ _outAConst(StringInfo str, A_Const *node)
 static void
 _outConstraint(StringInfo str, Constraint *node)
 {
-	appendStringInfo(str," %s :type", stringStringInfo(node->name));
+	appendStringInfo(str, " %s :type", stringStringInfo(node->name));
 
 	switch (node->contype)
 	{
@@ -1374,7 +1365,7 @@ _outConstraint(StringInfo str, Constraint *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outCaseExpr(StringInfo str, CaseExpr *node)
+_outCaseExpr(StringInfo str, CaseExpr * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, "CASE ");
 	_outNode(str, node->args);
@@ -1386,7 +1377,7 @@ _outCaseExpr(StringInfo str, CaseExpr *node)
 }
 
 static void
-_outCaseWhen(StringInfo str, CaseWhen *node)
+_outCaseWhen(StringInfo str, CaseWhen * node)
 {
 	appendStringInfo(str, " WHEN ");
 	_outNode(str, node->expr);
@@ -1653,7 +1644,7 @@ _outNode(StringInfo str, void *obj)
 char *
 nodeToString(void *obj)
 {
-	StringInfoData	str;
+	StringInfoData str;
 
 	/* see stringinfo.h for an explanation of this maneuver */
 	initStringInfo(&str);
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/print.c b/src/backend/nodes/print.c
index 97d3c46a8e631a6e91d0eb78ba5ad44e102dcd20..4e8f767bbf3871e668a9b7283ad4fa4b768e9572 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/print.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/print.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.27 1999/05/10 00:45:13 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/print.c,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:09:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  * HISTORY
  *	  AUTHOR			DATE			MAJOR EVENT
@@ -218,17 +218,19 @@ print_expr(Node *expr, List *rtable)
 void
 print_pathkeys(List *pathkeys, List *rtable)
 {
-	List	   *i, *k;
+	List	   *i,
+			   *k;
 
 	printf("(");
 	foreach(i, pathkeys)
 	{
-		List *pathkey = lfirst(i);
+		List	   *pathkey = lfirst(i);
 
 		printf("(");
 		foreach(k, pathkey)
 		{
 			Node	   *var = lfirst(k);
+
 			print_expr(var, rtable);
 			if (lnext(k))
 				printf(", ");
@@ -241,7 +243,7 @@ print_pathkeys(List *pathkeys, List *rtable)
 }
 
 /*
- * print_tl 
+ * print_tl
  *	  print targetlist in a more legible way.
  */
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
index 82ccdd2dac963367fc4ef4b0ed3601c16ec58901..b5e8d94c93485bc9412913764280ded1ea273800 100644
--- a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.63 1999/05/18 21:34:29 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.64 1999/05/25 16:09:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Most of the read functions for plan nodes are tested. (In fact, they
@@ -169,9 +169,9 @@ _readQuery()
 	local_node->unionClause = nodeRead(true);
 
 	/***S*I***/
- 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* skip :intersectClause */
- 	local_node->intersectClause = nodeRead(true);
- 
+	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* skip :intersectClause */
+	local_node->intersectClause = nodeRead(true);
+
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* skip :limitOffset */
 	local_node->limitOffset = nodeRead(true);
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ _readIndexScan()
 	local_node->indxqual = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* eat :indxqualorig */
-	local_node->indxqualorig = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->indxqualorig = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	return local_node;
 }
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ _readRangeTblEntry()
 static RowMark *
 _readRowMark()
 {
-	RowMark	   *local_node = makeNode(RowMark);
+	RowMark    *local_node = makeNode(RowMark);
 	char	   *token;
 	int			length;
 
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ _readRowMark()
 static PathOrder *
 _readPathOrder()
 {
-	PathOrder   *local_node;
+	PathOrder  *local_node;
 	char	   *token;
 	int			length;
 
@@ -1443,17 +1443,18 @@ _readPathOrder()
 
 	if (local_node->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER)
 	{
-		token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :sortop */
+		token = lsptok(NULL, &length);	/* get :sortop */
 
 		if (length == 0)
 			local_node->ord.sortop = NULL;
 		else
 		{
-			int i = -1;
-	
-			local_node->ord.sortop = palloc(sizeof(Oid) * (INDEX_MAX_KEYS+1));
-	
-			do {
+			int			i = -1;
+
+			local_node->ord.sortop = palloc(sizeof(Oid) * (INDEX_MAX_KEYS + 1));
+
+			do
+			{
 				i++;
 				Assert(i <= INDEX_MAX_KEYS);
 				token = lsptok(NULL, &length);	/* now read it */
@@ -1463,7 +1464,7 @@ _readPathOrder()
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :merge */
+		token = lsptok(NULL, &length);	/* get :merge */
 		local_node->ord.merge = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
 	}
 
@@ -1494,10 +1495,10 @@ _readPath()
 	local_node->path_cost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathorder */
-	local_node->pathorder = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
+	local_node->pathorder = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathkeys */
-	local_node->pathkeys = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
+	local_node->pathkeys = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	return local_node;
 }
@@ -1526,10 +1527,10 @@ _readIndexPath()
 	local_node->path.path_cost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathorder */
- 	local_node->path.pathorder = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->path.pathorder = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathkeys */
-	local_node->path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :indexid */
 	local_node->indexid = toIntList(nodeRead(true));
@@ -1568,7 +1569,7 @@ _readNestPath()
 	local_node->path.pathorder = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathkeys */
-	local_node->path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathinfo */
 	local_node->pathinfo = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
@@ -1630,13 +1631,13 @@ _readMergePath()
 	local_node->jpath.path.path_cost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathorder */
-	local_node->jpath.path.pathorder = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.pathorder = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathkeys */
-	local_node->jpath.path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathinfo */
-	local_node->jpath.pathinfo = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.pathinfo = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	/*
 	 * Not sure if these are nodes; they're declared as "struct path *".
@@ -1664,7 +1665,7 @@ _readMergePath()
 	local_node->jpath.path.outerjoincost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :joinid */
-	local_node->jpath.path.joinid = toIntList(nodeRead(true));		/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.joinid = toIntList(nodeRead(true));	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :path_mergeclauses */
 	local_node->path_mergeclauses = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
@@ -1704,13 +1705,13 @@ _readHashPath()
 	local_node->jpath.path.path_cost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathorder */
-	local_node->jpath.path.pathorder = nodeRead(true); /* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.pathorder = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathkeys */
-	local_node->jpath.path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.pathkeys = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :pathinfo */
-	local_node->jpath.pathinfo = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.pathinfo = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
 
 	/*
 	 * Not sure if these are nodes; they're declared as "struct path *".
@@ -1738,7 +1739,7 @@ _readHashPath()
 	local_node->jpath.path.outerjoincost = (Cost) atof(token);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :joinid */
-	local_node->jpath.path.joinid = toIntList(nodeRead(true));		/* now read it */
+	local_node->jpath.path.joinid = toIntList(nodeRead(true));	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :path_hashclauses */
 	local_node->path_hashclauses = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
@@ -1924,7 +1925,7 @@ _readJoinMethod()
 static HashInfo *
 _readHashInfo()
 {
-	HashInfo	*local_node;
+	HashInfo   *local_node;
 	char	   *token;
 	int			length;
 
@@ -1960,10 +1961,10 @@ _readJoinInfo()
 	local_node = makeNode(JoinInfo);
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :unjoined_relids */
-	local_node->unjoined_relids = toIntList(nodeRead(true));		/* now read it */
+	local_node->unjoined_relids = toIntList(nodeRead(true));	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :jinfo_restrictinfo */
-	local_node->jinfo_restrictinfo = nodeRead(true);		/* now read it */
+	local_node->jinfo_restrictinfo = nodeRead(true);	/* now read it */
 
 	token = lsptok(NULL, &length);		/* get :mergejoinable */
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
index 31a77f46e4a3a6de68f7a77e88eb8523547bf547..69d568dbc353333df5883c3a4bcd65039d05aa91 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.37 1999/05/17 00:25:34 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_eval.c,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:09:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static MemoryContext geqo_eval_context;
 
 /*
  * geqo_eval_startup:
- *   Must be called during geqo_main startup (before geqo_eval may be called)
+ *	 Must be called during geqo_main startup (before geqo_eval may be called)
  *
  * The main thing we need to do here is prepare a private memory context for
  * allocation of temp storage used while constructing a path in geqo_eval().
@@ -70,9 +70,10 @@ void
 geqo_eval_startup(void)
 {
 #define GEQO_PORTAL_NAME	"<geqo workspace>"
-	Portal geqo_portal = GetPortalByName(GEQO_PORTAL_NAME);
+	Portal		geqo_portal = GetPortalByName(GEQO_PORTAL_NAME);
 
-	if (!PortalIsValid(geqo_portal)) {
+	if (!PortalIsValid(geqo_portal))
+	{
 		/* First time through (within current transaction, that is) */
 		geqo_portal = CreatePortal(GEQO_PORTAL_NAME);
 		Assert(PortalIsValid(geqo_portal));
@@ -89,15 +90,18 @@ geqo_eval_startup(void)
 Cost
 geqo_eval(Query *root, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
 {
-	MemoryContext	oldcxt;
-	RelOptInfo	   *joinrel;
-	Cost			fitness;
-	List		   *savelist;
+	MemoryContext oldcxt;
+	RelOptInfo *joinrel;
+	Cost		fitness;
+	List	   *savelist;
 
 	/* preserve root->join_rel_list, which gimme_tree changes */
 	savelist = root->join_rel_list;
 
-	/* create a temporary allocation context for the path construction work */
+	/*
+	 * create a temporary allocation context for the path construction
+	 * work
+	 */
 	oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(geqo_eval_context);
 	StartPortalAllocMode(DefaultAllocMode, 0);
 
@@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
 }
 
 /*
- * gimme_tree 
+ * gimme_tree
  *	  this program presumes that only LEFT-SIDED TREES are considered!
  *
  * 'old_rel' is the preceding join
@@ -126,7 +130,7 @@ geqo_eval(Query *root, Gene *tour, int num_gene)
  * Returns a new join relation incorporating all joins in a left-sided tree.
  */
 RelOptInfo *
-gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo *old_rel)
+gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo * old_rel)
 {
 	RelOptInfo *inner_rel;		/* current relation */
 	int			base_rel_index;
@@ -139,7 +143,7 @@ gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo *old
 		/* tour[0] = 3; tour[1] = 1; tour[2] = 2 */
 		base_rel_index = (int) tour[rel_count];
 
-		inner_rel = (RelOptInfo *) nth(base_rel_index-1, root->base_rel_list);
+		inner_rel = (RelOptInfo *) nth(base_rel_index - 1, root->base_rel_list);
 
 		if (rel_count == 0)
 		{						/* processing first join with
@@ -151,15 +155,17 @@ gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo *old
 		{						/* tree main part */
 			if (!(new_rels = make_rels_by_clause_joins(root, old_rel,
 													   old_rel->joininfo,
-													   inner_rel->relids)))
+													 inner_rel->relids)))
 			{
 				new_rels = make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(old_rel,
-														 lcons(inner_rel,NIL));
-				/* we don't do bushy plans in geqo, do we?  bjm 02/18/1999
-				new_rels = append(new_rels,
-								  make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(old_rel,
-													 lcons(old_rel,NIL));
-				*/
+												  lcons(inner_rel, NIL));
+
+				/*
+				 * we don't do bushy plans in geqo, do we?  bjm 02/18/1999
+				 * new_rels = append(new_rels,
+				 * make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(old_rel,
+				 * lcons(old_rel,NIL));
+				 */
 			}
 
 			/* process new_rel->pathlist */
@@ -202,5 +208,5 @@ gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count, int num_gene, RelOptInfo *old
 		}
 	}
 
-	return old_rel;			/* tree finished ... */
+	return old_rel;				/* tree finished ... */
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
index 2cedda675bdb8406e36ce79156d7d7d250907629..88bcce1ed7d359317e5b214f1603f3d28642b71b 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.15 1999/05/17 00:25:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_main.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:09:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -77,24 +77,28 @@ geqo(Query *root)
 				status_interval;
 	Gene	   *best_tour;
 	RelOptInfo *best_rel;
+
 #if defined(ERX)
 	Edge	   *edge_table;		/* list of edges */
 	int			edge_failures = 0;
 	float		difference;
+
 #endif
 #if defined(CX) || defined(PX) || defined(OX1) || defined(OX2)
 	City	   *city_table;		/* list of cities */
+
 #endif
 #if defined(CX)
 	int			cycle_diffs = 0;
 	int			mutations = 0;
+
 #endif
 
 /* set tour size */
 	number_of_rels = length(root->base_rel_list);
 
 /* set GA parameters */
-	geqo_params(number_of_rels);	/* read "$PGDATA/pg_geqo" file */
+	geqo_params(number_of_rels);/* read "$PGDATA/pg_geqo" file */
 	pool_size = PoolSize;
 	number_generations = Generations;
 	status_interval = 10;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
index adb4255c89c1ee4de11876782ea896602eddc7d3..dd4320a3d435a3abec33b084d1f082f5e0e306ef 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:16:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_misc.c,v 1.18 1999/05/25 16:09:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ geqo_print_path(Query *root, Path *path, int indent)
 }
 
 void
-geqo_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
+geqo_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	List	   *l;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c
index f8530ef4ef0db9e096b17149ff1b0e5b18d8b127..c01073e614a1fde4bad042c4ffaba3ab4970ec61 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_pool.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:16:12 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_pool.c,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:09:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ random_init_pool(Query *root, Pool *pool, int strt, int stp)
 																 * "geqo_recombination.c"
 																 * */
 
-		pool->data[i].worth = geqo_eval(root, chromo[i].string, pool->string_length);		/* "from geqo_eval.c" */
+		pool->data[i].worth = geqo_eval(root, chromo[i].string, pool->string_length);	/* "from geqo_eval.c" */
 	}
 }
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c
index daf8a459e3afe2b21bb48d7f7896ac3457273e53..c49f135ce25262b652900430c26b1bb954e1c942 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/minspantree.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 *
 *
 * IDENTIFICATION
-*	 $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:16:13 momjian Exp $
+*	 $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/Attic/minspantree.c,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:09:19 momjian Exp $
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 */
 
 void
-minspantree(Query *root, List *join_rels, RelOptInfo *garel)
+minspantree(Query *root, List *join_rels, RelOptInfo * garel)
 {
 	int			number_of_rels = length(root->base_rel_list);
 	int			number_of_joins = length(join_rels);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/predmig.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/predmig.c
index 058b89780d67d2b919331f628c2ef8cdf5ad0ff5..a27b61fb62cb261fcb43873631670379f0d17ba8 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/predmig.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/predmig.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.1 1999/02/18 19:58:53 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/Attic/predmig.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:09:30 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ xfunc_llel_chains(Stream root, Stream bottom)
 			 */
 			Assert(xfunc_num_relids(pathstream) > xfunc_num_relids(tmpstream));
 			progress = xfunc_prdmig_pullup(origstream, tmpstream,
-									(JoinPath) get_pathptr(pathstream));
+									 (JoinPath) get_pathptr(pathstream));
 		}
 		if (get_downstream(tmpstream))
 			pathstream = (Stream) xfunc_get_downjoin((Stream) get_downstream(tmpstream));
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ xfunc_llel_chains(Stream root, Stream bottom)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_complete_stream 
+ ** xfunc_complete_stream
  **   Given a stream composed of join nodes only, make a copy containing the
  ** join nodes along with the associated restriction nodes.
  */
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ xfunc_complete_stream(Stream stream)
 static bool
 xfunc_prdmig_pullup(Stream origstream, Stream pullme, JoinPath joinpath)
 {
-	RestrictInfo	restrictinfo = get_cinfo(pullme);
+	RestrictInfo restrictinfo = get_cinfo(pullme);
 	bool		progress = false;
 	Stream		upjoin,
 				orignode,
@@ -347,10 +347,10 @@ xfunc_prdmig_pullup(Stream origstream, Stream pullme, JoinPath joinpath)
 		else
 			whichchild = INNER;
 		restrictinfo = xfunc_pullup((Path) get_pathptr((Stream) get_downstream(upjoin)),
-								  (JoinPath) get_pathptr(upjoin),
-								  restrictinfo,
-								  whichchild,
-								  get_clausetype(orignode));
+									(JoinPath) get_pathptr(upjoin),
+									restrictinfo,
+									whichchild,
+									get_clausetype(orignode));
 		set_pathptr(pullme, get_pathptr(upjoin));
 		/* pullme has been moved into locrestrictinfo */
 		set_clausetype(pullme, XFUNC_LOCPRD);
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ xfunc_prdmig_pullup(Stream origstream, Stream pullme, JoinPath joinpath)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_form_groups 
+ ** xfunc_form_groups
  **    A group is a pair of stream nodes a,b such that a is constrained to
  ** precede b (for instance if a and b are both joins), but rank(a) > rank(b).
  ** In such a situation, Monma and Sidney prove that no clauses should end
@@ -487,10 +487,10 @@ xfunc_form_groups(Query *queryInfo, Stream root, Stream bottom)
 }
 
 
-/* -------------------			   UTILITY FUNCTIONS	 ------------------------- */
+/* -------------------				 UTILITY FUNCTIONS	   ------------------------- */
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_free_stream 
+ ** xfunc_free_stream
  **   walk down a stream and pfree it
  */
 static void
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ xfunc_add_clauses(Stream current)
 	foreach(temp, get_loc_restrictinfo((Path) get_pathptr(current)))
 	{
 		topnode = xfunc_streaminsert((RestrictInfo) lfirst(temp), topnode,
-							   XFUNC_LOCPRD);
+									 XFUNC_LOCPRD);
 	}
 
 	/* and add in the join clauses */
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ xfunc_add_clauses(Stream current)
 		{
 			if (!equal(get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(temp)), primjoin))
 				topnode = xfunc_streaminsert((RestrictInfo) lfirst(temp), topnode,
-									   XFUNC_JOINPRD);
+											 XFUNC_JOINPRD);
 		}
 	}
 	return topnode;
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ xfunc_num_relids(Stream node)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_get_downjoin 
+ ** xfunc_get_downjoin
  **    Given a stream node, find the next lowest node which points to a
  ** join predicate or a scan node.
  */
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ xfunc_get_downjoin(Stream node)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_get_upjoin 
+ ** xfunc_get_upjoin
  **   same as above, but upwards.
  */
 static StreamPtr
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ xfunc_get_upjoin(Stream node)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_stream_qsort 
+ ** xfunc_stream_qsort
  **   Given a stream, sort by group rank the elements in the stream from the
  ** node "bottom" up.  DESTRUCTIVELY MODIFIES STREAM!  Returns new root.
  */
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/xfunc.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/xfunc.c
index f365cdcd1b538f3d10fee3aa4622d55adcc705a9..7ee1c3616c509124e6a6e13e337ac761591b4d94 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/xfunc.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/xfunc.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.2 1999/05/10 00:45:14 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/_deadcode/Attic/xfunc.c,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:09:31 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ static int xfunc_card_unreferenced(Query *queryInfo,
 */
 
 /*
-** xfunc_trypullup 
+** xfunc_trypullup
 **	  Preliminary pullup of predicates, to allow for maximal pruning.
 ** Given a relation, check each of its paths and see if you can
 ** pullup clauses from its inner and outer.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ void
 xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo rel)
 {
 	LispValue	y;				/* list ptr */
-	RestrictInfo	maxcinfo;		/* The RestrictInfo to pull up, as
+	RestrictInfo maxcinfo;		/* The RestrictInfo to pull up, as
 								 * calculated by xfunc_shouldpull() */
 	JoinPath	curpath;		/* current path in list */
 	int			progress;		/* has progress been made this time
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo rel)
 			{
 				/* No, the following should NOT be '=='  !! */
 				if (clausetype = xfunc_shouldpull((Path) get_innerjoinpath(curpath),
-									 curpath, INNER, &maxcinfo))
+											  curpath, INNER, &maxcinfo))
 				{
 
 					xfunc_pullup((Path) get_innerjoinpath(curpath),
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo rel)
 
 				/* No, the following should NOT be '=='  !! */
 				if (clausetype = xfunc_shouldpull((Path) get_outerjoinpath(curpath),
-									 curpath, OUTER, &maxcinfo))
+											  curpath, OUTER, &maxcinfo))
 				{
 
 					xfunc_pullup((Path) get_outerjoinpath(curpath),
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo rel)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_shouldpull 
+ ** xfunc_shouldpull
  **    find clause with highest rank, and decide whether to pull it up
  ** from child to parent.  Currently we only pullup secondary join clauses
  ** that are in the pathrestrictinfo.  Secondary hash and sort clauses are
@@ -144,12 +144,12 @@ xfunc_shouldpull(Query *queryInfo,
 				 Path childpath,
 				 JoinPath parentpath,
 				 int whichchild,
-				 RestrictInfo *maxcinfopt)		/* Out: pointer to clause
+				 RestrictInfo * maxcinfopt)		/* Out: pointer to clause
 												 * to pullup */
 {
 	LispValue	clauselist,
 				tmplist;		/* lists of clauses */
-	RestrictInfo	maxcinfo;		/* clause to pullup */
+	RestrictInfo maxcinfo;		/* clause to pullup */
 	LispValue	primjoinclause	/* primary join clause */
 	= xfunc_primary_join(parentpath);
 	Cost		tmprank,
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ xfunc_shouldpull(Query *queryInfo,
 			  || (!is_join(childpath)
 				  && (whichchild == INNER)
 				  && IsA(parentpath, NestPath)
-				  &&!IsA(parentpath, HashPath)
+				  && !IsA(parentpath, HashPath)
 				  &&!IsA(parentpath, MergePath)))))
 		{
 
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ xfunc_shouldpull(Query *queryInfo,
 
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_pullup 
+ ** xfunc_pullup
  **    move clause from child pathnode to parent pathnode.	 This operation
  ** makes the child pathnode produce a larger relation than it used to.
  ** This means that we must construct a new RelOptInfo just for the childpath,
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ RestrictInfo
 xfunc_pullup(Query *queryInfo,
 			 Path childpath,
 			 JoinPath parentpath,
-			 RestrictInfo cinfo,	/* clause to pull up */
+			 RestrictInfo cinfo,/* clause to pull up */
 			 int whichchild,	/* whether child is INNER or OUTER of join */
 			 int clausetype)	/* whether clause to pull is join or local */
 {
@@ -272,22 +272,22 @@ xfunc_pullup(Query *queryInfo,
 	RelOptInfo	newrel;
 	Cost		pulled_selec;
 	Cost		cost;
-	RestrictInfo	newinfo;
+	RestrictInfo newinfo;
 
 	/* remove clause from childpath */
 	newkid = (Path) copyObject((Node) childpath);
 	if (clausetype == XFUNC_LOCPRD)
 	{
 		set_locrestrictinfo(newkid,
-						  xfunc_LispRemove((LispValue) cinfo,
-									  (List) get_loc_restrictinfo(newkid)));
+							xfunc_LispRemove((LispValue) cinfo,
+								   (List) get_loc_restrictinfo(newkid)));
 	}
 	else
 	{
 		set_pathrestrictinfo
 			((JoinPath) newkid,
 			 xfunc_LispRemove((LispValue) cinfo,
-						  (List) get_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) newkid)));
+						(List) get_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) newkid)));
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -328,8 +328,8 @@ xfunc_pullup(Query *queryInfo,
 
 	/* add clause to parentpath, and fix up its cost. */
 	set_locrestrictinfo(parentpath,
-					  lispCons((LispValue) newinfo,
-							 (LispValue) get_loc_restrictinfo(parentpath)));
+						lispCons((LispValue) newinfo,
+						  (LispValue) get_loc_restrictinfo(parentpath)));
 	/* put new childpath into the path tree */
 	if (whichchild == INNER)
 		set_innerjoinpath(parentpath, (pathPtr) newkid);
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ LispValue	clause;
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_join_expense 
+ ** xfunc_join_expense
  **    Find global expense of a join clause
  */
 Cost
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ xfunc_local_expense(LispValue clause)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_func_expense 
+ ** xfunc_func_expense
  **    given a Func or Oper and its args, find its expense.
  ** Note: in Stonebraker's SIGMOD '91 paper, he uses a more complicated metric
  ** than the one here.	We can ignore the expected number of tuples for
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ xfunc_func_expense(LispValue node, LispValue args)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_width 
+ ** xfunc_width
  **    recursively find the width of a expression
  */
 
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ xfunc_width(LispValue clause)
 			 */
 			Assert(length(get_func_tlist(func)) == 1);	/* sanity */
 			retval = xfunc_width((LispValue)
-							get_expr(lfirst(get_func_tlist(func))));
+								 get_expr(lfirst(get_func_tlist(func))));
 			goto exit;
 		}
 		else
@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@ xfunc_card_product(Query *queryInfo, Relids relids)
 			{
 				if (!xfunc_expense(queryInfo, get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(cinfonode))))
 					tuples *= compute_clause_selec(queryInfo,
-							  get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(cinfonode)),
-											 LispNil);
+							get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(cinfonode)),
+												   LispNil);
 			}
 
 			if (retval == 0)
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ LispValue
 xfunc_primary_join(JoinPath pathnode)
 {
 	LispValue	joinclauselist = get_pathrestrictinfo(pathnode);
-	RestrictInfo	mincinfo;
+	RestrictInfo mincinfo;
 	LispValue	tmplist;
 	LispValue	minclause = LispNil;
 	Cost		minrank,
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ xfunc_get_path_cost(Query *queryInfo, Path pathnode)
 	 */
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
 		set_locrestrictinfo(pathnode, lisp_qsort(get_loc_restrictinfo(pathnode),
-											   xfunc_cinfo_compare));
+												 xfunc_cinfo_compare));
 	for (tmplist = get_loc_restrictinfo(pathnode), selec = 1.0;
 		 tmplist != LispNil;
 		 tmplist = lnext(tmplist))
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ xfunc_get_path_cost(Query *queryInfo, Path pathnode)
 		cost += (Cost) (xfunc_local_expense(get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)))
 					  * (Cost) get_tuples(get_parent(pathnode)) * selec);
 		selec *= compute_clause_selec(queryInfo,
-								get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)),
+							  get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)),
 									  LispNil);
 	}
 
@@ -951,8 +951,8 @@ xfunc_get_path_cost(Query *queryInfo, Path pathnode)
 	{
 		if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
 			set_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) pathnode, lisp_qsort
-							   (get_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) pathnode),
-								xfunc_cinfo_compare));
+							  (get_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) pathnode),
+							   xfunc_cinfo_compare));
 		for (tmplist = get_pathrestrictinfo((JoinPath) pathnode), selec = 1.0;
 			 tmplist != LispNil;
 			 tmplist = lnext(tmplist))
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ xfunc_get_path_cost(Query *queryInfo, Path pathnode)
 			cost += (Cost) (xfunc_local_expense(get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)))
 					  * (Cost) get_tuples(get_parent(pathnode)) * selec);
 			selec *= compute_clause_selec(queryInfo,
-								get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)),
+							  get_clause((RestrictInfo) lfirst(tmplist)),
 										  LispNil);
 		}
 	}
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ xfunc_total_path_cost(JoinPath pathnode)
 
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple 
+ ** xfunc_expense_per_tuple
  **    return the expense of the join *per-tuple* of the input relation.
  ** The cost model here is that a join costs
  **		k*card(outer)*card(inner) + l*card(outer) + m*card(inner) + n
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ xfunc_expense_per_tuple(JoinPath joinnode, int whichchild)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_fixvars 
+ ** xfunc_fixvars
  ** After pulling up a clause, we must walk its expression tree, fixing Var
  ** nodes to point to the correct varno (either INNER or OUTER, depending
  ** on which child the clause was pulled from), and the right varattno in the
@@ -1189,8 +1189,8 @@ xfunc_fixvars(LispValue clause, /* clause being pulled up */
 int
 xfunc_cinfo_compare(void *arg1, void *arg2)
 {
-	RestrictInfo	info1 = *(RestrictInfo *) arg1;
-	RestrictInfo	info2 = *(RestrictInfo *) arg2;
+	RestrictInfo info1 = *(RestrictInfo *) arg1;
+	RestrictInfo info2 = *(RestrictInfo *) arg2;
 
 	LispValue	clause1 = (LispValue) get_clause(info1),
 				clause2 = (LispValue) get_clause(info2);
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ xfunc_clause_compare(void *arg1, void *arg2)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_disjunct_sort 
+ ** xfunc_disjunct_sort
  **   given a list of clauses, for each clause sort the disjuncts by cost
  **   (this assumes the predicates have been converted to Conjunctive NF)
  **   Modifies the clause list!
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ xfunc_disjunct_compare(Query *queryInfo, void *arg1, void *arg2)
 
 /* ------------------------ UTILITY FUNCTIONS ------------------------------- */
 /*
- ** xfunc_func_width 
+ ** xfunc_func_width
  **    Given a function OID and operands, find the width of the return value.
  */
 int
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ exit:
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_tuple_width 
+ ** xfunc_tuple_width
  **		Return the sum of the lengths of all the attributes of a given relation
  */
 int
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ xfunc_tuple_width(Relation rd)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_num_join_clauses 
+ ** xfunc_num_join_clauses
  **   Find the number of join clauses associated with this join path
  */
 int
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ xfunc_num_join_clauses(JoinPath path)
 }
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_LispRemove 
+ ** xfunc_LispRemove
  **   Just like LispRemove, but it whines if the item to be removed ain't there
  */
 LispValue
@@ -1419,11 +1419,11 @@ do { \
 } while(0)
 
 /*
- ** xfunc_copyrel 
+ ** xfunc_copyrel
  **   Just like _copyRel, but doesn't copy the paths
  */
 bool
-xfunc_copyrel(RelOptInfo from, RelOptInfo *to)
+xfunc_copyrel(RelOptInfo from, RelOptInfo * to)
 {
 	RelOptInfo	newnode;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
index ba421b4f5ffe39dc97a41d1110a6b5f92bbe1003..8ebcc5d4794fd21ee4decd7a3819cfbac9eb8370 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.44 1999/02/22 05:26:18 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.45 1999/05/25 16:09:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ int32		_use_geqo_rels_ = GEQO_RELS;
 
 static void set_base_rel_pathlist(Query *root, List *rels);
 static RelOptInfo *make_one_rel_by_joins(Query *root, List *rels,
-										 int levels_needed);
+					  int levels_needed);
 
 #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
-static void debug_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
+static void debug_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel);
 
 #endif
 
@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ make_one_rel(Query *root, List *rels)
 
 	if (levels_needed <= 1)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Unsorted single relation, no more processing is required.
 		 */
@@ -83,6 +84,7 @@ make_one_rel(Query *root, List *rels)
 	}
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * This means that joins or sorts are required. set selectivities
 		 * of clauses that have not been set by an index.
@@ -117,17 +119,17 @@ set_base_rel_pathlist(Query *root, List *rels)
 		sequential_scan_list = lcons(create_seqscan_path(rel), NIL);
 
 		rel_index_scan_list = create_index_paths(root,
-											   rel,
-											   find_relation_indices(root, rel),
-											   rel->restrictinfo,
-											   rel->joininfo);
+												 rel,
+										find_relation_indices(root, rel),
+												 rel->restrictinfo,
+												 rel->joininfo);
 
 		or_index_scan_list = create_or_index_paths(root, rel, rel->restrictinfo);
 
 		rel->pathlist = add_pathlist(rel,
 									 sequential_scan_list,
 									 nconc(rel_index_scan_list,
-											or_index_scan_list));
+										   or_index_scan_list));
 
 		set_cheapest(rel, rel->pathlist);
 
@@ -171,13 +173,14 @@ make_one_rel_by_joins(Query *root, List *rels, int levels_needed)
 	 *******************************************/
 	if ((_use_geqo_) && length(root->base_rel_list) >= _use_geqo_rels_)
 		return geqo(root);
-	
+
 	/*******************************************
 	 * rest will be deprecated in case of GEQO *
 	 *******************************************/
 
 	while (--levels_needed)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Determine all possible pairs of relations to be joined at this
 		 * level.  Determine paths for joining these relation pairs and
@@ -193,6 +196,7 @@ make_one_rel_by_joins(Query *root, List *rels, int levels_needed)
 		root->join_rel_list = rels = joined_rels;
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
+
 		/*
 		 * * for each expensive predicate in each path in each distinct
 		 * rel, * consider doing pullup  -- JMH
@@ -351,7 +355,7 @@ print_path(Query *root, Path *path, int indent)
 }
 
 static void
-debug_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
+debug_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	List	   *l;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c
index 1eeae4c6d3d134f8d24888512340676497aaa7cb..bbc9e3547e3306890a0b80e3f4483f3b2610145e 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.19 1999/05/16 19:45:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:09:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ set_rest_selec(Query *root, List *restrictinfo_list)
 		if (cost_clause <= 0 || valid_or_clause(clausenode))
 		{
 			clausenode->selectivity = compute_clause_selec(root,
-									 (Node *) clausenode->clause,
+											 (Node *) clausenode->clause,
 									 lcons(makeFloat(cost_clause), NIL));
 		}
 	}
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ compute_selec(Query *root, List *clauses, List *or_selectivities)
 	else if (not_clause((Node *) clause))
 	{
 		/* negate this baby */
-		return 1 - compute_selec(root, ((Expr *)clause)->args, or_selectivities);
+		return 1 - compute_selec(root, ((Expr *) clause)->args, or_selectivities);
 	}
 	else if (is_subplan((Node *) clause))
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
index 22eb4d3e53d8715619cbf311bef40049a32f07ca..327f58cf320786283feca81d3a4b68c1e14de827 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.36 1999/05/01 19:47:41 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:09:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 extern int	NBuffers;
 
 static int	compute_attribute_width(TargetEntry *tlistentry);
-static double relation_byte_size (int tuples, int width);
+static double relation_byte_size(int tuples, int width);
 static double base_log(double x, double b);
 static int	compute_targetlist_width(List *targetlist);
 
@@ -134,9 +134,10 @@ cost_index(Oid indexid,
 	if (!_enable_indexscan_ && !is_injoin)
 		temp += _disable_cost_;
 
-	/* We want to be sure we estimate the cost of an index scan
-	 * as more than the cost of a sequential scan (when selec == 1.0),
-	 * even if we don't have good stats.  So, disbelieve zero index size.
+	/*
+	 * We want to be sure we estimate the cost of an index scan as more
+	 * than the cost of a sequential scan (when selec == 1.0), even if we
+	 * don't have good stats.  So, disbelieve zero index size.
 	 */
 	if (expected_indexpages <= 0)
 		expected_indexpages = 1;
@@ -146,11 +147,11 @@ cost_index(Oid indexid,
 	/* expected index relation pages */
 	temp += expected_indexpages;
 
-	/* expected base relation pages
-	 * XXX this isn't really right, since we will access the table
-	 * nonsequentially and might have to fetch the same page
-	 * more than once.  This calculation assumes the buffer cache
-	 * will prevent that from happening...
+	/*
+	 * expected base relation pages XXX this isn't really right, since we
+	 * will access the table nonsequentially and might have to fetch the
+	 * same page more than once.  This calculation assumes the buffer
+	 * cache will prevent that from happening...
 	 */
 	temp += ceil(((double) selec) * ((double) relpages));
 
@@ -192,8 +193,10 @@ cost_sort(List *pathkeys, int tuples, int width)
 	if (!_enable_sort_)
 		temp += _disable_cost_;
 
-	/* We want to be sure the cost of a sort is never estimated as zero,
-	 * even if passed-in tuple count is zero.  Besides, mustn't do log(0)...
+	/*
+	 * We want to be sure the cost of a sort is never estimated as zero,
+	 * even if passed-in tuple count is zero.  Besides, mustn't do
+	 * log(0)...
 	 */
 	if (tuples <= 0)
 		tuples = 1;
@@ -344,10 +347,11 @@ cost_hashjoin(Cost outercost,
 	if (!_enable_hashjoin_)
 		temp += _disable_cost_;
 
-	/* Bias against putting larger relation on inside.
+	/*
+	 * Bias against putting larger relation on inside.
 	 *
-	 * Code used to use "outerpages < innerpages" but that has
-	 * poor resolution when both relations are small.
+	 * Code used to use "outerpages < innerpages" but that has poor
+	 * resolution when both relations are small.
 	 */
 	if (relation_byte_size(outersize, outerwidth) <
 		relation_byte_size(innersize, innerwidth))
@@ -362,7 +366,8 @@ cost_hashjoin(Cost outercost,
 	/* cost of main-memory hashtable */
 	temp += (innerpages < NBuffers) ? innerpages : NBuffers;
 
-	/* if inner relation is too big then we will need to "batch" the join,
+	/*
+	 * if inner relation is too big then we will need to "batch" the join,
 	 * which implies writing and reading most of the tuples to disk an
 	 * extra time.
 	 */
@@ -385,7 +390,7 @@ cost_hashjoin(Cost outercost,
  * Returns the size.
  */
 int
-compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo *rel)
+compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	Cost		temp;
 	int			temp1;
@@ -408,7 +413,7 @@ compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo *rel)
  * Returns the width of the tuple as a fixnum.
  */
 int
-compute_rel_width(RelOptInfo *rel)
+compute_rel_width(RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	return compute_targetlist_width(get_actual_tlist(rel->targetlist));
 }
@@ -470,11 +475,11 @@ compute_joinrel_size(JoinPath *joinpath)
 	temp *= ((Path *) joinpath->innerjoinpath)->parent->size;
 
 	temp = temp * product_selec(joinpath->pathinfo);
-	if (temp >= (MAXINT-1)/2)
+	if (temp >= (MAXINT - 1) / 2)
 	{
 		/* if we exceed (MAXINT-1)/2, we switch to log scale */
 		/* +1 prevents log(0) */
-		temp1 = ceil(log(temp + 1 - (MAXINT-1)/2) + (MAXINT-1)/2);
+		temp1 = ceil(log(temp + 1 - (MAXINT - 1) / 2) + (MAXINT - 1) / 2);
 	}
 	else
 		temp1 = ceil((double) temp);
@@ -485,13 +490,13 @@ compute_joinrel_size(JoinPath *joinpath)
 
 /*
  * relation_byte_size
- *    Estimate the storage space in bytes for a given number of tuples
- *    of a given width (size in bytes).
- *    To avoid overflow with big relations, result is a double.
+ *	  Estimate the storage space in bytes for a given number of tuples
+ *	  of a given width (size in bytes).
+ *	  To avoid overflow with big relations, result is a double.
  */
 
 static double
-relation_byte_size (int tuples, int width)
+relation_byte_size(int tuples, int width)
 {
 	return ((double) tuples) * ((double) (width + sizeof(HeapTupleData)));
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c
index f67e4eb8eca87a8fde11b33d82f53e6661d8006f..0d4b2326ba42b3394b5be334c5839a2955994ac5 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/hashutils.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.15 1999/04/03 00:18:27 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/hashutils.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:09:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static HashInfo *match_hashop_hashinfo(Oid hashop, List *hashinfo_list);
  *
  * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
  * 'inner_relids' is the list of relids in the inner join relation
- *   (used to determine whether a join var is inner or outer)
+ *	 (used to determine whether a join var is inner or outer)
  *
  * Returns the new list of hashinfo nodes.
  *
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ group_clauses_by_hashop(List *restrictinfo_list,
 			}
 
 			xhashinfo->jmethod.clauses = lcons(clause,
-											   xhashinfo->jmethod.clauses);
+											 xhashinfo->jmethod.clauses);
 			xhashinfo->jmethod.jmkeys = lcons(joinkey,
 											  xhashinfo->jmethod.jmkeys);
 		}
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ static HashInfo *
 match_hashop_hashinfo(Oid hashop, List *hashinfo_list)
 {
 	Oid			key = 0;
-	HashInfo	   *xhashinfo = (HashInfo *) NULL;
+	HashInfo   *xhashinfo = (HashInfo *) NULL;
 	List	   *i = NIL;
 
 	foreach(i, hashinfo_list)
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
index 84ef82f3106c79c7bf2524cdbec5672cda041c49..29694ed2587f06a1e6cc16527e22d9330eb19b83 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.54 1999/03/18 19:59:53 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.55 1999/05/25 16:09:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,32 +45,32 @@
 #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
 
 
-static void match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int indexkey,
+static void match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index, int indexkey,
 					  int xclass, List *restrictinfo_list);
 static bool match_index_to_operand(int indexkey, Expr *operand,
-					   RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index);
-static List *match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int indexkey,
+					   RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index);
+static List *match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index, int indexkey,
 			 int xclass, List *or_clauses, List *other_matching_indices);
-static List *group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
-					int *indexkeys, Oid *classes, List *restrictinfo_list);
-static List *group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
+static List *group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
+				  int *indexkeys, Oid *classes, List *restrictinfo_list);
+static List *group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
 								int *indexkeys, Oid *classes, List *join_cinfo_list, List *restr_cinfo_list);
-static RestrictInfo *match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index, int indexkey,
-						 int xclass, RestrictInfo *restrictInfo, bool join);
+static RestrictInfo *match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index, int indexkey,
+					 int xclass, RestrictInfo * restrictInfo, bool join);
 static bool pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list,
 		  List *joininfo_list);
 static bool one_pred_test(Expr *predicate, List *restrictinfo_list);
 static bool one_pred_clause_expr_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
 static bool one_pred_clause_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
 static bool clause_pred_clause_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
-static List *indexable_joinclauses(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
+static List *indexable_joinclauses(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
 					  List *joininfo_list, List *restrictinfo_list);
-static List *index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
-				List *clausegroup_list, RelOptInfo *index);
-static List *create_index_path_group(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
-				   List *clausegroup_list, bool join);
+static List *index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel,
+				List *clausegroup_list, RelOptInfo * index);
+static List *create_index_path_group(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
+						List *clausegroup_list, bool join);
 static List *add_index_paths(List *indexpaths, List *new_indexpaths);
-static bool function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index);
+static bool function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index);
 
 
 /* find_index_paths()
@@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ static bool function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *
  */
 List *
 create_index_paths(Query *root,
-				 RelOptInfo *rel,
-				 List *indices,
-				 List *restrictinfo_list,
-				 List *joininfo_list)
+				   RelOptInfo * rel,
+				   List *indices,
+				   List *restrictinfo_list,
+				   List *joininfo_list)
 {
 	List	   *scanclausegroups = NIL;
 	List	   *scanpaths = NIL;
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root,
 
 		/*
 		 * 1. Try matching the index against subclauses of an 'or' clause.
-		 * The fields of the restrictinfo nodes are marked with lists of the
-		 * matching indices.  No path are actually created.  We currently
-		 * only look to match the first key.  We don't find multi-key
-		 * index cases where an AND matches the first key, and the OR
-		 * matches the second key.
+		 * The fields of the restrictinfo nodes are marked with lists of
+		 * the matching indices.  No path are actually created.  We
+		 * currently only look to match the first key.	We don't find
+		 * multi-key index cases where an AND matches the first key, and
+		 * the OR matches the second key.
 		 */
 		match_index_orclauses(rel,
 							  index,
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root,
 		 * restriction clauses, then create pathnodes corresponding to
 		 * each group of usable clauses.
 		 */
- 		scanclausegroups = group_clauses_by_indexkey(rel,
+		scanclausegroups = group_clauses_by_indexkey(rel,
 													 index,
 													 index->indexkeys,
 													 index->classlist,
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root,
 		scanpaths = NIL;
 		if (scanclausegroups != NIL)
 			scanpaths = create_index_path_group(root,
-										   rel,
-										   index,
-										   scanclausegroups,
-										   false);
+												rel,
+												index,
+												scanclausegroups,
+												false);
 
 		/*
 		 * 3. If this index can be used with any join clause, then create
@@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root,
 		if (joinclausegroups != NIL)
 		{
 			joinpaths = create_index_path_group(root, rel,
-										   index,
-										   joinclausegroups,
-										   true);
+												index,
+												joinclausegroups,
+												true);
 			rel->innerjoin = nconc(rel->innerjoin,
 								   index_innerjoin(root, rel,
-												   joinclausegroups, index));
+											   joinclausegroups, index));
 		}
 
 		/*
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ create_index_paths(Query *root,
  *
  */
 static void
-match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo *rel,
-					  RelOptInfo *index,
+match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo * rel,
+					  RelOptInfo * index,
 					  int indexkey,
 					  int xclass,
 					  List *restrictinfo_list)
@@ -238,9 +238,9 @@ match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo *rel,
 			 * 'index' to the existing list where appropriate.
 			 */
 			restrictinfo->indexids = match_index_orclause(rel, index, indexkey,
-									 xclass,
-									 restrictinfo->clause->args,
-									 restrictinfo->indexids);
+														  xclass,
+											  restrictinfo->clause->args,
+												 restrictinfo->indexids);
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ match_index_orclauses(RelOptInfo *rel,
 static bool
 match_index_to_operand(int indexkey,
 					   Expr *operand,
-					   RelOptInfo *rel,
-					   RelOptInfo *index)
+					   RelOptInfo * rel,
+					   RelOptInfo * index)
 {
 	bool		result;
 
@@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ match_index_to_operand(int indexkey,
  * match the third, g,h match the fourth, etc.
  */
 static List *
-match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel,
-					 RelOptInfo *index,
+match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo * rel,
+					 RelOptInfo * index,
 					 int indexkey,
 					 int xclass,
 					 List *or_clauses,
@@ -325,8 +325,9 @@ match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel,
 
 		if (is_opclause(clause))
 		{
-			Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
-			Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
+			Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
+			Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
+
 			if (left && right &&
 				op_class(((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->opno,
 						 xclass, index->relam) &&
@@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel,
 				 (IsA(left, Const) &&
 				  match_index_to_operand(indexkey, right, rel, index))))
 				lfirst(matching_indices) = lcons(index,
-												 lfirst(matching_indices));
+											   lfirst(matching_indices));
 		}
 
 		matching_indices = lnext(matching_indices);
@@ -386,8 +387,8 @@ match_index_orclause(RelOptInfo *rel,
  *
  */
 static List *
-group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel,
-						  RelOptInfo *index,
+group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo * rel,
+						  RelOptInfo * index,
 						  int *indexkeys,
 						  Oid *classes,
 						  List *restrictinfo_list)
@@ -448,8 +449,8 @@ group_clauses_by_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel,
  *
  */
 static List *
-group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo *rel,
-								RelOptInfo *index,
+group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo * rel,
+								RelOptInfo * index,
 								int *indexkeys,
 								Oid *classes,
 								List *join_cinfo_list,
@@ -570,11 +571,11 @@ group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(RelOptInfo *rel,
  *
  */
 static RestrictInfo *
-match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel,
-						 RelOptInfo *index,
+match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo * rel,
+						 RelOptInfo * index,
 						 int indexkey,
 						 int xclass,
-						 RestrictInfo *restrictInfo,
+						 RestrictInfo * restrictInfo,
 						 bool join)
 {
 	Expr	   *clause = restrictInfo->clause;
@@ -597,6 +598,7 @@ match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel,
 	 */
 	if (!join)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Check for standard s-argable clause
 		 */
@@ -647,10 +649,10 @@ match_clause_to_indexkey(RelOptInfo *rel,
 						restrict_op = oprid(newop);
 
 						isIndexable = (op_class(restrict_op, xclass, index->relam) &&
-							 IndexScanableOperand(leftop,
-												  indexkey,
-												  rel,
-												  index));
+									   IndexScanableOperand(leftop,
+															indexkey,
+															rel,
+															index));
 
 						if (isIndexable)
 							((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->opno = restrict_op;
@@ -1181,7 +1183,7 @@ clause_pred_clause_test(Expr *predicate, Node *clause)
  *
  */
 static List *
-indexable_joinclauses(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
+indexable_joinclauses(RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
 					  List *joininfo_list, List *restrictinfo_list)
 {
 	JoinInfo   *joininfo = (JoinInfo *) NULL;
@@ -1196,11 +1198,11 @@ indexable_joinclauses(RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
 		if (joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo == NIL)
 			continue;
 		clausegroups = group_clauses_by_ikey_for_joins(rel,
-											index,
-											index->indexkeys,
-											index->classlist,
+													   index,
+													   index->indexkeys,
+													   index->classlist,
 											joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo,
-											restrictinfo_list);
+													   restrictinfo_list);
 
 		if (clausegroups != NIL)
 		{
@@ -1253,8 +1255,8 @@ extract_restrict_clauses(List *clausegroup)
  *
  */
 static List *
-index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clausegroup_list,
-				RelOptInfo *index)
+index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, List *clausegroup_list,
+				RelOptInfo * index)
 {
 	List	   *clausegroup = NIL;
 	List	   *cg_list = NIL;
@@ -1289,9 +1291,9 @@ index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clausegroup_list,
 		pathnode->path.pathtype = T_IndexScan;
 		pathnode->path.parent = rel;
 		pathnode->path.pathorder = makeNode(PathOrder);
-	    pathnode->path.pathorder->ordtype = SORTOP_ORDER;
-	    pathnode->path.pathorder->ord.sortop = index->ordering;
-	    pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
+		pathnode->path.pathorder->ordtype = SORTOP_ORDER;
+		pathnode->path.pathorder->ord.sortop = index->ordering;
+		pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
 
 		pathnode->indexid = index->relids;
 		pathnode->indexkeys = index->indexkeys;
@@ -1300,27 +1302,25 @@ index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clausegroup_list,
 		pathnode->path.joinid = ((RestrictInfo *) lfirst(clausegroup))->restrictinfojoinid;
 
 		pathnode->path.path_cost = cost_index((Oid) lfirsti(index->relids),
-											   (int) temp_pages,
-											   temp_selec,
-											   rel->pages,
-											   rel->tuples,
-											   index->pages,
-											   index->tuples,
-											   true);
+											  (int) temp_pages,
+											  temp_selec,
+											  rel->pages,
+											  rel->tuples,
+											  index->pages,
+											  index->tuples,
+											  true);
 
 		/*
 		 * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function
 		 * processing -- JMH, 7/7/92
 		 */
 		pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = set_difference(copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo),
-						   clausegroup);
+														 clausegroup);
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* fix xfunc */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* fix xfunc */
 		/* add in cost for expensive functions!  -- JMH, 7/7/92 */
 		if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-		{
 			((Path *) pathnode)->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode);
-		}
 #endif
 		cg_list = lappend(cg_list, pathnode);
 	}
@@ -1343,10 +1343,10 @@ index_innerjoin(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clausegroup_list,
  */
 static List *
 create_index_path_group(Query *root,
-					   RelOptInfo *rel,
-					   RelOptInfo *index,
-					   List *clausegroup_list,
-					   bool join)
+						RelOptInfo * rel,
+						RelOptInfo * index,
+						List *clausegroup_list,
+						bool join)
 {
 	List	   *clausegroup = NIL;
 	List	   *ip_list = NIL;
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ create_index_path_group(Query *root,
 			restrictinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(j);
 			if (!(is_joinable((Node *) restrictinfo->clause) &&
 				  equal_path_merge_ordering(index->ordering,
-											restrictinfo->mergejoinorder)))
+										  restrictinfo->mergejoinorder)))
 				temp = false;
 		}
 
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ add_index_paths(List *indexpaths, List *new_indexpaths)
 }
 
 static bool
-function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index)
+function_index_operand(Expr *funcOpnd, RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index)
 {
 	Oid			heapRelid = (Oid) lfirsti(rel->relids);
 	Func	   *function;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
index 9bb890c6eb1d6cf46c5b6f098a5b408c417b6ffd..a6f22c40edca8946244c38a06a46f77b9626c44b 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.36 1999/05/18 21:36:10 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:09:25 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -30,14 +30,14 @@
 								 * _enable_mergejoin} */
 
 static Path *best_innerjoin(List *join_paths, List *outer_relid);
-static List *sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outerrel, RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+static List *sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outerrel, RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *mergeinfo_list);
-static List *match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outerrel, RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+static List *match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outerrel, RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 		List *outerpath_list, Path *cheapest_inner, Path *best_innerjoin,
 					 List *mergeinfo_list);
-static List *match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outerrel, RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+static List *match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outerrel, RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *innerpath_list, List *mergeinfo_list);
-static List *hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outerrel, RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+static List *hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outerrel, RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *hashinfo_list);
 
 /*
@@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ update_rels_pathlist_for_joins(Query *root, List *joinrels)
 		 * mergejoins where the outer path is already ordered.
 		 */
 		pathlist = add_pathlist(joinrel, pathlist,
-						 match_unsorted_outer(joinrel,
-											  outerrel,
-											  innerrel,
-											  outerrel->pathlist,
-											  innerrel->cheapestpath,
-											  bestinnerjoin,
-											  mergeinfo_list));
+								match_unsorted_outer(joinrel,
+													 outerrel,
+													 innerrel,
+													 outerrel->pathlist,
+												  innerrel->cheapestpath,
+													 bestinnerjoin,
+													 mergeinfo_list));
 
 		/*
 		 * 3. Consider paths where the inner relation need not be
@@ -134,18 +134,18 @@ update_rels_pathlist_for_joins(Query *root, List *joinrels)
 		 * (match_unsorted_outer).
 		 */
 		pathlist = add_pathlist(joinrel, pathlist,
-						 match_unsorted_inner(joinrel, outerrel,
-											  innerrel,
-											  innerrel->pathlist,
-											  mergeinfo_list));
+								match_unsorted_inner(joinrel, outerrel,
+													 innerrel,
+													 innerrel->pathlist,
+													 mergeinfo_list));
 
 		/*
 		 * 4. Consider paths where both outer and inner relations must be
 		 * hashed before being joined.
 		 */
 		pathlist = add_pathlist(joinrel, pathlist,
-						 hash_inner_and_outer(joinrel, outerrel,
-											  innerrel, hashinfo_list));
+								hash_inner_and_outer(joinrel, outerrel,
+											   innerrel, hashinfo_list));
 
 		joinrel->pathlist = pathlist;
 	}
@@ -194,9 +194,9 @@ best_innerjoin(List *join_paths, Relids outer_relids)
  * Returns a list of mergejoin paths.
  */
 static List *
-sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *outerrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * outerrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *mergeinfo_list)
 {
 	List	   *ms_list = NIL;
@@ -212,28 +212,28 @@ sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 		xmergeinfo = (MergeInfo *) lfirst(i);
 
 		outerkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys,
-							  outerrel->targetlist,
-							  OUTER);
+												outerrel->targetlist,
+												OUTER);
 
 		innerkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys,
-							  innerrel->targetlist,
-							  INNER);
+												innerrel->targetlist,
+												INNER);
 
 		merge_pathkeys = new_join_pathkeys(outerkeys, joinrel->targetlist,
-							  xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses);
+										   xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses);
 
 		temp_node = create_mergejoin_path(joinrel,
-								  outerrel->size,
-								  innerrel->size,
-								  outerrel->width,
-								  innerrel->width,
-								  (Path *) outerrel->cheapestpath,
-								  (Path *) innerrel->cheapestpath,
-								  merge_pathkeys,
-								  xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
-								  xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses,
-								  outerkeys,
-								  innerkeys);
+										  outerrel->size,
+										  innerrel->size,
+										  outerrel->width,
+										  innerrel->width,
+										  (Path *) outerrel->cheapestpath,
+										  (Path *) innerrel->cheapestpath,
+										  merge_pathkeys,
+										  xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
+										  xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses,
+										  outerkeys,
+										  innerkeys);
 
 		ms_list = lappend(ms_list, temp_node);
 	}
@@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ sort_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
  * Returns a list of possible join path nodes.
  */
 static List *
-match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *outerrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * outerrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *outerpath_list,
 					 Path *cheapest_inner,
 					 Path *best_innerjoin,
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 
 		if (outerpath_ordering)
 			xmergeinfo = match_order_mergeinfo(outerpath_ordering,
-												mergeinfo_list);
+											   mergeinfo_list);
 
 		if (xmergeinfo)
 			clauses = xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses;
@@ -308,13 +308,13 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 			List	   *jmkeys = xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys;
 
 			order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(outerpath->pathkeys,
-										jmkeys,
-										clauses,
-										OUTER,
-										&matchedJoinKeys,
-										&matchedJoinClauses);
- 			merge_pathkeys = new_join_pathkeys(outerpath->pathkeys,
-											  joinrel->targetlist, clauses);
+									   jmkeys,
+									   clauses,
+									   OUTER,
+									   &matchedJoinKeys,
+									   &matchedJoinClauses);
+			merge_pathkeys = new_join_pathkeys(outerpath->pathkeys,
+										   joinrel->targetlist, clauses);
 		}
 		else
 			merge_pathkeys = outerpath->pathkeys;
@@ -338,21 +338,21 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 			List	   *varkeys = NIL;
 			Path	   *mergeinnerpath = get_cheapest_path_for_joinkeys(
 														 matchedJoinKeys,
-														 outerpath_ordering,
-														 innerrel->pathlist,
-														 INNER);
+													  outerpath_ordering,
+													  innerrel->pathlist,
+																  INNER);
 
 			/* Should we use the mergeinner, or sort the cheapest inner? */
 			path_is_cheaper_than_sort = (bool) (mergeinnerpath &&
-				(mergeinnerpath->path_cost <
-				 (cheapest_inner->path_cost +
-				  cost_sort(matchedJoinKeys, innerrel->size,
-							innerrel->width))));
+											 (mergeinnerpath->path_cost <
+											  (cheapest_inner->path_cost +
+							   cost_sort(matchedJoinKeys, innerrel->size,
+										 innerrel->width))));
 			if (!path_is_cheaper_than_sort)
 			{
 				varkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(matchedJoinKeys,
-									  innerrel->targetlist,
-									  INNER);
+													innerrel->targetlist,
+													  INNER);
 			}
 
 
@@ -368,18 +368,18 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 				mergeinnerpath = cheapest_inner;
 
 			temp_node = lcons(create_mergejoin_path(joinrel,
-											outerrel->size,
-											innerrel->size,
-											outerrel->width,
-											innerrel->width,
-											outerpath,
-											mergeinnerpath,
-											merge_pathkeys,
-											xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
-											matchedJoinClauses,
-											NIL,
-											varkeys),
-									  paths);
+													outerrel->size,
+													innerrel->size,
+													outerrel->width,
+													innerrel->width,
+													outerpath,
+													mergeinnerpath,
+													merge_pathkeys,
+												  xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
+													matchedJoinClauses,
+													NIL,
+													varkeys),
+							  paths);
 		}
 		else
 			temp_node = paths;
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 }
 
 /*
- * match_unsorted_inner 
+ * match_unsorted_inner
  *	  Find the cheapest ordered join path for a given(ordered, unsorted)
  *	  inner join path.
  *
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ match_unsorted_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
  * Returns a list of possible merge paths.
  */
 static List *
-match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *outerrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * outerrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *innerpath_list,
 					 List *mergeinfo_list)
 {
@@ -441,11 +441,11 @@ match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 			List	   *jmkeys = xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys;
 
 			order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(innerpath->pathkeys,
-										jmkeys,
-										clauses,
-										INNER,
-										&matchedJoinKeys,
-										&matchedJoinClauses);
+									   jmkeys,
+									   clauses,
+									   INNER,
+									   &matchedJoinKeys,
+									   &matchedJoinClauses);
 		}
 
 		/*
@@ -459,29 +459,29 @@ match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 			temp1 = outerrel->cheapestpath->path_cost +
 				cost_sort(matchedJoinKeys, outerrel->size, outerrel->width);
 
-			if (innerpath->outerjoincost <= 0 /* unset? */
+			if (innerpath->outerjoincost <= 0	/* unset? */
 				|| innerpath->outerjoincost > temp1)
 			{
 				List	   *outerkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(matchedJoinKeys,
-								  outerrel->targetlist,
-								  OUTER);
+													outerrel->targetlist,
+																  OUTER);
 				List	   *merge_pathkeys = new_join_pathkeys(outerkeys,
-								  joinrel->targetlist,
-								  clauses);
+													 joinrel->targetlist,
+															   clauses);
 
 				mp_list = lappend(mp_list,
 								  create_mergejoin_path(joinrel,
-												outerrel->size,
-												innerrel->size,
-												outerrel->width,
-												innerrel->width,
+														outerrel->size,
+														innerrel->size,
+														outerrel->width,
+														innerrel->width,
 										 (Path *) outerrel->cheapestpath,
-												innerpath,
-												merge_pathkeys,
-												xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
-												matchedJoinClauses,
-												outerkeys,
-												NIL));
+														innerpath,
+														merge_pathkeys,
+												  xmergeinfo->m_ordering,
+													  matchedJoinClauses,
+														outerkeys,
+														NIL));
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -503,9 +503,9 @@ match_unsorted_inner(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
  * Returns a list of hashjoin paths.
  */
 static List *
-hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *outerrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *innerrel,
+hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * outerrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * innerrel,
 					 List *hashinfo_list)
 {
 	List	   *hjoin_list = NIL;
@@ -520,20 +520,22 @@ hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 		HashPath   *temp_node;
 
 		outerkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(
-							  ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->jmkeys,
-							  outerrel->targetlist,
-							  OUTER);
+									  ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->jmkeys,
+												outerrel->targetlist,
+												OUTER);
 		innerkeys = make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(
-							  ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->jmkeys,
-							  innerrel->targetlist,
-							  INNER);
-		/* We cannot assume that the output of the hashjoin appears in any
+									  ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->jmkeys,
+												innerrel->targetlist,
+												INNER);
+
+		/*
+		 * We cannot assume that the output of the hashjoin appears in any
 		 * particular order, so it should have NIL pathkeys.
 		 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 		hash_pathkeys = new_join_pathkeys(outerkeys,
-							  joinrel->targetlist,
-							  ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->clauses);
+										  joinrel->targetlist,
+									((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->clauses);
 #else
 		hash_pathkeys = NIL;
 #endif
@@ -547,7 +549,7 @@ hash_inner_and_outer(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 										 (Path *) innerrel->cheapestpath,
 										 hash_pathkeys,
 										 xhashinfo->hashop,
-										 ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->clauses,
+									 ((JoinMethod *) xhashinfo)->clauses,
 										 outerkeys,
 										 innerkeys);
 		hjoin_list = lappend(hjoin_list, temp_node);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
index a4e08ca649ffe9ea39573ec6bc478acc51201a02..861f3cb225518619e554af8f87f71062257bf37b 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.32 1999/02/22 06:08:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:09:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
 static List *new_joininfo_list(List *joininfo_list, Relids join_relids);
 static bool nonoverlap_sets(List *s1, List *s2);
 static bool is_subset(List *s1, List *s2);
-static void set_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
-				RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *jinfo);
+static void set_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outer_rel,
+				 RelOptInfo * inner_rel, JoinInfo * jinfo);
 
 /*
  * make_rels_by_joins
@@ -52,18 +52,19 @@ make_rels_by_joins(Query *root, List *old_rels)
 		RelOptInfo *old_rel = (RelOptInfo *) lfirst(r);
 
 		if (!(joined_rels = make_rels_by_clause_joins(root, old_rel,
-													old_rel->joininfo,
-													NIL)))
+													  old_rel->joininfo,
+													  NIL)))
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Oops, we have a relation that is not joined to any other
 			 * relation.  Cartesian product time.
 			 */
 			joined_rels = make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(old_rel,
-														root->base_rel_list);
+													root->base_rel_list);
 			joined_rels = nconc(joined_rels,
 								make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(old_rel,
-															   old_rels));
+															  old_rels));
 		}
 
 		join_list = nconc(join_list, joined_rels);
@@ -88,14 +89,14 @@ make_rels_by_joins(Query *root, List *old_rels)
  * Returns a list of new join relations.
  */
 List *
-make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *old_rel,
-				 				List *joininfo_list, Relids only_relids)
+make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo * old_rel,
+						  List *joininfo_list, Relids only_relids)
 {
 	List	   *join_list = NIL;
 	List	   *i = NIL;
 
 	foreach(i, joininfo_list)
- 	{
+	{
 		JoinInfo   *joininfo = (JoinInfo *) lfirst(i);
 		RelOptInfo *joined_rel;
 		Relids		unjoined_relids = joininfo->unjoined_relids;
@@ -104,29 +105,29 @@ make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *old_rel,
 		{
 			if (length(unjoined_relids) == 1 &&
 				(only_relids == NIL ||
-				/* geqo only wants certain relids to make new rels */
+			/* geqo only wants certain relids to make new rels */
 				 intMember(lfirsti(unjoined_relids), only_relids)))
 			{
 				joined_rel = make_join_rel(old_rel,
-									get_base_rel(root,
-												 lfirsti(unjoined_relids)),
-									joininfo);
+										   get_base_rel(root,
+											   lfirsti(unjoined_relids)),
+										   joininfo);
 				join_list = lappend(join_list, joined_rel);
 
 				/* Right-sided plan */
 				if (length(old_rel->relids) > 1)
 				{
 					joined_rel = make_join_rel(
-								get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(unjoined_relids)),
-											old_rel,
-											joininfo);
+							get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(unjoined_relids)),
+											   old_rel,
+											   joininfo);
 					join_list = lappend(join_list, joined_rel);
 				}
 			}
 
-			if (only_relids == NIL) /* no bushy from geqo */
+			if (only_relids == NIL)		/* no bushy from geqo */
 			{
-				List *r;
+				List	   *r;
 
 				foreach(r, root->join_rel_list)
 				{
@@ -134,11 +135,11 @@ make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *old_rel,
 
 					Assert(length(join_rel->relids) > 1);
 					if (is_subset(unjoined_relids, join_rel->relids) &&
-						nonoverlap_sets(old_rel->relids, join_rel->relids))
+					  nonoverlap_sets(old_rel->relids, join_rel->relids))
 					{
 						joined_rel = make_join_rel(old_rel,
-													join_rel,
-													joininfo);
+												   join_rel,
+												   joininfo);
 						join_list = lappend(join_list, joined_rel);
 					}
 				}
@@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *old_rel,
  * Returns a list of new join relations.
  */
 List *
-make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo *old_rel, List *inner_rels)
+make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo * old_rel, List *inner_rels)
 {
 	RelOptInfo *inner_rel;
 	List	   *t_list = NIL;
@@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo *old_rel, List *inner_rels)
  * Returns the new join relation node.
  */
 RelOptInfo *
-make_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *joininfo)
+make_join_rel(RelOptInfo * outer_rel, RelOptInfo * inner_rel, JoinInfo * joininfo)
 {
 	RelOptInfo *joinrel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
 	List	   *joinrel_joininfo_list = NIL;
@@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ make_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *joininfo)
 	 * of the outer and inner join relations and then merging the results
 	 * together.
 	 */
-	new_outer_tlist = new_join_tlist(outer_rel->targetlist,	1);
+	new_outer_tlist = new_join_tlist(outer_rel->targetlist, 1);
 	new_inner_tlist = new_join_tlist(inner_rel->targetlist,
 									 length(new_outer_tlist) + 1);
 
@@ -224,8 +225,8 @@ make_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *joininfo)
 	joinrel->innerjoin = NIL;
 
 	/*
-	 * This function uses a trick to pass inner/outer rels as
-	 * different lists, and then flattens it out later.  bjm
+	 * This function uses a trick to pass inner/outer rels as different
+	 * lists, and then flattens it out later.  bjm
 	 */
 	joinrel->relids = lcons(outer_rel->relids, lcons(inner_rel->relids, NIL));
 
@@ -236,10 +237,10 @@ make_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *joininfo)
 		joinrel->restrictinfo = joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo;
 
 	joinrel_joininfo_list = new_joininfo_list(
-										nconc(copyObject(outer_rel->joininfo),
-											  copyObject(inner_rel->joininfo)),
-										nconc(listCopy(outer_rel->relids),
-								  			  listCopy(inner_rel->relids)));
+								   nconc(copyObject(outer_rel->joininfo),
+										 copyObject(inner_rel->joininfo)),
+									   nconc(listCopy(outer_rel->relids),
+										   listCopy(inner_rel->relids)));
 
 	joinrel->joininfo = joinrel_joininfo_list;
 
@@ -278,12 +279,16 @@ new_join_tlist(List *tlist,
 	foreach(i, tlist)
 	{
 		xtl = lfirst(i);
-		/* XXX surely this is wrong?  join_list is never changed?  tgl 2/99 */
+
+		/*
+		 * XXX surely this is wrong?  join_list is never changed?  tgl
+		 * 2/99
+		 */
 		in_final_tlist = (join_list == NIL);
 		if (in_final_tlist)
 		{
 			resdomno += 1;
-			t_list = lappend(t_list,create_tl_element(get_expr(xtl), resdomno));
+			t_list = lappend(t_list, create_tl_element(get_expr(xtl), resdomno));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -335,8 +340,8 @@ new_joininfo_list(List *joininfo_list, Relids join_relids)
 			if (other_joininfo)
 			{
 				other_joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo = (List *)
-									LispUnion(joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo,
-									other_joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
+					LispUnion(joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo,
+							  other_joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
 			}
 			else
 			{
@@ -393,7 +398,7 @@ get_cheapest_complete_rel(List *join_rel_list)
 		}
 		if (final)
 			if (final_rel == NULL ||
-				path_is_cheaper(rel->cheapestpath, final_rel->cheapestpath))
+			 path_is_cheaper(rel->cheapestpath, final_rel->cheapestpath))
 				final_rel = rel;
 	}
 
@@ -431,7 +436,7 @@ is_subset(List *s1, List *s2)
 }
 
 static void
-set_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *jinfo)
+set_joinrel_size(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outer_rel, RelOptInfo * inner_rel, JoinInfo * jinfo)
 {
 	int			ntuples;
 	float		selec;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c
index a5bc8d96980f6a6d94419d5a5aaff384eb06baff..8d8255cabb9e1ff8f8a472fb471104087834c1ea 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/mergeutils.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.21 1999/04/03 00:18:28 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/mergeutils.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:09:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  *
  * 'restrictinfo_list' is the list of restrictinfo nodes
  * 'inner_relids' is the list of relids in the inner join relation
- *   (used to determine whether a join var is inner or outer)
+ *	 (used to determine whether a join var is inner or outer)
  *
  * Returns the new list of mergeinfo nodes.
  *
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list,
 
 		if (merge_ordering)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Create a new mergeinfo node and add it to 'mergeinfo_list'
 			 * if one does not yet exist for this merge ordering.
@@ -63,8 +64,8 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list,
 			Expr	   *clause = restrictinfo->clause;
 			Var		   *leftop = get_leftop(clause);
 			Var		   *rightop = get_rightop(clause);
-			PathOrder	*pathorder;
-			MergeInfo	*xmergeinfo;
+			PathOrder  *pathorder;
+			MergeInfo  *xmergeinfo;
 			JoinKey    *jmkeys;
 
 			pathorder = makeNode(PathOrder);
@@ -91,9 +92,9 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list,
 			}
 
 			xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses = lcons(clause,
-												xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses);
+											xmergeinfo->jmethod.clauses);
 			xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys = lcons(jmkeys,
-											   xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys);
+											 xmergeinfo->jmethod.jmkeys);
 		}
 	}
 	return mergeinfo_list;
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list,
  * Returns the node if it exists.
  *
  */
-MergeInfo *
+MergeInfo  *
 match_order_mergeinfo(PathOrder *ordering, List *mergeinfo_list)
 {
 	MergeOrder *xmergeorder;
@@ -116,12 +117,12 @@ match_order_mergeinfo(PathOrder *ordering, List *mergeinfo_list)
 
 	foreach(xmergeinfo, mergeinfo_list)
 	{
-		MergeInfo	   *mergeinfo = (MergeInfo *) lfirst(xmergeinfo);
+		MergeInfo  *mergeinfo = (MergeInfo *) lfirst(xmergeinfo);
 
 		xmergeorder = mergeinfo->m_ordering;
 
 		if ((ordering->ordtype == MERGE_ORDER &&
-		 equal_merge_ordering(ordering->ord.merge, xmergeorder)) ||
+			 equal_merge_ordering(ordering->ord.merge, xmergeorder)) ||
 			(ordering->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER &&
 		   equal_path_merge_ordering(ordering->ord.sortop, xmergeorder)))
 		{
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
index 833d00c82fa80b5f4b9ca2b74c9c42642c4b5e37..4c2572121859dd6c6bce1ae9e7c78debf6d9af91 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.23 1999/03/08 14:01:55 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:09:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -31,10 +31,9 @@
 #include "parser/parsetree.h"
 
 
-static void
-best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *subclauses,
-List *indices, List **indexids, Cost *cost, Cost *selec);
-static void best_or_subclause_index(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Expr *subclause,
+static void best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, List *subclauses,
+				List *indices, List **indexids, Cost *cost, Cost *selec);
+static void best_or_subclause_index(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, Expr *subclause,
 				   List *indices, int *indexid, Cost *cost, Cost *selec);
 
 
@@ -50,7 +49,7 @@ static void best_or_subclause_index(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Expr *subclaus
  */
 List *
 create_or_index_paths(Query *root,
-					  RelOptInfo *rel, List *clauses)
+					  RelOptInfo * rel, List *clauses)
 {
 	List	   *t_list = NIL;
 	List	   *clist;
@@ -88,7 +87,7 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root,
 				IndexPath  *pathnode = makeNode(IndexPath);
 				List	   *indexids = NIL;
 				Cost		cost;
-				Cost	    selec;
+				Cost		selec;
 
 				best_or_subclause_indices(root,
 										  rel,
@@ -101,14 +100,15 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root,
 				pathnode->path.pathtype = T_IndexScan;
 				pathnode->path.parent = rel;
 				pathnode->path.pathorder = makeNode(PathOrder);
-			    pathnode->path.pathorder->ordtype = SORTOP_ORDER;
-			    /*
-				 *	This is an IndexScan, but it does index lookups based
-				 *	on the order of the fields specified in the WHERE clause,
-				 *	not in any order, so the sortop is NULL.
+				pathnode->path.pathorder->ordtype = SORTOP_ORDER;
+
+				/*
+				 * This is an IndexScan, but it does index lookups based
+				 * on the order of the fields specified in the WHERE
+				 * clause, not in any order, so the sortop is NULL.
 				 */
-			    pathnode->path.pathorder->ord.sortop = NULL;
-			    pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
+				pathnode->path.pathorder->ord.sortop = NULL;
+				pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
 
 				pathnode->indexqual = lcons(clausenode, NIL);
 				pathnode->indexid = indexids;
@@ -119,14 +119,12 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root,
 				 * processing	 -- JMH, 7/7/92
 				 */
 				pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = set_difference(copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo),
-								   lcons(clausenode, NIL));
+												 lcons(clausenode, NIL));
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* fix xfunc */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* fix xfunc */
 				/* add in cost for expensive functions!  -- JMH, 7/7/92 */
 				if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-				{
 					((Path *) pathnode)->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost((Path) pathnode);
-				}
 #endif
 				clausenode->selectivity = (Cost) selec;
 				t_list = lappend(t_list, pathnode);
@@ -158,18 +156,18 @@ create_or_index_paths(Query *root,
  */
 static void
 best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root,
-						  RelOptInfo *rel,
+						  RelOptInfo * rel,
 						  List *subclauses,
 						  List *indices,
 						  List **indexids,		/* return value */
-						  Cost *cost,			/* return value */
-						  Cost *selec)			/* return value */
+						  Cost *cost,	/* return value */
+						  Cost *selec)	/* return value */
 {
-	List		*slist;
+	List	   *slist;
 
 	*selec = (Cost) 0.0;
 	*cost = (Cost) 0.0;
-	
+
 	foreach(slist, subclauses)
 	{
 		int			best_indexid;
@@ -207,7 +205,7 @@ best_or_subclause_indices(Query *root,
  */
 static void
 best_or_subclause_index(Query *root,
-						RelOptInfo *rel,
+						RelOptInfo * rel,
 						Expr *subclause,
 						List *indices,
 						int *retIndexid,		/* return value */
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
index 09a5b8a51f17aeef65d63250eee0f1c4c0e47d18..eee8a027a83b611da1b05761e5ac1cab087161d4 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.9 1999/05/17 00:26:33 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:09:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
 #include "optimizer/ordering.h"
 
 static int match_pathkey_joinkeys(List *pathkey, List *joinkeys,
-						int outer_or_inner);
+					   int outer_or_inner);
 static List *new_join_pathkey(List *pathkeys, List *join_rel_tlist,
-							  List *joinclauses);
+				 List *joinclauses);
 
 
 /*--------------------
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ static List *new_join_pathkey(List *pathkeys, List *join_rel_tlist,
  *	of generating the relation and the resulting ordering of the tuples.
  *	Sequential scan Paths have NIL pathkeys, indicating no known ordering.
  *	Index scans have Path.pathkeys that represent the chosen index.
- *	A single-key index pathkeys would be { {tab1_indexkey1} }.  For a
+ *	A single-key index pathkeys would be { {tab1_indexkey1} }.	For a
  *	multi-key index pathkeys would be { {tab1_indexkey1}, {tab1_indexkey2} },
  *	indicating major sort by indexkey1 and minor sort by indexkey2.
  *
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ static List *new_join_pathkey(List *pathkeys, List *join_rel_tlist,
  *	executor might have to split the join into multiple batches.
  *
  *	NestJoin does not perform sorting, and allows non-equijoins, so it does
- *	not allow useful pathkeys.  (But couldn't we use the outer path's order?)
+ *	not allow useful pathkeys.	(But couldn't we use the outer path's order?)
  *
  *	-- bjm
  *--------------------
  */
- 
+
 /****************************************************************************
  *		KEY COMPARISONS
  ****************************************************************************/
@@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ static List *new_join_pathkey(List *pathkeys, List *join_rel_tlist,
  */
 bool
 order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(List *pathkeys,
-							List *joinkeys,
-							List *joinclauses,
-							int outer_or_inner,
-							List **matchedJoinKeysPtr,
-							List **matchedJoinClausesPtr)
+						   List *joinkeys,
+						   List *joinclauses,
+						   int outer_or_inner,
+						   List **matchedJoinKeysPtr,
+						   List **matchedJoinClausesPtr)
 {
 	List	   *matched_joinkeys = NIL;
 	List	   *matched_joinclauses = NIL;
@@ -123,9 +123,10 @@ order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(List *pathkeys,
 	List	   *i = NIL;
 	int			matched_joinkey_index = -1;
 	int			matched_keys = 0;
+
 	/*
-	 *	Reorder the joinkeys by picking out one that matches each pathkey,
-	 *	and create a new joinkey/joinclause list in pathkey order
+	 * Reorder the joinkeys by picking out one that matches each pathkey,
+	 * and create a new joinkey/joinclause list in pathkey order
 	 */
 	foreach(i, pathkeys)
 	{
@@ -138,34 +139,36 @@ order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(List *pathkeys,
 			matched_keys++;
 			if (matchedJoinKeysPtr)
 			{
-				JoinKey	   *joinkey = nth(matched_joinkey_index, joinkeys);
+				JoinKey    *joinkey = nth(matched_joinkey_index, joinkeys);
+
 				matched_joinkeys = lappend(matched_joinkeys, joinkey);
 			}
-			
+
 			if (matchedJoinClausesPtr)
 			{
 				Expr	   *joinclause = nth(matched_joinkey_index,
 											 joinclauses);
+
 				Assert(joinclauses);
 				matched_joinclauses = lappend(matched_joinclauses, joinclause);
 			}
 		}
 		else
-			/*	A pathkey could not be matched. */
+			/* A pathkey could not be matched. */
 			break;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 *	Did we fail to match all the joinkeys?
-	 *	Extra pathkeys are no problem.
+	 * Did we fail to match all the joinkeys? Extra pathkeys are no
+	 * problem.
 	 */
 	if (matched_keys != length(joinkeys))
 	{
-			if (matchedJoinKeysPtr)
-				*matchedJoinKeysPtr = NIL;
-			if (matchedJoinClausesPtr)
-				*matchedJoinClausesPtr = NIL;
-			return false;
+		if (matchedJoinKeysPtr)
+			*matchedJoinKeysPtr = NIL;
+		if (matchedJoinClausesPtr)
+			*matchedJoinClausesPtr = NIL;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	if (matchedJoinKeysPtr)
@@ -190,7 +193,8 @@ match_pathkey_joinkeys(List *pathkey,
 {
 	Var		   *key;
 	int			pos;
-	List	   *i, *x;
+	List	   *i,
+			   *x;
 	JoinKey    *jk;
 
 	foreach(i, pathkey)
@@ -232,9 +236,9 @@ match_pathkey_joinkeys(List *pathkey,
  */
 Path *
 get_cheapest_path_for_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
-								 PathOrder *ordering,
-								 List *paths,
-								 int outer_or_inner)
+							   PathOrder *ordering,
+							   List *paths,
+							   int outer_or_inner)
 {
 	Path	   *matched_path = NULL;
 	List	   *i;
@@ -243,7 +247,7 @@ get_cheapest_path_for_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
 	{
 		Path	   *path = (Path *) lfirst(i);
 		int			better_sort;
-		
+
 		if (order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(path->pathkeys, joinkeys, NIL,
 									   outer_or_inner, NULL, NULL) &&
 			pathorder_match(ordering, path->pathorder, &better_sort) &&
@@ -274,8 +278,8 @@ get_cheapest_path_for_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
  */
 List *
 make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
-							  List *tlist,
-							  int outer_or_inner)
+							List *tlist,
+							int outer_or_inner)
 {
 	List	   *pathkeys = NIL;
 	List	   *jk;
@@ -284,7 +288,8 @@ make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
 	{
 		JoinKey    *jkey = (JoinKey *) lfirst(jk);
 		Var		   *key;
-		List	   *p, *p2;
+		List	   *p,
+				   *p2;
 		bool		found = false;
 
 		key = (Var *) extract_join_key(jkey, outer_or_inner);
@@ -292,17 +297,19 @@ make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
 		/* check to see if it is in the target list */
 		if (matching_tlist_var(key, tlist))
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * Include it in the pathkeys list if we haven't already done so
+			 * Include it in the pathkeys list if we haven't already done
+			 * so
 			 */
 			foreach(p, pathkeys)
 			{
 				List	   *pathkey = lfirst(p);
-	
+
 				foreach(p2, pathkey)
 				{
 					Var		   *pkey = lfirst(p2);
-	
+
 					if (equal(key, pkey))
 					{
 						found = true;
@@ -371,7 +378,7 @@ new_join_pathkeys(List *outer_pathkeys,
  *
  *	  Note that each returned pathkey is the var node found in
  *	  'join_rel_tlist' rather than the joinclause var node.
- *	  (Is this important?)  Also, we return a fully copied list
+ *	  (Is this important?)	Also, we return a fully copied list
  *	  that does not share any subnodes with existing data structures.
  *	  (Is that important, either?)
  *
@@ -393,7 +400,7 @@ new_join_pathkey(List *pathkey,
 		Expr	   *tlist_key;
 
 		Assert(key);
-									
+
 		tlist_key = matching_tlist_var(key, join_rel_tlist);
 		if (tlist_key && !member(tlist_key, new_pathkey))
 			new_pathkey = lcons(copyObject(tlist_key), new_pathkey);
@@ -404,8 +411,8 @@ new_join_pathkey(List *pathkey,
 			Expr	   *tlist_other_var;
 
 			tlist_other_var = matching_tlist_var(
-								other_join_clause_var(key, joinclause),
-								join_rel_tlist);
+								  other_join_clause_var(key, joinclause),
+												 join_rel_tlist);
 			if (tlist_other_var && !member(tlist_other_var, new_pathkey))
 				new_pathkey = lcons(copyObject(tlist_other_var), new_pathkey);
 		}
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c
index 3d60c09f6ccf11fe3b3a5e8ce84595fb36e7ef66..da52363cc87ef09a224c0f4628c320ce58dd366e 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/prune.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.37 1999/02/18 00:49:21 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/Attic/prune.c,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:09:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "utils/elog.h"
 
 
-static List *merge_rel_with_same_relids(RelOptInfo *rel, Relids unjoined_relids);
+static List *merge_rel_with_same_relids(RelOptInfo * rel, Relids unjoined_relids);
 
 /*
  * merge_rels_with_same_relids
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ merge_rels_with_same_relids(List *rel_list)
  *
  */
 static List *
-merge_rel_with_same_relids(RelOptInfo *rel, Relids unjoined_relids)
+merge_rel_with_same_relids(RelOptInfo * rel, Relids unjoined_relids)
 {
 	List	   *i = NIL;
 	List	   *result = NIL;
@@ -69,9 +69,10 @@ merge_rel_with_same_relids(RelOptInfo *rel, Relids unjoined_relids)
 		RelOptInfo *unjoined_rel = (RelOptInfo *) lfirst(i);
 
 		if (same(rel->relids, unjoined_rel->relids))
+
 			/*
-			 *	This are on the same relations,
-			 *	so get the best of their pathlists.
+			 * This are on the same relations, so get the best of their
+			 * pathlists.
 			 */
 			rel->pathlist = add_pathlist(rel,
 										 rel->pathlist,
@@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ rels_set_cheapest(List *rel_list)
 {
 	List	   *x = NIL;
 	RelOptInfo *rel = (RelOptInfo *) NULL;
-	JoinPath	*cheapest;
+	JoinPath   *cheapest;
 
 	foreach(x, rel_list)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
index d228f9d058da5135aefcdf083ba006448fcedf22..c72d31ca10a6f0bb52275f20bead61a814839e5b 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.55 1999/05/18 21:34:29 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.56 1999/05/25 16:09:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -42,18 +42,18 @@
 
 
 #define NONAME_SORT		1
-#define NONAME_MATERIAL	2
+#define NONAME_MATERIAL 2
 
 static List *switch_outer(List *clauses);
 static Oid *generate_merge_input_sortorder(List *pathkeys,
-										   MergeOrder *mergeorder);
+							   MergeOrder *mergeorder);
 static Scan *create_scan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist);
 static Join *create_join_node(JoinPath *best_path, List *tlist);
 static SeqScan *create_seqscan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist,
 					List *scan_clauses);
 static IndexScan *create_indexscan_node(IndexPath *best_path, List *tlist,
 					  List *scan_clauses);
-static NestLoop *create_nestloop_node(NestPath *best_path, List *tlist,
+static NestLoop *create_nestloop_node(NestPath * best_path, List *tlist,
 					 List *clauses, Plan *outer_node, List *outer_tlist,
 					 Plan *inner_node, List *inner_tlist);
 static MergeJoin *create_mergejoin_node(MergePath *best_path, List *tlist,
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static HashJoin *create_hashjoin_node(HashPath *best_path, List *tlist,
 					 Plan *inner_node, List *inner_tlist);
 static Node *fix_indxqual_references(Node *clause, Path *index_path);
 static Noname *make_noname(List *tlist, List *pathkeys, Oid *operators,
-		  Plan *plan_node, int nonametype);
+			Plan *plan_node, int nonametype);
 static IndexScan *make_indexscan(List *qptlist, List *qpqual, Index scanrelid,
 			   List *indxid, List *indxqual, List *indxqualorig);
 static NestLoop *make_nestloop(List *qptlist, List *qpqual, Plan *lefttree,
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ create_plan(Path *best_path)
 		pages = 1;
 	plan_node->plan_tupperpage = tuples / pages;
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* fix xfunc */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* fix xfunc */
 	/* sort clauses by cost/(1-selectivity) -- JMH 2/26/92 */
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
 	{
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ create_scan_node(Path *best_path, List *tlist)
 }
 
 /*
- * create_join_node 
+ * create_join_node
  *	  Create a join path for 'best_path' and(recursively) paths for its
  *	  inner and outer paths.
  *
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ create_join_node(JoinPath *best_path, List *tlist)
 
 	/*
 	 * * Expensive function pullups may have pulled local predicates *
-	 * into this path node.  Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. * 
+	 * into this path node.  Put them in the qpqual of the plan node. *
 	 * JMH, 6/15/92
 	 */
 	if (get_loc_restrictinfo(best_path) != NIL)
@@ -400,11 +400,11 @@ create_indexscan_node(IndexPath *best_path,
 	fixed_indxqual = (List *) fix_indxqual_references((Node *) indxqual, (Path *) best_path);
 
 	scan_node = make_indexscan(tlist,
-					   qpqual,
-					   lfirsti(best_path->path.parent->relids),
-					   best_path->indexid,
-					   fixed_indxqual,
-					   indxqual);
+							   qpqual,
+							   lfirsti(best_path->path.parent->relids),
+							   best_path->indexid,
+							   fixed_indxqual,
+							   indxqual);
 
 	scan_node->scan.plan.cost = best_path->path.path_cost;
 
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ create_indexscan_node(IndexPath *best_path,
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 static NestLoop *
-create_nestloop_node(NestPath *best_path,
+create_nestloop_node(NestPath * best_path,
 					 List *tlist,
 					 List *clauses,
 					 Plan *outer_node,
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ create_nestloop_node(NestPath *best_path,
 
 			clauses = set_difference(clauses, inner_indxqual);	/* XXX */
 			new_inner_qual = index_outerjoin_references(inner_indxqual,
-										   outer_node->targetlist,
+												  outer_node->targetlist,
 									   ((Scan *) inner_node)->scanrelid);
 			((IndexScan *) inner_node)->indxqual = lcons(new_inner_qual, NIL);
 		}
@@ -479,10 +479,10 @@ create_nestloop_node(NestPath *best_path,
 	else if (IsA_Join(inner_node))
 	{
 		inner_node = (Plan *) make_noname(inner_tlist,
-										NIL,
-										NULL,
-										inner_node,
-										NONAME_MATERIAL);
+										  NIL,
+										  NULL,
+										  inner_node,
+										  NONAME_MATERIAL);
 	}
 
 	join_node = make_nestloop(tlist,
@@ -535,8 +535,9 @@ create_mergejoin_node(MergePath *best_path,
 	if (best_path->outersortkeys)
 	{
 		Oid		   *outer_order = generate_merge_input_sortorder(
-								best_path->outersortkeys,
-								best_path->jpath.path.pathorder->ord.merge);
+												best_path->outersortkeys,
+							 best_path->jpath.path.pathorder->ord.merge);
+
 		outer_node = (Plan *) make_noname(outer_tlist,
 										  best_path->outersortkeys,
 										  outer_order,
@@ -547,8 +548,9 @@ create_mergejoin_node(MergePath *best_path,
 	if (best_path->innersortkeys)
 	{
 		Oid		   *inner_order = generate_merge_input_sortorder(
-								best_path->innersortkeys,
-								best_path->jpath.path.pathorder->ord.merge);
+												best_path->innersortkeys,
+							 best_path->jpath.path.pathorder->ord.merge);
+
 		inner_node = (Plan *) make_noname(inner_tlist,
 										  best_path->innersortkeys,
 										  inner_order,
@@ -595,17 +597,17 @@ create_hashjoin_node(HashPath *best_path,
 	 * and set those clauses to contain references to lower attributes.
 	 */
 	qpqual = join_references(set_difference(clauses,
-									   best_path->path_hashclauses),
-						outer_tlist,
-						inner_tlist);
+											best_path->path_hashclauses),
+							 outer_tlist,
+							 inner_tlist);
 
 	/*
 	 * Now set the references in the hashclauses and rearrange them so
 	 * that the outer variable is always on the left.
 	 */
 	hashclauses = switch_outer(join_references(best_path->path_hashclauses,
-									 outer_tlist,
-									 inner_tlist));
+											   outer_tlist,
+											   inner_tlist));
 
 	innerhashkey = get_rightop(lfirst(hashclauses));
 
@@ -671,20 +673,22 @@ fix_indxqual_references(Node *clause, Path *index_path)
 			 is_funcclause((Node *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause)) &&
 	((Func *) ((Expr *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause))->oper)->funcisindex)
 	{
-		/* This looks pretty seriously wrong to me, but I'm not sure what it's
-		 * supposed to be doing ... tgl 5/99
+
+		/*
+		 * This looks pretty seriously wrong to me, but I'm not sure what
+		 * it's supposed to be doing ... tgl 5/99
 		 */
 		Var		   *newvar = makeVar((Index) lfirsti(index_path->parent->relids),
-				1,				/* func indices have one key */
-				((Func *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->functype,
-				-1,
-				0,
-				(Index) lfirsti(index_path->parent->relids),
-				0);
+									 1, /* func indices have one key */
+							((Func *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->functype,
+									 -1,
+									 0,
+							 (Index) lfirsti(index_path->parent->relids),
+									 0);
 
 		return ((Node *) make_opclause((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper,
-									newvar,
-									get_rightop((Expr *) clause)));
+									   newvar,
+									   get_rightop((Expr *) clause)));
 
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
@@ -696,6 +700,7 @@ fix_indxqual_references(Node *clause, Path *index_path)
 		foreach(i, expr->args)
 		{
 			Node	   *subclause = lfirst(i);
+
 			new_subclauses = lappend(new_subclauses,
 									 fix_indxqual_references(subclause,
 															 index_path));
@@ -711,6 +716,7 @@ fix_indxqual_references(Node *clause, Path *index_path)
 		foreach(i, (List *) clause)
 		{
 			Node	   *subclause = lfirst(i);
+
 			new_subclauses = lappend(new_subclauses,
 									 fix_indxqual_references(subclause,
 															 index_path));
@@ -768,15 +774,17 @@ switch_outer(List *clauses)
 	foreach(i, clauses)
 	{
 		clause = lfirst(i);
-		Assert(is_opclause((Node*) clause));
+		Assert(is_opclause((Node *) clause));
 		op = (Node *) get_rightop(clause);
-		Assert(op != (Node*) NULL);
+		Assert(op != (Node *) NULL);
 		if (IsA(op, ArrayRef))
 			op = ((ArrayRef *) op)->refexpr;
 		Assert(IsA(op, Var));
 		if (var_is_outer((Var *) op))
 		{
-			/* Duplicate just enough of the structure to allow commuting
+
+			/*
+			 * Duplicate just enough of the structure to allow commuting
 			 * the clause without changing the original list.  Could use
 			 * copyObject, but a complete deep copy is overkill.
 			 */
@@ -812,13 +820,14 @@ static Oid *
 generate_merge_input_sortorder(List *pathkeys, MergeOrder *mergeorder)
 {
 	int			listlength = length(pathkeys);
-	Oid		   *result = (Oid*) palloc(sizeof(Oid) * (listlength+1));
+	Oid		   *result = (Oid *) palloc(sizeof(Oid) * (listlength + 1));
 	Oid		   *nextsortop = result;
 	List	   *p;
 
 	foreach(p, pathkeys)
 	{
-		Var		   *pkey = (Var*) lfirst((List*) lfirst(p));
+		Var		   *pkey = (Var *) lfirst((List *) lfirst(p));
+
 		Assert(IsA(pkey, Var));
 		if (pkey->vartype == mergeorder->left_type)
 			*nextsortop++ = mergeorder->left_operator;
@@ -826,7 +835,7 @@ generate_merge_input_sortorder(List *pathkeys, MergeOrder *mergeorder)
 			*nextsortop++ = mergeorder->right_operator;
 		else
 			elog(ERROR,
-				 "generate_merge_input_sortorder: can't handle data type %d",
+			 "generate_merge_input_sortorder: can't handle data type %d",
 				 pkey->vartype);
 	}
 	*nextsortop++ = InvalidOid;
@@ -859,12 +868,13 @@ set_noname_tlist_operators(List *tlist, List *pathkeys, Oid *operators)
 		resdom = tlist_member((Var *) pathkey, tlist);
 		if (resdom)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * Order the resdom pathkey and replace the operator OID for each
-			 * key with the regproc OID.
+			 * Order the resdom pathkey and replace the operator OID for
+			 * each key with the regproc OID.
 			 */
 			resdom->reskey = keyno;
-			resdom->reskeyop = get_opcode(operators[keyno-1]);
+			resdom->reskeyop = get_opcode(operators[keyno - 1]);
 		}
 		keyno += 1;
 	}
@@ -878,7 +888,7 @@ set_noname_tlist_operators(List *tlist, List *pathkeys, Oid *operators)
  */
 
 static void
-copy_costsize (Plan *dest, Plan *src)
+copy_costsize(Plan *dest, Plan *src)
 {
 	if (src)
 	{
@@ -915,10 +925,10 @@ copy_costsize (Plan *dest, Plan *src)
  */
 static Noname *
 make_noname(List *tlist,
-		  List *pathkeys,
-		  Oid *operators,
-		  Plan *plan_node,
-		  int nonametype)
+			List *pathkeys,
+			Oid *operators,
+			Plan *plan_node,
+			int nonametype)
 {
 	List	   *noname_tlist;
 	Noname	   *retval = NULL;
@@ -931,22 +941,22 @@ make_noname(List *tlist,
 	{
 		case NONAME_SORT:
 			retval = (Noname *) make_seqscan(tlist,
-										   NIL,
-										   _NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
-										   (Plan *) make_sort(noname_tlist,
-											_NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
-											plan_node,
-											length(pathkeys)));
+											 NIL,
+											 _NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
+										 (Plan *) make_sort(noname_tlist,
+													_NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
+															plan_node,
+													  length(pathkeys)));
 			break;
 
 		case NONAME_MATERIAL:
 			retval = (Noname *) make_seqscan(tlist,
-										   NIL,
-										   _NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
-									   (Plan *) make_material(noname_tlist,
-											_NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
-											plan_node,
-											length(pathkeys)));
+											 NIL,
+											 _NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
+									 (Plan *) make_material(noname_tlist,
+													_NONAME_RELATION_ID_,
+															plan_node,
+													  length(pathkeys)));
 			break;
 
 		default:
@@ -1014,8 +1024,9 @@ make_nestloop(List *qptlist,
 	NestLoop   *node = makeNode(NestLoop);
 	Plan	   *plan = &node->join;
 
-	/* this cost estimate is entirely bogus...
-	 * hopefully it will be overwritten by caller.
+	/*
+	 * this cost estimate is entirely bogus... hopefully it will be
+	 * overwritten by caller.
 	 */
 	plan->cost = (lefttree ? lefttree->cost : 0) +
 		(righttree ? righttree->cost : 0);
@@ -1039,8 +1050,9 @@ make_hashjoin(List *tlist,
 	HashJoin   *node = makeNode(HashJoin);
 	Plan	   *plan = &node->join;
 
-	/* this cost estimate is entirely bogus...
-	 * hopefully it will be overwritten by caller.
+	/*
+	 * this cost estimate is entirely bogus... hopefully it will be
+	 * overwritten by caller.
 	 */
 	plan->cost = (lefttree ? lefttree->cost : 0) +
 		(righttree ? righttree->cost : 0);
@@ -1082,8 +1094,9 @@ make_mergejoin(List *tlist,
 	MergeJoin  *node = makeNode(MergeJoin);
 	Plan	   *plan = &node->join;
 
-	/* this cost estimate is entirely bogus...
-	 * hopefully it will be overwritten by caller.
+	/*
+	 * this cost estimate is entirely bogus... hopefully it will be
+	 * overwritten by caller.
 	 */
 	plan->cost = (lefttree ? lefttree->cost : 0) +
 		(righttree ? righttree->cost : 0);
@@ -1142,7 +1155,7 @@ make_agg(List *tlist, Plan *lefttree)
 {
 	Agg		   *node = makeNode(Agg);
 
-	copy_costsize(& node->plan, lefttree);
+	copy_costsize(&node->plan, lefttree);
 	node->plan.state = (EState *) NULL;
 	node->plan.qual = NULL;
 	node->plan.targetlist = tlist;
@@ -1162,7 +1175,7 @@ make_group(List *tlist,
 {
 	Group	   *node = makeNode(Group);
 
-	copy_costsize(& node->plan, (Plan *) lefttree);
+	copy_costsize(&node->plan, (Plan *) lefttree);
 	node->plan.state = (EState *) NULL;
 	node->plan.qual = NULL;
 	node->plan.targetlist = tlist;
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
index 0b54bd8c4bc4456cbb937d82fe3f7257e487321f..592f6e020310f274b37c05a13a503ca346957819 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.29 1999/02/22 05:26:21 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:09:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 extern int	Quiet;
 
 static void add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause);
-static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
+static void add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo,
 					  Relids join_relids);
 static void add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars, Relids join_relids);
 
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause)
 
 	if (length(relids) == 1)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * There is only one relation participating in 'clause', so
 		 * 'clause' must be a restriction clause.
@@ -207,11 +208,13 @@ add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause)
 	}
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one atom in
 		 * the relid list.
 		 */
 		if (is_funcclause((Node *) clause))
+
 			/*
 			 * XXX If we have a func clause set selectivity to 1/3, really
 			 * need a true selectivity function.
@@ -237,8 +240,8 @@ add_restrict_and_join_to_rel(Query *root, List *clause)
  *
  */
 static void
-add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
-						Relids join_relids)
+add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo * restrictinfo,
+					  Relids join_relids)
 {
 	List	   *join_relid;
 
@@ -247,7 +250,7 @@ add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
 	{
 		JoinInfo   *joininfo;
 		Relids		unjoined_relids = NIL;
-		List 		*rel;
+		List	   *rel;
 
 		/* Get the relids not equal to the current relid */
 		foreach(rel, join_relids)
@@ -259,7 +262,7 @@ add_join_info_to_rels(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
 		joininfo = find_joininfo_node(get_base_rel(root, lfirsti(join_relid)),
 									  unjoined_relids);
 		joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo = lcons(copyObject((void *) restrictinfo),
-											 joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
+										   joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -375,7 +378,7 @@ mergejoinop(Expr *clause)
 				rightOp;
 	bool		sortable;
 
-	if (!is_opclause((Node*) clause))
+	if (!is_opclause((Node *) clause))
 		return NULL;
 
 	left = get_leftop(clause);
@@ -384,7 +387,7 @@ mergejoinop(Expr *clause)
 	/* caution: is_opclause accepts more than I do, so check it */
 	if (!right)
 		return NULL;			/* unary opclauses need not apply */
-	if (!IsA(left, Var) || !IsA(right, Var))
+	if (!IsA(left, Var) ||!IsA(right, Var))
 		return NULL;
 
 	opno = ((Oper *) clause->oper)->opno;
@@ -422,7 +425,7 @@ hashjoinop(Expr *clause)
 	Var		   *left,
 			   *right;
 
-	if (!is_opclause((Node*) clause))
+	if (!is_opclause((Node *) clause))
 		return InvalidOid;
 
 	left = get_leftop(clause);
@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ hashjoinop(Expr *clause)
 	/* caution: is_opclause accepts more than I do, so check it */
 	if (!right)
 		return InvalidOid;		/* unary opclauses need not apply */
-	if (!IsA(left, Var) || !IsA(right, Var))
+	if (!IsA(left, Var) ||!IsA(right, Var))
 		return InvalidOid;
 
 	return op_hashjoinable(((Oper *) clause->oper)->opno,
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
index 0708e963b4b1aff6cabb0c2c8a702cde080074a9..dae0443e1e83aafc466f05f205b7008c585a5e34 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.35 1999/05/03 00:38:43 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:09:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ query_planner(Query *root,
 					else
 						return (Plan *) scan;
 				}
- 				break;
+				break;
 			default:
 				return (Plan *) NULL;
 		}
@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ query_planner(Query *root,
 	 * tree.  -- Wei
 	 *
 	 * Note: formerly there was a test here to skip the flatten call if we
-	 * expected union_planner to insert a Group or Agg node above our result.
-	 * However, now union_planner tells us exactly what it wants returned,
-	 * and we just do it.  Much cleaner.
+	 * expected union_planner to insert a Group or Agg node above our
+	 * result. However, now union_planner tells us exactly what it wants
+	 * returned, and we just do it.  Much cleaner.
 	 */
 	else
 	{
@@ -207,6 +207,7 @@ query_planner(Query *root,
 	}
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
+
 	/*
 	 * Destructively modify the query plan's targetlist to add fjoin lists
 	 * to flatten functions that return sets of base types
@@ -251,7 +252,7 @@ subplanner(Query *root,
 
 	final_rel = make_one_rel(root, root->base_rel_list);
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* fix xfunc */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* fix xfunc */
 
 	/*
 	 * Perform Predicate Migration on each path, to optimize and correctly
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
index 86977028f7b78a6a5b1c51e2e8e645edc66395c8..65327a126315ba3ae80b08352f640e26b9157877 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.53 1999/05/17 17:03:15 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.54 1999/05/25 16:09:37 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@
 #include "parser/parse_oper.h"
 
 static List *make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse, List *tlist,
-									AttrNumber **groupColIdx);
+					   AttrNumber **groupColIdx);
 static Plan *make_groupplan(List *group_tlist, bool tuplePerGroup,
-							List *groupClause, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
-							Plan *subplan);
+			   List *groupClause, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
+			   Plan *subplan);
 static bool need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan);
 static Plan *make_sortplan(List *tlist, List *sortcls, Plan *plannode);
 
@@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 
 	if (parse->unionClause)
 	{
-	  result_plan = (Plan *) plan_union_queries(parse);
-	  /* XXX do we need to do this? bjm 12/19/97 */	  	  
-	  tlist = preprocess_targetlist(tlist,
-					parse->commandType,
-					parse->resultRelation,
-					parse->rtable);
+		result_plan = (Plan *) plan_union_queries(parse);
+		/* XXX do we need to do this? bjm 12/19/97 */
+		tlist = preprocess_targetlist(tlist,
+									  parse->commandType,
+									  parse->resultRelation,
+									  parse->rtable);
 	}
 	else if ((rt_index = first_inherit_rt_entry(rangetable)) != -1)
 	{
@@ -127,78 +127,80 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 		result_plan = (Plan *) plan_inherit_queries(parse, rt_index);
 		/* XXX do we need to do this? bjm 12/19/97 */
 		tlist = preprocess_targetlist(tlist,
-					      parse->commandType,
-					      parse->resultRelation,
-					      parse->rtable);
+									  parse->commandType,
+									  parse->resultRelation,
+									  parse->rtable);
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	  List  **vpm = NULL;
-	  List	*sub_tlist;
+		List	  **vpm = NULL;
+		List	   *sub_tlist;
 
-	  /* Preprocess targetlist in case we are inside an INSERT/UPDATE. */
-	  tlist = preprocess_targetlist(tlist,
-									parse->commandType,
-									parse->resultRelation,
-									parse->rtable);
+		/* Preprocess targetlist in case we are inside an INSERT/UPDATE. */
+		tlist = preprocess_targetlist(tlist,
+									  parse->commandType,
+									  parse->resultRelation,
+									  parse->rtable);
 
-	  /* Add row-mark targets for UPDATE
-	   * (should this be done in preprocess_targetlist?)
-	   */
-	  if (parse->rowMark != NULL)
-	  {
-	  	List		   *l;
+		/*
+		 * Add row-mark targets for UPDATE (should this be done in
+		 * preprocess_targetlist?)
+		 */
+		if (parse->rowMark != NULL)
+		{
+			List	   *l;
+
+			foreach(l, parse->rowMark)
+			{
+				RowMark    *rowmark = (RowMark *) lfirst(l);
+				TargetEntry *ctid;
+				Resdom	   *resdom;
+				Var		   *var;
+				char	   *resname;
+
+				if (!(rowmark->info & ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE))
+					continue;
+
+				resname = (char *) palloc(32);
+				sprintf(resname, "ctid%u", rowmark->rti);
+				resdom = makeResdom(length(tlist) + 1,
+									TIDOID,
+									-1,
+									resname,
+									0,
+									0,
+									true);
+
+				var = makeVar(rowmark->rti, -1, TIDOID,
+							  -1, 0, rowmark->rti, -1);
+
+				ctid = makeTargetEntry(resdom, (Node *) var);
+				tlist = lappend(tlist, ctid);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Generate appropriate target list for subplan; may be different
+		 * from tlist if grouping or aggregation is needed.
+		 */
+		sub_tlist = make_subplanTargetList(parse, tlist, &groupColIdx);
 
-		foreach (l, parse->rowMark)
+		/* Generate the (sub) plan */
+		if (parse->rtable != NULL)
 		{
-			RowMark		   *rowmark = (RowMark*) lfirst(l);
-			TargetEntry	   *ctid;
-			Resdom		   *resdom;
-			Var			   *var;
-			char		   *resname;
-
-			if (!(rowmark->info & ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE))
-				continue;
-
-			resname = (char*) palloc(32);
-			sprintf(resname, "ctid%u", rowmark->rti);
-			resdom = makeResdom(length(tlist) + 1,
-								TIDOID,
-								-1,
-								resname,
-								0,
-								0,
-								true);
-
-			var = makeVar(rowmark->rti, -1, TIDOID, 
-						  -1, 0, rowmark->rti, -1);
-
-			ctid = makeTargetEntry(resdom, (Node *) var);
-			tlist = lappend(tlist, ctid);
+			vpm = (List **) palloc(length(parse->rtable) * sizeof(List *));
+			memset(vpm, 0, length(parse->rtable) * sizeof(List *));
 		}
-	  }
-
-	  /* Generate appropriate target list for subplan; may be different
-	   * from tlist if grouping or aggregation is needed.
-	   */
-	  sub_tlist = make_subplanTargetList(parse, tlist, &groupColIdx);
-
-	  /* Generate the (sub) plan */
-	  if (parse->rtable != NULL)
-	  {
-	      vpm = (List **) palloc(length(parse->rtable) * sizeof(List *));
-	      memset(vpm, 0, length(parse->rtable) * sizeof(List *));
-	  }
-	  PlannerVarParam = lcons(vpm, PlannerVarParam);
-	  result_plan = query_planner(parse,
-								  parse->commandType,
-								  sub_tlist,
-								  (List *) parse->qual);
-	  PlannerVarParam = lnext(PlannerVarParam);
-	  if (vpm != NULL)
-	    pfree(vpm);		 
+		PlannerVarParam = lcons(vpm, PlannerVarParam);
+		result_plan = query_planner(parse,
+									parse->commandType,
+									sub_tlist,
+									(List *) parse->qual);
+		PlannerVarParam = lnext(PlannerVarParam);
+		if (vpm != NULL)
+			pfree(vpm);
 	}
-	
+
 	/*
 	 * If we have a GROUP BY clause, insert a group node (with the
 	 * appropriate sort node.)
@@ -216,7 +218,8 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 		 */
 		tuplePerGroup = parse->hasAggs;
 
-		/* If there are aggregates then the Group node should just return
+		/*
+		 * If there are aggregates then the Group node should just return
 		 * the same (simplified) tlist as the subplan, which we indicate
 		 * to make_groupplan by passing NIL.  If there are no aggregates
 		 * then the Group node had better compute the final tlist.
@@ -235,7 +238,7 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 	 */
 	if (parse->havingQual)
 	{
-		List  **vpm = NULL;
+		List	  **vpm = NULL;
 
 		if (parse->rtable != NULL)
 		{
@@ -249,15 +252,20 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 
 		if (parse->hasSubLinks)
 		{
-			/* There is a subselect in the havingQual, so we have to process it
-			 * using the same function as for a subselect in 'where'
+
+			/*
+			 * There is a subselect in the havingQual, so we have to
+			 * process it using the same function as for a subselect in
+			 * 'where'
 			 */
 			parse->havingQual =
 				(Node *) SS_process_sublinks(parse->havingQual);
-			/* Check for ungrouped variables passed to subplans.
-			 * (Probably this should be done by the parser, but right now
-			 * the parser is not smart enough to tell which level the vars
-			 * belong to?)
+
+			/*
+			 * Check for ungrouped variables passed to subplans. (Probably
+			 * this should be done by the parser, but right now the parser
+			 * is not smart enough to tell which level the vars belong
+			 * to?)
 			 */
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(parse->havingQual,
 											parse->groupClause,
@@ -269,7 +277,7 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 
 		PlannerVarParam = lnext(PlannerVarParam);
 		if (vpm != NULL)
-			pfree(vpm);		
+			pfree(vpm);
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -283,22 +291,22 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
 		result_plan->qual = (List *) parse->havingQual;
 
 		/*
-		 * Update vars to refer to subplan result tuples,
-		 * find Aggrefs, make sure there is an Aggref in every HAVING clause.
+		 * Update vars to refer to subplan result tuples, find Aggrefs,
+		 * make sure there is an Aggref in every HAVING clause.
 		 */
-		if (! set_agg_tlist_references((Agg *) result_plan))
+		if (!set_agg_tlist_references((Agg *) result_plan))
 			elog(ERROR, "SELECT/HAVING requires aggregates to be valid");
 
 		/*
 		 * Check that we actually found some aggregates, else executor
 		 * will die unpleasantly.  (The rewrite module currently has bugs
-		 * that allow hasAggs to be incorrectly set 'true' sometimes.
-		 * It's not easy to recover here, since we've already made decisions
+		 * that allow hasAggs to be incorrectly set 'true' sometimes. It's
+		 * not easy to recover here, since we've already made decisions
 		 * assuming there will be an Agg node.)
 		 */
 		if (((Agg *) result_plan)->aggs == NIL)
 			elog(ERROR, "union_planner: query is marked hasAggs, but I don't see any");
-	}		  
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * For now, before we hand back the plan, check to see if there is a
@@ -363,7 +371,7 @@ union_planner(Query *parse)
  *		SELECT a+1, ... GROUP BY a+1
  * Note, however, that other varnodes in the parent's targetlist (and
  * havingQual, if any) will still need to be updated to refer to outputs
- * of the subplan.  This routine is quite large enough already, so we do
+ * of the subplan.	This routine is quite large enough already, so we do
  * that later.
  *---------------
  */
@@ -384,13 +392,15 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 
 	*groupColIdx = NULL;
 
-	/* If we're not grouping or aggregating, nothing to do here;
+	/*
+	 * If we're not grouping or aggregating, nothing to do here;
 	 * query_planner should receive the unmodified target list.
 	 */
 	if (!parse->hasAggs && !parse->groupClause && !parse->havingQual)
 		return tlist;
 
-	/* If grouping, make a working copy of groupClause list (which we use
+	/*
+	 * If grouping, make a working copy of groupClause list (which we use
 	 * just to verify that we found all the groupClause items in tlist).
 	 * Also allocate space to remember where the group columns are in the
 	 * subplan tlist.
@@ -403,14 +413,14 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 		*groupColIdx = grpColIdx;
 	}
 
-	sub_tlist = new_unsorted_tlist(tlist);	/* make a modifiable copy */
+	sub_tlist = new_unsorted_tlist(tlist);		/* make a modifiable copy */
 
 	/*
 	 * Step 1: build grpColIdx by finding targetlist items that match
 	 * GroupBy entries.  If there are aggregates, remove non-GroupBy items
 	 * from sub_tlist, and reset its resnos accordingly.  When we leave an
-	 * expression in the subplan tlist, modify the parent tlist to copy the
-	 * value from the subplan output rather than re-evaluating it.
+	 * expression in the subplan tlist, modify the parent tlist to copy
+	 * the value from the subplan output rather than re-evaluating it.
 	 */
 	prnt_tlist = tlist;			/* scans parent tlist in sync with sl */
 	foreach(sl, sub_tlist)
@@ -434,23 +444,28 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 				resdom->reskey = keyno;
 				resdom->reskeyop = get_opcode(grpcl->grpOpoid);
 				grpColIdx[keyno - 1] = next_resno;
-				/* Remove groupclause from our list of unmatched groupclauses.
-				 * NB: this depends on having used a shallow listCopy() above.
+
+				/*
+				 * Remove groupclause from our list of unmatched
+				 * groupclauses. NB: this depends on having used a shallow
+				 * listCopy() above.
 				 */
-				glc = lremove((void*) grpcl, glc);
+				glc = lremove((void *) grpcl, glc);
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 
-		if (! foundGroupClause)
+		if (!foundGroupClause)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Non-GroupBy entry: remove it from subplan if there are
-			 * aggregates in query - it will be evaluated by Aggregate plan.
-			 * But do not remove simple-Var entries; we'd just have to add
-			 * them back anyway, and we risk confusing INSERT/UPDATE.
+			 * aggregates in query - it will be evaluated by Aggregate
+			 * plan. But do not remove simple-Var entries; we'd just have
+			 * to add them back anyway, and we risk confusing
+			 * INSERT/UPDATE.
 			 */
-			if (parse->hasAggs && ! IsA(te->expr, Var))
+			if (parse->hasAggs && !IsA(te->expr, Var))
 				keepInSubPlan = false;
 		}
 
@@ -458,15 +473,16 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 		{
 			/* Assign new sequential resnos to subplan tlist items */
 			resdom->resno = next_resno++;
-			if (! IsA(parentte->expr, Var))
+			if (!IsA(parentte->expr, Var))
 			{
-				/* Since the item is being computed in the subplan,
-				 * we can just make a Var node to reference it in the
-				 * outer plan, rather than recomputing it there.
-				 * Note we use varnoold = -1 as a flag to let
-				 * replace_vars_with_subplan_refs know it needn't change
-				 * this Var node.
-				 * If it's only a Var anyway, we leave it alone for now;
+
+				/*
+				 * Since the item is being computed in the subplan, we can
+				 * just make a Var node to reference it in the outer plan,
+				 * rather than recomputing it there. Note we use varnoold
+				 * = -1 as a flag to let replace_vars_with_subplan_refs
+				 * know it needn't change this Var node. If it's only a
+				 * Var anyway, we leave it alone for now;
 				 * replace_vars_with_subplan_refs will fix it later.
 				 */
 				parentte->expr = (Node *) makeVar(1, resdom->resno,
@@ -477,9 +493,11 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 		}
 		else
 		{
-			/* Remove this tlist item from the subplan, but remember the
-			 * vars it needs.  The outer tlist item probably needs changes,
-			 * but that will happen later.
+
+			/*
+			 * Remove this tlist item from the subplan, but remember the
+			 * vars it needs.  The outer tlist item probably needs
+			 * changes, but that will happen later.
 			 */
 			sub_tlist = lremove(te, sub_tlist);
 			extravars = nconc(extravars, pull_var_clause(te->expr));
@@ -493,8 +511,8 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 		elog(ERROR, "make_subplanTargetList: GROUP BY attribute not found in target list");
 
 	/*
-	 * Add subplan targets for any variables needed by removed tlist entries
-	 * that aren't otherwise mentioned in the subplan target list.
+	 * Add subplan targets for any variables needed by removed tlist
+	 * entries that aren't otherwise mentioned in the subplan target list.
 	 * We'll also need targets for any variables seen only in HAVING.
 	 */
 	extravars = nconc(extravars, pull_var_clause(parse->havingQual));
@@ -505,9 +523,11 @@ make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse,
 
 		if (tlist_member(v, sub_tlist) == NULL)
 		{
-			/* Make sure sub_tlist element is a fresh object not shared with
-			 * any other structure; not sure if anything will break if it is
-			 * shared, but better to be safe...
+
+			/*
+			 * Make sure sub_tlist element is a fresh object not shared
+			 * with any other structure; not sure if anything will break
+			 * if it is shared, but better to be safe...
 			 */
 			sub_tlist = lappend(sub_tlist,
 								create_tl_element((Var *) copyObject(v),
@@ -535,9 +555,9 @@ make_groupplan(List *group_tlist,
 	/*
 	 * Make the targetlist for the Sort node; it always just references
 	 * each of the corresponding target items of the subplan.  We need to
-	 * ensure that simple Vars in the subplan's target list are recognizable
-	 * by replace_vars_with_subplan_refs when it's applied to the Sort/Group
-	 * target list, so copy up their varnoold/varoattno.
+	 * ensure that simple Vars in the subplan's target list are
+	 * recognizable by replace_vars_with_subplan_refs when it's applied to
+	 * the Sort/Group target list, so copy up their varnoold/varoattno.
 	 */
 	sort_tlist = NIL;
 	foreach(sl, subplan->targetlist)
@@ -548,7 +568,8 @@ make_groupplan(List *group_tlist,
 
 		if (IsA(te->expr, Var))
 		{
-			Var	   *subvar = (Var *) te->expr;
+			Var		   *subvar = (Var *) te->expr;
+
 			newvar = makeVar(1, resdom->resno,
 							 resdom->restype, resdom->restypmod,
 							 0, subvar->varnoold, subvar->varoattno);
@@ -561,8 +582,8 @@ make_groupplan(List *group_tlist,
 		}
 
 		sort_tlist = lappend(sort_tlist,
-							 makeTargetEntry((Resdom *) copyObject(resdom),
-											 (Node *) newvar));
+						   makeTargetEntry((Resdom *) copyObject(resdom),
+										   (Node *) newvar));
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -575,20 +596,19 @@ make_groupplan(List *group_tlist,
 	sortplan->plan.cost = subplan->cost;		/* XXX assume no cost */
 
 	/*
-	 * If the caller gave us a target list, use it after fixing the variables.
-	 * If not, we need the same sort of "repeater" tlist as for the Sort node.
+	 * If the caller gave us a target list, use it after fixing the
+	 * variables. If not, we need the same sort of "repeater" tlist as for
+	 * the Sort node.
 	 */
 	if (group_tlist)
 	{
-		group_tlist = copyObject(group_tlist); /* necessary?? */
+		group_tlist = copyObject(group_tlist);	/* necessary?? */
 		replace_tlist_with_subplan_refs(group_tlist,
 										(Index) 0,
 										subplan->targetlist);
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		group_tlist = copyObject(sort_tlist);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Make the Group node
@@ -686,7 +706,7 @@ pg_checkretval(Oid rettype, List *queryTreeList)
 	int			i;
 
 	/* find the final query */
-	parse = (Query *) nth(length(queryTreeList)-1, queryTreeList);
+	parse = (Query *) nth(length(queryTreeList) - 1, queryTreeList);
 
 	/*
 	 * test 1:	if the last query is a utility invocation, then there had
@@ -787,7 +807,7 @@ pg_checkretval(Oid rettype, List *queryTreeList)
 		tlist = lnext(tlist);
 		tletype = exprType(thenode);
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* fix me */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* fix me */
 		/* this is tedious */
 		if (IsA(thenode, Var))
 			tletype = (Oid) ((Var *) thenode)->vartype;
@@ -830,11 +850,12 @@ pg_checkretval(Oid rettype, List *queryTreeList)
 static TargetEntry *
 get_matching_tle(Plan *plan, Resdom *resdom)
 {
-	List		*i;
-	TargetEntry	*tle;
+	List	   *i;
+	TargetEntry *tle;
 
-	foreach (i, plan->targetlist) {
-		tle = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(i);
+	foreach(i, plan->targetlist)
+	{
+		tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(i);
 		if (tle->resdom->resno == resdom->resno)
 			return tle;
 	}
@@ -853,50 +874,45 @@ static bool
 need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 {
 	Relation	indexRel;
-	IndexScan	*indexScan;
-	Oid		indexId;
-	List		*i;
+	IndexScan  *indexScan;
+	Oid			indexId;
+	List	   *i;
 	HeapTuple	htup;
-	Form_pg_index	index_tup;
-	int		key_no = 0;
+	Form_pg_index index_tup;
+	int			key_no = 0;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Must be an IndexScan
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	if (nodeTag(plan) != T_IndexScan) {
+	if (nodeTag(plan) != T_IndexScan)
 		return TRUE;
-	}
 
-	indexScan = (IndexScan *)plan;
+	indexScan = (IndexScan *) plan;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Should not have left- or righttree
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	if (plan->lefttree != NULL) {
+	if (plan->lefttree != NULL)
 		return TRUE;
-	}
-	if (plan->righttree != NULL) {
+	if (plan->righttree != NULL)
 		return TRUE;
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Must be a single index scan
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	if (length(indexScan->indxid) != 1) {
+	if (length(indexScan->indxid) != 1)
 		return TRUE;
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Indices can only have up to 8 attributes. So an ORDER BY using
 	 * more that 8 attributes could never be satisfied by an index.
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	if (length(sortcls) > 8) {
+	if (length(sortcls) > 8)
 		return TRUE;
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * The choosen Index must be a btree
@@ -905,7 +921,8 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 	indexId = lfirsti(indexScan->indxid);
 
 	indexRel = index_open(indexId);
-	if (strcmp(nameout(&(indexRel->rd_am->amname)), "btree") != 0) {
+	if (strcmp(nameout(&(indexRel->rd_am->amname)), "btree") != 0)
+	{
 		heap_close(indexRel);
 		return TRUE;
 	}
@@ -916,34 +933,36 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	htup = SearchSysCacheTuple(INDEXRELID,
-			ObjectIdGetDatum(indexId), 0, 0, 0);
-	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup)) {
+							   ObjectIdGetDatum(indexId), 0, 0, 0);
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))
 		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup for index %u failed", indexId);
-	}
 	index_tup = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(htup);
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Check if all the sort clauses match the attributes in the index
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	foreach (i, sortcls) {
-		SortClause	*sortcl;
-		Resdom		*resdom;
-		TargetEntry	*tle;
-		Var		*var;
+	foreach(i, sortcls)
+	{
+		SortClause *sortcl;
+		Resdom	   *resdom;
+		TargetEntry *tle;
+		Var		   *var;
 
 		sortcl = (SortClause *) lfirst(i);
 
 		resdom = sortcl->resdom;
 		tle = get_matching_tle(plan, resdom);
-		if (tle == NULL) {
+		if (tle == NULL)
+		{
 			/* ----------
 			 * Could this happen?
 			 * ----------
 			 */
 			return TRUE;
 		}
-		if (nodeTag(tle->expr) != T_Var) {
+		if (nodeTag(tle->expr) != T_Var)
+		{
 			/* ----------
 			 * The target list expression isn't a var, so it
 			 * cannot be the indexed attribute
@@ -951,9 +970,10 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 			 */
 			return TRUE;
 		}
-		var = (Var *)(tle->expr);
+		var = (Var *) (tle->expr);
 
-		if (var->varno != indexScan->scan.scanrelid) {
+		if (var->varno != indexScan->scan.scanrelid)
+		{
 			/* ----------
 			 * This Var isn't from the scan relation. So it isn't
 			 * that of the index
@@ -962,7 +982,8 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 			return TRUE;
 		}
 
-		if (var->varattno != index_tup->indkey[key_no]) {
+		if (var->varattno != index_tup->indkey[key_no])
+		{
 			/* ----------
 			 * It isn't the indexed attribute.
 			 * ----------
@@ -970,7 +991,8 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 			return TRUE;
 		}
 
-		if (oprid(oper("<", resdom->restype, resdom->restype, FALSE)) != sortcl->opoid) {
+		if (oprid(oper("<", resdom->restype, resdom->restype, FALSE)) != sortcl->opoid)
+		{
 			/* ----------
 			 * Sort order isn't in ascending order.
 			 * ----------
@@ -987,4 +1009,3 @@ need_sortplan(List *sortcls, Plan *plan)
 	 */
 	return FALSE;
 }
-
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c
index ee3250080ce27102cb654e4cdebe6700ae1a99e9..31d1205a45c2a0ea93757f1f8a3fee08a640c871 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.46 1999/05/12 15:01:39 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.47 1999/05/25 16:09:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
 
 static void set_join_tlist_references(Join *join);
 static void set_nonamescan_tlist_references(SeqScan *nonamescan);
-static void set_noname_tlist_references(Noname *noname);
+static void set_noname_tlist_references(Noname * noname);
 static Node *replace_clause_joinvar_refs(Node *clause,
-										 List *outer_tlist,
-										 List *inner_tlist);
+							List *outer_tlist,
+							List *inner_tlist);
 static Var *replace_joinvar_refs(Var *var,
-								 List *outer_tlist,
-								 List *inner_tlist);
+					 List *outer_tlist,
+					 List *inner_tlist);
 static List *tlist_noname_references(Oid nonameid, List *tlist);
 static bool OperandIsInner(Node *opnd, int inner_relid);
 static List *pull_agg_clause(Node *clause);
@@ -114,11 +114,12 @@ set_join_tlist_references(Join *join)
 	foreach(entry, qptlist)
 	{
 		TargetEntry *xtl = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(entry);
-		Node *joinvar = replace_clause_joinvar_refs(xtl->expr,
-													outer_tlist,
-													inner_tlist);
+		Node	   *joinvar = replace_clause_joinvar_refs(xtl->expr,
+														  outer_tlist,
+														  inner_tlist);
+
 		new_join_targetlist = lappend(new_join_targetlist,
-									  makeTargetEntry(xtl->resdom, joinvar));
+								  makeTargetEntry(xtl->resdom, joinvar));
 	}
 
 	((Plan *) join)->targetlist = new_join_targetlist;
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ set_nonamescan_tlist_references(SeqScan *nonamescan)
 	Noname	   *noname = (Noname *) ((Plan *) nonamescan)->lefttree;
 
 	((Plan *) nonamescan)->targetlist = tlist_noname_references(noname->nonameid,
-							  ((Plan *) nonamescan)->targetlist);
+									  ((Plan *) nonamescan)->targetlist);
 	set_noname_tlist_references(noname);
 }
 
@@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ set_nonamescan_tlist_references(SeqScan *nonamescan)
  *
  */
 static void
-set_noname_tlist_references(Noname *noname)
+set_noname_tlist_references(Noname * noname)
 {
 	Plan	   *source = ((Plan *) noname)->lefttree;
 
@@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ set_noname_tlist_references(Noname *noname)
 	{
 		set_tlist_references(source);
 		((Plan *) noname)->targetlist = copy_vars(((Plan *) noname)->targetlist,
-					  (source)->targetlist);
+												  (source)->targetlist);
 	}
 	else
 		elog(ERROR, "calling set_noname_tlist_references with empty lefttree");
@@ -235,9 +236,9 @@ index_outerjoin_references(List *inner_indxqual,
 		if (OperandIsInner((Node *) get_rightop(clause), inner_relid))
 		{
 			Var		   *joinvar = (Var *)
-				replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) get_leftop(clause),
-											outer_tlist,
-											NIL);
+			replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) get_leftop(clause),
+										outer_tlist,
+										NIL);
 
 			temp = make_opclause(replace_opid((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper),
 								 joinvar,
@@ -248,9 +249,9 @@ index_outerjoin_references(List *inner_indxqual,
 		{
 			/* inner scan on left */
 			Var		   *joinvar = (Var *)
-				replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) get_rightop(clause),
-											outer_tlist,
-											NIL);
+			replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) get_rightop(clause),
+										outer_tlist,
+										NIL);
 
 			temp = make_opclause(replace_opid((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper),
 								 get_leftop(clause),
@@ -290,8 +291,9 @@ replace_clause_joinvar_refs(Node *clause,
 		return NULL;
 	if (IsA(clause, Var))
 	{
-		Var	   *temp = replace_joinvar_refs((Var *) clause,
-											outer_tlist, inner_tlist);
+		Var		   *temp = replace_joinvar_refs((Var *) clause,
+												outer_tlist, inner_tlist);
+
 		if (temp != NULL)
 			return (Node *) temp;
 		else
@@ -344,32 +346,32 @@ replace_clause_joinvar_refs(Node *clause,
 	else if (is_funcclause(clause))
 	{
 		return (Node *) make_funcclause(
-			(Func *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper,
-			(List *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
-				(Node *) ((Expr *) clause)->args,
-				outer_tlist,
-				inner_tlist));
+										(Func *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper,
+									(List *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
+										(Node *) ((Expr *) clause)->args,
+															 outer_tlist,
+														   inner_tlist));
 	}
 	else if (not_clause(clause))
 	{
 		return (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *)
-				replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
-					(Node *) get_notclausearg((Expr *) clause),
-					outer_tlist,
-					inner_tlist));
+									   replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
+							  (Node *) get_notclausearg((Expr *) clause),
+															 outer_tlist,
+														   inner_tlist));
 	}
 	else if (is_opclause(clause))
 	{
 		return (Node *) make_opclause(
-			replace_opid((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper),
-			(Var *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
-				(Node *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause),
-				outer_tlist,
-				inner_tlist),
-			(Var *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
-				(Node *) get_rightop((Expr *) clause),
-				outer_tlist,
-				inner_tlist));
+						  replace_opid((Oper *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper),
+									  (Var *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
+									(Node *) get_leftop((Expr *) clause),
+															 outer_tlist,
+															inner_tlist),
+									  (Var *) replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
+								   (Node *) get_rightop((Expr *) clause),
+															 outer_tlist,
+														   inner_tlist));
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, List))
 	{
@@ -379,25 +381,26 @@ replace_clause_joinvar_refs(Node *clause,
 		foreach(subclause, (List *) clause)
 		{
 			t_list = lappend(t_list,
-							 replace_clause_joinvar_refs(lfirst(subclause),
-														 outer_tlist,
-														 inner_tlist));
+						   replace_clause_joinvar_refs(lfirst(subclause),
+													   outer_tlist,
+													   inner_tlist));
 		}
 		return (Node *) t_list;
 	}
 	else if (is_subplan(clause))
 	{
 		/* This is a tad wasteful of space, but it works... */
-		Expr *newclause = (Expr *) copyObject(clause);
+		Expr	   *newclause = (Expr *) copyObject(clause);
+
 		newclause->args = (List *)
 			replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) newclause->args,
 										outer_tlist,
 										inner_tlist);
 		((SubPlan *) newclause->oper)->sublink->oper = (List *)
 			replace_clause_joinvar_refs(
-				(Node *) ((SubPlan *) newclause->oper)->sublink->oper,
-				outer_tlist,
-				inner_tlist);
+				   (Node *) ((SubPlan *) newclause->oper)->sublink->oper,
+										outer_tlist,
+										inner_tlist);
 		return (Node *) newclause;
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, CaseExpr))
@@ -406,7 +409,8 @@ replace_clause_joinvar_refs(Node *clause,
 		CaseExpr   *newnode = makeNode(CaseExpr);
 
 		newnode->casetype = oldnode->casetype;
-		newnode->arg = oldnode->arg; /* XXX should always be null anyway ... */
+		newnode->arg = oldnode->arg;	/* XXX should always be null
+										 * anyway ... */
 		newnode->args = (List *)
 			replace_clause_joinvar_refs((Node *) oldnode->args,
 										outer_tlist,
@@ -494,7 +498,7 @@ replace_joinvar_refs(Var *var, List *outer_tlist, List *inner_tlist)
  */
 static List *
 tlist_noname_references(Oid nonameid,
-					  List *tlist)
+						List *tlist)
 {
 	List	   *t_list = NIL;
 	TargetEntry *noname = (TargetEntry *) NULL;
@@ -512,13 +516,13 @@ tlist_noname_references(Oid nonameid,
 			oattno = 0;
 
 		noname = makeTargetEntry(xtl->resdom,
-							   (Node *) makeVar(nonameid,
-												xtl->resdom->resno,
-												xtl->resdom->restype,
-												xtl->resdom->restypmod,
-												0,
-												nonameid,
-												oattno));
+								 (Node *) makeVar(nonameid,
+												  xtl->resdom->resno,
+												  xtl->resdom->restype,
+												  xtl->resdom->restypmod,
+												  0,
+												  nonameid,
+												  oattno));
 
 		t_list = lappend(t_list, noname);
 	}
@@ -573,11 +577,12 @@ replace_tlist_with_subplan_refs(List *tlist,
 								Index subvarno,
 								List *subplanTargetList)
 {
-	List   *t;
+	List	   *t;
 
 	foreach(t, tlist)
 	{
 		TargetEntry *entry = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(t);
+
 		replace_vars_with_subplan_refs((Node *) get_expr(entry),
 									   subvarno, subplanTargetList);
 	}
@@ -609,19 +614,20 @@ replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
 		return;
 	if (IsA(clause, Var))
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Ha! A Var node!
 		 *
 		 * It could be that this varnode has been created by make_groupplan
-		 * and is already set up to reference the subplan target list.
-		 * We recognize that case by varno = 1, varnoold = -1,
-		 * varattno = varoattno, and varlevelsup = 0.  (Probably ought to
-		 * have an explicit flag, but this should do for now.)
+		 * and is already set up to reference the subplan target list. We
+		 * recognize that case by varno = 1, varnoold = -1, varattno =
+		 * varoattno, and varlevelsup = 0.	(Probably ought to have an
+		 * explicit flag, but this should do for now.)
 		 */
-		Var			*var = (Var *) clause;
+		Var		   *var = (Var *) clause;
 		TargetEntry *subplanVar;
 
-		if (var->varno == (Index) 1 && 
+		if (var->varno == (Index) 1 &&
 			var->varnoold == ((Index) -1) &&
 			var->varattno == var->varoattno &&
 			var->varlevelsup == 0)
@@ -629,7 +635,7 @@ replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
 
 		/* Otherwise it had better be in the subplan list. */
 		subplanVar = match_varid(var, subplanTargetList);
-		if (! subplanVar)
+		if (!subplanVar)
 			elog(ERROR, "replace_vars_with_subplan_refs: variable not in target list");
 
 		/*
@@ -656,10 +662,11 @@ replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(t, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 			replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(lfirst(t),
@@ -671,6 +678,7 @@ replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
 	else if (IsA(clause, ArrayRef))
 	{
 		ArrayRef   *aref = (ArrayRef *) clause;
+
 		foreach(t, aref->refupperindexpr)
 			replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(lfirst(t),
 										   subvarno, subplanTargetList);
@@ -687,6 +695,7 @@ replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
 		foreach(t, ((CaseExpr *) clause)->args)
 		{
 			CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(t);
+
 			replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(when->expr,
 										   subvarno, subplanTargetList);
 			replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(when->result,
@@ -767,15 +776,16 @@ set_agg_tlist_references(Agg *aggNode)
 	all_quals_ok = true;
 	foreach(ql, aggNode->plan.qual)
 	{
-		Node *qual = lfirst(ql);
-		List *qualaggs;
+		Node	   *qual = lfirst(ql);
+		List	   *qualaggs;
 
 		replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(qual,
 									   (Index) 0,
 									   subplanTargetList);
 		qualaggs = pull_agg_clause(qual);
 		if (qualaggs == NIL)
-			all_quals_ok = false; /* this qual clause has no agg functions! */
+			all_quals_ok = false;		/* this qual clause has no agg
+										 * functions! */
 		else
 			aggNode->aggs = nconc(qualaggs, aggNode->aggs);
 	}
@@ -800,7 +810,7 @@ pull_agg_clause(Node *clause)
 		return pull_agg_clause(((Iter *) clause)->iterexpr);
 	else if (is_subplan(clause))
 	{
-		SubLink *sublink = ((SubPlan *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->sublink;
+		SubLink    *sublink = ((SubPlan *) ((Expr *) clause)->oper)->sublink;
 
 		/*
 		 * Only the lefthand side of the sublink should be checked for
@@ -814,10 +824,11 @@ pull_agg_clause(Node *clause)
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(t, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 			agg_list = nconc(pull_agg_clause(lfirst(t)), agg_list);
@@ -830,6 +841,7 @@ pull_agg_clause(Node *clause)
 	else if (IsA(clause, ArrayRef))
 	{
 		ArrayRef   *aref = (ArrayRef *) clause;
+
 		foreach(t, aref->refupperindexpr)
 			agg_list = nconc(pull_agg_clause(lfirst(t)), agg_list);
 		foreach(t, aref->reflowerindexpr)
@@ -842,6 +854,7 @@ pull_agg_clause(Node *clause)
 		foreach(t, ((CaseExpr *) clause)->args)
 		{
 			CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(t);
+
 			agg_list = nconc(agg_list, pull_agg_clause(when->expr));
 			agg_list = nconc(agg_list, pull_agg_clause(when->result));
 		}
@@ -951,7 +964,7 @@ del_agg_clause(Node *clause)
  * GROUP BY clauses and checks for subplans in the havingQual that are being
  * passed ungrouped variables as parameters.  In other contexts, ungrouped
  * vars in the havingQual will be detected by the parser (see parse_agg.c,
- * exprIsAggOrGroupCol()).  But that routine currently does not check subplans,
+ * exprIsAggOrGroupCol()).	But that routine currently does not check subplans,
  * because the necessary info is not computed until the planner runs.
  * This ought to be cleaned up someday.
  *
@@ -962,7 +975,7 @@ del_agg_clause(Node *clause)
 
 void
 check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause, List *groupClause,
-						List *targetList)
+								List *targetList)
 {
 	List	   *t;
 
@@ -971,8 +984,10 @@ check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause, List *groupClause,
 
 	if (IsA(clause, Var))
 	{
-		/* Ignore vars elsewhere in the having clause, since the
-		 * parser already checked 'em.
+
+		/*
+		 * Ignore vars elsewhere in the having clause, since the parser
+		 * already checked 'em.
 		 */
 	}
 	else if (single_node(clause))
@@ -986,20 +1001,21 @@ check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause, List *groupClause,
 	}
 	else if (is_subplan(clause))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * The args list of the subplan node represents attributes from outside
-		 * passed into the sublink.
+		 * The args list of the subplan node represents attributes from
+		 * outside passed into the sublink.
 		 */
 		foreach(t, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 		{
-			bool contained_in_group_clause = false;
+			bool		contained_in_group_clause = false;
 			List	   *gl;
 
 			foreach(gl, groupClause)
 			{
 				if (var_equal(lfirst(t),
-							  get_groupclause_expr((GroupClause *) 
-							  					lfirst(gl), targetList)))
+							  get_groupclause_expr((GroupClause *)
+												lfirst(gl), targetList)))
 				{
 					contained_in_group_clause = true;
 					break;
@@ -1012,23 +1028,25 @@ check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause, List *groupClause,
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(t, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(lfirst(t), groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, List))
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Recursively scan AND subclauses (see NOTE above).
 		 */
 		foreach(t, ((List *) clause))
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(lfirst(t), groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Aggref))
 	{
@@ -1045,24 +1063,25 @@ check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause, List *groupClause,
 		 */
 		foreach(t, aref->refupperindexpr)
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(lfirst(t), groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 		foreach(t, aref->reflowerindexpr)
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(lfirst(t), groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 		check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(aref->refexpr, groupClause,
-														targetList);
+										targetList);
 		check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(aref->refassgnexpr, groupClause,
-														targetList);
+										targetList);
 	}
 	else if (case_clause(clause))
 	{
 		foreach(t, ((CaseExpr *) clause)->args)
 		{
 			CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(t);
+
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(when->expr, groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 			check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(when->result, groupClause,
-														targetList);
+											targetList);
 		}
 		check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(((CaseExpr *) clause)->defresult,
 										groupClause, targetList);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c
index a4b67ba6e0e2da3beb2c07dd9f32eea6078bfc8e..82eb2efceb9f55ad769fd3005231b236fda512b5 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c
@@ -338,9 +338,7 @@ SS_replace_correlation_vars(Node *expr)
 		}
 	}
 	else if (IsA(expr, Iter))
-	{
 		((Iter *) expr)->iterexpr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(((Iter *) expr)->iterexpr);
-	}
 	else if (single_node(expr))
 		return expr;
 	else if (or_clause(expr) || and_clause(expr) || is_opclause(expr) ||
@@ -398,9 +396,7 @@ SS_process_sublinks(Node *expr)
 		((Expr *) expr)->args = (List *)
 			SS_process_sublinks((Node *) ((Expr *) expr)->args);
 	else if (IsA(expr, SubLink))/* got it! */
-	{
 		expr = _make_subplan((SubLink *) expr);
-	}
 
 	return expr;
 }
@@ -529,13 +525,13 @@ SS_pull_subplan(Node *expr)
 		return SS_pull_subplan(((Aggref *) expr)->target);
 	else if (IsA(expr, ArrayRef))
 	{
-		result = SS_pull_subplan((Node *)((ArrayRef *) expr)->refupperindexpr);
+		result = SS_pull_subplan((Node *) ((ArrayRef *) expr)->refupperindexpr);
 		result = nconc(result,
-				SS_pull_subplan((Node*) ((ArrayRef *) expr)->reflowerindexpr));
+		 SS_pull_subplan((Node *) ((ArrayRef *) expr)->reflowerindexpr));
 		result = nconc(result,
 					   SS_pull_subplan(((ArrayRef *) expr)->refexpr));
 		result = nconc(result,
-					   SS_pull_subplan(((ArrayRef *) expr)->refassgnexpr));
+					 SS_pull_subplan(((ArrayRef *) expr)->refassgnexpr));
 	}
 	else if (IsA(expr, TargetEntry))
 		return SS_pull_subplan(((TargetEntry *) expr)->expr);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c
index 979796ffe2478e7a711153301549e54993e32a8b..914779b4f69c28dc2398a90dedb131be7b6f3056 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepkeyset.c
@@ -15,89 +15,90 @@
 
 /*
  * Node_Copy
- *        a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field
+ *		  a macro to simplify calling of copyObject on the specified field
  */
 #define Node_Copy(from, newnode, field) newnode->field = copyObject(from->field)
 
-bool _use_keyset_query_optimizer = FALSE;
+bool		_use_keyset_query_optimizer = FALSE;
 
-static int inspectOpNode(Expr *expr);
-static int inspectAndNode(Expr *expr);
-static int inspectOrNode(Expr *expr);
-static int TotalExpr;
+static int	inspectOpNode(Expr *expr);
+static int	inspectAndNode(Expr *expr);
+static int	inspectOrNode(Expr *expr);
+static int	TotalExpr;
 
 /**********************************************************************
- *   This routine transforms query trees with the following form:
- *       SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
- *        (v1 = const1 AND v2 = const2 [ vn = constn ]) OR
- *        (v1 = const3 AND v2 = const4 [ vn = constn ]) OR
- *        (v1 = const5 AND v2 = const6 [ vn = constn ]) OR
- *                         ...
- *        [(v1 = constn AND v2 = constn [ vn = constn ])]
+ *	 This routine transforms query trees with the following form:
+ *		 SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
+ *		  (v1 = const1 AND v2 = const2 [ vn = constn ]) OR
+ *		  (v1 = const3 AND v2 = const4 [ vn = constn ]) OR
+ *		  (v1 = const5 AND v2 = const6 [ vn = constn ]) OR
+ *						   ...
+ *		  [(v1 = constn AND v2 = constn [ vn = constn ])]
  *
- *                             into 
+ *							   into
  *
- *       SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
- *        (v1 = const1 AND v2 = const2 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
- *       SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
- *        (v1 = const3 AND v2 = const4 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
- *       SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
- *        (v1 = const5 AND v2 = const6 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
- *                         ...
- *       SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
- *        [(v1 = constn AND v2 = constn [ vn = constn ])]
+ *		 SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
+ *		  (v1 = const1 AND v2 = const2 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
+ *		 SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
+ *		  (v1 = const3 AND v2 = const4 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
+ *		 SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
+ *		  (v1 = const5 AND v2 = const6 [ vn = constn ]) UNION
+ *						   ...
+ *		 SELECT a,b, ... FROM one_table WHERE
+ *		  [(v1 = constn AND v2 = constn [ vn = constn ])]
  *
  *
- *   To qualify for transformation the query must not be a sub select,
- *   a HAVING, or a GROUP BY.   It must be a single table and have KSQO
- *   set to 'on'.  
+ *	 To qualify for transformation the query must not be a sub select,
+ *	 a HAVING, or a GROUP BY.	It must be a single table and have KSQO
+ *	 set to 'on'.
  *
- *   The primary use of this transformation is to avoid the exponrntial 
- *   memory consumption of cnfify() and to make use of index access
- *   methods.
+ *	 The primary use of this transformation is to avoid the exponrntial
+ *	 memory consumption of cnfify() and to make use of index access
+ *	 methods.
  *
- *        daveh@insightdist.com   1998-08-31
+ *		  daveh@insightdist.com   1998-08-31
  *
- *   May want to also prune out duplicate terms.
+ *	 May want to also prune out duplicate terms.
  **********************************************************************/
 void
 transformKeySetQuery(Query *origNode)
 {
-	/*   Qualify as a key set query candidate  */
-	if (_use_keyset_query_optimizer == FALSE || 
-			origNode->groupClause ||
-			origNode->havingQual ||
-			origNode->hasAggs ||
-			origNode->utilityStmt ||
-			origNode->unionClause ||
-			origNode->unionall ||
-			origNode->hasSubLinks ||
-			origNode->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
+	/* Qualify as a key set query candidate  */
+	if (_use_keyset_query_optimizer == FALSE ||
+		origNode->groupClause ||
+		origNode->havingQual ||
+		origNode->hasAggs ||
+		origNode->utilityStmt ||
+		origNode->unionClause ||
+		origNode->unionall ||
+		origNode->hasSubLinks ||
+		origNode->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
 		return;
 
-	/*  Qualify single table query   */
+	/* Qualify single table query	*/
 	if (length(origNode->rtable) != 1)
-			return;
-
-	/*  Sorry about the global, not worth passing around     */
-	/*  9 expressions seems like a good number.  More than 9 */
-    /*  and it starts to slow down quite a bit               */
-     TotalExpr = 0; 
-    /*************************/
-	/*  Qualify where clause */
-    /*************************/
-	if  ( ! inspectOrNode((Expr*)origNode->qual) || TotalExpr < 9)
 		return;
 
-	/*  Copy essential elements into a union node */
-	while (((Expr*)origNode->qual)->opType == OR_EXPR)  {
+	/* Sorry about the global, not worth passing around		*/
+	/* 9 expressions seems like a good number.	More than 9 */
+	/* and it starts to slow down quite a bit				*/
+	TotalExpr = 0;
+	/*************************/
+	/* Qualify where clause */
+	/*************************/
+	if (!inspectOrNode((Expr *) origNode->qual) || TotalExpr < 9)
+		return;
+
+	/* Copy essential elements into a union node */
+	while (((Expr *) origNode->qual)->opType == OR_EXPR)
+	{
 		Query	   *unionNode = makeNode(Query);
 
-		/*   Pull up Expr =  */
-		unionNode->qual = lsecond(((Expr*)origNode->qual)->args);
+		/* Pull up Expr =  */
+		unionNode->qual = lsecond(((Expr *) origNode->qual)->args);
 
-		/*   Pull up balance of tree  */
-		origNode->qual = lfirst(((Expr*)origNode->qual)->args);  
+		/* Pull up balance of tree	*/
+		origNode->qual = lfirst(((Expr *) origNode->qual)->args);
 
 		unionNode->commandType = origNode->commandType;
 		unionNode->resultRelation = origNode->resultRelation;
@@ -121,37 +122,38 @@ transformKeySetQuery(Query *origNode)
 
 static int
 /**********************************************************************
- *   Checks for 1 or more OR terms w/ 1 or more AND terms.
- *   AND terms must be equal in size.
- *   Returns the number of each AND term.
+ *	 Checks for 1 or more OR terms w/ 1 or more AND terms.
+ *	 AND terms must be equal in size.
+ *	 Returns the number of each AND term.
  **********************************************************************/
 inspectOrNode(Expr *expr)
 {
-	int rc;
-	Expr *firstExpr, *secondExpr;
+	int			rc;
+	Expr	   *firstExpr,
+			   *secondExpr;
 
-	if ( ! (expr && nodeTag(expr) == T_Expr && expr->opType == OR_EXPR))
+	if (!(expr && nodeTag(expr) == T_Expr && expr->opType == OR_EXPR))
 		return 0;
 
 	firstExpr = lfirst(expr->args);
 	secondExpr = lsecond(expr->args);
-	if (nodeTag(firstExpr) != T_Expr || nodeTag(secondExpr) != T_Expr) 
+	if (nodeTag(firstExpr) != T_Expr || nodeTag(secondExpr) != T_Expr)
 		return 0;
 
 	if (firstExpr->opType == OR_EXPR && secondExpr->opType == AND_EXPR)
 	{
-		if ((rc = inspectOrNode(firstExpr)) == 0) 
+		if ((rc = inspectOrNode(firstExpr)) == 0)
 			return 0;
 
-		return (rc == inspectAndNode(secondExpr)) ? rc : 0; 
+		return (rc == inspectAndNode(secondExpr)) ? rc : 0;
 	}
 	else if (firstExpr->opType == AND_EXPR && secondExpr->opType == AND_EXPR)
 	{
-		if ((rc = inspectAndNode(firstExpr)) == 0) 
+		if ((rc = inspectAndNode(firstExpr)) == 0)
 			return 0;
-		
-		return (rc == inspectAndNode(secondExpr)) ? rc : 0; 
-		
+
+		return (rc == inspectAndNode(secondExpr)) ? rc : 0;
+
 	}
 
 	return 0;
@@ -160,34 +162,33 @@ inspectOrNode(Expr *expr)
 
 static int
 /**********************************************************************
- *  Check for one or more AND terms.   Each sub-term must be a T_Const
- *  T_Var expression.   
- *  Returns the number of AND terms.
+ *	Check for one or more AND terms.   Each sub-term must be a T_Const
+ *	T_Var expression.
+ *	Returns the number of AND terms.
  **********************************************************************/
 inspectAndNode(Expr *expr)
 {
-	int rc;
-	Expr *firstExpr, *secondExpr;
+	int			rc;
+	Expr	   *firstExpr,
+			   *secondExpr;
 
-	if ( ! (expr && nodeTag(expr) == T_Expr && expr->opType == AND_EXPR))
+	if (!(expr && nodeTag(expr) == T_Expr && expr->opType == AND_EXPR))
 		return 0;
 
 	firstExpr = lfirst(expr->args);
 	secondExpr = lsecond(expr->args);
-	if (nodeTag(firstExpr) != T_Expr || nodeTag(secondExpr) != T_Expr) 
+	if (nodeTag(firstExpr) != T_Expr || nodeTag(secondExpr) != T_Expr)
 		return 0;
 
 	if (firstExpr->opType == AND_EXPR &&
-			secondExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(secondExpr))
+		secondExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(secondExpr))
 	{
-		rc =  inspectAndNode(firstExpr);
-		return ((rc) ? (rc + 1) : 0);   /*  Add up the AND nodes */
+		rc = inspectAndNode(firstExpr);
+		return ((rc) ? (rc + 1) : 0);	/* Add up the AND nodes */
 	}
-	else if (firstExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(firstExpr) && 
-			secondExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(secondExpr))
-	{
+	else if (firstExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(firstExpr) &&
+			 secondExpr->opType == OP_EXPR && inspectOpNode(secondExpr))
 		return 1;
-	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
@@ -195,12 +196,13 @@ inspectAndNode(Expr *expr)
 
 static int
 /******************************************************************
- *  Return TRUE if T_Var = T_Const, else FALSE
- *  Actually it does not test for =.    Need to do this!
+ *	Return TRUE if T_Var = T_Const, else FALSE
+ *	Actually it does not test for =.	Need to do this!
  ******************************************************************/
 inspectOpNode(Expr *expr)
 {
-	Expr *firstExpr, *secondExpr;
+	Expr	   *firstExpr,
+			   *secondExpr;
 
 	if (nodeTag(expr) != T_Expr || expr->opType != OP_EXPR)
 		return FALSE;
@@ -209,5 +211,5 @@ inspectOpNode(Expr *expr)
 
 	firstExpr = lfirst(expr->args);
 	secondExpr = lsecond(expr->args);
-	return  (firstExpr && secondExpr && nodeTag(firstExpr) == T_Var && nodeTag(secondExpr) == T_Const);
+	return (firstExpr && secondExpr && nodeTag(firstExpr) == T_Var && nodeTag(secondExpr) == T_Const);
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c
index cea2939a1508a8c5cd15b69037254f613aea1d7c..aed7372704407bfc637d9518529386a01c32fd5b 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.14 1999/02/15 01:06:59 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:09:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -106,8 +106,9 @@ find_nots(Expr *qual)
 
 	if (is_opclause((Node *) qual))
 	{
-		Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
-		Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+		Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
+		Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+
 		if (right)
 			return make_clause(qual->opType, qual->oper,
 							   lcons(find_nots(left),
@@ -162,8 +163,9 @@ normalize(Expr *qual)
 
 	if (is_opclause((Node *) qual))
 	{
-		Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
-		Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+		Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
+		Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+
 		if (right)
 			return make_clause(qual->opType, qual->oper,
 							   lcons(normalize(left),
@@ -229,8 +231,9 @@ qual_cleanup(Expr *qual)
 
 	if (is_opclause((Node *) qual))
 	{
-		Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
-		Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+		Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
+		Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+
 		if (right)
 			return (List *) make_clause(qual->opType, qual->oper,
 										lcons(qual_cleanup(left),
@@ -295,8 +298,9 @@ pull_args(Expr *qual)
 
 	if (is_opclause((Node *) qual))
 	{
-		Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
-		Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+		Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
+		Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+
 		if (right)
 			return make_clause(qual->opType, qual->oper,
 							   lcons(pull_args(left),
@@ -485,7 +489,7 @@ or_normalize(List *orlist)
 	{
 		return (or_normalize(lcons(distribute_args(lfirst(new_orlist),
 										 ((Expr *) distributable)->args),
-								lnext(new_orlist))));
+								   lnext(new_orlist))));
 	}
 	else
 		return orlist;
@@ -537,8 +541,9 @@ remove_ands(Expr *qual)
 		return NIL;
 	if (is_opclause((Node *) qual))
 	{
-		Expr   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
-		Expr   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+		Expr	   *left = (Expr *) get_leftop(qual);
+		Expr	   *right = (Expr *) get_rightop(qual);
+
 		if (right)
 			return (List *) make_clause(qual->opType, qual->oper,
 										lcons(remove_ands(left),
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c
index 92ab4db94d67c20b0c162c3a467ea8bc61ec00f0..0256fd483b0f1c296c233dbb01f016e025d2a969 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.20 1999/05/17 17:03:18 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:09:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ replace_matching_resname(List *new_tlist, List *old_tlist)
 	 * locks.
 	 *
 	 * So, copy all these entries to the end of the target list and set their
-	 * 'resjunk' value to true to show that these are special attributes and
-	 * have to be treated specially by the executor!
+	 * 'resjunk' value to true to show that these are special attributes
+	 * and have to be treated specially by the executor!
 	 */
 	foreach(temp, old_tlist)
 	{
@@ -231,28 +231,27 @@ replace_matching_resname(List *new_tlist, List *old_tlist)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Also it is possible that the parser or rewriter added
-		 * some junk attributes to hold GROUP BY expressions which
-		 * are not part of the result attributes.
-		 * We can simply identify them by looking at the resgroupref
-		 * in the TLE's resdom, which is a unique number telling which
-		 * TLE belongs to which GroupClause.
+		 * Also it is possible that the parser or rewriter added some junk
+		 * attributes to hold GROUP BY expressions which are not part of
+		 * the result attributes. We can simply identify them by looking
+		 * at the resgroupref in the TLE's resdom, which is a unique
+		 * number telling which TLE belongs to which GroupClause.
 		 */
 		if (old_tle->resdom->resgroupref > 0)
 		{
-			bool			already_there = FALSE;
-			TargetEntry 	*new_tle;
-			Resdom	   		*newresno;
+			bool		already_there = FALSE;
+			TargetEntry *new_tle;
+			Resdom	   *newresno;
 
 			/*
 			 * Check if the tle is already in the new list
 			 */
 			foreach(i, t_list)
 			{
-				new_tle = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(i);
+				new_tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(i);
 
-				if (new_tle->resdom->resgroupref == 
-									old_tle->resdom->resgroupref)
+				if (new_tle->resdom->resgroupref ==
+					old_tle->resdom->resgroupref)
 				{
 					already_there = TRUE;
 					break;
@@ -349,8 +348,8 @@ new_relation_targetlist(Oid relid, Index rt_index, NodeTag node_type)
 					TargetEntry *temp_list = NULL;
 
 					temp_var = makeVar(rt_index, attno, atttype,
-								get_atttypmod(relid, attno),
-								0, rt_index, attno);
+									   get_atttypmod(relid, attno),
+									   0, rt_index, attno);
 
 					temp_list = makeTargetEntry(makeResdom(attno,
 														   atttype,
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c
index 1bbfa9ef06aef6bb55a795a05904ce7393e0870c..6bd493a48839af1ee90102d613008fd3d188a6ab 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.30 1999/02/18 00:49:32 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.31 1999/05/25 16:09:47 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ plan_inherit_queries(Query *parse, Index rt_index)
 	List	   *union_relids = NIL;
 
 	union_relids = find_all_inheritors(lconsi(rt_entry->relid,
-								   NIL),
-							NIL);
+											  NIL),
+									   NIL);
 
 	/*
 	 * Remove the flag for this relation, since we're about to handle it
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c
index 0dbd65cd5d40028bc813cd4bab84e694b7fa69b4..8d02a66e76bb606afd03e3519a470a0fb3a89982 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.33 1999/05/10 00:45:24 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.34 1999/05/25 16:09:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  * HISTORY
  *	  AUTHOR			DATE			MAJOR EVENT
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ bool
 is_opclause(Node *clause)
 {
 	return (clause != NULL &&
-	 nodeTag(clause) == T_Expr && ((Expr *) clause)->opType == OP_EXPR);
+	  nodeTag(clause) == T_Expr && ((Expr *) clause)->opType == OP_EXPR);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ bool
 is_funcclause(Node *clause)
 {
 	return (clause != NULL &&
-	 nodeTag(clause) == T_Expr && ((Expr *) clause)->opType == FUNC_EXPR);
+	nodeTag(clause) == T_Expr && ((Expr *) clause)->opType == FUNC_EXPR);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ bool
 case_clause(Node *clause)
 {
 	return (clause != NULL &&
-	 nodeTag(clause) == T_CaseExpr);
+			nodeTag(clause) == T_CaseExpr);
 }
 
 /*****************************************************************************
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ pull_constant_clauses(List *quals, List **constantQual)
  *
  */
 void
-clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, Relids *relids, List **vars)
+clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, Relids * relids, List **vars)
 {
 	List	   *clvars = pull_var_clause(clause);
 	List	   *var_list = NIL;
@@ -515,9 +515,9 @@ qual_clause_p(Node *clause)
 		return false;			/* unary opclauses need not apply */
 
 	/* How about Param-s ?	- vadim 02/03/98 */
-	if (IsA(leftop, Var) && IsA(rightop, Const))
+	if (IsA(leftop, Var) &&IsA(rightop, Const))
 		return true;
-	if (IsA(rightop, Var) && IsA(leftop, Const))
+	if (IsA(rightop, Var) &&IsA(leftop, Const))
 		return true;
 	return false;
 }
@@ -646,14 +646,14 @@ get_relattval(Node *clause,
 	if (!right)
 		goto default_results;
 
-	if (IsA(left, Var) && IsA(right, Const))
+	if (IsA(left, Var) &&IsA(right, Const))
 	{
 		*relid = left->varno;
 		*attno = left->varattno;
 		*constval = ((Const *) right)->constvalue;
 		*flag = (_SELEC_CONSTANT_RIGHT_ | _SELEC_IS_CONSTANT_);
 	}
-	else if (IsA(left, Var) && IsA(right, Param))
+	else if (IsA(left, Var) &&IsA(right, Param))
 	{
 		*relid = left->varno;
 		*attno = left->varattno;
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ get_relattval(Node *clause,
 		*constval = ((Const *) right)->constvalue;
 		*flag = (_SELEC_CONSTANT_RIGHT_ | _SELEC_IS_CONSTANT_);
 	}
-	else if (IsA(right, Var) && IsA(left, Const))
+	else if (IsA(right, Var) &&IsA(left, Const))
 	{
 		*relid = right->varno;
 		*attno = right->varattno;
@@ -723,16 +723,16 @@ get_rels_atts(Node *clause,
 {
 	if (is_opclause(clause))
 	{
-		Var	   *left = get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
-		Var	   *right = get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
+		Var		   *left = get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
+		Var		   *right = get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
 
 		if (left && right)
 		{
-			bool	var_left = IsA(left, Var);
-			bool	var_right = IsA(right, Var);
-			bool	varexpr_left = (bool) ((IsA(left, Func) || IsA(left, Oper)) &&
-									   contain_var_clause((Node *) left));
-			bool	varexpr_right = (bool) ((IsA(right, Func) || IsA(right, Oper)) &&
+			bool		var_left = IsA(left, Var);
+			bool		var_right = IsA(right, Var);
+			bool		varexpr_left = (bool) ((IsA(left, Func) ||IsA(left, Oper)) &&
+									  contain_var_clause((Node *) left));
+			bool		varexpr_right = (bool) ((IsA(right, Func) ||IsA(right, Oper)) &&
 									 contain_var_clause((Node *) right));
 
 			if (var_left && var_right)
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c
index 64fcbbf85174c6dd3af251b4d4e541b860846973..7d4cf825db789d2585c4ad3d6a26ac68545f5afd 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/indexnode.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:16:43 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/indexnode.c,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:09:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static List *find_secondary_index(Query *root, Oid relid);
  *
  */
 List *
-find_relation_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
+find_relation_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	if (rel->indexed)
 		return find_secondary_index(root, lfirsti(rel->relids));
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c
index f3797aa3b9661e6b4b66100876cd3d08c7da58c1..e9d919c436ede0b73b640b1a2500834ff3991ff0 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.19 1999/02/22 05:26:26 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:09:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
 JoinInfo   *
 joininfo_member(List *join_relids, List *joininfo_list)
 {
-	List	    *i;
+	List	   *i;
 
 	foreach(i, joininfo_list)
 	{
-		JoinInfo	*joininfo = (JoinInfo *)lfirst(i);
+		JoinInfo   *joininfo = (JoinInfo *) lfirst(i);
 
 		if (same(join_relids, joininfo->unjoined_relids))
 			return joininfo;
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ joininfo_member(List *join_relids, List *joininfo_list)
  *
  */
 JoinInfo   *
-find_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo *this_rel, Relids join_relids)
+find_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo * this_rel, Relids join_relids)
 {
 	JoinInfo   *joininfo = joininfo_member(join_relids,
 										   this_rel->joininfo);
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c
index c921c24c0d190fc61f42da5d959044a6f1fddfc5..84528e7d06479f6236cdce6a8e04c12a92ec90f1 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/keys.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.19 1999/02/20 18:01:02 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/keys.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:09:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ static bool equal_indexkey_var(int index_key, Var *var);
  *
  */
 bool
-match_indexkey_operand(int indexkey, Var *operand, RelOptInfo *rel)
+match_indexkey_operand(int indexkey, Var *operand, RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	if (IsA(operand, Var) &&
 		(lfirsti(rel->relids) == operand->varno) &&
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ extract_join_key(JoinKey *jk, int outer_or_inner)
  *
  *	See the top of optimizer/path/pathkeys.c for a description of pathkeys.
  *	Each pathkey is ordered by its join order, so they not pre-ordered to
- *	match.  We must search them ourselves.
+ *	match.	We must search them ourselves.
  *
  *	This gets called a lot, so it is optimized.
  */
@@ -128,31 +128,33 @@ pathkeys_match(List *keys1, List *keys2, int *better_key)
 		 key1 != NIL && key2 != NIL;
 		 key1 = lnext(key1), key2 = lnext(key2))
 	{
-		List *i;
+		List	   *i;
 
 		if (key1_subsetof_key2)
 			foreach(i, lfirst(key1))
+		{
+			Var		   *subkey = lfirst(i);
+
+			if (!member(subkey, lfirst(key2)))
 			{
-				Var	*subkey = lfirst(i);
-				if (!member(subkey, lfirst(key2)))
-				{
-					key1_subsetof_key2 = false;
-					break;
-				}
+				key1_subsetof_key2 = false;
+				break;
 			}
+		}
 
 		if (key2_subsetof_key1)
 			foreach(i, lfirst(key2))
+		{
+			Var		   *subkey = lfirst(i);
+
+			if (!member(subkey, lfirst(key1)))
 			{
-				Var	*subkey = lfirst(i);
-				if (!member(subkey, lfirst(key1)))
-				{
-					key2_subsetof_key1 = false;
-					break;
-				}
+				key2_subsetof_key1 = false;
+				break;
 			}
+		}
 		if (!key1_subsetof_key2 && !key2_subsetof_key1)
-			break;	/* no need to continue comparisons. */
+			break;				/* no need to continue comparisons. */
 	}
 
 	if (!key1_subsetof_key2 && !key2_subsetof_key1)
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c
index eef0fbb3141b24c2473c1e8b87ffbd5d2aeb497a..46948609f1df130c513f76473271d5b93d2fd345 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/ordering.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:16:46 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/Attic/ordering.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:09:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 #include "optimizer/ordering.h"
 
 static bool sortops_order_match(Oid *ordering1, Oid *ordering2,
-								int *better_sort);
+					int *better_sort);
 
 /*
  * equal_path_ordering
@@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ pathorder_match(PathOrder *path_ordering1,
 				PathOrder *path_ordering2,
 				int *better_sort)
 {
-	
+
 	*better_sort = 0;
 
 	if (path_ordering1 == path_ordering2)
 		return true;
-	
+
 	if (!path_ordering2)
 	{
 		*better_sort = 1;
@@ -51,15 +51,13 @@ pathorder_match(PathOrder *path_ordering1,
 
 	if (path_ordering1->ordtype == MERGE_ORDER &&
 		path_ordering2->ordtype == MERGE_ORDER)
-	{
 		return equal(path_ordering1->ord.merge, path_ordering2->ord.merge);
-	}
 	else if (path_ordering1->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER &&
 			 path_ordering2->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER)
 	{
 		return sortops_order_match(path_ordering1->ord.sortop,
-									path_ordering2->ord.sortop,
-									better_sort);
+								   path_ordering2->ord.sortop,
+								   better_sort);
 	}
 	else if (path_ordering1->ordtype == MERGE_ORDER &&
 			 path_ordering2->ordtype == SORTOP_ORDER)
@@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ equal_path_merge_ordering(Oid *path_ordering,
  */
 bool
 equal_merge_ordering(MergeOrder *merge_ordering1,
-						   MergeOrder *merge_ordering2)
+					 MergeOrder *merge_ordering2)
 {
 	return equal(merge_ordering1, merge_ordering2);
 }
@@ -133,7 +131,7 @@ sortops_order_match(Oid *ordering1, Oid *ordering2, int *better_sort)
 	int			i = 0;
 
 	*better_sort = 0;
-	
+
 	if (ordering1 == ordering2)
 		return true;
 
@@ -142,13 +140,13 @@ sortops_order_match(Oid *ordering1, Oid *ordering2, int *better_sort)
 		*better_sort = 1;
 		return true;
 	}
-	
+
 	if (!ordering1)
 	{
 		*better_sort = 2;
 		return true;
 	}
-	
+
 	while (ordering1[i] != 0 && ordering2[i] != 0)
 	{
 		if (ordering1[i] != ordering2[i])
@@ -167,6 +165,6 @@ sortops_order_match(Oid *ordering1, Oid *ordering2, int *better_sort)
 		*better_sort = 2;
 		return true;
 	}
-	
+
 	return ordering1[i] == 0 && ordering2[i] == 0;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c
index 4e3d2fe353f59cb0a694f5cc4ac88db76793fa7a..7e9b8e309036b72cbcb70780736ab534903ae76e 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.40 1999/02/21 03:48:54 scrappy Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.41 1999/05/25 16:09:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ path_is_cheaper(Path *path1, Path *path2)
  *
  */
 Path *
-set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *pathlist)
+set_cheapest(RelOptInfo * parent_rel, List *pathlist)
 {
 	List	   *p;
 	Path	   *cheapest_so_far;
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *pathlist)
  *
  */
 List *
-add_pathlist(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *unique_paths, List *new_paths)
+add_pathlist(RelOptInfo * parent_rel, List *unique_paths, List *new_paths)
 {
 	List	   *p1;
 
 	foreach(p1, new_paths)
 	{
 		Path	   *new_path = (Path *) lfirst(p1);
- 		Path	   *old_path;
+		Path	   *old_path;
 		bool		is_new;
 
 		/* Is this new path already in unique_paths? */
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
 
 #ifdef OPTDUP_DEBUG
 		if (!pathkeys_match(new_path->pathkeys, path->pathkeys, &better_key) ||
-		    better_key != 0)
+			better_key != 0)
 		{
 			printf("betterkey = %d\n", better_key);
 			printf("newpath\n");
@@ -182,13 +182,15 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
 			printf("oldpath\n");
 			pprint(path->pathkeys);
 			if (path->pathkeys && new_path->pathkeys &&
-				length(lfirst(path->pathkeys)) >= 2/* &&
-				length(lfirst(path->pathkeys)) <
-				length(lfirst(new_path->pathkeys))*/)
-				sleep(0); /* set breakpoint here */
+				length(lfirst(path->pathkeys)) >= 2		/* &&
+														 * length(lfirst(path->pa
+														 * thkeys)) <
+														 * length(lfirst(new_path
+					->pathkeys)) */ )
+				sleep(0);		/* set breakpoint here */
 		}
 		if (!pathorder_match(new_path->pathorder, path->pathorder,
-			&better_sort) ||
+							 &better_sort) ||
 			better_sort != 0)
 		{
 			printf("neword\n");
@@ -199,25 +201,26 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
 #endif
 
 		if (pathkeys_match(new_path->pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
-			&better_key) &&
+						   &better_key) &&
 			pathorder_match(new_path->pathorder, path->pathorder,
-			&better_sort))
+							&better_sort))
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Replace pathkeys that match exactly, {{1,2}}, {{1,2}}
-			 * Replace pathkeys {{1,2}} with {{1,2,3}}} if the latter is not
-			 * more expensive and replace unordered path with ordered
-			 * path if it is not more expensive.  Favor sorted keys
-			 * over unsorted keys in the same way.
+			 * Replace pathkeys {{1,2}} with {{1,2,3}}} if the latter is
+			 * not more expensive and replace unordered path with ordered
+			 * path if it is not more expensive.  Favor sorted keys over
+			 * unsorted keys in the same way.
 			 */
-							/* same keys, and new is cheaper, use it */
-		    if ((better_key == 0 && better_sort == 0 &&
+			/* same keys, and new is cheaper, use it */
+			if ((better_key == 0 && better_sort == 0 &&
 				 new_path->path_cost < path->path_cost) ||
 
-							/* new is better, and cheaper, use it */
+			/* new is better, and cheaper, use it */
 				(((better_key == 1 && better_sort != 2) ||
 				  (better_key != 2 && better_sort == 1)) &&
-				  new_path->path_cost <= path->path_cost))
+				 new_path->path_cost <= path->path_cost))
 			{
 #ifdef OPTDUP_DEBUG
 				printf("replace with new %p old %p better key %d better sort %d\n", &new_path, &path, better_key, better_sort);
@@ -230,14 +233,14 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
 				return path;
 			}
 
-							/* same keys, new is more expensive, stop */
+			/* same keys, new is more expensive, stop */
 			if ((better_key == 0 && better_sort == 0 &&
 				 new_path->path_cost >= path->path_cost) ||
 
-							/* old is better, and less expensive, stop */
+			/* old is better, and less expensive, stop */
 				(((better_key == 2 && better_sort != 1) ||
 				  (better_key != 1 && better_sort == 2)) &&
-				  new_path->path_cost >= path->path_cost))
+				 new_path->path_cost >= path->path_cost))
 			{
 #ifdef OPTDUP_DEBUG
 				printf("skip new %p old %p better key %d better sort %d\n", &new_path, &path, better_key, better_sort);
@@ -253,11 +256,11 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
 	}
 
 #ifdef OPTDUP_DEBUG
-				printf("add new %p old %p better key %d better sort %d\n", &new_path, &path, better_key, better_sort);
-				printf("new\n");
-				pprint(new_path);
+	printf("add new %p old %p better key %d better sort %d\n", &new_path, &path, better_key, better_sort);
+	printf("new\n");
+	pprint(new_path);
 #endif
-	
+
 	*is_new = true;
 	return NULL;
 }
@@ -275,7 +278,7 @@ better_path(Path *new_path, List *unique_paths, bool *is_new)
  *
  */
 Path *
-create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel)
+create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo * rel)
 {
 	int			relid = 0;
 
@@ -290,7 +293,7 @@ create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel)
 	pathnode->pathkeys = NIL;
 
 	/*
-	 * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing 
+	 * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing
 	 * JMH, 7/7/92
 	 */
 	pathnode->loc_restrictinfo = (List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo);
@@ -303,9 +306,7 @@ create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel)
 	/* add in expensive functions cost!  -- JMH, 7/7/92 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-	{
 		pathnode->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost(pathnode);
-	}
 #endif
 	return pathnode;
 }
@@ -325,8 +326,8 @@ create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel)
  */
 IndexPath  *
 create_index_path(Query *root,
-				  RelOptInfo *rel,
-				  RelOptInfo *index,
+				  RelOptInfo * rel,
+				  RelOptInfo * index,
 				  List *restriction_clauses,
 				  bool is_join_scan)
 {
@@ -343,11 +344,11 @@ create_index_path(Query *root,
 	pathnode->indexqual = NIL;
 
 	/*
-	 * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing 
+	 * copy restrictinfo list into path for expensive function processing
 	 * JMH, 7/7/92
 	 */
 	pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = set_difference((List *) copyObject((Node *) rel->restrictinfo),
-					   (List *) restriction_clauses);
+										   (List *) restriction_clauses);
 
 	/*
 	 * The index must have an ordering for the path to have (ordering)
@@ -356,7 +357,7 @@ create_index_path(Query *root,
 	if (pathnode->path.pathorder->ord.sortop)
 	{
 		pathnode->path.pathkeys = collect_index_pathkeys(index->indexkeys,
-													 rel->targetlist);
+														 rel->targetlist);
 
 		/*
 		 * Check that the keys haven't 'disappeared', since they may no
@@ -381,19 +382,19 @@ create_index_path(Query *root,
 /* is the statement above really true?	what about IndexScan as the
    inner of a join? */
 		pathnode->path.path_cost = cost_index(lfirsti(index->relids),
-											   index->pages,
-											   1.0,
-											   rel->pages,
-											   rel->tuples,
-											   index->pages,
-											   index->tuples,
-											   false);
+											  index->pages,
+											  1.0,
+											  rel->pages,
+											  rel->tuples,
+											  index->pages,
+											  index->tuples,
+											  false);
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 		/* add in expensive functions cost!  -- JMH, 7/7/92 */
 		if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
 		{
 			pathnode->path_cost = (pathnode->path_cost +
-				 xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode));
+								 xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode));
 		}
 #endif
 	}
@@ -427,24 +428,22 @@ create_index_path(Query *root,
 						  &npages,
 						  &selec);
 		/* each clause gets an equal selectivity */
-		clausesel =	pow(selec, 1.0 / (double) length(restriction_clauses));
+		clausesel = pow(selec, 1.0 / (double) length(restriction_clauses));
 
 		pathnode->indexqual = restriction_clauses;
 		pathnode->path.path_cost = cost_index(lfirsti(index->relids),
-											   (int) npages,
-											   selec,
-											   rel->pages,
-											   rel->tuples,
-											   index->pages,
-											   index->tuples,
-											   false);
+											  (int) npages,
+											  selec,
+											  rel->pages,
+											  rel->tuples,
+											  index->pages,
+											  index->tuples,
+											  false);
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 		/* add in expensive functions cost!  -- JMH, 7/7/92 */
 		if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-		{
 			pathnode->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode);
-		}
 #endif
 
 		/*
@@ -474,8 +473,8 @@ create_index_path(Query *root,
  *
  */
 NestPath   *
-create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
-					 RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
+create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
+					 RelOptInfo * outer_rel,
 					 Path *outer_path,
 					 Path *inner_path,
 					 List *pathkeys)
@@ -492,7 +491,7 @@ create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 	pathnode->path.outerjoincost = (Cost) 0.0;
 	pathnode->path.loc_restrictinfo = NIL;
 	pathnode->path.pathorder = makeNode(PathOrder);
-	
+
 	if (pathkeys)
 	{
 		pathnode->path.pathorder->ordtype = outer_path->pathorder->ordtype;
@@ -508,12 +507,12 @@ create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 	}
 
 	pathnode->path.path_cost = cost_nestloop(outer_path->path_cost,
-					  inner_path->path_cost,
-					  outer_rel->size,
-					  inner_path->parent->size,
-					  page_size(outer_rel->size,
-								outer_rel->width),
-					  IsA(inner_path, IndexPath));
+											 inner_path->path_cost,
+											 outer_rel->size,
+											 inner_path->parent->size,
+											 page_size(outer_rel->size,
+													   outer_rel->width),
+											 IsA(inner_path, IndexPath));
 	/* add in expensive function costs -- JMH 7/7/92 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
@@ -542,7 +541,7 @@ create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
  *
  */
 MergePath  *
-create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
+create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
 					  int outersize,
 					  int innersize,
 					  int outerwidth,
@@ -571,19 +570,17 @@ create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 	pathnode->outersortkeys = outersortkeys;
 	pathnode->innersortkeys = innersortkeys;
 	pathnode->jpath.path.path_cost = cost_mergejoin(outer_path->path_cost,
-					   inner_path->path_cost,
-					   outersortkeys,
-					   innersortkeys,
-					   outersize,
-					   innersize,
-					   outerwidth,
-					   innerwidth);
+													inner_path->path_cost,
+													outersortkeys,
+													innersortkeys,
+													outersize,
+													innersize,
+													outerwidth,
+													innerwidth);
 	/* add in expensive function costs -- JMH 7/7/92 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-	{
 		pathnode->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode);
-	}
 #endif
 	return pathnode;
 }
@@ -607,7 +604,7 @@ create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
  *
  */
 HashPath   *
-create_hashjoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
+create_hashjoin_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel,
 					 int outersize,
 					 int innersize,
 					 int outerwidth,
@@ -639,17 +636,15 @@ create_hashjoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel,
 	pathnode->outerhashkeys = outerkeys;
 	pathnode->innerhashkeys = innerkeys;
 	pathnode->jpath.path.path_cost = cost_hashjoin(outer_path->path_cost,
-					  inner_path->path_cost,
-					  outerkeys,
-					  innerkeys,
-					  outersize, innersize,
-					  outerwidth, innerwidth);
+												   inner_path->path_cost,
+												   outerkeys,
+												   innerkeys,
+												   outersize, innersize,
+												 outerwidth, innerwidth);
 	/* add in expensive function costs -- JMH 7/7/92 */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 	if (XfuncMode != XFUNC_OFF)
-	{
 		pathnode->path_cost += xfunc_get_path_cost((Path *) pathnode);
-	}
 #endif
 	return pathnode;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c
index a1f6026b0edc6d60b820349503b92da56aea6c69..a333b5af0996a8453b5ac854763d42e218877969 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.29 1999/05/10 00:45:25 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:09:59 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -461,6 +461,7 @@ VersionGetParents(Oid verrelid)
 	heap_close(relation);
 	return list;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 
@@ -545,6 +546,7 @@ IndexSelectivity(Oid indexrelid,
 	select = 1.0;
 	for (n = 0; n < nIndexKeys; ++n)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Find the AM class for this key.
 		 *
@@ -579,7 +581,7 @@ IndexSelectivity(Oid indexrelid,
 
 		amopTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(AMOPOPID,
 										ObjectIdGetDatum(indclass),
-								  		ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorObjectIds[n]),
+								  ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorObjectIds[n]),
 										ObjectIdGetDatum(relam),
 										0);
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(amopTuple))
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c
index 3b7594d87f1dee84f1bfc8aa7f8125c3567b2b6e..5346a1c72a5933798c0bf8c8ea3c244cb28ac5f9 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.15 1999/02/18 00:49:38 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:10:01 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 RelOptInfo *
 get_base_rel(Query *root, int relid)
 {
-	Relids	relids;
+	Relids		relids;
 	RelOptInfo *rel;
 
 	relids = lconsi(relid, NIL);
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ get_base_rel(Query *root, int relid)
 		 */
 		if (relid < 0)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * If the relation is a materialized relation, assume
 			 * constants for sizes.
@@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ get_base_rel(Query *root, int relid)
 			bool		hasindex;
 			int			pages,
 						tuples;
+
 			/*
 			 * Otherwise, retrieve relation characteristics from the
 			 * system catalogs.
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c
index 374533a4222ad3cbe124c48e6ce20983db398d2e..5c59e0fdf88d9beaa9ab0cd83d8c26bf4970599f 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:16:49 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:10:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
  *
  */
 bool
-valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo)
+valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo)
 {
 	if (restrictinfo != NULL &&
 		!single_node((Node *) restrictinfo->clause) &&
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ get_relattvals(List *restrictinfo_list,
 }
 
 /*
- * get_joinvars 
+ * get_joinvars
  *	  Given a list of join restrictinfo nodes to be used with the index
  *	  of an inner join relation, return three lists consisting of:
  *				the attributes corresponding to the inner join relation
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ get_opnos(List *restrictinfo_list)
 	{
 		temp = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(i);
 		result = lappendi(result,
-					 (((Oper *) temp->clause->oper)->opno));
+						  (((Oper *) temp->clause->oper)->opno));
 	}
 	return result;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c
index e0620c26a3e334a7f5ce77713412ec1558c2ecfb..497bb78b3b44132b3f1f723d9d490ac5fe2fc8c0 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.31 1999/05/17 17:03:23 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.32 1999/05/25 16:10:03 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ matching_tlist_var(Var *var, List *targetlist)
  * CREATES:  new var_node iff no matching var_node exists in targetlist
  */
 void
-add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var)
+add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo * rel, Var *var)
 {
 	Expr	   *oldvar;
 
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var)
 									 var->varoattno);
 
 		rel->targetlist = lappend(tlist,
-					create_tl_element(newvar,
-									  length(tlist) + 1));
+								  create_tl_element(newvar,
+													length(tlist) + 1));
 
 	}
 }
@@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ tlist_member(Var *var, List *tlist)
 		foreach(i, tlist)
 		{
 			TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(i);
+
 			if (var_equal(var, get_expr(tle)))
 				return tle->resdom;
 		}
@@ -222,6 +223,7 @@ tlist_resdom(List *tlist, Resdom *resnode)
 	{
 		TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(i);
 		Resdom	   *resdom = tle->resdom;
+
 		/* Since resnos are supposed to be unique */
 		if (resnode->resno == resdom->resno)
 			return resdom;
@@ -362,7 +364,7 @@ flatten_tlist(List *tlist)
 		TargetEntry *temp_entry = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(temp);
 
 		tlist_vars = nconc(tlist_vars,
-						   pull_var_clause((Node *) get_expr(temp_entry)));
+						 pull_var_clause((Node *) get_expr(temp_entry)));
 	}
 
 	foreach(temp, tlist_vars)
@@ -411,8 +413,8 @@ flatten_tlist_vars(List *full_tlist, List *flat_tlist)
 		TargetEntry *tle = lfirst(x);
 
 		result = lappend(result, makeTargetEntry(tle->resdom,
-							   		flatten_tlistentry((Node *) get_expr(tle),
-												  		flat_tlist)));
+							   flatten_tlistentry((Node *) get_expr(tle),
+												  flat_tlist)));
 	}
 
 	return result;
@@ -456,10 +458,11 @@ flatten_tlistentry(Node *tlistentry, List *flat_tlist)
 	}
 	else if (IsA(tlistentry, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(temp, ((Expr *) tlistentry)->args)
 			lfirst(temp) = flatten_tlistentry(lfirst(temp), flat_tlist);
@@ -467,8 +470,10 @@ flatten_tlistentry(Node *tlistentry, List *flat_tlist)
 	}
 	else if (IsA(tlistentry, Aggref))
 	{
-		/* XXX shouldn't this be recursing into the agg's target?
-		 * Seems to work though, so will leave it alone ... tgl 5/99
+
+		/*
+		 * XXX shouldn't this be recursing into the agg's target? Seems to
+		 * work though, so will leave it alone ... tgl 5/99
 		 */
 		return tlistentry;
 	}
@@ -481,7 +486,7 @@ flatten_tlistentry(Node *tlistentry, List *flat_tlist)
 		foreach(temp, aref->reflowerindexpr)
 			lfirst(temp) = flatten_tlistentry(lfirst(temp), flat_tlist);
 		aref->refexpr = flatten_tlistentry(aref->refexpr, flat_tlist);
-		aref->refassgnexpr = flatten_tlistentry(aref->refassgnexpr,flat_tlist);
+		aref->refassgnexpr = flatten_tlistentry(aref->refassgnexpr, flat_tlist);
 
 		return tlistentry;
 	}
@@ -491,7 +496,8 @@ flatten_tlistentry(Node *tlistentry, List *flat_tlist)
 
 		foreach(temp, cexpr->args)
 		{
-			CaseWhen *cwhen = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(temp);
+			CaseWhen   *cwhen = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(temp);
+
 			cwhen->expr = flatten_tlistentry(cwhen->expr, flat_tlist);
 			cwhen->result = flatten_tlistentry(cwhen->result, flat_tlist);
 		}
@@ -521,18 +527,18 @@ get_expr(TargetEntry *tle)
 Var *
 get_groupclause_expr(GroupClause *groupClause, List *targetList)
 {
-	List		*l;
-	TargetEntry	*tle;
+	List	   *l;
+	TargetEntry *tle;
 
 	foreach(l, targetList)
 	{
-		tle = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(l);
+		tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(l);
 		if (tle->resdom->resgroupref == groupClause->tleGroupref)
 			return get_expr(tle);
 	}
 
-	elog(ERROR, 
-		"get_groupclause_expr: GROUP BY expression not found in targetlist");
+	elog(ERROR,
+	"get_groupclause_expr: GROUP BY expression not found in targetlist");
 	return NULL;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c
index b906f8e4c4823bf7959eccc5355d7e0f0ae8cd3c..fd57067cdd2e8720981991ff4a1695b27ee7cab3 100644
--- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c
+++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.18 1999/05/03 00:38:44 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:10:05 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -102,10 +102,11 @@ contain_var_clause(Node *clause)
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(temp, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 		{
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ contain_var_clause(Node *clause)
 		foreach(temp, ((CaseExpr *) clause)->args)
 		{
 			CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(temp);
+
 			if (contain_var_clause(when->expr))
 				return TRUE;
 			if (contain_var_clause(when->result))
@@ -188,10 +190,11 @@ pull_var_clause(Node *clause)
 	}
 	else if (IsA(clause, Expr))
 	{
+
 		/*
-		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression.
-		 * NOTE: this must come after is_subplan() case since
-		 * subplan is a kind of Expr node.
+		 * Recursively scan the arguments of an expression. NOTE: this
+		 * must come after is_subplan() case since subplan is a kind of
+		 * Expr node.
 		 */
 		foreach(temp, ((Expr *) clause)->args)
 			retval = nconc(retval, pull_var_clause(lfirst(temp)));
@@ -214,6 +217,7 @@ pull_var_clause(Node *clause)
 		foreach(temp, ((CaseExpr *) clause)->args)
 		{
 			CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) lfirst(temp);
+
 			retval = nconc(retval, pull_var_clause(when->expr));
 			retval = nconc(retval, pull_var_clause(when->result));
 		}
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c
index 14c8150ff05c736ddc67fac08ff61e71b259825e..243165efc683d5a75af15a6a39b97a48d9f7e2ae 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *  $Id: analyze.c,v 1.107 1999/05/23 21:41:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	$Id: analyze.c,v 1.108 1999/05/25 16:10:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ static Query *transformUpdateStmt(ParseState *pstate, UpdateStmt *stmt);
 static Query *transformCursorStmt(ParseState *pstate, SelectStmt *stmt);
 static Query *transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt);
 
-static void		transformForUpdate(Query *qry, List *forUpdate);
-void			CheckSelectForUpdate(Query *qry);
+static void transformForUpdate(Query *qry, List *forUpdate);
+void		CheckSelectForUpdate(Query *qry);
 
 List	   *extras_before = NIL;
 List	   *extras_after = NIL;
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ List	   *extras_after = NIL;
 List *
 parse_analyze(List *pl, ParseState *parentParseState)
 {
-	List *result = NIL;
+	List	   *result = NIL;
 	ParseState *pstate;
-	Query *parsetree;
+	Query	   *parsetree;
 
 	while (pl != NIL)
 	{
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ parse_analyze(List *pl, ParseState *parentParseState)
 		while (extras_before != NIL)
 		{
 			result = lappend(result,
-							 transformStmt(pstate, lfirst(extras_before)));
+						   transformStmt(pstate, lfirst(extras_before)));
 			if (pstate->p_target_relation != NULL)
 				heap_close(pstate->p_target_relation);
 			extras_before = lnext(extras_before);
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ transformStmt(ParseState *pstate, Node *parseTree)
 			if (!((SelectStmt *) parseTree)->portalname)
 			{
 				result = transformSelectStmt(pstate, (SelectStmt *) parseTree);
-				result->limitOffset = ((SelectStmt *)parseTree)->limitOffset;
-				result->limitCount = ((SelectStmt *)parseTree)->limitCount;
+				result->limitOffset = ((SelectStmt *) parseTree)->limitOffset;
+				result->limitCount = ((SelectStmt *) parseTree)->limitCount;
 			}
 			else
 				result = transformCursorStmt(pstate, (SelectStmt *) parseTree);
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ transformInsertStmt(ParseState *pstate, InsertStmt *stmt)
 		int			ndef = pstate->p_target_relation->rd_att->constr->num_defval;
 
 		/*
-		 * if stmt->cols == NIL then makeTargetNames returns list of all attrs.
-		 * May have to shorten icolumns list...
+		 * if stmt->cols == NIL then makeTargetNames returns list of all
+		 * attrs. May have to shorten icolumns list...
 		 */
 		if (stmt->cols == NIL)
 		{
@@ -286,16 +286,18 @@ transformInsertStmt(ParseState *pstate, InsertStmt *stmt)
 
 			foreach(extrl, icolumns)
 			{
+
 				/*
-				 * decrements first, so if we started with zero items
-				 * it will now be negative
+				 * decrements first, so if we started with zero items it
+				 * will now be negative
 				 */
 				if (--i <= 0)
 					break;
 			}
+
 			/*
-			 * this an index into the targetList,
-			 * so make sure we had one to start...
+			 * this an index into the targetList, so make sure we had one
+			 * to start...
 			 */
 			if (i >= 0)
 			{
@@ -303,9 +305,7 @@ transformInsertStmt(ParseState *pstate, InsertStmt *stmt)
 				lnext(extrl) = NIL;
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				icolumns = NIL;
-			}
 		}
 
 		while (ndef-- > 0)
@@ -378,15 +378,18 @@ transformInsertStmt(ParseState *pstate, InsertStmt *stmt)
 
 	/*
 	 * The INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... could have a UNION in child, so
-	 * unionClause may be false
-,	 */
-  	qry->unionall = stmt->unionall;	
+	 * unionClause may be false ,
+	 */
+	qry->unionall = stmt->unionall;
+
+	/***S*I***/
 
- 	/***S*I***/
- 	/* Just hand through the unionClause and intersectClause. 
- 	 * We will handle it in the function Except_Intersect_Rewrite() */
- 	qry->unionClause = stmt->unionClause;
- 	qry->intersectClause = stmt->intersectClause;	
+	/*
+	 * Just hand through the unionClause and intersectClause. We will
+	 * handle it in the function Except_Intersect_Rewrite()
+	 */
+	qry->unionClause = stmt->unionClause;
+	qry->intersectClause = stmt->intersectClause;
 
 	/*
 	 * If there is a havingQual but there are no aggregates, then there is
@@ -508,9 +511,12 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 	Constraint *constraint;
 	List	   *keys;
 	Ident	   *key;
-	List	   *blist = NIL;	/* "before list" of things to do before creating the table */
-	List	   *ilist = NIL;	/* "index list" of things to do after creating the table */
-	IndexStmt  *index, *pkey = NULL;
+	List	   *blist = NIL;	/* "before list" of things to do before
+								 * creating the table */
+	List	   *ilist = NIL;	/* "index list" of things to do after
+								 * creating the table */
+	IndexStmt  *index,
+			   *pkey = NULL;
 	IndexElem  *iparam;
 
 	q = makeNode(Query);
@@ -532,15 +538,15 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 
 				if (column->is_sequence)
 				{
-					char		  *sname;
-					char		  *cstring;
+					char	   *sname;
+					char	   *cstring;
 					CreateSeqStmt *sequence;
 
 					sname = makeTableName(stmt->relname, column->colname, "seq", NULL);
 					if (sname == NULL)
 						elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/SERIAL implicit sequence name must be less than %d characters"
 							 "\n\tSum of lengths of '%s' and '%s' must be less than %d",
-							 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN-5));
+							 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN - 5));
 
 					constraint = makeNode(Constraint);
 					constraint->contype = CONSTR_DEFAULT;
@@ -560,7 +566,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 					if (constraint->name == NULL)
 						elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/SERIAL implicit index name must be less than %d characters"
 							 "\n\tSum of lengths of '%s' and '%s' must be less than %d",
-							 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN-5));
+							 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN - 5));
 					column->constraints = lappend(column->constraints, constraint);
 
 					sequence = makeNode(CreateSeqStmt);
@@ -582,8 +588,11 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 						switch (constraint->contype)
 						{
 							case CONSTR_NULL:
-								/* We should mark this explicitly,
-								 * so we can tell if NULL and NOT NULL are both specified
+
+								/*
+								 * We should mark this explicitly, so we
+								 * can tell if NULL and NOT NULL are both
+								 * specified
 								 */
 								if (column->is_not_null)
 									elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/(NOT) NULL conflicting declaration"
@@ -611,7 +620,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 								if (constraint->name == NULL)
 									elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/PRIMARY KEY implicit index name must be less than %d characters"
 										 "\n\tLength of '%s' must be less than %d",
-										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN-6));
+										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN - 6));
 								if (constraint->keys == NIL)
 									constraint->keys = lappend(constraint->keys, column);
 								dlist = lappend(dlist, constraint);
@@ -623,7 +632,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 								if (constraint->name == NULL)
 									elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/UNIQUE implicit index name must be less than %d characters"
 										 "\n\tLength of '%s' must be less than %d",
-										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN-5));
+										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN - 5));
 								if (constraint->keys == NIL)
 									constraint->keys = lappend(constraint->keys, column);
 								dlist = lappend(dlist, constraint);
@@ -636,7 +645,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 								if (constraint->name == NULL)
 									elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/CHECK implicit constraint name must be less than %d characters"
 										 "\n\tSum of lengths of '%s' and '%s' must be less than %d",
-										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN-1));
+										 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, column->colname, (NAMEDATALEN - 1));
 								break;
 
 							default:
@@ -657,8 +666,8 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 							constraint->name = makeTableName(stmt->relname, "pkey", NULL);
 						if (constraint->name == NULL)
 							elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/PRIMARY KEY implicit index name must be less than %d characters"
-								 "\n\tLength of '%s' must be less than %d",
-								 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN-5));
+							   "\n\tLength of '%s' must be less than %d",
+								 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN - 5));
 						dlist = lappend(dlist, constraint);
 						break;
 
@@ -704,12 +713,12 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 		constraint = lfirst(dlist);
 		Assert(nodeTag(constraint) == T_Constraint);
 		Assert((constraint->contype == CONSTR_PRIMARY)
-		 || (constraint->contype == CONSTR_UNIQUE));
+			   || (constraint->contype == CONSTR_UNIQUE));
 
 		index = makeNode(IndexStmt);
 
 		index->unique = TRUE;
-		index->primary = (constraint->contype == CONSTR_PRIMARY ? TRUE:FALSE);
+		index->primary = (constraint->contype == CONSTR_PRIMARY ? TRUE : FALSE);
 		if (index->primary)
 		{
 			if (pkey != NULL)
@@ -719,21 +728,17 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 		}
 
 		if (constraint->name != NULL)
-		{
 			index->idxname = constraint->name;
-		}
 		else if (constraint->contype == CONSTR_PRIMARY)
 		{
 			index->idxname = makeTableName(stmt->relname, "pkey", NULL);
 			if (index->idxname == NULL)
 				elog(ERROR, "CREATE TABLE/PRIMARY KEY implicit index name must be less than %d characters"
 					 "\n\tLength of '%s' must be less than %d",
-					 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN-5));
+					 NAMEDATALEN, stmt->relname, (NAMEDATALEN - 5));
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			index->idxname = NULL;
-		}
 
 		index->relname = stmt->relname;
 		index->accessMethod = "btree";
@@ -793,16 +798,20 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 		ilist = NIL;
 		while (dlist != NIL)
 		{
-			int keep = TRUE;
+			int			keep = TRUE;
 
 			index = lfirst(dlist);
 
-			/* has a single column argument, so might be a conflicting index... */
+			/*
+			 * has a single column argument, so might be a conflicting
+			 * index...
+			 */
 			if ((index != pkey)
-			 && (length(index->indexParams) == 1))
+				&& (length(index->indexParams) == 1))
 			{
-				char *pname = ((IndexElem *) lfirst(index->indexParams))->name;
-				char *iname = ((IndexElem *) lfirst(index->indexParams))->name;
+				char	   *pname = ((IndexElem *) lfirst(index->indexParams))->name;
+				char	   *iname = ((IndexElem *) lfirst(index->indexParams))->name;
+
 				/* same names? then don't keep... */
 				keep = (strcmp(iname, pname) != 0);
 			}
@@ -818,7 +827,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 	{
 		index = lfirst(dlist);
 		elog(NOTICE, "CREATE TABLE/%s will create implicit index '%s' for table '%s'",
-			 (index->primary? "PRIMARY KEY": "UNIQUE"),
+			 (index->primary ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE"),
 			 index->idxname, stmt->relname);
 		dlist = lnext(dlist);
 	}
@@ -828,7 +837,7 @@ transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt)
 	extras_after = ilist;
 
 	return q;
-} /* transformCreateStmt() */
+}	/* transformCreateStmt() */
 
 /*
  * transformIndexStmt -
@@ -1006,11 +1015,14 @@ transformSelectStmt(ParseState *pstate, SelectStmt *stmt)
 	 */
 	qry->unionall = stmt->unionall;
 
- 	/***S*I***/
- 	/* Just hand through the unionClause and intersectClause. 
- 	 * We will handle it in the function Except_Intersect_Rewrite() */
- 	qry->unionClause = stmt->unionClause;
- 	qry->intersectClause = stmt->intersectClause;
+	/***S*I***/
+
+	/*
+	 * Just hand through the unionClause and intersectClause. We will
+	 * handle it in the function Except_Intersect_Rewrite()
+	 */
+	qry->unionClause = stmt->unionClause;
+	qry->intersectClause = stmt->intersectClause;
 
 	/*
 	 * If there is a havingQual but there are no aggregates, then there is
@@ -1092,91 +1104,92 @@ transformCursorStmt(ParseState *pstate, SelectStmt *stmt)
  * The built up list is handed back in **select_list.
  * If one of the SelectStmt Nodes has the 'unionall' flag
  * set to true *unionall_present hands back 'true' */
-void 
+void
 create_select_list(Node *ptr, List **select_list, bool *unionall_present)
 {
-  if(IsA(ptr, SelectStmt)) {
-    *select_list = lappend(*select_list, ptr);    
-    if(((SelectStmt *)ptr)->unionall == TRUE) *unionall_present = TRUE;    
-    return;    
-  }
-  
-  /* Recursively call for all arguments. A NOT expr has no lexpr! */
-  if (((A_Expr *)ptr)->lexpr != NULL) 
-     create_select_list(((A_Expr *)ptr)->lexpr, select_list, unionall_present);
-  create_select_list(((A_Expr *)ptr)->rexpr, select_list, unionall_present);
+	if (IsA(ptr, SelectStmt))
+	{
+		*select_list = lappend(*select_list, ptr);
+		if (((SelectStmt *) ptr)->unionall == TRUE)
+			*unionall_present = TRUE;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Recursively call for all arguments. A NOT expr has no lexpr! */
+	if (((A_Expr *) ptr)->lexpr != NULL)
+		create_select_list(((A_Expr *) ptr)->lexpr, select_list, unionall_present);
+	create_select_list(((A_Expr *) ptr)->rexpr, select_list, unionall_present);
 }
 
 /* Changes the A_Expr Nodes to Expr Nodes and exchanges ANDs and ORs.
- * The reason for the exchange is easy: We implement INTERSECTs and EXCEPTs 
+ * The reason for the exchange is easy: We implement INTERSECTs and EXCEPTs
  * by rewriting these queries to semantically equivalent queries that use
- * IN and NOT IN subselects. To be able to use all three operations 
- * (UNIONs INTERSECTs and EXCEPTs) in one complex query we have to 
+ * IN and NOT IN subselects. To be able to use all three operations
+ * (UNIONs INTERSECTs and EXCEPTs) in one complex query we have to
  * translate the queries into Disjunctive Normal Form (DNF). Unfortunately
  * there is no function 'dnfify' but there is a function 'cnfify'
  * which produces DNF when we exchange ANDs and ORs before calling
  * 'cnfify' and exchange them back in the result.
  *
  * If an EXCEPT or INTERSECT is present *intersect_present
- * hands back 'true' */ 
-Node *A_Expr_to_Expr(Node *ptr, bool *intersect_present)
+ * hands back 'true' */
+Node *
+A_Expr_to_Expr(Node *ptr, bool *intersect_present)
 {
-  Node *result = NULL;
-  
-  switch(nodeTag(ptr))
-    {
-    case T_A_Expr:
-      {
-	A_Expr *a = (A_Expr *)ptr;
-	
-	switch (a->oper)
-	  {
-	  case AND:
-	    {
-	      Expr *expr = makeNode(Expr);
-	      Node	   *lexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *)ptr)->lexpr, intersect_present);
-	      Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *)ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
-
-	      *intersect_present = TRUE;
-	      
-	      expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
-	      expr->opType = OR_EXPR;
-	      expr->args = makeList(lexpr, rexpr, -1);
-	      result = (Node *) expr;
-	      break;	      
-	    }	  	  
-	  case OR:
-	    {
-	      Expr *expr = makeNode(Expr);
-	      Node	   *lexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *)ptr)->lexpr, intersect_present);
-	      Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *)ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
-
-	      expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
-	      expr->opType = AND_EXPR;
-	      expr->args = makeList(lexpr, rexpr, -1);
-	      result = (Node *) expr;
-	      break;	      
-	    }
-	  case NOT:
-	    {
-	      Expr *expr = makeNode(Expr);
-	      Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *)ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
-
-	      expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
-	      expr->opType = NOT_EXPR;
-	      expr->args = makeList(rexpr, -1);
-	      result = (Node *) expr;
-	      break;	      
-	    }
-	  }	
-	break;	
-      }
-    default:
-      {
-	result = ptr;
-      }      
-    }
-  return result;  
+	Node	   *result = NULL;
+
+	switch (nodeTag(ptr))
+	{
+		case T_A_Expr:
+			{
+				A_Expr	   *a = (A_Expr *) ptr;
+
+				switch (a->oper)
+				{
+					case AND:
+						{
+							Expr	   *expr = makeNode(Expr);
+							Node	   *lexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *) ptr)->lexpr, intersect_present);
+							Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *) ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
+
+							*intersect_present = TRUE;
+
+							expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
+							expr->opType = OR_EXPR;
+							expr->args = makeList(lexpr, rexpr, -1);
+							result = (Node *) expr;
+							break;
+						}
+					case OR:
+						{
+							Expr	   *expr = makeNode(Expr);
+							Node	   *lexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *) ptr)->lexpr, intersect_present);
+							Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *) ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
+
+							expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
+							expr->opType = AND_EXPR;
+							expr->args = makeList(lexpr, rexpr, -1);
+							result = (Node *) expr;
+							break;
+						}
+					case NOT:
+						{
+							Expr	   *expr = makeNode(Expr);
+							Node	   *rexpr = A_Expr_to_Expr(((A_Expr *) ptr)->rexpr, intersect_present);
+
+							expr->typeOid = BOOLOID;
+							expr->opType = NOT_EXPR;
+							expr->args = makeList(rexpr, -1);
+							result = (Node *) expr;
+							break;
+						}
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+				result = ptr;
+	}
+	return result;
 }
 
 void
@@ -1196,7 +1209,7 @@ static void
 transformForUpdate(Query *qry, List *forUpdate)
 {
 	List	   *rowMark = NULL;
-	RowMark	   *newrm;
+	RowMark    *newrm;
 	List	   *l;
 	Index		i;
 
@@ -1205,37 +1218,37 @@ transformForUpdate(Query *qry, List *forUpdate)
 	if (lfirst(forUpdate) == NULL)		/* all tables */
 	{
 		i = 1;
-		foreach (l, qry->rtable)
+		foreach(l, qry->rtable)
 		{
 			newrm = makeNode(RowMark);
 			newrm->rti = i++;
-			newrm->info = ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE|ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE;
+			newrm->info = ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE | ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE;
 			rowMark = lappend(rowMark, newrm);
 		}
 		qry->rowMark = nconc(qry->rowMark, rowMark);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	foreach (l, forUpdate)
+	foreach(l, forUpdate)
 	{
-		List   *l2;
-		List   *l3;
+		List	   *l2;
+		List	   *l3;
 
 		i = 1;
-		foreach (l2, qry->rtable)
+		foreach(l2, qry->rtable)
 		{
-			if (strcmp(((RangeTblEntry*)lfirst(l2))->refname, lfirst(l)) == 0)
+			if (strcmp(((RangeTblEntry *) lfirst(l2))->refname, lfirst(l)) == 0)
 			{
-				foreach (l3, rowMark)
+				foreach(l3, rowMark)
 				{
-					if (((RowMark*)lfirst(l3))->rti == i)	/* duplicate */
+					if (((RowMark *) lfirst(l3))->rti == i)		/* duplicate */
 						break;
 				}
 				if (l3 == NULL)
 				{
 					newrm = makeNode(RowMark);
 					newrm->rti = i;
-					newrm->info = ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE|ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE;
+					newrm->info = ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE | ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE;
 					rowMark = lappend(rowMark, newrm);
 				}
 				break;
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c
index 19dd98dfbe8e78ba5602cf8495f03ad2780eea7b..559337cc2f95dfd32a2175d41160ca88a99dfcb8 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.20 1999/05/23 21:41:14 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:10:13 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
 
 static bool contain_agg_clause(Node *clause);
 static bool exprIsAggOrGroupCol(Node *expr, List *groupClause, List *tlist);
-static bool tleIsAggOrGroupCol(TargetEntry *tle, List *groupClause, 
-													List *tlist);
+static bool tleIsAggOrGroupCol(TargetEntry *tle, List *groupClause,
+				   List *tlist);
 
 /*
  * contain_agg_clause
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ exprIsAggOrGroupCol(Node *expr, List *groupClause, List *tlist)
 	List	   *gl;
 
 	if (expr == NULL || IsA(expr, Const) ||
-		IsA(expr, Param) || IsA(expr, Aggref) || 
+		IsA(expr, Param) ||IsA(expr, Aggref) ||
 		IsA(expr, SubLink))		/* can't handle currently !!! */
 		return TRUE;
 
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ parseCheckAggregates(ParseState *pstate, Query *qry)
 	Assert(pstate->p_hasAggs || qry->groupClause);
 
 	/*
-	 * Aggregates must never appear in WHERE clauses.
-	 * (Note this check should appear first to deliver an appropriate
-	 * error message; otherwise we are likely to generate the generic
-	 * "illegal use of aggregates in target list" message, which is
-	 * outright misleading if the problem is in WHERE.)
+	 * Aggregates must never appear in WHERE clauses. (Note this check
+	 * should appear first to deliver an appropriate error message;
+	 * otherwise we are likely to generate the generic "illegal use of
+	 * aggregates in target list" message, which is outright misleading if
+	 * the problem is in WHERE.)
 	 */
 	if (contain_agg_clause(qry->qual))
 		elog(ERROR, "Aggregates not allowed in WHERE clause");
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ parseCheckAggregates(ParseState *pstate, Query *qry)
 
 	if (!exprIsAggOrGroupCol(qry->havingQual, qry->groupClause, qry->targetList))
 		elog(ERROR,
-			 "Illegal use of aggregates or non-group column in HAVING clause");
+		"Illegal use of aggregates or non-group column in HAVING clause");
 }
 
 
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ ParseAgg(ParseState *pstate, char *aggname, Oid basetype,
 		basetype = aggform->aggbasetype;
 		vartype = exprType(lfirst(target));
 		if ((basetype != vartype)
-			&& (! IS_BINARY_COMPATIBLE(basetype, vartype)))
+			&& (!IS_BINARY_COMPATIBLE(basetype, vartype)))
 		{
 			Type		tp1,
 						tp2;
@@ -321,8 +321,8 @@ ParseAgg(ParseState *pstate, char *aggname, Oid basetype,
 			tp1 = typeidType(basetype);
 			tp2 = typeidType(vartype);
 			elog(ERROR, "Aggregate type mismatch"
-						"\n\t%s() works on %s, not on %s",
-						 aggname, typeTypeName(tp1), typeTypeName(tp2));
+				 "\n\t%s() works on %s, not on %s",
+				 aggname, typeTypeName(tp1), typeTypeName(tp2));
 		}
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c
index f7b6f2219d12830918f14b7577b7e20a0a68be80..618554e5613f02bb1b1ea2dfbe1c1060fcf000bf 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.35 1999/05/22 02:55:57 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:10:14 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -41,13 +41,14 @@ static TargetEntry *
 
 static void parseFromClause(ParseState *pstate, List *frmList, Node **qual);
 
-Attr *makeAttr(char *relname, char *attname);
+Attr	   *makeAttr(char *relname, char *attname);
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_OUTER_JOINS
-Node *transformUsingClause(ParseState *pstate, List *onList, char *lname, char *rname);
+Node	   *transformUsingClause(ParseState *pstate, List *onList, char *lname, char *rname);
+
 #endif
 
-char *transformTableEntry(ParseState *pstate, RangeVar *r);
+char	   *transformTableEntry(ParseState *pstate, RangeVar *r);
 
 
 /*
@@ -67,16 +68,14 @@ makeRangeTable(ParseState *pstate, char *relname, List *frmList, Node **qual)
 		return;
 
 	if ((refnameRangeTablePosn(pstate, relname, &sublevels_up) == 0)
-	 || (sublevels_up != 0))
+		|| (sublevels_up != 0))
 		rte = addRangeTableEntry(pstate, relname, relname, FALSE, FALSE);
 	else
 		rte = refnameRangeTableEntry(pstate, relname);
 
 	/* This could only happen for multi-action rules */
 	if (pstate->p_target_relation != NULL)
-	{
 		heap_close(pstate->p_target_relation);
-	}
 
 	pstate->p_target_rangetblentry = rte;
 	pstate->p_target_relation = heap_open(rte->relid);
@@ -102,7 +101,8 @@ transformWhereClause(ParseState *pstate, Node *a_expr, Node *o_expr)
 
 	if ((a_expr != NULL) && (o_expr != NULL))
 	{
-		A_Expr *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+		A_Expr	   *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+
 		a->oper = AND;
 		a->opname = NULL;
 		a->lexpr = o_expr;
@@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ transformWhereClause(ParseState *pstate, Node *a_expr, Node *o_expr)
 		expr = a;
 	}
 	else if (o_expr != NULL)
-		expr = (A_Expr *)o_expr;
+		expr = (A_Expr *) o_expr;
 	else
-		expr = (A_Expr *)a_expr;
+		expr = (A_Expr *) a_expr;
 
 	pstate->p_in_where_clause = true;
-	qual = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *)expr, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST);
+	qual = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) expr, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST);
 	pstate->p_in_where_clause = false;
 
 	if (exprType(qual) != BOOLOID)
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ Attr *
 makeAttr(char *relname, char *attname)
 {
 	Attr	   *a = makeNode(Attr);
+
 	a->relname = relname;
 	a->paramNo = NULL;
 	a->attrs = lcons(makeString(attname), NIL);
@@ -149,30 +150,34 @@ transformUsingClause(ParseState *pstate, List *onList, char *lname, char *rname)
 	List	   *on;
 	Node	   *qual;
 
-	foreach (on, onList)
+	foreach(on, onList)
 	{
 		qual = lfirst(on);
 
-		/* Ident node means it is just a column name from a real USING clause... */
+		/*
+		 * Ident node means it is just a column name from a real USING
+		 * clause...
+		 */
 		if (IsA(qual, Ident))
 		{
-			Ident	   *i = (Ident *)qual;
+			Ident	   *i = (Ident *) qual;
 			Attr	   *lattr = makeAttr(lname, i->name);
 			Attr	   *rattr = makeAttr(rname, i->name);
-			A_Expr *e = makeNode(A_Expr);
+			A_Expr	   *e = makeNode(A_Expr);
 
 			e->oper = OP;
 			e->opname = "=";
-			e->lexpr = (Node *)lattr;
-			e->rexpr = (Node *)rattr;
+			e->lexpr = (Node *) lattr;
+			e->rexpr = (Node *) rattr;
 
 			if (expr != NULL)
 			{
-				A_Expr *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+				A_Expr	   *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+
 				a->oper = AND;
 				a->opname = NULL;
-				a->lexpr = (Node *)expr;
-				a->rexpr = (Node *)e;
+				a->lexpr = (Node *) expr;
+				a->rexpr = (Node *) e;
 				expr = a;
 			}
 			else
@@ -184,21 +189,21 @@ transformUsingClause(ParseState *pstate, List *onList, char *lname, char *rname)
 		{
 			if (expr != NULL)
 			{
-				A_Expr *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+				A_Expr	   *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+
 				a->oper = AND;
 				a->opname = NULL;
-				a->lexpr = (Node *)expr;
-				a->rexpr = (Node *)qual;
+				a->lexpr = (Node *) expr;
+				a->rexpr = (Node *) qual;
 				expr = a;
 			}
 			else
-			{
-				expr = (A_Expr *)qual;
-			}
+				expr = (A_Expr *) qual;
 		}
 	}
-	return ((Node *)transformExpr(pstate, (Node *)expr, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST));
+	return ((Node *) transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) expr, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST));
 }
+
 #endif
 
 char *
@@ -213,15 +218,14 @@ transformTableEntry(ParseState *pstate, RangeVar *r)
 		refname = relname;
 
 	/*
-	 * marks this entry to indicate it comes from the FROM clause. In
-	 * SQL, the target list can only refer to range variables
-	 * specified in the from clause but we follow the more powerful
-	 * POSTQUEL semantics and automatically generate the range
-	 * variable if not specified. However there are times we need to
-	 * know whether the entries are legitimate.
+	 * marks this entry to indicate it comes from the FROM clause. In SQL,
+	 * the target list can only refer to range variables specified in the
+	 * from clause but we follow the more powerful POSTQUEL semantics and
+	 * automatically generate the range variable if not specified. However
+	 * there are times we need to know whether the entries are legitimate.
 	 *
-	 * eg. select * from foo f where f.x = 1; will generate wrong answer
-	 * if we expand * to foo.x.
+	 * eg. select * from foo f where f.x = 1; will generate wrong answer if
+	 * we expand * to foo.x.
 	 */
 
 	rte = addRangeTableEntry(pstate, relname, refname, baserel->inh, TRUE);
@@ -253,7 +257,8 @@ parseFromClause(ParseState *pstate, List *frmList, Node **qual)
 
 	foreach(fl, frmList)
 	{
-		Node   *n = lfirst(fl);
+		Node	   *n = lfirst(fl);
+
 		/*
 		 * marks this entry to indicate it comes from the FROM clause. In
 		 * SQL, the target list can only refer to range variables
@@ -266,34 +271,36 @@ parseFromClause(ParseState *pstate, List *frmList, Node **qual)
 		 * if we expand * to foo.x.
 		 */
 		if (IsA(n, RangeVar))
-		{
-			transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *)n);
-		}
+			transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *) n);
 		else if (IsA(n, JoinExpr))
 		{
-			JoinExpr   *j = (JoinExpr *)n;
+			JoinExpr   *j = (JoinExpr *) n;
+
 #ifdef ENABLE_OUTER_JOINS
-			char	   *lname = transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *)j->larg);
+			char	   *lname = transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *) j->larg);
+
 #endif
 			char	   *rname;
 
-			if (IsA((Node *)j->rarg, RangeVar))
-				rname = transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *)j->rarg);
+			if (IsA((Node *) j->rarg, RangeVar))
+				rname = transformTableEntry(pstate, (RangeVar *) j->rarg);
 			else
 				elog(ERROR, "Nested JOINs are not yet supported");
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_OUTER_JOINS
 			if (j->jointype == INNER_P)
 			{
-				/* This is an inner join, so rip apart the join node
-				 * and transform into a traditional FROM list.
-				 * NATURAL JOIN and USING clauses both change the shape
-				 * of the result. Need to generate a list of result columns
-				 * to use for target list expansion and validation.
-				 * Not doing this yet though!
+
+				/*
+				 * This is an inner join, so rip apart the join node and
+				 * transform into a traditional FROM list. NATURAL JOIN
+				 * and USING clauses both change the shape of the result.
+				 * Need to generate a list of result columns to use for
+				 * target list expansion and validation. Not doing this
+				 * yet though!
 				 */
 				if (IsA(j->quals, List))
-					j->quals = lcons(transformUsingClause(pstate, (List *)j->quals, lname, rname), NIL);
+					j->quals = lcons(transformUsingClause(pstate, (List *) j->quals, lname, rname), NIL);
 
 				Assert(qual != NULL);
 
@@ -302,19 +309,19 @@ parseFromClause(ParseState *pstate, List *frmList, Node **qual)
 				else
 					elog(ERROR, "Multiple JOIN/ON clauses not handled (internal error)");
 
-				/* if we are transforming this node back into a FROM list,
+				/*
+				 * if we are transforming this node back into a FROM list,
 				 * then we will need to replace the node with two nodes.
 				 * Will need access to the previous list item to change
-				 * the link pointer to reference these new nodes.
-				 * Try accumulating and returning a new list.
-				 * - thomas 1999-01-08
-				 * Not doing this yet though!
+				 * the link pointer to reference these new nodes. Try
+				 * accumulating and returning a new list. - thomas
+				 * 1999-01-08 Not doing this yet though!
 				 */
 
 			}
 			else if ((j->jointype == LEFT)
-			 || (j->jointype == RIGHT)
-			 || (j->jointype == FULL))
+					 || (j->jointype == RIGHT)
+					 || (j->jointype == FULL))
 				elog(ERROR, "OUTER JOIN is not implemented");
 			else
 				elog(ERROR, "Unrecognized JOIN clause; tag is %d (internal error)",
@@ -545,7 +552,7 @@ transformGroupClause(ParseState *pstate, List *grouplist, List *targetlist)
 									 resdom->restype, false));
 		if (glist == NIL)
 		{
-			int		groupref = length(glist) + 1;
+			int			groupref = length(glist) + 1;
 
 			restarget->resdom->resgroupref = groupref;
 			grpcl->tleGroupref = groupref;
@@ -561,12 +568,12 @@ transformGroupClause(ParseState *pstate, List *grouplist, List *targetlist)
 				GroupClause *gcl = (GroupClause *) lfirst(i);
 
 				if (equal(get_groupclause_expr(gcl, targetlist),
-							restarget->expr))
+						  restarget->expr))
 					break;
 			}
 			if (i == NIL)		/* not in grouplist already */
 			{
-				int		groupref = length(glist) + 1;
+				int			groupref = length(glist) + 1;
 
 				restarget->resdom->resgroupref = groupref;
 				grpcl->tleGroupref = groupref;
@@ -749,21 +756,22 @@ transformUnionClause(List *unionClause, List *targetlist)
 		/* recursion */
 		qlist = parse_analyze(unionClause, NULL);
 
-		foreach (qlist_item, qlist)
+		foreach(qlist_item, qlist)
 		{
 			Query	   *query = (Query *) lfirst(qlist_item);
 			List	   *prev_target = targetlist;
 			List	   *next_target;
-			int			prev_len = 0, next_len = 0;
+			int			prev_len = 0,
+						next_len = 0;
 
 			foreach(prev_target, targetlist)
 				if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->resjunk)
-					prev_len++;
+				prev_len++;
 
 			foreach(next_target, query->targetList)
 				if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->resjunk)
-					next_len++;
-						
+				next_len++;
+
 			if (prev_len != next_len)
 				elog(ERROR, "Each UNION clause must have the same number of columns");
 
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c
index a481ecfa0a07c1ad915240fc0a3b2de4831c9cb4..17b06faf4b5867e980703e72926675fdd6617e32 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c,v 2.15 1999/05/22 04:12:26 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c,v 2.16 1999/05/25 16:10:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 Oid			DemoteType(Oid inType);
 Oid			PromoteTypeToNext(Oid inType);
 
-static Oid PreferredType(CATEGORY category, Oid type);
+static Oid	PreferredType(CATEGORY category, Oid type);
 
 
 /* coerce_type()
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static Oid PreferredType(CATEGORY category, Oid type);
  */
 Node *
 coerce_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node, Oid inputTypeId, Oid targetTypeId,
-		int32 atttypmod)
+			int32 atttypmod)
 {
 	Node	   *result = NULL;
 	Oid			infunc;
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ coerce_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node, Oid inputTypeId, Oid targetTypeId,
 		 */
 		else if (inputTypeId != UNKNOWNOID)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * We already know there is a function which will do this, so
 			 * let's use it
@@ -77,22 +78,22 @@ coerce_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node, Oid inputTypeId, Oid targetTypeId,
 			{
 				Const	   *con = (Const *) node;
 
-				val = (Datum) textout((struct varlena *)con->constvalue);
+				val = (Datum) textout((struct varlena *) con->constvalue);
 				infunc = typeidInfunc(targetTypeId);
 				con = makeNode(Const);
 				con->consttype = targetTypeId;
 				con->constlen = typeLen(typeidType(targetTypeId));
 
 				/*
-				 *	Use "-1" for varchar() type.
-				 *	For char(), we need to pad out the type with the proper
-				 *	number of spaces.  This was a major problem for
-				 *  DEFAULT string constants to char() types.
+				 * Use "-1" for varchar() type. For char(), we need to pad
+				 * out the type with the proper number of spaces.  This
+				 * was a major problem for DEFAULT string constants to
+				 * char() types.
 				 */
 				con->constvalue = (Datum) fmgr(infunc,
 											   val,
-											   typeidTypElem(targetTypeId),
-								(targetTypeId != BPCHAROID) ? -1 : atttypmod);
+											 typeidTypElem(targetTypeId),
+						   (targetTypeId != BPCHAROID) ? -1 : atttypmod);
 				con->constisnull = false;
 				con->constbyval = typeByVal(typeidType(targetTypeId));
 				con->constisset = false;
@@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ can_coerce_type(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids, Oid *func_typeids)
 			/* don't know what to do for the input type? then quit... */
 			else if (input_typeids[i] == InvalidOid)
 				return false;
+
 			/*
 			 * if not unknown input type, try for explicit conversion
 			 * using functions...
@@ -298,7 +300,7 @@ PreferredType(CATEGORY category, Oid type)
 		case (NETWORK_TYPE):
 			result = INETOID;
 			break;
-		
+
 		case (GEOMETRIC_TYPE):
 		case (USER_TYPE):
 			result = type;
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c
index 8245beed110eb8a563e605b9ab07c87c8f6274c3..8ea98d280979204d18bdcf493ffd7b8617857b8b 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c,v 1.47 1999/05/22 04:12:26 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c,v 1.48 1999/05/25 16:10:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 						 */
 						idx = lnext(idx);
 					}
-					result = (Node *) make_array_ref((Node *)param, pno->indirection);
+					result = (Node *) make_array_ref((Node *) param, pno->indirection);
 				}
 				else
 					result = (Node *) param;
@@ -251,7 +251,8 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 			{
 
 				/*
-				 * look for a column name or a relation name (the default behavior)
+				 * look for a column name or a relation name (the default
+				 * behavior)
 				 */
 				result = transformIdent(pstate, expr, precedence);
 				break;
@@ -343,28 +344,31 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 					if (c->arg != NULL)
 					{
 						/* shorthand form was specified, so expand... */
-						A_Expr *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+						A_Expr	   *a = makeNode(A_Expr);
+
 						a->oper = OP;
 						a->opname = "=";
 						a->lexpr = c->arg;
 						a->rexpr = w->expr;
-						w->expr = (Node *)a;
+						w->expr = (Node *) a;
 					}
 					lfirst(args) = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) w, precedence);
 				}
 
-				/* It's not shorthand anymore, so drop the implicit argument.
-				 * This is necessary to keep the executor from seeing an
-				 * untransformed expression...
+				/*
+				 * It's not shorthand anymore, so drop the implicit
+				 * argument. This is necessary to keep the executor from
+				 * seeing an untransformed expression...
 				 */
 				c->arg = NULL;
 
 				/* transform the default clause */
 				if (c->defresult == NULL)
 				{
-					A_Const *n = makeNode(A_Const);
+					A_Const    *n = makeNode(A_Const);
+
 					n->val.type = T_Null;
-					c->defresult = (Node *)n;
+					c->defresult = (Node *) n;
 				}
 				c->defresult = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) c->defresult, precedence);
 
@@ -380,7 +384,7 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 					wtype = exprType(w->result);
 					/* move on to next one if no new information... */
 					if (wtype && (wtype != UNKNOWNOID)
-					 && (wtype != ptype))
+						&& (wtype != ptype))
 					{
 						/* so far, only nulls so take anything... */
 						if (!ptype)
@@ -388,15 +392,23 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 							ptype = wtype;
 							pcategory = TypeCategory(ptype);
 						}
-						/* both types in different categories? then not much hope... */
+
+						/*
+						 * both types in different categories? then not
+						 * much hope...
+						 */
 						else if ((TypeCategory(wtype) != pcategory)
-							|| ((TypeCategory(wtype) == USER_TYPE)
-							 && (TypeCategory(c->casetype) == USER_TYPE)))
+								 || ((TypeCategory(wtype) == USER_TYPE)
+							&& (TypeCategory(c->casetype) == USER_TYPE)))
 						{
-							elog(ERROR,"CASE/WHEN types '%s' and '%s' not matched",
+							elog(ERROR, "CASE/WHEN types '%s' and '%s' not matched",
 								 typeidTypeName(c->casetype), typeidTypeName(wtype));
 						}
-						/* new one is preferred and can convert? then take it... */
+
+						/*
+						 * new one is preferred and can convert? then take
+						 * it...
+						 */
 						else if (IsPreferredType(pcategory, wtype)
 								 && can_coerce_type(1, &ptype, &wtype))
 						{
@@ -409,21 +421,24 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 				/* Convert default result clause, if necessary */
 				if (c->casetype != ptype)
 				{
-					if (! c->casetype)
+					if (!c->casetype)
 					{
-						/* default clause is NULL,
-						 * so assign preferred type from WHEN clauses... */
+
+						/*
+						 * default clause is NULL, so assign preferred
+						 * type from WHEN clauses...
+						 */
 						c->casetype = ptype;
 					}
 					else if (can_coerce_type(1, &c->casetype, &ptype))
 					{
 						c->defresult = coerce_type(pstate, c->defresult,
-													c->casetype, ptype, -1);
+												 c->casetype, ptype, -1);
 						c->casetype = ptype;
 					}
 					else
 					{
-						elog(ERROR,"CASE/ELSE unable to convert to type %s",
+						elog(ERROR, "CASE/ELSE unable to convert to type %s",
 							 typeidTypeName(ptype));
 					}
 				}
@@ -431,11 +446,15 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 				/* Convert when clauses, if not null and if necessary */
 				foreach(args, c->args)
 				{
-					Oid		wtype;
+					Oid			wtype;
 
 					w = lfirst(args);
 					wtype = exprType(w->result);
-					/* only bother with conversion if not NULL and different type... */
+
+					/*
+					 * only bother with conversion if not NULL and
+					 * different type...
+					 */
 					if (wtype && (wtype != ptype))
 					{
 						if (can_coerce_type(1, &wtype, &ptype))
@@ -445,7 +464,7 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 						}
 						else
 						{
-							elog(ERROR,"CASE/WHEN unable to convert to type %s",
+							elog(ERROR, "CASE/WHEN unable to convert to type %s",
 								 typeidTypeName(ptype));
 						}
 					}
@@ -461,14 +480,18 @@ transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 
 				w->expr = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) w->expr, precedence);
 				if (exprType(w->expr) != BOOLOID)
-					elog(ERROR,"WHEN clause must have a boolean result");
+					elog(ERROR, "WHEN clause must have a boolean result");
 
-				/* result is NULL for NULLIF() construct - thomas 1998-11-11 */
+				/*
+				 * result is NULL for NULLIF() construct - thomas
+				 * 1998-11-11
+				 */
 				if (w->result == NULL)
 				{
-					A_Const *n = makeNode(A_Const);
+					A_Const    *n = makeNode(A_Const);
+
 					n->val.type = T_Null;
-					w->result = (Node *)n;
+					w->result = (Node *) n;
 				}
 				w->result = transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) w->result, precedence);
 				result = expr;
@@ -530,7 +553,7 @@ transformIdent(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, int precedence)
 		att->relname = rte->refname;
 		att->attrs = lcons(makeString(ident->name), NIL);
 		column_result = (Node *) ParseNestedFuncOrColumn(pstate, att,
-									&pstate->p_last_resno, precedence);
+									  &pstate->p_last_resno, precedence);
 	}
 
 	/* try to find the ident as a relation */
@@ -602,11 +625,13 @@ exprType(Node *expr)
 			break;
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) expr;
+				SubLink    *sublink = (SubLink *) expr;
+
 				if (sublink->subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK)
 				{
 					/* return the result type of the combining operator */
-					Expr *op_expr = (Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper);
+					Expr	   *op_expr = (Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper);
+
 					type = op_expr->typeOid;
 				}
 				else
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c
index 6a4258048b96bfb645608b3c8b8772bb2f208e96..8fa8fb8b365a3cc8d7348220cf6978158b4bf4ee 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.45 1999/05/22 04:12:27 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.46 1999/05/25 16:10:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ static int match_argtypes(int nargs,
 static List *setup_tlist(char *attname, Oid relid);
 static List *setup_base_tlist(Oid typeid);
 static Oid *func_select_candidate(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids,
-				CandidateList candidates);
-static int agg_get_candidates(char *aggname, Oid typeId, CandidateList *candidates);
-static Oid agg_select_candidate(Oid typeid, CandidateList candidates);
+					  CandidateList candidates);
+static int	agg_get_candidates(char *aggname, Oid typeId, CandidateList *candidates);
+static Oid	agg_select_candidate(Oid typeid, CandidateList candidates);
 
 #define ISCOMPLEX(type) (typeidTypeRelid(type) ? true : false)
 
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ typedef struct _SuperQE
 } SuperQE;
 
 /*
- ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn 
+ ** ParseNestedFuncOrColumn
  **    Given a nested dot expression (i.e. (relation func ... attr), build up
  ** a tree with of Iter and Func nodes.
  */
@@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ agg_get_candidates(char *aggname,
 				   Oid typeId,
 				   CandidateList *candidates)
 {
-	CandidateList		current_candidate;
-	Relation			pg_aggregate_desc;
-	HeapScanDesc		pg_aggregate_scan;
-	HeapTuple			tup;
-	Form_pg_aggregate	agg;
-	int					ncandidates = 0;
+	CandidateList current_candidate;
+	Relation	pg_aggregate_desc;
+	HeapScanDesc pg_aggregate_scan;
+	HeapTuple	tup;
+	Form_pg_aggregate agg;
+	int			ncandidates = 0;
 
 	static ScanKeyData aggKey[1] = {
 	{0, Anum_pg_aggregate_aggname, F_NAMEEQ}};
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ agg_get_candidates(char *aggname,
 	pg_aggregate_desc = heap_openr(AggregateRelationName);
 	pg_aggregate_scan = heap_beginscan(pg_aggregate_desc,
 									   0,
-									   SnapshotSelf,     /* ??? */
+									   SnapshotSelf,	/* ??? */
 									   1,
 									   aggKey);
 
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ agg_get_candidates(char *aggname,
 static Oid
 agg_select_candidate(Oid typeid, CandidateList candidates)
 {
-	CandidateList	current_candidate;
-	CandidateList	last_candidate;
-	Oid				current_typeid;
-	int				ncandidates;
-	CATEGORY		category,
-					current_category;
+	CandidateList current_candidate;
+	CandidateList last_candidate;
+	Oid			current_typeid;
+	int			ncandidates;
+	CATEGORY	category,
+				current_category;
 
 /*
  * Look for candidates which allow coersion and have a preferred type.
@@ -227,13 +227,11 @@ agg_select_candidate(Oid typeid, CandidateList candidates)
 		}
 		/* otherwise, don't bother keeping this one around... */
 		else if (last_candidate != NULL)
-		{
 			last_candidate->next = NULL;
-		}
 	}
 
 	return ((ncandidates == 1) ? candidates->args[0] : 0);
-}   /* agg_select_candidate() */
+}	/* agg_select_candidate() */
 
 
 /*
@@ -352,13 +350,14 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 		}
 		else
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Parsing aggregates.
 			 */
-			Type			tp;
-			Oid				basetype;
-			int				ncandidates;
-			CandidateList	candidates;
+			Type		tp;
+			Oid			basetype;
+			int			ncandidates;
+			CandidateList candidates;
 
 			/*
 			 * the aggregate COUNT is a special case, ignore its base
@@ -378,14 +377,13 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 										 fargs, precedence);
 
 			/*
-			 * No exact match yet, so see if there is another entry
-			 * in the aggregate table which is compatible.
-			 * - thomas 1998-12-05
+			 * No exact match yet, so see if there is another entry in the
+			 * aggregate table which is compatible. - thomas 1998-12-05
 			 */
 			ncandidates = agg_get_candidates(funcname, basetype, &candidates);
 			if (ncandidates > 0)
 			{
-				Oid		type;
+				Oid			type;
 
 				type = agg_select_candidate(basetype, candidates);
 				if (OidIsValid(type))
@@ -399,7 +397,7 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 				}
 				else
 				{
-					elog(ERROR,"Unable to select an aggregate function %s(%s)",
+					elog(ERROR, "Unable to select an aggregate function %s(%s)",
 						 funcname, typeidTypeName(basetype));
 				}
 			}
@@ -407,18 +405,16 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 			/*
 			 * See if this is a single argument function with the function
 			 * name also a type name and the input argument and type name
-			 * binary compatible...
-			 * This means that you are trying for a type conversion which does not
-			 * need to take place, so we'll just pass through the argument itself.
-			 * (make this clearer with some extra brackets - thomas 1998-12-05)
+			 * binary compatible... This means that you are trying for a
+			 * type conversion which does not need to take place, so we'll
+			 * just pass through the argument itself. (make this clearer
+			 * with some extra brackets - thomas 1998-12-05)
 			 */
 			if ((HeapTupleIsValid(tp = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME,
-														   PointerGetDatum(funcname),
+											   PointerGetDatum(funcname),
 														   0, 0, 0)))
 				&& IS_BINARY_COMPATIBLE(typeTypeId(tp), basetype))
-			{
 				return ((Node *) lfirst(fargs));
-			}
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -440,6 +436,7 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 
 		if (nodeTag(pair) == T_Ident && ((Ident *) pair)->isRel)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * a relation
 			 */
@@ -551,9 +548,7 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 	if (attisset)
 	{
 		if (!strcmp(funcname, "*"))
-		{
 			funcnode->func_tlist = expandAll(pstate, relname, refname, curr_resno);
-		}
 		else
 		{
 			funcnode->func_tlist = setup_tlist(funcname, argrelid);
@@ -581,13 +576,13 @@ ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 		seqrel = textout((text *) DatumGetPointer(seq->constvalue));
 		/* Do we have nextval('"Aa"')? */
 		if (strlen(seqrel) >= 2 &&
-			seqrel[0] == '\"' && seqrel[strlen(seqrel)-1] == '\"')
+			seqrel[0] == '\"' && seqrel[strlen(seqrel) - 1] == '\"')
 		{
 			/* strip off quotes, keep case */
-			seqrel = pstrdup(seqrel+1);
-			seqrel[strlen(seqrel)-1] = '\0';
+			seqrel = pstrdup(seqrel + 1);
+			seqrel[strlen(seqrel) - 1] = '\0';
 			pfree(DatumGetPointer(seq->constvalue));
-			seq->constvalue = (Datum)textin(seqrel);
+			seq->constvalue = (Datum) textin(seqrel);
 		}
 		else
 		{
@@ -669,7 +664,7 @@ func_get_candidates(char *funcname, int nargs)
 	Relation	heapRelation;
 	Relation	idesc;
 	ScanKeyData skey;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	IndexScanDesc sd;
 	RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
 	Form_pg_proc pgProcP;
@@ -837,9 +832,7 @@ func_select_candidate(int nargs,
 			ncandidates++;
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			last_candidate->next = NULL;
-		}
 	}
 
 	if (ncandidates == 1)
@@ -870,9 +863,7 @@ func_select_candidate(int nargs,
 				}
 				else if ((current_category != slot_category)
 						 && IS_BUILTIN_TYPE(current_type))
-				{
 					return NULL;
-				}
 				else if (current_type != slot_type)
 				{
 					if (IsPreferredType(slot_category, current_type))
@@ -881,16 +872,12 @@ func_select_candidate(int nargs,
 						candidates = current_candidate;
 					}
 					else if (IsPreferredType(slot_category, slot_type))
-					{
-						 candidates->next = current_candidate->next;
-					}
+						candidates->next = current_candidate->next;
 				}
 			}
 
 			if (slot_type != InvalidOid)
-			{
 				input_typeids[i] = slot_type;
-			}
 		}
 		else
 		{
@@ -979,7 +966,7 @@ func_get_detail(char *funcname,
 					ftup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PRONAME,
 											   PointerGetDatum(funcname),
 											   Int32GetDatum(nargs),
-											   PointerGetDatum(*true_typeids),
+										  PointerGetDatum(*true_typeids),
 											   0);
 					Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(ftup));
 				}
@@ -991,8 +978,8 @@ func_get_detail(char *funcname,
 				else if (ncandidates > 1)
 				{
 					*true_typeids = func_select_candidate(nargs,
-														  current_input_typeids,
-														  current_function_typeids);
+												   current_input_typeids,
+											   current_function_typeids);
 
 					/* couldn't decide, so quit */
 					if (*true_typeids == NULL)
@@ -1006,9 +993,9 @@ func_get_detail(char *funcname,
 					else
 					{
 						ftup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PRONAME,
-												   PointerGetDatum(funcname),
+											   PointerGetDatum(funcname),
 												   Int32GetDatum(nargs),
-												   PointerGetDatum(*true_typeids),
+										  PointerGetDatum(*true_typeids),
 												   0);
 						Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(ftup));
 					}
@@ -1304,9 +1291,9 @@ make_arguments(ParseState *pstate,
 		if (input_typeids[i] == UNKNOWNOID && function_typeids[i] != InvalidOid)
 		{
 			lfirst(current_fargs) = parser_typecast2(lfirst(current_fargs),
-								 input_typeids[i],
-								 typeidType(function_typeids[i]),
-								 -1);
+													 input_typeids[i],
+										 typeidType(function_typeids[i]),
+													 -1);
 		}
 
 		/* types don't match? then force coersion using a function call... */
@@ -1321,7 +1308,7 @@ make_arguments(ParseState *pstate,
 }
 
 /*
- ** setup_tlist 
+ ** setup_tlist
  **		Build a tlist that says which attribute to project to.
  **		This routine is called by ParseFuncOrColumn() to set up a target list
  **		on a tuple parameter or return value.  Due to a bug in 4.0,
@@ -1359,7 +1346,7 @@ setup_tlist(char *attname, Oid relid)
 }
 
 /*
- ** setup_base_tlist 
+ ** setup_base_tlist
  **		Build a tlist that extracts a base type from the tuple
  **		returned by the executor.
  */
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c
index 6e039517603a309bff1b5e0e91da35d44ccbe4ce..9f41d00b9e3fdbe696fa91fa1b4c54987a4f12d5 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c,v 1.24 1999/05/10 00:45:29 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:10:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
 #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
 #include "utils/syscache.h"
 
-static Oid * oper_select_candidate(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids,
-							CandidateList candidates);
+static Oid *oper_select_candidate(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids,
+					  CandidateList candidates);
 static int binary_oper_get_candidates(char *opname,
 						   Oid leftTypeId,
 						   Oid rightTypeId,
@@ -227,9 +227,7 @@ oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
 		}
 		/* otherwise, don't bother keeping this one... */
 		else
-		{
 			last_candidate->next = NULL;
-		}
 	}
 
 	if (ncandidates <= 1)
@@ -281,18 +279,14 @@ oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
 			ncandidates++;
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			last_candidate->next = NULL;
-		}
 	}
 
 	if (ncandidates <= 1)
 	{
 		if (!can_coerce_type(1, &input_typeids[0], &candidates->args[0])
-		 || ((nargs > 1) && !can_coerce_type(1, &input_typeids[1], &candidates->args[1])))
-		{
+			|| ((nargs > 1) && !can_coerce_type(1, &input_typeids[1], &candidates->args[1])))
 			ncandidates = 0;
-		}
 		return (ncandidates == 1) ? candidates->args : NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -349,9 +343,7 @@ oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
 					slot_type = current_type;
 				}
 				else if (current_category != slot_category)
-				{
 					return NULL;
-				}
 				else if (current_type != slot_type)
 				{
 					if (IsPreferredType(slot_category, current_type))
@@ -366,9 +358,7 @@ oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
 			}
 
 			if (slot_type != InvalidOid)
-			{
 				input_typeids[i] = slot_type;
-			}
 		}
 		else
 		{
@@ -656,9 +646,7 @@ right_oper(char *op, Oid arg)
 										  CharGetDatum('r'));
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				tup = NULL;
-			}
 
 			if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 			{
@@ -717,9 +705,7 @@ left_oper(char *op, Oid arg)
 										  CharGetDatum('l'));
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				tup = NULL;
-			}
 
 			if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
 			{
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c
index 07919e1b317b64d69b0fdc54824d6de160903e1f..3101f7ac7a0bca3bbb29db6db6770cd3f393d8a9 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.21 1999/05/22 04:12:28 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:10:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -446,8 +446,8 @@ checkTargetTypes(ParseState *pstate, char *target_colname,
 		if (can_coerce_type(1, &attrtype_id, &attrtype_target))
 		{
 			Node	   *expr = coerce_type(pstate, expr, attrtype_id,
-											attrtype_target,
-			get_atttypmod(pstate->p_target_relation->rd_id, resdomno_target));
+										   attrtype_target,
+										   get_atttypmod(pstate->p_target_relation->rd_id, resdomno_target));
 
 			elog(ERROR, "Type %s(%d) can be coerced to match target column %s(%d)",
 				 colname, get_atttypmod(rte->relid, resdomno_id),
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c
index 2dfe2ece57df0c82790aee12f3f12bf531ba2cb0..1b821606f573cd41bfa8fdd8de9c1b723beba53b 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c,v 1.39 1999/05/23 21:42:09 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:10:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -64,10 +64,12 @@ MakeTargetEntryIdent(ParseState *pstate,
 
 	if (pstate->p_is_insert && !resjunk)
 	{
-		/* Assign column name of destination column to the new TLE.
-		 * XXX this is probably WRONG in INSERT ... SELECT case,
-		 * since handling of GROUP BY and so forth probably should use
-		 * the source table's names not the destination's names.
+
+		/*
+		 * Assign column name of destination column to the new TLE. XXX
+		 * this is probably WRONG in INSERT ... SELECT case, since
+		 * handling of GROUP BY and so forth probably should use the
+		 * source table's names not the destination's names.
 		 */
 		if (pstate->p_insert_columns != NIL)
 		{
@@ -123,8 +125,8 @@ MakeTargetEntryIdent(ParseState *pstate,
 			if (can_coerce_type(1, &attrtype_id, &attrtype_target))
 			{
 				expr = coerce_type(pstate, node, attrtype_id,
-									attrtype_target,
-			get_atttypmod(pstate->p_target_relation->rd_id, resdomno_target));
+								   attrtype_target,
+								   get_atttypmod(pstate->p_target_relation->rd_id, resdomno_target));
 				expr = transformExpr(pstate, expr, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST);
 				tent = MakeTargetEntryExpr(pstate, *resname, expr, false, false);
 				expr = tent->expr;
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ MakeTargetEntryExpr(ParseState *pstate,
 				if (!HeapTupleIsValid(expr))
 					elog(ERROR, "Attribute '%s' is of type '%s'"
 						 " but expression is of type '%s'"
-						 "\n\tYou will need to rewrite or cast the expression",
+					"\n\tYou will need to rewrite or cast the expression",
 						 colname,
 						 typeidTypeName(attrtype),
 						 typeidTypeName(type_id));
@@ -326,20 +328,20 @@ static TargetEntry *
 MakeTargetEntryCase(ParseState *pstate,
 					ResTarget *res)
 {
-	TargetEntry	*tent;
-	CaseExpr	*expr;
-	Resdom		*resnode;
-	int			 resdomno;
-	Oid			 type_id;
-	int32		 type_mod;
+	TargetEntry *tent;
+	CaseExpr   *expr;
+	Resdom	   *resnode;
+	int			resdomno;
+	Oid			type_id;
+	int32		type_mod;
 
-	expr = (CaseExpr *)transformExpr(pstate, (Node *)res->val, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST);
+	expr = (CaseExpr *) transformExpr(pstate, (Node *) res->val, EXPR_COLUMN_FIRST);
 
 	type_id = expr->casetype;
 	type_mod = -1;
 	handleTargetColname(pstate, &res->name, NULL, NULL);
 	if (res->name == NULL)
-		res->name = FigureColname((Node *)expr, res->val);
+		res->name = FigureColname((Node *) expr, res->val);
 
 	resdomno = pstate->p_last_resno++;
 	resnode = makeResdom((AttrNumber) resdomno,
@@ -352,7 +354,7 @@ MakeTargetEntryCase(ParseState *pstate,
 
 	tent = makeNode(TargetEntry);
 	tent->resdom = resnode;
-	tent->expr = (Node *)expr;
+	tent->expr = (Node *) expr;
 
 	return tent;
 }	/* MakeTargetEntryCase() */
@@ -435,7 +437,7 @@ MakeTargetEntryComplex(ParseState *pstate,
 	else
 	{
 		/* this is not an array assignment */
-		char	  *colname = res->name;
+		char	   *colname = res->name;
 
 		if (colname == NULL)
 		{
@@ -564,7 +566,7 @@ transformTargetList(ParseState *pstate, List *targetlist)
 
 					identname = ((Ident *) res->val)->name;
 					tent = MakeTargetEntryIdent(pstate,
-						(Node *) res->val, &res->name, NULL, identname, false);
+												(Node *) res->val, &res->name, NULL, identname, false);
 					break;
 				}
 			case T_ParamNo:
@@ -619,7 +621,7 @@ transformTargetList(ParseState *pstate, List *targetlist)
 									att->relname, &pstate->p_last_resno);
 							else
 								lnext(tail_p_target) = expandAll(pstate, att->relname, att->relname,
-											  &pstate->p_last_resno);
+												  &pstate->p_last_resno);
 							expand_star = true;
 						}
 					}
@@ -668,9 +670,7 @@ CoerceTargetExpr(ParseState *pstate,
 				 Oid attrtype)
 {
 	if (can_coerce_type(1, &type_id, &attrtype))
-	{
 		expr = coerce_type(pstate, expr, type_id, attrtype, -1);
-	}
 
 #ifndef DISABLE_STRING_HACKS
 
@@ -818,6 +818,7 @@ ExpandAllTables(ParseState *pstate)
 	rtable = pstate->p_rtable;
 	if (pstate->p_is_rule)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * skip first two entries, "*new*" and "*current*"
 		 */
@@ -876,7 +877,7 @@ FigureColname(Node *expr, Node *resval)
 {
 	switch (nodeTag(expr))
 	{
-		case T_Aggref:
+			case T_Aggref:
 			return (char *) ((Aggref *) expr)->aggname;
 		case T_Expr:
 			if (((Expr *) expr)->opType == FUNC_EXPR)
@@ -887,7 +888,8 @@ FigureColname(Node *expr, Node *resval)
 			break;
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				char *name;
+				char	   *name;
+
 				name = FigureColname(((CaseExpr *) expr)->defresult, resval);
 				if (!strcmp(name, "?column?"))
 					name = "case";
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c
index 6f77c0e87637f901b9b29931e97d22d258a230f3..cdec9d9aeac365545ca05afd57dbf9c2c189be3f 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c,v 1.20 1999/05/10 00:45:29 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:10:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ typeidOutfunc(Oid type_id)
 	outfunc = type->typoutput;
 	return outfunc;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 Oid
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parser.c b/src/backend/parser/parser.c
index b1059936413dde7e231c14c81a858eefe21c2daa..48c9860159e0da9d451d8abe57e0f6646dae178b 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/parser.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/parser.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.38 1999/05/13 07:28:39 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parser.c,v 1.39 1999/05/25 16:10:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 
 #if defined(FLEX_SCANNER)
 extern void DeleteBuffer(void);
+
 #endif	 /* FLEX_SCANNER */
 
 char	   *parseString;		/* the char* which holds the string to be
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@ List	   *parsetree;			/* result of parsing is left here */
 #ifdef SETS_FIXED
 static void fixupsets();
 static void define_sets();
+
 #endif
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/backend/parser/scansup.c b/src/backend/parser/scansup.c
index 36a5734bb3e6cc61e06d33aedc4ac269d122102f..f32aee93f828445a7c2ade8568c8c23e8d8114ca 100644
--- a/src/backend/parser/scansup.c
+++ b/src/backend/parser/scansup.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:17:12 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/scansup.c,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:10:25 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -51,8 +51,10 @@ scanstr(char *s)
 	{
 		if (s[i] == '\'')
 		{
-			/* Note: if scanner is working right, unescaped quotes can only
-			 * appear in pairs, so there should be another character.
+
+			/*
+			 * Note: if scanner is working right, unescaped quotes can
+			 * only appear in pairs, so there should be another character.
 			 */
 			i++;
 			newStr[j] = s[i];
diff --git a/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.c b/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.c
index 14d21fb61f217856dd0bb1e795e328a991be8fe3..0b5e327de4d719242230557a19af5e47c57af67f 100644
--- a/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.c
+++ b/src/backend/port/dynloader/freebsd.c
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ BSD44_derived_dlopen(const char *file, int num)
 	void	   *vp;
 
 	if ((vp = dlopen((char *) file, num)) == (void *) NULL)
-		sprintf(error_message, "dlopen '%s' failed. (%s)", file, dlerror() );
+		sprintf(error_message, "dlopen '%s' failed. (%s)", file, dlerror());
 	return vp;
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h b/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h
index d76c8c256e0d2482c9626382909978ac28a9615d..a85fa8b1a5cefe37d26e6fada99e37ce534dba84 100644
--- a/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h
+++ b/src/backend/port/hpux/fixade.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.6 1999/05/03 19:09:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fixade.h,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:10:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	 NOTES
  *		This must be included in EVERY source file.
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@
  */
 struct HP_WAY_BOGUS
 {
-	char		hpwb_bogus[8191+1];
+	char		hpwb_bogus[8191 + 1];
 };
 struct HP_TOO_BOGUS
 {
-	int			hptb_bogus[8191+1];
+	int			hptb_bogus[8191 + 1];
 };
 
 #endif	 /* BROKEN_STRUCT_INIT */
diff --git a/src/backend/port/snprintf.c b/src/backend/port/snprintf.c
index 705989b6cae211cd65ede700bfd5afc0835d5c15..0f9ed9cbc2b3203c9559edc2ab3477aefc15f4c0 100644
--- a/src/backend/port/snprintf.c
+++ b/src/backend/port/snprintf.c
@@ -51,11 +51,13 @@
  * here called long_long (or ulong_long for unsigned).
  */
 #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64
-typedef long long			long_long;
-typedef unsigned long long	ulong_long;
+typedef long long long_long;
+typedef unsigned long long ulong_long;
+
 #else
-typedef long				long_long;
-typedef unsigned long		ulong_long;
+typedef long long_long;
+typedef unsigned long ulong_long;
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ typedef unsigned long		ulong_long;
  * causing nast effects.
  **************************************************************/
 
-/*static char _id[] = "$Id: snprintf.c,v 1.21 1999/02/21 03:49:08 scrappy Exp $";*/
+/*static char _id[] = "$Id: snprintf.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:10:28 momjian Exp $";*/
 static char *end;
 static int	SnprfOverflow;
 
@@ -92,7 +94,7 @@ int
 snprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt,...)
 {
 	int			len;
-	va_list			args;
+	va_list		args;
 
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	len = vsnprintf(str, count, fmt, args);
@@ -120,11 +122,11 @@ vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args)
  * dopr(): poor man's version of doprintf
  */
 
-static void fmtstr (char *value, int ljust, int len, int zpad, int maxwidth);
-static void fmtnum (long_long value, int base, int dosign, int ljust, int len, int zpad);
-static void fmtfloat (double value, char type, int ljust, int len, int precision, int pointflag);
-static void dostr (char *str, int cut);
-static void dopr_outch (int c);
+static void fmtstr(char *value, int ljust, int len, int zpad, int maxwidth);
+static void fmtnum(long_long value, int base, int dosign, int ljust, int len, int zpad);
+static void fmtfloat(double value, char type, int ljust, int len, int precision, int pointflag);
+static void dostr(char *str, int cut);
+static void dopr_outch(int c);
 
 static char *output;
 
@@ -408,7 +410,7 @@ fmtnum(long_long value, int base, int dosign, int ljust, int len, int zpad)
 }
 
 static void
-fmtfloat (double value, char type, int ljust, int len, int precision, int pointflag)
+fmtfloat(double value, char type, int ljust, int len, int precision, int pointflag)
 {
 	char		fmt[32];
 	char		convert[512];
diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
index cf1271c7ec453a3d336200313b7e9de7edac86e8..46e224385ba1d8f028783acfd1cd6fe7cb919867 100644
--- a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
+++ b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.104 1999/05/22 17:47:50 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.105 1999/05/25 16:10:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *
@@ -164,16 +164,16 @@ static IpcMemoryKey ipc_key;
 
 static int	MaxBackends = DEF_MAXBACKENDS;
 
- /* 
-  * MaxBackends is the actual limit on the number of backends we will start.
-  * The default is established by configure, but it can be readjusted 
-  * from 1..MAXBACKENDS with the postmaster -N switch.
-  * Note that a larger MaxBackends value will increase the size of the
-  * shared memory area as well as cause the postmaster to grab more
-  * kernel semaphores, even if you never actually use that many backends.
+ /*
+  * MaxBackends is the actual limit on the number of backends we will
+  * start. The default is established by configure, but it can be
+  * readjusted from 1..MAXBACKENDS with the postmaster -N switch. Note
+  * that a larger MaxBackends value will increase the size of the shared
+  * memory area as well as cause the postmaster to grab more kernel
+  * semaphores, even if you never actually use that many backends.
   */
 
-static int	NextBackendTag = MAXINT;		/* XXX why count down not up? */
+static int	NextBackendTag = MAXINT;	/* XXX why count down not up? */
 static char *progname = (char *) NULL;
 static char **real_argv;
 static int	real_argc;
@@ -184,8 +184,10 @@ static int	real_argc;
 static char Execfile[MAXPATHLEN] = "";
 
 static int	ServerSock_INET = INVALID_SOCK;		/* stream socket server */
+
 #ifndef __CYGWIN32__
 static int	ServerSock_UNIX = INVALID_SOCK;		/* stream socket server */
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -254,7 +256,7 @@ static int	initMasks(fd_set *rmask, fd_set *wmask);
 static long PostmasterRandom(void);
 static void RandomSalt(char *salt);
 static void SignalChildren(SIGNAL_ARGS);
-static int CountChildren(void);
+static int	CountChildren(void);
 
 #ifdef CYR_RECODE
 void		GetCharSetByHost(char *, int, char *);
@@ -474,9 +476,10 @@ PostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
 				 */
 				break;
 			case 'N':
+
 				/*
-				 * The max number of backends to start.
-				 * Can't set to less than 1 or more than compiled-in limit.
+				 * The max number of backends to start. Can't set to less
+				 * than 1 or more than compiled-in limit.
 				 */
 				MaxBackends = atoi(optarg);
 				if (MaxBackends < 1)
@@ -793,11 +796,12 @@ ServerLoop(void)
 									"Sorry, too many clients already");
 				else
 				{
+
 					/*
 					 * If the backend start fails then keep the connection
 					 * open to report it.  Otherwise, pretend there is an
-					 * error to close the connection which will now be managed
-					 * by the backend.
+					 * error to close the connection which will now be
+					 * managed by the backend.
 					 */
 					if (BackendStartup(port) != STATUS_OK)
 						PacketSendError(&port->pktInfo,
@@ -1337,11 +1341,12 @@ BackendStartup(Port *port)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Flush stdio channels just before fork, to avoid double-output problems.
-	 * Ideally we'd use fflush(NULL) here, but there are still a few non-ANSI
-	 * stdio libraries out there (like SunOS 4.1.x) that coredump if we do.
-	 * Presently stdout and stderr are the only stdio output channels used
-	 * by the postmaster, so fflush'ing them should be sufficient.
+	 * Flush stdio channels just before fork, to avoid double-output
+	 * problems. Ideally we'd use fflush(NULL) here, but there are still a
+	 * few non-ANSI stdio libraries out there (like SunOS 4.1.x) that
+	 * coredump if we do. Presently stdout and stderr are the only stdio
+	 * output channels used by the postmaster, so fflush'ing them should
+	 * be sufficient.
 	 */
 	fflush(stdout);
 	fflush(stderr);
@@ -1372,7 +1377,9 @@ BackendStartup(Port *port)
 				port->sock);
 
 	/* Generate a new backend tag for every backend we start */
-	/* XXX theoretically this could wrap around, if you have the patience
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX theoretically this could wrap around, if you have the patience
 	 * to start 2^31 backends ...
 	 */
 	NextBackendTag -= 1;
@@ -1549,10 +1556,10 @@ DoBackend(Port *port)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Pass any backend switches specified with -o in the postmaster's
-	 * own command line.  We assume these are secure.
-	 * (It's OK to mangle ExtraOptions since we are now in the child process;
-	 * this won't change the postmaster's copy.)
+	 * Pass any backend switches specified with -o in the postmaster's own
+	 * command line.  We assume these are secure. (It's OK to mangle
+	 * ExtraOptions since we are now in the child process; this won't
+	 * change the postmaster's copy.)
 	 */
 	split_opts(av, &ac, ExtraOptions);
 
@@ -1561,8 +1568,8 @@ DoBackend(Port *port)
 	av[ac++] = protobuf;
 
 	/*
-	 * Tell the backend it is being called from the postmaster,
-	 * and which database to use.  -p marks the end of secure switches.
+	 * Tell the backend it is being called from the postmaster, and which
+	 * database to use.  -p marks the end of secure switches.
 	 */
 	av[ac++] = "-p";
 
@@ -1700,7 +1707,7 @@ static int
 CountChildren(void)
 {
 	Dlelem	   *curr;
-	Backend	   *bp;
+	Backend    *bp;
 	int			mypid = getpid();
 	int			cnt = 0;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c b/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c
index b68f70c4dd6aecbcf073a0bd5f8584970707905e..d7dded8f4b511e83b1b6c013d3e288353d47b6d0 100644
--- a/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c
+++ b/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c
@@ -1037,9 +1037,9 @@ int			endc;				/* name ended by endc,']' */
  == static char othercase(int ch);
  */
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-static unsigned char		/* if no counterpart, return ch */
+static unsigned char			/* if no counterpart, return ch */
 #else
-static char		/* if no counterpart, return ch */
+static char						/* if no counterpart, return ch */
 #endif
 othercase(ch)
 int			ch;
@@ -1047,20 +1047,20 @@ int			ch;
 	assert(pg_isalpha(ch));
 	if (pg_isupper(ch))
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-		return (unsigned char)tolower(ch);
+		return (unsigned char) tolower(ch);
 #else
 		return tolower(ch);
 #endif
 	else if (pg_islower(ch))
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-		return (unsigned char)toupper(ch);
+		return (unsigned char) toupper(ch);
 #else
 		return toupper(ch);
 #endif
 	else
 /* peculiar, but could happen */
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-		return (unsigned char)ch;
+		return (unsigned char) ch;
 #else
 		return ch;
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/regex/retest.c b/src/backend/regex/retest.c
index 13dd0761f0281a209cd487e90db51ac39f5d2dd2..4eb9b2282fbce12d870ec9a78864f680a7dc7113 100644
--- a/src/backend/regex/retest.c
+++ b/src/backend/regex/retest.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * a simple regexp debug program
- * 
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/Attic/retest.c,v 1.1 1999/05/21 06:27:54 ishii Exp $
+ *
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/Attic/retest.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:10:45 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -9,34 +9,38 @@
 #include "postgres.h"
 #include <regex/regex.h>
 
-int main()
+int
+main()
 {
-  int sts;
-  regex_t re;
-  char buf[1024];
-  char *p;
+	int			sts;
+	regex_t		re;
+	char		buf[1024];
+	char	   *p;
 
-  printf("type in regexp string: ");
-  if (!fgets(buf,sizeof(buf),stdin)) {
-    exit(0);
-  }
-  p = strchr(buf, '\n');
-  if (p) *p = '\0';
+	printf("type in regexp string: ");
+	if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin))
+		exit(0);
+	p = strchr(buf, '\n');
+	if (p)
+		*p = '\0';
 
-  sts = pg95_regcomp(&re, buf, 1);
-  printf("regcomp: parses \"%s\" and returns %d\n",buf, sts);
-  for (;;) {
-    printf("type in target string: ");
-    if (!fgets(buf,sizeof(buf),stdin)) {
-      exit(0);
-    }
-    p = strchr(buf, '\n');
-    if (p) *p = '\0';
+	sts = pg95_regcomp(&re, buf, 1);
+	printf("regcomp: parses \"%s\" and returns %d\n", buf, sts);
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		printf("type in target string: ");
+		if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin))
+			exit(0);
+		p = strchr(buf, '\n');
+		if (p)
+			*p = '\0';
 
-    sts = pg95_regexec(&re, buf, 0, 0, 0);
-    printf("regexec: returns %d\n", sts);
-  }
+		sts = pg95_regexec(&re, buf, 0, 0, 0);
+		printf("regexec: returns %d\n", sts);
+	}
 }
 
-void elog(int lev, const char *fmt,...)
-{}
+void
+elog(int lev, const char *fmt,...)
+{
+}
diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c
index 431006843f24a7bd5c5cbb8ec3e8d11d15619f3d..4c7fed8b300bb1ee3649b4810a7aec8ddd2ca6c1 100644
--- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c
+++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.28 1999/05/12 17:04:46 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:10:48 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 	 */
 	if (event_type == CMD_SELECT)
 	{
-		TargetEntry		*tle;
-		Resdom			*resdom;
-		Form_pg_attribute	attr;
-		char			*attname;
+		TargetEntry *tle;
+		Resdom	   *resdom;
+		Form_pg_attribute attr;
+		char	   *attname;
 		int			i;
-		char			expected_name[NAMEDATALEN + 5];
+		char		expected_name[NAMEDATALEN + 5];
 
 		/*
 		 * So there cannot be INSTEAD NOTHING, ...
@@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 		 */
 		if (length(action) > 1)
 			elog(ERROR, "multiple action rules on select currently not supported");
+
 		/*
 		 * ... the one action must be a SELECT, ...
 		 */
@@ -269,8 +270,8 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 			elog(ERROR, "event qualifications not supported for rules on select");
 
 		/*
-		 * ... the targetlist of the SELECT action must
-		 * exactly match the event relation, ...
+		 * ... the targetlist of the SELECT action must exactly match the
+		 * event relation, ...
 		 */
 		event_relation = heap_openr(event_obj->relname);
 		if (event_relation == NULL)
@@ -279,8 +280,9 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 		if (event_relation->rd_att->natts != length(query->targetList))
 			elog(ERROR, "select rules target list must match event relations structure");
 
-		for (i = 1; i <= event_relation->rd_att->natts; i++) {
-			tle = (TargetEntry *)nth(i - 1, query->targetList);
+		for (i = 1; i <= event_relation->rd_att->natts; i++)
+		{
+			tle = (TargetEntry *) nth(i - 1, query->targetList);
 			resdom = tle->resdom;
 			attr = event_relation->rd_att->attrs[i - 1];
 			attname = nameout(&(attr->attname));
@@ -289,19 +291,20 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 				elog(ERROR, "select rules target entry %d has different column name from %s", i, attname);
 
 			if (attr->atttypid != resdom->restype)
-				elog(ERROR, "select rules target entry %d has different type from attribute %s", i,  attname);
+				elog(ERROR, "select rules target entry %d has different type from attribute %s", i, attname);
 
 			if (attr->atttypmod != resdom->restypmod)
-				elog(ERROR, "select rules target entry %d has different size from attribute %s", i,  attname);
+				elog(ERROR, "select rules target entry %d has different size from attribute %s", i, attname);
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * ... there must not be another ON SELECT
-		 * rule already ...
+		 * ... there must not be another ON SELECT rule already ...
 		 */
-		if (event_relation->rd_rules != NULL) {
-			for (i = 0; i < event_relation->rd_rules->numLocks; i++) {
-				RewriteRule	*rule;
+		if (event_relation->rd_rules != NULL)
+		{
+			for (i = 0; i < event_relation->rd_rules->numLocks; i++)
+			{
+				RewriteRule *rule;
 
 				rule = event_relation->rd_rules->rules[i];
 				if (rule->event == CMD_SELECT)
@@ -333,9 +336,10 @@ DefineQueryRewrite(RuleStmt *stmt)
 		 * ... and finally the rule must be named _RETviewname.
 		 */
 		sprintf(expected_name, "_RET%s", event_obj->relname);
-		if (strcmp(expected_name, stmt->rulename) != 0) {
+		if (strcmp(expected_name, stmt->rulename) != 0)
+		{
 			elog(ERROR, "view rule for %s must be named %s",
-				event_obj->relname, expected_name);
+				 event_obj->relname, expected_name);
 		}
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c
index 7769d72299280bed86610acc2ca75bb05068fe7c..ed02edddea0162dabdcf360dddd7a370689bb551 100644
--- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c
+++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.44 1999/05/25 13:16:10 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.45 1999/05/25 16:10:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -147,26 +147,27 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return FALSE;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				return rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+											(Node *) (tle->expr),
+											rt_index,
+											sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				return rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+											(Node *) (aggref->target),
+											rt_index,
+											sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -175,61 +176,61 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				return rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+											(Node *) (exp->args),
+											rt_index,
+											sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				return rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+											(Node *) (iter->iterexpr),
+											rt_index,
+											sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (ref->refexpr),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				return FALSE;
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up)
 					return var->varno == rt_index;
@@ -246,13 +247,14 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
 					if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l),
-							rt_index,
-							sublevels_up))
+											 (Node *) lfirst(l),
+											 rt_index,
+											 sublevels_up))
 						return TRUE;
 				}
 				return FALSE;
@@ -261,18 +263,18 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (sub->lefthand),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(sub->subselect),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up + 1))
+										 (Node *) (sub->subselect),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up + 1))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -281,18 +283,18 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (exp->args),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(exp->defresult),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (exp->defresult),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -301,18 +303,18 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*when = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(when->expr),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (when->expr),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(when->result),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (when->result),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -321,24 +323,24 @@ rangeTableEntry_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (qry->targetList),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (qry->qual),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (rangeTableEntry_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual),
-						rt_index,
-						sublevels_up))
+										 (Node *) (qry->havingQual),
+										 rt_index,
+										 sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -368,28 +370,29 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return FALSE;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				return attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up);
+									  (Node *) (tle->expr),
+									  rt_index,
+									  attno,
+									  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				return attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up);
+									  (Node *) (aggref->target),
+									  rt_index,
+									  attno,
+									  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -398,58 +401,58 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				return attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up);
+									  (Node *) (exp->args),
+									  rt_index,
+									  attno,
+									  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				return attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up);
+									  (Node *) (iter->iterexpr),
+									  rt_index,
+									  attno,
+									  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (ref->refexpr),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -458,7 +461,7 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up)
 					return var->varno == rt_index;
@@ -475,14 +478,15 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
 					if (attribute_used(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l),
-							rt_index,
-							attno,
-							sublevels_up))
+									   (Node *) lfirst(l),
+									   rt_index,
+									   attno,
+									   sublevels_up))
 						return TRUE;
 				}
 				return FALSE;
@@ -491,20 +495,20 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (sub->lefthand),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(sub->subselect),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up + 1))
+								   (Node *) (sub->subselect),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up + 1))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -513,27 +517,27 @@ attribute_used(Node *node, int rt_index, int attno, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (qry->targetList),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (qry->qual),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				if (attribute_used(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual),
-						rt_index,
-						attno,
-						sublevels_up))
+								   (Node *) (qry->havingQual),
+								   rt_index,
+								   attno,
+								   sublevels_up))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -564,61 +568,62 @@ modifyAggrefUplevel(Node *node)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr));
+									(Node *) (tle->expr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target));
+									(Node *) (aggref->target));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->args));
+									(Node *) (exp->args));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr));
+									(Node *) (iter->iterexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr));
+									(Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr));
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr));
+									(Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr));
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr));
+									(Node *) (ref->refexpr));
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr));
+									(Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				var->varlevelsup++;
 			}
@@ -632,41 +637,41 @@ modifyAggrefUplevel(Node *node)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					modifyAggrefUplevel(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l));
+										(Node *) lfirst(l));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand));
+									(Node *) (sub->lefthand));
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(sub->oper));
+									(Node *) (sub->oper));
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(sub->subselect));
+									(Node *) (sub->subselect));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList));
+									(Node *) (qry->targetList));
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual));
+									(Node *) (qry->qual));
 
 				modifyAggrefUplevel(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual));
+									(Node *) (qry->havingQual));
 
 			}
 			break;
@@ -690,33 +695,34 @@ modifyAggrefUplevel(Node *node)
 static void
 modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, int new_index, int sublevels_up)
 {
-	Node	*node = *nodePtr;
+	Node	   *node = *nodePtr;
 
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(tle->expr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(tle->expr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(aggref->target)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(aggref->target)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -725,67 +731,68 @@ modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, int new_index, int subl
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->args)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(exp->args)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(iter->iterexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(iter->iterexpr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(ref->refexpr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										(Node **) (&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up &&
-						var->varno == rt_index) {
+					var->varno == rt_index)
+				{
 					var = copyObject(var);
 					var->varno = new_index;
 					var->varnoold = new_index;
 					var->varlevelsup = 0;
 
-					*nodePtr = (Node *)var;
+					*nodePtr = (Node *) var;
 				}
 			}
 			break;
@@ -798,62 +805,62 @@ modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, int new_index, int subl
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-							(Node **)(&lfirst(l)),
-							rt_index,
-							new_index,
-							sublevels_up);
+											   (Node **) (&lfirst(l)),
+											   rt_index,
+											   new_index,
+											   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->lefthand)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(sub->lefthand)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->oper)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(sub->oper)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->subselect)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up + 1);
+										   (Node **) (&(sub->subselect)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up + 1);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->targetList)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(qry->targetList)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->qual)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(qry->qual)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 
 				modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->havingQual)),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+										   (Node **) (&(qry->havingQual)),
+										   rt_index,
+										   new_index,
+										   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -874,24 +881,25 @@ modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, int new_index, int subl
 static void
 modifyAggrefDropQual(Node **nodePtr, Node *orignode, Expr *expr)
 {
-	Node	*node = *nodePtr;
+	Node	   *node = *nodePtr;
 
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_Var:
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
-				Aggref	*oaggref = (Aggref *)orignode;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
+				Aggref	   *oaggref = (Aggref *) orignode;
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(aggref->target)),
-						(Node *)(oaggref->target),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(aggref->target)),
+									 (Node *) (oaggref->target),
+									 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -906,79 +914,81 @@ modifyAggrefDropQual(Node **nodePtr, Node *orignode, Expr *expr)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*this_expr = (Expr *)node;
-				Expr	*orig_expr = (Expr *)orignode;
+				Expr	   *this_expr = (Expr *) node;
+				Expr	   *orig_expr = (Expr *) orignode;
 
-				if (orig_expr == expr) {
-					Const	*ctrue;
+				if (orig_expr == expr)
+				{
+					Const	   *ctrue;
 
 					if (expr->typeOid != BOOLOID)
 						elog(ERROR,
-							"aggregate expression in qualification isn't of type bool");
+							 "aggregate expression in qualification isn't of type bool");
 					ctrue = makeNode(Const);
 					ctrue->consttype = BOOLOID;
 					ctrue->constlen = 1;
 					ctrue->constisnull = FALSE;
-					ctrue->constvalue = (Datum)TRUE;
+					ctrue->constvalue = (Datum) TRUE;
 					ctrue->constbyval = TRUE;
 
-					*nodePtr = (Node *)ctrue;
+					*nodePtr = (Node *) ctrue;
 				}
 				else
 					modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(this_expr->args)),
-						(Node *)(orig_expr->args),
-						expr);
+										 (Node **) (&(this_expr->args)),
+										 (Node *) (orig_expr->args),
+										 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
-				Iter	*oiter = (Iter *)orignode;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
+				Iter	   *oiter = (Iter *) orignode;
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(iter->iterexpr)),
-						(Node *)(oiter->iterexpr),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(iter->iterexpr)),
+									 (Node *) (oiter->iterexpr),
+									 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
-				ArrayRef	*oref = (ArrayRef *)orignode;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
+				ArrayRef   *oref = (ArrayRef *) orignode;
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
-						(Node *)(oref->refupperindexpr),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
+									 (Node *) (oref->refupperindexpr),
+									 expr);
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
-						(Node *)(oref->reflowerindexpr),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
+									 (Node *) (oref->reflowerindexpr),
+									 expr);
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refexpr)),
-						(Node *)(oref->refexpr),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->refexpr)),
+									 (Node *) (oref->refexpr),
+									 expr);
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
-						(Node *)(oref->refassgnexpr),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
+									 (Node *) (oref->refassgnexpr),
+									 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
-				List	*ol = (List *)orignode;
-				int	li = 0;
+				List	   *l;
+				List	   *ol = (List *) orignode;
+				int			li = 0;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
 					modifyAggrefDropQual(
-							(Node **)(&(lfirst(l))),
-							(Node *)nth(li, ol),
-							expr);
+										 (Node **) (&(lfirst(l))),
+										 (Node *) nth(li, ol),
+										 expr);
 					li++;
 				}
 			}
@@ -986,30 +996,30 @@ modifyAggrefDropQual(Node **nodePtr, Node *orignode, Expr *expr)
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
-				SubLink	*osub = (SubLink *)orignode;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
+				SubLink    *osub = (SubLink *) orignode;
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->subselect)),
-						(Node *)(osub->subselect),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(sub->subselect)),
+									 (Node *) (osub->subselect),
+									 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
-				Query	*oqry = (Query *)orignode;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
+				Query	   *oqry = (Query *) orignode;
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->qual)),
-						(Node *)(oqry->qual),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(qry->qual)),
+									 (Node *) (oqry->qual),
+									 expr);
 
 				modifyAggrefDropQual(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->havingQual)),
-						(Node *)(oqry->havingQual),
-						expr);
+									 (Node **) (&(qry->havingQual)),
+									 (Node *) (oqry->havingQual),
+									 expr);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1031,15 +1041,15 @@ modifyAggrefDropQual(Node **nodePtr, Node *orignode, Expr *expr)
 static SubLink *
 modifyAggrefMakeSublink(Expr *origexp, Query *parsetree)
 {
-	SubLink		*sublink;
-	Query		*subquery;
-	Node		*subqual;
-	RangeTblEntry	*rte;
-	Aggref		*aggref;
-	Var		*target;
-	TargetEntry	*tle;
-	Resdom		*resdom;
-	Expr		*exp = copyObject(origexp);
+	SubLink    *sublink;
+	Query	   *subquery;
+	Node	   *subqual;
+	RangeTblEntry *rte;
+	Aggref	   *aggref;
+	Var		   *target;
+	TargetEntry *tle;
+	Resdom	   *resdom;
+	Expr	   *exp = copyObject(origexp);
 
 	if (nodeTag(nth(0, exp->args)) == T_Aggref)
 	{
@@ -1049,66 +1059,66 @@ modifyAggrefMakeSublink(Expr *origexp, Query *parsetree)
 			elog(ERROR, "rewrite: aggregate column of view must be at rigth side in qual");
 	}
 
-	aggref = (Aggref *)nth(1, exp->args);
-	target	= (Var *)(aggref->target);
-	rte	= (RangeTblEntry *)nth(target->varno - 1, parsetree->rtable);
-	tle	= makeNode(TargetEntry);
-	resdom	= makeNode(Resdom);
+	aggref = (Aggref *) nth(1, exp->args);
+	target = (Var *) (aggref->target);
+	rte = (RangeTblEntry *) nth(target->varno - 1, parsetree->rtable);
+	tle = makeNode(TargetEntry);
+	resdom = makeNode(Resdom);
 
 	aggref->usenulls = TRUE;
 
-	resdom->resno	= 1;
-	resdom->restype	= ((Oper *)(exp->oper))->opresulttype;
+	resdom->resno = 1;
+	resdom->restype = ((Oper *) (exp->oper))->opresulttype;
 	resdom->restypmod = -1;
 	resdom->resname = pstrdup("<noname>");
-	resdom->reskey	= 0;
+	resdom->reskey = 0;
 	resdom->reskeyop = 0;
-	resdom->resjunk	= false;
+	resdom->resjunk = false;
 
-	tle->resdom	= resdom;
-	tle->expr	= (Node *)aggref;
+	tle->resdom = resdom;
+	tle->expr = (Node *) aggref;
 
 	subqual = copyObject(parsetree->qual);
-	modifyAggrefDropQual((Node **)&subqual, (Node *)parsetree->qual, origexp);
+	modifyAggrefDropQual((Node **) &subqual, (Node *) parsetree->qual, origexp);
 
 	sublink = makeNode(SubLink);
-	sublink->subLinkType	= EXPR_SUBLINK;
-	sublink->useor		= FALSE;
-	sublink->lefthand	= lappend(NIL, copyObject(lfirst(exp->args)));
-	sublink->oper		= lappend(NIL, copyObject(exp));
-	sublink->subselect	= NULL;
-
-	subquery		= makeNode(Query);
-	sublink->subselect	= (Node *)subquery;
-
-	subquery->commandType		= CMD_SELECT;
-	subquery->utilityStmt		= NULL;
-	subquery->resultRelation	= 0;
-	subquery->into			= NULL;
-	subquery->isPortal		= FALSE;
-	subquery->isBinary		= FALSE;
-	subquery->isTemp		= FALSE;
-	subquery->unionall		= FALSE;
-	subquery->uniqueFlag		= NULL;
-	subquery->sortClause		= NULL;
-	subquery->rtable		= lappend(NIL, rte);
-	subquery->targetList		= lappend(NIL, tle);
-	subquery->qual			= subqual;
-	subquery->groupClause		= NIL;
-	subquery->havingQual		= NULL;
-	subquery->hasAggs		= TRUE;
-	subquery->hasSubLinks		= FALSE;
-	subquery->unionClause		= NULL;
-
-
-	modifyAggrefUplevel((Node *)sublink);
-
-	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **)&(sublink->lefthand), target->varno,
-			1, target->varlevelsup);
-	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **)&(sublink->oper), target->varno,
-			1, target->varlevelsup);
-	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **)&(sublink->subselect), target->varno,
-			1, target->varlevelsup);
+	sublink->subLinkType = EXPR_SUBLINK;
+	sublink->useor = FALSE;
+	sublink->lefthand = lappend(NIL, copyObject(lfirst(exp->args)));
+	sublink->oper = lappend(NIL, copyObject(exp));
+	sublink->subselect = NULL;
+
+	subquery = makeNode(Query);
+	sublink->subselect = (Node *) subquery;
+
+	subquery->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
+	subquery->utilityStmt = NULL;
+	subquery->resultRelation = 0;
+	subquery->into = NULL;
+	subquery->isPortal = FALSE;
+	subquery->isBinary = FALSE;
+	subquery->isTemp = FALSE;
+	subquery->unionall = FALSE;
+	subquery->uniqueFlag = NULL;
+	subquery->sortClause = NULL;
+	subquery->rtable = lappend(NIL, rte);
+	subquery->targetList = lappend(NIL, tle);
+	subquery->qual = subqual;
+	subquery->groupClause = NIL;
+	subquery->havingQual = NULL;
+	subquery->hasAggs = TRUE;
+	subquery->hasSubLinks = FALSE;
+	subquery->unionClause = NULL;
+
+
+	modifyAggrefUplevel((Node *) sublink);
+
+	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **) &(sublink->lefthand), target->varno,
+							   1, target->varlevelsup);
+	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **) &(sublink->oper), target->varno,
+							   1, target->varlevelsup);
+	modifyAggrefChangeVarnodes((Node **) &(sublink->subselect), target->varno,
+							   1, target->varlevelsup);
 
 	return sublink;
 }
@@ -1124,12 +1134,13 @@ modifyAggrefMakeSublink(Expr *origexp, Query *parsetree)
 static void
 modifyAggrefQual(Node **nodePtr, Query *parsetree)
 {
-	Node	*node = *nodePtr;
+	Node	   *node = *nodePtr;
 
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_Var:
 			break;
 
@@ -1144,122 +1155,127 @@ modifyAggrefQual(Node **nodePtr, Query *parsetree)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
-				SubLink	*sub;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
+				SubLink    *sub;
 
 
-				if (length(exp->args) != 2) {
+				if (length(exp->args) != 2)
+				{
 					modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->args)),
-						parsetree);
+									 (Node **) (&(exp->args)),
+									 parsetree);
 					break;
 				}
 
 				if (nodeTag(nth(0, exp->args)) != T_Aggref &&
-					nodeTag(nth(1, exp->args)) != T_Aggref) {
+					nodeTag(nth(1, exp->args)) != T_Aggref)
+				{
 
 					modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->args)),
-						parsetree);
+									 (Node **) (&(exp->args)),
+									 parsetree);
 					break;
 				}
 
 				sub = modifyAggrefMakeSublink(exp,
-						parsetree);
+											  parsetree);
 
-				*nodePtr = (Node *)sub;
+				*nodePtr = (Node *) sub;
 				parsetree->hasSubLinks = TRUE;
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				/* We're calling recursively,
-				 * and this routine knows how to handle lists
-				 * so let it do the work to handle the WHEN clauses... */
+
+				/*
+				 * We're calling recursively, and this routine knows how
+				 * to handle lists so let it do the work to handle the
+				 * WHEN clauses...
+				 */
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(((CaseExpr *)node)->args)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(((CaseExpr *) node)->args)),
+								 parsetree);
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(((CaseExpr *)node)->defresult)),
-						parsetree);
+						   (Node **) (&(((CaseExpr *) node)->defresult)),
+								 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(((CaseWhen *)node)->expr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(((CaseWhen *) node)->expr)),
+								 parsetree);
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(((CaseWhen *)node)->result)),
-						parsetree);
+							  (Node **) (&(((CaseWhen *) node)->result)),
+								 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(iter->iterexpr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(iter->iterexpr)),
+								 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
+								 parsetree);
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
+								 parsetree);
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refexpr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(ref->refexpr)),
+								 parsetree);
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
+								 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					modifyAggrefQual(
-							(Node **)(&(lfirst(l))),
-							parsetree);
+									 (Node **) (&(lfirst(l))),
+									 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->subselect)),
-						(Query *)(sub->subselect));
+								 (Node **) (&(sub->subselect)),
+								 (Query *) (sub->subselect));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->qual)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(qry->qual)),
+								 parsetree);
 
 				modifyAggrefQual(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->havingQual)),
-						parsetree);
+								 (Node **) (&(qry->havingQual)),
+								 parsetree);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1284,12 +1300,13 @@ checkQueryHasAggs(Node *node)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return FALSE;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(tle->expr));
+				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (tle->expr));
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1298,36 +1315,36 @@ checkQueryHasAggs(Node *node)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(exp->args));
+				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (exp->args));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(iter->iterexpr));
+				return checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (iter->iterexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr)))
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(ref->refexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (ref->refexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				return FALSE;
 			}
 			break;
@@ -1343,10 +1360,11 @@ checkQueryHasAggs(Node *node)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
-					if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)lfirst(l)))
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
+					if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) lfirst(l)))
 						return TRUE;
 				}
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1355,12 +1373,12 @@ checkQueryHasAggs(Node *node)
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(exp->args)))
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (exp->args)))
 					return TRUE;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(exp->defresult)))
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (exp->defresult)))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1369,12 +1387,12 @@ checkQueryHasAggs(Node *node)
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*when = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(when->expr)))
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (when->expr)))
 					return TRUE;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(when->result)))
+				if (checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (when->result)))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1404,12 +1422,13 @@ checkQueryHasSubLink(Node *node)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return FALSE;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(tle->expr));
+				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (tle->expr));
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1418,36 +1437,36 @@ checkQueryHasSubLink(Node *node)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(exp->args));
+				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (exp->args));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
-				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(iter->iterexpr));
+				return checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (iter->iterexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr)))
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(ref->refexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (ref->refexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr)))
+
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr)))
 					return TRUE;
-				
+
 				return FALSE;
 			}
 			break;
@@ -1463,10 +1482,11 @@ checkQueryHasSubLink(Node *node)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
-					if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)lfirst(l)))
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
+					if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) lfirst(l)))
 						return TRUE;
 				}
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1475,12 +1495,12 @@ checkQueryHasSubLink(Node *node)
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(exp->args)))
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (exp->args)))
 					return TRUE;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(exp->defresult)))
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (exp->defresult)))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1489,12 +1509,12 @@ checkQueryHasSubLink(Node *node)
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*when = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *when = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(when->expr)))
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (when->expr)))
 					return TRUE;
 
-				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(when->result)))
+				if (checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (when->result)))
 					return TRUE;
 
 				return FALSE;
@@ -1548,30 +1568,31 @@ make_null(Oid type)
 }
 
 
-static void 
+static void
 apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(Node *node, int sublevels_up)
 {
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (tle->expr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (aggref->target),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1580,49 +1601,49 @@ apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(Node *node, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (exp->args),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (iter->iterexpr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (ref->refexpr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				var->varlevelsup = sublevels_up;
 			}
@@ -1636,41 +1657,42 @@ apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(Node *node, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node) {
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
+				{
 					apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l),
-							sublevels_up);
+											  (Node *) lfirst(l),
+											  sublevels_up);
 				}
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (exp->args),
+										  sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->defresult),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (exp->defresult),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*exp = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *exp = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->expr),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (exp->expr),
+										  sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(
-						(Node *)(exp->result),
-						sublevels_up);
+										  (Node *) (exp->result),
+										  sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1687,37 +1709,38 @@ apply_RIR_adjust_sublevel(Node *node, int sublevels_up)
 static void
 apply_RIR_view(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, RangeTblEntry *rte, List *tlist, int *modified, int sublevels_up)
 {
-	Node	*node = *nodePtr;
+	Node	   *node = *nodePtr;
 
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(tle->expr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(tle->expr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(aggref->target)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(aggref->target)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1726,83 +1749,85 @@ apply_RIR_view(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, RangeTblEntry *rte, List *tlist, in
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->args)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(exp->args)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(iter->iterexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(iter->iterexpr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(ref->reflowerindexpr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(ref->refexpr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(ref->refassgnexpr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up &&
-						var->varno == rt_index) {
-					Node		*exp;
+					var->varno == rt_index)
+				{
+					Node	   *exp;
 
 					if (var->varattno < 0)
 						elog(ERROR, "system column %s not available - %s is a view", get_attname(rte->relid, var->varattno), rte->relname);
 					exp = FindMatchingTLEntry(
-							tlist,
-							get_attname(rte->relid,
-								var->varattno));
+											  tlist,
+											  get_attname(rte->relid,
+														  var->varattno));
 
-					if (exp == NULL) {
+					if (exp == NULL)
+					{
 						*nodePtr = make_null(var->vartype);
 						return;
 					}
@@ -1824,122 +1849,123 @@ apply_RIR_view(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, RangeTblEntry *rte, List *tlist, in
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					apply_RIR_view(
-							(Node **)(&(lfirst(l))),
-							rt_index,
-							rte,
-							tlist,
-							modified,
-							sublevels_up);
+								   (Node **) (&(lfirst(l))),
+								   rt_index,
+								   rte,
+								   tlist,
+								   modified,
+								   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink *sub = (SubLink *)node;
-				List *tmp_lefthand, *tmp_oper;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
+				List	   *tmp_lefthand,
+						   *tmp_oper;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->lefthand)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(sub->lefthand)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(sub->subselect)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up + 1);
+							   (Node **) (&(sub->subselect)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up + 1);
 
 				/***S*I***/
-				tmp_lefthand = sub->lefthand;				
+				tmp_lefthand = sub->lefthand;
 				foreach(tmp_oper, sub->oper)
-				  {				    
-				    lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) = 
-				      lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
-				    tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
-				  }								
+				{
+					lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) =
+						lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
+					tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
+				}
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->targetList)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(qry->targetList)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->qual)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(qry->qual)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(qry->havingQual)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(qry->havingQual)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->args)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(exp->args)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->defresult)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(exp->defresult)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*exp = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *exp = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->expr)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(exp->expr)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				apply_RIR_view(
-						(Node **)(&(exp->result)),
-						rt_index,
-						rte,
-						tlist,
-						modified,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node **) (&(exp->result)),
+							   rt_index,
+							   rte,
+							   tlist,
+							   modified,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1950,7 +1976,7 @@ apply_RIR_view(Node **nodePtr, int rt_index, RangeTblEntry *rte, List *tlist, in
 	}
 }
 
-extern	void CheckSelectForUpdate(Query *rule_action);	/* in analyze.c */
+extern void CheckSelectForUpdate(Query *rule_action);	/* in analyze.c */
 
 static void
 ApplyRetrieveRule(Query *parsetree,
@@ -2000,32 +2026,34 @@ ApplyRetrieveRule(Query *parsetree,
 	parsetree->rtable = rtable;
 
 	/* FOR UPDATE of view... */
-	foreach (l, parsetree->rowMark)
+	foreach(l, parsetree->rowMark)
 	{
-		if (((RowMark*)lfirst(l))->rti == rt_index)
+		if (((RowMark *) lfirst(l))->rti == rt_index)
 			break;
 	}
-	if (l != NULL)	/* oh, hell -:) */
+	if (l != NULL)				/* oh, hell -:) */
 	{
-		RowMark	   *newrm;
+		RowMark    *newrm;
 		Index		rti = 1;
 		List	   *l2;
 
 		CheckSelectForUpdate(rule_action);
-		/* 
-		 * We believe that rt_index is VIEW - nothing should be
-		 * marked for VIEW, but ACL check must be done.
-		 * As for real tables of VIEW - their rows must be marked, but
-		 * we have to skip ACL check for them.
+
+		/*
+		 * We believe that rt_index is VIEW - nothing should be marked for
+		 * VIEW, but ACL check must be done. As for real tables of VIEW -
+		 * their rows must be marked, but we have to skip ACL check for
+		 * them.
 		 */
-		((RowMark*)lfirst(l))->info &= ~ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE;
-		foreach (l2, rule_action->rtable)
+		((RowMark *) lfirst(l))->info &= ~ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE;
+		foreach(l2, rule_action->rtable)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * RTable of VIEW has two entries of VIEW itself -
-			 * we use relid to skip them.
+			 * RTable of VIEW has two entries of VIEW itself - we use
+			 * relid to skip them.
 			 */
-			if (relation->rd_id != ((RangeTblEntry*)lfirst(l2))->relid)
+			if (relation->rd_id != ((RangeTblEntry *) lfirst(l2))->relid)
 			{
 				newrm = makeNode(RowMark);
 				newrm->rti = rti + rt_length;
@@ -2038,36 +2066,37 @@ ApplyRetrieveRule(Query *parsetree,
 	}
 
 	rule_action->rtable = rtable;
-	OffsetVarNodes((Node *) rule_qual,   rt_length, 0);
+	OffsetVarNodes((Node *) rule_qual, rt_length, 0);
 	OffsetVarNodes((Node *) rule_action, rt_length, 0);
 
-	ChangeVarNodes((Node *) rule_qual, 
+	ChangeVarNodes((Node *) rule_qual,
 				   PRS2_CURRENT_VARNO + rt_length, rt_index, 0);
 	ChangeVarNodes((Node *) rule_action,
 				   PRS2_CURRENT_VARNO + rt_length, rt_index, 0);
 
 	if (relation_level)
 	{
-	  apply_RIR_view((Node **) &parsetree, rt_index, 
-	  		(RangeTblEntry *)nth(rt_index - 1, rtable),
-			rule_action->targetList, modified, 0);
-	  apply_RIR_view((Node **) &rule_action, rt_index, 
-	  		(RangeTblEntry *)nth(rt_index - 1, rtable),
-			rule_action->targetList, modified, 0);
+		apply_RIR_view((Node **) &parsetree, rt_index,
+					   (RangeTblEntry *) nth(rt_index - 1, rtable),
+					   rule_action->targetList, modified, 0);
+		apply_RIR_view((Node **) &rule_action, rt_index,
+					   (RangeTblEntry *) nth(rt_index - 1, rtable),
+					   rule_action->targetList, modified, 0);
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	  HandleRIRAttributeRule(parsetree, rtable, rule_action->targetList,
-				 rt_index, rule->attrno, modified, &badsql);
+		HandleRIRAttributeRule(parsetree, rtable, rule_action->targetList,
+							   rt_index, rule->attrno, modified, &badsql);
+	}
+	if (*modified && !badsql)
+	{
+		AddQual(parsetree, rule_action->qual);
+		AddGroupClause(parsetree, rule_action->groupClause,
+					   rule_action->targetList);
+		AddHavingQual(parsetree, rule_action->havingQual);
+		parsetree->hasAggs = (rule_action->hasAggs || parsetree->hasAggs);
+		parsetree->hasSubLinks = (rule_action->hasSubLinks || parsetree->hasSubLinks);
 	}
-	if (*modified && !badsql) {
-	  AddQual(parsetree, rule_action->qual);
-	  AddGroupClause(parsetree, rule_action->groupClause, 
-	  								rule_action->targetList);
-	  AddHavingQual(parsetree, rule_action->havingQual);
-	  parsetree->hasAggs = (rule_action->hasAggs || parsetree->hasAggs);
-	  parsetree->hasSubLinks = (rule_action->hasSubLinks ||  parsetree->hasSubLinks);
-	}	
 }
 
 
@@ -2077,22 +2106,23 @@ fireRIRonSubselect(Node *node)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr));
+								   (Node *) (tle->expr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target));
+								   (Node *) (aggref->target));
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -2101,34 +2131,34 @@ fireRIRonSubselect(Node *node)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(exp->args));
+								   (Node *) (exp->args));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr));
+								   (Node *) (iter->iterexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr));
+								   (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr));
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr));
+								   (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr));
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr));
+								   (Node *) (ref->refexpr));
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr));
+								   (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr));
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -2143,26 +2173,26 @@ fireRIRonSubselect(Node *node)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					fireRIRonSubselect(
-							(Node *)(lfirst(l)));
+									   (Node *) (lfirst(l)));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
-				Query	*qry;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
+				Query	   *qry;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand));
+								   (Node *) (sub->lefthand));
 
-				qry = fireRIRrules((Query *)(sub->subselect));
+				qry = fireRIRrules((Query *) (sub->subselect));
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)qry);
+								   (Node *) qry);
 
 				sub->subselect = (Node *) qry;
 			}
@@ -2170,40 +2200,40 @@ fireRIRonSubselect(Node *node)
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(exp->args));
+								   (Node *) (exp->args));
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(exp->defresult));
+								   (Node *) (exp->defresult));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*exp = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *exp = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(exp->expr));
+								   (Node *) (exp->expr));
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(exp->result));
+								   (Node *) (exp->result));
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList));
+								   (Node *) (qry->targetList));
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual));
+								   (Node *) (qry->qual));
 
 				fireRIRonSubselect(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual));
+								   (Node *) (qry->havingQual));
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -2224,30 +2254,32 @@ fireRIRonSubselect(Node *node)
 static Query *
 fireRIRrules(Query *parsetree)
 {
-	int		rt_index;
-	RangeTblEntry	*rte;
+	int			rt_index;
+	RangeTblEntry *rte;
 	Relation	rel;
-	List		*locks;
-	RuleLock	*rules;
-	RewriteRule	*rule;
-	RewriteRule	RIRonly;
-	int		modified;
-	int		i;
-	List		*l;
+	List	   *locks;
+	RuleLock   *rules;
+	RewriteRule *rule;
+	RewriteRule RIRonly;
+	int			modified;
+	int			i;
+	List	   *l;
 
 	rt_index = 0;
-	while(rt_index < length(parsetree->rtable)) {
+	while (rt_index < length(parsetree->rtable))
+	{
 		++rt_index;
 
 		rte = nth(rt_index - 1, parsetree->rtable);
 
-		if (!rangeTableEntry_used((Node *)parsetree, rt_index, 0))
+		if (!rangeTableEntry_used((Node *) parsetree, rt_index, 0))
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Unused range table entries must not be marked as coming
-			 * from a clause. Otherwise the planner will generate
-			 * joins over relations that in fact shouldn't be scanned
-			 * at all and the result will contain duplicates
+			 * from a clause. Otherwise the planner will generate joins
+			 * over relations that in fact shouldn't be scanned at all and
+			 * the result will contain duplicates
 			 *
 			 * Jan
 			 *
@@ -2255,9 +2287,10 @@ fireRIRrules(Query *parsetree)
 			rte->inFromCl = FALSE;
 			continue;
 		}
-		
+
 		rel = heap_openr(rte->relname);
-		if (rel->rd_rules == NULL) {
+		if (rel->rd_rules == NULL)
+		{
 			heap_close(rel);
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -2268,15 +2301,16 @@ fireRIRrules(Query *parsetree)
 		/*
 		 * Collect the RIR rules that we must apply
 		 */
-		for (i = 0; i < rules->numLocks; i++) {
+		for (i = 0; i < rules->numLocks; i++)
+		{
 			rule = rules->rules[i];
 			if (rule->event != CMD_SELECT)
 				continue;
-			
+
 			if (rule->attrno > 0 &&
-					!attribute_used((Node *)parsetree,
-							rt_index,
-							rule->attrno, 0))
+				!attribute_used((Node *) parsetree,
+								rt_index,
+								rule->attrno, 0))
 				continue;
 
 			locks = lappend(locks, rule);
@@ -2290,20 +2324,21 @@ fireRIRrules(Query *parsetree)
 		/*
 		 * Now apply them
 		 */
-		foreach (l, locks) {
+		foreach(l, locks)
+		{
 			rule = lfirst(l);
 
-			RIRonly.event	= rule->event;
-			RIRonly.attrno	= rule->attrno;
-			RIRonly.qual	= rule->qual;
-			RIRonly.actions	= rule->actions;
+			RIRonly.event = rule->event;
+			RIRonly.attrno = rule->attrno;
+			RIRonly.qual = rule->qual;
+			RIRonly.actions = rule->actions;
 
 			ApplyRetrieveRule(parsetree,
-					&RIRonly,
-					rt_index,
-					RIRonly.attrno == -1,
-					rel,
-					&modified);
+							  &RIRonly,
+							  rt_index,
+							  RIRonly.attrno == -1,
+							  rel,
+							  &modified);
 		}
 
 		heap_close(rel);
@@ -2408,9 +2443,7 @@ fireRules(Query *parsetree,
 
 	/* choose rule to fire from list of rules */
 	if (locks == NIL)
-	{
 		return NIL;
-	}
 
 	locks = orderRules(locks);	/* real instead rules last */
 	foreach(i, locks)
@@ -2529,9 +2562,7 @@ fireRules(Query *parsetree,
 				rule_action->hasSubLinks = TRUE;
 			}
 			if (!parsetree->hasSubLinks && rule_action->hasSubLinks)
-			{
 				parsetree->hasSubLinks = TRUE;
-			}
 
 			/*--------------------------------------------------
 			 * Step 1:
@@ -2581,10 +2612,11 @@ fireRules(Query *parsetree,
 			 *--------------------------------------------------
 			 */
 			info->rule_action->rtable = info->rt;
+
 			/*
-			ProcessRetrieveQuery(info->rule_action, info->rt,
-								 &orig_instead_flag, TRUE);
-			*/
+			 * ProcessRetrieveQuery(info->rule_action, info->rt,
+			 * &orig_instead_flag, TRUE);
+			 */
 
 			/*--------------------------------------------------
 			 * Step 4
@@ -2614,19 +2646,19 @@ static List *
 RewriteQuery(Query *parsetree, bool *instead_flag, List **qual_products)
 {
 	CmdType		event;
-	List	   	*product_queries = NIL;
-	int		result_relation = 0;
-	RangeTblEntry	*rt_entry;
+	List	   *product_queries = NIL;
+	int			result_relation = 0;
+	RangeTblEntry *rt_entry;
 	Relation	rt_entry_relation = NULL;
-	RuleLock	*rt_entry_locks = NULL;
+	RuleLock   *rt_entry_locks = NULL;
 
 	Assert(parsetree != NULL);
 
 	event = parsetree->commandType;
 
 	/*
-	 * SELECT rules are handled later when we have all the
-	 * queries that should get executed
+	 * SELECT rules are handled later when we have all the queries that
+	 * should get executed
 	 */
 	if (event == CMD_SELECT)
 		return NIL;
@@ -2646,8 +2678,7 @@ RewriteQuery(Query *parsetree, bool *instead_flag, List **qual_products)
 	result_relation = parsetree->resultRelation;
 
 	/*
-	 * the statement is an update, insert or delete - fire rules
-	 * on it.
+	 * the statement is an update, insert or delete - fire rules on it.
 	 */
 	rt_entry = rt_fetch(result_relation, parsetree->rtable);
 	rt_entry_relation = heap_openr(rt_entry->relname);
@@ -2659,11 +2690,11 @@ RewriteQuery(Query *parsetree, bool *instead_flag, List **qual_products)
 		List	   *locks = matchLocks(event, rt_entry_locks, result_relation, parsetree);
 
 		product_queries = fireRules(parsetree,
-					  result_relation,
-					  event,
-					  instead_flag,
-					  locks,
-					  qual_products);
+									result_relation,
+									event,
+									instead_flag,
+									locks,
+									qual_products);
 	}
 
 	return product_queries;
@@ -2805,16 +2836,16 @@ RewritePreprocessQuery(Query *parsetree)
 static List *
 BasicQueryRewrite(Query *parsetree)
 {
-	List		*querylist;
-	List		*results = NIL;
-	List		*l;
-	Query		*query;
+	List	   *querylist;
+	List	   *results = NIL;
+	List	   *l;
+	Query	   *query;
 
 	/*
 	 * Step 1
 	 *
-	 * There still seems something broken with the resdom numbers
-	 * so we reassign them first.
+	 * There still seems something broken with the resdom numbers so we
+	 * reassign them first.
 	 */
 	RewritePreprocessQuery(parsetree);
 
@@ -2830,19 +2861,21 @@ BasicQueryRewrite(Query *parsetree)
 	 *
 	 * Apply all the RIR rules on each query
 	 */
-	foreach (l, querylist) {
-		query = fireRIRrules((Query *)lfirst(l));
+	foreach(l, querylist)
+	{
+		query = fireRIRrules((Query *) lfirst(l));
+
 		/*
-		 * If the query was marked having aggregates, check if
-		 * this is still true after rewriting. This check must get
-		 * expanded when someday aggregates can appear somewhere
-		 * else than in the targetlist or the having qual.
+		 * If the query was marked having aggregates, check if this is
+		 * still true after rewriting. This check must get expanded when
+		 * someday aggregates can appear somewhere else than in the
+		 * targetlist or the having qual.
 		 */
 		if (query->hasAggs)
-			query->hasAggs = checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(query->targetList))
-						   | checkQueryHasAggs((Node *)(query->havingQual));
-		query->hasSubLinks = checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(query->qual))
-						   | checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *)(query->havingQual));
+			query->hasAggs = checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (query->targetList))
+				| checkQueryHasAggs((Node *) (query->havingQual));
+		query->hasSubLinks = checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (query->qual))
+			| checkQueryHasSubLink((Node *) (query->havingQual));
 		results = lappend(results, query);
 	}
 	return results;
@@ -2866,8 +2899,11 @@ QueryRewrite(Query *parsetree)
 			   *rewritten_item;
 
 	/***S*I***/
-	/* Rewrite Union, Intersect and Except Queries
-	 * to normal Union Queries using IN and NOT IN subselects */
+
+	/*
+	 * Rewrite Union, Intersect and Except Queries to normal Union Queries
+	 * using IN and NOT IN subselects
+	 */
 	if (parsetree->intersectClause)
 		parsetree = Except_Intersect_Rewrite(parsetree);
 
@@ -2877,16 +2913,16 @@ QueryRewrite(Query *parsetree)
 	/*
 	 * Rewrite the UNIONS.
 	 */
-	foreach (rewritten_item, rewritten)
+	foreach(rewritten_item, rewritten)
 	{
 		Query	   *qry = (Query *) lfirst(rewritten_item);
 		List	   *union_result = NIL;
 		List	   *union_item;
 
-		foreach (union_item, qry->unionClause)
+		foreach(union_item, qry->unionClause)
 		{
 			union_result = nconc(union_result,
-							BasicQueryRewrite((Query *) lfirst(union_item)));
+						BasicQueryRewrite((Query *) lfirst(union_item)));
 		}
 		qry->unionClause = union_result;
 	}
@@ -2898,79 +2934,82 @@ QueryRewrite(Query *parsetree)
 /* This function takes two targetlists as arguments and checks if the
  * targetlists are compatible (i.e. both select for the same number of
  * attributes and the types are compatible */
-void check_targetlists_are_compatible(List *prev_target, List *current_target)
+void
+check_targetlists_are_compatible(List *prev_target, List *current_target)
 {
-  List  *tl, *next_target;
-  int	prev_len = 0, next_len = 0;
+	List	   *tl,
+			   *next_target;
+	int			prev_len = 0,
+				next_len = 0;
 
-  foreach(tl, prev_target)
-	if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tl))->resdom->resjunk)
+	foreach(tl, prev_target)
+		if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tl))->resdom->resjunk)
 		prev_len++;
 
-  foreach(next_target, current_target)
-	if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->resjunk)
+	foreach(next_target, current_target)
+		if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->resjunk)
 		next_len++;
-  
-  if (prev_len != next_len)
-    elog(ERROR,"Each UNION | EXCEPT | INTERSECT query must have the same number of columns.");
-
-  foreach(next_target, current_target)
-    {
-      Oid			itype;
-      Oid			otype;
-      
-      otype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype;
-      itype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype;
-	      
-      /* one or both is a NULL column? then don't convert... */
-      if (otype == InvalidOid)
+
+	if (prev_len != next_len)
+		elog(ERROR, "Each UNION | EXCEPT | INTERSECT query must have the same number of columns.");
+
+	foreach(next_target, current_target)
 	{
-	  /* propagate a known type forward, if available */
-	  if (itype != InvalidOid)
-	    ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = itype;
+		Oid			itype;
+		Oid			otype;
+
+		otype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype;
+		itype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype;
+
+		/* one or both is a NULL column? then don't convert... */
+		if (otype == InvalidOid)
+		{
+			/* propagate a known type forward, if available */
+			if (itype != InvalidOid)
+				((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = itype;
 #ifdef NOT_USED
-	  else
-	    {
-	      ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = UNKNOWNOID;
-	      ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = UNKNOWNOID;
-	    }
+			else
+			{
+				((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = UNKNOWNOID;
+				((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = UNKNOWNOID;
+			}
 #endif
+		}
+		else if (itype == InvalidOid)
+		{
+		}
+		/* they don't match in type? then convert... */
+		else if (itype != otype)
+		{
+			Node	   *expr;
+
+			expr = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->expr;
+			expr = CoerceTargetExpr(NULL, expr, itype, otype);
+			if (expr == NULL)
+			{
+				elog(ERROR, "Unable to transform %s to %s"
+					 "\n\tEach UNION | EXCEPT | INTERSECT clause must have compatible target types",
+					 typeidTypeName(itype),
+					 typeidTypeName(otype));
+			}
+			((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->expr = expr;
+			((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = otype;
+		}
+
+		/* both are UNKNOWN? then evaluate as text... */
+		else if (itype == UNKNOWNOID)
+		{
+			((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = TEXTOID;
+			((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = TEXTOID;
+		}
+		prev_target = lnext(prev_target);
 	}
-      else if (itype == InvalidOid)
-	{
-	}
-      /* they don't match in type? then convert... */
-      else if (itype != otype)
-	{
-	  Node	   *expr;
-	  
-	  expr = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->expr;
-	  expr = CoerceTargetExpr(NULL, expr, itype, otype);
-	  if (expr == NULL)
-	    {
-	      elog(ERROR, "Unable to transform %s to %s"
-		   "\n\tEach UNION | EXCEPT | INTERSECT clause must have compatible target types",
-		   typeidTypeName(itype),
-		   typeidTypeName(otype));
-	    }
-	  ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->expr = expr;
-	  ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = otype;
-	}
-	      
-      /* both are UNKNOWN? then evaluate as text... */
-      else if (itype == UNKNOWNOID)
-	{
-	  ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(next_target))->resdom->restype = TEXTOID;
-	  ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(prev_target))->resdom->restype = TEXTOID;
-	}
-      prev_target = lnext(prev_target);
-    }
 }
 
 /***S*I***/
 /* Rewrites UNION INTERSECT and EXCEPT queries to semantiacally equivalent
- * queries that use IN and NOT IN subselects. 
- * 
+ * queries that use IN and NOT IN subselects.
+ *
  * The operator tree is attached to 'intersectClause' (see rule
  * 'SelectStmt' in gram.y) of the 'parsetree' given as an
  * argument. First we remember some clauses (the sortClause, the
@@ -2983,233 +3022,291 @@ void check_targetlists_are_compatible(List *prev_target, List *current_target)
  * union list and for every OR we create an IN subselect. (NOT IN
  * subselects are created for OR NOT nodes). The first entry of the
  * union list is handed back but before that the remembered clauses
- * (sortClause etc) are attached to the new top Node (Note that the 
+ * (sortClause etc) are attached to the new top Node (Note that the
  * new top Node can differ from the parsetree given as argument because of
  * the translation to DNF. That's why we have to remember the sortClause or
  * unique flag!) */
 Query *
-Except_Intersect_Rewrite (Query *parsetree)
+Except_Intersect_Rewrite(Query *parsetree)
 {
- 
-  SubLink *n;
-  Query	  *result, *intersect_node;
-  List	  *elist, *intersect_list = NIL, *intersect, *intersectClause;
-  List	  *union_list = NIL, *sortClause;  
-  List	  *left_expr, *right_expr, *resnames = NIL;
-  char	  *op, *uniqueFlag, *into;
-  bool	  isBinary, isPortal, isTemp;  
-  CmdType commandType = CMD_SELECT;
-  List	  *rtable_insert = NIL;  
-
-  List	  *prev_target = NIL;
-
-  /* Remember the Resnames of the given parsetree's targetlist
-   * (these are the resnames of the first Select Statement of 
-   * the query formulated by the user and he wants the columns
-   * named by these strings. The transformation to DNF can
-   * cause another Select Statment to be the top one which
-   * uses other names for its columns. Therefore we remeber
-   * the original names and attach them to the targetlist
-   * of the new topmost Node at the end of this function */
-  foreach(elist, parsetree->targetList)
-    {
-      TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(elist);
-      
-      resnames = lappend(resnames, tent->resdom->resname);	
-    }
-  
-  /* If the Statement is an INSERT INTO ... (SELECT...) statement
-   * using UNIONs, INTERSECTs or EXCEPTs and the transformation
-   * to DNF makes another Node to the top node we have to transform
-   * the new top node to an INSERT node and the original INSERT node
-   * to a SELECT node */
-  if (parsetree->commandType == CMD_INSERT) 
-    {
-      parsetree->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
-      commandType = CMD_INSERT;
-      parsetree->resultRelation	 = 0;
-      
-      /* The result relation ( = the one to insert into) has to be
-       * attached to the rtable list of the new top node */
-      rtable_insert = nth(length(parsetree->rtable) - 1, parsetree->rtable);	 
-    }
-    
-  /* Save some items, to be able to attach them to the resulting top node
-   * at the end of the function */
-  sortClause = parsetree->sortClause;
-  uniqueFlag = parsetree->uniqueFlag;
-  into = parsetree->into;
-  isBinary = parsetree->isBinary;
-  isPortal = parsetree->isPortal;  
-  isTemp = parsetree->isTemp;
-
-  /* The operator tree attached to parsetree->intersectClause is still 'raw'
-   * ( = the leaf nodes are still SelectStmt nodes instead of Query nodes)
-   * So step through the tree and transform the nodes using parse_analyze().
-   *
-   * The parsetree (given as an argument to
-   * Except_Intersect_Rewrite()) has already been transformed and
-   * transforming it again would cause troubles.  So we give the 'raw'
-   * version (of the cooked parsetree) to the function to
-   * prevent an additional transformation. Instead we hand back the
-   * 'cooked' version also given as an argument to
-   * intersect_tree_analyze() */
-  intersectClause = 
-    (List *)intersect_tree_analyze((Node *)parsetree->intersectClause, 
-				   (Node *)lfirst(parsetree->unionClause),
-				   (Node *)parsetree);
-  
-  /* intersectClause is no longer needed so set it to NIL */
-  parsetree->intersectClause = NIL;  
-  /* unionClause will be needed later on but the list it delivered
-   * is no longer needed, so set it to NIL */
-  parsetree->unionClause = NIL;	 
-  
-  /* Transform the operator tree to DNF (remember ANDs and ORs have been exchanged,
-   * that's why we get DNF by using cnfify) 
-   * 
-   * After the call, explicit ANDs are removed and all AND operands
-   * are simply items in the intersectClause list */
-  intersectClause = cnfify((Expr *)intersectClause, true);
- 
-  /* For every entry of the intersectClause list we generate one entry in 
-   * the union_list */
-  foreach(intersect, intersectClause)
-    {	   
-      /* for every OR we create an IN subselect and for every OR NOT
-       * we create a NOT IN subselect, so first extract all the Select
-       * Query nodes from the tree (that contains only OR or OR NOTs
-       * any more because we did a transformation to DNF 
-       *
-       * There must be at least one node that is not negated
-       * (i.e. just OR and not OR NOT) and this node will be the first
-       * in the list returned */
-      intersect_list = NIL; 
-      create_list((Node *)lfirst(intersect), &intersect_list);
-      
-      /* This one will become the Select Query node, all other
-       * nodes are transformed into subselects under this node! */
-      intersect_node = (Query *)lfirst(intersect_list);
-      intersect_list = lnext(intersect_list);
-      
-      /* Check if all Select Statements use the same number of attributes and
-       * if all corresponding attributes are of the same type */
-      if (prev_target)
-	check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target, intersect_node->targetList);	     
-      prev_target = intersect_node->targetList;	 
-      /* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
-      
-      /* Transform all nodes remaining into subselects and add them to
-       * the qualifications of the Select Query node */
-      while(intersect_list != NIL) { 
-	
-	n = makeNode(SubLink);
-	
-	/* Here we got an OR so transform it to an IN subselect */
-	if(IsA(lfirst(intersect_list), Query)) 
-	  {	      
-	    /* Check if all Select Statements use the same number of attributes and
-	     * if all corresponding attributes are of the same type */
-	    check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target, 
-                                  ((Query *)lfirst(intersect_list))->targetList);  
-	    /* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
-	    
-	    n->subselect = lfirst(intersect_list);
-	    op = "=";	   
-	    n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK;  
-	    n->useor = false;
-	  }
-	/* Here we got an OR NOT node so transform it to a NOT IN  subselect */
-	else 
-	  {
-	    /* Check if all Select Statements use the same number of attributes and
-	     * if all corresponding attributes are of the same type */
-	    check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target,
-                   ((Query *)lfirst(((Expr *)lfirst(intersect_list))->args))->targetList);
-	    /* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
-	    
-	    n->subselect = (Node *)lfirst(((Expr *)lfirst(intersect_list))->args);
-	    op = "<>";    
-	    n->subLinkType = ALL_SUBLINK;  
-	    n->useor = true;
-	  }
-	
-	/* Prepare the lefthand side of the Sublinks: All the entries of the
-	 * targetlist must be (IN) or must not be (NOT IN) the subselect */
-	foreach(elist, intersect_node->targetList)
-	  {
-	    Node	  *expr = lfirst(elist);
-	    TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *)expr;
-	    
-	    n->lefthand = lappend(n->lefthand, tent->expr);	  
-	  }
-	
-	/* The first arguments of oper also have to be created for the
-	 * sublink (they are the same as the lefthand side!) */
-	left_expr = n->lefthand;
-	right_expr = ((Query *)(n->subselect))->targetList;
-	
-	foreach(elist, left_expr)
-	  {
-	    Node	   *lexpr = lfirst(elist);
-	    Node	   *rexpr = lfirst(right_expr);
-	    TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *) rexpr;
-	    Expr	   *op_expr;
-	    
-	    op_expr = make_op(op, lexpr, tent->expr);
-	    
-	    n->oper = lappend(n->oper, op_expr);
-	    right_expr = lnext(right_expr);
-	  }
-	
-	/* If the Select Query node has aggregates in use
-	 * add all the subselects to the HAVING qual else to
-	 * the WHERE qual */
-	if(intersect_node->hasAggs == false) {    
-	  AddQual(intersect_node, (Node *)n);
+
+	SubLink    *n;
+	Query	   *result,
+			   *intersect_node;
+	List	   *elist,
+			   *intersect_list = NIL,
+			   *intersect,
+			   *intersectClause;
+	List	   *union_list = NIL,
+			   *sortClause;
+	List	   *left_expr,
+			   *right_expr,
+			   *resnames = NIL;
+	char	   *op,
+			   *uniqueFlag,
+			   *into;
+	bool		isBinary,
+				isPortal,
+				isTemp;
+	CmdType		commandType = CMD_SELECT;
+	List	   *rtable_insert = NIL;
+
+	List	   *prev_target = NIL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Remember the Resnames of the given parsetree's targetlist (these
+	 * are the resnames of the first Select Statement of the query
+	 * formulated by the user and he wants the columns named by these
+	 * strings. The transformation to DNF can cause another Select
+	 * Statment to be the top one which uses other names for its columns.
+	 * Therefore we remeber the original names and attach them to the
+	 * targetlist of the new topmost Node at the end of this function
+	 */
+	foreach(elist, parsetree->targetList)
+	{
+		TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(elist);
+
+		resnames = lappend(resnames, tent->resdom->resname);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the Statement is an INSERT INTO ... (SELECT...) statement using
+	 * UNIONs, INTERSECTs or EXCEPTs and the transformation to DNF makes
+	 * another Node to the top node we have to transform the new top node
+	 * to an INSERT node and the original INSERT node to a SELECT node
+	 */
+	if (parsetree->commandType == CMD_INSERT)
+	{
+		parsetree->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
+		commandType = CMD_INSERT;
+		parsetree->resultRelation = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * The result relation ( = the one to insert into) has to be
+		 * attached to the rtable list of the new top node
+		 */
+		rtable_insert = nth(length(parsetree->rtable) - 1, parsetree->rtable);
 	}
-	else {
-	  AddHavingQual(intersect_node, (Node *)n);
-	} 
-	
-	/* Now we got sublinks */
-	intersect_node->hasSubLinks = true;	  
-	intersect_list = lnext(intersect_list);      
-      }      
-      intersect_node->intersectClause = NIL;
-      union_list = lappend(union_list, intersect_node);
-    }
-  
-  /* The first entry to union_list is our new top node */
-  result = (Query *)lfirst(union_list);
-  /* attach the rest to unionClause */
-  result->unionClause = lnext(union_list);  
-  /* Attach all the items remembered in the beginning of the function */
-  result->sortClause = sortClause;  
-  result->uniqueFlag = uniqueFlag;  
-  result->into = into;
-  result->isPortal = isPortal;
-  result->isBinary = isBinary;
-  result->isTemp = isTemp;
-
-  /* The relation to insert into is attached to the range table
-   * of the new top node */
-  if (commandType == CMD_INSERT)  
-    {	   
-      result->rtable = lappend(result->rtable, rtable_insert);	
-      result->resultRelation = length(result->rtable);
-      result->commandType = commandType;  
-    }  
-  /* The resnames of the originally first SelectStatement are 
-   * attached to the new first SelectStatement */
-  foreach(elist, result->targetList)
-    {
-      TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(elist);
-      
-      tent->resdom->resname = lfirst(resnames);
-      resnames = lnext(resnames);
-    }
-  return  result;  
+
+	/*
+	 * Save some items, to be able to attach them to the resulting top
+	 * node at the end of the function
+	 */
+	sortClause = parsetree->sortClause;
+	uniqueFlag = parsetree->uniqueFlag;
+	into = parsetree->into;
+	isBinary = parsetree->isBinary;
+	isPortal = parsetree->isPortal;
+	isTemp = parsetree->isTemp;
+
+	/*
+	 * The operator tree attached to parsetree->intersectClause is still
+	 * 'raw' ( = the leaf nodes are still SelectStmt nodes instead of
+	 * Query nodes) So step through the tree and transform the nodes using
+	 * parse_analyze().
+	 *
+	 * The parsetree (given as an argument to Except_Intersect_Rewrite()) has
+	 * already been transformed and transforming it again would cause
+	 * troubles.  So we give the 'raw' version (of the cooked parsetree)
+	 * to the function to prevent an additional transformation. Instead we
+	 * hand back the 'cooked' version also given as an argument to
+	 * intersect_tree_analyze()
+	 */
+	intersectClause =
+		(List *) intersect_tree_analyze((Node *) parsetree->intersectClause,
+								 (Node *) lfirst(parsetree->unionClause),
+										(Node *) parsetree);
+
+	/* intersectClause is no longer needed so set it to NIL */
+	parsetree->intersectClause = NIL;
+
+	/*
+	 * unionClause will be needed later on but the list it delivered is no
+	 * longer needed, so set it to NIL
+	 */
+	parsetree->unionClause = NIL;
+
+	/*
+	 * Transform the operator tree to DNF (remember ANDs and ORs have been
+	 * exchanged, that's why we get DNF by using cnfify)
+	 *
+	 * After the call, explicit ANDs are removed and all AND operands are
+	 * simply items in the intersectClause list
+	 */
+	intersectClause = cnfify((Expr *) intersectClause, true);
+
+	/*
+	 * For every entry of the intersectClause list we generate one entry
+	 * in the union_list
+	 */
+	foreach(intersect, intersectClause)
+	{
+
+		/*
+		 * for every OR we create an IN subselect and for every OR NOT we
+		 * create a NOT IN subselect, so first extract all the Select
+		 * Query nodes from the tree (that contains only OR or OR NOTs any
+		 * more because we did a transformation to DNF
+		 *
+		 * There must be at least one node that is not negated (i.e. just OR
+		 * and not OR NOT) and this node will be the first in the list
+		 * returned
+		 */
+		intersect_list = NIL;
+		create_list((Node *) lfirst(intersect), &intersect_list);
+
+		/*
+		 * This one will become the Select Query node, all other nodes are
+		 * transformed into subselects under this node!
+		 */
+		intersect_node = (Query *) lfirst(intersect_list);
+		intersect_list = lnext(intersect_list);
+
+		/*
+		 * Check if all Select Statements use the same number of
+		 * attributes and if all corresponding attributes are of the same
+		 * type
+		 */
+		if (prev_target)
+			check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target, intersect_node->targetList);
+		prev_target = intersect_node->targetList;
+		/* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
+
+		/*
+		 * Transform all nodes remaining into subselects and add them to
+		 * the qualifications of the Select Query node
+		 */
+		while (intersect_list != NIL)
+		{
+
+			n = makeNode(SubLink);
+
+			/* Here we got an OR so transform it to an IN subselect */
+			if (IsA(lfirst(intersect_list), Query))
+			{
+
+				/*
+				 * Check if all Select Statements use the same number of
+				 * attributes and if all corresponding attributes are of
+				 * the same type
+				 */
+				check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target,
+						 ((Query *) lfirst(intersect_list))->targetList);
+				/* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
+
+				n->subselect = lfirst(intersect_list);
+				op = "=";
+				n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK;
+				n->useor = false;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Here we got an OR NOT node so transform it to a NOT IN
+			 * subselect
+			 */
+			else
+			{
+
+				/*
+				 * Check if all Select Statements use the same number of
+				 * attributes and if all corresponding attributes are of
+				 * the same type
+				 */
+				check_targetlists_are_compatible(prev_target,
+												 ((Query *) lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(intersect_list))->args))->targetList);
+				/* End of check for corresponding targetlists */
+
+				n->subselect = (Node *) lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(intersect_list))->args);
+				op = "<>";
+				n->subLinkType = ALL_SUBLINK;
+				n->useor = true;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Prepare the lefthand side of the Sublinks: All the entries
+			 * of the targetlist must be (IN) or must not be (NOT IN) the
+			 * subselect
+			 */
+			foreach(elist, intersect_node->targetList)
+			{
+				Node	   *expr = lfirst(elist);
+				TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *) expr;
+
+				n->lefthand = lappend(n->lefthand, tent->expr);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * The first arguments of oper also have to be created for the
+			 * sublink (they are the same as the lefthand side!)
+			 */
+			left_expr = n->lefthand;
+			right_expr = ((Query *) (n->subselect))->targetList;
+
+			foreach(elist, left_expr)
+			{
+				Node	   *lexpr = lfirst(elist);
+				Node	   *rexpr = lfirst(right_expr);
+				TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *) rexpr;
+				Expr	   *op_expr;
+
+				op_expr = make_op(op, lexpr, tent->expr);
+
+				n->oper = lappend(n->oper, op_expr);
+				right_expr = lnext(right_expr);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * If the Select Query node has aggregates in use add all the
+			 * subselects to the HAVING qual else to the WHERE qual
+			 */
+			if (intersect_node->hasAggs == false)
+				AddQual(intersect_node, (Node *) n);
+			else
+				AddHavingQual(intersect_node, (Node *) n);
+
+			/* Now we got sublinks */
+			intersect_node->hasSubLinks = true;
+			intersect_list = lnext(intersect_list);
+		}
+		intersect_node->intersectClause = NIL;
+		union_list = lappend(union_list, intersect_node);
+	}
+
+	/* The first entry to union_list is our new top node */
+	result = (Query *) lfirst(union_list);
+	/* attach the rest to unionClause */
+	result->unionClause = lnext(union_list);
+	/* Attach all the items remembered in the beginning of the function */
+	result->sortClause = sortClause;
+	result->uniqueFlag = uniqueFlag;
+	result->into = into;
+	result->isPortal = isPortal;
+	result->isBinary = isBinary;
+	result->isTemp = isTemp;
+
+	/*
+	 * The relation to insert into is attached to the range table of the
+	 * new top node
+	 */
+	if (commandType == CMD_INSERT)
+	{
+		result->rtable = lappend(result->rtable, rtable_insert);
+		result->resultRelation = length(result->rtable);
+		result->commandType = commandType;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The resnames of the originally first SelectStatement are attached
+	 * to the new first SelectStatement
+	 */
+	foreach(elist, result->targetList)
+	{
+		TargetEntry *tent = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(elist);
+
+		tent->resdom->resname = lfirst(resnames);
+		resnames = lnext(resnames);
+	}
+	return result;
 }
 
 /* Create a list of nodes that are either Query nodes of NOT Expr
@@ -3217,74 +3314,70 @@ Except_Intersect_Rewrite (Query *parsetree)
  * least one non negated Query node. This node is attached to the
  * beginning of the list */
 
-void create_list(Node *ptr, List **intersect_list)
+void
+create_list(Node *ptr, List **intersect_list)
 {
-  List *arg;
-  
-  if(IsA(ptr,Query))
-    {
-      /* The non negated node is attached at the beginning (lcons) */
-      *intersect_list = lcons(ptr, *intersect_list);
-      return;	   
-    }
-  
-  if(IsA(ptr,Expr))
-    {
-      if(((Expr *)ptr)->opType == NOT_EXPR)
+	List	   *arg;
+
+	if (IsA(ptr, Query))
 	{
-	  /* negated nodes are appended to the end (lappend) */
-	  *intersect_list = lappend(*intersect_list, ptr);	  
-	  return;	  
+		/* The non negated node is attached at the beginning (lcons) */
+		*intersect_list = lcons(ptr, *intersect_list);
+		return;
 	}
-      else
+
+	if (IsA(ptr, Expr))
 	{
-	  foreach(arg, ((Expr *)ptr)->args)
-	    {
-	      create_list(lfirst(arg), intersect_list);
-	    }	  
-	  return;	  
+		if (((Expr *) ptr)->opType == NOT_EXPR)
+		{
+			/* negated nodes are appended to the end (lappend) */
+			*intersect_list = lappend(*intersect_list, ptr);
+			return;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			foreach(arg, ((Expr *) ptr)->args)
+				create_list(lfirst(arg), intersect_list);
+			return;
+		}
+		return;
 	}
-      return;	   
-    }
 }
 
 /* The nodes given in 'tree' are still 'raw' so 'cook' them using parse_analyze().
  * The node given in first_select has already been cooked, so don't transform
- * it again but return a pointer to the previously cooked version given in 'parsetree' 
+ * it again but return a pointer to the previously cooked version given in 'parsetree'
  * instead. */
-Node *intersect_tree_analyze(Node *tree, Node *first_select, Node *parsetree)
+Node *
+intersect_tree_analyze(Node *tree, Node *first_select, Node *parsetree)
 {
-	Node *result = (Node *) NIL;
-	List *arg;
+	Node	   *result = (Node *) NIL;
+	List	   *arg;
 
 	if (IsA(tree, SelectStmt))
-    {
-		/* If we get to the tree given in first_select return
-		 * parsetree instead of performing parse_analyze() */
+	{
+
+		/*
+		 * If we get to the tree given in first_select return parsetree
+		 * instead of performing parse_analyze()
+		 */
 		if (tree == first_select)
-		{
 			result = parsetree;
-		}
 		else
-		{	
-			/* transform the 'raw' nodes to 'cooked' Query nodes */ 
-			List *qtree = parse_analyze(lcons(tree, NIL), NULL);
+		{
+			/* transform the 'raw' nodes to 'cooked' Query nodes */
+			List	   *qtree = parse_analyze(lcons(tree, NIL), NULL);
+
 			result = (Node *) lfirst(qtree);
 		}
-    }  
+	}
 
-  if(IsA(tree,Expr))
-    {
-      /* Call recursively for every argument of the node */
-      foreach(arg, ((Expr *)tree)->args)
+	if (IsA(tree, Expr))
 	{
-	  lfirst(arg) = intersect_tree_analyze(lfirst(arg), first_select, parsetree);
+		/* Call recursively for every argument of the node */
+		foreach(arg, ((Expr *) tree)->args)
+			lfirst(arg) = intersect_tree_analyze(lfirst(arg), first_select, parsetree);
+		result = tree;
 	}
-      result = tree;	  
-    }
-  return result;  
+	return result;
 }
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c
index 057579669d19bdc91a62b1168dc096a84b8f03f6..7be8d080ec1809cdc1a2d3fe27928612ffea980b 100644
--- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c
+++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.30 1999/05/12 15:01:55 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.31 1999/05/25 16:10:52 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -41,26 +41,27 @@ OffsetVarNodes(Node *node, int offset, int sublevels_up)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (tle->expr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (aggref->target),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -69,54 +70,55 @@ OffsetVarNodes(Node *node, int offset, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->args),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (iter->iterexpr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refexpr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
-				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up) {
+				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up)
+				{
 					var->varno += offset;
 					var->varnoold += offset;
 				}
@@ -131,98 +133,104 @@ OffsetVarNodes(Node *node, int offset, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					OffsetVarNodes(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l),
-							offset,
-							sublevels_up);
+								   (Node *) lfirst(l),
+								   offset,
+								   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
-				List *tmp_oper, *tmp_lefthand;
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
+				List	   *tmp_oper,
+						   *tmp_lefthand;
 
-				/* We also have to adapt the variables used in sub->lefthand
-				 * and sub->oper */
+				/*
+				 * We also have to adapt the variables used in
+				 * sub->lefthand and sub->oper
+				 */
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (sub->lefthand),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(sub->subselect),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up + 1);
+							   (Node *) (sub->subselect),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up + 1);
 
 				/***S*I***/
-				/* Make sure the first argument of sub->oper points to the
-				 * same var as sub->lefthand does otherwise we will
-				 * run into troubles using aggregates (aggno will not be
-				 * set correctly) */
-				tmp_lefthand = sub->lefthand;				
+
+				/*
+				 * Make sure the first argument of sub->oper points to the
+				 * same var as sub->lefthand does otherwise we will run
+				 * into troubles using aggregates (aggno will not be set
+				 * correctly)
+				 */
+				tmp_lefthand = sub->lefthand;
 				foreach(tmp_oper, sub->oper)
-				  {				    
-				    lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) = 
-				      lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
-				    tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
-				  }	
+				{
+					lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) =
+						lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
+					tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
+				}
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->targetList),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->qual),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->havingQual),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->args),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->defresult),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->defresult),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*exp = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *exp = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->expr),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->expr),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				OffsetVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->result),
-						offset,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->result),
+							   offset,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -245,28 +253,29 @@ ChangeVarNodes(Node *node, int rt_index, int new_index, int sublevels_up)
 	if (node == NULL)
 		return;
 
-	switch(nodeTag(node)) {
+	switch (nodeTag(node))
+	{
 		case T_TargetEntry:
 			{
-				TargetEntry	*tle = (TargetEntry *)node;
+				TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(tle->expr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (tle->expr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Aggref:
 			{
-				Aggref	*aggref = (Aggref *)node;
+				Aggref	   *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(aggref->target),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (aggref->target),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -275,61 +284,62 @@ ChangeVarNodes(Node *node, int rt_index, int new_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_Expr:
 			{
-				Expr	*exp = (Expr *)node;
+				Expr	   *exp = (Expr *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->args),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Iter:
 			{
-				Iter	*iter = (Iter *)node;
+				Iter	   *iter = (Iter *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(iter->iterexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (iter->iterexpr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	*ref = (ArrayRef *)node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refupperindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refupperindexpr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->reflowerindexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->reflowerindexpr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refexpr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(ref->refassgnexpr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (ref->refassgnexpr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Var:
 			{
-				Var	*var = (Var *)node;
+				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 
 				if (var->varlevelsup == sublevels_up &&
-						var->varno == rt_index) {
+					var->varno == rt_index)
+				{
 					var->varno = new_index;
 					var->varnoold = new_index;
 				}
@@ -344,106 +354,110 @@ ChangeVarNodes(Node *node, int rt_index, int new_index, int sublevels_up)
 
 		case T_List:
 			{
-				List	*l;
+				List	   *l;
 
-				foreach (l, (List *)node)
+				foreach(l, (List *) node)
 					ChangeVarNodes(
-							(Node *)lfirst(l),
-							rt_index,
-							new_index,
-							sublevels_up);
+								   (Node *) lfirst(l),
+								   rt_index,
+								   new_index,
+								   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
 			{
-				SubLink	*sub = (SubLink *)node;
-				List *tmp_oper, *tmp_lefthand;
-				
+				SubLink    *sub = (SubLink *) node;
+				List	   *tmp_oper,
+						   *tmp_lefthand;
+
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(sub->lefthand),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (sub->lefthand),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(sub->subselect),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up + 1);
-				
+							   (Node *) (sub->subselect),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up + 1);
+
 				/***S*I***/
-				/* Make sure the first argument of sub->oper points to the
-				 * same var as sub->lefthand does otherwise we will
-				 * run into troubles using aggregates (aggno will not be
-				 * set correctly) */
+
+				/*
+				 * Make sure the first argument of sub->oper points to the
+				 * same var as sub->lefthand does otherwise we will run
+				 * into troubles using aggregates (aggno will not be set
+				 * correctly)
+				 */
 				tmp_lefthand = sub->lefthand;
 				foreach(tmp_oper, sub->oper)
-				  {				    
-				    lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) = 
-				      lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
-				    tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
-				  }	
+				{
+					lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) =
+						lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
+					tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
+				}
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Query:
 			{
-				Query	*qry = (Query *)node;
+				Query	   *qry = (Query *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->targetList),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->targetList),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->qual),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->qual),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(qry->havingQual),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (qry->havingQual),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseExpr:
 			{
-				CaseExpr	*exp = (CaseExpr *)node;
+				CaseExpr   *exp = (CaseExpr *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->args),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->args),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->defresult),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->defresult),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_CaseWhen:
 			{
-				CaseWhen	*exp = (CaseWhen *)node;
+				CaseWhen   *exp = (CaseWhen *) node;
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->expr),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->expr),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 
 				ChangeVarNodes(
-						(Node *)(exp->result),
-						rt_index,
-						new_index,
-						sublevels_up);
+							   (Node *) (exp->result),
+							   rt_index,
+							   new_index,
+							   sublevels_up);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -513,7 +527,7 @@ AddNotHavingQual(Query *parsetree, Node *havingQual)
 	/***S*I***/
 	/* INTERSECT want's the original, but we need to copy - Jan */
 	/* copy = (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *)havingQual); */
-	copy = (Node *)make_notclause( (Expr *)copyObject(havingQual));
+	copy = (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *) copyObject(havingQual));
 
 	AddHavingQual(parsetree, copy);
 }
@@ -529,7 +543,7 @@ AddNotQual(Query *parsetree, Node *qual)
 	/***S*I***/
 	/* INTERSECT want's the original, but we need to copy - Jan */
 	/* copy = (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *)qual); */
-	copy = (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *)copyObject(qual));
+	copy = (Node *) make_notclause((Expr *) copyObject(qual));
 
 	AddQual(parsetree, copy);
 }
@@ -538,24 +552,24 @@ AddNotQual(Query *parsetree, Node *qual)
 void
 AddGroupClause(Query *parsetree, List *group_by, List *tlist)
 {
-	List			*l;
-	List			*tl;
-	GroupClause		*groupclause;
-	TargetEntry		*tle;
-	int				new_resno;
+	List	   *l;
+	List	   *tl;
+	GroupClause *groupclause;
+	TargetEntry *tle;
+	int			new_resno;
 
 	new_resno = length(parsetree->targetList);
 
-	foreach (l, group_by)
+	foreach(l, group_by)
 	{
-		groupclause = (GroupClause *)copyObject(lfirst(l));
+		groupclause = (GroupClause *) copyObject(lfirst(l));
 		tle = NULL;
 		foreach(tl, tlist)
 		{
-			if (((TargetEntry *)lfirst(tl))->resdom->resgroupref ==
-						groupclause->tleGroupref)
+			if (((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tl))->resdom->resgroupref ==
+				groupclause->tleGroupref)
 			{
-				tle = (TargetEntry *)copyObject(lfirst(tl));
+				tle = (TargetEntry *) copyObject(lfirst(tl));
 				break;
 			}
 		}
@@ -567,7 +581,7 @@ AddGroupClause(Query *parsetree, List *group_by, List *tlist)
 		tle->resdom->resgroupref = length(parsetree->groupClause) + 1;
 		groupclause->tleGroupref = tle->resdom->resgroupref;
 
-		parsetree->targetList  = lappend(parsetree->targetList, tle);
+		parsetree->targetList = lappend(parsetree->targetList, tle);
 		parsetree->groupClause = lappend(parsetree->groupClause, groupclause);
 	}
 }
@@ -604,6 +618,7 @@ FixResdomTypes(List *tlist)
 		}
 	}
 }
+
 #endif
 
 static Node *
@@ -735,10 +750,10 @@ FixNew(RewriteInfo *info, Query *parsetree)
 {
 	ResolveNew(info, parsetree->targetList,
 			   (Node **) &(info->rule_action->targetList), 0);
-	ResolveNew(info, parsetree->targetList, 
-	           (Node **) &info->rule_action->qual, 0);
-	ResolveNew(info, parsetree->targetList, 
-	           (Node **) &(info->rule_action->groupClause), 0);
+	ResolveNew(info, parsetree->targetList,
+			   (Node **) &info->rule_action->qual, 0);
+	ResolveNew(info, parsetree->targetList,
+			   (Node **) &(info->rule_action->groupClause), 0);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -797,7 +812,7 @@ nodeHandleRIRAttributeRule(Node **nodePtr,
 			break;
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				nodeHandleRIRAttributeRule((Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)), rtable,
 										   targetlist, rt_index, attr_num,
@@ -972,7 +987,7 @@ nodeHandleViewRule(Node **nodePtr,
 			break;
 		case T_ArrayRef:
 			{
-				ArrayRef	   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
+				ArrayRef   *ref = (ArrayRef *) node;
 
 				nodeHandleViewRule((Node **) (&(ref->refupperindexpr)),
 								   rtable, targetlist,
@@ -1006,6 +1021,7 @@ nodeHandleViewRule(Node **nodePtr,
 						*nodePtr = make_null(((Var *) node)->vartype);
 					else
 					{
+
 						/*
 						 * This is a hack: The varlevelsup of the orignal
 						 * variable and the new one should be the same.
@@ -1026,7 +1042,7 @@ nodeHandleViewRule(Node **nodePtr,
 							((Var *) *nodePtr)->varlevelsup = this_varlevelsup;
 						else
 							nodeHandleViewRule(&n, rtable, targetlist,
-										   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up);
+									   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up);
 					}
 					*modified = TRUE;
 				}
@@ -1048,17 +1064,18 @@ nodeHandleViewRule(Node **nodePtr,
 			{
 				SubLink    *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
 				Query	   *query = (Query *) sublink->subselect;
-				List *tmp_lefthand, *tmp_oper;
-				
+				List	   *tmp_lefthand,
+						   *tmp_oper;
+
 
 				nodeHandleViewRule((Node **) &(query->qual), rtable, targetlist,
 								   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up + 1);
 
 				/***S*H*D***/
 				nodeHandleViewRule((Node **) &(query->havingQual), rtable, targetlist,
-						   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up + 1);
+								   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up + 1);
 				nodeHandleViewRule((Node **) &(query->targetList), rtable, targetlist,
-						   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up + 1);
+								   rt_index, modified, sublevels_up + 1);
 
 
 				/*
@@ -1076,21 +1093,19 @@ nodeHandleViewRule(Node **nodePtr,
 				 */
 				pfree(lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper))->args));
 				lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper))->args) =
-							lfirst(sublink->lefthand);
+					lfirst(sublink->lefthand);
 
 
 				/***S*I***/
 				/* INTERSECT want's this - Jan */
+
 				/*
- 				tmp_lefthand = sublink->lefthand;				
- 				foreach(tmp_oper, sublink->oper)
- 				  {				    
- 				    lfirst(((Expr *) lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) = 
- 				      lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
- 				    tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand);
- 				  }								
-				*/
-  			}
+				 * tmp_lefthand = sublink->lefthand; foreach(tmp_oper,
+				 * sublink->oper) { lfirst(((Expr *)
+				 * lfirst(tmp_oper))->args) = lfirst(tmp_lefthand);
+				 * tmp_lefthand = lnext(tmp_lefthand); }
+				 */
+			}
 			break;
 		default:
 			/* ignore the others */
@@ -1119,5 +1134,5 @@ HandleViewRule(Query *parsetree,
 	nodeHandleViewRule((Node **) (&(parsetree->groupClause)), rtable, targetlist, rt_index,
 					   modified, 0);
 }
-#endif
 
+#endif
diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c
index ceb43cba6ae9d5eb66d39fead67ecfcbaa182434..10cce0262bda00beabafcf91f4708b210d33ca74 100644
--- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c
+++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.23 1999/05/10 00:45:32 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteRemove.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:10:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ RewriteGetRuleEventRel(char *rulename)
 							   0, 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup))
 		elog(ERROR, "Rule or view '%s' not found",
-			 ((!strncmp(rulename, "_RET", 4))? (rulename+4): rulename));
+		  ((!strncmp(rulename, "_RET", 4)) ? (rulename + 4) : rulename));
 	eventrel = ((Form_pg_rewrite) GETSTRUCT(htup))->ev_class;
 	htup = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELOID,
 							   PointerGetDatum(eventrel),
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c
index 13a55f32768aeb5e48078cbb4fd9856b83975d98..2ee839d8deb457537b85d665c6af81ad8deffa04 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.22 1999/02/22 06:16:50 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/buf_init.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:10:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ BufferBlock BufferBlocks;
 
 #ifndef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
 long	   *NWaitIOBackendP;
+
 #endif
 
 extern IpcSemaphoreId WaitIOSemId;
@@ -238,14 +239,14 @@ InitBufferPool(IPCKey key)
 		WaitIOSemId = IpcSemaphoreCreate(IPCKeyGetWaitIOSemaphoreKey(key),
 										 1, IPCProtection, 0, 1, &status);
 		WaitCLSemId = IpcSemaphoreCreate(IPCKeyGetWaitCLSemaphoreKey(key),
-										 1, IPCProtection, 
-										 IpcSemaphoreDefaultStartValue, 
+										 1, IPCProtection,
+										 IpcSemaphoreDefaultStartValue,
 										 1, &status);
 	}
 #endif
 	PrivateRefCount = (long *) calloc(NBuffers, sizeof(long));
 	LastRefCount = (long *) calloc(NBuffers, sizeof(long));
-	BufferLocks = (bits8*) calloc (NBuffers, sizeof(bits8));
+	BufferLocks = (bits8 *) calloc(NBuffers, sizeof(bits8));
 	CommitInfoNeedsSave = (long *) calloc(NBuffers, sizeof(long));
 }
 
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c
index c1040cfc16f18dfa98be4507bc11cebfe93a265d..052abe8edefdc0640cd90c79f8c28b8a5b62e927 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.51 1999/05/10 00:45:35 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.52 1999/05/25 16:10:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ static void WaitIO(BufferDesc *buf, SPINLOCK spinlock);
 #ifndef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
 static void SignalIO(BufferDesc *buf);
 extern long *NWaitIOBackendP;	/* defined in buf_init.c */
+
 #endif	 /* HAS_TEST_AND_SET */
 
 static Buffer ReadBufferWithBufferLock(Relation relation, BlockNumber blockNum,
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ static BufferDesc *BufferAlloc(Relation reln, BlockNumber blockNum,
 static int	FlushBuffer(Buffer buffer, bool release);
 static void BufferSync(void);
 static int	BufferReplace(BufferDesc *bufHdr, bool bufferLockHeld);
-void PrintBufferDescs(void);
+void		PrintBufferDescs(void);
 
 /* not static but used by vacuum only ... */
 int			BlowawayRelationBuffers(Relation rel, BlockNumber block);
@@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ extern int	ShowPinTrace;
 								 * defined */
 
 /*
- * ReadBuffer 
+ * ReadBuffer
  *
  */
 Buffer
@@ -1116,7 +1117,7 @@ WaitIO(BufferDesc *buf, SPINLOCK spinlock)
 }
 
 /*
- * SignalIO 
+ * SignalIO
  */
 static void
 SignalIO(BufferDesc *buf)
@@ -1217,7 +1218,7 @@ BufferPoolCheckLeak()
 			BufferDesc *buf = &(BufferDescriptors[i - 1]);
 
 			elog(NOTICE,
-			"Buffer Leak: [%03d] (freeNext=%d, freePrev=%d, \
+				 "Buffer Leak: [%03d] (freeNext=%d, freePrev=%d, \
 relname=%s, blockNum=%d, flags=0x%x, refcount=%d %d)",
 				 i - 1, buf->freeNext, buf->freePrev,
 				 buf->sb_relname, buf->tag.blockNum, buf->flags,
@@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ FlushBufferPool(int StableMainMemoryFlag)
 }
 
 /*
- * BufferGetBlockNumber 
+ * BufferGetBlockNumber
  *		Returns the block number associated with a buffer.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -1266,7 +1267,7 @@ BufferGetBlockNumber(Buffer buffer)
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 /*
- * BufferGetRelation 
+ * BufferGetRelation
  *		Returns the relation desciptor associated with a buffer.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -1299,6 +1300,7 @@ BufferGetRelation(Buffer buffer)
 
 	return relation;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -1363,7 +1365,7 @@ BufferReplace(BufferDesc *bufHdr, bool bufferLockHeld)
 }
 
 /*
- * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks 
+ * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks
  *		Returns the buffer descriptor associated with a page in a relation.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -1375,7 +1377,7 @@ BlockNumber
 RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(Relation relation)
 {
 	return ((relation->rd_myxactonly) ? relation->rd_nblocks :
-	 smgrnblocks(DEFAULT_SMGR, relation));
+			smgrnblocks(DEFAULT_SMGR, relation));
 }
 
 /* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1941,8 +1943,8 @@ UnlockBuffers()
 	{
 		if (BufferLocks[i] == 0)
 			continue;
-		
-		Assert(BufferIsValid(i+1));
+
+		Assert(BufferIsValid(i + 1));
 		buf = &(BufferDescriptors[i]);
 
 #ifdef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
@@ -1976,7 +1978,7 @@ UnlockBuffers()
 }
 
 void
-LockBuffer (Buffer buffer, int mode)
+LockBuffer(Buffer buffer, int mode)
 {
 	BufferDesc *buf;
 
@@ -1984,31 +1986,31 @@ LockBuffer (Buffer buffer, int mode)
 	if (BufferIsLocal(buffer))
 		return;
 
-	buf = &(BufferDescriptors[buffer-1]);
+	buf = &(BufferDescriptors[buffer - 1]);
 
 #ifdef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
-		S_LOCK(&(buf->cntx_lock));
+	S_LOCK(&(buf->cntx_lock));
 #else
-		IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
+	IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 #endif
 
 	if (mode == BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK)
 	{
-		if (BufferLocks[buffer-1] & BL_R_LOCK)
+		if (BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & BL_R_LOCK)
 		{
 			Assert(buf->r_locks > 0);
 			Assert(!(buf->w_lock));
-			Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer-1] & (BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)))
-			(buf->r_locks)--;
-			BufferLocks[buffer-1] &= ~BL_R_LOCK;
+			Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & (BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)))
+				(buf->r_locks)--;
+			BufferLocks[buffer - 1] &= ~BL_R_LOCK;
 		}
-		else if (BufferLocks[buffer-1] & BL_W_LOCK)
+		else if (BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & BL_W_LOCK)
 		{
 			Assert(buf->w_lock);
 			Assert(buf->r_locks == 0 && !buf->ri_lock);
-			Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer-1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)))
-			buf->w_lock = false;
-			BufferLocks[buffer-1] &= ~BL_W_LOCK;
+			Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)))
+				buf->w_lock = false;
+			BufferLocks[buffer - 1] &= ~BL_W_LOCK;
 		}
 		else
 			elog(ERROR, "UNLockBuffer: buffer %u is not locked", buffer);
@@ -2017,7 +2019,7 @@ LockBuffer (Buffer buffer, int mode)
 	{
 		unsigned	i = 0;
 
-		Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer-1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)));
+		Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)));
 		while (buf->ri_lock || buf->w_lock)
 		{
 #ifdef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
@@ -2027,23 +2029,23 @@ LockBuffer (Buffer buffer, int mode)
 #else
 			IpcSemaphoreUnlock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 			s_lock_sleep(i++)
-			IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
+				IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 #endif
 		}
 		(buf->r_locks)++;
-		BufferLocks[buffer-1] |= BL_R_LOCK;
+		BufferLocks[buffer - 1] |= BL_R_LOCK;
 	}
 	else if (mode == BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE)
 	{
 		unsigned	i = 0;
-		
-		Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer-1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)));
+
+		Assert(!(BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & (BL_R_LOCK | BL_W_LOCK | BL_RI_LOCK)));
 		while (buf->r_locks > 0 || buf->w_lock)
 		{
 			if (buf->r_locks > 3)
 			{
-				if (!(BufferLocks[buffer-1] & BL_RI_LOCK))
-					BufferLocks[buffer-1] |= BL_RI_LOCK;
+				if (!(BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & BL_RI_LOCK))
+					BufferLocks[buffer - 1] |= BL_RI_LOCK;
 				buf->ri_lock = true;
 			}
 #ifdef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
@@ -2053,24 +2055,24 @@ LockBuffer (Buffer buffer, int mode)
 #else
 			IpcSemaphoreUnlock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 			s_lock_sleep(i++)
-			IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
+				IpcSemaphoreLock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 #endif
 		}
 		buf->w_lock = true;
-		BufferLocks[buffer-1] |= BL_W_LOCK;
-		if (BufferLocks[buffer-1] & BL_RI_LOCK)
+		BufferLocks[buffer - 1] |= BL_W_LOCK;
+		if (BufferLocks[buffer - 1] & BL_RI_LOCK)
 		{
 			buf->ri_lock = false;
-			BufferLocks[buffer-1] &= ~BL_RI_LOCK;
+			BufferLocks[buffer - 1] &= ~BL_RI_LOCK;
 		}
 	}
 	else
 		elog(ERROR, "LockBuffer: unknown lock mode %d", mode);
 
 #ifdef HAS_TEST_AND_SET
-		S_UNLOCK(&(buf->cntx_lock));
+	S_UNLOCK(&(buf->cntx_lock));
 #else
-		IpcSemaphoreUnlock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
+	IpcSemaphoreUnlock(WaitCLSemId, 0, IpcExclusiveLock);
 #endif
 
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c
index ba2026ae37ccc785ae7387b51e2bb443cc6615a6..2b007b85e080bbd7f4ce6a9f587acf11b9163051 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:17:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/freelist.c,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:10:59 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ extern SPINLOCK BufMgrLock;
 
 
 /*
- * AddBufferToFreelist 
+ * AddBufferToFreelist
  *
  * In theory, this is the only routine that needs to be changed
  * if the buffer replacement strategy changes.	Just change
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c
index 788d67dae55cb9c878a74d9d7c42a5fa9b1b954c..4dd300801251a0758b16c4b318d30f2c5d75c4ca 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/s_lock.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.18 1999/03/14 16:03:00 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/Attic/s_lock.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:11:00 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -100,7 +100,8 @@ s_lock(volatile slock_t *lock, const char *file, const int line)
 
 #if defined(__m68k__)
 static void
-tas_dummy()	/* really means: extern int tas(slock_t **lock); */
+			tas_dummy()			/* really means: extern int tas(slock_t
+								 * **lock); */
 {
 	__asm__("		\n\
 .global		_tas		\n\
@@ -163,7 +164,8 @@ fail:				\n\
 	j       $31		\n\
 	");
 }
-#endif	/* __mips */
+
+#endif	 /* __mips */
 
 #else							/* defined(__GNUC__) */
 /***************************************************************************
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c
index 0cb04607562b5e205b6e3579f33eb4158c3a2515..eade2f1c642ae00746abb67d4b54ce116ed610ad 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Id: fd.c,v 1.39 1999/05/09 00:52:07 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: fd.c,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:11:03 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES:
  *
@@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ typedef struct vfd
 	unsigned short fdstate;		/* bitflags for VFD's state */
 
 /* these are the assigned bits in fdstate: */
-#define FD_DIRTY		(1 << 0)	/* written to, but not yet fsync'd */
-#define FD_TEMPORARY	(1 << 1)	/* should be unlinked when closed */
+#define FD_DIRTY		(1 << 0)/* written to, but not yet fsync'd */
+#define FD_TEMPORARY	(1 << 1)/* should be unlinked when closed */
 
 	File		nextFree;		/* link to next free VFD, if in freelist */
-	File		lruMoreRecently; /* doubly linked recency-of-use list */
+	File		lruMoreRecently;/* doubly linked recency-of-use list */
 	File		lruLessRecently;
 	long		seekPos;		/* current logical file position */
 	char	   *fileName;		/* name of file, or NULL for unused VFD */
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ typedef struct vfd
 
 /*
  * Virtual File Descriptor array pointer and size.	This grows as
- * needed.  'File' values are indexes into this array.
+ * needed.	'File' values are indexes into this array.
  * Note that VfdCache[0] is not a usable VFD, just a list header.
  */
 static Vfd *VfdCache;
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ static int	nfile = 0;
 #define MAX_ALLOCATED_FILES  32
 
 static int	numAllocatedFiles = 0;
-static FILE * allocatedFiles[MAX_ALLOCATED_FILES];
+static FILE *allocatedFiles[MAX_ALLOCATED_FILES];
 
 /*
  * Number of temporary files opened during the current transaction;
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ LruInsert(File file)
 	if (FileIsNotOpen(file))
 	{
 
-		while (nfile+numAllocatedFiles >= pg_nofile())
+		while (nfile + numAllocatedFiles >= pg_nofile())
 			ReleaseLruFile();
 
 		/*
@@ -434,12 +434,13 @@ AllocateVfd()
 
 	if (VfdCache[0].nextFree == 0)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * The free list is empty so it is time to increase the size of
 		 * the array.  We choose to double it each time this happens.
 		 * However, there's not much point in starting *real* small.
 		 */
-		Size newCacheSize = SizeVfdCache * 2;
+		Size		newCacheSize = SizeVfdCache * 2;
 
 		if (newCacheSize < 32)
 			newCacheSize = 32;
@@ -532,8 +533,9 @@ FileAccess(File file)
 			   file, VfdCache[file].fileName));
 
 	/*
-	 * Is the file open?  If not, open it and put it at the head of the LRU
-	 * ring (possibly closing the least recently used file to get an FD).
+	 * Is the file open?  If not, open it and put it at the head of the
+	 * LRU ring (possibly closing the least recently used file to get an
+	 * FD).
 	 */
 
 	if (FileIsNotOpen(file))
@@ -589,7 +591,7 @@ fileNameOpenFile(FileName fileName,
 	file = AllocateVfd();
 	vfdP = &VfdCache[file];
 
-	while (nfile+numAllocatedFiles >= pg_nofile())
+	while (nfile + numAllocatedFiles >= pg_nofile())
 		ReleaseLruFile();
 
 tryAgain:
@@ -659,10 +661,13 @@ PathNameOpenFile(FileName fileName, int fileFlags, int fileMode)
 File
 OpenTemporaryFile(void)
 {
-	char tempfilename[64];
-	File file;
+	char		tempfilename[64];
+	File		file;
 
-	/* Generate a tempfile name that's unique within the current transaction */
+	/*
+	 * Generate a tempfile name that's unique within the current
+	 * transaction
+	 */
 	snprintf(tempfilename, sizeof(tempfilename),
 			 "pg_temp%d.%ld", (int) getpid(), tempFileCounter++);
 
@@ -723,9 +728,7 @@ FileClose(File file)
 	 * Delete the file if it was temporary
 	 */
 	if (VfdCache[file].fdstate & FD_TEMPORARY)
-	{
 		unlink(VfdCache[file].fileName);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Return the Vfd slot to the free list
@@ -817,9 +820,7 @@ FileSeek(File file, long offset, int whence)
 		}
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		VfdCache[file].seekPos = lseek(VfdCache[file].fd, offset, whence);
-	}
 	return VfdCache[file].seekPos;
 }
 
@@ -893,7 +894,7 @@ FileNameUnlink(char *filename)
 /*
  * Routines that want to use stdio (ie, FILE*) should use AllocateFile
  * rather than plain fopen().  This lets fd.c deal with freeing FDs if
- * necessary to open the file.  When done, call FreeFile rather than fclose.
+ * necessary to open the file.	When done, call FreeFile rather than fclose.
  *
  * Note that files that will be open for any significant length of time
  * should NOT be handled this way, since they cannot share kernel file
@@ -929,21 +930,19 @@ TryAgain:
 		}
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		allocatedFiles[numAllocatedFiles++] = file;
-	}
 	return file;
 }
 
 void
 FreeFile(FILE *file)
 {
-	int i;
+	int			i;
 
 	DO_DB(elog(DEBUG, "FreeFile: Allocated %d.", numAllocatedFiles));
 
 	/* Remove file from list of allocated files, if it's present */
-	for (i = numAllocatedFiles; --i >= 0; )
+	for (i = numAllocatedFiles; --i >= 0;)
 	{
 		if (allocatedFiles[i] == file)
 		{
@@ -971,7 +970,7 @@ closeAllVfds()
 
 	if (SizeVfdCache > 0)
 	{
-		Assert(FileIsNotOpen(0));	/* Make sure ring not corrupted */
+		Assert(FileIsNotOpen(0));		/* Make sure ring not corrupted */
 		for (i = 1; i < SizeVfdCache; i++)
 		{
 			if (!FileIsNotOpen(i))
@@ -995,7 +994,7 @@ AtEOXact_Files(void)
 
 	if (SizeVfdCache > 0)
 	{
-		Assert(FileIsNotOpen(0));	/* Make sure ring not corrupted */
+		Assert(FileIsNotOpen(0));		/* Make sure ring not corrupted */
 		for (i = 1; i < SizeVfdCache; i++)
 		{
 			if ((VfdCache[i].fdstate & FD_TEMPORARY) &&
@@ -1005,12 +1004,11 @@ AtEOXact_Files(void)
 	}
 
 	while (numAllocatedFiles > 0)
-	{
 		FreeFile(allocatedFiles[0]);
-	}
 
-	/* Reset the tempfile name counter to 0; not really necessary,
-	 * but helps keep the names from growing unreasonably long.
+	/*
+	 * Reset the tempfile name counter to 0; not really necessary, but
+	 * helps keep the names from growing unreasonably long.
 	 */
 	tempFileCounter = 0;
 }
@@ -1018,7 +1016,7 @@ AtEOXact_Files(void)
 
 /*
  * Operations on BufFiles --- a very incomplete emulation of stdio
- * atop virtual Files.  Currently, we only support the buffered-I/O
+ * atop virtual Files.	Currently, we only support the buffered-I/O
  * aspect of stdio: a read or write of the low-level File occurs only
  * when the buffer is filled or emptied.  This is an even bigger win
  * for virtual Files than ordinary kernel files, since reducing the
@@ -1032,12 +1030,13 @@ AtEOXact_Files(void)
  * by elog(ERROR).
  */
 
-struct BufFile {
-	File	file;				/* the underlying virtual File */
-	bool	dirty;				/* does buffer need to be written? */
-	int		pos;				/* next read/write position in buffer */
-	int		nbytes;				/* total # of valid bytes in buffer */
-	char	buffer[BLCKSZ];
+struct BufFile
+{
+	File		file;			/* the underlying virtual File */
+	bool		dirty;			/* does buffer need to be written? */
+	int			pos;			/* next read/write position in buffer */
+	int			nbytes;			/* total # of valid bytes in buffer */
+	char		buffer[BLCKSZ];
 };
 
 
@@ -1046,10 +1045,10 @@ struct BufFile {
  *
  * This is comparable to fdopen() in stdio.
  */
-BufFile *
+BufFile    *
 BufFileCreate(File file)
 {
-	BufFile	   *bfile = (BufFile *) palloc(sizeof(BufFile));
+	BufFile    *bfile = (BufFile *) palloc(sizeof(BufFile));
 
 	bfile->file = file;
 	bfile->dirty = false;
@@ -1065,7 +1064,7 @@ BufFileCreate(File file)
  * Like fclose(), this also implicitly FileCloses the underlying File.
  */
 void
-BufFileClose(BufFile *file)
+BufFileClose(BufFile * file)
 {
 	/* flush any unwritten data */
 	BufFileFlush(file);
@@ -1080,10 +1079,10 @@ BufFileClose(BufFile *file)
  * Like fread() except we assume 1-byte element size.
  */
 size_t
-BufFileRead(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size)
+BufFileRead(BufFile * file, void *ptr, size_t size)
 {
-	size_t nread = 0;
-	size_t nthistime;
+	size_t		nread = 0;
+	size_t		nthistime;
 
 	if (file->dirty)
 	{
@@ -1126,10 +1125,10 @@ BufFileRead(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size)
  * Like fwrite() except we assume 1-byte element size.
  */
 size_t
-BufFileWrite(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size)
+BufFileWrite(BufFile * file, void *ptr, size_t size)
 {
-	size_t nwritten = 0;
-	size_t nthistime;
+	size_t		nwritten = 0;
+	size_t		nthistime;
 
 	while (size > 0)
 	{
@@ -1170,7 +1169,7 @@ BufFileWrite(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size)
  * Like fflush()
  */
 int
-BufFileFlush(BufFile *file)
+BufFileFlush(BufFile * file)
 {
 	if (file->dirty)
 	{
@@ -1188,7 +1187,7 @@ BufFileFlush(BufFile *file)
  * the new file offset (or -1 in case of error).
  */
 long
-BufFileSeek(BufFile *file, long offset, int whence)
+BufFileSeek(BufFile * file, long offset, int whence)
 {
 	if (BufFileFlush(file) < 0)
 		return -1L;
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c
index 62a38e14aaec3d7da9b46337f713b0975320c22d..b9ec1d171f5989a13a2baa6cf74e5ba0f21fd7f5 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.36 1999/02/21 01:41:44 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:11:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ struct ipcdummy
 	SLock		slocks[MAX_SPINS + 1];
 };
 
-#define	SLOCKMEMORYSIZE		sizeof(struct ipcdummy)
+#define SLOCKMEMORYSIZE		sizeof(struct ipcdummy)
 
 void
 CreateAndInitSLockMemory(IPCKey key)
@@ -747,4 +747,5 @@ IpcConfigTip(void)
 	fprintf(stderr, "shared memory or System V IPC semaphore configuration.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "See the FAQ for more detailed information\n");
 }
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c
index e7d6e702bf218b2e3ed7b080d09d34cafeb3ea10..6fedbcf85af121df2bf8cdb30adb6d55417743cb 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.23 1999/03/06 21:17:41 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:11:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include "miscadmin.h"			/* for DebugLvl */
 
 /*
- * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey 
+ * SystemPortAddressCreateMemoryKey
  *		Returns a memory key given a port address.
  */
 IPCKey
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ SystemPortAddressCreateIPCKey(SystemPortAddress address)
 }
 
 /*
- * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores 
+ * CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores
  *		Creates and initializes shared memory and semaphores.
  */
 /**************************************************
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores(IPCKey key, int maxBackends)
 
 	/*
 	 * Size of the primary shared-memory block is estimated via
-	 * moderately-accurate estimates for the big hogs, plus 100K for
-	 * the stuff that's too small to bother with estimating.
+	 * moderately-accurate estimates for the big hogs, plus 100K for the
+	 * stuff that's too small to bother with estimating.
 	 */
 	size = BufferShmemSize() + LockShmemSize(maxBackends);
 #ifdef STABLE_MEMORY_STORAGE
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores(IPCKey key, int maxBackends)
 
 
 /*
- * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores 
+ * AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores
  *		Attachs existant shared memory and semaphores.
  */
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c
index 421cd399c64aeae74142babc92cced212c7d150c..eafe53b0bb13de4cfd788f113cfecb36b6acf085 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.39 1999/04/02 04:51:03 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:11:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ ShmemIndexReset(void)
 }
 
 /*
- *	CreateSharedRegion() 
+ *	CreateSharedRegion()
  *
  *	This routine is called once by the postmaster to
  *	initialize the shared buffer pool.	Assume there is
@@ -348,10 +348,10 @@ ShmemInitHash(char *name,		/* table string name for shmem index */
 	long	   *location;
 
 	/*
-	 * Hash tables allocated in shared memory have a fixed directory;
-	 * it can't grow or other backends wouldn't be able to find it.
-	 * The segbase is for calculating pointer values.
-	 * The shared memory allocator must be specified too.
+	 * Hash tables allocated in shared memory have a fixed directory; it
+	 * can't grow or other backends wouldn't be able to find it. The
+	 * segbase is for calculating pointer values. The shared memory
+	 * allocator must be specified too.
 	 */
 	infoP->dsize = infoP->max_dsize = DEF_DIRSIZE;
 	infoP->segbase = (long *) ShmemBase;
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ ShmemInitHash(char *name,		/* table string name for shmem index */
 
 	/* look it up in the shmem index */
 	location = ShmemInitStruct(name,
-							   sizeof(HHDR) + DEF_DIRSIZE * sizeof(SEG_OFFSET),
+						 sizeof(HHDR) + DEF_DIRSIZE * sizeof(SEG_OFFSET),
 							   &found);
 
 	/*
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ ShmemInitHash(char *name,		/* table string name for shmem index */
 
 	/* Now provide the header and directory pointers */
 	infoP->hctl = (long *) location;
-	infoP->dir = (long *) (((char*) location) + sizeof(HHDR));
+	infoP->dir = (long *) (((char *) location) + sizeof(HHDR));
 
 	return hash_create(init_size, infoP, hash_flags);
 }
@@ -636,13 +636,13 @@ TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId xid)
 Snapshot
 GetSnapshotData(bool serializable)
 {
-	Snapshot		snapshot = (Snapshot) malloc(sizeof(SnapshotData));
-	ShmemIndexEnt  *result;
-	PROC		   *proc;
-	TransactionId	cid = GetCurrentTransactionId();
-	TransactionId	xid;
-	uint32			count = 0;
-	uint32			have = 32;
+	Snapshot	snapshot = (Snapshot) malloc(sizeof(SnapshotData));
+	ShmemIndexEnt *result;
+	PROC	   *proc;
+	TransactionId cid = GetCurrentTransactionId();
+	TransactionId xid;
+	uint32		count = 0;
+	uint32		have = 32;
 
 	Assert(ShmemIndex);
 
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ GetSnapshotData(bool serializable)
 			strncmp(result->key, "PID ", 4) != 0)
 			continue;
 		proc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(result->location);
-		xid = proc->xid;	/* we don't use spin-locking in xact.c ! */
+		xid = proc->xid;		/* we don't use spin-locking in xact.c ! */
 		if (proc == MyProc || xid < FirstTransactionId)
 			continue;
 		if (xid < snapshot->xmin)
@@ -697,18 +697,18 @@ GetSnapshotData(bool serializable)
 
 /*
  * GetXmaxRecent -- returns oldest transaction that was running
- * 					when all current transaction was started.
- * 					It's used by vacuum to decide what deleted
- * 					tuples must be preserved in a table.
+ *					when all current transaction was started.
+ *					It's used by vacuum to decide what deleted
+ *					tuples must be preserved in a table.
  *
  * And yet another strange func for this place...	- vadim 03/18/99
  */
 void
 GetXmaxRecent(TransactionId *XmaxRecent)
 {
-	ShmemIndexEnt  *result;
-	PROC		   *proc;
-	TransactionId	xmin;
+	ShmemIndexEnt *result;
+	PROC	   *proc;
+	TransactionId xmin;
 
 	Assert(ShmemIndex);
 
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ GetXmaxRecent(TransactionId *XmaxRecent)
 			strncmp(result->key, "PID ", 4) != 0)
 			continue;
 		proc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(result->location);
-		xmin = proc->xmin;	/* we don't use spin-locking in xact.c ! */
+		xmin = proc->xmin;		/* we don't use spin-locking in xact.c ! */
 		if (proc == MyProc || xmin < FirstTransactionId)
 			continue;
 		if (xmin < *XmaxRecent)
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c
index ec271bd963b8a618ebf727ea5f4ba7efc888732e..3617fa345d7ce58bd17733c36f305df60e366198 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:18:14 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:11:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ InitSharedInvalidationState(void)
 }
 
 /*
- * RegisterSharedInvalid 
+ * RegisterSharedInvalid
  *	Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ RegisterSharedInvalid(int cacheId,		/* XXX */
 }
 
 /*
- * InvalidateSharedInvalid 
+ * InvalidateSharedInvalid
  *	Processes all entries in a shared cache invalidation state.
  */
 /****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c
index 4e5ab146bb5b37e0c4c8fe875eb46aedad4e6e8b..27393c63ef6a848b9f1eb6043acf3dbc2b1e270d 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.18 1999/05/10 00:45:37 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinvaladt.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:11:13 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -144,9 +144,7 @@ SIAssignBackendId(SISeg *segInOutP, BackendTag backendTag)
 	for (index++; index < MAXBACKENDS; index++)
 	{
 		if (segInOutP->procState[index].tag == backendTag)
-		{
 			elog(FATAL, "SIAssignBackendId: tag %d found twice", backendTag);
-		}
 	}
 
 	Assert(stateP);
@@ -187,7 +185,7 @@ SISetDeadProcess(SISeg *segP, int backendId)
 }
 
 /*
- * CleanupInvalidationState 
+ * CleanupInvalidationState
  * Note:
  *		This is a temporary hack.  ExitBackend should call this instead
  *		of exit (via on_shmem_exit).
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c b/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c
index 79df2912b9b22f6b9ba93758cbaf6fd2a074edb6..57d03568c7d4319bbf0483f87fce08e96b6e45d5 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.52 1999/05/10 00:45:41 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/large_object/inv_api.c,v 1.53 1999/05/25 16:11:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ inv_create(int flags)
 	if (RelnameFindRelid(indname) != InvalidOid)
 	{
 		elog(ERROR,
-			 "internal error: %s already exists -- cannot create large obj",
+		  "internal error: %s already exists -- cannot create large obj",
 			 indname);
 	}
 
@@ -437,13 +437,13 @@ inv_tell(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc)
 int
 inv_read(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 {
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
-	int				nread;
-	int				off;
-	int				ncopy;
-	Datum			d;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	int			nread;
+	int			off;
+	int			ncopy;
+	Datum		d;
 	struct varlena *fsblock;
-	bool			isNull;
+	bool		isNull;
 
 	Assert(PointerIsValid(obj_desc));
 	Assert(buf != NULL);
@@ -499,9 +499,9 @@ inv_read(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 int
 inv_write(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 {
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
-	int				nwritten;
-	int				tuplen;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	int			nwritten;
+	int			tuplen;
 
 	Assert(PointerIsValid(obj_desc));
 	Assert(buf != NULL);
@@ -549,10 +549,12 @@ inv_write(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 			}
 			else
 				tuplen = inv_wrold(obj_desc, buf, nbytes - nwritten, &tuple, buffer);
-				/* inv_wrold() has already issued WriteBuffer()
-				   which has decremented local reference counter
-				   (LocalRefCount). So we should not call
-				   ReleaseBuffer() here. -- Tatsuo 99/2/4 */
+
+			/*
+			 * inv_wrold() has already issued WriteBuffer() which has
+			 * decremented local reference counter (LocalRefCount). So we
+			 * should not call ReleaseBuffer() here. -- Tatsuo 99/2/4
+			 */
 		}
 
 		/* move pointers past the amount we just wrote */
@@ -626,25 +628,26 @@ inv_fetchtup(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, HeapTuple tuple, Buffer *buffer)
 		|| obj_desc->offset < obj_desc->lowbyte
 		|| !ItemPointerIsValid(&(obj_desc->htid)))
 	{
- 		ScanKeyData skey;
+		ScanKeyData skey;
 
 		ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey, 0x0, 1, F_INT4GE,
-				       Int32GetDatum(obj_desc->offset));
+							   Int32GetDatum(obj_desc->offset));
 
 		/* initialize scan key if not done */
 		if (obj_desc->iscan == (IndexScanDesc) NULL)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * As scan index may be prematurely closed (on commit), we
 			 * must use object current offset (was 0) to reinitialize the
 			 * entry [ PA ].
 			 */
 			obj_desc->iscan = index_beginscan(obj_desc->index_r,
-								(bool) 0, (uint16) 1,
-								&skey);
-		} else {
- 			index_rescan(obj_desc->iscan, false, &skey);
-        	}
+											  (bool) 0, (uint16) 1,
+											  &skey);
+		}
+		else
+			index_rescan(obj_desc->iscan, false, &skey);
 		do
 		{
 			res = index_getnext(obj_desc->iscan, ForwardScanDirection);
@@ -671,15 +674,14 @@ inv_fetchtup(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, HeapTuple tuple, Buffer *buffer)
 		} while (tuple->t_data == NULL);
 
 		/* remember this tid -- we may need it for later reads/writes */
- 		ItemPointerCopy(&(tuple->t_self), &obj_desc->htid);
+		ItemPointerCopy(&(tuple->t_self), &obj_desc->htid);
 	}
 	else
 	{
 		tuple->t_self = obj_desc->htid;
 		heap_fetch(obj_desc->heap_r, SnapshotNow, tuple, buffer);
- 		if (tuple->t_data == NULL) {
+		if (tuple->t_data == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "inv_fetchtup: heap_fetch failed");
- 		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -751,11 +753,13 @@ inv_wrnew(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 
 	nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(hr);
 
-	if (nblocks > 0) {
+	if (nblocks > 0)
+	{
 		buffer = ReadBuffer(hr, nblocks - 1);
 		page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
 	}
-	else {
+	else
+	{
 		buffer = ReadBuffer(hr, P_NEW);
 		page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
 		PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0);
@@ -794,7 +798,7 @@ inv_wrnew(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc, char *buf, int nbytes)
 
 	ntup = inv_newtuple(obj_desc, buffer, page, buf, nwritten);
 	inv_indextup(obj_desc, ntup);
-	pfree (ntup);
+	pfree(ntup);
 
 	/* new tuple is inserted */
 	WriteBuffer(buffer);
@@ -874,11 +878,13 @@ inv_wrold(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc,
 
 		nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(hr);
 
-		if (nblocks > 0) {
+		if (nblocks > 0)
+		{
 			newbuf = ReadBuffer(hr, nblocks - 1);
 			newpage = BufferGetPage(newbuf);
 		}
-		else {
+		else
+		{
 			newbuf = ReadBuffer(hr, P_NEW);
 			newpage = BufferGetPage(newbuf);
 			PageInit(newpage, BufferGetPageSize(newbuf), 0);
@@ -966,7 +972,7 @@ inv_wrold(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc,
 
 	/* index the new tuple */
 	inv_indextup(obj_desc, ntup);
-	pfree (ntup);
+	pfree(ntup);
 
 	/*
 	 * move the scandesc forward so we don't reread the newly inserted
@@ -1002,7 +1008,7 @@ inv_newtuple(LargeObjectDesc *obj_desc,
 			 char *dbuf,
 			 int nwrite)
 {
-	HeapTuple	ntup = (HeapTuple) palloc (sizeof(HeapTupleData));
+	HeapTuple	ntup = (HeapTuple) palloc(sizeof(HeapTupleData));
 	PageHeader	ph;
 	int			tupsize;
 	int			hoff;
@@ -1227,7 +1233,7 @@ _inv_getsize(Relation hreln, TupleDesc hdesc, Relation ireln)
 {
 	IndexScanDesc iscan;
 	RetrieveIndexResult res;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	Datum		d;
 	long		size;
 	bool		isNull;
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c
index 7eb51207c7e5a69ca4e1e6214b6dbbb4d1bc77ce..3cebcb9ba0aa603f16440c8c3063b843ac548fbb 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.23 1999/05/07 01:23:02 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:11:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ static MASK LockConflicts[] = {
 
 /* AccessExclusiveLock */
 	(1 << ExclusiveLock) | (1 << ShareRowExclusiveLock) | (1 << ShareLock) |
-	(1 << RowExclusiveLock) | (1 << RowShareLock) | (1 << AccessExclusiveLock) | 
+	(1 << RowExclusiveLock) | (1 << RowShareLock) | (1 << AccessExclusiveLock) |
 	(1 << AccessShareLock),
 
 };
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ static int	LockPrios[] = {
 	7
 };
 
-LOCKMETHOD	LockTableId = (LOCKMETHOD) NULL;
+LOCKMETHOD LockTableId = (LOCKMETHOD) NULL;
 LOCKMETHOD	LongTermTableId = (LOCKMETHOD) NULL;
 
 /*
@@ -104,12 +104,14 @@ InitLockTable()
 	int			lockmethod;
 
 	lockmethod = LockMethodTableInit("LockTable",
-						  LockConflicts, LockPrios, MAX_LOCKMODES - 1);
+							LockConflicts, LockPrios, MAX_LOCKMODES - 1);
 	LockTableId = lockmethod;
+
 	if (!(LockTableId))
 		elog(ERROR, "InitLockTable: couldnt initialize lock table");
 
 #ifdef USER_LOCKS
+
 	/*
 	 * Allocate another tableId for long-term locks
 	 */
@@ -125,7 +127,7 @@ InitLockTable()
 }
 
 /*
- * RelationInitLockInfo 
+ * RelationInitLockInfo
  *		Initializes the lock information in a relation descriptor.
  */
 void
@@ -322,10 +324,10 @@ XactLockTableWait(TransactionId xid)
 	LockAcquire(LockTableId, &tag, ShareLock);
 
 	TransactionIdFlushCache();
+
 	/*
-	 * Transaction was committed/aborted/crashed - 
-	 * we have to update pg_log if transaction is still
-	 * marked as running.
+	 * Transaction was committed/aborted/crashed - we have to update
+	 * pg_log if transaction is still marked as running.
 	 */
 	if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(xid) && !TransactionIdDidAbort(xid))
 		TransactionIdAbort(xid);
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c
index 09e85e5e1341b0f867f641346ae2e54820ec7615..9860abca7e4b58a1c905f3cce4dce6a4bee4503b 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.52 1999/05/13 15:55:44 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.53 1999/05/25 16:11:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Outside modules can create a lock table and acquire/release
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 #include "utils/trace.h"
 #include "utils/ps_status.h"
 
-static int WaitOnLock(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode);
+static int	WaitOnLock(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCK *lock, LOCKMODE lockmode);
 
 /*
  * lockDebugRelation can be used to trace unconditionally a single relation,
@@ -658,22 +658,22 @@ LockAcquire(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 	 */
 	if (lockMethodTable->ctl->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
 	{
-		int		i = 1;
+		int			i = 1;
 
 		/*
-		 * If I don't hold locks or my locks don't conflict 
-		 * with waiters then force to sleep.
+		 * If I don't hold locks or my locks don't conflict with waiters
+		 * then force to sleep.
 		 */
 		if (result->nHolding > 0)
 		{
-			for ( ; i <= lockMethodTable->ctl->numLockModes; i++)
+			for (; i <= lockMethodTable->ctl->numLockModes; i++)
 			{
-				if (result->holders[i] > 0 && 
+				if (result->holders[i] > 0 &&
 					lockMethodTable->ctl->conflictTab[i] & lock->waitMask)
-					break;	/* conflict */
+					break;		/* conflict */
 			}
 		}
-	
+
 		if (result->nHolding == 0 || i > lockMethodTable->ctl->numLockModes)
 		{
 			XID_PRINT("LockAcquire: higher priority proc waiting",
@@ -718,17 +718,18 @@ LockAcquire(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 			return FALSE;
 		}
 #endif
+
 		/*
 		 * Construct bitmask of locks we hold before going to sleep.
 		 */
 		MyProc->holdLock = 0;
 		if (result->nHolding > 0)
 		{
-			int		i,
-					tmpMask = 2;
+			int			i,
+						tmpMask = 2;
 
-			for (i = 1; i <= lockMethodTable->ctl->numLockModes; 
-					i++, tmpMask <<= 1)
+			for (i = 1; i <= lockMethodTable->ctl->numLockModes;
+				 i++, tmpMask <<= 1)
 			{
 				if (result->holders[i] > 0)
 					MyProc->holdLock |= tmpMask;
@@ -1166,14 +1167,15 @@ LockRelease(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 		wakeupNeeded = false;
 	else
 #endif
-	/*
-	 * Above is not valid any more (due to MVCC lock modes). 
-	 * Actually we should compare activeHolders[lockmode] with 
-	 * number of waiters holding lock of this type and try to
-	 * wakeup only if these numbers are equal (and lock released 
-	 * conflicts with locks requested by waiters). For the moment
-	 * we only check the last condition.
-	 */
+
+		/*
+		 * Above is not valid any more (due to MVCC lock modes). Actually
+		 * we should compare activeHolders[lockmode] with number of
+		 * waiters holding lock of this type and try to wakeup only if
+		 * these numbers are equal (and lock released conflicts with locks
+		 * requested by waiters). For the moment we only check the last
+		 * condition.
+		 */
 	if (lockMethodTable->ctl->conflictTab[lockmode] & lock->waitMask)
 		wakeupNeeded = true;
 
@@ -1238,14 +1240,12 @@ LockRelease(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 	}
 
 	if (wakeupNeeded)
-	{
 		ProcLockWakeup(&(lock->waitProcs), lockmethod, lock);
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		if (((LOCKDEBUG(LOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*(lock))) >= 1) \
-			 && (lock->tag.relId >= lockDebugOidMin)) \
-			|| \
+			 &&(lock->tag.relId >= lockDebugOidMin)) \
+			||\
 			(lockDebugRelation && (lock->tag.relId == lockDebugRelation)))
 			TPRINTF(TRACE_ALL, "LockRelease: no wakeup needed");
 	}
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, SHM_QUEUE *lockQueue)
 
 	for (;;)
 	{
-		bool	wakeupNeeded = false;
+		bool		wakeupNeeded = false;
 
 		/*
 		 * Sometimes the queue appears to be messed up.
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, SHM_QUEUE *lockQueue)
 				goto next_item;
 			}
 			TPRINTF(TRACE_USERLOCKS,
-				"LockReleaseAll: releasing user lock [%u] [%d,%d,%d]",
+					"LockReleaseAll: releasing user lock [%u] [%d,%d,%d]",
 					lock->tag.objId.blkno,
 				  xidLook->tag.lock, xidLook->tag.pid, xidLook->tag.xid);
 		}
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, SHM_QUEUE *lockQueue)
 			if (xidLook->tag.pid != 0)
 			{
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_LOCKS,
-				  "LockReleaseAll: skiping user lock [%u] [%d,%d,%d]",
+					 "LockReleaseAll: skiping user lock [%u] [%d,%d,%d]",
 						lock->tag.objId.blkno,
 				  xidLook->tag.lock, xidLook->tag.pid, xidLook->tag.xid);
 				nleft++;
@@ -1415,10 +1415,11 @@ LockReleaseAll(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, SHM_QUEUE *lockQueue)
 					   &&(lock->activeHolders[i] >= 0));
 				if (!lock->activeHolders[i])
 					lock->mask &= BITS_OFF[i];
+
 				/*
 				 * Read comments in LockRelease
 				 */
-				if (!wakeupNeeded && xidLook->holders[i] > 0 && 
+				if (!wakeupNeeded && xidLook->holders[i] > 0 &&
 					lockMethodTable->ctl->conflictTab[i] & lock->waitMask)
 					wakeupNeeded = true;
 			}
@@ -1521,7 +1522,7 @@ LockShmemSize(int maxBackends)
 	int			size = 0;
 
 	size += MAXALIGN(sizeof(PROC_HDR)); /* ProcGlobal */
-	size += MAXALIGN(maxBackends * sizeof(PROC)); /* each MyProc */
+	size += MAXALIGN(maxBackends * sizeof(PROC));		/* each MyProc */
 	size += MAXALIGN(maxBackends * sizeof(LOCKMETHODCTL));		/* each
 																 * lockMethodTable->ctl */
 
@@ -1535,8 +1536,9 @@ LockShmemSize(int maxBackends)
 							   SHMEM_XIDTAB_KEYSIZE,
 							   SHMEM_XIDTAB_DATASIZE);
 
-	/* Since the lockHash entry count above is only an estimate,
-	 * add 10% safety margin.
+	/*
+	 * Since the lockHash entry count above is only an estimate, add 10%
+	 * safety margin.
 	 */
 	size += size / 10;
 
@@ -1569,21 +1571,21 @@ LockingDisabled()
 bool
 DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 {
-	XIDLookupEnt		   *xidLook = NULL;
-	XIDLookupEnt		   *tmp = NULL;
-	PROC				   *thisProc = (PROC*) proc,
-						   *waitProc;
-	SHM_QUEUE			   *lockQueue = &(thisProc->lockQueue);
-	SHMEM_OFFSET			end = MAKE_OFFSET(lockQueue);
-	LOCK				   *lock;
-	PROC_QUEUE			   *waitQueue;
-	int						i,
-							j;
-	bool					first_run = (thisProc == MyProc),
-							done;
-
-	static PROC			   *checked_procs[MAXBACKENDS];
-	static int				nprocs;
+	XIDLookupEnt *xidLook = NULL;
+	XIDLookupEnt *tmp = NULL;
+	PROC	   *thisProc = (PROC *) proc,
+			   *waitProc;
+	SHM_QUEUE  *lockQueue = &(thisProc->lockQueue);
+	SHMEM_OFFSET end = MAKE_OFFSET(lockQueue);
+	LOCK	   *lock;
+	PROC_QUEUE *waitQueue;
+	int			i,
+				j;
+	bool		first_run = (thisProc == MyProc),
+				done;
+
+	static PROC *checked_procs[MAXBACKENDS];
+	static int	nprocs;
 
 	/* initialize at start of recursion */
 	if (first_run)
@@ -1606,39 +1608,38 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 
 		LOCK_PRINT("DeadLockCheck", lock, 0);
 
-		if (lock->tag.relId == 0)	/* user' lock */
+		if (lock->tag.relId == 0)		/* user' lock */
 			goto nxtl;
 
 		/*
-		 * waitLock is always in lockQueue of waiting proc,
-		 * if !first_run then upper caller will handle waitProcs
-		 * queue of waitLock.
+		 * waitLock is always in lockQueue of waiting proc, if !first_run
+		 * then upper caller will handle waitProcs queue of waitLock.
 		 */
 		if (thisProc->waitLock == lock && !first_run)
 			goto nxtl;
 
 		/*
-		 * If we found proc holding findlock and sleeping on some my 
-		 * other lock then we have to check does it block me or
-		 * another waiters.
+		 * If we found proc holding findlock and sleeping on some my other
+		 * lock then we have to check does it block me or another waiters.
 		 */
 		if (lock == findlock && !first_run)
 		{
-			LOCKMETHODCTL  *lockctl = 
-							LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
-			int				lm;
+			LOCKMETHODCTL *lockctl =
+			LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
+			int			lm;
 
 			Assert(xidLook->nHolding > 0);
 			for (lm = 1; lm <= lockctl->numLockModes; lm++)
 			{
-				if (xidLook->holders[lm] > 0 && 
+				if (xidLook->holders[lm] > 0 &&
 					lockctl->conflictTab[lm] & findlock->waitMask)
 					return true;
 			}
+
 			/*
 			 * Else - get the next lock from thisProc's lockQueue
 			 */
-			goto nxtl;	
+			goto nxtl;
 		}
 
 		waitQueue = &(lock->waitProcs);
@@ -1653,10 +1654,10 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 				waitProc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(waitProc->links.prev);
 				continue;
 			}
-			if (lock == findlock)	/* first_run also true */
+			if (lock == findlock)		/* first_run also true */
 			{
-				LOCKMETHODCTL  *lockctl = 
-						LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
+				LOCKMETHODCTL *lockctl =
+				LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
 
 				/*
 				 * If me blocked by his holdlock...
@@ -1670,17 +1671,19 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 					waitProc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(waitProc->links.prev);
 					continue;
 				}
+
 				/*
-				 * If he isn't blocked by me and we request non-conflicting 
-				 * lock modes - no deadlock here because of he isn't
-				 * blocked by me in any sence (explicitle or implicitly). 
-				 * Note that we don't do like test if !first_run
-				 * (when thisProc is holder and non-waiter on lock) and so
-				 * we call DeadLockCheck below for every waitProc in
-				 * thisProc->lockQueue, even for waitProc-s un-blocked
-				 * by thisProc. Should we? This could save us some time...
+				 * If he isn't blocked by me and we request
+				 * non-conflicting lock modes - no deadlock here because
+				 * of he isn't blocked by me in any sence (explicitle or
+				 * implicitly). Note that we don't do like test if
+				 * !first_run (when thisProc is holder and non-waiter on
+				 * lock) and so we call DeadLockCheck below for every
+				 * waitProc in thisProc->lockQueue, even for waitProc-s
+				 * un-blocked by thisProc. Should we? This could save us
+				 * some time...
 				 */
-				if (!(lockctl->conflictTab[waitProc->token] & MyProc->holdLock) && 
+				if (!(lockctl->conflictTab[waitProc->token] & MyProc->holdLock) &&
 					!(lockctl->conflictTab[waitProc->token] & (1 << MyProc->token)))
 				{
 					waitProc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(waitProc->links.prev);
@@ -1689,7 +1692,8 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 			}
 
 			/*
-			 * Look in lockQueue of this waitProc, if didn't do this before.
+			 * Look in lockQueue of this waitProc, if didn't do this
+			 * before.
 			 */
 			for (j = 0; j < nprocs; j++)
 			{
@@ -1703,9 +1707,9 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 
 				if (DeadLockCheck(waitProc, findlock))
 				{
-					LOCKMETHODCTL  *lockctl = 
-							LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
-					int				holdLock;
+					LOCKMETHODCTL *lockctl =
+					LockMethodTable[DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD]->ctl;
+					int			holdLock;
 
 					/*
 					 * Ok, but is waitProc waiting for me (thisProc) ?
@@ -1715,14 +1719,16 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 						Assert(first_run);
 						holdLock = thisProc->holdLock;
 					}
-					else	/* should we cache holdLock ? */
+					else
+/* should we cache holdLock ? */
 					{
-						int	lm, tmpMask = 2;
+						int			lm,
+									tmpMask = 2;
 
 						Assert(xidLook->nHolding > 0);
-						for (holdLock = 0, lm = 1; 
-								lm <= lockctl->numLockModes; 
-								lm++, tmpMask <<= 1)
+						for (holdLock = 0, lm = 1;
+							 lm <= lockctl->numLockModes;
+							 lm++, tmpMask <<= 1)
 						{
 							if (xidLook->holders[lm] > 0)
 								holdLock |= tmpMask;
@@ -1731,6 +1737,7 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 					}
 					if (lockctl->conflictTab[waitProc->token] & holdLock)
 					{
+
 						/*
 						 * Last attempt to avoid deadlock - try to wakeup
 						 * myself.
@@ -1751,6 +1758,7 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 						}
 						return true;
 					}
+
 					/*
 					 * Hell! Is he blocked by any (other) holder ?
 					 */
@@ -1760,21 +1768,24 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 											 waitProc->xid,
 											 NULL) != STATUS_OK)
 					{
+
 						/*
 						 * Blocked by others - no deadlock...
 						 */
 #ifdef DEADLOCK_DEBUG
-						LOCK_PRINT("DeadLockCheck: blocked by others", 
-										lock, waitProc->token);
+						LOCK_PRINT("DeadLockCheck: blocked by others",
+								   lock, waitProc->token);
 #endif
 						waitProc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(waitProc->links.prev);
 						continue;
 					}
+
 					/*
 					 * Well - wakeup this guy! This is the case of
-					 * implicit blocking: thisProc blocked someone who blocked
-					 * waitProc by the fact that he (someone) is already
-					 * waiting for lock (we do this for anti-starving).
+					 * implicit blocking: thisProc blocked someone who
+					 * blocked waitProc by the fact that he/someone is
+					 * already waiting for lock.  We do this for
+					 * anti-starving.
 					 */
 					GrantLock(lock, waitProc->token);
 					waitQueue->size--;
@@ -1785,7 +1796,7 @@ DeadLockCheck(void *proc, LOCK *findlock)
 			waitProc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(waitProc->links.prev);
 		}
 
-nxtl:;
+nxtl:	;
 		if (done)
 			break;
 		SHMQueueFirst(&xidLook->queue, (Pointer *) &tmp, &tmp->queue);
@@ -1832,7 +1843,7 @@ LockOwners(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag)
 	if (is_user_lock)
 	{
 		TPRINTF(TRACE_USERLOCKS, "LockOwners: user lock tag [%u]",
-				locktag->objId.blkno;,
+				locktag->objId.blkno;
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -1981,6 +1992,7 @@ LockOwners(LOCKMETHOD lockmethod, LOCKTAG *locktag)
 
 	return array;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DEADLOCK_DEBUG
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c
index 38e2d194d6583c6024728b5d7baae2ca56f8074f..e60ba613ee81b32099bb8aba8b6cb765c4d691d8 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/multi.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.28 1999/03/28 20:32:25 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/Attic/multi.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:11:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES:
  *	 (1) The lock.c module assumes that the caller here is doing
@@ -170,6 +170,7 @@ MultiLockTuple(LockInfo lockinfo, ItemPointer tidPtr, LOCKMODE lockmode)
 	tag.tupleId = *tidPtr;
 	return MultiAcquire(MultiTableId, &tag, lockmode, TUPLE_LEVEL);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c
index 4eb97b8a6a86ff3f3b3b1c36ed5b84b15b7daff4..3c0b96713ad480273cb8c6cfe9b22f27f317be6e 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.55 1999/05/13 15:55:44 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.56 1999/05/25 16:11:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
  *		This is so that we can support more backends. (system-wide semaphore
  *		sets run out pretty fast.)				  -ay 4/95
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.55 1999/05/13 15:55:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.56 1999/05/25 16:11:23 momjian Exp $
  */
 #include <sys/time.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
@@ -150,18 +150,20 @@ InitProcGlobal(IPCKey key, int maxBackends)
 		for (i = 0; i < MAX_PROC_SEMS / PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET; i++)
 			ProcGlobal->freeSemMap[i] = 0;
 
-		/* Arrange to delete semas on exit --- set this up now so that
-		 * we will clean up if pre-allocation fails...
+		/*
+		 * Arrange to delete semas on exit --- set this up now so that we
+		 * will clean up if pre-allocation fails...
 		 */
 		on_shmem_exit(ProcFreeAllSemaphores, NULL);
 
-		/* Pre-create the semaphores for the first maxBackends processes,
+		/*
+		 * Pre-create the semaphores for the first maxBackends processes,
 		 * unless we are running as a standalone backend.
 		 */
 		if (key != PrivateIPCKey)
 		{
 			for (i = 0;
-				 i < (maxBackends+PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET-1) / PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET;
+				 i < (maxBackends + PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET - 1) / PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET;
 				 i++)
 			{
 				IPCKey		semKey = ProcGlobal->currKey + i;
@@ -266,10 +268,11 @@ InitProcess(IPCKey key)
 
 		ProcGetNewSemKeyAndNum(&semKey, &semNum);
 
-		/* Note: because of the pre-allocation done in InitProcGlobal,
-		 * this call should always attach to an existing semaphore.
-		 * It will (try to) create a new group of semaphores only if
-		 * the postmaster tries to start more backends than it said it would.
+		/*
+		 * Note: because of the pre-allocation done in InitProcGlobal,
+		 * this call should always attach to an existing semaphore. It
+		 * will (try to) create a new group of semaphores only if the
+		 * postmaster tries to start more backends than it said it would.
 		 */
 		semId = IpcSemaphoreCreate(semKey,
 								   PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET,
@@ -489,7 +492,7 @@ ProcQueueInit(PROC_QUEUE *queue)
  */
 int
 ProcSleep(PROC_QUEUE *waitQueue,/* lock->waitProcs */
-		  LOCKMETHODCTL *lockctl,
+		  LOCKMETHODCTL * lockctl,
 		  int token,			/* lockmode */
 		  LOCK *lock)
 {
@@ -534,23 +537,22 @@ ProcSleep(PROC_QUEUE *waitQueue,/* lock->waitProcs */
 		}
 		/* if he waits for me */
 		else if (lockctl->conflictTab[proc->token] & MyProc->holdLock)
-		{
 			break;
-		}
 		/* if conflicting locks requested */
 		else if (lockctl->conflictTab[proc->token] & myMask)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * If I request non self-conflicting lock and there
-			 * are others requesting the same lock just before me -
-			 * stay here.
+			 * If I request non self-conflicting lock and there are others
+			 * requesting the same lock just before me - stay here.
 			 */
 			if (!selfConflict && prevSame)
 				break;
 		}
+
 		/*
-		 * Last attempt to don't move any more: if we don't conflict
-		 * with rest waiters in queue.
+		 * Last attempt to don't move any more: if we don't conflict with
+		 * rest waiters in queue.
 		 */
 		else if (!(lockctl->conflictTab[token] & waitMask))
 			break;
@@ -558,7 +560,7 @@ ProcSleep(PROC_QUEUE *waitQueue,/* lock->waitProcs */
 		prevSame = (proc->token == token);
 		(aheadHolders[proc->token])++;
 		if (aheadHolders[proc->token] == lock->holders[proc->token])
-			waitMask &= ~ (1 << proc->token);
+			waitMask &= ~(1 << proc->token);
 		proc = (PROC *) MAKE_PTR(proc->links.prev);
 	}
 
@@ -885,7 +887,7 @@ ProcGetNewSemKeyAndNum(IPCKey *key, int *semNum)
 {
 	int			i;
 	int32	   *freeSemMap = ProcGlobal->freeSemMap;
-	int32		fullmask = (1 << (PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET+1)) - 1;
+	int32		fullmask = (1 << (PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET + 1)) - 1;
 
 	/*
 	 * we hold ProcStructLock when entering this routine. We scan through
@@ -906,8 +908,8 @@ ProcGetNewSemKeyAndNum(IPCKey *key, int *semNum)
 			{
 
 				/*
-				 * a free semaphore found. Mark it as allocated.
-				 * Also set the bit indicating whole set is allocated.
+				 * a free semaphore found. Mark it as allocated. Also set
+				 * the bit indicating whole set is allocated.
 				 */
 				freeSemMap[i] |= mask + (1 << PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET);
 
@@ -938,9 +940,10 @@ ProcFreeSem(IpcSemaphoreKey semKey, int semNum)
 	mask = ~(1 << semNum);
 	freeSemMap[i] &= mask;
 
-	/* Formerly we'd release a semaphore set if it was now completely unused,
-	 * but now we keep the semaphores to ensure we won't run out when
-	 * starting new backends --- cf. InitProcGlobal.  Note that the
+	/*
+	 * Formerly we'd release a semaphore set if it was now completely
+	 * unused, but now we keep the semaphores to ensure we won't run out
+	 * when starting new backends --- cf. InitProcGlobal.  Note that the
 	 * PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET+1'st bit of the freeSemMap entry remains set to
 	 * indicate it is still allocated; ProcFreeAllSemaphores() needs that.
 	 */
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c b/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c
index 69074ae2ce1c4f3b35350515dc184884fe16f826..8c12a7652c591f1cab6f72f8f4c8b9afc3d07693 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:18:31 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:11:25 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ static bool PageManagerShuffle = true;	/* default is shuffle mode */
  */
 
 /*
- * PageInit 
+ * PageInit
  *		Initializes the contents of a page.
  */
 void
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ PageInit(Page page, Size pageSize, Size specialSize)
 }
 
 /*
- * PageAddItem 
+ * PageAddItem
  *		Adds item to the given page.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ PageAddItem(Page page,
 }
 
 /*
- * PageGetTempPage 
+ * PageGetTempPage
  *		Get a temporary page in local memory for special processing
  */
 Page
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ PageGetTempPage(Page page, Size specialSize)
 }
 
 /*
- * PageRestoreTempPage 
+ * PageRestoreTempPage
  *		Copy temporary page back to permanent page after special processing
  *		and release the temporary page.
  */
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ itemidcompare(const void *itemidp1, const void *itemidp2)
 }
 
 /*
- * PageRepairFragmentation 
+ * PageRepairFragmentation
  *		Frees fragmented space on a page.
  */
 void
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ PageRepairFragmentation(Page page)
 }
 
 /*
- * PageGetFreeSpace 
+ * PageGetFreeSpace
  *		Returns the size of the free (allocatable) space on a page.
  */
 Size
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ PageGetFreeSpace(Page page)
 }
 
 /*
- * PageManagerModeSet 
+ * PageManagerModeSet
  *
  *	 Sets mode to either: ShufflePageManagerMode (the default) or
  *	 OverwritePageManagerMode.	For use by access methods code
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c b/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c
index 9e1353df5ecfbce8794832eea6fbaed42e6f8492..1ac32fd5454e6e65bdb82dcaec4b1af760f74358 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:18:33 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/itemptr.c,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:11:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 #include "storage/bufpage.h"
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerEquals 
+ * ItemPointerEquals
  *	Returns true if both item pointers point to the same item,
  *	 otherwise returns false.
  *
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c
index 84fd67510dcdd5b402436dcddae51791eaaaf58d..ce4fd6ab651870f5ed0162e4abcf37053ace455e 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.43 1999/05/17 06:38:41 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.44 1999/05/25 16:11:30 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -712,9 +712,9 @@ mdtruncate(Relation reln, int nblocks)
 
 #ifndef LET_OS_MANAGE_FILESIZE
 	int			curnblk,
-					i,
-					oldsegno,
-					newsegno;
+				i,
+				oldsegno,
+				newsegno;
 	char		fname[NAMEDATALEN];
 	char		tname[NAMEDATALEN + 10];
 
@@ -724,13 +724,15 @@ mdtruncate(Relation reln, int nblocks)
 
 	StrNCpy(fname, RelationGetRelationName(reln)->data, NAMEDATALEN);
 
-	if (newsegno < oldsegno) {
-		for (i = (newsegno + 1);; i++) {
+	if (newsegno < oldsegno)
+	{
+		for (i = (newsegno + 1);; i++)
+		{
 			sprintf(tname, "%s.%d", fname, i);
 			if (FileNameUnlink(tname) < 0)
 				break;
 		}
-        }
+	}
 #endif
 
 	fd = RelationGetFile(reln);
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c
index 2d5c1cdc4d8105908644db033be17d05366b367a..5bce97f93a22051cb9c6a84b12a27bff05416e40 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/mm.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.15 1999/03/06 21:17:50 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/Attic/mm.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:11:32 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -569,15 +569,15 @@ MMShmemSize()
 	 * first compute space occupied by the (dbid,relid,blkno) hash table
 	 */
 	size += hash_estimate_size(MMNBUFFERS,
-				   0, /* MMHashEntry includes key */
-				   sizeof(MMHashEntry));
+							   0,		/* MMHashEntry includes key */
+							   sizeof(MMHashEntry));
 
 	/*
 	 * now do the same for the rel hash table
 	 */
 	size += hash_estimate_size(MMNRELATIONS,
-				   0, /* MMRelHashEntry includes key */
-				   sizeof(MMRelHashEntry));
+							   0,		/* MMRelHashEntry includes key */
+							   sizeof(MMRelHashEntry));
 
 	/*
 	 * finally, add in the memory block we use directly
diff --git a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c
index 175cfa0f53d4779e15d7c9f63927f30081de98b6..25644d088b253e39567fd641b7ba574fc4b6d0f3 100644
--- a/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.23 1999/04/23 19:37:42 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/smgr.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:11:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ static bool smgrwo[] = {
 	false,						/* main memory */
 #endif
 };
+
 #endif
 
 static int	NSmgr = lengthof(smgrsw);
@@ -408,4 +409,5 @@ smgriswo(int16 smgrno)
 
 	return smgrwo[smgrno];
 }
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/dest.c b/src/backend/tcop/dest.c
index b564ac65aa6a7d5dc3c9d13fcb7273e02ee2156f..dce9425e1970cfbe2013490721b58e9030d51d18 100644
--- a/src/backend/tcop/dest.c
+++ b/src/backend/tcop/dest.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.29 1999/04/28 22:17:58 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:11:37 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ static char CommandInfo[32] = {0};
  * ----------------
  */
 static void
-donothingReceive (HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver* self)
+donothingReceive(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo, DestReceiver * self)
 {
 }
 
 static void
-donothingSetup (DestReceiver* self, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+donothingSetup(DestReceiver * self, TupleDesc typeinfo)
 {
 }
 
 static void
-donothingCleanup (DestReceiver* self)
+donothingCleanup(DestReceiver * self)
 {
 }
 
@@ -149,9 +149,11 @@ BeginCommand(char *pname,
 			if (operation == CMD_SELECT && !isIntoRel)
 			{
 				StringInfoData buf;
+
 				pq_beginmessage(&buf);
-				pq_sendbyte(&buf, 'T');	/* tuple descriptor message type */
-				pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);	/* # of attributes in tuples */
+				pq_sendbyte(&buf, 'T'); /* tuple descriptor message type */
+				pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);		/* # of attributes in
+												 * tuples */
 
 				for (i = 0; i < natts; ++i)
 				{
@@ -215,35 +217,35 @@ BeginCommand(char *pname,
  *		DestToFunction - return appropriate receiver function set for dest
  * ----------------
  */
-DestReceiver*
+DestReceiver *
 DestToFunction(CommandDest dest)
 {
 	switch (dest)
 	{
-		case Remote:
+			case Remote:
 			/* printtup wants a dynamically allocated DestReceiver */
 			return printtup_create_DR();
 			break;
 
 		case RemoteInternal:
-			return & printtup_internalDR;
+			return &printtup_internalDR;
 			break;
 
 		case Local:
-			return & be_printtupDR;
+			return &be_printtupDR;
 			break;
 
 		case Debug:
-			return & debugtupDR;
+			return &debugtupDR;
 			break;
 
 		case SPI:
-			return & spi_printtupDR;
+			return &spi_printtupDR;
 			break;
 
 		case None:
 		default:
-			return & donothingDR;
+			return &donothingDR;
 			break;
 	}
 
@@ -251,7 +253,7 @@ DestToFunction(CommandDest dest)
 	 * never gets here, but DECstation lint appears to be stupid...
 	 */
 
-	return & donothingDR;
+	return &donothingDR;
 }
 
 /* ----------------
@@ -330,13 +332,13 @@ NullCommand(CommandDest dest)
 {
 	switch (dest)
 	{
-		case RemoteInternal:
-		case Remote:
+			case RemoteInternal:
+			case Remote:
 			/* ----------------
 			 *		tell the fe that we saw an empty query string
 			 * ----------------
 			 */
-			pq_putbytes("I", 2); /* note we send I and \0 */
+			pq_putbytes("I", 2);/* note we send I and \0 */
 			break;
 
 		case Local:
@@ -362,8 +364,8 @@ ReadyForQuery(CommandDest dest)
 {
 	switch (dest)
 	{
-		case RemoteInternal:
-		case Remote:
+			case RemoteInternal:
+			case Remote:
 			if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) >= 2)
 				pq_putbytes("Z", 1);
 			/* Flush output at end of cycle in any case. */
@@ -383,7 +385,7 @@ UpdateCommandInfo(int operation, Oid lastoid, uint32 tuples)
 {
 	switch (operation)
 	{
-		case CMD_INSERT:
+			case CMD_INSERT:
 			if (tuples > 1)
 				lastoid = InvalidOid;
 			sprintf(CommandInfo, " %u %u", lastoid, tuples);
diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c
index ab29054aa773ad4eb27ef92dde40cca347af76ba..fbafe1e6bd8c2af66cf957801a5234365b4e3ce9 100644
--- a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c
+++ b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.115 1999/05/22 17:47:49 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.116 1999/05/25 16:11:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  this is the "main" module of the postgres backend and
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ static bool IsEmptyQuery = false;
 char		relname[80];		/* current relation name */
 
 /* note: these declarations had better match tcopprot.h */
-DLLIMPORT sigjmp_buf	Warn_restart;
+DLLIMPORT sigjmp_buf Warn_restart;
 bool		InError;
 
 extern int	NBuffers;
@@ -389,7 +389,8 @@ List *
 pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 				  Oid *typev,	/* argument types */
 				  int nargs,	/* number of arguments */
-				  List **queryListP,	/* returned pointer to the parse trees */
+				  List **queryListP,	/* returned pointer to the parse
+										 * trees */
 				  CommandDest dest,		/* where results should go */
 				  bool aclOverride)
 {
@@ -404,17 +405,17 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 	if (DebugPrintQuery)
 	{
 		if (DebugPrintQuery > 3)
-		{			  
+		{
 			/* Print the query string as is if query debug level > 3 */
-			TPRINTF(TRACE_QUERY, "query: %s", query_string); 
+			TPRINTF(TRACE_QUERY, "query: %s", query_string);
 		}
 		else
 		{
 			/* Print condensed query string to fit in one log line */
 			char		buff[MAX_QUERY_SIZE + 1];
 			char		c,
-						*s,
-						*d;
+					   *s,
+					   *d;
 			int			n,
 						is_space = 1;
 
@@ -462,21 +463,24 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	(2) rewrite the queries, as necessary
 	 *
-	 *  rewritten queries are collected in new_list.  Note there may be
-	 *  more or fewer than in the original list.
+	 *	rewritten queries are collected in new_list.  Note there may be
+	 *	more or fewer than in the original list.
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	new_list = NIL;
-	foreach (querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
+	foreach(querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
 	{
 		querytree = (Query *) lfirst(querytree_list_item);
 
 		if (DebugPrintParse || DebugPPrintParse)
 		{
-			if (DebugPPrintParse) {
+			if (DebugPPrintParse)
+			{
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_PRETTY_PARSE, "parser outputs:");
 				nodeDisplay(querytree);
-			} else {
+			}
+			else
+			{
 				TPRINTF(TRACE_PARSE, "parser outputs:");
 				printf("\n%s\n\n", nodeToString(querytree));
 			}
@@ -502,7 +506,7 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 	 */
 	if (aclOverride)
 	{
-		foreach (querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
+		foreach(querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
 		{
 			List	   *l;
 
@@ -522,19 +526,22 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 
 	if (DebugPrintRewrittenParsetree || DebugPPrintRewrittenParsetree)
 	{
-		if (DebugPPrintRewrittenParsetree) {
+		if (DebugPPrintRewrittenParsetree)
+		{
 			TPRINTF(TRACE_PRETTY_REWRITTEN, "after rewriting:");
 
-			foreach (querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
+			foreach(querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
 			{
 				querytree = (Query *) lfirst(querytree_list_item);
 				nodeDisplay(querytree);
 				printf("\n");
 			}
-		} else {
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			TPRINTF(TRACE_REWRITTEN, "after rewriting:");
 
-			foreach (querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
+			foreach(querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
 			{
 				querytree = (Query *) lfirst(querytree_list_item);
 				printf("\n%s\n\n", nodeToString(querytree));
@@ -542,7 +549,7 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 		}
 	}
 
-	foreach (querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
+	foreach(querytree_list_item, querytree_list)
 	{
 		querytree = (Query *) lfirst(querytree_list_item);
 
@@ -594,16 +601,20 @@ pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 			 */
 			if (DebugPrintPlan || DebugPPrintPlan)
 			{
-				if (DebugPPrintPlan) {
+				if (DebugPPrintPlan)
+				{
 					TPRINTF(TRACE_PRETTY_PLAN, "plan:");
 					nodeDisplay(plan);
-				} else {
+				}
+				else
+				{
 					TPRINTF(TRACE_PLAN, "plan:");
 					printf("\n%s\n\n", nodeToString(plan));
 				}
 			}
 #endif
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * If the command is an utility append a null plan. This is needed
 		 * to keep the plan_list aligned with the querytree_list or the
@@ -670,14 +681,16 @@ pg_exec_query_dest(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 
 	/* OK, do it to it! */
 
-	/* NOTE: we do not use "foreach" here because we want to be sure
-	 * the list pointers have been advanced before the query is executed.
-	 * We need to do that because VACUUM has a nasty little habit of doing
+	/*
+	 * NOTE: we do not use "foreach" here because we want to be sure the
+	 * list pointers have been advanced before the query is executed. We
+	 * need to do that because VACUUM has a nasty little habit of doing
 	 * CommitTransactionCommand at startup, and that will release the
 	 * memory holding our parse/plan lists :-(.  This needs a better
 	 * solution --- currently, the code will crash if someone submits
 	 * "vacuum; something-else" in a single query string.  But memory
-	 * allocation needs redesigned anyway, so this will have to do for now.
+	 * allocation needs redesigned anyway, so this will have to do for
+	 * now.
 	 */
 
 	while (querytree_list)
@@ -717,10 +730,13 @@ pg_exec_query_dest(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 			 */
 			if (DebugPrintPlan || DebugPPrintPlan)
 			{
-				if (DebugPPrintPlan) {
+				if (DebugPPrintPlan)
+				{
 					TPRINTF(TRACE_PRETTY_PLAN, "plan:");
 					nodeDisplay(plan);
-				} else {
+				}
+				else
+				{
 					TPRINTF(TRACE_PLAN, "plan:");
 					printf("\n%s\n\n", nodeToString(plan));
 				}
@@ -730,7 +746,7 @@ pg_exec_query_dest(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 			SetQuerySnapshot();
 
 			/*
-			 *	 execute the plan
+			 * execute the plan
 			 */
 			if (ShowExecutorStats)
 				ResetUsage();
@@ -762,13 +778,13 @@ pg_exec_query_dest(char *query_string,	/* string to execute */
 /* --------------------------------
  *		signal handler routines used in PostgresMain()
  *
- *		handle_warn() catches SIGQUIT.  It forces control back to the main
+ *		handle_warn() catches SIGQUIT.	It forces control back to the main
  *		loop, just as if an internal error (elog(ERROR,...)) had occurred.
  *		elog() used to actually use kill(2) to induce a SIGQUIT to get here!
  *		But that's not 100% reliable on some systems, so now it does its own
- *		siglongjmp() instead. 
+ *		siglongjmp() instead.
  *		We still provide the signal catcher so that an error quit can be
- *		forced externally.  This should be done only with great caution,
+ *		forced externally.	This should be done only with great caution,
  *		however, since an asynchronous signal could leave the system in
  *		who-knows-what inconsistent state.
  *
@@ -832,6 +848,7 @@ QueryCancelHandler(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 void
 CancelQuery(void)
 {
+
 	/*
 	 * QueryCancel flag will be reset in main loop, which we reach by
 	 * longjmp from elog().
@@ -1150,7 +1167,8 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 				{
 					IsUnderPostmaster = true;
 					DBName = optarg;
-					secure = false;	/* subsequent switches are NOT secure */
+					secure = false;		/* subsequent switches are NOT
+										 * secure */
 				}
 				break;
 
@@ -1238,7 +1256,7 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 				break;
 
 			case 'x':
-#ifdef NOT_USED						/* planner/xfunc.h */
+#ifdef NOT_USED					/* planner/xfunc.h */
 
 				/*
 				 * control joey hellerstein's expensive function
@@ -1326,7 +1344,7 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 		fprintf(stderr, "%s does not know where to find the database system "
 				"data.  You must specify the directory that contains the "
 				"database system either by specifying the -D invocation "
-				"option or by setting the PGDATA environment variable.\n\n",
+			 "option or by setting the PGDATA environment variable.\n\n",
 				argv[0]);
 		proc_exit(1);
 	}
@@ -1479,10 +1497,13 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 	pqsignal(SIGINT, QueryCancelHandler);		/* cancel current query */
 	pqsignal(SIGQUIT, handle_warn);		/* handle error */
 	pqsignal(SIGTERM, die);
-	pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);	/* ignore failure to write to frontend */
-	/* Note: if frontend closes connection, we will notice it and exit cleanly
-	 * when control next returns to outer loop.  This seems safer than forcing
-	 * exit in the midst of output during who-knows-what operation...
+	pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); /* ignore failure to write to frontend */
+
+	/*
+	 * Note: if frontend closes connection, we will notice it and exit
+	 * cleanly when control next returns to outer loop.  This seems safer
+	 * than forcing exit in the midst of output during who-knows-what
+	 * operation...
 	 */
 	pqsignal(SIGUSR1, quickdie);
 	pqsignal(SIGUSR2, Async_NotifyHandler);		/* flush also sinval cache */
@@ -1493,6 +1514,7 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 		PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) >= 2)
 	{
 		StringInfoData buf;
+
 		pq_beginmessage(&buf);
 		pq_sendbyte(&buf, 'K');
 		pq_sendint(&buf, (int32) MyProcPid, sizeof(int32));
@@ -1504,7 +1526,7 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 	if (!IsUnderPostmaster)
 	{
 		puts("\nPOSTGRES backend interactive interface ");
-		puts("$Revision: 1.115 $ $Date: 1999/05/22 17:47:49 $\n");
+		puts("$Revision: 1.116 $ $Date: 1999/05/25 16:11:40 $\n");
 	}
 
 	/* ----------------
@@ -1542,14 +1564,14 @@ PostgresMain(int argc, char *argv[], int real_argc, char *real_argv[])
 		/* ----------------
 		 *	 (1) tell the frontend we're ready for a new query.
 		 *
-		 *   Note: this includes fflush()'ing the last of the prior output.
+		 *	 Note: this includes fflush()'ing the last of the prior output.
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
 		ReadyForQuery(whereToSendOutput);
 
 		/* ----------------
 		 *	 (2) deal with pending asynchronous NOTIFY from other backends,
-		 *   and enable async.c's signal handler to execute NOTIFY directly.
+		 *	 and enable async.c's signal handler to execute NOTIFY directly.
 		 * ----------------
 		 */
 		QueryCancel = false;	/* forget any earlier CANCEL signal */
diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c
index 97e8663e7d1b076a16f70b65403b706232c0a572..83c400188f93ad319f40ac8bba45e3b9a6ce861e 100644
--- a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c
+++ b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.22 1999/03/23 05:41:00 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:11:41 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 static char *CreateOperationTag(int operationType);
 static void ProcessQueryDesc(QueryDesc *queryDesc, Node *limoffset,
-												   Node *limcount);
+				 Node *limcount);
 
 
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -374,5 +374,5 @@ ProcessQuery(Query *parsetree,
 	}
 	else
 		ProcessQueryDesc(queryDesc, parsetree->limitOffset,
-									parsetree->limitCount);
+						 parsetree->limitCount);
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c
index a7fb1ed3a3f42855f87a6e2ba04125fe5aa53482..38099254bf3def5ae6d91307804d266715eb9c7a 100644
--- a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c
+++ b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.60 1999/05/22 19:49:42 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.61 1999/05/25 16:11:43 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ ProcessUtility(Node *parsetree,
 				PS_SET_STATUS(commandTag = "LOAD");
 				CHECK_IF_ABORTED();
 
-				closeAllVfds();	/* probably not necessary... */
+				closeAllVfds(); /* probably not necessary... */
 				load_file(stmt->filename);
 			}
 			break;
@@ -653,6 +653,7 @@ ProcessUtility(Node *parsetree,
 			break;
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
+
 			/*
 			 * ******************************** Tioga-related statements *******************************
 			 */
diff --git a/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c b/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c
index 944b7766d8a55a623bf74462f1cf209f2c86ccbb..c211686c742d3018a18a891866367361d14acb4f 100644
--- a/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c
+++ b/src/backend/tioga/Varray.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* ************************************************************************
  *
- * Varray.c 
+ * Varray.c
  *
  *	  routines to provide a generic set of functions to handle variable sized
  * arrays.	  originally by Jiang Wu
diff --git a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h
index 70ed561c0ec36d259e37e9286e5b867eb0540d9f..858d195cfa63a0373a4891a63c88cd0029e4251d 100644
--- a/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h
+++ b/src/backend/tioga/tgRecipe.h
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:18:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tgRecipe.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:11:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ typedef struct
 								 *
 								 *
 								 *
+								 *
 								 * geo-decls.h */
 
 #endif	 /* TIOGA_FRONTEND */
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ typedef struct _tgrecipe
 {
 	TgElement	elmValue;		/* "inherits" TgElement attributes. */
 	Arr_TgNodePtr *allNodes;	/* array of all nodes for this recipe. */
-	Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes;	/* array of root nodes for this recipe. 
+	Arr_TgNodePtr *rootNodes;	/* array of root nodes for this recipe.
 								 * root nodes are nodes with no parents */
 	Arr_TgNodePtr *eyes;		/* array of pointers for the browser nodes
 								 * recipe, execution of recipe starts by
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c
index 2ca61704076cea09c106303acc67d6fece4eec7f..b1fc557498193c2c91d52489fa6d669e0ed18aa7 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.35 1999/05/12 12:47:24 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.36 1999/05/25 16:11:49 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ static char *aclparse(char *s, AclItem *aip, unsigned *modechg);
 /*
  * getid
  *		Consumes the first alphanumeric string (identifier) found in string
- *		's', ignoring any leading white space.  If it finds a double quote
+ *		's', ignoring any leading white space.	If it finds a double quote
  *		it returns the word inside the quotes.
  *
  * RETURNS:
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ getid(char *s, char *n)
 {
 	unsigned	len;
 	char	   *id;
-	int		in_quotes = 0;
+	int			in_quotes = 0;
 
 	Assert(s && n);
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ getid(char *s, char *n)
 
 	for (id = s, len = 0; isalnum(*s) || *s == '_' || in_quotes; ++len, ++s)
 	{
-		if (in_quotes && *s == '"') 
+		if (in_quotes && *s == '"')
 		{
 			len--;
 			in_quotes = 0;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c
index 41f02797a7f4e094235b45cba602c7ed791297ce..b0e59e3ff08ca39fcb30f83f4fd11e3a86464613 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.42 1999/05/10 00:45:58 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.43 1999/05/25 16:11:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ array_in(char *string,			/* input array in external form */
 		/* array not a large object */
 		dataPtr = (char *) _ReadArrayStr(p, nitems, ndim, dim, &inputproc, typelem,
 							typmod, typdelim, typlen, typbyval, typalign,
-								   &nbytes);
+										 &nbytes);
 		nbytes += ARR_OVERHEAD(ndim);
 		retval = (ArrayType *) palloc(nbytes);
 		MemSet(retval, 0, nbytes);
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ array_in(char *string,			/* input array in external form */
 }
 
 /*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ArrayCount 
+ * _ArrayCount
  *	 Counts the number of dimensions and the *dim array for an array string.
  *		 The syntax for array input is C-like nested curly braces
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1284,19 +1284,19 @@ array_assgn(ArrayType *array,
  * Map an arbitrary function to an array and return a new array with
  * same dimensions and the source elements transformed by fn().
  */
-ArrayType *
+ArrayType  *
 array_map(ArrayType *v,
 		  Oid type,
-		  char * (*fn)(),
+		  char *(*fn) (),
 		  Oid retType,
 		  int nargs,
 		  ...)
 {
-	ArrayType   *result;
-	void		*args[4];
-	char		**values;
-	char		*elt;
-	int			*dim;
+	ArrayType  *result;
+	void	   *args[4];
+	char	  **values;
+	char	   *elt;
+	int		   *dim;
 	int			ndim;
 	int			nitems;
 	int			i;
@@ -1308,26 +1308,23 @@ array_map(ArrayType *v,
 	char		typdelim;
 	Oid			typelem;
 	Oid			proc;
-	char	 	typalign;
-	char		*s;
-	char		*p;
+	char		typalign;
+	char	   *s;
+	char	   *p;
 	va_list		ap;
 
 	/* Large objects not yet supported */
-	if (ARR_IS_LO(v) == true) {
+	if (ARR_IS_LO(v) == true)
 		elog(ERROR, "array_map: large objects not supported");
-	}
 
 	/* Check nargs */
-	if ((nargs < 0) || (nargs > 4)) {
+	if ((nargs < 0) || (nargs > 4))
 		elog(ERROR, "array_map: invalid nargs: %d", nargs);
-	}
 
 	/* Copy extra args to local variable */
 	va_start(ap, nargs);
-	for (i=0; i<nargs; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
 		args[i] = (void *) va_arg(ap, char *);
-	}
 	va_end(ap);
 
 	/* Lookup source and result types. Unneeded variables are reused. */
@@ -1336,14 +1333,13 @@ array_map(ArrayType *v,
 	system_cache_lookup(retType, false, &typlen, &typbyval,
 						&typdelim, &typelem, &proc, &typalign);
 
-	ndim   = ARR_NDIM(v);
-	dim    = ARR_DIMS(v);
+	ndim = ARR_NDIM(v);
+	dim = ARR_DIMS(v);
 	nitems = getNitems(ndim, dim);
 
 	/* Check for empty array */
-	if (nitems <= 0) {
+	if (nitems <= 0)
 		return v;
-	}
 
 	/* Allocate temporary array for new values */
 	values = (char **) palloc(nitems * sizeof(char *));
@@ -1351,64 +1347,74 @@ array_map(ArrayType *v,
 
 	/* Loop over source data */
 	s = (char *) ARR_DATA_PTR(v);
-	for (i=0; i<nitems; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
+	{
 		/* Get source element */
-		if (inp_typbyval) {
-			switch (inp_typlen) {
-			case 1:
-				elt = (char *) ((int) (*(char *) s));
-				break;
-			case 2:
-				elt = (char *) ((int) (*(int16 *) s));
-				break;
-			case 3:
-			case 4:
-			default:
-				elt = (char *) (*(int32 *) s);
-				break;
+		if (inp_typbyval)
+		{
+			switch (inp_typlen)
+			{
+				case 1:
+					elt = (char *) ((int) (*(char *) s));
+					break;
+				case 2:
+					elt = (char *) ((int) (*(int16 *) s));
+					break;
+				case 3:
+				case 4:
+				default:
+					elt = (char *) (*(int32 *) s);
+					break;
 			}
 			s += inp_typlen;
-		} else {
+		}
+		else
+		{
 			elt = s;
-			if (inp_typlen > 0) {
+			if (inp_typlen > 0)
 				s += inp_typlen;
-			} else {
+			else
 				s += INTALIGN(*(int32 *) s);
-			}
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Apply the given function to source elt and extra args.
-		 * nargs is the number of extra args taken by fn().
+		 * Apply the given function to source elt and extra args. nargs is
+		 * the number of extra args taken by fn().
 		 */
-		switch (nargs) {
-		case 0:
-			p = (char *) (*fn) (elt);
-			break;
-		case 1:
-			p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0]);
-			break;
-		case 2:
-			p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1]);
-			break;
-		case 3:
-			p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1], args[2]);
-			break;
-		case 4:
-		default:
-			p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1], args[2], args[3]);
-			break;
+		switch (nargs)
+		{
+			case 0:
+				p = (char *) (*fn) (elt);
+				break;
+			case 1:
+				p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0]);
+				break;
+			case 2:
+				p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1]);
+				break;
+			case 3:
+				p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1], args[2]);
+				break;
+			case 4:
+			default:
+				p = (char *) (*fn) (elt, args[0], args[1], args[2], args[3]);
+				break;
 		}
 
 		/* Update values and total result size */
-		if (typbyval) {
+		if (typbyval)
+		{
 			values[i] = (char *) p;
 			nbytes += typlen;
-		} else {
-			int len;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			int			len;
+
 			len = ((typlen > 0) ? typlen : INTALIGN(*(int32 *) p));
 			/* Needed because _CopyArrayEls tries to pfree items */
-			if (p == elt) {
+			if (p == elt)
+			{
 				p = (char *) palloc(len);
 				memcpy(p, elt, len);
 			}
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c
index a6e9711a463e4d19815949ce3834b007d1b2aa11..9f74645d38a42028d4b3f07807d1fe75bf882500 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * workings can be found in the book "Software Solutions in C" by
  * Dale Schumacher, Academic Press, ISBN: 0-12-632360-7.
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c,v 1.27 1998/10/12 04:07:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/cash.c,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:11:52 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -681,8 +681,8 @@ cash_words_out(Cash *value)
 	Cash		m1;
 	Cash		m2;
 	Cash		m3;
-	text		*result;
-	
+	text	   *result;
+
 	/* work with positive numbers */
 	if (*value < 0)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c
index 2984555af022155b6cbd1e0aecc342594075c9dc..4c6e37110653306419f95e084020b645f56dc110 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:19:05 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:11:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ text_char(text *arg1)
 text *
 char_text(int8 arg1)
 {
-	text *result;
+	text	   *result;
 
-	result = palloc(VARHDRSZ+1);
-	VARSIZE(result) = VARHDRSZ+1;
+	result = palloc(VARHDRSZ + 1);
+	VARSIZE(result) = VARHDRSZ + 1;
 	*(VARDATA(result)) = arg1;
 
 	return result;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c
index eb692526f893cf41fd4d0c3b6d9ec4690cc803ce..a9a49fe940ed21cad6fa431105e8c414e6d8db95 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/chunk.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:19:06 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/chunk.c,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:11:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ _ChunkArray(int fd,
 }
 
 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * GetChunkSize 
+ * GetChunkSize
  *		  given an access pattern and array dimensionality etc, this program
  *		returns the dimensions of the chunk in "d"
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ GetChunkSize(FILE *fd,
 }
 
 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _FindBestChunk 
+ * _FindBestChunk
  *		  This routine does most of the number crunching to compute the
  *		  optimal chunk shape.
  * Called by GetChunkSize
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ _FindBestChunk(int size,
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * get_next 
+ * get_next
  *	 Called by _GetBestChunk to get the next tuple in the lexicographic order
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ seek_and_read(int pos, int size, char *buff, int fp, int from)
 #endif	 /* LOARRAY */
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ReadChunkArray 
+ * _ReadChunkArray
  *		  returns the subarray specified bu the range indices "st" and "endp"
  *		  from the chunked array stored in file "fp"
  *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ _ReadChunkArray(int *st,
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * _ReadChunkArray1El 
+ * _ReadChunkArray1El
  *		 returns one element of the chunked array as specified by the index "st"
  *		 the chunked file descriptor is "fp"
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c
index e582ebc2c655f7bb38f1d634212ad5b1009b7e95..7ad18a067e407a7b90b133a965b67f35f7002d28 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.31 1999/03/14 16:44:01 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.32 1999/05/25 16:11:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	 This code is actually (almost) unused.
@@ -988,6 +988,7 @@ isreltime(char *str)
 
 	return 0;
 }	/* isreltime() */
+
 #endif
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c
index aad1cec4eb0a0ba46476cf8b41eb72a29255d322..84163583ef859fbf17aa9e99bac27b07439dba20 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.32 1999/04/26 04:42:48 ishii Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:11:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ abstime_date(AbsoluteTime abstime)
  *	and then convert again to try to get the time zones correct.
  */
 static int
-date2tm(DateADT dateVal, int *tzp, struct tm *tm, double *fsec, char **tzn)
+date2tm(DateADT dateVal, int *tzp, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, char **tzn)
 {
 	struct tm  *tx;
 	time_t		utime;
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ date2tm(DateADT dateVal, int *tzp, struct tm *tm, double *fsec, char **tzn)
 		/* tm_gmtoff is Sun/DEC-ism */
 		*tzp = -(tm->tm_gmtoff);
 		if (tzn != NULL)
-			*tzn = (char *)tm->tm_zone;
+			*tzn = (char *) tm->tm_zone;
 #elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
 #ifdef __CYGWIN__
 		*tzp = (tm->tm_isdst ? (_timezone - 3600) : _timezone);
@@ -393,13 +393,13 @@ date2tm(DateADT dateVal, int *tzp, struct tm *tm, double *fsec, char **tzn)
 
 #ifdef DATEDEBUG
 #if defined(HAVE_TM_ZONE)
-		printf("date2tm- %d.%02d.%02d %02d:%02d:%02.0f (%d %s) dst=%d\n",
-			   tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, (double) tm->tm_sec,
-			   *tzp, tm->tm_zone, tm->tm_isdst);
+	printf("date2tm- %d.%02d.%02d %02d:%02d:%02.0f (%d %s) dst=%d\n",
+		   tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, (double) tm->tm_sec,
+		   *tzp, tm->tm_zone, tm->tm_isdst);
 #elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
-		printf("date2tm- %d.%02d.%02d %02d:%02d:%02.0f (%d %s %s) dst=%d\n",
-			   tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, (double) tm->tm_sec,
-			   *tzp, tzname[0], tzname[1], tm->tm_isdst);
+	printf("date2tm- %d.%02d.%02d %02d:%02d:%02.0f (%d %s %s) dst=%d\n",
+		   tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, (double) tm->tm_sec,
+		   *tzp, tzname[0], tzname[1], tm->tm_isdst);
 #endif
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c
index a055a03df80db304a2bb2335a19e150fee16f666..9fb75cb5687cf107aa5e2360b75579227b383650 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/dt.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.70 1999/05/01 17:14:56 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/dt.c,v 1.71 1999/05/25 16:12:00 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
 
 static int	DecodeDate(char *str, int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm);
 static int DecodeNumber(int flen, char *field,
-			 int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits);
+	int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits);
 static int DecodeNumberField(int len, char *str,
-				  int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits);
+	int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits);
 static int	DecodeSpecial(int field, char *lowtoken, int *val);
 static int DecodeTime(char *str, int fmask, int *tmask,
 		   struct tm * tm, double *fsec);
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ static int	tm2timespan(struct tm * tm, double fsec, TimeSpan *span);
 #define USE_DATE_CACHE 1
 #define ROUND_ALL 0
 
-int	day_tab[2][13] = {
+int			day_tab[2][13] = {
 	{31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0},
-	{31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0}};
+{31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0}};
 
 
 char	   *months[] = {"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ static datetkn datetktbl[] = {
 	{"idlw", TZ, NEG(72)},		/* Intl. Date Line, West */
 	{LATE, RESERV, DTK_LATE},	/* "infinity" reserved for "late time" */
 	{INVALID, RESERV, DTK_INVALID},
-								/* "invalid" reserved for invalid time */
+	/* "invalid" reserved for invalid time */
 	{"ist", TZ, 12},			/* Israel */
 	{"it", TZ, 21},				/* Iran Time */
 	{"jan", MONTH, 1},
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ datetime2tm(DateTime dt, int *tzp, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, char **tzn)
 
 			*tzp = -(tm->tm_gmtoff);	/* tm_gmtoff is Sun/DEC-ism */
 			if (tzn != NULL)
-				*tzn = (char *)tm->tm_zone;
+				*tzn = (char *) tm->tm_zone;
 #elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
 #ifdef __CYGWIN__
 			*tzp = (tm->tm_isdst ? (_timezone - 3600) : _timezone);
@@ -2833,8 +2833,10 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 			case DTK_NUMBER:
 				flen = strlen(field[i]);
 
-				/* long numeric string and either no date or no time read yet?
-				 * then interpret as a concatenated date or time... */
+				/*
+				 * long numeric string and either no date or no time read
+				 * yet? then interpret as a concatenated date or time...
+				 */
 				if ((flen > 4) && !((fmask & DTK_DATE_M) && (fmask & DTK_TIME_M)))
 				{
 					if (DecodeNumberField(flen, field[i], fmask, &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits) != 0)
@@ -2926,10 +2928,14 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 #ifdef DATEDEBUG
 						printf("DecodeDateTime- month field %s value is %d\n", field[i], val);
 #endif
-						/* already have a (numeric) month? then see if we can substitute... */
-						if ((fmask & DTK_M(MONTH)) && (! haveTextMonth)
-						  && (!(fmask & DTK_M(DAY)))
-						  && ((tm->tm_mon >= 1) && (tm->tm_mon <= 31)))
+
+						/*
+						 * already have a (numeric) month? then see if we
+						 * can substitute...
+						 */
+						if ((fmask & DTK_M(MONTH)) && (!haveTextMonth)
+							&& (!(fmask & DTK_M(DAY)))
+							&& ((tm->tm_mon >= 1) && (tm->tm_mon <= 31)))
 						{
 							tm->tm_mday = tm->tm_mon;
 							tmask = DTK_M(DAY);
@@ -2942,7 +2948,11 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 						break;
 
 					case DTZMOD:
-						/* daylight savings time modifier (solves "MET DST" syntax) */
+
+						/*
+						 * daylight savings time modifier (solves "MET
+						 * DST" syntax)
+						 */
 						tmask |= DTK_M(DTZ);
 						tm->tm_isdst = 1;
 						if (tzp == NULL)
@@ -3010,7 +3020,7 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 		if (tm->tm_year > 0)
 			tm->tm_year = -(tm->tm_year - 1);
 		else
-			elog(ERROR,"Inconsistant use of year %04d and 'BC'", tm->tm_year);
+			elog(ERROR, "Inconsistant use of year %04d and 'BC'", tm->tm_year);
 	}
 	else if (is2digits)
 	{
@@ -3039,18 +3049,22 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 		if ((fmask & DTK_DATE_M) != DTK_DATE_M)
 			return ((fmask & DTK_TIME_M) == DTK_TIME_M) ? 1 : -1;
 
-		/* check for valid day of month, now that we know for sure the month and year... */
+		/*
+		 * check for valid day of month, now that we know for sure the
+		 * month and year...
+		 */
 		if ((tm->tm_mday < 1)
 		 || (tm->tm_mday > day_tab[isleap(tm->tm_year)][tm->tm_mon - 1]))
 			return -1;
 
 		/* timezone not specified? then find local timezone if possible */
 		if (((fmask & DTK_DATE_M) == DTK_DATE_M)
-		 && (tzp != NULL) && (!(fmask & DTK_M(TZ))))
+			&& (tzp != NULL) && (!(fmask & DTK_M(TZ))))
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * daylight savings time modifier but no standard timezone? then
-			 * error
+			 * daylight savings time modifier but no standard timezone?
+			 * then error
 			 */
 			if (fmask & DTK_M(DTZMOD))
 				return -1;
@@ -3066,7 +3080,8 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 				tm->tm_mon += 1;
 
 #if defined(HAVE_TM_ZONE)
-				*tzp = -(tm->tm_gmtoff);	/* tm_gmtoff is Sun/DEC-ism */
+				*tzp = -(tm->tm_gmtoff);		/* tm_gmtoff is
+												 * Sun/DEC-ism */
 #elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
 #ifdef __CYGWIN__
 				*tzp = ((tm->tm_isdst > 0) ? (_timezone - 3600) : _timezone);
@@ -3077,7 +3092,7 @@ DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
 #error USE_POSIX_TIME is defined but neither HAVE_TM_ZONE or HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE are defined
 #endif
 
-#else  /* !USE_POSIX_TIME */
+#else							/* !USE_POSIX_TIME */
 				*tzp = CTimeZone;
 #endif
 			}
@@ -3214,8 +3229,8 @@ DecodeTimeOnly(char **field, int *ftype, int nf, int *dtype, struct tm * tm, dou
 		tm->tm_hour += 12;
 
 	if (((tm->tm_hour < 0) || (tm->tm_hour > 23))
-	 || ((tm->tm_min < 0) || (tm->tm_min > 59))
-	 || ((tm->tm_sec < 0) || ((tm->tm_sec + *fsec) >= 60)))
+		|| ((tm->tm_min < 0) || (tm->tm_min > 59))
+		|| ((tm->tm_sec < 0) || ((tm->tm_sec + *fsec) >= 60)))
 		return -1;
 
 	if ((fmask & DTK_TIME_M) != DTK_TIME_M)
@@ -3344,7 +3359,7 @@ DecodeDate(char *str, int fmask, int *tmask, struct tm * tm)
 		if (tm->tm_year > 0)
 			tm->tm_year = -(tm->tm_year - 1);
 		else
-			elog(ERROR,"Inconsistant use of year %04d and 'BC'", tm->tm_year);
+			elog(ERROR, "Inconsistant use of year %04d and 'BC'", tm->tm_year);
 	}
 	else if (is2digits)
 	{
@@ -3449,11 +3464,12 @@ DecodeNumber(int flen, char *str, int fmask,
 			   &tm->tm_year, &tm->tm_mon, &tm->tm_mday);
 
 	}
-	/* Enough digits to be unequivocal year?
-	 * Used to test for 4 digits or more,
-	 * but we now test first for a three-digit doy
-	 * so anything bigger than two digits had better be
-	 * an explicit year. - thomas 1999-01-09
+
+	/*
+	 * Enough digits to be unequivocal year? Used to test for 4 digits or
+	 * more, but we now test first for a three-digit doy so anything
+	 * bigger than two digits had better be an explicit year. - thomas
+	 * 1999-01-09
 	 */
 	else if (flen > 2)
 	{
@@ -3464,7 +3480,7 @@ DecodeNumber(int flen, char *str, int fmask,
 
 		/* already have a year? then see if we can substitute... */
 		if ((fmask & DTK_M(YEAR)) && (!(fmask & DTK_M(DAY)))
-		  && ((tm->tm_year >= 1) && (tm->tm_year <= 31)))
+			&& ((tm->tm_year >= 1) && (tm->tm_year <= 31)))
 		{
 			tm->tm_mday = tm->tm_year;
 			*tmask = DTK_M(DAY);
@@ -3543,7 +3559,7 @@ DecodeNumber(int flen, char *str, int fmask,
  */
 static int
 DecodeNumberField(int len, char *str, int fmask,
-				  int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits)
+				int *tmask, struct tm * tm, double *fsec, int *is2digits)
 {
 	char	   *cp;
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c
index 5e4e20d257f3de9b90b73aa40c6b9822c98cd4b3..5f2a4f15232bcdb16196a6ade29b012079df5273 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.41 1999/04/20 00:26:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.42 1999/05/25 16:12:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -955,12 +955,12 @@ i2tof(int16 num)
 text *
 float8_text(float64 num)
 {
-	text   *result;
-	int		len;
-	char   *str;
+	text	   *result;
+	int			len;
+	char	   *str;
 
 	str = float8out(num);
-	len = (strlen(str)+VARHDRSZ);
+	len = (strlen(str) + VARHDRSZ);
 
 	result = palloc(len);
 
@@ -978,9 +978,9 @@ float8_text(float64 num)
 float64
 text_float8(text *string)
 {
-	float64	result;
-	int		len;
-	char   *str;
+	float64		result;
+	int			len;
+	char	   *str;
 
 	len = (VARSIZE(string) - VARHDRSZ);
 	str = palloc(len + 1);
@@ -1000,12 +1000,12 @@ text_float8(text *string)
 text *
 float4_text(float32 num)
 {
-	text   *result;
-	int		len;
-	char   *str;
+	text	   *result;
+	int			len;
+	char	   *str;
 
 	str = float4out(num);
-	len = (strlen(str)+VARHDRSZ);
+	len = (strlen(str) + VARHDRSZ);
 
 	result = palloc(len);
 
@@ -1023,9 +1023,9 @@ float4_text(float32 num)
 float32
 text_float4(text *string)
 {
-	float32	result;
-	int		len;
-	char   *str;
+	float32		result;
+	int			len;
+	char	   *str;
 
 	len = (VARSIZE(string) - VARHDRSZ);
 	str = palloc(len + 1);
@@ -1154,7 +1154,8 @@ dpow(float64 arg1, float64 arg2)
 #endif
 	*result = (float64data) pow(tmp1, tmp2);
 #ifndef finite
-	if (errno != 0)			/* on some machines both EDOM & ERANGE can occur */
+	if (errno != 0)				/* on some machines both EDOM & ERANGE can
+								 * occur */
 #else
 	if (!finite(*result))
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_ntop.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_ntop.c
index 8c185dc83caa2a6c348afc8942c858de4baa1793..11a0cb9363a75a8f61a7f42c27fb0b29cc6be74d 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_ntop.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_ntop.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_ntop.c,v 1.5 1999/05/25 05:29:38 momjian Exp $";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_ntop.c,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:12:04 momjian Exp $";
 
 #endif
 
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_ntop.c,v 1.5 1999/05/25 05:29:38 momj
 #endif
 
 static char *inet_net_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits,
-								char *dst, size_t size);
+				   char *dst, size_t size);
 static char *inet_cidr_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits,
-								char *dst, size_t size);
+					char *dst, size_t size);
 
 /*
  * char *
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ inet_cidr_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	switch (af)
 	{
-		case AF_INET:
+			case AF_INET:
 			return (inet_cidr_ntop_ipv4(src, bits, dst, size));
 		default:
 			errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ inet_net_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	switch (af)
 	{
-		case AF_INET:
+			case AF_INET:
 			return (inet_net_ntop_ipv4(src, bits, dst, size));
 		default:
 			errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
@@ -186,10 +186,11 @@ inet_net_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 static char *
 inet_net_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
-	char *odst = dst;
-	char *t;
-	size_t len = 4;
-	int b, tb;
+	char	   *odst = dst;
+	char	   *t;
+	size_t		len = 4;
+	int			b,
+				tb;
 
 	if (bits < 0 || bits > 32)
 	{
@@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ inet_net_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 			*dst++ = '.';
 			*dst = '\0';
 		}
-		size -= (size_t)(dst - t);
+		size -= (size_t) (dst - t);
 	}
 
 	/* don't print masklen if 32 bits */
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ inet_net_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
 
 	return (odst);
 
- emsgsize:
+emsgsize:
 	errno = EMSGSIZE;
 	return (NULL);
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c
index ae3036c3ca65f26a7181d1922c6fce60d6c6b81d..bcc9ff681a249a8c478ae55db8e4f4b3120f9113 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  */
 
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_pton.c,v 1.7 1999/02/03 21:17:27 momjian Exp $";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_pton.c,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:12:05 momjian Exp $";
 
 #endif
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ static int	inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size);
  *	Paul Vixie (ISC), June 1996
  *
  * Changes:
- *  I added the inet_cidr_pton function (also from Paul) and changed
- *  the names to reflect their current use.
+ *	I added the inet_cidr_pton function (also from Paul) and changed
+ *	the names to reflect their current use.
  *
  */
 int
@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ inet_net_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	switch (af)
 	{
-		case AF_INET:
+			case AF_INET:
 			return size == -1 ?
-					inet_net_pton_ipv4(src, dst) :
-					inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(src, dst, size);
+			inet_net_pton_ipv4(src, dst) :
+			inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(src, dst, size);
 		default:
 			errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
 			return (-1);
@@ -108,14 +108,16 @@ inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size)
 
 	ch = *src++;
 	if (ch == '0' && (src[0] == 'x' || src[0] == 'X')
-	    && isascii(src[1]) && isxdigit(src[1])) {
+		&& isascii(src[1]) && isxdigit(src[1]))
+	{
 		/* Hexadecimal: Eat nybble string. */
 		if (size <= 0)
 			goto emsgsize;
 		dirty = 0;
 		tmp = 0;
-		src++;	/* skip x or X. */
-		while ((ch = *src++) != '\0' && isascii(ch) && isxdigit(ch)) {
+		src++;					/* skip x or X. */
+		while ((ch = *src++) != '\0' && isascii(ch) && isxdigit(ch))
+		{
 			if (isupper(ch))
 				ch = tolower(ch);
 			n = strchr(xdigits, ch) - xdigits;
@@ -124,14 +126,16 @@ inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size)
 				tmp = n;
 			else
 				tmp = (tmp << 4) | n;
-			if (++dirty == 2) {
+			if (++dirty == 2)
+			{
 				if (size-- <= 0)
 					goto emsgsize;
 				*dst++ = (u_char) tmp;
 				dirty = 0;
 			}
 		}
-		if (dirty) {  /* Odd trailing nybble? */
+		if (dirty)
+		{						/* Odd trailing nybble? */
 			if (size-- <= 0)
 				goto emsgsize;
 			*dst++ = (u_char) (tmp << 4);
@@ -234,27 +238,30 @@ emsgsize:
 /*
  * int
  * inet_net_pton(af, src, dst, *bits)
- *  convert network address from presentation to network format.
- *  accepts inet_pton()'s input for this "af" plus trailing "/CIDR".
- *  "dst" is assumed large enough for its "af".  "bits" is set to the
- *  /CIDR prefix length, which can have defaults (like /32 for IPv4).
+ *	convert network address from presentation to network format.
+ *	accepts inet_pton()'s input for this "af" plus trailing "/CIDR".
+ *	"dst" is assumed large enough for its "af".  "bits" is set to the
+ *	/CIDR prefix length, which can have defaults (like /32 for IPv4).
  * return:
- *  -1 if an error occurred (inspect errno; ENOENT means bad format).
- *  0 if successful conversion occurred.
- * note: 
- *  192.5.5.1/28 has a nonzero host part, which means it isn't a network
- *  as called for by inet_cidr_pton() but it can be a host address with
- *  an included netmask.
+ *	-1 if an error occurred (inspect errno; ENOENT means bad format).
+ *	0 if successful conversion occurred.
+ * note:
+ *	192.5.5.1/28 has a nonzero host part, which means it isn't a network
+ *	as called for by inet_cidr_pton() but it can be a host address with
+ *	an included netmask.
  * author:
- *  Paul Vixie (ISC), October 1998
+ *	Paul Vixie (ISC), October 1998
  */
 static int
 inet_net_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst)
 {
 	static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
 	const u_char *odst = dst;
-	int n, ch, tmp, bits;
-	size_t size = 4;
+	int			n,
+				ch,
+				tmp,
+				bits;
+	size_t		size = 4;
 
 	/* Get the mantissa. */
 	while (ch = *src++, (isascii(ch) && isdigit(ch)))
@@ -283,7 +290,7 @@ inet_net_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst)
 	if (ch == '/' && isascii(src[0]) && isdigit(src[0]) && dst > odst)
 	{
 		/* CIDR width specifier.  Nothing can follow it. */
-		ch = *src++;	/* Skip over the /. */
+		ch = *src++;			/* Skip over the /. */
 		bits = 0;
 		do
 		{
@@ -325,11 +332,11 @@ inet_net_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst)
 
 	return bits;
 
- enoent:
+enoent:
 	errno = ENOENT;
 	return (-1);
 
- emsgsize:
+emsgsize:
 	errno = EMSGSIZE;
 	return (-1);
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c
index 11363ba6459387afb5128820f7bda8f0f820fd56..289aed674ba8466123e2c579cf2fc9e8b345d229 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c
@@ -44,21 +44,22 @@ int8in(char *str)
 	if (!PointerIsValid(str))
 		elog(ERROR, "Bad (null) int8 external representation", NULL);
 
-	/* Do our own scan, rather than relying on sscanf which might be
+	/*
+	 * Do our own scan, rather than relying on sscanf which might be
 	 * broken for long long.  NOTE: this will not detect int64 overflow...
 	 * but sscanf doesn't either...
 	 */
-	while (*ptr && isspace(*ptr))	/* skip leading spaces */
+	while (*ptr && isspace(*ptr))		/* skip leading spaces */
 		ptr++;
-	if (*ptr == '-')				/* handle sign */
+	if (*ptr == '-')			/* handle sign */
 		sign = -1, ptr++;
 	else if (*ptr == '+')
 		ptr++;
-	if (! isdigit(*ptr))			/* require at least one digit */
+	if (!isdigit(*ptr))			/* require at least one digit */
 		elog(ERROR, "Bad int8 external representation '%s'", str);
-	while (*ptr && isdigit(*ptr))	/* process digits */
+	while (*ptr && isdigit(*ptr))		/* process digits */
 		tmp = tmp * 10 + (*ptr++ - '0');
-	if (*ptr)						/* trailing junk? */
+	if (*ptr)					/* trailing junk? */
 		elog(ERROR, "Bad int8 external representation '%s'", str);
 
 	*result = (sign < 0) ? -tmp : tmp;
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ int8in(char *str)
 /* int8out()
  */
 char *
-int8out(int64 *val)
+int8out(int64 * val)
 {
 	char	   *result;
 
@@ -99,37 +100,37 @@ int8out(int64 *val)
  * Is val1 relop val2?
  */
 bool
-int8eq(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8eq(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 == *val2;
 }	/* int8eq() */
 
 bool
-int8ne(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8ne(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 != *val2;
 }	/* int8ne() */
 
 bool
-int8lt(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8lt(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 < *val2;
 }	/* int8lt() */
 
 bool
-int8gt(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8gt(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 > *val2;
 }	/* int8gt() */
 
 bool
-int8le(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8le(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 <= *val2;
 }	/* int8le() */
 
 bool
-int8ge(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8ge(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return *val1 >= *val2;
 }	/* int8ge() */
@@ -139,37 +140,37 @@ int8ge(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
  * Is 64-bit val1 relop 32-bit val2?
  */
 bool
-int84eq(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84eq(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 == val2;
 }	/* int84eq() */
 
 bool
-int84ne(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84ne(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 != val2;
 }	/* int84ne() */
 
 bool
-int84lt(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84lt(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 < val2;
 }	/* int84lt() */
 
 bool
-int84gt(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84gt(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 > val2;
 }	/* int84gt() */
 
 bool
-int84le(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84le(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 <= val2;
 }	/* int84le() */
 
 bool
-int84ge(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84ge(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	return *val1 >= val2;
 }	/* int84ge() */
@@ -179,37 +180,37 @@ int84ge(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
  * Is 32-bit val1 relop 64-bit val2?
  */
 bool
-int48eq(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48eq(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 == *val2;
 }	/* int48eq() */
 
 bool
-int48ne(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48ne(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 != *val2;
 }	/* int48ne() */
 
 bool
-int48lt(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48lt(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 < *val2;
 }	/* int48lt() */
 
 bool
-int48gt(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48gt(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 > *val2;
 }	/* int48gt() */
 
 bool
-int48le(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48le(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 <= *val2;
 }	/* int48le() */
 
 bool
-int48ge(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48ge(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	return val1 >= *val2;
 }	/* int48ge() */
@@ -220,7 +221,7 @@ int48ge(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
  *---------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 int64 *
-int8um(int64 *val)
+int8um(int64 * val)
 {
 	int64		temp = 0;
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ int8um(int64 *val)
 
 
 int64 *
-int8pl(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8pl(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ int8pl(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int8pl() */
 
 int64 *
-int8mi(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8mi(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ int8mi(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int8mi() */
 
 int64 *
-int8mul(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8mul(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ int8mul(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int8mul() */
 
 int64 *
-int8div(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8div(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ int8div(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int8div() */
 
 int64 *
-int8larger(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8larger(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -300,7 +301,7 @@ int8larger(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int8larger() */
 
 int64 *
-int8smaller(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
+int8smaller(int64 * val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ int8smaller(int64 *val1, int64 *val2)
 
 
 int64 *
-int84pl(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84pl(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ int84pl(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
 }	/* int84pl() */
 
 int64 *
-int84mi(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84mi(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -340,7 +341,7 @@ int84mi(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
 }	/* int84mi() */
 
 int64 *
-int84mul(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84mul(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -353,7 +354,7 @@ int84mul(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
 }	/* int84mul() */
 
 int64 *
-int84div(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
+int84div(int64 * val1, int32 val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -367,7 +368,7 @@ int84div(int64 *val1, int32 val2)
 
 
 int64 *
-int48pl(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48pl(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -380,7 +381,7 @@ int48pl(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int48pl() */
 
 int64 *
-int48mi(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48mi(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -393,7 +394,7 @@ int48mi(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int48mi() */
 
 int64 *
-int48mul(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48mul(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ int48mul(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
 }	/* int48mul() */
 
 int64 *
-int48div(int32 val1, int64 *val2)
+int48div(int32 val1, int64 * val2)
 {
 	int64	   *result = palloc(sizeof(int64));
 
@@ -434,7 +435,7 @@ int48(int32 val)
 }	/* int48() */
 
 int32
-int84(int64 *val)
+int84(int64 * val)
 {
 	int32		result;
 
@@ -442,6 +443,7 @@ int84(int64 *val)
 		elog(ERROR, "Invalid (null) int64, can't convert int8 to int4", NULL);
 
 #if NOT_USED
+
 	/*
 	 * Hmm. This conditional always tests true on my i686/linux box. It's
 	 * a gcc compiler bug, or I'm missing something obvious, which is more
@@ -449,8 +451,8 @@ int84(int64 *val)
 	 */
 	if ((*val < INT_MIN) || (*val > INT_MAX))
 #endif
-	if ((*val < (-pow(2, 31) + 1)) || (*val > (pow(2, 31) - 1)))
-		elog(ERROR, "int8 conversion to int4 is out of range", NULL);
+		if ((*val < (-pow(2, 31) + 1)) || (*val > (pow(2, 31) - 1)))
+			elog(ERROR, "int8 conversion to int4 is out of range", NULL);
 
 	result = *val;
 
@@ -471,7 +473,7 @@ int28		(int16 val)
 }	/* int28() */
 
 int16
-int82(int64 *val)
+int82(int64 * val)
 {
 	int16		result;
 
@@ -489,7 +491,7 @@ int82(int64 *val)
 #endif
 
 float64
-i8tod(int64 *val)
+i8tod(int64 * val)
 {
 	float64		result = palloc(sizeof(float64data));
 
@@ -533,9 +535,9 @@ text_int8(text *str)
 		elog(ERROR, "Bad (null) int8 external representation", NULL);
 
 	len = (VARSIZE(str) - VARHDRSZ);
-	s = palloc(len+1);
+	s = palloc(len + 1);
 	memmove(s, VARDATA(str), len);
-	*(s+len) = '\0';
+	*(s + len) = '\0';
 
 	return int8in(s);
 }	/* text_int8() */
@@ -544,7 +546,7 @@ text_int8(text *str)
 /* int8_text()
  */
 text *
-int8_text(int64 *val)
+int8_text(int64 * val)
 {
 	text	   *result;
 
@@ -564,4 +566,3 @@ int8_text(int64 *val)
 
 	return result;
 }	/* int8out() */
-
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c
index 6057fa2f1542bd928008cf05efbe236de30a447f..14fc5314d0c482132a25748eea2c377a8508e271 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #include "utils/builtins.h"		/* where the function declarations go */
 #include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
 
-static int	like(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p);
+static int	like(pg_wchar * text, pg_wchar * p);
 
 /*
  *	interface routines called by the function manager
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ static int	like(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p);
 		 charlen   - the length of the string
 */
 static bool
-fixedlen_like(char *s, struct varlena *p, int charlen)
+fixedlen_like(char *s, struct varlena * p, int charlen)
 {
 	pg_wchar   *sterm,
 			   *pterm;
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ fixedlen_like(char *s, struct varlena *p, int charlen)
 }
 
 bool
-namelike(NameData *n, struct varlena *p)
+namelike(NameData *n, struct varlena * p)
 {
 	if (!n)
 		return FALSE;
@@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ namelike(NameData *n, struct varlena *p)
 }
 
 bool
-namenlike(NameData *s, struct varlena *p)
+namenlike(NameData *s, struct varlena * p)
 {
 	return !namelike(s, p);
 }
 
 bool
-textlike(struct varlena *s, struct varlena *p)
+textlike(struct varlena * s, struct varlena * p)
 {
 	if (!s)
 		return FALSE;
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ textlike(struct varlena *s, struct varlena *p)
 }
 
 bool
-textnlike(struct varlena *s, struct varlena *p)
+textnlike(struct varlena * s, struct varlena * p)
 {
 	return !textlike(s, p);
 }
 
 
-/*	$Revision: 1.23 $
+/*	$Revision: 1.24 $
 **	"like.c" A first attempt at a LIKE operator for Postgres95.
 **
 **	Originally written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986.
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ textnlike(struct varlena *s, struct varlena *p)
 **	Match text and p, return LIKE_TRUE, LIKE_FALSE, or LIKE_ABORT.
 */
 static int
-DoMatch(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p)
+DoMatch(pg_wchar * text, pg_wchar * p)
 {
 	int			matched;
 
-	for (; *p && *text; text++, p++)
+	for (; *p && *text; text ++, p++)
 	{
 		switch (*p)
 		{
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ DoMatch(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p)
 				p++;
 				/* FALLTHROUGH */
 			default:
-				if (*text != *p)
+				if (*text !=*p)
 					return LIKE_FALSE;
 				break;
 			case '_':
@@ -177,16 +177,16 @@ DoMatch(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p)
 				{
 					/* Optimization to prevent most recursion */
 					if ((*text == *p ||
-					     *p == '\\' || *p == '%' || *p == '_') &&
+						 *p == '\\' || *p == '%' || *p == '_') &&
 						(matched = DoMatch(text, p)) != LIKE_FALSE)
 						return matched;
-					text++;
+					text	  ++;
 				}
 				return LIKE_ABORT;
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (*text != '\0')
+	if (*text !='\0')
 		return LIKE_ABORT;
 	else
 	{
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ DoMatch(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p)
 **	User-level routine.  Returns TRUE or FALSE.
 */
 static int
-like(pg_wchar *text, pg_wchar *p)
+like(pg_wchar * text, pg_wchar * p)
 {
 	if (p[0] == '%' && p[1] == '\0')
 		return TRUE;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c
index 957292af8eaad7ddb6227fa16d69a5fd299aa051..48dd19db94b2afd5bcdb9e2c5a3afda7d96d19d2 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *	PostgreSQL type definitions for MAC addresses.
  *
- *	$Id: mac.c,v 1.7 1999/03/22 05:00:57 momjian Exp $
+ *	$Id: mac.c,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:12:08 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -13,119 +13,119 @@
 #include <utils/inet.h>
 
 manufacturer manufacturers[] = {
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, "Cisco"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x0E, "Fujitsu"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x0F, "NeXT"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x10, "Sytek"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x1D, "Cabletron"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x20, "DIAB"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x22, "Visual Technology"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x2A, "TRW"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x32, "GPT Limited"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x5A, "S & Koch"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x5E, "IANA"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x65, "Network General"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x6B, "MIPS"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x77, "MIPS"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x7A, "Ardent"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x89, "Cayman Systems"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x93, "Proteon"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x9F, "Ameristar Technology"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xA2, "Wellfleet"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xA3, "Network Application Technology"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xA6, "Network General"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xA7, "NCD"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xA9, "Network Systems"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xAA, "Xerox"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xB3, "CIMLinc"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xB7, "Dove Fastnet"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xBC, "Allen-Bradley"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, "Western Digital"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xC5, "Farallon"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, "Hewlett-Packard"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xC8, "Altos"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xC9, "Emulex"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xD7, "Dartmouth College"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xD8, "3Com (?)"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xDD, "Gould"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xDE, "Unigraph"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xE2, "Acer Counterpoint"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, "Alantec"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0xFD, "High Level Hardware"},
-  {0x00, 0x01, 0x02, "BBN internal usage"},
-  {0x00, 0x20, 0xAF, "3Com"},
-  {0x00, 0x17, 0x00, "Kabel"},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0x64, "Wyse Technology"},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0x2B, "IMAC (?)"},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0x2D, "Xylogics, Inc."},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0x8C, "Frontier Software Development"},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0xC2, "IEEE 802.1 Committee"},
-  {0x00, 0x80, 0xD3, "Shiva"},
-  {0x00, 0xAA, 0x00, "Intel"},
-  {0x00, 0xDD, 0x00, "Ungermann-Bass"},
-  {0x00, 0xDD, 0x01, "Ungermann-Bass"},
-  {0x02, 0x07, 0x01, "Racal InterLan"},
-  {0x02, 0x04, 0x06, "BBN internal usage"},
-  {0x02, 0x60, 0x86, "Satelcom MegaPac"},
-  {0x02, 0x60, 0x8C, "3Com"},
-  {0x02, 0xCF, 0x1F, "CMC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x02, "3Com"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x03, "ACC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x05, "Symbolics"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x08, "BBN"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x09, "Hewlett-Packard"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x0A, "Nestar Systems"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x0B, "Unisys"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x11, "Tektronix"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x14, "Excelan"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x17, "NSC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x1A, "Data General"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x1B, "Data General"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x1E, "Apollo"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x20, "Sun"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x22, "NBI"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x25, "CDC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x26, "Norsk Data"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x27, "PCS Computer Systems GmbH"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x28, "Texas Instruments"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x2B, "DEC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x2E, "Metaphor"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x2F, "Prime Computer"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x36, "Intergraph"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x37, "Fujitsu-Xerox"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x38, "Bull"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x39, "Spider Systems"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x41, "DCA Digital Comm. Assoc."},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x45, "Xylogics (?)"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x46, "Sony"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x47, "Sequent"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x49, "Univation"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x4C, "Encore"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x4E, "BICC"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x56, "Stanford University"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x58, "DECsystem 20 (?)"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x5A, "IBM"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x67, "Comdesign"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x68, "Ridge"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x69, "Silicon Graphics"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x6E, "Concurrent"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x75, "DDE"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x7C, "Vitalink"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x80, "XIOS"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x86, "Imagen/QMS"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x87, "Xyplex"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x89, "Kinetics"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x8B, "Pyramid"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x8D, "XyVision"},
-  {0x08, 0x00, 0x90, "Retix Inc"},
-  {0x48, 0x44, 0x53, "HDS (?)"},
-  {0x80, 0x00, 0x10, "AT&T"},
-  {0xAA, 0x00, 0x00, "DEC"},
-  {0xAA, 0x00, 0x01, "DEC"},
-  {0xAA, 0x00, 0x02, "DEC"},
-  {0xAA, 0x00, 0x03, "DEC"},
-  {0xAA, 0x00, 0x04, "DEC"},
-  {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, NULL}
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, "Cisco"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x0E, "Fujitsu"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x0F, "NeXT"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x10, "Sytek"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x1D, "Cabletron"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x20, "DIAB"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x22, "Visual Technology"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x2A, "TRW"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x32, "GPT Limited"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x5A, "S & Koch"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x5E, "IANA"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x65, "Network General"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x6B, "MIPS"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x77, "MIPS"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x7A, "Ardent"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x89, "Cayman Systems"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x93, "Proteon"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x9F, "Ameristar Technology"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xA2, "Wellfleet"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xA3, "Network Application Technology"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xA6, "Network General"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xA7, "NCD"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xA9, "Network Systems"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xAA, "Xerox"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xB3, "CIMLinc"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xB7, "Dove Fastnet"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xBC, "Allen-Bradley"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, "Western Digital"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xC5, "Farallon"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, "Hewlett-Packard"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xC8, "Altos"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xC9, "Emulex"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xD7, "Dartmouth College"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xD8, "3Com (?)"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xDD, "Gould"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xDE, "Unigraph"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xE2, "Acer Counterpoint"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, "Alantec"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0xFD, "High Level Hardware"},
+	{0x00, 0x01, 0x02, "BBN internal usage"},
+	{0x00, 0x20, 0xAF, "3Com"},
+	{0x00, 0x17, 0x00, "Kabel"},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0x64, "Wyse Technology"},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0x2B, "IMAC (?)"},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0x2D, "Xylogics, Inc."},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0x8C, "Frontier Software Development"},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0xC2, "IEEE 802.1 Committee"},
+	{0x00, 0x80, 0xD3, "Shiva"},
+	{0x00, 0xAA, 0x00, "Intel"},
+	{0x00, 0xDD, 0x00, "Ungermann-Bass"},
+	{0x00, 0xDD, 0x01, "Ungermann-Bass"},
+	{0x02, 0x07, 0x01, "Racal InterLan"},
+	{0x02, 0x04, 0x06, "BBN internal usage"},
+	{0x02, 0x60, 0x86, "Satelcom MegaPac"},
+	{0x02, 0x60, 0x8C, "3Com"},
+	{0x02, 0xCF, 0x1F, "CMC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x02, "3Com"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x03, "ACC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x05, "Symbolics"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x08, "BBN"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x09, "Hewlett-Packard"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x0A, "Nestar Systems"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x0B, "Unisys"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x11, "Tektronix"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x14, "Excelan"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x17, "NSC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x1A, "Data General"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x1B, "Data General"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x1E, "Apollo"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x20, "Sun"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x22, "NBI"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x25, "CDC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x26, "Norsk Data"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x27, "PCS Computer Systems GmbH"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x28, "Texas Instruments"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x2B, "DEC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x2E, "Metaphor"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x2F, "Prime Computer"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x36, "Intergraph"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x37, "Fujitsu-Xerox"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x38, "Bull"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x39, "Spider Systems"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x41, "DCA Digital Comm. Assoc."},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x45, "Xylogics (?)"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x46, "Sony"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x47, "Sequent"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x49, "Univation"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x4C, "Encore"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x4E, "BICC"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x56, "Stanford University"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x58, "DECsystem 20 (?)"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x5A, "IBM"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x67, "Comdesign"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x68, "Ridge"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x69, "Silicon Graphics"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x6E, "Concurrent"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x75, "DDE"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x7C, "Vitalink"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x80, "XIOS"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x86, "Imagen/QMS"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x87, "Xyplex"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x89, "Kinetics"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x8B, "Pyramid"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x8D, "XyVision"},
+	{0x08, 0x00, 0x90, "Retix Inc"},
+	{0x48, 0x44, 0x53, "HDS (?)"},
+	{0x80, 0x00, 0x10, "AT&T"},
+	{0xAA, 0x00, 0x00, "DEC"},
+	{0xAA, 0x00, 0x01, "DEC"},
+	{0xAA, 0x00, 0x02, "DEC"},
+	{0xAA, 0x00, 0x03, "DEC"},
+	{0xAA, 0x00, 0x04, "DEC"},
+	{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, NULL}
 };
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c
index 11f70819420b3170128125b5526468612b94a11c..dbbc54c3f828dc5da75b195db34a5a0bcde42ed9 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	  $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.54 1999/04/26 04:42:49 ishii Exp $
+ *	  $Id: nabstime.c,v 1.55 1999/05/25 16:12:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  */
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -64,13 +64,18 @@ GetCurrentAbsoluteTime(void)
 		CDayLight = (tm->tm_isdst > 0);
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
+
 		/*
 		 * XXX is there a better way to get local timezone string w/o
 		 * tzname? - tgl 97/03/18
 		 */
 		strftime(CTZName, MAXTZLEN, "%Z", tm);
 #endif
-		/* XXX FreeBSD man pages indicate that this should work - thomas 1998-12-12 */
+
+		/*
+		 * XXX FreeBSD man pages indicate that this should work - thomas
+		 * 1998-12-12
+		 */
 		strcpy(CTZName, tm->tm_zone);
 
 #elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
@@ -79,10 +84,10 @@ GetCurrentAbsoluteTime(void)
 		CDayLight = tm->tm_isdst;
 		CTimeZone =
 #ifdef __CYGWIN32__
-		(tm->tm_isdst ? (_timezone - 3600) : _timezone);
+			(tm->tm_isdst ? (_timezone - 3600) : _timezone);
 #else
-		(tm->tm_isdst ? (timezone - 3600) : timezone);
-#endif 
+			(tm->tm_isdst ? (timezone - 3600) : timezone);
+#endif
 		strcpy(CTZName, tzname[tm->tm_isdst]);
 #else
 #error USE_POSIX_TIME defined but no time zone available
@@ -91,8 +96,9 @@ GetCurrentAbsoluteTime(void)
 		CTimeZone = tb.timezone * 60;
 		CDayLight = (tb.dstflag != 0);
 
-		/* XXX does this work to get the local timezone string in V7?
-		 * - tgl 97/03/18
+		/*
+		 * XXX does this work to get the local timezone string in V7? -
+		 * tgl 97/03/18
 		 */
 		strftime(CTZName, MAXTZLEN, "%Z", localtime(&now));
 #endif
@@ -389,6 +395,7 @@ AbsoluteTimeIsAfter(AbsoluteTime time1, AbsoluteTime time2)
 
 	return time1 > time2;
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /* abstime_finite()
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c
index d49eb9cb23c65b5f5610c41d224c08c4e0adf759..1780df2c427ff9cc87bccb26ebdef564353804a7 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.17 1999/02/13 23:19:25 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.18 1999/05/25 16:12:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ namecmp(Name n1, Name n2)
 {
 	return strncmp(n1->data, n2->data, NAMEDATALEN);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 int
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c
index 12f28ccce76106a16b5693224845e495271835cd..cd86ec6f3d5909256c398d24ca22d843bc988dc1 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *	is for IP V4 CIDR notation, but prepared for V6: just
  *	add the necessary bits where the comments indicate.
  *
- *	$Id: network.c,v 1.8 1999/04/15 02:20:50 thomas Exp $
+ *	$Id: network.c,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:12:11 momjian Exp $
  *	Jon Postel RIP 16 Oct 1998
  */
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ network_in(char *src, int type)
 
 	if (!src)
 		return NULL;
-		
+
 	dst = palloc(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
 	if (dst == NULL)
 		elog(ERROR, "unable to allocate memory in network_in()");
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ network_in(char *src, int type)
 	/* First, try for an IP V4 address: */
 	ip_family(dst) = AF_INET;
 	bits = inet_net_pton(ip_family(dst), src, &ip_v4addr(dst),
-			type ? ip_addrsize(dst) : -1);
+						 type ? ip_addrsize(dst) : -1);
 	if ((bits < 0) || (bits > 32))
 		/* Go for an IPV6 address here, before faulting out: */
 		elog(ERROR, "could not parse \"%s\"", src);
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ inet_out(inet *src)
 		/* It's an IP V4 address: */
 		if (ip_type(src))
 			dst = inet_cidr_ntop(AF_INET, &ip_v4addr(src), ip_bits(src),
-						  tmp, sizeof(tmp));
+								 tmp, sizeof(tmp));
 		else
 			dst = inet_net_ntop(AF_INET, &ip_v4addr(src), ip_bits(src),
-						  tmp, sizeof(tmp));
+								tmp, sizeof(tmp));
 
 		if (dst == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "unable to print address (%s)", strerror(errno));
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ network_sub(inet *a1, inet *a2)
 {
 	if (!PointerIsValid(a1) || !PointerIsValid(a2))
 		return FALSE;
-		
+
 	if ((ip_family(a1) == AF_INET) && (ip_family(a2) == AF_INET))
 	{
 		return ((ip_bits(a1) > ip_bits(a2))
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ network_broadcast(inet *ip)
 	if (ip_family(ip) == AF_INET)
 	{
 		/* It's an IP V4 address: */
-		int addr;
+		int			addr;
 		unsigned long mask = 0xffffffff;
 
 		if (ip_bits(ip) < 32)
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ network_network(inet *ip)
 {
 	text	   *ret;
 	int			len;
-	char	   	tmp[sizeof("255.255.255.255/32")];
+	char		tmp[sizeof("255.255.255.255/32")];
 
 	if (!PointerIsValid(ip))
 		return NULL;
@@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ network_network(inet *ip)
 	if (ip_family(ip) == AF_INET)
 	{
 		/* It's an IP V4 address: */
-		int	addr = htonl(ntohl(ip_v4addr(ip)) & (0xffffffff << (32 - ip_bits(ip))));
-  
+		int			addr = htonl(ntohl(ip_v4addr(ip)) & (0xffffffff << (32 - ip_bits(ip))));
+
 		if (inet_cidr_ntop(AF_INET, &addr, ip_bits(ip), tmp, sizeof(tmp)) == NULL)
 			elog(ERROR, "unable to print network (%s)", strerror(errno));
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c
index 62a76c836928825c9f087ae723e3dfc80c43f58e..7082b0d007ea8d83131eadc55bb9c7d73469d7f9 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/not_in.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.15 1999/03/15 03:24:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:12:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -47,18 +47,16 @@ int4notin(int32 not_in_arg, char *relation_and_attr)
 	int			attrid;
 	char	   *relation,
 			   *attribute;
-	char		my_copy[NAMEDATALEN*2+2];
+	char		my_copy[NAMEDATALEN * 2 + 2];
 	Datum		value;
 
 	strncpy(my_copy, relation_and_attr, sizeof(my_copy));
-	my_copy[sizeof(my_copy)-1] = '\0';
+	my_copy[sizeof(my_copy) - 1] = '\0';
 
 	relation = (char *) strtok(my_copy, ".");
 	attribute = (char *) strtok(NULL, ".");
 	if (attribute == NULL)
-	{
 		elog(ERROR, "int4notin: must provide relationname.attributename");
-	}
 
 	/* Open the relation and get a relation descriptor */
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c
index b1a86986ac08e28e174b1696e6ba8c13387260a7..e9e5a28c3639ddb1b95967f262fa5e7c4819da4d 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  *	1998 Jan Wieck
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.13 1999/05/10 18:17:44 wieck Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:12:14 momjian Exp $
  *
  * ----------
  */
@@ -41,10 +41,10 @@
 #define NUMERIC_MAX_FREEBUFS	20
 
 #ifndef MIN
-#  define MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b)) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 #ifndef MAX
-#  define MAX(a,b) (((a)>(b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a)>(b)) ? (a) : (b))
 #endif
 
 #ifndef NAN
@@ -56,52 +56,54 @@
  * Local data types
  * ----------
  */
-typedef unsigned char	NumericDigit;
+typedef unsigned char NumericDigit;
 
-typedef struct NumericDigitBuf {
-	struct NumericDigitBuf	*prev;
-	struct NumericDigitBuf	*next;
-	int						size;
-} NumericDigitBuf;
+typedef struct NumericDigitBuf
+{
+	struct NumericDigitBuf *prev;
+	struct NumericDigitBuf *next;
+	int			size;
+}			NumericDigitBuf;
 
-typedef struct NumericVar {
-	int						ndigits;
-	int						weight;
-	int						rscale;
-	int						dscale;
-	int						sign;
-	NumericDigitBuf			*buf;
-	NumericDigit			*digits;
-} NumericVar;
+typedef struct NumericVar
+{
+	int			ndigits;
+	int			weight;
+	int			rscale;
+	int			dscale;
+	int			sign;
+	NumericDigitBuf *buf;
+	NumericDigit *digits;
+}			NumericVar;
 
 
 /* ----------
  * Local data
  * ----------
  */
-static NumericDigitBuf	*digitbuf_freelist	= NULL;
-static NumericDigitBuf	*digitbuf_usedlist	= NULL;
-static int				digitbuf_nfree = 0;
-static int				global_rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_RESULT_SCALE;
+static NumericDigitBuf *digitbuf_freelist = NULL;
+static NumericDigitBuf *digitbuf_usedlist = NULL;
+static int	digitbuf_nfree = 0;
+static int	global_rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_RESULT_SCALE;
 
 /* ----------
  * Some preinitialized variables we need often
  * ----------
  */
-static NumericDigit		const_zero_data[1] = {0};
-static NumericVar		const_zero =
-		{0, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_zero_data};
+static NumericDigit const_zero_data[1] = {0};
+static NumericVar const_zero =
+{0, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_zero_data};
 
-static NumericDigit		const_one_data[1] = {1};
-static NumericVar		const_one =
-		{1, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_one_data};
+static NumericDigit const_one_data[1] = {1};
+static NumericVar const_one =
+{1, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_one_data};
 
-static NumericDigit		const_two_data[1] = {2};
-static NumericVar		const_two =
-		{1, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_two_data};
+static NumericDigit const_two_data[1] = {2};
+static NumericVar const_two =
+{1, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, NULL, const_two_data};
 
-static NumericVar		const_nan =
-		{0, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_NAN, NULL, NULL};
+static NumericVar const_nan =
+{0, 0, 0, 0, NUMERIC_NAN, NULL, NULL};
 
 
 
@@ -112,44 +114,45 @@ static NumericVar		const_nan =
 
 #ifdef NUMERIC_DEBUG
 static void dump_numeric(char *str, Numeric num);
-static void dump_var(char *str, NumericVar *var);
+static void dump_var(char *str, NumericVar * var);
+
 #else
 #define dump_numeric(s,n)
 #define dump_var(s,v)
 #endif
 
 static NumericDigitBuf *digitbuf_alloc(int size);
-static void digitbuf_free(NumericDigitBuf *buf);
+static void digitbuf_free(NumericDigitBuf * buf);
 
 #define init_var(v)		memset(v,0,sizeof(NumericVar))
-static void free_var(NumericVar *var);
+static void free_var(NumericVar * var);
 static void free_allvars(void);
 
-static void set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar *dest);
-static void set_var_from_num(Numeric value, NumericVar *dest);
-static void set_var_from_var(NumericVar *value, NumericVar *dest);
-static Numeric make_result(NumericVar *var);
+static void set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar * dest);
+static void set_var_from_num(Numeric value, NumericVar * dest);
+static void set_var_from_var(NumericVar * value, NumericVar * dest);
+static Numeric make_result(NumericVar * var);
 
-static void apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod);
+static void apply_typmod(NumericVar * var, int32 typmod);
 
-static int  cmp_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
-static void add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result);
-static void floor_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result);
+static int	cmp_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2);
+static void add_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void sub_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void mul_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void div_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void mod_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void ceil_var(NumericVar * var, NumericVar * result);
+static void floor_var(NumericVar * var, NumericVar * result);
 
-static void sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result);
-static void exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result);
-static void ln_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result);
-static void log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result);
-static void power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result);
+static void sqrt_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result);
+static void exp_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result);
+static void ln_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result);
+static void log_var(NumericVar * base, NumericVar * num, NumericVar * result);
+static void power_var(NumericVar * base, NumericVar * exp, NumericVar * result);
 
-static int  cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
-static void add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
-static void sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
+static int	cmp_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2);
+static void add_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
+static void sub_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result);
 
 
 
@@ -216,8 +219,8 @@ numeric_in(char *str, int dummy, int32 typmod)
 char *
 numeric_out(Numeric num)
 {
-	char		*str;
-	char		*cp;
+	char	   *str;
+	char	   *cp;
 	NumericVar	x;
 	int			i;
 	int			d;
@@ -257,7 +260,7 @@ numeric_out(Numeric num)
 	 */
 	str = palloc(x.dscale + MAX(0, x.weight) + 5);
 	cp = str;
-	
+
 	/* ----------
 	 * Output a dash for negative values
 	 * ----------
@@ -272,8 +275,8 @@ numeric_out(Numeric num)
 	 */
 	if (x.dscale < x.rscale && (x.dscale + x.weight + 1) < x.ndigits)
 	{
-		int		j;
-		int		carry;
+		int			j;
+		int			carry;
 
 		j = x.dscale + x.weight + 1;
 		carry = (x.digits[j] > 4) ? 1 : 0;
@@ -342,7 +345,7 @@ numeric_out(Numeric num)
  *
  *	This is a special function called by the Postgres database system
  *	before a value is stored in a tuples attribute. The precision and
- *	scale of the attribute have to be applied on the value. 
+ *	scale of the attribute have to be applied on the value.
  * ----------
  */
 Numeric
@@ -374,9 +377,9 @@ numeric(Numeric num, int32 typmod)
 	 * copy of the input value
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	if (typmod < (int32)(VARHDRSZ))
+	if (typmod < (int32) (VARHDRSZ))
 	{
-		new = (Numeric)palloc(num->varlen);
+		new = (Numeric) palloc(num->varlen);
 		memcpy(new, num, num->varlen);
 		return new;
 	}
@@ -387,7 +390,7 @@ numeric(Numeric num, int32 typmod)
 	 */
 	tmp_typmod = typmod - VARHDRSZ;
 	precision = (tmp_typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
-	scale     = tmp_typmod & 0xffff;
+	scale = tmp_typmod & 0xffff;
 	maxweight = precision - scale;
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -398,11 +401,11 @@ numeric(Numeric num, int32 typmod)
 	 */
 	if (num->n_weight < maxweight && scale >= num->n_rscale)
 	{
-		new = (Numeric)palloc(num->varlen);
+		new = (Numeric) palloc(num->varlen);
 		memcpy(new, num, num->varlen);
 		new->n_rscale = scale;
-		new->n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_SIGN(new) | 
-					((uint16)scale & ~NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK);
+		new->n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_SIGN(new) |
+			((uint16) scale & ~NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK);
 		return new;
 	}
 
@@ -454,7 +457,7 @@ numeric_abs(Numeric num)
 	 * Do it the easy way directly on the packed format
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	res = (Numeric)palloc(num->varlen);
+	res = (Numeric) palloc(num->varlen);
 	memcpy(res, num, num->varlen);
 
 	res->n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_POS | NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
@@ -492,9 +495,7 @@ numeric_sign(Numeric num)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	if (num->varlen == NUMERIC_HDRSZ)
-	{
 		set_var_from_var(&const_zero, &result);
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		/* ----------
@@ -523,7 +524,7 @@ Numeric
 numeric_round(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 {
 	int32		typmod;
-	int		precision;
+	int			precision;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -547,7 +548,7 @@ numeric_round(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 	{
 		free_allvars();
 		elog(ERROR, "illegal numeric scale %d - must be between 0 and %d",
-						scale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
+			 scale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
 	}
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -569,8 +570,8 @@ numeric_round(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 Numeric
 numeric_trunc(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ numeric_trunc(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 	{
 		free_allvars();
 		elog(ERROR, "illegal numeric scale %d - must be between 0 and %d",
-						scale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
+			 scale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
 	}
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -609,9 +610,7 @@ numeric_trunc(Numeric num, int32 scale)
 
 	arg.ndigits = MIN(arg.ndigits, MAX(0, arg.weight + scale + 1));
 	while (arg.ndigits > 0 && arg.digits[arg.ndigits - 1] == 0)
-	{
 		arg.ndigits--;
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Return the truncated result
@@ -1085,7 +1084,7 @@ numeric_div(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 	 * numeric.h):
 	 *
 	 *	DR = MIN(MAX(D1 + D2, MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE))
-	 *  SR = MIN(MAX(MAX(S1 + S2, MIN_RESULT_SCALE), DR + 4), MAX_RESULT_SCALE)
+	 *	SR = MIN(MAX(MAX(S1 + S2, MIN_RESULT_SCALE), DR + 4), MAX_RESULT_SCALE)
 	 *
 	 * By default, any result is computed with a minimum of 34 digits
 	 * after the decimal point or at least with 4 digits more than
@@ -1094,7 +1093,7 @@ numeric_div(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 	 */
 	res_dscale = MAX(arg1.dscale + arg2.dscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
 	res_dscale = MIN(res_dscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
-	global_rscale = MAX(arg1.rscale + arg2.rscale, 
+	global_rscale = MAX(arg1.rscale + arg2.rscale,
 						NUMERIC_MIN_RESULT_SCALE);
 	global_rscale = MAX(global_rscale, res_dscale + 4);
 	global_rscale = MIN(global_rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
@@ -1358,10 +1357,10 @@ numeric_larger(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 Numeric
 numeric_sqrt(Numeric num)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg;
-	NumericVar		result;
-	int				res_dscale;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg;
+	NumericVar	result;
+	int			res_dscale;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -1415,10 +1414,10 @@ numeric_sqrt(Numeric num)
 Numeric
 numeric_exp(Numeric num)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg;
-	NumericVar		result;
-	int				res_dscale;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg;
+	NumericVar	result;
+	int			res_dscale;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -1470,10 +1469,10 @@ numeric_exp(Numeric num)
 Numeric
 numeric_ln(Numeric num)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg;
-	NumericVar		result;
-	int				res_dscale;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg;
+	NumericVar	result;
+	int			res_dscale;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -1525,11 +1524,11 @@ numeric_ln(Numeric num)
 Numeric
 numeric_log(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg1;
-	NumericVar		arg2;
-	NumericVar		result;
-	int				res_dscale;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg1;
+	NumericVar	arg2;
+	NumericVar	result;
+	int			res_dscale;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -1588,11 +1587,11 @@ numeric_log(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 Numeric
 numeric_power(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
 {
-	Numeric			res;
-	NumericVar		arg1;
-	NumericVar		arg2;
-	NumericVar		result;
-	int				res_dscale;
+	Numeric		res;
+	NumericVar	arg1;
+	NumericVar	arg2;
+	NumericVar	result;
+	int			res_dscale;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Handle NULL
@@ -1653,7 +1652,7 @@ int4_numeric(int32 val)
 {
 	Numeric		res;
 	NumericVar	result;
-	char		*tmp;
+	char	   *tmp;
 
 	init_var(&result);
 
@@ -1671,7 +1670,7 @@ int4_numeric(int32 val)
 int32
 numeric_int4(Numeric num)
 {
-	char		*tmp;
+	char	   *tmp;
 	int32		result;
 
 	if (num == NULL)
@@ -1717,7 +1716,7 @@ float8_numeric(float64 val)
 float64
 numeric_float8(Numeric num)
 {
-	char		*tmp;
+	char	   *tmp;
 	float64		result;
 
 	if (num == NULL)
@@ -1725,7 +1724,7 @@ numeric_float8(Numeric num)
 
 	if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
 	{
-		result = (float64)palloc(sizeof(float64data));
+		result = (float64) palloc(sizeof(float64data));
 		*result = NAN;
 		return result;
 	}
@@ -1743,7 +1742,7 @@ float4_numeric(float32 val)
 {
 	Numeric		res;
 	NumericVar	result;
-	char		*tmp;
+	char	   *tmp;
 
 	if (val == NULL)
 		return NULL;
@@ -1767,7 +1766,7 @@ float4_numeric(float32 val)
 float32
 numeric_float4(Numeric num)
 {
-	char		*tmp;
+	char	   *tmp;
 	float32		result;
 
 	if (num == NULL)
@@ -1775,7 +1774,7 @@ numeric_float4(Numeric num)
 
 	if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
 	{
-		result = (float32)palloc(sizeof(float32data));
+		result = (float32) palloc(sizeof(float32data));
 		*result = NAN;
 		return result;
 	}
@@ -1805,26 +1804,28 @@ numeric_float4(Numeric num)
 static void
 dump_numeric(char *str, Numeric num)
 {
-	int		i;
+	int			i;
 
 	printf("%s: NUMERIC w=%d r=%d d=%d ", str, num->n_weight, num->n_rscale,
-						NUMERIC_DSCALE(num));
+		   NUMERIC_DSCALE(num));
 	switch (NUMERIC_SIGN(num))
 	{
-		case NUMERIC_POS:	printf("POS");
-							break;
-		case NUMERIC_NEG:	printf("NEG");
-							break;
-		case NUMERIC_NAN:	printf("NaN");
-							break;
-		default:			printf("SIGN=0x%x", NUMERIC_SIGN(num));
-							break;
+		case NUMERIC_POS:
+			printf("POS");
+			break;
+		case NUMERIC_NEG:
+			printf("NEG");
+			break;
+		case NUMERIC_NAN:
+			printf("NaN");
+			break;
+		default:
+			printf("SIGN=0x%x", NUMERIC_SIGN(num));
+			break;
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < num->varlen - NUMERIC_HDRSZ; i++)
-	{
 		printf(" %d %d", (num->n_data[i] >> 4) & 0x0f, num->n_data[i] & 0x0f);
-	}
 	printf("\n");
 }
 
@@ -1834,31 +1835,35 @@ dump_numeric(char *str, Numeric num)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-dump_var(char *str, NumericVar *var)
+dump_var(char *str, NumericVar * var)
 {
-	int		i;
+	int			i;
 
 	printf("%s: VAR w=%d r=%d d=%d ", str, var->weight, var->rscale,
-						var->dscale);
+		   var->dscale);
 	switch (var->sign)
 	{
-		case NUMERIC_POS:	printf("POS");
-							break;
-		case NUMERIC_NEG:	printf("NEG");
-							break;
-		case NUMERIC_NAN:	printf("NaN");
-							break;
-		default:			printf("SIGN=0x%x", var->sign);
-							break;
+		case NUMERIC_POS:
+			printf("POS");
+			break;
+		case NUMERIC_NEG:
+			printf("NEG");
+			break;
+		case NUMERIC_NAN:
+			printf("NaN");
+			break;
+		default:
+			printf("SIGN=0x%x", var->sign);
+			break;
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < var->ndigits; i++)
 		printf(" %d", var->digits[i]);
-	
+
 	printf("\n");
 }
 
-#endif /* NUMERIC_DEBUG */
+#endif	 /* NUMERIC_DEBUG */
 
 
 /* ----------
@@ -1868,7 +1873,7 @@ dump_var(char *str, NumericVar *var)
  *	information (sign, scales etc.) and a digit buffer for the
  *	value itself. All the variable level functions are written in
  *	a style that makes it possible to give one and the same variable
- *	as argument and result destination. 
+ *	as argument and result destination.
  *
  *	The two functions below manage unused buffers in a free list
  *	as a try to reduce the number of malloc()/free() calls.
@@ -1877,8 +1882,8 @@ dump_var(char *str, NumericVar *var)
 static NumericDigitBuf *
 digitbuf_alloc(int size)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*buf;
-	int					asize;
+	NumericDigitBuf *buf;
+	int			asize;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Lookup the free list if there is a digit buffer of
@@ -1887,7 +1892,8 @@ digitbuf_alloc(int size)
 	 */
 	for (buf = digitbuf_freelist; buf != NULL; buf = buf->next)
 	{
-		if (buf->size < size) continue;
+		if (buf->size < size)
+			continue;
 
 		/* ----------
 		 * We found a free buffer that is big enough - remove it from
@@ -1930,7 +1936,7 @@ digitbuf_alloc(int size)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	for (asize = NUMERIC_MIN_BUFSIZE; asize < size; asize *= 2);
-	buf = (NumericDigitBuf *)malloc(sizeof(NumericDigitBuf) + asize);
+	buf = (NumericDigitBuf *) malloc(sizeof(NumericDigitBuf) + asize);
 	buf->size = asize;
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -1956,9 +1962,9 @@ digitbuf_alloc(int size)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-digitbuf_free(NumericDigitBuf *buf)
+digitbuf_free(NumericDigitBuf * buf)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*smallest;
+	NumericDigitBuf *smallest;
 
 	if (buf == NULL)
 		return;
@@ -2042,12 +2048,12 @@ digitbuf_free(NumericDigitBuf *buf)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-free_var(NumericVar *var)
+free_var(NumericVar * var)
 {
 	if (var->buf != NULL)
 	{
 		digitbuf_free(var->buf);
-		var->buf    = NULL;
+		var->buf = NULL;
 		var->digits = NULL;
 	}
 	var->sign = NUMERIC_NAN;
@@ -2070,8 +2076,8 @@ free_var(NumericVar *var)
 static void
 free_allvars(void)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*buf;
-	NumericDigitBuf		*next;
+	NumericDigitBuf *buf;
+	NumericDigitBuf *next;
 
 	buf = digitbuf_usedlist;
 	while (buf != NULL)
@@ -2090,25 +2096,26 @@ free_allvars(void)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar *dest)
+set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar * dest)
 {
-	char			*cp = str;
-	bool			have_dp = FALSE;
-	int				i = 1;
+	char	   *cp = str;
+	bool		have_dp = FALSE;
+	int			i = 1;
 
-	while(*cp)
+	while (*cp)
 	{
-		if (!isspace(*cp)) break;
+		if (!isspace(*cp))
+			break;
 		cp++;
 	}
 
 	digitbuf_free(dest->buf);
 
-	dest->buf       = digitbuf_alloc(strlen(cp) + 2);
-	dest->digits    = (NumericDigit *)(dest->buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	dest->buf = digitbuf_alloc(strlen(cp) + 2);
+	dest->digits = (NumericDigit *) (dest->buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	dest->digits[0] = 0;
-	dest->weight    = 0;
-	dest->dscale    = 0;
+	dest->weight = 0;
+	dest->dscale = 0;
 
 	switch (*cp)
 	{
@@ -2121,24 +2128,29 @@ set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar *dest)
 		case '6':
 		case '7':
 		case '8':
-		case '9':		dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-						break;
+		case '9':
+			dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+			break;
 
-		case '+':		dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-						cp++;
-						break;
+		case '+':
+			dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+			cp++;
+			break;
 
-		case '-':		dest->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
-						cp++;
-						break;
+		case '-':
+			dest->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
+			cp++;
+			break;
 
-		case '.':		dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-						have_dp = TRUE;
-						cp++;
-						break;
+		case '.':
+			dest->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+			have_dp = TRUE;
+			cp++;
+			break;
 
-		default:		free_allvars();
-						elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
+		default:
+			free_allvars();
+			elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
 	}
 
 	if (*cp == '.')
@@ -2178,24 +2190,27 @@ set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar *dest)
 			case '6':
 			case '7':
 			case '8':
-			case '9':	dest->digits[i++] = *cp++ - '0';
-						if (!have_dp)
-							dest->weight++;
-						else
-							dest->dscale++;
-						break;
-
-			case '.':	if (have_dp)
-						{
-							free_allvars();
-							elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
-						}
-						have_dp = TRUE;
-						cp++;
-						break;
-
-			default:	free_allvars();
-						elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
+			case '9':
+				dest->digits[i++] = *cp++ - '0';
+				if (!have_dp)
+					dest->weight++;
+				else
+					dest->dscale++;
+				break;
+
+			case '.':
+				if (have_dp)
+				{
+					free_allvars();
+					elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
+				}
+				have_dp = TRUE;
+				cp++;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				free_allvars();
+				elog(ERROR, "Bad numeric input format '%s'", str);
 		}
 	}
 	dest->ndigits = i;
@@ -2223,18 +2238,18 @@ set_var_from_str(char *str, NumericVar *dest)
  *
  */
 static void
-set_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest)
+set_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar * dest)
 {
-	NumericDigit		*digit;
-	int					i;
-	int					n;
+	NumericDigit *digit;
+	int			i;
+	int			n;
 
 	n = num->varlen - NUMERIC_HDRSZ;
 
 	digitbuf_free(dest->buf);
 	dest->buf = digitbuf_alloc(n * 2 + 2);
 
-	digit = ((NumericDigit *)(dest->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	digit = ((NumericDigit *) (dest->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	*digit++ = 0;
 	*digit++ = 0;
 	dest->digits = digit;
@@ -2243,7 +2258,7 @@ set_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest)
 	dest->weight = num->n_weight;
 	dest->rscale = num->n_rscale;
 	dest->dscale = NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
-	dest->sign   = NUMERIC_SIGN(num);
+	dest->sign = NUMERIC_SIGN(num);
 
 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
 	{
@@ -2260,18 +2275,18 @@ set_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-set_var_from_var(NumericVar *value, NumericVar *dest)
+set_var_from_var(NumericVar * value, NumericVar * dest)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*newbuf;
-	NumericDigit		*newdigits;
+	NumericDigitBuf *newbuf;
+	NumericDigit *newdigits;
 
 	newbuf = digitbuf_alloc(value->ndigits);
-	newdigits = ((NumericDigit *)newbuf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	newdigits = ((NumericDigit *) newbuf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	memcpy(newdigits, value->digits, value->ndigits);
 
 	digitbuf_free(dest->buf);
 	memcpy(dest, value, sizeof(NumericVar));
-	dest->buf    = newbuf;
+	dest->buf = newbuf;
 	dest->digits = newdigits;
 }
 
@@ -2284,22 +2299,23 @@ set_var_from_var(NumericVar *value, NumericVar *dest)
  * ----------
  */
 static Numeric
-make_result(NumericVar *var)
+make_result(NumericVar * var)
 {
-	Numeric				result;
-	NumericDigit		*digit = var->digits;
-	int					n;
-	int					weight = var->weight;
-	int					sign   = var->sign;
-	int					i, j;
+	Numeric		result;
+	NumericDigit *digit = var->digits;
+	int			n;
+	int			weight = var->weight;
+	int			sign = var->sign;
+	int			i,
+				j;
 
 	if (sign == NUMERIC_NAN)
 	{
-		result = (Numeric)palloc(NUMERIC_HDRSZ);
+		result = (Numeric) palloc(NUMERIC_HDRSZ);
 
-		result->varlen        = NUMERIC_HDRSZ;
-		result->n_weight      = 0;
-		result->n_rscale      = 0;
+		result->varlen = NUMERIC_HDRSZ;
+		result->n_weight = 0;
+		result->n_rscale = 0;
 		result->n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_NAN;
 
 		dump_numeric("make_result()", result);
@@ -2320,16 +2336,17 @@ make_result(NumericVar *var)
 	if (n == 0)
 	{
 		weight = 0;
-		sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
+		sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 	}
 
-	result = (Numeric)palloc(NUMERIC_HDRSZ + (n + 1) / 2);
+	result = (Numeric) palloc(NUMERIC_HDRSZ + (n + 1) / 2);
 	result->varlen = NUMERIC_HDRSZ + (n + 1) / 2;
 	result->n_weight = weight;
 	result->n_rscale = var->rscale;
-	result->n_sign_dscale = sign | ((uint16)(var->dscale) & ~NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK);
+	result->n_sign_dscale = sign | ((uint16) (var->dscale) & ~NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK);
 
-	i = 0; j = 0;
+	i = 0;
+	j = 0;
 	while (j < n)
 	{
 		result->n_data[i] = digit[j++] << 4;
@@ -2351,33 +2368,33 @@ make_result(NumericVar *var)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod)
+apply_typmod(NumericVar * var, int32 typmod)
 {
 	int			precision;
 	int			scale;
 	int			maxweight;
 	int			i;
 
-	if (typmod < (int32)(VARHDRSZ))
+	if (typmod < (int32) (VARHDRSZ))
 		return;
 
 	typmod -= VARHDRSZ;
 	precision = (typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
-	scale     = typmod & 0xffff;
+	scale = typmod & 0xffff;
 	maxweight = precision - scale;
 
 	if (var->weight >= maxweight)
 	{
 		free_allvars();
 		elog(ERROR, "overflow on numeric "
-        "ABS(value) >= 10^%d for field with precision %d scale %d",
-							var->weight, precision, scale);
+			 "ABS(value) >= 10^%d for field with precision %d scale %d",
+			 var->weight, precision, scale);
 	}
 
 	i = scale + var->weight + 1;
 	if (i >= 0 && var->ndigits > i)
 	{
-		long	carry = (var->digits[i] > 4) ? 1 : 0;
+		long		carry = (var->digits[i] > 4) ? 1 : 0;
 
 		var->ndigits = i;
 		while (carry)
@@ -2395,9 +2412,7 @@ apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod)
 		}
 	}
 	else
-	{
 		var->ndigits = MAX(0, MIN(i, var->ndigits));
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Check for overflow again - rounding could have raised the
@@ -2408,8 +2423,8 @@ apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod)
 	{
 		free_allvars();
 		elog(ERROR, "overflow on numeric "
-        "ABS(value) >= 10^%d for field with precision %d scale %d",
-							var->weight, precision, scale);
+			 "ABS(value) >= 10^%d for field with precision %d scale %d",
+			 var->weight, precision, scale);
 	}
 
 	var->rscale = scale;
@@ -2424,7 +2439,7 @@ apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod)
  * ----------
  */
 static int
-cmp_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
+cmp_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2)
 {
 	if (var1->ndigits == 0)
 	{
@@ -2463,7 +2478,7 @@ cmp_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+add_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
 	/* ----------
 	 * Decide on the signs of the two variables what to do
@@ -2474,7 +2489,7 @@ add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		if (var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
 		{
 			/* ----------
-			 * Both are positive 
+			 * Both are positive
 			 * result = +(ABS(var1) + ABS(var2))
 			 * ----------
 			 */
@@ -2490,39 +2505,39 @@ add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 			 */
 			switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
 			{
-				case 0:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
-							 * result = ZERO
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							digitbuf_free(result->buf);
-							result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
-							result->ndigits = 0;
-							result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) +
-											sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
-							result->weight = 0;
-							result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
-							result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
-							result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case 1:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
-							 * result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case -1:	/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
-							 * result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
-							break;
+				case 0: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
+								 * result = ZERO
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					digitbuf_free(result->buf);
+					result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
+					result->ndigits = 0;
+					result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) +
+						sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+					result->weight = 0;
+					result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
+					result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case 1: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
+								 * result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case -1:		/* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
+								 * result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
+					break;
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -2537,39 +2552,39 @@ add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 			 */
 			switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
 			{
-				case 0:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
-							 * result = ZERO
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							digitbuf_free(result->buf);
-							result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
-							result->ndigits = 0;
-							result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) +
-											sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
-							result->weight = 0;
-							result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
-							result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
-							result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case 1:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
-							 * result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
-							break;
-
-				case -1:	/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
-							 * result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
+				case 0: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
+								 * result = ZERO
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					digitbuf_free(result->buf);
+					result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
+					result->ndigits = 0;
+					result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) +
+						sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+					result->weight = 0;
+					result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
+					result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case 1: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
+								 * result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
+					break;
+
+				case -1:		/* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
+								 * result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
 			}
 		}
 		else
@@ -2594,7 +2609,7 @@ add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+sub_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
 	/* ----------
 	 * Decide on the signs of the two variables what to do
@@ -2621,39 +2636,39 @@ sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 			 */
 			switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
 			{
-				case 0:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
-							 * result = ZERO
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							digitbuf_free(result->buf);
-							result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
-							result->ndigits = 0;
-							result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) +
-											sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
-							result->weight = 0;
-							result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
-							result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
-							result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case 1:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
-							 * result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case -1:	/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
-							 * result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
-							break;
+				case 0: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
+								 * result = ZERO
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					digitbuf_free(result->buf);
+					result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
+					result->ndigits = 0;
+					result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) +
+						sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+					result->weight = 0;
+					result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
+					result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case 1: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
+								 * result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case -1:		/* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
+								 * result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
+					break;
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -2668,39 +2683,39 @@ sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 			 */
 			switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
 			{
-				case 0:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
-							 * result = ZERO
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							digitbuf_free(result->buf);
-							result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
-							result->ndigits = 0;
-							result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) +
-											sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
-							result->weight = 0;
-							result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
-							result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
-							result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
-
-				case 1:		/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
-							 * result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
-							break;
-
-				case -1:	/* ----------
-							 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
-							 * result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
-							 * ----------
-							 */
-							sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
-							result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
-							break;
+				case 0: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
+								 * result = ZERO
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					digitbuf_free(result->buf);
+					result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
+					result->ndigits = 0;
+					result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) +
+						sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+					result->weight = 0;
+					result->rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
+					result->dscale = MAX(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
+
+				case 1: /* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
+								 * result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
+					break;
+
+				case -1:		/* ----------
+								 * ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
+								 * result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
+								 * ----------
+								 */
+					sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
+					result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+					break;
 			}
 		}
 		else
@@ -2725,17 +2740,20 @@ sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+mul_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*res_buf;
-	NumericDigit		*res_digits;
-	int					res_ndigits;
-	int					res_weight;
-	int					res_sign;
-	int					i, ri, i1, i2;
-	long				sum = 0;
-
-	res_weight  = var1->weight + var2->weight + 2;
+	NumericDigitBuf *res_buf;
+	NumericDigit *res_digits;
+	int			res_ndigits;
+	int			res_weight;
+	int			res_sign;
+	int			i,
+				ri,
+				i1,
+				i2;
+	long		sum = 0;
+
+	res_weight = var1->weight + var2->weight + 2;
 	res_ndigits = var1->ndigits + var2->ndigits + 1;
 	if (var1->sign == var2->sign)
 		res_sign = NUMERIC_POS;
@@ -2743,7 +2761,7 @@ mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
 
 	res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits);
-	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *)res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *) res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	memset(res_digits, 0, res_ndigits);
 
 	ri = res_ndigits;
@@ -2782,23 +2800,21 @@ mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		res_ndigits--;
 	}
 	while (res_ndigits > 0 && res_digits[res_ndigits - 1] == 0)
-	{
 		res_ndigits--;
-	}
 
 	if (res_ndigits == 0)
 	{
-		res_sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
+		res_sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 		res_weight = 0;
 	}
 
 	digitbuf_free(result->buf);
-	result->buf     = res_buf;
-	result->digits  = res_digits;
+	result->buf = res_buf;
+	result->digits = res_digits;
 	result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
-	result->weight  = res_weight;
-	result->rscale  = global_rscale;
-	result->sign    = res_sign;
+	result->weight = res_weight;
+	result->rscale = global_rscale;
+	result->sign = res_sign;
 }
 
 
@@ -2809,24 +2825,24 @@ mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
-{
-	NumericDigit	*res_digits;
-	int				res_ndigits;
-	int				res_sign;
-	int				res_weight;
-	NumericVar		dividend;
-	NumericVar		divisor[10];
-	int				ndigits_tmp;
-	int				weight_tmp;
-	int				rscale_tmp;
-	int				ri;
-	int				i;
-	long			guess;
-	long			first_have;
-	long			first_div;
-	int				first_nextdigit;
-	int				stat = 0;
+div_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
+{
+	NumericDigit *res_digits;
+	int			res_ndigits;
+	int			res_sign;
+	int			res_weight;
+	NumericVar	dividend;
+	NumericVar	divisor[10];
+	int			ndigits_tmp;
+	int			weight_tmp;
+	int			rscale_tmp;
+	int			ri;
+	int			i;
+	long		guess;
+	long		first_have;
+	long		first_div;
+	int			first_nextdigit;
+	int			stat = 0;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * First of all division by zero check
@@ -2858,11 +2874,11 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	{
 		digitbuf_free(result->buf);
 		result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(0);
-		result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+		result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 		result->ndigits = 0;
-		result->weight  = 0;
-		result->rscale  = global_rscale;
-		result->sign    = NUMERIC_POS;
+		result->weight = 0;
+		result->rscale = global_rscale;
+		result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -2872,21 +2888,19 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	 */
 	init_var(&dividend);
 	for (i = 1; i < 10; i++)
-	{
 		init_var(&divisor[i]);
-	}
 
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Make a copy of the divisor which has one leading zero digit
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	divisor[1].ndigits   = ndigits_tmp;
-	divisor[1].rscale    = var2->ndigits;
-	divisor[1].sign      = NUMERIC_POS;
-	divisor[1].buf       = digitbuf_alloc(ndigits_tmp);
-	divisor[1].digits    = ((NumericDigit *)(divisor[1].buf)) +
-									sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	divisor[1].ndigits = ndigits_tmp;
+	divisor[1].rscale = var2->ndigits;
+	divisor[1].sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+	divisor[1].buf = digitbuf_alloc(ndigits_tmp);
+	divisor[1].digits = ((NumericDigit *) (divisor[1].buf)) +
+		sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	divisor[1].digits[0] = 0;
 	memcpy(&(divisor[1].digits[1]), var2->digits, ndigits_tmp - 1);
 
@@ -2895,11 +2909,11 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	dividend.ndigits = var1->ndigits;
-	dividend.weight  = 0;
-	dividend.rscale  = var1->ndigits;
-	dividend.sign    = NUMERIC_POS;
-	dividend.buf     = digitbuf_alloc(var1->ndigits);
-	dividend.digits  = ((NumericDigit *)(dividend.buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	dividend.weight = 0;
+	dividend.rscale = var1->ndigits;
+	dividend.sign = NUMERIC_POS;
+	dividend.buf = digitbuf_alloc(var1->ndigits);
+	dividend.digits = ((NumericDigit *) (dividend.buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	memcpy(dividend.digits, var1->digits, var1->ndigits);
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -2908,18 +2922,18 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	 */
 	digitbuf_free(result->buf);
 	result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits + 2);
-	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	result->digits = res_digits;
 	result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
-	result->weight  = res_weight;
-	result->rscale  = global_rscale;
-	result->sign    = res_sign;
+	result->weight = res_weight;
+	result->rscale = global_rscale;
+	result->sign = res_sign;
 	res_digits[0] = 0;
 
 	first_div = divisor[1].digits[1] * 10;
 	if (ndigits_tmp > 2)
 		first_div += divisor[1].digits[2];
-	
+
 	first_have = 0;
 	first_nextdigit = 0;
 
@@ -2941,13 +2955,13 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		{
 			if (divisor[guess].buf == NULL)
 			{
-				int		i;
-				long	sum = 0;
+				int			i;
+				long		sum = 0;
 
 				memcpy(&divisor[guess], &divisor[1], sizeof(NumericVar));
 				divisor[guess].buf = digitbuf_alloc(divisor[guess].ndigits);
-				divisor[guess].digits = ((NumericDigit *)(divisor[guess].buf) +
-								sizeof(NumericDigitBuf));
+				divisor[guess].digits = ((NumericDigit *) (divisor[guess].buf) +
+										 sizeof(NumericDigitBuf));
 				for (i = divisor[1].ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 				{
 					sum += divisor[1].digits[i] * guess;
@@ -2960,7 +2974,8 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 			divisor[guess].rscale = rscale_tmp;
 
 			stat = cmp_abs(&dividend, &divisor[guess]);
-			if (stat >= 0) break;
+			if (stat >= 0)
+				break;
 
 			guess--;
 		}
@@ -2990,12 +3005,12 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	result->ndigits = ri + 1;
 	if (ri == res_ndigits + 1)
 	{
-		long	carry = (res_digits[ri] > 4) ? 1 : 0;
+		long		carry = (res_digits[ri] > 4) ? 1 : 0;
 
 		result->ndigits = ri;
 		res_digits[ri] = 0;
 
-		while(carry && ri > 0)
+		while (carry && ri > 0)
 		{
 			carry += res_digits[--ri];
 			res_digits[ri] = carry % 10;
@@ -3010,9 +3025,7 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		(result->ndigits)--;
 	}
 	while (result->ndigits > 0 && result->digits[result->ndigits - 1] == 0)
-	{
 		(result->ndigits)--;
-	}
 	if (result->ndigits == 0)
 		result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 
@@ -3033,10 +3046,10 @@ div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+mod_var(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericVar		tmp;
-	int				save_global_rscale;
+	NumericVar	tmp;
+	int			save_global_rscale;
 
 	init_var(&tmp);
 
@@ -3070,9 +3083,9 @@ mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
+ceil_var(NumericVar * var, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericVar		tmp;
+	NumericVar	tmp;
 
 	init_var(&tmp);
 	set_var_from_var(var, &tmp);
@@ -3095,9 +3108,9 @@ ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-floor_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
+floor_var(NumericVar * var, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericVar		tmp;
+	NumericVar	tmp;
 
 	init_var(&tmp);
 	set_var_from_var(var, &tmp);
@@ -3119,14 +3132,14 @@ floor_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
+sqrt_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericVar		tmp_arg;
-	NumericVar		tmp_val;
-	NumericVar		last_val;
-	int				res_rscale;
-	int				save_global_rscale;
-	int				stat;
+	NumericVar	tmp_arg;
+	NumericVar	tmp_val;
+	NumericVar	last_val;
+	int			res_rscale;
+	int			save_global_rscale;
+	int			stat;
 
 	save_global_rscale = global_rscale;
 	global_rscale += 8;
@@ -3137,7 +3150,7 @@ sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
 	{
 		set_var_from_var(&const_zero, result);
 		result->rscale = res_rscale;
-		result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
+		result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -3160,14 +3173,14 @@ sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
 	 */
 	digitbuf_free(result->buf);
 	result->buf = digitbuf_alloc(1);
-	result->digits = ((NumericDigit *)(result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	result->digits = ((NumericDigit *) (result->buf)) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 	result->digits[0] = tmp_arg.digits[0] / 2;
 	if (result->digits[0] == 0)
 		result->digits[0] = 1;
 	result->ndigits = 1;
 	result->weight = tmp_arg.weight / 2;
 	result->rscale = res_rscale;
-	result->sign   = NUMERIC_POS;
+	result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
 
 	for (;;)
 	{
@@ -3176,7 +3189,8 @@ sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
 		add_var(result, &tmp_val, result);
 		div_var(result, &const_two, result);
 
-		if (cmp_var(&last_val, result) == 0) break;
+		if (cmp_var(&last_val, result) == 0)
+			break;
 		set_var_from_var(result, &last_val);
 	}
 
@@ -3196,18 +3210,18 @@ sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
-{
-	NumericVar		x;
-	NumericVar		xpow;
-	NumericVar		ifac;
-	NumericVar		elem;
-	NumericVar		ni;
-	int				d;
-	int				i;
-	int				ndiv2 = 0;
-	bool			xneg = FALSE;
-	int				save_global_rscale;
+exp_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result)
+{
+	NumericVar	x;
+	NumericVar	xpow;
+	NumericVar	ifac;
+	NumericVar	elem;
+	NumericVar	ni;
+	int			d;
+	int			i;
+	int			ndiv2 = 0;
+	bool		xneg = FALSE;
+	int			save_global_rscale;
 
 	init_var(&x);
 	init_var(&xpow);
@@ -3239,7 +3253,7 @@ exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
 
 	global_rscale = global_rscale / 2 + save_global_rscale + 8;
 
-	while(cmp_var(&x, &const_one) > 0)
+	while (cmp_var(&x, &const_one) > 0)
 	{
 		ndiv2++;
 		global_rscale++;
@@ -3290,15 +3304,15 @@ exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-ln_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
+ln_var(NumericVar * arg, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericVar		x;
-	NumericVar		xx;
-	NumericVar		ni;
-	NumericVar		elem;
-	NumericVar		fact;
-	int				i;
-	int				save_global_rscale;
+	NumericVar	x;
+	NumericVar	xx;
+	NumericVar	ni;
+	NumericVar	elem;
+	NumericVar	fact;
+	int			i;
+	int			save_global_rscale;
 
 	if (cmp_var(arg, &const_zero) <= 0)
 	{
@@ -3368,7 +3382,7 @@ ln_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result)
+log_var(NumericVar * base, NumericVar * num, NumericVar * result)
 {
 	NumericVar	ln_base;
 	NumericVar	ln_num;
@@ -3379,10 +3393,10 @@ log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result)
 	init_var(&ln_num);
 
 	ln_var(base, &ln_base);
-	ln_var(num,  &ln_num);
+	ln_var(num, &ln_num);
 
 	global_rscale -= 8;
-	
+
 	div_var(&ln_num, &ln_base, result);
 
 	free_var(&ln_num);
@@ -3397,7 +3411,7 @@ log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result)
+power_var(NumericVar * base, NumericVar * exp, NumericVar * result)
 {
 	NumericVar	ln_base;
 	NumericVar	ln_num;
@@ -3415,7 +3429,7 @@ power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result)
 	global_rscale = save_global_rscale;
 
 	exp_var(&ln_num, result);
-	
+
 	free_var(&ln_num);
 	free_var(&ln_base);
 
@@ -3441,22 +3455,24 @@ power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static int
-cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
+cmp_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2)
 {
-	int		i1 = 0;
-	int		i2 = 0;
-	int		w1 = var1->weight;
-	int		w2 = var2->weight;
-	int		stat;
+	int			i1 = 0;
+	int			i2 = 0;
+	int			w1 = var1->weight;
+	int			w2 = var2->weight;
+	int			stat;
 
 	while (w1 > w2 && i1 < var1->ndigits)
 	{
-		if (var1->digits[i1++] != 0) return 1;
+		if (var1->digits[i1++] != 0)
+			return 1;
 		w1--;
 	}
 	while (w2 > w1 && i2 < var2->ndigits)
 	{
-		if (var2->digits[i2++] != 0) return -1;
+		if (var2->digits[i2++] != 0)
+			return -1;
 		w2--;
 	}
 
@@ -3497,16 +3513,18 @@ cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+add_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*res_buf;
-	NumericDigit		*res_digits;
-	int					res_ndigits;
-	int					res_weight;
-	int					res_rscale;
-	int					res_dscale;
-	int					i, i1, i2;
-	int					carry = 0;
+	NumericDigitBuf *res_buf;
+	NumericDigit *res_digits;
+	int			res_ndigits;
+	int			res_weight;
+	int			res_rscale;
+	int			res_dscale;
+	int			i,
+				i1,
+				i2;
+	int			carry = 0;
 
 	res_weight = MAX(var1->weight, var2->weight) + 1;
 	res_rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
@@ -3514,7 +3532,7 @@ add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	res_ndigits = res_rscale + res_weight + 1;
 
 	res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits);
-	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *)res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *) res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 
 	i1 = res_rscale + var1->weight + 1;
 	i2 = res_rscale + var2->weight + 1;
@@ -3538,20 +3556,18 @@ add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		res_ndigits--;
 	}
 	while (res_ndigits > 0 && res_digits[res_ndigits - 1] == 0)
-	{
 		res_ndigits--;
-	}
 
 	if (res_ndigits == 0)
 		res_weight = 0;
 
 	digitbuf_free(result->buf);
 	result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
-	result->buf     = res_buf;
-	result->digits  = res_digits;
-	result->weight  = res_weight;
-	result->rscale  = res_rscale;
-	result->dscale  = res_dscale;
+	result->buf = res_buf;
+	result->digits = res_digits;
+	result->weight = res_weight;
+	result->rscale = res_rscale;
+	result->dscale = res_dscale;
 }
 
 
@@ -3566,16 +3582,18 @@ add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
  * ----------
  */
 static void
-sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
+sub_abs(NumericVar * var1, NumericVar * var2, NumericVar * result)
 {
-	NumericDigitBuf		*res_buf;
-	NumericDigit		*res_digits;
-	int					res_ndigits;
-	int					res_weight;
-	int					res_rscale;
-	int					res_dscale;
-	int					i, i1, i2;
-	int					borrow = 0;
+	NumericDigitBuf *res_buf;
+	NumericDigit *res_digits;
+	int			res_ndigits;
+	int			res_weight;
+	int			res_rscale;
+	int			res_dscale;
+	int			i,
+				i1,
+				i2;
+	int			borrow = 0;
 
 	res_weight = var1->weight;
 	res_rscale = MAX(var1->rscale, var2->rscale);
@@ -3583,7 +3601,7 @@ sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 	res_ndigits = res_rscale + res_weight + 1;
 
 	res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits);
-	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *)res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
+	res_digits = ((NumericDigit *) res_buf) + sizeof(NumericDigitBuf);
 
 	i1 = res_rscale + var1->weight + 1;
 	i2 = res_rscale + var2->weight + 1;
@@ -3615,20 +3633,16 @@ sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
 		res_ndigits--;
 	}
 	while (res_ndigits > 0 && res_digits[res_ndigits - 1] == 0)
-	{
 		res_ndigits--;
-	}
 
 	if (res_ndigits == 0)
 		res_weight = 0;
 
 	digitbuf_free(result->buf);
 	result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
-	result->buf     = res_buf;
-	result->digits  = res_digits;
-	result->weight  = res_weight;
-	result->rscale  = res_rscale;
-	result->dscale  = res_dscale;
+	result->buf = res_buf;
+	result->digits = res_digits;
+	result->weight = res_weight;
+	result->rscale = res_rscale;
+	result->dscale = res_dscale;
 }
-
-
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c
index 19a0f2d385b18f7ba70cc8a59065e278c965b0ef..413d0fadd88db447e5ab87166e2930532a9dd6c0 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:19:29 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:12:14 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,17 +55,17 @@ pg_atoi(char *s, int size, int c)
 
 	Assert(s);
 
-  	errno = 0;
+	errno = 0;
 
 	/*
-	 * Some versions of strtol treat the empty string as an error.  This
+	 * Some versions of strtol treat the empty string as an error.	This
 	 * code will explicitly return 0 for an empty string.
 	 */
 
-	if (s == (char *)NULL)
+	if (s == (char *) NULL)
 		elog(ERROR, "pg_atoi: NULL pointer!");
 	else if (*s == 0)
-		l = (long)0;
+		l = (long) 0;
 	else
 		l = strtol(s, &badp, 10);
 	if (errno)					/* strtol must set ERANGE */
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c
index 2e6276f4e2f5f19f0ef732c6e2709e53551d200b..1db8ddcc057106567068981e8a74e5d4aa88c5bb 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.36 1999/05/10 00:45:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.37 1999/05/25 16:12:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@
 int32
 regprocin(char *pro_name_or_oid)
 {
-	HeapTuple	 	proctup = NULL;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
-	RegProcedure	result = InvalidOid;
+	HeapTuple	proctup = NULL;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
+	RegProcedure result = InvalidOid;
 
 	if (pro_name_or_oid == NULL)
 		return InvalidOid;
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ regprocin(char *pro_name_or_oid)
 
 	if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * we need to use the oid because there can be multiple entries
 		 * with the same name.	We accept int4eq_1323 and 1323.
@@ -76,23 +77,23 @@ regprocin(char *pro_name_or_oid)
 			RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
 			Buffer		buffer;
 			int			matches = 0;
-		
+
 			ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey[0],
 								   (bits16) 0x0,
 								   (AttrNumber) 1,
 								   (RegProcedure) F_NAMEEQ,
 								   PointerGetDatum(pro_name_or_oid));
-		
+
 			hdesc = heap_openr(ProcedureRelationName);
 			idesc = index_openr(ProcedureNameIndex);
-		
+
 			sd = index_beginscan(idesc, false, 1, skey);
 			while ((indexRes = index_getnext(sd, ForwardScanDirection)))
 			{
 				tuple.t_self = indexRes->heap_iptr;
 				heap_fetch(hdesc, SnapshotNow,
-									&tuple,
-									&buffer);
+						   &tuple,
+						   &buffer);
 				pfree(indexRes);
 				if (tuple.t_data != NULL)
 				{
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c
index b953567ad9c41b61379fef8d51104dac7fc8a564..62aab3890122db22700406bf6c668a54b8358a83 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *			  out of it's tuple
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 08:49:33 wieck Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:12:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
  *
@@ -57,16 +57,17 @@
 #include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"
 #include "fmgr.h"
 
-#define BUFSIZE	8192
+#define BUFSIZE 8192
 
 /* ----------
  * Local data types
  * ----------
  */
-typedef struct QryHier {
-	struct QryHier		*parent;
-	Query			*query;
-} QryHier;
+typedef struct QryHier
+{
+	struct QryHier *parent;
+	Query	   *query;
+}			QryHier;
 
 
 /* ----------
@@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ static char *query_getopclass = "SELECT * FROM pg_opclass WHERE oid = $1";
  */
 text	   *pg_get_ruledef(NameData *rname);
 text	   *pg_get_viewdef(NameData *rname);
-text       *pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid);
+text	   *pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid);
 NameData   *pg_get_userbyid(int4 uid);
 
 
@@ -100,16 +101,16 @@ NameData   *pg_get_userbyid(int4 uid);
  */
 static char *make_ruledef(HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc);
 static char *make_viewdef(HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc);
-static char *get_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *parentqh);
-static char *get_select_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh);
-static char *get_insert_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh);
-static char *get_update_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh);
-static char *get_delete_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh);
-static char *get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix);
-static char *get_func_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Expr *expr, bool varprefix);
-static char *get_tle_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, TargetEntry *tle, bool varprefix);
+static char *get_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * parentqh);
+static char *get_select_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh);
+static char *get_insert_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh);
+static char *get_update_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh);
+static char *get_delete_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh);
+static char *get_rule_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix);
+static char *get_func_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Expr *expr, bool varprefix);
+static char *get_tle_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, TargetEntry *tle, bool varprefix);
 static char *get_const_expr(Const *constval);
-static char *get_sublink_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix);
+static char *get_sublink_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix);
 static char *get_relation_name(Oid relid);
 static char *get_attribute_name(Oid relid, int2 attnum);
 static bool check_if_rte_used(int rt_index, Node *node, int sup);
@@ -314,27 +315,27 @@ pg_get_viewdef(NameData *rname)
  *				  only return the SELECT part of a view
  * ----------
  */
-text       *
+text *
 pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 {
-	text		*indexdef;
+	text	   *indexdef;
 	HeapTuple	ht_idx;
 	HeapTuple	ht_idxrel;
 	HeapTuple	ht_indrel;
 	HeapTuple	spi_tup;
 	TupleDesc	spi_ttc;
-	int		spi_fno;
-	Form_pg_index	idxrec;
-	Form_pg_class	idxrelrec;
-	Form_pg_class	indrelrec;
+	int			spi_fno;
+	Form_pg_index idxrec;
+	Form_pg_class idxrelrec;
+	Form_pg_class indrelrec;
 	Datum		spi_args[1];
 	char		spi_nulls[2];
-	int		spirc;
-	int		len;
-	int		keyno;
+	int			spirc;
+	int			len;
+	int			keyno;
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	char		keybuf[BUFSIZE];
-	char		*sep;
+	char	   *sep;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Connect to SPI manager
@@ -371,30 +372,30 @@ pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	ht_idx = SearchSysCacheTuple(INDEXRELID,
-			ObjectIdGetDatum(indexrelid), 0, 0, 0);
+								 ObjectIdGetDatum(indexrelid), 0, 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(ht_idx))
 		elog(ERROR, "syscache lookup for index %u failed", indexrelid);
-	idxrec = (Form_pg_index)GETSTRUCT(ht_idx);
+	idxrec = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(ht_idx);
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Fetch the pg_class tuple of the index relation
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	ht_idxrel = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELOID,
-			ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indexrelid), 0, 0, 0);
+						  ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indexrelid), 0, 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(ht_idxrel))
 		elog(ERROR, "syscache lookup for relid %u failed", idxrec->indexrelid);
-	idxrelrec = (Form_pg_class)GETSTRUCT(ht_idxrel);
+	idxrelrec = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(ht_idxrel);
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Fetch the pg_class tuple of the indexed relation
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	ht_indrel = SearchSysCacheTuple(RELOID,
-			ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indrelid), 0, 0, 0);
+							ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indrelid), 0, 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(ht_indrel))
 		elog(ERROR, "syscache lookup for relid %u failed", idxrec->indrelid);
-	indrelrec = (Form_pg_class)GETSTRUCT(ht_indrel);
+	indrelrec = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(ht_indrel);
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Get the am name for the index relation
@@ -417,11 +418,11 @@ pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	sprintf(buf, "CREATE %sINDEX \"%s\" ON \"%s\" USING %s (",
-		idxrec->indisunique ? "UNIQUE " : "",
-		nameout(&(idxrelrec->relname)),
-		nameout(&(indrelrec->relname)),
-		SPI_getvalue(spi_tup, spi_ttc, spi_fno));
-			
+			idxrec->indisunique ? "UNIQUE " : "",
+			nameout(&(idxrelrec->relname)),
+			nameout(&(indrelrec->relname)),
+			SPI_getvalue(spi_tup, spi_ttc, spi_fno));
+
 	/* ----------
 	 * Collect the indexed attributes
 	 * ----------
@@ -445,7 +446,7 @@ pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 			strcat(keybuf, "oid");
 		else
 			strcat(keybuf, get_attribute_name(idxrec->indrelid,
-						idxrec->indkey[keyno]));
+											  idxrec->indkey[keyno]));
 		strcat(keybuf, "\"");
 
 		/* ----------
@@ -478,10 +479,10 @@ pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 	if (idxrec->indproc != InvalidOid)
 	{
 		HeapTuple	proctup;
-		Form_pg_proc	procStruct;
+		Form_pg_proc procStruct;
 
 		proctup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PROOID,
-								ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indproc), 0, 0, 0);
+							 ObjectIdGetDatum(idxrec->indproc), 0, 0, 0);
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(proctup))
 			elog(ERROR, "cache lookup for proc %u failed", idxrec->indproc);
 
@@ -508,13 +509,11 @@ pg_get_indexdef(Oid indexrelid)
 		strcat(buf, "\"");
 	}
 	else
-	/* ----------
-	 * For the others say 'attr opclass [, ...]'
-	 * ----------
-	 */
-	{
+		/* ----------
+		 * For the others say 'attr opclass [, ...]'
+		 * ----------
+		 */
 		strcat(buf, keybuf);
-	}
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Finish
@@ -551,8 +550,8 @@ NameData   *
 pg_get_userbyid(int4 uid)
 {
 	HeapTuple	usertup;
-	Form_pg_shadow	user_rec;
-	NameData	*result;
+	Form_pg_shadow user_rec;
+	NameData   *result;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * Allocate space for the result
@@ -566,16 +565,14 @@ pg_get_userbyid(int4 uid)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	usertup = SearchSysCacheTuple(USESYSID,
-			ObjectIdGetDatum(uid), 0, 0, 0);
+								  ObjectIdGetDatum(uid), 0, 0, 0);
 	if (HeapTupleIsValid(usertup))
 	{
-		user_rec = (Form_pg_shadow)GETSTRUCT(usertup);
+		user_rec = (Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(usertup);
 		StrNCpy(result->data, (&(user_rec->usename))->data, NAMEDATALEN);
 	}
 	else
-	{
-		sprintf((char *)result, "unknown (UID=%d)", uid);
-	}
+		sprintf((char *) result, "unknown (UID=%d)", uid);
 
 	return result;
 }
@@ -683,12 +680,12 @@ make_ruledef(HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc)
 	{
 		Node	   *qual;
 		Query	   *query;
-		QryHier    qh;
+		QryHier		qh;
 
 		qual = stringToNode(ev_qual);
 		query = (Query *) lfirst(actions);
 		qh.parent = NULL;
-		qh.query  = query;
+		qh.query = query;
 
 		strcat(buf, " WHERE ");
 		strcat(buf, get_rule_expr(&qh, 0, qual, TRUE));
@@ -809,16 +806,16 @@ make_viewdef(HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *parentqh)
+get_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * parentqh)
 {
 	QryHier		qh;
 
 	qh.parent = parentqh;
-	qh.query  = query;
+	qh.query = query;
 
 	switch (query->commandType)
 	{
-			case CMD_SELECT:
+		case CMD_SELECT:
 			return get_select_query_def(query, &qh);
 			break;
 
@@ -853,7 +850,7 @@ get_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *parentqh)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_select_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
+get_select_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	char	   *sep;
@@ -1023,7 +1020,7 @@ get_select_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_insert_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
+get_insert_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	char	   *sep;
@@ -1133,7 +1130,7 @@ get_insert_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_update_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
+get_update_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	char	   *sep;
@@ -1186,7 +1183,7 @@ get_update_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_delete_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
+get_delete_query_def(Query *query, QryHier * qh)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	RangeTblEntry *rte;
@@ -1220,7 +1217,7 @@ get_delete_query_def(Query *query, QryHier *qh)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
+get_rule_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 
@@ -1254,7 +1251,7 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 				strcat(buf, aggref->aggname);
 				strcat(buf, "\"(");
 				strcat(buf, get_rule_expr(qh, rt_index,
-									 (Node *) (aggref->target), varprefix));
+								  (Node *) (aggref->target), varprefix));
 				strcat(buf, ")");
 				return pstrdup(buf);
 			}
@@ -1263,15 +1260,15 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 		case T_GroupClause:
 			{
 				GroupClause *grp = (GroupClause *) node;
-				List		*l;
-				TargetEntry	*tle = NULL;
+				List	   *l;
+				TargetEntry *tle = NULL;
 
 				foreach(l, qh->query->targetList)
 				{
-					if (((TargetEntry *)lfirst(l))->resdom->resgroupref ==
-									grp->tleGroupref)
+					if (((TargetEntry *) lfirst(l))->resdom->resgroupref ==
+						grp->tleGroupref)
 					{
-						tle = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(l);
+						tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(l);
 						break;
 					}
 				}
@@ -1279,7 +1276,7 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 				if (tle == NULL)
 					elog(ERROR, "GROUP BY expression not found in targetlist");
 
-				return get_rule_expr(qh, rt_index, (Node *)tle, varprefix);
+				return get_rule_expr(qh, rt_index, (Node *) tle, varprefix);
 			}
 			break;
 
@@ -1358,9 +1355,10 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 			{
 				Var		   *var = (Var *) node;
 				RangeTblEntry *rte;
-				int sup = var->varlevelsup;
+				int			sup = var->varlevelsup;
 
-				while(sup-- > 0) qh = qh->parent;
+				while (sup-- > 0)
+					qh = qh->parent;
 
 				rte = (RangeTblEntry *) nth(var->varno - 1, qh->query->rtable);
 
@@ -1396,9 +1394,7 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 			break;
 
 		case T_SubLink:
-			{
 				return get_sublink_expr(qh, rt_index, node, varprefix);
-			}
 			break;
 
 		case T_Const:
@@ -1421,7 +1417,7 @@ get_rule_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_func_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Expr *expr, bool varprefix)
+get_func_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Expr *expr, bool varprefix)
 {
 	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 	HeapTuple	proctup;
@@ -1500,7 +1496,7 @@ get_func_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Expr *expr, bool varprefix)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_tle_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, TargetEntry *tle, bool varprefix)
+get_tle_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, TargetEntry *tle, bool varprefix)
 {
 	HeapTuple	proctup;
 	Form_pg_proc procStruct;
@@ -1609,14 +1605,14 @@ get_const_expr(Const *constval)
  * ----------
  */
 static char *
-get_sublink_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
+get_sublink_expr(QryHier * qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 {
 	SubLink    *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
 	Query	   *query = (Query *) (sublink->subselect);
-	Expr       *expr;
+	Expr	   *expr;
 	List	   *l;
 	char	   *sep;
-	char       buf[BUFSIZE];
+	char		buf[BUFSIZE];
 
 	buf[0] = '\0';
 
@@ -1640,32 +1636,33 @@ get_sublink_expr(QryHier *qh, int rt_index, Node *node, bool varprefix)
 			strcat(buf, " ");
 	}
 
-	switch (sublink->subLinkType) {
+	switch (sublink->subLinkType)
+	{
 		case EXISTS_SUBLINK:
 			strcat(buf, "EXISTS ");
 			break;
 
 		case ANY_SUBLINK:
-			expr = (Expr *)lfirst(sublink->oper);
+			expr = (Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper);
 			strcat(buf, get_opname(((Oper *) (expr->oper))->opno));
 			strcat(buf, " ANY ");
 			break;
 
 		case ALL_SUBLINK:
-			expr = (Expr *)lfirst(sublink->oper);
+			expr = (Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper);
 			strcat(buf, get_opname(((Oper *) (expr->oper))->opno));
 			strcat(buf, " ALL ");
 			break;
 
 		case EXPR_SUBLINK:
-			expr = (Expr *)lfirst(sublink->oper);
+			expr = (Expr *) lfirst(sublink->oper);
 			strcat(buf, get_opname(((Oper *) (expr->oper))->opno));
 			strcat(buf, " ");
 			break;
 
 		default:
 			elog(ERROR, "unupported sublink type %d",
-					sublink->subLinkType);
+				 sublink->subLinkType);
 			break;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
index 53310bf1b3e8f56c120c676d6b341c0035b5a4eb..fc65ddc3f97c5b34623b606a9c665679c427322a 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.27 1999/05/10 00:46:00 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:12:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -393,6 +393,7 @@ btreesel(Oid operatorObjectId,
 
 	if (FunctionalSelectivity(nIndexKeys, attributeNumber))
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Need to call the functions selectivity function here.  For now
 		 * simply assume it's 1/3 since functions don't currently have
@@ -437,6 +438,7 @@ btreenpage(Oid operatorObjectId,
 
 	if (FunctionalSelectivity(nIndexKeys, attributeNumber))
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Need to call the functions selectivity function here.  For now
 		 * simply assume it's 1/3 since functions don't currently have
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c
index 1233955c4fdec07299a977f4e1dcc500edfdf113..cb0982a52d8b2613232d991af6899027124a3a49 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.45 1999/05/19 17:53:11 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.46 1999/05/25 16:12:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ bpcharin(char *s, int dummy, int32 atttypmod)
 		len = atttypmod - VARHDRSZ;
 
 	if (len > BLCKSZ - 128)
-		elog(ERROR, "bpcharin: length of char() must be less than %d",BLCKSZ-128);
+		elog(ERROR, "bpcharin: length of char() must be less than %d", BLCKSZ - 128);
 
 	result = (char *) palloc(atttypmod);
 	VARSIZE(result) = atttypmod;
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ bpchar(char *s, int32 len)
 	rlen = len - VARHDRSZ;
 
 	if (rlen > BLCKSZ - 128)
-		elog(ERROR, "bpchar: length of char() must be less than %d",BLCKSZ-128);
+		elog(ERROR, "bpchar: length of char() must be less than %d", BLCKSZ - 128);
 
 #ifdef STRINGDEBUG
 	printf("bpchar- convert string length %d (%d) ->%d (%d)\n",
@@ -163,13 +163,15 @@ bpchar(char *s, int32 len)
 	VARSIZE(result) = len;
 	r = VARDATA(result);
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-	/* truncate multi-byte string in a way not to break
-	   multi-byte boundary */
-	if (VARSIZE(s) > len) {
-		slen = pg_mbcliplen(VARDATA(s), VARSIZE(s)-VARHDRSZ, rlen);
-        } else {
+
+	/*
+	 * truncate multi-byte string in a way not to break multi-byte
+	 * boundary
+	 */
+	if (VARSIZE(s) > len)
+		slen = pg_mbcliplen(VARDATA(s), VARSIZE(s) - VARHDRSZ, rlen);
+	else
 		slen = VARSIZE(s) - VARHDRSZ;
-        }
 #else
 	slen = VARSIZE(s) - VARHDRSZ;
 #endif
@@ -206,7 +208,7 @@ bpchar(char *s, int32 len)
  * Converts an array of char() type to a specific internal length.
  * len is the length specified in () plus VARHDRSZ bytes.
  */
-ArrayType *
+ArrayType  *
 _bpchar(ArrayType *v, int32 len)
 {
 	return array_map(v, BPCHAROID, bpchar, BPCHAROID, 1, len);
@@ -331,7 +333,7 @@ varcharin(char *s, int dummy, int32 atttypmod)
 		len = atttypmod;		/* clip the string at max length */
 
 	if (len > BLCKSZ - 128)
-		elog(ERROR, "varcharin: length of char() must be less than %d",BLCKSZ-128);
+		elog(ERROR, "varcharin: length of char() must be less than %d", BLCKSZ - 128);
 
 	result = (char *) palloc(len);
 	VARSIZE(result) = len;
@@ -390,15 +392,18 @@ varchar(char *s, int32 slen)
 	/* only reach here if we need to truncate string... */
 
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-	/* truncate multi-byte string in a way not to break
-	   multi-byte boundary */
+
+	/*
+	 * truncate multi-byte string in a way not to break multi-byte
+	 * boundary
+	 */
 	len = pg_mbcliplen(VARDATA(s), slen - VARHDRSZ, slen - VARHDRSZ);
 	slen = len + VARHDRSZ;
 #else
 	len = slen - VARHDRSZ;
 #endif
 
-	if (len > BLCKSZ-128)
+	if (len > BLCKSZ - 128)
 		elog(ERROR, "varchar: length of varchar() must be less than BLCKSZ-128");
 
 	result = (char *) palloc(slen);
@@ -412,7 +417,7 @@ varchar(char *s, int32 slen)
  * Converts an array of varchar() type to the specified size.
  * len is the length specified in () plus VARHDRSZ bytes.
  */
-ArrayType *
+ArrayType  *
 _varchar(ArrayType *v, int32 len)
 {
 	return array_map(v, VARCHAROID, varchar, VARCHAROID, 1, len);
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c
index 12095816fa1992245aa45de7701e12a7f07dd2f9..b649ef225a30d7a22b962c9d60db618f6bbd57ee 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.47 1999/02/13 23:19:36 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.48 1999/05/25 16:12:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ textcat(text *t1, text *t2)
  *	- string length
  *
  * If the starting position is zero or less, then return from the start of the string
- *  adjusting the length to be consistant with the "negative start" per SQL92.
+ *	adjusting the length to be consistant with the "negative start" per SQL92.
  * If the length is less than zero, return the remaining string.
  *
  * Note that the arguments operate on octet length,
@@ -352,11 +352,14 @@ text_substr(text *string, int32 m, int32 n)
 		m = 1;
 		n = 0;
 	}
-	/* starting position before the start of the string?
-	 * then offset into the string per SQL92 spec... */
+
+	/*
+	 * starting position before the start of the string? then offset into
+	 * the string per SQL92 spec...
+	 */
 	else if (m < 1)
 	{
-		n += (m-1);
+		n += (m - 1);
 		m = 1;
 	}
 
@@ -588,10 +591,10 @@ text_ge(text *arg1, text *arg2)
 text *
 text_larger(text *arg1, text *arg2)
 {
-	text *result;
-	text *temp;
+	text	   *result;
+	text	   *temp;
 
-	temp = ((text_cmp(arg1, arg2) <= 0)? arg2: arg1);
+	temp = ((text_cmp(arg1, arg2) <= 0) ? arg2 : arg1);
 
 	/* Make a copy */
 
@@ -604,10 +607,10 @@ text_larger(text *arg1, text *arg2)
 text *
 text_smaller(text *arg1, text *arg2)
 {
-	text *result;
-	text *temp;
+	text	   *result;
+	text	   *temp;
 
-	temp = ((text_cmp(arg1, arg2) > 0)? arg2: arg1);
+	temp = ((text_cmp(arg1, arg2) > 0) ? arg2 : arg1);
 
 	/* Make a copy */
 
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
index 869df05df7cb3a2c624f077ea72a0d9276255970..80444d0a143907713bb5b71b203ea7362f4b85a9 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.40 1999/05/10 00:46:03 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.41 1999/05/25 16:12:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Notes:
  *		XXX This needs to use exception.h to handle recovery when
@@ -196,6 +196,7 @@ CatalogCacheInitializeCache(struct catcache * cache,
 
 		if (cache->cc_key[i] > 0)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * Yoiks.  The implementation of the hashing code and the
 			 * implementation of int28's are at loggerheads.  The right
@@ -277,7 +278,7 @@ CatalogCacheSetId(CatCache *cacheInOutP, int id)
 #endif
 
 /* ----------------
- * comphash 
+ * comphash
  *		Compute a hash value, somehow.
  *
  * XXX explain algorithm here.
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c
index 40155b36aa1126f93e68238697145514f9e28b90..7cf66e2280893bf17876c2e27ff5c5fd39a9b86c 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.22 1999/05/10 00:46:07 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:12:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Note - this code is real crufty...
  *
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ InvalidationEntryAllocate(uint16 size)
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- *		LocalInvalidRegister 
+ *		LocalInvalidRegister
  *		   Returns a new local cache invalidation state containing a new entry.
  * --------------------------------
  */
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ LocalInvalidRegister(LocalInvalid invalid,
 	Assert(PointerIsValid(entry));
 
 	((InvalidationUserData *) entry)->dataP[-1] =
-			(InvalidationUserData *) invalid;
+		(InvalidationUserData *) invalid;
 
 	return entry;
 }
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ InitLocalInvalidateData()
 
 
 /*
- * DiscardInvalid 
+ * DiscardInvalid
  *		Causes the invalidated cache state to be discarded.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ DiscardInvalid()
 }
 
 /*
- * RegisterInvalid 
+ * RegisterInvalid
  *		Causes registration of invalidated state with other backends iff true.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ RegisterInvalid(bool send)
 }
 
 /*
- * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple 
+ * RelationIdInvalidateHeapTuple
  *		Causes the given tuple in a relation to be invalidated.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c
index 0603f675520ce9e5a105bebc05d6ff942190f620..f37a97b34f6abf9829fcec04007d43bf4336a5e7 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/rel.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:19:43 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/rel.c,v 1.5 1999/05/25 16:12:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
  */
 
 /*
- * RelationGetIndexStrategy 
+ * RelationGetIndexStrategy
  *		Returns index strategy for a relation.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ RelationGetIndexStrategy(Relation relation)
 }
 
 /*
- * RelationSetIndexSupport 
+ * RelationSetIndexSupport
  *		Sets index strategy and support info for a relation.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c
index 4affb0f6aec6fb70e969077d598ecf86c496214b..f8c73b7b22ca95fac77878459eb3b85f844702de 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.61 1999/05/10 00:46:08 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.62 1999/05/25 16:12:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ scan_pg_rel_ind(RelationBuildDescInfo buildinfo)
 	switch (buildinfo.infotype)
 	{
 		case INFO_RELID:
-			return_tuple = ClassOidIndexScan(pg_class_desc,buildinfo.i.info_id);
+			return_tuple = ClassOidIndexScan(pg_class_desc, buildinfo.i.info_id);
 			break;
 
 		case INFO_RELNAME:
@@ -707,20 +707,20 @@ RelationBuildRuleLock(Relation relation)
 
 		rule->event = (int) heap_getattr(pg_rewrite_tuple,
 							 Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_type, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
-							   &isnull) - 48;
+										 &isnull) - 48;
 		rule->attrno = (int) heap_getattr(pg_rewrite_tuple,
 							 Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_attr, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
-							   &isnull);
+										  &isnull);
 		rule->isInstead = !!heap_getattr(pg_rewrite_tuple,
-						   Anum_pg_rewrite_is_instead, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
-						   &isnull);
+						  Anum_pg_rewrite_is_instead, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
+										 &isnull);
 
 		ruleaction = heap_getattr(pg_rewrite_tuple,
-						 Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_action, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
-						 &isnull);
+						   Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_action, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
+								  &isnull);
 		rule_evqual_string = heap_getattr(pg_rewrite_tuple,
-						 Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_qual, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
-						 &isnull);
+							 Anum_pg_rewrite_ev_qual, pg_rewrite_tupdesc,
+										  &isnull);
 
 		ruleaction = PointerGetDatum(textout((struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(ruleaction)));
 		rule_evqual_string = PointerGetDatum(textout((struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(rule_evqual_string)));
@@ -851,9 +851,7 @@ RelationBuildDesc(RelationBuildDescInfo buildinfo)
 	 * ----------------
 	 */
 	if (OidIsValid(relam))
-	{
 		relation->rd_am = (Form_pg_am) AccessMethodObjectIdGetForm(relam);
-	}
 
 	/* ----------------
 	 *	initialize the tuple descriptor (relation->rd_att).
@@ -1331,13 +1329,13 @@ RelationForgetRelation(Oid rid)
 			MemoryContext oldcxt;
 			List	   *curr;
 			List	   *prev = NIL;
-	
+
 			oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) CacheCxt);
-	
+
 			foreach(curr, newlyCreatedRelns)
 			{
 				Relation	reln = lfirst(curr);
-	
+
 				Assert(reln != NULL && reln->rd_myxactonly);
 				if (RelationGetRelid(reln) == rid)
 					break;
@@ -1353,7 +1351,7 @@ RelationForgetRelation(Oid rid)
 			pfree(curr);
 			MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 		}
-	
+
 		RelationFlushRelation(&relation, false);
 	}
 }
@@ -1378,6 +1376,7 @@ RelationIdInvalidateRelationCacheByRelationId(Oid relationId)
 	 */
 	if (PointerIsValid(relation) && !relation->rd_myxactonly)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * The boolean onlyFlushReferenceCountZero in RelationFlushReln()
 		 * should be set to true when we are incrementing the command
@@ -1484,8 +1483,8 @@ RelationRegisterRelation(Relation relation)
 
 	/*
 	 * we've just created the relation. It is invisible to anyone else
-	 * before the transaction is committed. Setting rd_myxactonly allows us
-	 * to use the local buffer manager for select/insert/etc before the
+	 * before the transaction is committed. Setting rd_myxactonly allows
+	 * us to use the local buffer manager for select/insert/etc before the
 	 * end of transaction. (We also need to keep track of relations
 	 * created during a transaction and does the necessary clean up at the
 	 * end of the transaction.)				- ay 3/95
@@ -1634,7 +1633,7 @@ AttrDefaultFetch(Relation relation)
 	Relation	adrel;
 	Relation	irel;
 	ScanKeyData skey;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	Form_pg_attrdef adform;
 	IndexScanDesc sd;
 	RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
@@ -1722,7 +1721,7 @@ RelCheckFetch(Relation relation)
 	Relation	rcrel;
 	Relation	irel;
 	ScanKeyData skey;
-	HeapTupleData	tuple;
+	HeapTupleData tuple;
 	IndexScanDesc sd;
 	RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
 	Name		rcname;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c
index bd583ac0ce6728a1d5b06ed79430c88a697f10c2..6eb0ed3527dc5dbe379b7cd1d51daa3540d2358b 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/syscache.c,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:12:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  These routines allow the parser/planner/executor to perform
@@ -421,11 +421,11 @@ InitCatalogCache()
 			Assert(!PointerIsValid((Pointer) SysCache[cacheId]));
 
 			SysCache[cacheId] = InitSysCache(cacheinfo[cacheId].name,
-							 cacheinfo[cacheId].indname,
-							 cacheId,
-							 cacheinfo[cacheId].nkeys,
-							 cacheinfo[cacheId].key,
-							 cacheinfo[cacheId].iScanFunc);
+											 cacheinfo[cacheId].indname,
+											 cacheId,
+											 cacheinfo[cacheId].nkeys,
+											 cacheinfo[cacheId].key,
+										   cacheinfo[cacheId].iScanFunc);
 			if (!PointerIsValid((char *) SysCache[cacheId]))
 			{
 				elog(ERROR,
@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ SearchSysCacheTuple(int cacheId,/* cache selection code */
 	if (!PointerIsValid(SysCache[cacheId]))
 	{
 		SysCache[cacheId] = InitSysCache(cacheinfo[cacheId].name,
-						 cacheinfo[cacheId].indname,
-						 cacheId,
-						 cacheinfo[cacheId].nkeys,
-						 cacheinfo[cacheId].key,
-						 cacheinfo[cacheId].iScanFunc);
+										 cacheinfo[cacheId].indname,
+										 cacheId,
+										 cacheinfo[cacheId].nkeys,
+										 cacheinfo[cacheId].key,
+										 cacheinfo[cacheId].iScanFunc);
 		if (!PointerIsValid(SysCache[cacheId]))
 			elog(ERROR,
 				 "InitCatalogCache: Can't init cache %s(%d)",
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c
index 60c949fa43435f755c7d362d54240b274866766b..9e9faaf8ab21aade4112f02d4edce10d7a33e258 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/temprel.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:19:45 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/Attic/temprel.c,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:12:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ static List *temp_rels = NIL;
 
 typedef struct TempTable
 {
-	char 		*user_relname;
+	char	   *user_relname;
 	HeapTuple	pg_class_tuple;
-} TempTable;
+}			TempTable;
 
 
 void
 create_temp_relation(char *relname, HeapTuple pg_class_tuple)
 {
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
-	TempTable	*temp_rel;
+	TempTable  *temp_rel;
 
 	oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) CacheCxt);
 
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ create_temp_relation(char *relname, HeapTuple pg_class_tuple)
 
 	/* save user-supplied name */
 	strcpy(temp_rel->user_relname, relname);
-            
+
 	temp_rel->pg_class_tuple = heap_copytuple(pg_class_tuple);
 
 	temp_rels = lcons(temp_rel, temp_rels);
@@ -76,24 +76,25 @@ create_temp_relation(char *relname, HeapTuple pg_class_tuple)
 void
 remove_all_temp_relations(void)
 {
-	List *l, *next;
+	List	   *l,
+			   *next;
 
 	l = temp_rels;
 	while (l != NIL)
 	{
-		TempTable	*temp_rel = lfirst(l);
+		TempTable  *temp_rel = lfirst(l);
 		Form_pg_class classtuple;
 
-		classtuple = (Form_pg_class)GETSTRUCT(temp_rel->pg_class_tuple);
+		classtuple = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(temp_rel->pg_class_tuple);
 
-		next = lnext(l); /* do this first, l is deallocated */
+		next = lnext(l);		/* do this first, l is deallocated */
 
 		if (classtuple->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
 		{
-			char relname[NAMEDATALEN];
+			char		relname[NAMEDATALEN];
 
 			/* safe from deallocation */
-			strcpy(relname, temp_rel->user_relname); 
+			strcpy(relname, temp_rel->user_relname);
 			heap_destroy_with_catalog(relname);
 		}
 		else
@@ -109,15 +110,16 @@ remove_temp_relation(Oid relid)
 {
 
 	MemoryContext oldcxt;
-	List		*l, *prev;
-	
+	List	   *l,
+			   *prev;
+
 	oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo((MemoryContext) CacheCxt);
 
 	prev = NIL;
 	l = temp_rels;
 	while (l != NIL)
 	{
-		TempTable	*temp_rel = lfirst(l);
+		TempTable  *temp_rel = lfirst(l);
 
 		if (temp_rel->pg_class_tuple->t_data->t_oid == relid)
 		{
@@ -152,11 +154,11 @@ remove_temp_relation(Oid relid)
 HeapTuple
 get_temp_rel_by_name(char *user_relname)
 {
-	List *l;
+	List	   *l;
 
 	foreach(l, temp_rels)
 	{
-		TempTable	*temp_rel = lfirst(l);
+		TempTable  *temp_rel = lfirst(l);
 
 		if (strcmp(temp_rel->user_relname, user_relname) == 0)
 			return temp_rel->pg_class_tuple;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c b/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c
index 588f378b5de57a7fd647645e9b4a4e04e1ec0328..283cb01b1f966711297fcf0fc9a80d328a1f8b52 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.44 1999/05/10 00:46:11 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.45 1999/05/25 16:12:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ static int	Err_file = -1;
 static int	ElogDebugIndentLevel = 0;
 
 /*
- * elog 
+ * elog
  *		Old error logging function.
  */
 void
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ elog(int lev, const char *fmt,...)
 	 * front-end program, write to it first.  This is important because
 	 * there's a bug in the socket code on ultrix.  If the front end has
 	 * gone away (so the channel to it has been closed at the other end),
-	 * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning 
+	 * then writing here can cause this backend to exit without warning
 	 * that is, write() does an exit(). In this case, our only hope of
 	 * finding out what's going on is if Err_file was set to some disk
 	 * log.  This is a major pain.
@@ -190,26 +190,32 @@ elog(int lev, const char *fmt,...)
 	if (IsUnderPostmaster && lev > DEBUG)
 	{
 		/* notices are not errors, handle 'em differently */
-		char msgtype;
+		char		msgtype;
+
 		if (lev == NOTICE)
 			msgtype = 'N';
 		else
 		{
-			/* Abort any COPY OUT in progress when an error is detected.
-			 * This hack is necessary because of poor design of copy protocol.
+
+			/*
+			 * Abort any COPY OUT in progress when an error is detected.
+			 * This hack is necessary because of poor design of copy
+			 * protocol.
 			 */
 			pq_endcopyout(true);
 			msgtype = 'E';
 		}
 		/* exclude the timestamp from msg sent to frontend */
 		pq_puttextmessage(msgtype, line + TIMESTAMP_SIZE);
+
 		/*
 		 * This flush is normally not necessary, since postgres.c will
 		 * flush out waiting data when control returns to the main loop.
 		 * But it seems best to leave it here, so that the client has some
-		 * clue what happened if the backend dies before getting back to the
-		 * main loop ... error/notice messages should not be a performance-
-		 * critical path anyway, so an extra flush won't hurt much ...
+		 * clue what happened if the backend dies before getting back to
+		 * the main loop ... error/notice messages should not be a
+		 * performance- critical path anyway, so an extra flush won't hurt
+		 * much ...
 		 */
 		pq_flush();
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c b/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c
index aa556a624717ba7b5a58a3ea66846bd520c70b50..7384847d18e9894d970a5a00d6b4bfc244ad0dde 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/error/exc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.24 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/exc.c,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:12:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTE
  *	  XXX this code needs improvement--check for state violations and
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern char *ProgramName;
  */
 
 /*
- * EnableExceptionHandling 
+ * EnableExceptionHandling
  *		Enables/disables the exception handling system.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c b/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c
index bc92609e2b46efb18e562f08de1102a1449caae4..70842f3b5652d100a1a1685ca0b514ae2c123555 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/error/excid.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:19:48 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/excid.c,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:12:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,19 +22,19 @@
 
 
 /*
- * FailedAssertion 
+ * FailedAssertion
  *		Indicates an Assert(...) failed.
  */
 Exception	FailedAssertion = {"Failed Assertion"};
 
 /*
- * BadState 
+ * BadState
  *		Indicates a function call request is inconsistent with module state.
  */
 Exception	BadState = {"Bad State for Function Call"};
 
 /*
- * BadArg 
+ * BadArg
  *		Indicates a function call argument or arguments is out-of-bounds.
  */
 Exception	BadArg = {"Bad Argument to Function Call"};
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ Exception	BadArg = {"Bad Argument to Function Call"};
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 /*
- * BadAllocSize 
+ * BadAllocSize
  *		Indicates that an allocation request is of unreasonable size.
  */
 Exception	BadAllocSize = {"Too Large Allocation Request"};
 
 /*
- * ExhaustedMemory 
+ * ExhaustedMemory
  *		Indicates an dynamic memory allocation failed.
  */
 Exception	ExhaustedMemory = {"Memory Allocation Failed"};
 
 /*
- * Unimplemented 
+ * Unimplemented
  *		Indicates a function call request requires unimplemented code.
  */
 Exception	Unimplemented = {"Unimplemented Functionality"};
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/error/format.c b/src/backend/utils/error/format.c
index dcc27cec0241a201dee3a1e892bfb90711339116..f56e3f05b31263c350f5976097932329709c8b41 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/error/format.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/error/format.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:19:49 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/Attic/format.c,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:12:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ char *
 form(const char *fmt,...)
 {
 	va_list		args;
+
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	vsnprintf(FormBuf, FormMaxSize - 1, fmt, args);
 	va_end(args);
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c
index 4b625bfc7c5250b9b4b8c85ea6eb5dcf2f9e187b..7d9b79575fd66923bf8f2ae6c163f9745a88fb61 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.25 1999/05/22 19:49:41 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:12:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ void
 load_file(char *filename)
 {
 	DynamicFileList *file_scanner,
-				   *p;
+			   *p;
 	struct stat stat_buf;
 	int			done = 0;
 
 	/*
-	 * We need to do stat() in order to determine whether this is the
-	 * same file as a previously loaded file; it's also handy so as to
-	 * give a good error message if bogus file name given.
+	 * We need to do stat() in order to determine whether this is the same
+	 * file as a previously loaded file; it's also handy so as to give a
+	 * good error message if bogus file name given.
 	 */
 	if (stat(filename, &stat_buf) == -1)
 		elog(ERROR, "LOAD: could not open file '%s': %m", filename);
@@ -292,4 +292,5 @@ trigger_dynamic(char *filename, char *funcname)
 
 	return trigger_fn;
 }
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c
index 09f9a161138bae1ccdfdb2dd1e347706c65f416c..d5b24cf341073923b31c7d4d8dfbdc3f7dcbde31 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.27 1999/05/10 04:02:05 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:12:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -81,8 +81,10 @@ fmgr_pl(char *arg0,...)
 static char *
 fmgr_untrusted(char *arg0,...)
 {
-	/* Currently these are unsupported.  Someday we might do something like
-	 * forking a subprocess to execute 'em.
+
+	/*
+	 * Currently these are unsupported.  Someday we might do something
+	 * like forking a subprocess to execute 'em.
 	 */
 	elog(ERROR, "Untrusted functions not supported.");
 	return NULL;				/* keep compiler happy */
@@ -96,9 +98,11 @@ fmgr_untrusted(char *arg0,...)
 static char *
 fmgr_sql(char *arg0,...)
 {
+
 	/*
-	 * XXX It'd be really nice to support SQL functions anywhere that builtins
-	 * are supported.  What would we have to do?  What pitfalls are there?
+	 * XXX It'd be really nice to support SQL functions anywhere that
+	 * builtins are supported.	What would we have to do?  What pitfalls
+	 * are there?
 	 */
 	elog(ERROR, "SQL-language function not supported in this context.");
 	return NULL;				/* keep compiler happy */
@@ -215,14 +219,18 @@ fmgr_info(Oid procedureId, FmgrInfo *finfo)
 
 	if ((fcp = fmgr_isbuiltin(procedureId)) != NULL)
 	{
-		/* Fast path for builtin functions: don't bother consulting pg_proc */
+
+		/*
+		 * Fast path for builtin functions: don't bother consulting
+		 * pg_proc
+		 */
 		finfo->fn_addr = fcp->func;
 		finfo->fn_nargs = fcp->nargs;
 	}
 	else
 	{
 		procedureTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(PROOID,
-											 ObjectIdGetDatum(procedureId),
+										   ObjectIdGetDatum(procedureId),
 											 0, 0, 0);
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(procedureTuple))
 		{
@@ -240,14 +248,16 @@ fmgr_info(Oid procedureId, FmgrInfo *finfo)
 		switch (language)
 		{
 			case INTERNALlanguageId:
+
 				/*
-				 * For an ordinary builtin function, we should never get here
-				 * because the isbuiltin() search above will have succeeded.
-				 * However, if the user has done a CREATE FUNCTION to create
-				 * an alias for a builtin function, we end up here.  In that
-				 * case we have to look up the function by name.  The name
-				 * of the internal function is stored in prosrc (it doesn't
-				 * have to be the same as the name of the alias!)
+				 * For an ordinary builtin function, we should never get
+				 * here because the isbuiltin() search above will have
+				 * succeeded. However, if the user has done a CREATE
+				 * FUNCTION to create an alias for a builtin function, we
+				 * end up here.  In that case we have to look up the
+				 * function by name.  The name of the internal function is
+				 * stored in prosrc (it doesn't have to be the same as the
+				 * name of the alias!)
 				 */
 				prosrc = textout(&(procedureStruct->prosrc));
 				finfo->fn_addr = fmgr_lookupByName(prosrc);
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c b/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c
index dd601bee7427934146e49f9c46b2ed46c1fdcb59..933533b754958cf1c8d0fa9252438a102920292c 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.21 1999/03/07 23:03:32 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/hash/dynahash.c,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:12:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -175,8 +175,10 @@ hash_create(int nelem, HASHCTL *info, int flags)
 
 	if (flags & HASH_SHARED_MEM)
 	{
-		/* ctl structure is preallocated for shared memory tables.
-		 * Note that HASH_DIRSIZE had better be set as well.
+
+		/*
+		 * ctl structure is preallocated for shared memory tables. Note
+		 * that HASH_DIRSIZE had better be set as well.
 		 */
 
 		hashp->hctl = (HHDR *) info->hctl;
@@ -296,9 +298,9 @@ init_htab(HTAB *hashp, int nelem)
 	hctl = hashp->hctl;
 
 	/*
-	 * Divide number of elements by the fill factor to determine a
-	 * desired number of buckets.  Allocate space for the next greater
-	 * power of two number of buckets
+	 * Divide number of elements by the fill factor to determine a desired
+	 * number of buckets.  Allocate space for the next greater power of
+	 * two number of buckets
 	 */
 	nelem = (nelem - 1) / hctl->ffactor + 1;
 
@@ -308,14 +310,15 @@ init_htab(HTAB *hashp, int nelem)
 	hctl->high_mask = (nbuckets << 1) - 1;
 
 	/*
-	 * Figure number of directory segments needed, round up to a power of 2
+	 * Figure number of directory segments needed, round up to a power of
+	 * 2
 	 */
 	nsegs = (nbuckets - 1) / hctl->ssize + 1;
 	nsegs = 1 << my_log2(nsegs);
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure directory is big enough.
-	 * If pre-allocated directory is too small, choke (caller screwed up).
+	 * Make sure directory is big enough. If pre-allocated directory is
+	 * too small, choke (caller screwed up).
 	 */
 	if (nsegs > hctl->dsize)
 	{
@@ -371,12 +374,12 @@ init_htab(HTAB *hashp, int nelem)
 long
 hash_estimate_size(long num_entries, long keysize, long datasize)
 {
-	long	size = 0;
-	long	nBuckets,
-			nSegments,
-			nDirEntries,
-			nRecordAllocs,
-			recordSize;
+	long		size = 0;
+	long		nBuckets,
+				nSegments,
+				nDirEntries,
+				nRecordAllocs,
+				recordSize;
 
 	/* estimate number of buckets wanted */
 	nBuckets = 1L << my_log2((num_entries - 1) / DEF_FFACTOR + 1);
@@ -388,7 +391,7 @@ hash_estimate_size(long num_entries, long keysize, long datasize)
 		nDirEntries <<= 1;		/* dir_alloc doubles dsize at each call */
 
 	/* fixed control info */
-	size += MAXALIGN(sizeof(HHDR));	/* but not HTAB, per above */
+	size += MAXALIGN(sizeof(HHDR));		/* but not HTAB, per above */
 	/* directory */
 	size += MAXALIGN(nDirEntries * sizeof(SEG_OFFSET));
 	/* segments */
@@ -665,8 +668,10 @@ hash_search(HTAB *hashp,
 	 */
 	if (++hctl->nkeys / (hctl->max_bucket + 1) > hctl->ffactor)
 	{
-		/* NOTE: failure to expand table is not a fatal error,
-		 * it just means we have to run at higher fill factor than we wanted.
+
+		/*
+		 * NOTE: failure to expand table is not a fatal error, it just
+		 * means we have to run at higher fill factor than we wanted.
 		 */
 		expand_table(hashp);
 	}
@@ -778,7 +783,7 @@ expand_table(HTAB *hashp)
 	{
 		/* Allocate new segment if necessary -- could fail if dir full */
 		if (new_segnum >= hctl->dsize)
-			if (! dir_realloc(hashp))
+			if (!dir_realloc(hashp))
 				return 0;
 		if (!(hashp->dir[new_segnum] = seg_alloc(hashp)))
 			return 0;
@@ -872,7 +877,7 @@ seg_alloc(HTAB *hashp)
 	SEG_OFFSET	segOffset;
 
 	segp = (SEGMENT) hashp->alloc((unsigned long)
-								  sizeof(BUCKET_INDEX) * hashp->hctl->ssize);
+							  sizeof(BUCKET_INDEX) * hashp->hctl->ssize);
 
 	if (!segp)
 		return 0;
@@ -917,8 +922,9 @@ bucket_alloc(HTAB *hashp)
 	lastIndex = hashp->hctl->freeBucketIndex;
 	hashp->hctl->freeBucketIndex = tmpIndex;
 
-	/* initialize each bucket to point to the one behind it.
-	 * NOTE: loop sets last bucket incorrectly; we fix below.
+	/*
+	 * initialize each bucket to point to the one behind it. NOTE: loop
+	 * sets last bucket incorrectly; we fix below.
 	 */
 	for (i = 0; i < BUCKET_ALLOC_INCR; i++)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c b/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c
index b772ba0d105afb1479f8bde8029f03afe06a4a38..78c5ab10403e3bde99a55f352b06e3fdbe5c2a28 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/enbl.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:19:59 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/enbl.c,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:12:33 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 #include "utils/module.h"		/* where the declarations go */
 
 /*
- * BypassEnable 
+ * BypassEnable
  *		False iff enable/disable processing is required given on and "*countP."
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c b/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c
index ada3f65c4120e1058773a50d98a1fddc9f14a0cd..783f8ac1b95857a13be86548639bea6fda7b52ba 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/findbe.c
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * findbe.c 
+ * findbe.c
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:20:00 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:12:33 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c
index 588cb060fdfedcde89b477294ac199a5795f21d4..1d4225e582110422fb0951af7e8d88be28d3d5fb 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.29 1999/05/22 17:47:46 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:12:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  Globals used all over the place should be declared here and not
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ struct Port *MyProcPort;
 long		MyCancelKey;
 
 char	   *DataDir = NULL;
+
  /*
   * The PGDATA directory user says to use, or defaults to via environment
   * variable.  NULL if no option given and no environment variable set
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index ce6c4ca3210e080e3cb524c76dfe2480e95b6480..86328bbd56ec75c66d8568a280ae90d2e6177c42 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.28 1999/05/22 17:47:46 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:12:35 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 #include "storage/ipc.h"		/* for proc_exit */
 
 /*
- * EnableAbortEnvVarName 
+ * EnableAbortEnvVarName
  *		Enables system abort iff set to a non-empty string in environment.
  */
 #define EnableAbortEnvVarName	"POSTGRESABORT"
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ unsigned char RecodeBackTable[128];
  */
 
 /*
- * ExitPostgres 
+ * ExitPostgres
  *		Exit POSTGRES with a status code.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ ExitPostgres(ExitStatus status)
 }
 
 /*
- * AbortPostgres 
+ * AbortPostgres
  *		Abort POSTGRES dumping core.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ StatusPostmasterExit(int status)
 	/* someday, do some real cleanup and then call the LISP exit */
 	proc_exit(status);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 
@@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ static ProcessingMode Mode = NoProcessing;
 
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 /*
- * IsNoProcessingMode 
+ * IsNoProcessingMode
  *		True iff processing mode is NoProcessing.
  */
 bool
@@ -157,10 +158,11 @@ IsNoProcessingMode()
 {
 	return (bool) (Mode == NoProcessing);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
- * IsBootstrapProcessingMode 
+ * IsBootstrapProcessingMode
  *		True iff processing mode is BootstrapProcessing.
  */
 bool
@@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ IsBootstrapProcessingMode()
 }
 
 /*
- * IsInitProcessingMode 
+ * IsInitProcessingMode
  *		True iff processing mode is InitProcessing.
  */
 bool
@@ -180,7 +182,7 @@ IsInitProcessingMode()
 }
 
 /*
- * IsNormalProcessingMode 
+ * IsNormalProcessingMode
  *		True iff processing mode is NormalProcessing.
  */
 bool
@@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ IsNormalProcessingMode()
 }
 
 /*
- * SetProcessingMode 
+ * SetProcessingMode
  *		Sets mode of processing as specified.
  *
  * Exceptions:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c
index e93480da1db940f7bd45ba8c8651e9b709b84f3a..0c2711483fb9cf7a078680350a06d56003d17257 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.39 1999/02/22 19:55:43 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:12:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *		InitPostgres() is the function called from PostgresMain
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ InitMyDatabaseInfo(char *name)
 
 
 /*
- * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath 
+ * DoChdirAndInitDatabaseNameAndPath
  *		Set current directory to the database directory for the database
  *		named <name>.
  *		Also set global variables DatabasePath and DatabaseName to those
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ InitStdio()
 }
 
 /* --------------------------------
- * InitPostgres 
+ * InitPostgres
  *		Initialize POSTGRES.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/alt.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/alt.c
index 54f69cc594b47cf3579b19c814f5d975623121dd..3d1439a5a3a656551fa04f460b1447fa430d0b6d 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/alt.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/alt.c
@@ -4,63 +4,69 @@
  *
  * Tatsuo Ishii
  *
- * $Id: alt.c,v 1.1 1999/03/24 07:01:36 ishii Exp $
+ * $Id: alt.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:12:38 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 main()
 {
-  int i;
-  char koitab[128],alttab[128];
-  char buf[4096];
-  int koi,alt;
+	int			i;
+	char		koitab[128],
+				alttab[128];
+	char		buf[4096];
+	int			koi,
+				alt;
 
-  for (i=0;i<128;i++) {
-    koitab[i] = alttab[i] = 0;
-  }
+	for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+		koitab[i] = alttab[i] = 0;
 
-  while (fgets(buf,sizeof(buf),stdin) != NULL) {
-    if (*buf == '#') {
-      continue;
-    }
-    sscanf(buf,"%d %d",&koi,&alt);
-    if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || alt < 128 || alt > 255) {
-      fprintf(stderr,"invalid value %d\n",koi);
-      exit(1);
-    }
-    koitab[koi-128] = alt;
-    alttab[alt-128] = koi;
-  }
+	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != NULL)
+	{
+		if (*buf == '#')
+			continue;
+		sscanf(buf, "%d %d", &koi, &alt);
+		if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || alt < 128 || alt > 255)
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "invalid value %d\n", koi);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		koitab[koi - 128] = alt;
+		alttab[alt - 128] = koi;
+	}
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char koi2alt[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",koitab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char koi2alt[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char alt2koi[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",alttab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", koitab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
+
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char alt2koi[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
+
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", alttab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/big5.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/big5.c
index 105854d24799ee59b8742442f308461871dc5745..d35ee71b9ff2a64f04b97a8729935e1bbc58eaa7 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/big5.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/big5.c
@@ -4,344 +4,372 @@
  * This program is partially copied from lv(Multilingual file viewer)
  * and slightly modified. lv is written and copyrighted by NARITA Tomio
  * (nrt@web.ad.jp).
- * 
+ *
  * 1999/1/15 Tatsuo Ishii
  *
- * $Id: big5.c,v 1.1 1999/02/02 18:51:22 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: big5.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:12:40 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
 
-typedef struct {
-  unsigned short code, peer;
-} codes_t;
+typedef struct
+{
+	unsigned short code,
+				peer;
+}			codes_t;
 
 /* map Big5 Level 1 to CNS 11643-1992 Plane 1 */
-static codes_t big5Level1ToCnsPlane1[ 25 ] = {	/* range */
-  { 0xA140, 0x2121 },
-  { 0xA1F6, 0x2258 },
-  { 0xA1F7, 0x2257 },
-  { 0xA1F8, 0x2259 },
-  { 0xA2AF, 0x2421 },
-  { 0xA3C0, 0x4221 },
-  { 0xa3e1, 0x0000 },
-  { 0xA440, 0x4421 },
-  { 0xACFE, 0x5753 },
-  { 0xacff, 0x0000 },
-  { 0xAD40, 0x5323 },
-  { 0xAFD0, 0x5754 },
-  { 0xBBC8, 0x6B51 },
-  { 0xBE52, 0x6B50 },
-  { 0xBE53, 0x6F5C },
-  { 0xC1AB, 0x7536 },
-  { 0xC2CB, 0x7535 },
-  { 0xC2CC, 0x7737 },
-  { 0xC361, 0x782E },
-  { 0xC3B9, 0x7865 },
-  { 0xC3BA, 0x7864 },
-  { 0xC3BB, 0x7866 },
-  { 0xC456, 0x782D },
-  { 0xC457, 0x7962 },
-  { 0xc67f, 0x0000 }
+static codes_t big5Level1ToCnsPlane1[25] = {	/* range */
+	{0xA140, 0x2121},
+	{0xA1F6, 0x2258},
+	{0xA1F7, 0x2257},
+	{0xA1F8, 0x2259},
+	{0xA2AF, 0x2421},
+	{0xA3C0, 0x4221},
+	{0xa3e1, 0x0000},
+	{0xA440, 0x4421},
+	{0xACFE, 0x5753},
+	{0xacff, 0x0000},
+	{0xAD40, 0x5323},
+	{0xAFD0, 0x5754},
+	{0xBBC8, 0x6B51},
+	{0xBE52, 0x6B50},
+	{0xBE53, 0x6F5C},
+	{0xC1AB, 0x7536},
+	{0xC2CB, 0x7535},
+	{0xC2CC, 0x7737},
+	{0xC361, 0x782E},
+	{0xC3B9, 0x7865},
+	{0xC3BA, 0x7864},
+	{0xC3BB, 0x7866},
+	{0xC456, 0x782D},
+	{0xC457, 0x7962},
+	{0xc67f, 0x0000}
 };
 
 /* map CNS 11643-1992 Plane 1 to Big5 Level 1 */
-static codes_t cnsPlane1ToBig5Level1[ 26 ] = {	/* range */
-  { 0x2121, 0xA140 },
-  { 0x2257, 0xA1F7 },
-  { 0x2258, 0xA1F6 },
-  { 0x2259, 0xA1F8 },
-  { 0x234f, 0x0000 },
-  { 0x2421, 0xA2AF },
-  { 0x2571, 0x0000 },
-  { 0x4221, 0xA3C0 },
-  { 0x4242, 0x0000 },
-  { 0x4421, 0xA440 },
-  { 0x5323, 0xAD40 },
-  { 0x5753, 0xACFE },
-  { 0x5754, 0xAFD0 },
-  { 0x6B50, 0xBE52 },
-  { 0x6B51, 0xBBC8 },
-  { 0x6F5C, 0xBE53 },
-  { 0x7535, 0xC2CB },
-  { 0x7536, 0xC1AB },
-  { 0x7737, 0xC2CC },
-  { 0x782D, 0xC456 },
-  { 0x782E, 0xC361 },
-  { 0x7864, 0xC3BA },
-  { 0x7865, 0xC3B9 },
-  { 0x7866, 0xC3BB },
-  { 0x7962, 0xC457 },
-  { 0x7d4c, 0x0000 }
+static codes_t cnsPlane1ToBig5Level1[26] = {	/* range */
+	{0x2121, 0xA140},
+	{0x2257, 0xA1F7},
+	{0x2258, 0xA1F6},
+	{0x2259, 0xA1F8},
+	{0x234f, 0x0000},
+	{0x2421, 0xA2AF},
+	{0x2571, 0x0000},
+	{0x4221, 0xA3C0},
+	{0x4242, 0x0000},
+	{0x4421, 0xA440},
+	{0x5323, 0xAD40},
+	{0x5753, 0xACFE},
+	{0x5754, 0xAFD0},
+	{0x6B50, 0xBE52},
+	{0x6B51, 0xBBC8},
+	{0x6F5C, 0xBE53},
+	{0x7535, 0xC2CB},
+	{0x7536, 0xC1AB},
+	{0x7737, 0xC2CC},
+	{0x782D, 0xC456},
+	{0x782E, 0xC361},
+	{0x7864, 0xC3BA},
+	{0x7865, 0xC3B9},
+	{0x7866, 0xC3BB},
+	{0x7962, 0xC457},
+	{0x7d4c, 0x0000}
 };
 
 /* map Big5 Level 2 to CNS 11643-1992 Plane 2 */
-static codes_t big5Level2ToCnsPlane2[ 48 ] = {	/* range */
-  { 0xC940, 0x2121 },
-  { 0xc94a, 0x0000 },
-  { 0xC94B, 0x212B },
-  { 0xC96C, 0x214D },
-  { 0xC9BE, 0x214C },
-  { 0xC9BF, 0x217D },
-  { 0xC9ED, 0x224E },
-  { 0xCAF7, 0x224D },
-  { 0xCAF8, 0x2439 },
-  { 0xD77A, 0x3F6A },
-  { 0xD77B, 0x387E },
-  { 0xDBA7, 0x3F6B },
-  { 0xDDFC, 0x4176 },
-  { 0xDDFD, 0x4424 },
-  { 0xE8A3, 0x554C },
-  { 0xE976, 0x5723 },
-  { 0xEB5B, 0x5A29 },
-  { 0xEBF1, 0x554B },
-  { 0xEBF2, 0x5B3F },
-  { 0xECDE, 0x5722 },
-  { 0xECDF, 0x5C6A },
-  { 0xEDAA, 0x5D75 },
-  { 0xEEEB, 0x642F },
-  { 0xEEEC, 0x6039 },
-  { 0xF056, 0x5D74 },
-  { 0xF057, 0x6243 },
-  { 0xF0CB, 0x5A28 },
-  { 0xF0CC, 0x6337 },
-  { 0xF163, 0x6430 },
-  { 0xF16B, 0x6761 },
-  { 0xF16C, 0x6438 },
-  { 0xF268, 0x6934 },
-  { 0xF269, 0x6573 },
-  { 0xF2C3, 0x664E },
-  { 0xF375, 0x6762 },
-  { 0xF466, 0x6935 },
-  { 0xF4B5, 0x664D },
-  { 0xF4B6, 0x6962 },
-  { 0xF4FD, 0x6A4C },
-  { 0xF663, 0x6A4B },
-  { 0xF664, 0x6C52 },
-  { 0xF977, 0x7167 },
-  { 0xF9C4, 0x7166 },
-  { 0xF9C5, 0x7234 },
-  { 0xF9C6, 0x7240 },
-  { 0xF9C7, 0x7235 },
-  { 0xF9D2, 0x7241 },
-  { 0xf9d6, 0x0000 }
+static codes_t big5Level2ToCnsPlane2[48] = {	/* range */
+	{0xC940, 0x2121},
+	{0xc94a, 0x0000},
+	{0xC94B, 0x212B},
+	{0xC96C, 0x214D},
+	{0xC9BE, 0x214C},
+	{0xC9BF, 0x217D},
+	{0xC9ED, 0x224E},
+	{0xCAF7, 0x224D},
+	{0xCAF8, 0x2439},
+	{0xD77A, 0x3F6A},
+	{0xD77B, 0x387E},
+	{0xDBA7, 0x3F6B},
+	{0xDDFC, 0x4176},
+	{0xDDFD, 0x4424},
+	{0xE8A3, 0x554C},
+	{0xE976, 0x5723},
+	{0xEB5B, 0x5A29},
+	{0xEBF1, 0x554B},
+	{0xEBF2, 0x5B3F},
+	{0xECDE, 0x5722},
+	{0xECDF, 0x5C6A},
+	{0xEDAA, 0x5D75},
+	{0xEEEB, 0x642F},
+	{0xEEEC, 0x6039},
+	{0xF056, 0x5D74},
+	{0xF057, 0x6243},
+	{0xF0CB, 0x5A28},
+	{0xF0CC, 0x6337},
+	{0xF163, 0x6430},
+	{0xF16B, 0x6761},
+	{0xF16C, 0x6438},
+	{0xF268, 0x6934},
+	{0xF269, 0x6573},
+	{0xF2C3, 0x664E},
+	{0xF375, 0x6762},
+	{0xF466, 0x6935},
+	{0xF4B5, 0x664D},
+	{0xF4B6, 0x6962},
+	{0xF4FD, 0x6A4C},
+	{0xF663, 0x6A4B},
+	{0xF664, 0x6C52},
+	{0xF977, 0x7167},
+	{0xF9C4, 0x7166},
+	{0xF9C5, 0x7234},
+	{0xF9C6, 0x7240},
+	{0xF9C7, 0x7235},
+	{0xF9D2, 0x7241},
+	{0xf9d6, 0x0000}
 };
 
 /* map CNS 11643-1992 Plane 2 to Big5 Level 2 */
-static codes_t cnsPlane2ToBig5Level2[ 49 ] = {	/* range */
-  { 0x2121, 0xC940 },
-  { 0x212B, 0xC94B },
-  { 0x214C, 0xC9BE },
-  { 0x214D, 0xC96C },
-  { 0x217D, 0xC9BF },
-  { 0x224D, 0xCAF7 },
-  { 0x224E, 0xC9ED },
-  { 0x2439, 0xCAF8 },
-  { 0x387E, 0xD77B },
-  { 0x3F6A, 0xD77A },
-  { 0x3F6B, 0xDBA7 },
-  { 0x4424, 0x0000 },
-  { 0x4176, 0xDDFC },
-  { 0x4177, 0x0000 },
-  { 0x4424, 0xDDFD },
-  { 0x554B, 0xEBF1 },
-  { 0x554C, 0xE8A3 },
-  { 0x5722, 0xECDE },
-  { 0x5723, 0xE976 },
-  { 0x5A28, 0xF0CB },
-  { 0x5A29, 0xEB5B },
-  { 0x5B3F, 0xEBF2 },
-  { 0x5C6A, 0xECDF },
-  { 0x5D74, 0xF056 },
-  { 0x5D75, 0xEDAA },
-  { 0x6039, 0xEEEC },
-  { 0x6243, 0xF057 },
-  { 0x6337, 0xF0CC },
-  { 0x642F, 0xEEEB },
-  { 0x6430, 0xF163 },
-  { 0x6438, 0xF16C },
-  { 0x6573, 0xF269 },
-  { 0x664D, 0xF4B5 },
-  { 0x664E, 0xF2C3 },
-  { 0x6761, 0xF16B },
-  { 0x6762, 0xF375 },
-  { 0x6934, 0xF268 },
-  { 0x6935, 0xF466 },
-  { 0x6962, 0xF4B6 },
-  { 0x6A4B, 0xF663 },
-  { 0x6A4C, 0xF4FD },
-  { 0x6C52, 0xF664 },
-  { 0x7166, 0xF9C4 },
-  { 0x7167, 0xF977 },
-  { 0x7234, 0xF9C5 },
-  { 0x7235, 0xF9C7 },
-  { 0x7240, 0xF9C6 },
-  { 0x7241, 0xF9D2 },
-  { 0x7245, 0x0000 }
+static codes_t cnsPlane2ToBig5Level2[49] = {	/* range */
+	{0x2121, 0xC940},
+	{0x212B, 0xC94B},
+	{0x214C, 0xC9BE},
+	{0x214D, 0xC96C},
+	{0x217D, 0xC9BF},
+	{0x224D, 0xCAF7},
+	{0x224E, 0xC9ED},
+	{0x2439, 0xCAF8},
+	{0x387E, 0xD77B},
+	{0x3F6A, 0xD77A},
+	{0x3F6B, 0xDBA7},
+	{0x4424, 0x0000},
+	{0x4176, 0xDDFC},
+	{0x4177, 0x0000},
+	{0x4424, 0xDDFD},
+	{0x554B, 0xEBF1},
+	{0x554C, 0xE8A3},
+	{0x5722, 0xECDE},
+	{0x5723, 0xE976},
+	{0x5A28, 0xF0CB},
+	{0x5A29, 0xEB5B},
+	{0x5B3F, 0xEBF2},
+	{0x5C6A, 0xECDF},
+	{0x5D74, 0xF056},
+	{0x5D75, 0xEDAA},
+	{0x6039, 0xEEEC},
+	{0x6243, 0xF057},
+	{0x6337, 0xF0CC},
+	{0x642F, 0xEEEB},
+	{0x6430, 0xF163},
+	{0x6438, 0xF16C},
+	{0x6573, 0xF269},
+	{0x664D, 0xF4B5},
+	{0x664E, 0xF2C3},
+	{0x6761, 0xF16B},
+	{0x6762, 0xF375},
+	{0x6934, 0xF268},
+	{0x6935, 0xF466},
+	{0x6962, 0xF4B6},
+	{0x6A4B, 0xF663},
+	{0x6A4C, 0xF4FD},
+	{0x6C52, 0xF664},
+	{0x7166, 0xF9C4},
+	{0x7167, 0xF977},
+	{0x7234, 0xF9C5},
+	{0x7235, 0xF9C7},
+	{0x7240, 0xF9C6},
+	{0x7241, 0xF9D2},
+	{0x7245, 0x0000}
 };
 
 /* Big Five Level 1 Correspondence to CNS 11643-1992 Plane 4 */
 static unsigned short b1c4[][2] = {
-  {0xC879, 0x2123},
-  {0xC87B, 0x2124},
-  {0xC87D, 0x212A},
-  {0xC8A2, 0x2152}
+	{0xC879, 0x2123},
+	{0xC87B, 0x2124},
+	{0xC87D, 0x212A},
+	{0xC8A2, 0x2152}
 };
 
 /* Big Five Level 2 Correspondence to CNS 11643-1992 Plane 3 */
 static unsigned short b2c3[][2] = {
-  {0xF9D6, 0x4337},
-  {0xF9D7, 0x4F50},
-  {0xF9D8, 0x444E},
-  {0xF9D9, 0x504A},
-  {0xF9DA, 0x2C5D},
-  {0xF9DB, 0x3D7E},
-  {0xF9DC, 0x4B5C}
+	{0xF9D6, 0x4337},
+	{0xF9D7, 0x4F50},
+	{0xF9D8, 0x444E},
+	{0xF9D9, 0x504A},
+	{0xF9DA, 0x2C5D},
+	{0xF9DB, 0x3D7E},
+	{0xF9DC, 0x4B5C}
 };
 
 static unsigned short BinarySearchRange
-(codes_t *array, int high, unsigned short code )
+			(codes_t * array, int high, unsigned short code)
 {
-  int low, mid, distance, tmp;
+	int			low,
+				mid,
+				distance,
+				tmp;
 
-  low = 0;
-  mid = high >> 1;
+	low = 0;
+	mid = high >> 1;
 
-  for( ; low <= high ; mid = ( low + high ) >> 1 ){
-    if( ( array[ mid ].code <= code ) && ( array[ mid + 1 ].code > code ) ){
-      if( 0 == array[ mid ].peer )
-	return 0;
-      if( code >= 0xa140U ){
-	/* big5 to cns */
-	tmp = ( ( code & 0xff00 ) - ( array[ mid ].code & 0xff00 ) ) >> 8;
-	high = code & 0x00ff;
-	low = array[ mid ].code & 0x00ff;
-	/*
-	 * NOTE: big5 high_byte: 0xa1-0xfe, low_byte: 0x40-0x7e, 0xa1-0xfe
-	 *                                 (radicals: 0x00-0x3e, 0x3f-0x9c)
-	 *  big5 radix is 0x9d.                     [region_low, region_high]
-	 *  We should remember big5 has two different regions (above).
-	 *  There is a bias for the distance between these regions.
-	 *    0xa1 - 0x7e + bias = 1 (Distance between 0xa1 and 0x7e is 1.)
-	 *                  bias = - 0x22.
-	 */
-	distance = tmp * 0x9d + high - low +
-	  ( high >= 0xa1 ? ( low >= 0xa1 ? 0 : - 0x22 )
-	   : ( low >= 0xa1 ? + 0x22 : 0 ) );
-	/*
-	 * NOTE: we have to convert the distance into a code point.
-	 *       The code point's low_byte is 0x21 plus mod_0x5e.
-	 *       In the first, we extract the mod_0x5e of the starting
-	 *       code point, subtracting 0x21, and add distance to it.
-	 *       Then we calculate again mod_0x5e of them, and restore
-	 *       the final codepoint, adding 0x21.
-	 */
-	tmp = ( array[ mid ].peer & 0x00ff ) + distance - 0x21;
-	tmp = ( array[ mid ].peer & 0xff00 ) + ( ( tmp / 0x5e ) << 8 )
-	  + 0x21 + tmp % 0x5e;
-	return tmp;
-      } else {
-	/* cns to big5 */
-	tmp = ( ( code & 0xff00 ) - ( array[ mid ].code & 0xff00 ) ) >> 8;
-	/*
-	 * NOTE: ISO charsets ranges between 0x21-0xfe (94charset).
-	 *       Its radix is 0x5e. But there is no distance bias like big5.
-	 */
-	distance = tmp * 0x5e
-	  + ( (int)( code & 0x00ff ) - (int)( array[ mid ].code & 0x00ff ) );
-	/*
-	 * NOTE: Similar to big5 to cns conversion, we extract mod_0x9d and
-	 *       restore mod_0x9d into a code point.
-	 */
-	low = array[ mid ].peer & 0x00ff;
-	tmp = low + distance - ( low >= 0xa1 ? 0x62 : 0x40 );
-	low = tmp % 0x9d;
-	tmp = ( array[ mid ].peer & 0xff00 ) + ( ( tmp / 0x9d ) << 8 )
-	  + ( low > 0x3e ? 0x62 : 0x40 ) + low;
-	return tmp;
-      }
-    } else if( array[ mid ].code > code ){
-      high = mid - 1;
-    } else {
-      low = mid + 1;
-    }
-  }
+	for (; low <= high; mid = (low + high) >> 1)
+	{
+		if ((array[mid].code <= code) && (array[mid + 1].code > code))
+		{
+			if (0 == array[mid].peer)
+				return 0;
+			if (code >= 0xa140 U)
+			{
+				/* big5 to cns */
+				tmp = ((code & 0xff00) - (array[mid].code & 0xff00)) >> 8;
+				high = code & 0x00ff;
+				low = array[mid].code & 0x00ff;
+
+				/*
+				 * NOTE: big5 high_byte: 0xa1-0xfe, low_byte: 0x40-0x7e,
+				 * 0xa1-0xfe (radicals: 0x00-0x3e, 0x3f-0x9c) big5 radix
+				 * is 0x9d.						[region_low, region_high]
+				 * We should remember big5 has two different regions
+				 * (above). There is a bias for the distance between these
+				 * regions. 0xa1 - 0x7e + bias = 1 (Distance between 0xa1
+				 * and 0x7e is 1.) bias = - 0x22.
+				 */
+				distance = tmp * 0x9d + high - low +
+					(high >= 0xa1 ? (low >= 0xa1 ? 0 : -0x22)
+					 : (low >= 0xa1 ? +0x22 : 0));
 
-  return 0;
+				/*
+				 * NOTE: we have to convert the distance into a code
+				 * point. The code point's low_byte is 0x21 plus mod_0x5e.
+				 * In the first, we extract the mod_0x5e of the starting
+				 * code point, subtracting 0x21, and add distance to it.
+				 * Then we calculate again mod_0x5e of them, and restore
+				 * the final codepoint, adding 0x21.
+				 */
+				tmp = (array[mid].peer & 0x00ff) + distance - 0x21;
+				tmp = (array[mid].peer & 0xff00) + ((tmp / 0x5e) << 8)
+					+ 0x21 + tmp % 0x5e;
+				return tmp;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* cns to big5 */
+				tmp = ((code & 0xff00) - (array[mid].code & 0xff00)) >> 8;
+
+				/*
+				 * NOTE: ISO charsets ranges between 0x21-0xfe
+				 * (94charset). Its radix is 0x5e. But there is no
+				 * distance bias like big5.
+				 */
+				distance = tmp * 0x5e
+					+ ((int) (code & 0x00ff) - (int) (array[mid].code & 0x00ff));
+
+				/*
+				 * NOTE: Similar to big5 to cns conversion, we extract
+				 * mod_0x9d and restore mod_0x9d into a code point.
+				 */
+				low = array[mid].peer & 0x00ff;
+				tmp = low + distance - (low >= 0xa1 ? 0x62 : 0x40);
+				low = tmp % 0x9d;
+				tmp = (array[mid].peer & 0xff00) + ((tmp / 0x9d) << 8)
+					+ (low > 0x3e ? 0x62 : 0x40) + low;
+				return tmp;
+			}
+		}
+		else if (array[mid].code > code)
+			high = mid - 1;
+		else
+			low = mid + 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
-unsigned short BIG5toCNS(unsigned short big5, unsigned char *lc )
+unsigned short
+BIG5toCNS(unsigned short big5, unsigned char *lc)
 {
-  unsigned short cns = 0;
-  int i;
+	unsigned short cns = 0;
+	int			i;
 
-  if( big5 < 0xc940U ){
-    /* level 1 */
+	if (big5 < 0xc940 U)
+	{
+		/* level 1 */
 
-    for (i=0;i<sizeof(b1c4)/sizeof(unsigned short);i++) {
-      if (b1c4[i][0] == big5) {
-	*lc = LC_CNS11643_4;
-	return(b1c4[i][1] | 0x8080U);
-      }
-    }
+		for (i = 0; i < sizeof(b1c4) / sizeof(unsigned short); i++)
+		{
+			if (b1c4[i][0] == big5)
+			{
+				*lc = LC_CNS11643_4;
+				return (b1c4[i][1] | 0x8080 U);
+			}
+		}
 
-    if( 0 < (cns = BinarySearchRange( big5Level1ToCnsPlane1, 23, big5 )) )
-      *lc = LC_CNS11643_1;
-  } else if( big5 == 0xc94aU ){
-    /* level 2 */
-    *lc = LC_CNS11643_1;
-    cns = 0x4442;
-  } else {
-    /* level 2 */
-    for (i=0;i<sizeof(b2c3)/sizeof(unsigned short);i++) {
-      if (b2c3[i][0] == big5) {
-	*lc = LC_CNS11643_3;
-	return(b2c3[i][1]);
-      }
-    }
+		if (0 < (cns = BinarySearchRange(big5Level1ToCnsPlane1, 23, big5)))
+			*lc = LC_CNS11643_1;
+	}
+	else if (big5 == 0xc94a U)
+	{
+		/* level 2 */
+		*lc = LC_CNS11643_1;
+		cns = 0x4442;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* level 2 */
+		for (i = 0; i < sizeof(b2c3) / sizeof(unsigned short); i++)
+		{
+			if (b2c3[i][0] == big5)
+			{
+				*lc = LC_CNS11643_3;
+				return (b2c3[i][1]);
+			}
+		}
 
-    if( 0 < (cns = BinarySearchRange( big5Level2ToCnsPlane2, 46, big5 )) )
-      *lc = LC_CNS11643_2;
-  }
+		if (0 < (cns = BinarySearchRange(big5Level2ToCnsPlane2, 46, big5)))
+			*lc = LC_CNS11643_2;
+	}
 
-  if( 0 == cns ){	/* no mapping Big5 to CNS 11643-1992 */
-    *lc = 0;
-    return (unsigned short)'?';
-  }
+	if (0 == cns)
+	{							/* no mapping Big5 to CNS 11643-1992 */
+		*lc = 0;
+		return (unsigned short) '?';
+	}
 
-  return cns | 0x8080;
+	return cns | 0x8080;
 }
 
-unsigned short CNStoBIG5( unsigned short cns, unsigned char lc )
+unsigned short
+CNStoBIG5(unsigned short cns, unsigned char lc)
 {
-  int i;
-  unsigned int big5 = 0;
+	int			i;
+	unsigned int big5 = 0;
 
-  cns &= 0x7f7f;
+	cns &= 0x7f7f;
 
-  switch( lc ){
-  case LC_CNS11643_1:
-    big5 = BinarySearchRange( cnsPlane1ToBig5Level1, 24, cns );
-    break;
-  case LC_CNS11643_2:
-    big5 = BinarySearchRange( cnsPlane2ToBig5Level2, 47, cns );
-    break;
-  case LC_CNS11643_3:
-    for (i=0;i<sizeof(b2c3)/sizeof(unsigned short);i++) {
-      if (b2c3[i][1] == cns) {
-	return(b2c3[i][0]);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  case LC_CNS11643_4:
-    for (i=0;i<sizeof(b1c4)/sizeof(unsigned short);i++) {
-      if (b1c4[i][1] == cns) {
-	return(b1c4[i][0]);
-      }
-    }
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-  return big5;
+	switch (lc)
+	{
+		case LC_CNS11643_1:
+			big5 = BinarySearchRange(cnsPlane1ToBig5Level1, 24, cns);
+			break;
+		case LC_CNS11643_2:
+			big5 = BinarySearchRange(cnsPlane2ToBig5Level2, 47, cns);
+			break;
+		case LC_CNS11643_3:
+			for (i = 0; i < sizeof(b2c3) / sizeof(unsigned short); i++)
+			{
+				if (b2c3[i][1] == cns)
+					return (b2c3[i][0]);
+			}
+			break;
+		case LC_CNS11643_4:
+			for (i = 0; i < sizeof(b1c4) / sizeof(unsigned short); i++)
+			{
+				if (b1c4[i][1] == cns)
+					return (b1c4[i][0]);
+			}
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return big5;
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/common.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/common.c
index 6d90c7344545b6263af768b7edfdc79fbb6655b2..cab36c7b4c6f5b84d70ea8689504c7602cb818bf 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/common.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/common.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * This file contains some public functions
  * usable for both the backend and the frontend.
  * Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: common.c,v 1.4 1999/05/13 10:28:25 ishii Exp $ */
+ * $Id: common.c,v 1.5 1999/05/25 16:12:41 momjian Exp $ */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
@@ -28,9 +28,8 @@ pg_char_to_encoding(const char *s)
 {
 	pg_encoding_conv_tbl *p = pg_conv_tbl;
 
-        if (!s) {
+	if (!s)
 		return (-1);
-	}
 
 	for (; p->encoding >= 0; p++)
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c
index ca79706bd5f76ff156173fc06e0a767ecf430448..002a48454549e6967dd20cf52229cc7d62381e35 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * conversion between client encoding and server internal encoding
  * (currently mule internal code (mic) is used)
  * Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: conv.c,v 1.7 1999/04/25 18:09:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: conv.c,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:12:41 momjian Exp $
  */
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -375,43 +375,52 @@ mic2euc_tw(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 static void
 big52mic(unsigned char *big5, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  unsigned short c1;
-  unsigned short big5buf, cnsBuf;
-  unsigned char lc;
-  char bogusBuf[2];
-  int i;
-
-  while (len > 0 && (c1 = *big5++))
-    {
-      if (c1 <= 0x007fU) {	/* ASCII */
-	len--;
-	*p++ = c1;
-      } else {
-	len  -= 2;
-	big5buf = c1 << 8;
-	c1 = *big5++;
-	big5buf |= c1;
-	cnsBuf = BIG5toCNS(big5buf, &lc);
-	if (lc != 0) {
-	  if (lc == LC_CNS11643_3 || lc == LC_CNS11643_4) {
-	    *p++ = 0x9d;	/* LCPRV2 */
-	  }
-	  *p++ = lc;	/* Plane No. */
-	  *p++ = (cnsBuf >> 8) & 0x00ff;
-	  *p++ = cnsBuf & 0x00ff;
-	} else {	/* cannot convert */
-	  big5 -= 2;
-	  *p++ = '(';
-	  for (i=0;i<2;i++) {
-	    sprintf(bogusBuf,"%02x",*big5++);
-	    *p++ = bogusBuf[0];
-	    *p++ = bogusBuf[1];
-	  }
-	  *p++ = ')';
+	unsigned short c1;
+	unsigned short big5buf,
+				cnsBuf;
+	unsigned char lc;
+	char		bogusBuf[2];
+	int			i;
+
+	while (len > 0 && (c1 = *big5++))
+	{
+		if (c1 <= 0x007f U)
+		{						/* ASCII */
+			len--;
+			*p++ = c1;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			len -= 2;
+			big5buf = c1 << 8;
+			c1 = *big5++;
+			big5buf |= c1;
+			cnsBuf = BIG5toCNS(big5buf, &lc);
+			if (lc != 0)
+			{
+				if (lc == LC_CNS11643_3 || lc == LC_CNS11643_4)
+				{
+					*p++ = 0x9d;/* LCPRV2 */
+				}
+				*p++ = lc;		/* Plane No. */
+				*p++ = (cnsBuf >> 8) & 0x00ff;
+				*p++ = cnsBuf & 0x00ff;
+			}
+			else
+			{					/* cannot convert */
+				big5 -= 2;
+				*p++ = '(';
+				for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+				{
+					sprintf(bogusBuf, "%02x", *big5++);
+					*p++ = bogusBuf[0];
+					*p++ = bogusBuf[1];
+				}
+				*p++ = ')';
+			}
+		}
 	}
-      }
-    }
-  *p = '\0';
+	*p = '\0';
 }
 
 /*
@@ -420,41 +429,46 @@ big52mic(unsigned char *big5, unsigned char *p, int len)
 static void
 mic2big5(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  int l;
-  unsigned short			c1;
-  unsigned short big5buf, cnsBuf;
+	int			l;
+	unsigned short c1;
+	unsigned short big5buf,
+				cnsBuf;
 
-  while (len > 0 && (c1 = *mic))
-    {
-      l = pg_mic_mblen(mic++);
-      len -= l;
-
-      /* 0x9d means LCPRV2 */
-      if (c1 == LC_CNS11643_1 || c1 == LC_CNS11643_2 || c1 == 0x9d)
-	{
-	  if (c1 == 0x9d) {
-	    c1 = *mic++;	/* get plane no. */
-	  }
-	  cnsBuf = (*mic++)<<8;
-	  cnsBuf |= (*mic++) & 0x00ff;
-	  big5buf = CNStoBIG5(cnsBuf, c1);
-	  if (big5buf == 0) {	/* cannot convert to Big5! */
-	    mic -= l;
-	    printBogusChar(&mic, &p);
-	  } else {
-	    *p++ = (big5buf >> 8) & 0x00ff;
-	    *p++ = big5buf & 0x00ff;
-	  }
-	}
-      else if (c1 <= 0x7f) /* ASCII */
+	while (len > 0 && (c1 = *mic))
 	{
-	  *p++ = c1;
-	} else {			/* cannot convert to Big5! */
-	  mic--;
-	  printBogusChar(&mic, &p);
+		l = pg_mic_mblen(mic++);
+		len -= l;
+
+		/* 0x9d means LCPRV2 */
+		if (c1 == LC_CNS11643_1 || c1 == LC_CNS11643_2 || c1 == 0x9d)
+		{
+			if (c1 == 0x9d)
+			{
+				c1 = *mic++;	/* get plane no. */
+			}
+			cnsBuf = (*mic++) << 8;
+			cnsBuf |= (*mic++) & 0x00ff;
+			big5buf = CNStoBIG5(cnsBuf, c1);
+			if (big5buf == 0)
+			{					/* cannot convert to Big5! */
+				mic -= l;
+				printBogusChar(&mic, &p);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				*p++ = (big5buf >> 8) & 0x00ff;
+				*p++ = big5buf & 0x00ff;
+			}
+		}
+		else if (c1 <= 0x7f)	/* ASCII */
+			*p++ = c1;
+		else
+		{						/* cannot convert to Big5! */
+			mic--;
+			printBogusChar(&mic, &p);
+		}
 	}
-    }
-  *p = '\0';
+	*p = '\0';
 }
 
 /*
@@ -543,6 +557,7 @@ mic2latin4(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
 	mic2latin(mic, p, len, LC_ISO8859_4);
 }
+
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 static void
 latin52mic(unsigned char *l, unsigned char *p, int len)
@@ -554,6 +569,7 @@ mic2latin5(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
 	mic2latin(mic, p, len, LC_ISO8859_5);
 }
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -590,7 +606,7 @@ mic2ascii(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 	*p = '\0';
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Cyrillic support
  * currently supported Cyrillic encodings:
  *
@@ -601,18 +617,18 @@ mic2ascii(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
  * Alternativny Variant (MS-DOS CP866)
  */
 
-/* koi2mic: KOI8-R to Mule internal code */ 
+/* koi2mic: KOI8-R to Mule internal code */
 static void
 koi2mic(unsigned char *l, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  latin2mic(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R);
+	latin2mic(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R);
 }
 
 /* mic2koi: Mule internal code to KOI8-R */
 static void
 mic2koi(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  mic2latin(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R);
+	mic2latin(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -625,30 +641,36 @@ mic2koi(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
  */
 static void
 latin2mic_with_table(
-		     unsigned char *l,	/* local charset string (source) */
-		     unsigned char *p,	/* pointer to store mule internal code
-					   (destination) */
-		     int len,		/* length of l */
-		     int lc,		/* leading character of p */
-		     unsigned char *tab	/* code conversion table */
-		     )
-{
-  unsigned char	c1,c2;
-  
-  while (len-- > 0 && (c1 = *l++)) {
-    if (c1 < 128) {
-      *p++ = c1;
-    } else {
-      c2 = tab[c1 - 128];
-      if (c2) {
-	*p++ = lc;
-	*p++ = c2;
-      } else {
-	*p++ = ' ';	/* cannot convert */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  *p = '\0';
+					 unsigned char *l,	/* local charset string (source) */
+					 unsigned char *p,	/* pointer to store mule internal
+										 * code (destination) */
+					 int len,	/* length of l */
+					 int lc,	/* leading character of p */
+					 unsigned char *tab /* code conversion table */
+)
+{
+	unsigned char c1,
+				c2;
+
+	while (len-- > 0 && (c1 = *l++))
+	{
+		if (c1 < 128)
+			*p++ = c1;
+		else
+		{
+			c2 = tab[c1 - 128];
+			if (c2)
+			{
+				*p++ = lc;
+				*p++ = c2;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				*p++ = ' ';		/* cannot convert */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	*p = '\0';
 }
 
 /*
@@ -656,190 +678,202 @@ latin2mic_with_table(
  * conversion from the mule internal code to a local charset
  * with a encoding conversion table.
  * the table is ordered according to the second byte of the mule
- * internal code starting from 128 (0x80). 
+ * internal code starting from 128 (0x80).
  * each entry in the table
  * holds the corresponding code point for the local code.
  */
 static void
 mic2latin_with_table(
-		     unsigned char *mic,	/* mule internal code (source) */
-		     unsigned char *p,		/* local code (destination) */
-		     int len,			/* length of p */
-		     int lc,			/* leading character */
-		     unsigned char *tab		/* code conversion table */
-		     )
-{
-
-  unsigned char	c1,c2;
-
-  while (len-- > 0 && (c1 = *mic++)) {
-    if (c1 < 128) {
-      *p++ = c1;
-    } else if (c1 == lc) {
-      c1 = *mic++;
-      len--;
-      c2 = tab[c1 - 128];
-      if (c2) {
-	*p++ = c2;
-      } else {
-	*p++ = ' ';	/* cannot convert */
-      }
-    } else {
-      *p++ = ' ';	/* bogus character */
-    }
-  }
-  *p = '\0';
-}
-
-/* iso2mic: ISO-8859-5 to Mule internal code */ 
+					 unsigned char *mic,		/* mule internal code
+												 * (source) */
+					 unsigned char *p,	/* local code (destination) */
+					 int len,	/* length of p */
+					 int lc,	/* leading character */
+					 unsigned char *tab /* code conversion table */
+)
+{
+
+	unsigned char c1,
+				c2;
+
+	while (len-- > 0 && (c1 = *mic++))
+	{
+		if (c1 < 128)
+			*p++ = c1;
+		else if (c1 == lc)
+		{
+			c1 = *mic++;
+			len--;
+			c2 = tab[c1 - 128];
+			if (c2)
+				*p++ = c2;
+			else
+			{
+				*p++ = ' ';		/* cannot convert */
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			*p++ = ' ';			/* bogus character */
+		}
+	}
+	*p = '\0';
+}
+
+/* iso2mic: ISO-8859-5 to Mule internal code */
 static void
 iso2mic(unsigned char *l, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char iso2koi[] = {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa, 
-    0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0, 
-    0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe, 
-    0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1, 
-    0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda, 
-    0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0, 
-    0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde, 
-    0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
-  };
-  latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, iso2koi);
+	static char iso2koi[] = {
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa,
+		0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0,
+		0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe,
+		0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1,
+		0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda,
+		0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0,
+		0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde,
+		0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+	};
+
+	latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, iso2koi);
 }
 
 /* mic2iso: Mule internal code to ISO8859-5 */
 static void
 mic2iso(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char koi2iso[] = {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xee, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xe6, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xe4, 0xd3, 
-    0xe5, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde, 
-    0xdf, 0xef, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xd6, 0xd2, 
-    0xec, 0xeb, 0xd7, 0xe8, 0xed, 0xe9, 0xe7, 0xea, 
-    0xce, 0xb0, 0xb1, 0xc6, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xc4, 0xb3, 
-    0xc5, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe, 
-    0xbf, 0xcf, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xb6, 0xb2, 
-    0xcc, 0xcb, 0xb7, 0xc8, 0xcd, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xca
-  };
-
-  mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2iso);
-}
-
-/* win2mic: CP1251 to Mule internal code */ 
+	static char koi2iso[] = {
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xee, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xe6, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xe4, 0xd3,
+		0xe5, 0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde,
+		0xdf, 0xef, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xd6, 0xd2,
+		0xec, 0xeb, 0xd7, 0xe8, 0xed, 0xe9, 0xe7, 0xea,
+		0xce, 0xb0, 0xb1, 0xc6, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xc4, 0xb3,
+		0xc5, 0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe,
+		0xbf, 0xcf, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xb6, 0xb2,
+		0xcc, 0xcb, 0xb7, 0xc8, 0xcd, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xca
+	};
+
+	mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2iso);
+}
+
+/* win2mic: CP1251 to Mule internal code */
 static void
 win2mic(unsigned char *l, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char win2koi[] = {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xb3, 0x00, 0xb4, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb7, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0xb6, 0xa6, 0xad, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xa3, 0x00, 0xa4, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa7, 
-    0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa, 
-    0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0, 
-    0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe, 
-    0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1, 
-    0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda, 
-    0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0, 
-    0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde, 
-    0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1
-  };
-  latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, win2koi);
+	static char win2koi[] = {
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xb3, 0x00, 0xb4, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb7,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0xb6, 0xa6, 0xad, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xa3, 0x00, 0xa4, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa7,
+		0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa,
+		0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0,
+		0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe,
+		0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1,
+		0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda,
+		0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0,
+		0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde,
+		0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1
+	};
+
+	latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, win2koi);
 }
 
 /* mic2win: Mule internal code to CP1251 */
 static void
 mic2win(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char koi2win[] = {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb8, 0xba, 0x00, 0xb3, 0xbf, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb4, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0x00, 0xb2, 0xaf, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa5, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xfe, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xf6, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf4, 0xe3, 
-    0xf5, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 
-    0xef, 0xff, 0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xe6, 0xe2, 
-    0xfc, 0xfb, 0xe7, 0xf8, 0xfd, 0xf9, 0xf7, 0xfa, 
-    0xde, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xd6, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd4, 0xc3, 
-    0xd5, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 
-    0xcf, 0xdf, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xc6, 0xc2, 
-    0xdc, 0xdb, 0xc7, 0xd8, 0xdd, 0xd9, 0xd7, 0xda
-  };
-  mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2win);
-}
-
-/* alt2mic: CP866 to Mule internal code */ 
+	static char koi2win[] = {
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb8, 0xba, 0x00, 0xb3, 0xbf,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb4, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0x00, 0xb2, 0xaf,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa5, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xfe, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xf6, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf4, 0xe3,
+		0xf5, 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee,
+		0xef, 0xff, 0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xe6, 0xe2,
+		0xfc, 0xfb, 0xe7, 0xf8, 0xfd, 0xf9, 0xf7, 0xfa,
+		0xde, 0xc0, 0xc1, 0xd6, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd4, 0xc3,
+		0xd5, 0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce,
+		0xcf, 0xdf, 0xd0, 0xd1, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xc6, 0xc2,
+		0xdc, 0xdb, 0xc7, 0xd8, 0xdd, 0xd9, 0xd7, 0xda
+	};
+
+	mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2win);
+}
+
+/* alt2mic: CP866 to Mule internal code */
 static void
 alt2mic(unsigned char *l, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char alt2koi[] = {
-    0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa, 
-    0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0, 
-    0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe, 
-    0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1, 
-    0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda, 
-    0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde, 
-    0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1, 
-    0xb3, 0xa3, 0xb4, 0xa4, 0xb7, 0xa7, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xb6, 0xa6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
-  };
-  latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, alt2koi);
+	static char alt2koi[] = {
+		0xe1, 0xe2, 0xf7, 0xe7, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xf6, 0xfa,
+		0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef, 0xf0,
+		0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xe3, 0xfe,
+		0xfb, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xe0, 0xf1,
+		0xc1, 0xc2, 0xd7, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xd6, 0xda,
+		0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf, 0xd0,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xc6, 0xc8, 0xc3, 0xde,
+		0xdb, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xd8, 0xdc, 0xc0, 0xd1,
+		0xb3, 0xa3, 0xb4, 0xa4, 0xb7, 0xa7, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xb6, 0xa6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+	};
+
+	latin2mic_with_table(l, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, alt2koi);
 }
 
 /* mic2alt: Mule internal code to CP866 */
 static void
 mic2alt(unsigned char *mic, unsigned char *p, int len)
 {
-  static char koi2alt[] = {
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf1, 0xf3, 0x00, 0xf9, 0xf5, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xad, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xf4, 
-    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00, 
-    0xee, 0xa0, 0xa1, 0xe6, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xe4, 0xa3, 
-    0xe5, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae, 
-    0xaf, 0xef, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xa6, 0xa2, 
-    0xec, 0xeb, 0xa7, 0xe8, 0xed, 0xe9, 0xe7, 0xea, 
-    0x9e, 0x80, 0x81, 0x96, 0x84, 0x85, 0x94, 0x83, 
-    0x95, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e, 
-    0x8f, 0x9f, 0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x86, 0x82, 
-    0x9c, 0x9b, 0x87, 0x98, 0x9d, 0x99, 0x97, 0x9a
-  };
-  mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2alt);
+	static char koi2alt[] = {
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf1, 0xf3, 0x00, 0xf9, 0xf5,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xad, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xf4,
+		0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbd, 0x00, 0x00,
+		0xee, 0xa0, 0xa1, 0xe6, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xe4, 0xa3,
+		0xe5, 0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae,
+		0xaf, 0xef, 0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xa6, 0xa2,
+		0xec, 0xeb, 0xa7, 0xe8, 0xed, 0xe9, 0xe7, 0xea,
+		0x9e, 0x80, 0x81, 0x96, 0x84, 0x85, 0x94, 0x83,
+		0x95, 0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e,
+		0x8f, 0x9f, 0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x86, 0x82,
+		0x9c, 0x9b, 0x87, 0x98, 0x9d, 0x99, 0x97, 0x9a
+	};
+
+	mic2latin_with_table(mic, p, len, LC_KOI8_R, koi2alt);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -858,8 +892,8 @@ pg_encoding_conv_tbl pg_conv_tbl[] = {
 	{LATIN2, "LATIN2", 0, latin22mic, mic2latin2},		/* ISO 8859 Latin 2 */
 	{LATIN3, "LATIN3", 0, latin32mic, mic2latin3},		/* ISO 8859 Latin 3 */
 	{LATIN4, "LATIN4", 0, latin42mic, mic2latin4},		/* ISO 8859 Latin 4 */
-	{LATIN5, "LATIN5", 0, iso2mic, mic2iso},		/* ISO 8859 Latin 5 */
-	{KOI8, "KOI8", 0, koi2mic, mic2koi},	/* KOI8-R */
+	{LATIN5, "LATIN5", 0, iso2mic, mic2iso},	/* ISO 8859 Latin 5 */
+	{KOI8, "KOI8", 0, koi2mic, mic2koi},		/* KOI8-R */
 	{WIN, "WIN", 0, win2mic, mic2win},	/* CP1251 */
 	{ALT, "ALT", 0, alt2mic, mic2alt},	/* CP866 */
 	{SJIS, "SJIS", 1, sjis2mic, mic2sjis},		/* SJIS */
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/iso.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/iso.c
index 4141578a3b840d5036fcc47a891a4dcc45df4294..a2903895b0c0f0a1b1ed0e81287aa8a1a450445e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/iso.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/iso.c
@@ -4,63 +4,69 @@
  *
  * Tatsuo Ishii
  *
- * $Id: iso.c,v 1.1 1999/03/24 07:01:37 ishii Exp $
+ * $Id: iso.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:12:42 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 main()
 {
-  int i;
-  char koitab[128],isotab[128];
-  char buf[4096];
-  int koi,iso;
+	int			i;
+	char		koitab[128],
+				isotab[128];
+	char		buf[4096];
+	int			koi,
+				iso;
 
-  for (i=0;i<128;i++) {
-    koitab[i] = isotab[i] = 0;
-  }
+	for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+		koitab[i] = isotab[i] = 0;
 
-  while (fgets(buf,sizeof(buf),stdin) != NULL) {
-    if (*buf == '#') {
-      continue;
-    }
-    sscanf(buf,"%d %x",&koi,&iso);
-    if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || iso < 128 || iso > 255) {
-      fprintf(stderr,"invalid value %d\n",koi);
-      exit(1);
-    }
-    koitab[koi-128] = iso;
-    isotab[iso-128] = koi;
-  }
+	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != NULL)
+	{
+		if (*buf == '#')
+			continue;
+		sscanf(buf, "%d %x", &koi, &iso);
+		if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || iso < 128 || iso > 255)
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "invalid value %d\n", koi);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		koitab[koi - 128] = iso;
+		isotab[iso - 128] = koi;
+	}
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char koi2iso[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",koitab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char koi2iso[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char iso2koi[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",isotab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", koitab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
+
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char iso2koi[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
+
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", isotab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c
index f354ccc96a24ff63135167ad62c9b552e6e23019..d5831b14e6a150001adc4f347912e91a872423a9 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
  * client encoding and server internal encoding.
  * (currently mule internal code (mic) is used)
  * Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: mbutils.c,v 1.5 1999/02/02 18:51:23 momjian Exp $ */
+ * $Id: mbutils.c,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:12:43 momjian Exp $ */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
 
-static int client_encoding = -1;
+static int	client_encoding = -1;
 static void (*client_to_mic) ();/* something to MIC */
 static void (*client_from_mic) ();		/* MIC to something */
 static void (*server_to_mic) ();/* something to MIC */
@@ -213,16 +213,14 @@ pg_mbcliplen(const unsigned char *mbstr, int len, int limit)
 	int			clen = 0;
 	int			l;
 
-	while (*mbstr &&  len > 0)
+	while (*mbstr && len > 0)
 	{
 		l = pg_mblen(mbstr);
-		if ((clen + l) > limit) {
+		if ((clen + l) > limit)
 			break;
-		}
 		clen += l;
-		if (clen == limit) {
+		if (clen == limit)
 			break;
-		}
 		len -= l;
 		mbstr += l;
 	}
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/variable.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/variable.c
index 0b2ffacd6447fae617153363be0754ac770dbf3f..2452518e12d2152d5db59762f71289e83c231c23 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/variable.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/variable.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * This file contains some public functions
  * related to show/set/reset variable commands.
  * Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: variable.c,v 1.3 1999/05/13 10:28:26 ishii Exp $
+ * $Id: variable.c,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:12:44 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ parse_client_encoding(const char *value)
 	int			encoding;
 
 	encoding = pg_valid_client_encoding(value);
-	if (encoding < 0) {
-	        if (value) {
+	if (encoding < 0)
+	{
+		if (value)
 			elog(ERROR, "Client encoding %s is not supported", value);
-		} else {
+		else
 			elog(ERROR, "No client encoding is specified");
-		}
 	}
 	else
 	{
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/wchar.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/wchar.c
index 2fc856d1b5d72990a4f67f00d119ec5eb68f0eb6..0d557e30f6f5e63a8cd5b5a7805a919ef5fd0a98 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/wchar.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/wchar.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * conversion functions between pg_wchar and multi-byte streams.
  * Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: wchar.c,v 1.7 1999/04/25 20:35:51 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: wchar.c,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:12:45 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
@@ -428,33 +428,33 @@ pg_wchar_tbl pg_wchar_table[] = {
 	{pg_euctw2wchar_with_len, pg_euctw_mblen},	/* 4 */
 	{pg_utf2wchar_with_len, pg_utf_mblen},		/* 5 */
 	{pg_mule2wchar_with_len, pg_mule_mblen},	/* 6 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 7 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 8 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 9 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 10 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 11 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 12 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 13 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 14 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 15 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 16 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 17 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 18 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 19 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 20 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 21 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 22 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 23 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 24 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 25 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 26 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 27 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 28 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 29 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 30 */
-	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},	/* 31 */
-	{0, pg_sjis_mblen},				/* 32 */
-	{0, pg_big5_mblen}				/* 33 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 7 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 8 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 9 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 10 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 11 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 12 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 13 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 14 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 15 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 16 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 17 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 18 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 19 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 20 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 21 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 22 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 23 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 24 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 25 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 26 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 27 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 28 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 29 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 30 */
+	{pg_latin12wchar_with_len, pg_latin1_mblen},		/* 31 */
+	{0, pg_sjis_mblen},			/* 32 */
+	{0, pg_big5_mblen}			/* 33 */
 };
 
 /* returns the byte length of a word for mule internal code */
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/win.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/win.c
index 272c6a638c119c563c7dbc4af71392d5a0c1782d..8db62b49b3ce251795c8bc165964b79eb895d181 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mb/win.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/win.c
@@ -4,63 +4,69 @@
  *
  * Tatsuo Ishii
  *
- * $Id: win.c,v 1.1 1999/03/24 07:01:37 ishii Exp $
+ * $Id: win.c,v 1.2 1999/05/25 16:12:45 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 main()
 {
-  int i;
-  char koitab[128],wintab[128];
-  char buf[4096];
-  int koi,win;
+	int			i;
+	char		koitab[128],
+				wintab[128];
+	char		buf[4096];
+	int			koi,
+				win;
 
-  for (i=0;i<128;i++) {
-    koitab[i] = wintab[i] = 0;
-  }
+	for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
+		koitab[i] = wintab[i] = 0;
 
-  while (fgets(buf,sizeof(buf),stdin) != NULL) {
-    if (*buf == '#') {
-      continue;
-    }
-    sscanf(buf,"%d %d",&koi,&win);
-    if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || win < 128 || win > 255) {
-      fprintf(stderr,"invalid value %d\n",koi);
-      exit(1);
-    }
-    koitab[koi-128] = win;
-    wintab[win-128] = koi;
-  }
+	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != NULL)
+	{
+		if (*buf == '#')
+			continue;
+		sscanf(buf, "%d %d", &koi, &win);
+		if (koi < 128 || koi > 255 || win < 128 || win > 255)
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "invalid value %d\n", koi);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		koitab[koi - 128] = win;
+		wintab[win - 128] = koi;
+	}
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char koi2win[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",koitab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char koi2win[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
 
-  i = 0;
-  printf("static char win2koi[] = {\n");
-  while (i < 128) {
-    int j = 0;
-    while (j < 8) {
-      printf("0x%02x",wintab[i++]);
-      j++;
-      if (i >= 128) {
-	break;
-      }
-      printf(", ");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-  }
-  printf("};\n");
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", koitab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
+
+	i = 0;
+	printf("static char win2koi[] = {\n");
+	while (i < 128)
+	{
+		int			j = 0;
+
+		while (j < 8)
+		{
+			printf("0x%02x", wintab[i++]);
+			j++;
+			if (i >= 128)
+				break;
+			printf(", ");
+		}
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+	printf("};\n");
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c
index d72ebd347b53f3587cce61da12529ea9365c72a5..e9ea6193492677d859e69b9632c1499cf0bd99ac 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/database.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.23 1999/02/13 23:20:03 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/Attic/database.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:12:47 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ GetRawDatabaseInfo(char *name, int4 *owner, Oid *db_id, char *path, int *encodin
 	int			nbytes;
 	int			max,
 				i;
-	HeapTupleData	tup;
+	HeapTupleData tup;
 	Page		pg;
 	PageHeader	ph;
 	char	   *dbfname;
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c
index 871e1d436a0c301129c4ef216327deccdd57f3a2..3ba1626c03d17991b23a5002979e47ecc3780014 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/trace.c
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@ tprintf(int flag, const char *fmt,...)
  * Print a timestamp and a message to stdout or to syslog.
  */
 int
-tprintf1(const char *fmt, ... )
+tprintf1(const char *fmt,...)
 {
 	va_list		ap;
-	char		line[ELOG_MAXLEN+TIMESTAMP_SIZE+1];
+	char		line[ELOG_MAXLEN + TIMESTAMP_SIZE + 1];
 
 	va_start(ap, fmt);
 #ifdef ELOG_TIMESTAMPS
@@ -145,10 +145,11 @@ tprintf1(const char *fmt, ... )
 	va_end(ap);
 
 #ifdef USE_SYSLOG
-	write_syslog(LOG_INFO, line+TIMESTAMP_SIZE);
+	write_syslog(LOG_INFO, line + TIMESTAMP_SIZE);
 #endif
 
-	if (UseSyslog <= 1) {
+	if (UseSyslog <= 1)
+	{
 		puts(line);
 		fflush(stdout);
 	}
@@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ eprintf(const char *fmt,...)
 void
 write_syslog(int level, char *line)
 {
-	static int openlog_done = 0;
+	static int	openlog_done = 0;
 
 	if (UseSyslog >= 1)
 	{
@@ -348,9 +349,10 @@ read_pg_options(SIGNAL_ARGS)
 	char	   *s,
 			   *p;
 
-	if (!DataDir) {
-	    fprintf(stderr, "read_pg_options: DataDir not defined\n");
-	    return;
+	if (!DataDir)
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "read_pg_options: DataDir not defined\n");
+		return;
 	}
 
 	snprintf(buffer, BUF_SIZE - 1, "%s/%s", DataDir, "pg_options");
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c
index 04bdba93292591719d28de8a69cc26cc8eff7300..1060f7b6def4429b6a95027765165d22e0d04197 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.15 1999/05/22 23:19:37 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:12:51 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTE:
  *	This is a new (Feb. 05, 1999) implementation of the allocation set
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
  */
 
 #define ALLOC_MINBITS		4	/* smallest chunk size is 16 bytes */
-#define	ALLOC_SMALLCHUNK_LIMIT	(1 << (ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS-2+ALLOC_MINBITS))
+#define ALLOC_SMALLCHUNK_LIMIT	(1 << (ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS-2+ALLOC_MINBITS))
 /* Size of largest chunk that we use a fixed size for */
 
 /*--------------------
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
  *--------------------
  */
 
-#define	ALLOC_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE	8192
-#define	ALLOC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE	(8 * 1024 * 1024)
+#define ALLOC_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE	8192
+#define ALLOC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE	(8 * 1024 * 1024)
 
 
 #define ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ	MAXALIGN(sizeof(AllocBlockData))
@@ -91,12 +91,12 @@
 static inline int
 AllocSetFreeIndex(Size size)
 {
-	int idx = 0;
+	int			idx = 0;
 
 	if (size > 0)
 	{
 		size = (size - 1) >> ALLOC_MINBITS;
-		while (size != 0 && idx < ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS-1)
+		while (size != 0 && idx < ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS - 1)
 		{
 			idx++;
 			size >>= 1;
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ AllocSetFreeIndex(Size size)
 
 	return idx;
 }
-			
+
 
 /*
  * Public routines
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ AllocSetFreeIndex(Size size)
  */
 
 /*
- * AllocSetInit 
+ * AllocSetInit
  *		Initializes given allocation set.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ AllocSetInit(AllocSet set, AllocMode mode, Size limit)
 
 
 /*
- * AllocSetReset 
+ * AllocSetReset
  *		Frees memory which is allocated in the given set.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ AllocSetInit(AllocSet set, AllocMode mode, Size limit)
 void
 AllocSetReset(AllocSet set)
 {
-	AllocBlock		block = set->blocks;
-	AllocBlock		next;
+	AllocBlock	block = set->blocks;
+	AllocBlock	next;
 
 	AssertArg(AllocSetIsValid(set));
 
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ AllocSetReset(AllocSet set)
 }
 
 /*
- * AllocSetContains 
+ * AllocSetContains
  *		True iff allocation set contains given allocation element.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ AllocSetContains(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer)
 }
 
 /*
- * AllocSetAlloc 
+ * AllocSetAlloc
  *		Returns pointer to allocated memory of given size; memory is added
  *		to the set.
  *
@@ -200,22 +200,22 @@ AllocSetContains(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer)
 AllocPointer
 AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 {
-	AllocBlock		block;
-	AllocChunk		chunk;
-	AllocChunk		freeref = NULL;
-	int				fidx;
-	Size			chunk_size;
-	Size			blksize;
+	AllocBlock	block;
+	AllocChunk	chunk;
+	AllocChunk	freeref = NULL;
+	int			fidx;
+	Size		chunk_size;
+	Size		blksize;
 
 	AssertArg(AllocSetIsValid(set));
 
 	/*
-	 * Lookup in the corresponding free list if there is a
-	 * free chunk we could reuse
+	 * Lookup in the corresponding free list if there is a free chunk we
+	 * could reuse
 	 *
 	 */
 	fidx = AllocSetFreeIndex(size);
-	for (chunk = set->freelist[fidx]; chunk; chunk = (AllocChunk)chunk->aset)
+	for (chunk = set->freelist[fidx]; chunk; chunk = (AllocChunk) chunk->aset)
 	{
 		if (chunk->size >= size)
 			break;
@@ -223,18 +223,18 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If one is found, remove it from the free list, make it again
-	 * a member of the alloc set and return it's data address.
+	 * If one is found, remove it from the free list, make it again a
+	 * member of the alloc set and return it's data address.
 	 *
 	 */
 	if (chunk != NULL)
 	{
 		if (freeref == NULL)
-			set->freelist[fidx] = (AllocChunk)chunk->aset;
+			set->freelist[fidx] = (AllocChunk) chunk->aset;
 		else
 			freeref->aset = chunk->aset;
 
-		chunk->aset = (void *)set;
+		chunk->aset = (void *) set;
 		return AllocChunkGetPointer(chunk);
 	}
 
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 	Assert(chunk_size >= size);
 
 	/*
-	 * If there is enough room in the active allocation block,
-	 * always allocate the chunk there.
+	 * If there is enough room in the active allocation block, always
+	 * allocate the chunk there.
 	 */
 
 	if ((block = set->blocks) != NULL)
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Otherwise, if requested size exceeds smallchunk limit,
-	 * allocate an entire separate block for this allocation
+	 * Otherwise, if requested size exceeds smallchunk limit, allocate an
+	 * entire separate block for this allocation
 	 *
 	 */
 	if (block == NULL && size > ALLOC_SMALLCHUNK_LIMIT)
@@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 		if (block == NULL)
 			elog(FATAL, "Memory exhausted in AllocSetAlloc()");
 		block->aset = set;
-		block->freeptr = block->endptr = ((char *)block) + blksize;
+		block->freeptr = block->endptr = ((char *) block) + blksize;
 
-		chunk = (AllocChunk) (((char *)block) + ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ);
+		chunk = (AllocChunk) (((char *) block) + ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ);
 		chunk->aset = set;
 		chunk->size = chunk_size;
 
@@ -310,8 +310,11 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 		{
 			/* Get size of prior block */
 			blksize = set->blocks->endptr - ((char *) set->blocks);
-			/* Special case: if very first allocation was for a large chunk,
-			 * could have a funny-sized top block.  Do something reasonable.
+
+			/*
+			 * Special case: if very first allocation was for a large
+			 * chunk, could have a funny-sized top block.  Do something
+			 * reasonable.
 			 */
 			if (blksize < ALLOC_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE)
 				blksize = ALLOC_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE;
@@ -321,12 +324,13 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 				blksize = ALLOC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE;
 			/* Try to allocate it */
 			block = (AllocBlock) malloc(blksize);
+
 			/*
 			 * We could be asking for pretty big blocks here, so cope if
 			 * malloc fails.  But give up if there's less than a meg or so
 			 * available...
 			 */
-			while (block == NULL && blksize > 1024*1024)
+			while (block == NULL && blksize > 1024 * 1024)
 			{
 				blksize >>= 1;
 				block = (AllocBlock) malloc(blksize);
@@ -336,8 +340,8 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 		if (block == NULL)
 			elog(FATAL, "Memory exhausted in AllocSetAlloc()");
 		block->aset = set;
-		block->freeptr = ((char *)block) + ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ;
-		block->endptr = ((char *)block) + blksize;
+		block->freeptr = ((char *) block) + ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ;
+		block->endptr = ((char *) block) + blksize;
 		block->next = set->blocks;
 
 		set->blocks = block;
@@ -346,8 +350,8 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 	/*
 	 * OK, do the allocation
 	 */
-	chunk = (AllocChunk)(block->freeptr);
-	chunk->aset = (void *)set;
+	chunk = (AllocChunk) (block->freeptr);
+	chunk->aset = (void *) set;
 	chunk->size = chunk_size;
 	block->freeptr += (chunk_size + ALLOC_CHUNKHDRSZ);
 	Assert(block->freeptr <= block->endptr);
@@ -356,7 +360,7 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 }
 
 /*
- * AllocSetFree 
+ * AllocSetFree
  *		Frees allocated memory; memory is removed from the set.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -367,8 +371,8 @@ AllocSetAlloc(AllocSet set, Size size)
 void
 AllocSetFree(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer)
 {
-	int				fidx;
-	AllocChunk		chunk;
+	int			fidx;
+	AllocChunk	chunk;
 
 	/* AssertArg(AllocSetIsValid(set)); */
 	/* AssertArg(AllocPointerIsValid(pointer)); */
@@ -377,12 +381,12 @@ AllocSetFree(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer)
 	chunk = AllocPointerGetChunk(pointer);
 	fidx = AllocSetFreeIndex(chunk->size);
 
-	chunk->aset = (void *)set->freelist[fidx];
+	chunk->aset = (void *) set->freelist[fidx];
 	set->freelist[fidx] = chunk;
 }
 
 /*
- * AllocSetRealloc 
+ * AllocSetRealloc
  *		Returns new pointer to allocated memory of given size; this memory
  *		is added to the set.  Memory associated with given pointer is copied
  *		into the new memory, and the old memory is freed.
@@ -404,8 +408,8 @@ AllocSetRealloc(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer, Size size)
 	AssertArg(AllocSetContains(set, pointer));
 
 	/*
-	 * Chunk sizes are aligned to power of 2 on AllocSetAlloc().
-	 * Maybe the allocated area already is >= the new size.
+	 * Chunk sizes are aligned to power of 2 on AllocSetAlloc(). Maybe the
+	 * allocated area already is >= the new size.
 	 *
 	 */
 	oldsize = AllocPointerGetSize(pointer);
@@ -425,7 +429,7 @@ AllocSetRealloc(AllocSet set, AllocPointer pointer, Size size)
 }
 
 /*
- * AllocSetDump 
+ * AllocSetDump
  *		Displays allocated set.
  */
 void
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c
index 401ef7c6c0be247ef5843a2d25e9d8ecfb588336..98cd5b6f1610860d9a5416dd5ae2bc763136d271 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.13 1999/03/22 16:45:27 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:12:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ static OrderedSetData ActiveGlobalMemorySetData;		/* uninitialized */
 #define PSIZESPACE(LEN) ((LEN) + sizeof (int32))
 
 /*
- * AllocSizeIsValid 
+ * AllocSizeIsValid
  *		True iff 0 < size and size <= MaxAllocSize.
  */
 #define AllocSizeIsValid(size)	(0 < (size) && (size) <= MaxAllocSize)
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static OrderedSetData ActiveGlobalMemorySetData;		/* uninitialized */
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 /*
- * CurrentMemoryContext 
+ * CurrentMemoryContext
  *		Memory context for general global allocations.
  */
 DLLIMPORT MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext = NULL;
@@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ static struct MemoryContextMethodsData GlobalContextMethodsData = {
 static struct GlobalMemoryData TopGlobalMemoryData = {
 	T_GlobalMemory,				/* NodeTag				tag		  */
 	&GlobalContextMethodsData,	/* ContextMethods		method	  */
-	{ NULL, { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }},
-								/* free AllocSet   */
+	{NULL, {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL}},
+	/* free AllocSet   */
 	"TopGlobal",				/* char* name	   */
 	{0}							/* uninitialized OrderedElemData elemD */
 };
 
 /*
- * TopMemoryContext 
+ * TopMemoryContext
  *		Memory context for general global allocations.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ MemoryContext TopMemoryContext = (MemoryContext) &TopGlobalMemoryData;
  */
 
 /*
- * EnableMemoryContext 
+ * EnableMemoryContext
  *		Enables/disables memory management and global contexts.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ EnableMemoryContext(bool on)
 }
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextAlloc 
+ * MemoryContextAlloc
  *		Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ MemoryContextAlloc(MemoryContext context, Size size)
 }
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextFree 
+ * MemoryContextFree
  *		Frees allocated memory referenced by pointer in the given context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ MemoryContextFree(MemoryContext context, Pointer pointer)
 }
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextRelloc 
+ * MemoryContextRelloc
  *		Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ MemoryContextRealloc(MemoryContext context,
 }
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextGetName 
+ * MemoryContextGetName
  *		Returns pointer to aligned allocated memory in the given context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ MemoryContextGetName(MemoryContext context)
 #endif
 
 /*
- * PointerGetAllocSize 
+ * PointerGetAllocSize
  *		Returns size of aligned allocated memory given pointer to it.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ PointerGetAllocSize(Pointer pointer)
 #endif
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextSwitchTo 
+ * MemoryContextSwitchTo
  *		Returns the current context; installs the given context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
  * External Functions
  */
 /*
- * CreateGlobalMemory 
+ * CreateGlobalMemory
  *		Returns new global memory context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ CreateGlobalMemory(char *name)	/* XXX MemoryContextName */
 }
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryDestroy 
+ * GlobalMemoryDestroy
  *		Destroys given global memory context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ GlobalMemoryDestroy(GlobalMemory context)
  *****************************************************************************/
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryAlloc 
+ * GlobalMemoryAlloc
  *		Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ GlobalMemoryAlloc(GlobalMemory this, Size size)
 }
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryFree 
+ * GlobalMemoryFree
  *		Frees allocated memory in the global context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ GlobalMemoryFree(GlobalMemory this,
 }
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryRealloc 
+ * GlobalMemoryRealloc
  *		Returns pointer to aligned space in the global context.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ GlobalMemoryRealloc(GlobalMemory this,
 }
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryGetName 
+ * GlobalMemoryGetName
  *		Returns name string for context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ GlobalMemoryGetName(GlobalMemory this)
 }
 
 /*
- * GlobalMemoryDump 
+ * GlobalMemoryDump
  *		Dumps global memory context for debugging.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ GlobalMemoryDump(GlobalMemory this)
 }
 
 /*
- * DumpGlobalMemories 
+ * DumpGlobalMemories
  *		Dumps all global memory contexts for debugging.
  *
  * Exceptions:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c
index 493197e8ea950a63e8788c42585f1114ca89e8fb..8aca4a2ec01a793dfda2eb8c45369008a13fc57a 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/oset.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:10 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/oset.c,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:12:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTE
  *	  XXX This is a preliminary implementation which lacks fail-fast
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ static void OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem);
 static void OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem);
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemGetBase 
+ * OrderedElemGetBase
  *		Returns base of enclosing structure.
  */
 static Pointer
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ OrderedElemGetBase(OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedSetInit 
+ * OrderedSetInit
  */
 void
 OrderedSetInit(OrderedSet set, Offset offset)
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ OrderedSetInit(OrderedSet set, Offset offset)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedSetContains 
+ * OrderedSetContains
  *		True iff ordered set contains given element.
  */
 bool
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ OrderedSetContains(OrderedSet set, OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedSetGetHead 
+ * OrderedSetGetHead
  */
 Pointer
 OrderedSetGetHead(OrderedSet set)
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ OrderedSetGetHead(OrderedSet set)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedSetGetTail 
+ * OrderedSetGetTail
  */
 #ifdef NOT_USED
 Pointer
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ OrderedSetGetTail(OrderedSet set)
 #endif
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemGetPredecessor 
+ * OrderedElemGetPredecessor
  */
 Pointer
 OrderedElemGetPredecessor(OrderedElem elem)
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ OrderedElemGetPredecessor(OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemGetSuccessor 
+ * OrderedElemGetSuccessor
  */
 Pointer
 OrderedElemGetSuccessor(OrderedElem elem)
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ OrderedElemGetSuccessor(OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemPop 
+ * OrderedElemPop
  */
 void
 OrderedElemPop(OrderedElem elem)
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ OrderedElemPop(OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemPushInto 
+ * OrderedElemPushInto
  */
 void
 OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet set)
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet set)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemPush 
+ * OrderedElemPush
  */
 static void
 OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem)
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ OrderedElemPush(OrderedElem elem)
 }
 
 /*
- * OrderedElemPushHead 
+ * OrderedElemPushHead
  */
 static void
 OrderedElemPushHead(OrderedElem elem)
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c
index 2653401b2a97d90b152825aa024fd377db6f67c6..bf36908973ab000f54f7f7faccbb2448a7d35d6a 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/palloc.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:20:11 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/Attic/palloc.c,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:12:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 char *
 pstrdup(char *string)
 {
-	char		*nstr;
+	char	   *nstr;
 	int			len;
 
 	nstr = palloc(len = strlen(string) + 1);
@@ -44,4 +44,3 @@ pstrdup(char *string)
 
 	return nstr;
 }
-
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c
index 4068b13467aab09fade239a6dd455d9c41435c71..d4cc93482f867c866ba43ab8bbe12b612303d9a7 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:20:12 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:12:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
  *
  *		Here is an old comment taken from nodes/memnodes.h
  *
- * MemoryContext 
+ * MemoryContext
  *		A logical context in which memory allocations occur.
  *
  * The types of memory contexts can be thought of as members of the
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ DumpPortals()
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * EnablePortalManager 
+ * EnablePortalManager
  *		Enables/disables the portal management module.
  */
 void
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ EnablePortalManager(bool on)
 }
 
 /*
- * GetPortalByName 
+ * GetPortalByName
  *		Returns a portal given a portal name; returns blank portal given
  * NULL; returns invalid portal if portal not found.
  *
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ GetPortalByName(char *name)
 }
 
 /*
- * BlankPortalAssignName 
+ * BlankPortalAssignName
  *		Returns former blank portal as portal with given name.
  *
  * Side effect:
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ BlankPortalAssignName(char *name)		/* XXX PortalName */
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalSetQuery 
+ * PortalSetQuery
  *		Attaches a "query" to portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ PortalSetQuery(Portal portal,
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalGetQueryDesc 
+ * PortalGetQueryDesc
  *		Returns query attached to portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ PortalGetQueryDesc(Portal portal)
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalGetState 
+ * PortalGetState
  *		Returns state attached to portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ PortalGetState(Portal portal)
 }
 
 /*
- * CreatePortal 
+ * CreatePortal
  *		Returns a new portal given a name.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ CreatePortal(char *name)		/* XXX PortalName */
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalDestroy 
+ * PortalDestroy
  *		Destroys portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -813,22 +813,22 @@ PortalDestroy(Portal *portalP)
 	AllocSetReset(&portal->variable.setData);	/* XXX log */
 
 	/*
-	 * In the case of a transaction abort it is possible that
-	 * we get called while one of the memory contexts of the portal
-	 * we're destroying is the current memory context.
-	 * 
-	 * Don't know how to handle that cleanly because it is required
-	 * to be in that context right now. This portal struct remains
-	 * allocated in the PortalMemory context until backend dies.
+	 * In the case of a transaction abort it is possible that we get
+	 * called while one of the memory contexts of the portal we're
+	 * destroying is the current memory context.
 	 *
-	 * Not happy with that, but it's better to loose some bytes of
-	 * memory than to have the backend dump core.
+	 * Don't know how to handle that cleanly because it is required to be in
+	 * that context right now. This portal struct remains allocated in the
+	 * PortalMemory context until backend dies.
+	 *
+	 * Not happy with that, but it's better to loose some bytes of memory
+	 * than to have the backend dump core.
 	 *
 	 * --- Feb. 04, 1999 Jan Wieck
 	 */
-	if (CurrentMemoryContext == (MemoryContext)PortalGetHeapMemory(portal))
+	if (CurrentMemoryContext == (MemoryContext) PortalGetHeapMemory(portal))
 		return;
-	if (CurrentMemoryContext == (MemoryContext)PortalGetVariableMemory(portal))
+	if (CurrentMemoryContext == (MemoryContext) PortalGetVariableMemory(portal))
 		return;
 
 	if (portal != BlankPortal)
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ PortalDestroy(Portal *portalP)
 }
 
 /* ----------------
- *		PortalResetHeapMemory 
+ *		PortalResetHeapMemory
  *				Resets portal's heap memory context.
  *
  * Someday, Reset, Start, and End can be optimized by keeping a global
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ PortalResetHeapMemory(Portal portal)
 }
 
 /*
- * StartPortalAllocMode 
+ * StartPortalAllocMode
  *		Starts a new block of portal heap allocation using mode and limit;
  *		the current block is disabled until EndPortalAllocMode is called.
  *
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ StartPortalAllocMode(AllocMode mode, Size limit)
 	/* allocate and initialize new block */
 	context->block = MemoryContextAlloc(
 			  (MemoryContext) PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory(context),
-						   sizeof(HeapMemoryBlockData));
+										sizeof(HeapMemoryBlockData));
 
 	/* XXX careful, context->block has never been stacked => bad state */
 
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ StartPortalAllocMode(AllocMode mode, Size limit)
 }
 
 /*
- * EndPortalAllocMode 
+ * EndPortalAllocMode
  *		Ends current block of portal heap allocation; previous block is
  *		reenabled.
  *
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ EndPortalAllocMode()
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalGetVariableMemory 
+ * PortalGetVariableMemory
  *		Returns variable memory context for a given portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ PortalGetVariableMemory(Portal portal)
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalGetHeapMemory 
+ * PortalGetHeapMemory
  *		Returns heap memory context for a given portal.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ PortalGetHeapMemory(Portal portal)
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal 
+ * PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal
  *		Returns portal containing given variable memory context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ PortalVariableMemoryGetPortal(PortalVariableMemory context)
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal 
+ * PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal
  *		Returns portal containing given heap memory context.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ PortalHeapMemoryGetPortal(PortalHeapMemory context)
 }
 
 /*
- * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory 
+ * PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory
  *		Returns heap memory context associated with given variable memory.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ PortalVariableMemoryGetHeapMemory(PortalVariableMemory context)
 #endif
 
 /*
- * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory 
+ * PortalHeapMemoryGetVariableMemory
  *		Returns variable memory context associated with given heap memory.
  *
  * Exceptions:
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c b/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c
index d35141ad77b89510a582e317e46cbbe22cda7fd4..497dceff07ec654bc26cfcbb7900e39090b14e39 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/sort/psort.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- *	  $Id: psort.c,v 1.51 1999/05/09 00:53:22 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Id: psort.c,v 1.52 1999/05/25 16:12:59 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *		Sorts the first relation into the second relation.
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
 #include "utils/rel.h"
 
 static bool createfirstrun(Sort *node);
-static bool createrun(Sort *node, BufFile *file);
-static void destroytape(BufFile *file);
-static void dumptuples(BufFile *file, Sort *node);
+static bool createrun(Sort *node, BufFile * file);
+static void destroytape(BufFile * file);
+static void dumptuples(BufFile * file, Sort *node);
 static BufFile *gettape(void);
 static void initialrun(Sort *node);
 static void inittapes(Sort *node);
@@ -320,15 +320,11 @@ initialrun(Sort *node)
 		tp->tp_dummy--;
 		PS(node)->TotalDummy--;
 		if (tp->tp_dummy < (tp + 1)->tp_dummy)
-		{
 			tp++;
-		}
-		else 
+		else
 		{
 			if (tp->tp_dummy != 0)
-			{
 				tp = PS(node)->Tape;
-			}
 			else
 			{
 				PS(node)->Level++;
@@ -337,13 +333,13 @@ initialrun(Sort *node)
 					 tp - PS(node)->Tape < PS(node)->TapeRange; tp++)
 				{
 					PS(node)->TotalDummy += (tp->tp_dummy = baseruns
-						 + (tp + 1)->tp_fib
-						 - tp->tp_fib);
+											 + (tp + 1)->tp_fib
+											 - tp->tp_fib);
 					tp->tp_fib = baseruns
 						+ (tp + 1)->tp_fib;
 				}
-				tp = PS(node)->Tape;/* D4 */
-			}						/* D3 */
+				tp = PS(node)->Tape;	/* D4 */
+			}					/* D3 */
 		}
 		if (extrapasses)
 		{
@@ -354,9 +350,7 @@ initialrun(Sort *node)
 				continue;
 			}
 			else
-			{
 				break;
-			}
 		}
 		if ((bool) createrun(node, tp->tp_file) == false)
 			extrapasses = 1 + (PS(node)->Tuples != NULL);
@@ -479,7 +473,7 @@ createfirstrun(Sort *node)
  *				Tuples contains the tuples for the following run upon exit
  */
 static bool
-createrun(Sort *node, BufFile *file)
+createrun(Sort *node, BufFile * file)
 {
 	HeapTuple	lasttuple;
 	HeapTuple	tup;
@@ -554,9 +548,7 @@ createrun(Sort *node, BufFile *file)
 			memtuples[t_last] = tup;
 		}
 		else
-		{
 			puttuple(&PS(node)->Tuples, tup, 0, &PS(node)->treeContext);
-		}
 	}
 	if (lasttuple != NULL)
 	{
@@ -627,7 +619,7 @@ merge(Sort *node, struct tape * dest)
 	struct tape *lasttp;		/* (TAPE[P]) */
 	struct tape *tp;
 	struct leftist *tuples;
-	BufFile	   *destfile;
+	BufFile    *destfile;
 	int			times;			/* runs left to merge */
 	int			outdummy;		/* complete dummy runs */
 	short		fromtape;
@@ -644,10 +636,9 @@ merge(Sort *node, struct tape * dest)
 	tp->tp_fib += times;
 	/* Tape[].tp_fib (A[]) is set to proper exit values */
 
-	if (PS(node)->TotalDummy < PS(node)->TapeRange)	/* no complete dummy runs */
-	{
+	if (PS(node)->TotalDummy < PS(node)->TapeRange)		/* no complete dummy
+														 * runs */
 		outdummy = 0;
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		outdummy = PS(node)->TotalDummy;		/* a large positive number */
@@ -729,7 +720,7 @@ merge(Sort *node, struct tape * dest)
  * dumptuples	- stores all the tuples in tree into file
  */
 static void
-dumptuples(BufFile *file, Sort *node)
+dumptuples(BufFile * file, Sort *node)
 {
 	struct leftist *tp;
 	struct leftist *newp;
@@ -812,7 +803,7 @@ psort_grabtuple(Sort *node, bool *should_free)
 			 * file
 			 */
 			BufFileSeek(PS(node)->psort_grab_file,
-						PS(node)->psort_current - sizeof(tlendummy), SEEK_SET);
+				  PS(node)->psort_current - sizeof(tlendummy), SEEK_SET);
 			GETLEN(tuplen, PS(node)->psort_grab_file);
 			if (PS(node)->psort_current < tuplen)
 				elog(ERROR, "psort_grabtuple: too big last tuple len in backward scan");
@@ -845,7 +836,7 @@ psort_grabtuple(Sort *node, bool *should_free)
 			PS(node)->psort_current -= tuplen;
 			/* move to position of end tlen of prev tuple */
 			BufFileSeek(PS(node)->psort_grab_file,
-						PS(node)->psort_current - sizeof(tlendummy), SEEK_SET);
+				  PS(node)->psort_current - sizeof(tlendummy), SEEK_SET);
 			GETLEN(tuplen, PS(node)->psort_grab_file);
 			if (PS(node)->psort_current < tuplen + sizeof(tlendummy))
 				elog(ERROR, "psort_grabtuple: too big tuple len in backward scan");
@@ -1005,7 +996,7 @@ gettape()
  *		destroytape		- unlinks the tape
  */
 static void
-destroytape(BufFile *file)
+destroytape(BufFile * file)
 {
 	BufFileClose(file);
 }
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c b/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c
index bdcd1afdba8a46b0de5928fc64ef56ea3d552559..104e57b9194b14f8275c3ce68415837fcab001be 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.28 1999/04/12 16:57:27 vadim Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:13:02 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@
 
 extern bool PostgresIsInitialized;
 
-SnapshotData	SnapshotDirtyData;
-Snapshot		SnapshotDirty = &SnapshotDirtyData;
+SnapshotData SnapshotDirtyData;
+Snapshot	SnapshotDirty = &SnapshotDirtyData;
 
-Snapshot		QuerySnapshot = NULL;
-Snapshot		SerializableSnapshot = NULL;
+Snapshot	QuerySnapshot = NULL;
+Snapshot	SerializableSnapshot = NULL;
 
 /*
  * XXX Transaction system override hacks start here
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ setheapoverride(bool on)
  */
 
 /*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself 
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesItself
  *		True iff heap tuple is valid for "itself."
  *		"{it}self" means valid as of everything that's happened
  *		in the current transaction, _including_ the current command.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 		{
-			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		}
 		else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 		{
-			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 	{
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE)
 			return true;
-		return false;							/* updated by other */
+		return false;			/* updated by other */
 	}
 
 	if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(tuple->t_xmax))
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 }
 
 /*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow 
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesNow
  *		True iff heap tuple is valid "now."
  *		"now" means valid including everything that's happened
  *		 in the current transaction _up to, but not including,_
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesNow(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 		{
-			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesNow(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		}
 		else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 		{
-			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -300,19 +300,19 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesNow(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 int
 HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 {
-	HeapTupleHeader	th = tuple->t_data;
+	HeapTupleHeader th = tuple->t_data;
 
 	if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
 		return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 
 	if (!(th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED))
 	{
-		if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_INVALID)	/* xid invalid or aborted */
+		if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */
 			return HeapTupleInvisible;
 
 		if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 		{
-			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)th->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) th->t_cmin))
 			{
 				th->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return HeapTupleInvisible;
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 		}
 		else if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 		{
-			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)th->t_cmin))
+			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) th->t_cmin))
 			{
 				th->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return HeapTupleInvisible;
@@ -329,9 +329,10 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 		else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(th->t_xmin))
 		{
 			if (CommandIdGEScanCommandId(th->t_cmin) && !heapisoverride())
-				return HeapTupleInvisible;	/* inserted after scan started */
+				return HeapTupleInvisible;		/* inserted after scan
+												 * started */
 
-			if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)	/* xid invalid */
+			if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)		/* xid invalid */
 				return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 
 			Assert(TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(th->t_xmax));
@@ -340,14 +341,16 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 				return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 
 			if (CommandIdGEScanCommandId(th->t_cmax))
-				return HeapTupleSelfUpdated;/* updated after scan started */
+				return HeapTupleSelfUpdated;	/* updated after scan
+												 * started */
 			else
-				return HeapTupleInvisible;	/* updated before scan started */
+				return HeapTupleInvisible;		/* updated before scan
+												 * started */
 		}
 		else if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(th->t_xmin))
 		{
 			if (TransactionIdDidAbort(th->t_xmin))
-				th->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID; /* aborted */
+				th->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;	/* aborted */
 			return HeapTupleInvisible;
 		}
 		th->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED;
@@ -355,14 +358,14 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 
 	/* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */
 
-	if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)	/* xid invalid or aborted */
+	if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)		/* xid invalid or aborted */
 		return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 
 	if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)
 	{
 		if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE)
 			return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
-		return HeapTupleUpdated;			/* updated by other */
+		return HeapTupleUpdated;/* updated by other */
 	}
 
 	if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(th->t_xmax))
@@ -370,7 +373,8 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 		if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE)
 			return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 		if (CommandIdGEScanCommandId(th->t_cmax))
-			return HeapTupleSelfUpdated;/* updated after scan started */
+			return HeapTupleSelfUpdated;		/* updated after scan
+												 * started */
 		else
 			return HeapTupleInvisible;	/* updated before scan started */
 	}
@@ -392,7 +396,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple)
 	if (th->t_infomask & HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE)
 		return HeapTupleMayBeUpdated;
 
-	return HeapTupleUpdated;			/* updated by other */
+	return HeapTupleUpdated;	/* updated by other */
 }
 
 bool
@@ -411,13 +415,14 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 		{
+
 			/*
 			 * HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty is used by unique btree-s and so
 			 * may be used while vacuuming.
 			 */
-			if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 				return false;
-			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -426,9 +431,9 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		}
 		else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 		{
-			if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
-				if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+				if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 					tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED;
 				else
 				{
@@ -457,7 +462,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 				return false;
 			}
 			SnapshotDirty->xmin = tuple->t_xmin;
-			return true;						/* in insertion by other */
+			return true;		/* in insertion by other */
 		}
 		else
 			tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED;
@@ -473,7 +478,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE)
 			return true;
 		SnapshotDirty->tid = tuple->t_ctid;
-		return false;							/* updated by other */
+		return false;			/* updated by other */
 	}
 
 	if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(tuple->t_xmax))
@@ -488,7 +493,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		}
 		/* running xact */
 		SnapshotDirty->xmax = tuple->t_xmax;
-		return true;							/* in updation by other */
+		return true;			/* in updation by other */
 	}
 
 	/* xmax transaction committed */
@@ -498,7 +503,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
 		return true;
 
 	SnapshotDirty->tid = tuple->t_ctid;
-	return false;								/* updated by other */
+	return false;				/* updated by other */
 }
 
 bool
@@ -514,7 +519,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot)
 
 		if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
 		{
-			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -522,7 +527,7 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot)
 		}
 		else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
 		{
-			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId)tuple->t_cmin))
+			if (!TransactionIdDidCommit((TransactionId) tuple->t_cmin))
 			{
 				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
 				return false;
@@ -555,17 +560,17 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot)
 		tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED;
 	}
 
-	/* 
-	 * By here, the inserting transaction has committed -
-	 * have to check when...
+	/*
+	 * By here, the inserting transaction has committed - have to check
+	 * when...
 	 */
 
 	if (tuple->t_xmin >= snapshot->xmax)
 		return false;
 	if (tuple->t_xmin >= snapshot->xmin)
 	{
-		uint32	i;
-		
+		uint32		i;
+
 		for (i = 0; i < snapshot->xcnt; i++)
 		{
 			if (tuple->t_xmin == snapshot->xip[i])
@@ -584,15 +589,15 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot)
 		if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(tuple->t_xmax))
 		{
 			if (CommandIdGEScanCommandId(tuple->t_cmax))
-				return true;		/* deleted after scan started */
+				return true;	/* deleted after scan started */
 			else
-				return false;		/* deleted before scan started */
+				return false;	/* deleted before scan started */
 		}
 
 		if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(tuple->t_xmax))
 		{
 			if (TransactionIdDidAbort(tuple->t_xmax))
-				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID;		/* aborted */
+				tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; /* aborted */
 			return true;
 		}
 
@@ -604,8 +609,8 @@ HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot)
 		return true;
 	if (tuple->t_xmax >= snapshot->xmin)
 	{
-		uint32	i;
-		
+		uint32		i;
+
 		for (i = 0; i < snapshot->xcnt; i++)
 		{
 			if (tuple->t_xmax == snapshot->xip[i])
diff --git a/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c b/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c
index 7cb1242e1dd82a05c4d94f62fffd3ba160343b59..3ad451408b00a547760e506c6f7e3afdf16efebe 100644
--- a/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c
+++ b/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.29 1999/02/13 23:20:22 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.30 1999/05/25 16:13:05 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Modifications - 6/12/96 - dave@bensoft.com - version 1.13.dhb.2
  *
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ findOprByOid(OprInfo *oprinfo, int numOprs, const char *oid)
 
 
 /*
- * findParentsByOid 
+ * findParentsByOid
  *	  given the oid of a class, return the names of its parent classes
  * and assign the number of parents to the last argument.
  *
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ findParentsByOid(TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 					fprintf(stderr,
 							"failed sanity check, parent oid %s of table %s (oid %s) was not found\n",
 							inhinfo[i].inhparent,
-							(selfInd >= 0) ? tblinfo[selfInd].relname : "",
+						  (selfInd >= 0) ? tblinfo[selfInd].relname : "",
 							oid);
 					exit(2);
 				}
@@ -495,8 +495,8 @@ findFuncByName(FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs, const char *name)
  *	checks input string for non-lowercase characters
  *	returns pointer to input string or string surrounded by double quotes
  *
- *  Note that the returned string should be used immediately since it
- *  uses a static buffer to hold the string. Non-reentrant but faster?
+ *	Note that the returned string should be used immediately since it
+ *	uses a static buffer to hold the string. Non-reentrant but faster?
  */
 const char *
 fmtId(const char *rawid, bool force_quotes)
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ fmtId(const char *rawid, bool force_quotes)
 	const char *cp;
 	static char id[MAXQUERYLEN];
 
-	if (! force_quotes)
+	if (!force_quotes)
 		for (cp = rawid; *cp != '\0'; cp++)
 			if (!(islower(*cp) || isdigit(*cp) || (*cp == '_')))
 				break;
diff --git a/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c b/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c
index 89b9d77b6652eebc27c5b1997259771f45829910..dc9991c0998f06ca5e89792bb6386e2107e1a2cd 100644
--- a/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c
+++ b/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.107 1999/05/15 22:18:50 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.108 1999/05/25 16:13:06 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Modifications - 6/10/96 - dave@bensoft.com - version 1.13.dhb
  *
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>				/* for MAXHOSTNAMELEN on most */
+#include <sys/param.h>			/* for MAXHOSTNAMELEN on most */
 #ifdef solaris_sparc
 #include <netdb.h>				/* for MAXHOSTNAMELEN on some */
 #endif
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ static void dumpACL(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo);
 static void dumpTriggers(FILE *fout, const char *tablename,
 			 TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables);
 static void dumpRules(FILE *fout, const char *tablename,
-			 TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables);
+		  TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables);
 static char *checkForQuote(const char *s);
 static void clearTableInfo(TableInfo *, int);
 static void dumpOneFunc(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int i,
@@ -100,26 +100,26 @@ static void AddAcl(char *aclbuf, const char *keyword);
 static char *GetPrivileges(const char *s);
 static void becomeUser(FILE *fout, const char *username);
 
-extern char	*optarg;
+extern char *optarg;
 extern int	optind,
-		opterr;
+			opterr;
 
 /* global decls */
 bool		g_verbose;			/* User wants verbose narration of our
-						 * activities. */
-int		g_last_builtin_oid;		/* value of the last builtin oid */
-FILE		*g_fout;			/* the script file */
-PGconn		*g_conn;			/* the database connection */
-
-bool		force_quotes;			/* User wants to suppress double-quotes */
-int		dumpData;			/* dump data using proper insert strings */
-int		attrNames;			/* put attr names into insert strings */
-int		schemaOnly;
-int		dataOnly;
-int		aclsOption;
+								 * activities. */
+int			g_last_builtin_oid; /* value of the last builtin oid */
+FILE	   *g_fout;				/* the script file */
+PGconn	   *g_conn;				/* the database connection */
+
+bool		force_quotes;		/* User wants to suppress double-quotes */
+int			dumpData;			/* dump data using proper insert strings */
+int			attrNames;			/* put attr names into insert strings */
+int			schemaOnly;
+int			dataOnly;
+int			aclsOption;
 bool		drop_schema;
 
-char		g_opaque_type[10];		/* name for the opaque type */
+char		g_opaque_type[10];	/* name for the opaque type */
 
 /* placeholders for the delimiters for comments */
 char		g_comment_start[10];
@@ -139,15 +139,15 @@ usage(const char *progname)
 			"\t -d          \t\t dump data as proper insert strings\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 			"\t -D          \t\t dump data as inserts"
-							" with attribute names\n");
+			" with attribute names\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 			"\t -f filename \t\t script output filename\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 			"\t -h hostname \t\t server host name\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
-			"\t -n          \t\t suppress most quotes around identifiers\n");
+		"\t -n          \t\t suppress most quotes around identifiers\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
-			"\t -N          \t\t enable most quotes around identifiers\n");
+		  "\t -N          \t\t enable most quotes around identifiers\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 			"\t -o          \t\t dump object id's (oids)\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
 static bool
 isViewRule(char *relname)
 {
-	PGresult	*res;
-	int		ntups;
+	PGresult   *res;
+	int			ntups;
 	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
 
 	res = PQexec(g_conn, "begin");
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ static void
 dumpClasses_dumpData(FILE *fout, const char *classname,
 					 const TableInfo tblinfo, bool oids)
 {
-	PGresult	*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	int			tuple;
 	int			field;
@@ -369,19 +369,22 @@ dumpClasses_dumpData(FILE *fout, const char *classname,
 								PQgetvalue(res, tuple, field));
 						break;
 					default:
-						/* All other types are printed as string literals,
-						 * with appropriate escaping of special characters.
-						 * Quote mark ' goes to '' per SQL standard,
-						 * other stuff goes to \ sequences.
+
+						/*
+						 * All other types are printed as string literals,
+						 * with appropriate escaping of special
+						 * characters. Quote mark ' goes to '' per SQL
+						 * standard, other stuff goes to \ sequences.
 						 */
 						expsrc = PQgetvalue(res, tuple, field);
 						expdest = q;
 						for (; *expsrc; expsrc++)
 						{
-							char ch = *expsrc;
+							char		ch = *expsrc;
+
 							if (ch == '\\' || ch == '\'')
 							{
-								*expdest++ = ch; /* double it */
+								*expdest++ = ch;		/* double it */
 								*expdest++ = ch;
 							}
 							else if (ch < '\040')
@@ -418,7 +421,7 @@ dumpClasses(const TableInfo *tblinfo, const int numTables, FILE *fout,
 {
 
 	int			i;
-	char			*all_only;
+	char	   *all_only;
 
 	if (onlytable == NULL)
 		all_only = "all";
@@ -479,11 +482,12 @@ static void
 prompt_for_password(char *username, char *password)
 {
 	char		buf[512];
-	int		length;
+	int			length;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
-	struct termios	t_orig,
-			t;
+	struct termios t_orig,
+				t;
+
 #endif
 
 	printf("Username: ");
@@ -531,21 +535,21 @@ prompt_for_password(char *username, char *password)
 int
 main(int argc, char **argv)
 {
-	int		c;
-	const char	*progname;
-	const char	*filename = NULL;
-	const char	*dbname = NULL;
-	const char	*pghost = NULL;
-	const char	*pgport = NULL;
-	char		*tablename = NULL;
-	int		oids = 0;
-	TableInfo	*tblinfo;
-	int		numTables;
+	int			c;
+	const char *progname;
+	const char *filename = NULL;
+	const char *dbname = NULL;
+	const char *pghost = NULL;
+	const char *pgport = NULL;
+	char	   *tablename = NULL;
+	int			oids = 0;
+	TableInfo  *tblinfo;
+	int			numTables;
 	char		connect_string[512] = "";
 	char		tmp_string[128];
 	char		username[100];
 	char		password[100];
-	int		use_password = 0;
+	int			use_password = 0;
 
 	g_verbose = false;
 	force_quotes = true;
@@ -566,7 +570,8 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 			case 'a':			/* Dump data only */
 				dataOnly = 1;
 				break;
-			case 'c':			/* clean (i.e., drop) schema prior to create */
+			case 'c':			/* clean (i.e., drop) schema prior to
+								 * create */
 				drop_schema = true;
 				break;
 			case 'd':			/* dump data as proper insert strings */
@@ -583,7 +588,8 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 			case 'h':			/* server host */
 				pghost = optarg;
 				break;
-			case 'n':			/* Do not force double-quotes on identifiers */
+			case 'n':			/* Do not force double-quotes on
+								 * identifiers */
 				force_quotes = false;
 				break;
 			case 'N':			/* Force double-quotes on identifiers */
@@ -603,12 +609,16 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 					int			i;
 
 					tablename = strdup(optarg);
-					/* quoted string? Then strip quotes and preserve case... */
+
+					/*
+					 * quoted string? Then strip quotes and preserve
+					 * case...
+					 */
 					if (tablename[0] == '"')
 					{
 						strcpy(tablename, &tablename[1]);
-						if (*(tablename+strlen(tablename)-1) == '"')
-							*(tablename+strlen(tablename)-1) = '\0';
+						if (*(tablename + strlen(tablename) - 1) == '"')
+							*(tablename + strlen(tablename) - 1) = '\0';
 					}
 					/* otherwise, convert table name to lowercase... */
 					else
@@ -742,11 +752,11 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 TypeInfo   *
 getTypes(int *numTypes)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	TypeInfo		*tinfo;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	TypeInfo   *tinfo;
 
 	int			i_oid;
 	int			i_typowner;
@@ -871,12 +881,12 @@ getTypes(int *numTypes)
 OprInfo    *
 getOperators(int *numOprs)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
 
-	OprInfo			*oprinfo;
+	OprInfo    *oprinfo;
 
 	int			i_oid;
 	int			i_oprname;
@@ -1214,11 +1224,11 @@ clearAggInfo(AggInfo *agginfo, int numArgs)
 AggInfo    *
 getAggregates(int *numAggs)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	AggInfo			*agginfo;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	AggInfo    *agginfo;
 
 	int			i_oid;
 	int			i_aggname;
@@ -1308,11 +1318,11 @@ getAggregates(int *numAggs)
 FuncInfo   *
 getFuncs(int *numFuncs)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	FuncInfo		*finfo;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	FuncInfo   *finfo;
 
 	int			i_oid;
 	int			i_proname;
@@ -1408,11 +1418,11 @@ getFuncs(int *numFuncs)
 TableInfo  *
 getTables(int *numTables, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	TableInfo		*tblinfo;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	TableInfo  *tblinfo;
 
 	int			i_oid;
 	int			i_relname;
@@ -1479,16 +1489,17 @@ getTables(int *numTables, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs)
 		tblinfo[i].ncheck = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, i_relchecks));
 		tblinfo[i].ntrig = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, i_reltriggers));
 
-		/* Exclude inherited CHECKs from CHECK constraints total.
-		 * If a constraint matches by name and condition with a constraint
+		/*
+		 * Exclude inherited CHECKs from CHECK constraints total. If a
+		 * constraint matches by name and condition with a constraint
 		 * belonging to a parent class, we assume it was inherited.
 		 */
 		if (tblinfo[i].ncheck > 0)
 		{
-			PGresult	*res2;
+			PGresult   *res2;
 			int			ntups2;
 
- 			if (g_verbose)
+			if (g_verbose)
 				fprintf(stderr, "%s excluding inherited CHECK constraints "
 						"for relation: '%s' %s\n",
 						g_comment_start,
@@ -1647,15 +1658,15 @@ getTables(int *numTables, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs)
 				}
 				tgfunc = finfo[findx].proname;
 
-#if 0				
+#if 0
 				/* XXX - how to emit this DROP TRIGGER? */
 				if (drop_schema)
-				  {
-				    sprintf(query, "DROP TRIGGER %s ON %s;\n",
-					    fmtId(PQgetvalue(res2, i2, i_tgname), force_quotes),
-					    fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes));
-				    fputs(query, fout);
-				  }
+				{
+					sprintf(query, "DROP TRIGGER %s ON %s;\n",
+					 fmtId(PQgetvalue(res2, i2, i_tgname), force_quotes),
+							fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes));
+					fputs(query, fout);
+				}
 #endif
 
 				sprintf(query, "CREATE TRIGGER %s ", fmtId(PQgetvalue(res2, i2, i_tgname), force_quotes));
@@ -1686,7 +1697,7 @@ getTables(int *numTables, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs)
 						strcat(query, " UPDATE");
 				}
 				sprintf(query, "%s ON %s FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE PROCEDURE %s (",
-						query, fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes), tgfunc);
+				 query, fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes), tgfunc);
 				for (findx = 0; findx < tgnargs; findx++)
 				{
 					char	   *s,
@@ -1753,11 +1764,11 @@ getTables(int *numTables, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs)
 InhInfo    *
 getInherits(int *numInherits)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	InhInfo			*inhinfo;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	InhInfo    *inhinfo;
 
 	int			i_inhrel;
 	int			i_inhparent;
@@ -1818,13 +1829,13 @@ getTableAttrs(TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables)
 {
 	int			i,
 				j;
-	char			q[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	int			i_attname;
 	int			i_typname;
 	int			i_atttypmod;
 	int			i_attnotnull;
 	int			i_atthasdef;
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numTables; i++)
@@ -1929,10 +1940,10 @@ IndInfo    *
 getIndices(int *numIndices)
 {
 	int			i;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	PGresult		*res;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
-	IndInfo			*indinfo;
+	IndInfo    *indinfo;
 
 	int			i_indexrelname;
 	int			i_indrelname;
@@ -2020,7 +2031,7 @@ dumpTypes(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 		  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
 {
 	int			i;
-	char			q[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	int			funcInd;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numTypes; i++)
@@ -2054,10 +2065,10 @@ dumpTypes(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 		becomeUser(fout, tinfo[i].usename);
 
 		if (drop_schema)
-		  {
-		    sprintf(q, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", fmtId(tinfo[i].typname, force_quotes));
-		    fputs(q, fout);
-		  }
+		{
+			sprintf(q, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", fmtId(tinfo[i].typname, force_quotes));
+			fputs(q, fout);
+		}
 
 		sprintf(q,
 				"CREATE TYPE %s "
@@ -2092,23 +2103,23 @@ dumpTypes(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 
 /*
  * dumpProcLangs
- *        writes out to fout the queries to recreate user-defined procedural languages
+ *		  writes out to fout the queries to recreate user-defined procedural languages
  *
  */
 void
 dumpProcLangs(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
-		  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
+			  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	PGresult   *res;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	int			ntups;
 	int			i_lanname;
 	int			i_lanpltrusted;
 	int			i_lanplcallfoid;
 	int			i_lancompiler;
-	char			*lanname;
-	char			*lancompiler;
-	char			*lanplcallfoid;
+	char	   *lanname;
+	char	   *lancompiler;
+	char	   *lanplcallfoid;
 	int			i,
 				fidx;
 
@@ -2132,12 +2143,13 @@ dumpProcLangs(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 	}
 	ntups = PQntuples(res);
 
-	i_lanname	= PQfnumber(res, "lanname");
-	i_lanpltrusted	= PQfnumber(res, "lanpltrusted");
-	i_lanplcallfoid	= PQfnumber(res, "lanplcallfoid");
-	i_lancompiler	= PQfnumber(res, "lancompiler");
+	i_lanname = PQfnumber(res, "lanname");
+	i_lanpltrusted = PQfnumber(res, "lanpltrusted");
+	i_lanplcallfoid = PQfnumber(res, "lanplcallfoid");
+	i_lancompiler = PQfnumber(res, "lancompiler");
 
-	for (i = 0; i < ntups; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < ntups; i++)
+	{
 		lanplcallfoid = PQgetvalue(res, i, i_lanplcallfoid);
 		for (fidx = 0; fidx < numFuncs; fidx++)
 		{
@@ -2156,14 +2168,14 @@ dumpProcLangs(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 		lancompiler = checkForQuote(PQgetvalue(res, i, i_lancompiler));
 
 		if (drop_schema)
-		  fprintf(fout, "DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE '%s';\n", lanname);
+			fprintf(fout, "DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE '%s';\n", lanname);
 
 		fprintf(fout, "CREATE %sPROCEDURAL LANGUAGE '%s' "
-			"HANDLER %s LANCOMPILER '%s';\n",
-			(PQgetvalue(res, i, i_lanpltrusted)[0] == 't') ? "TRUSTED " : "",
-			lanname,
-			fmtId(finfo[fidx].proname, force_quotes),
-			lancompiler);
+				"HANDLER %s LANCOMPILER '%s';\n",
+		(PQgetvalue(res, i, i_lanpltrusted)[0] == 't') ? "TRUSTED " : "",
+				lanname,
+				fmtId(finfo[fidx].proname, force_quotes),
+				lancompiler);
 
 		free(lanname);
 		free(lancompiler);
@@ -2202,8 +2214,8 @@ dumpOneFunc(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int i,
 			TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
 {
 	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	int		j;
-	char		*func_def;
+	int			j;
+	char	   *func_def;
 	char		func_lang[NAMEDATALEN + 1];
 
 	if (finfo[i].dumped)
@@ -2230,9 +2242,9 @@ dumpOneFunc(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int i,
 	}
 	else
 	{
-		PGresult	*res;
-		int		nlangs;
-		int		i_lanname;
+		PGresult   *res;
+		int			nlangs;
+		int			i_lanname;
 		char		query[256];
 
 		res = PQexec(g_conn, "begin");
@@ -2274,21 +2286,21 @@ dumpOneFunc(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int i,
 	}
 
 	if (drop_schema)
-	  {
-	    sprintf(q, "DROP FUNCTION %s (", fmtId(finfo[i].proname, force_quotes));
-	    for (j = 0; j < finfo[i].nargs; j++)
-	      {
-		char	   *typname;
-		
-		typname = findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, finfo[i].argtypes[j]);
-		sprintf(q, "%s%s%s",
-			q,
-			(j > 0) ? "," : "",
-			fmtId(typname, false));
-	      }
-	    sprintf (q, "%s);\n", q);
-	    fputs(q, fout);
-	  }
+	{
+		sprintf(q, "DROP FUNCTION %s (", fmtId(finfo[i].proname, force_quotes));
+		for (j = 0; j < finfo[i].nargs; j++)
+		{
+			char	   *typname;
+
+			typname = findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, finfo[i].argtypes[j]);
+			sprintf(q, "%s%s%s",
+					q,
+					(j > 0) ? "," : "",
+					fmtId(typname, false));
+		}
+		sprintf(q, "%s);\n", q);
+		fputs(q, fout);
+	}
 
 	sprintf(q, "CREATE FUNCTION %s (", fmtId(finfo[i].proname, force_quotes));
 	for (j = 0; j < finfo[i].nargs; j++)
@@ -2304,7 +2316,7 @@ dumpOneFunc(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int i,
 	sprintf(q, "%s ) RETURNS %s%s AS '%s' LANGUAGE '%s';\n",
 			q,
 			(finfo[i].retset) ? " SETOF " : "",
-			fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, finfo[i].prorettype), false),
+	   fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, finfo[i].prorettype), false),
 			func_def, func_lang);
 
 	fputs(q, fout);
@@ -2320,7 +2332,7 @@ void
 dumpOprs(FILE *fout, OprInfo *oprinfo, int numOperators,
 		 TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
 {
-	int		i;
+	int			i;
 	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		leftarg[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		rightarg[MAXQUERYLEN];
@@ -2356,13 +2368,13 @@ dumpOprs(FILE *fout, OprInfo *oprinfo, int numOperators,
 			strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprkind, "b") == 0)
 		{
 			sprintf(leftarg, ",\n\tLEFTARG = %s ",
-			  fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprleft), false));
+					fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprleft), false));
 		}
 		if (strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprkind, "l") == 0 ||
 			strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprkind, "b") == 0)
 		{
 			sprintf(rightarg, ",\n\tRIGHTARG = %s ",
-			 fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprright), false));
+					fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprright), false));
 		}
 		if (strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprcom, "0") == 0)
 			commutator[0] = '\0';
@@ -2390,23 +2402,23 @@ dumpOprs(FILE *fout, OprInfo *oprinfo, int numOperators,
 			sort1[0] = '\0';
 		else
 			sprintf(sort1, ",\n\tSORT1 = %s ",
-				findOprByOid(oprinfo, numOperators, oprinfo[i].oprlsortop));
+			 findOprByOid(oprinfo, numOperators, oprinfo[i].oprlsortop));
 
 		if (strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprrsortop, "0") == 0)
 			sort2[0] = '\0';
 		else
 			sprintf(sort2, ",\n\tSORT2 = %s ",
-				findOprByOid(oprinfo, numOperators, oprinfo[i].oprrsortop));
+			 findOprByOid(oprinfo, numOperators, oprinfo[i].oprrsortop));
 
 		becomeUser(fout, oprinfo[i].usename);
 
 		if (drop_schema)
-		  {
-		    sprintf(q, "DROP OPERATOR %s (%s, %s);\n", oprinfo[i].oprname, 
-			    fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprleft), false),
-			    fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprright), false));
-		    fputs(q, fout);
-		  }
+		{
+			sprintf(q, "DROP OPERATOR %s (%s, %s);\n", oprinfo[i].oprname,
+					fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprleft), false),
+					fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, oprinfo[i].oprright), false));
+			fputs(q, fout);
+		}
 
 		sprintf(q,
 				"CREATE OPERATOR %s "
@@ -2418,7 +2430,7 @@ dumpOprs(FILE *fout, OprInfo *oprinfo, int numOperators,
 				commutator,
 				negator,
 				restrictor,
-				(strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprcanhash, "t") == 0) ? ",\n\tHASHES" : "",
+		  (strcmp(oprinfo[i].oprcanhash, "t") == 0) ? ",\n\tHASHES" : "",
 				join,
 				sort1,
 				sort2);
@@ -2436,14 +2448,14 @@ void
 dumpAggs(FILE *fout, AggInfo *agginfo, int numAggs,
 		 TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes)
 {
-	int		i;
+	int			i;
 	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		sfunc1[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		sfunc2[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		basetype[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		finalfunc[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	char		comma1[2],
-			comma2[2];
+				comma2[2];
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numAggs; i++)
 	{
@@ -2453,7 +2465,7 @@ dumpAggs(FILE *fout, AggInfo *agginfo, int numAggs,
 
 		sprintf(basetype,
 				"BASETYPE = %s, ",
-		  fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, agginfo[i].aggbasetype), false));
+				fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, agginfo[i].aggbasetype), false));
 
 		if (strcmp(agginfo[i].aggtransfn1, "-") == 0)
 			sfunc1[0] = '\0';
@@ -2505,11 +2517,11 @@ dumpAggs(FILE *fout, AggInfo *agginfo, int numAggs,
 		becomeUser(fout, agginfo[i].usename);
 
 		if (drop_schema)
-		  {
-		    sprintf(q, "DROP AGGREGATE %s %s;\n", agginfo[i].aggname,
-			    fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, agginfo[i].aggbasetype), false));
-		    fputs(q, fout);
-		  }
+		{
+			sprintf(q, "DROP AGGREGATE %s %s;\n", agginfo[i].aggname,
+					fmtId(findTypeByOid(tinfo, numTypes, agginfo[i].aggbasetype), false));
+			fputs(q, fout);
+		}
 
 		sprintf(q, "CREATE AGGREGATE %s ( %s %s%s %s%s %s );\n",
 				agginfo[i].aggname,
@@ -2534,7 +2546,7 @@ dumpAggs(FILE *fout, AggInfo *agginfo, int numAggs,
  * Caller must make aclbuf big enough for all possible keywords.
  */
 static void
-AddAcl (char *aclbuf, const char *keyword)
+AddAcl(char *aclbuf, const char *keyword)
 {
 	if (*aclbuf)
 		strcat(aclbuf, ",");
@@ -2582,15 +2594,16 @@ dumpACL(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo)
 {
 	const char *acls = tbinfo.relacl;
 	char	   *aclbuf,
-		   *tok,
-		   *eqpos,
-		   *priv;
+			   *tok,
+			   *eqpos,
+			   *priv;
 
 	if (strlen(acls) == 0)
 		return;					/* table has default permissions */
 
-	/* Revoke Default permissions for PUBLIC.
-	 * Is this actually necessary, or is it just a waste of time?
+	/*
+	 * Revoke Default permissions for PUBLIC. Is this actually necessary,
+	 * or is it just a waste of time?
 	 */
 	fprintf(fout,
 			"REVOKE ALL on %s from PUBLIC;\n",
@@ -2602,8 +2615,10 @@ dumpACL(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo)
 	/* Scan comma-separated ACL items */
 	for (tok = strtok(aclbuf, ","); tok != NULL; tok = strtok(NULL, ","))
 	{
-		/* Token may start with '{' and/or '"'.  Actually only the start of
-		 * the string should have '{', but we don't verify that.
+
+		/*
+		 * Token may start with '{' and/or '"'.  Actually only the start
+		 * of the string should have '{', but we don't verify that.
 		 */
 		if (*tok == '{')
 			tok++;
@@ -2612,21 +2627,26 @@ dumpACL(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo)
 
 		/* User name is string up to = in tok */
 		eqpos = strchr(tok, '=');
-		if (! eqpos)
+		if (!eqpos)
 		{
 			fprintf(stderr, "Could not parse ACL list for '%s'...Exiting!\n",
 					tbinfo.relname);
 			exit_nicely(g_conn);
 		}
 
-		/* Parse the privileges (right-hand side).  Skip if there are none. */
+		/*
+		 * Parse the privileges (right-hand side).	Skip if there are
+		 * none.
+		 */
 		priv = GetPrivileges(eqpos + 1);
 		if (*priv)
 		{
 			fprintf(fout,
 					"GRANT %s on %s to ",
 					priv, fmtId(tbinfo.relname, force_quotes));
-			/* Note: fmtId() can only be called once per printf, so don't
+
+			/*
+			 * Note: fmtId() can only be called once per printf, so don't
 			 * try to merge printing of username into the above printf.
 			 */
 			if (eqpos == tok)
@@ -2661,30 +2681,32 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 	int			i,
 				j,
 				k;
-	char			q[MAXQUERYLEN];
-	char			*serialSeq = NULL;		/* implicit sequence name created by SERIAL datatype */
-	const char		*serialSeqSuffix = "_id_seq";	/* suffix for implicit SERIAL sequences */
-	char			**parentRels;			/* list of names of parent relations */
+	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN];
+	char	   *serialSeq = NULL;		/* implicit sequence name created
+										 * by SERIAL datatype */
+	const char *serialSeqSuffix = "_id_seq";	/* suffix for implicit
+												 * SERIAL sequences */
+	char	  **parentRels;		/* list of names of parent relations */
 	int			numParents;
-	int			actual_atts;			/* number of attrs in this CREATE statment */
-	int32			tmp_typmod;
+	int			actual_atts;	/* number of attrs in this CREATE statment */
+	int32		tmp_typmod;
 	int			precision;
 	int			scale;
 
 
 	/* First - dump SEQUENCEs */
 	if (tablename)
-	  {
-	    serialSeq = malloc (strlen (tablename) + strlen (serialSeqSuffix) + 1);
-	    strcpy (serialSeq, tablename);
-	    strcat (serialSeq, serialSeqSuffix);
-	  }
+	{
+		serialSeq = malloc(strlen(tablename) + strlen(serialSeqSuffix) + 1);
+		strcpy(serialSeq, tablename);
+		strcat(serialSeq, serialSeqSuffix);
+	}
 	for (i = 0; i < numTables; i++)
 	{
 		if (!(tblinfo[i].sequence))
 			continue;
 		if (!tablename || (!strcmp(tblinfo[i].relname, tablename))
-		    || (serialSeq && !strcmp(tblinfo[i].relname,serialSeq)))
+			|| (serialSeq && !strcmp(tblinfo[i].relname, serialSeq)))
 		{
 			becomeUser(fout, tblinfo[i].usename);
 			dumpSequence(fout, tblinfo[i]);
@@ -2693,7 +2715,7 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 		}
 	}
 	if (tablename)
-	  free (serialSeq);
+		free(serialSeq);
 
 	for (i = 0; i < numTables; i++)
 	{
@@ -2704,10 +2726,10 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 		{
 
 			/* Skip VIEW relations */
+
 			/*
-			if (isViewRule(tblinfo[i].relname))
-				continue;
-			*/
+			 * if (isViewRule(tblinfo[i].relname)) continue;
+			 */
 
 			parentRels = tblinfo[i].parentRels;
 			numParents = tblinfo[i].numParents;
@@ -2715,10 +2737,10 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 			becomeUser(fout, tblinfo[i].usename);
 
 			if (drop_schema)
-			  {
-			    sprintf(q, "DROP TABLE %s;\n", fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes));
-			    fputs(q, fout);
-			  }
+			{
+				sprintf(q, "DROP TABLE %s;\n", fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes));
+				fputs(q, fout);
+			}
 
 			sprintf(q, "CREATE TABLE %s (\n\t", fmtId(tblinfo[i].relname, force_quotes));
 			actual_atts = 0;
@@ -2734,7 +2756,8 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 					/* Show lengths on bpchar and varchar */
 					if (!strcmp(tblinfo[i].typnames[j], "bpchar"))
 					{
-						int len = (tblinfo[i].atttypmod[j] - VARHDRSZ);
+						int			len = (tblinfo[i].atttypmod[j] - VARHDRSZ);
+
 						sprintf(q + strlen(q), "character");
 						if (len > 1)
 							sprintf(q + strlen(q), "(%d)",
@@ -2756,14 +2779,16 @@ dumpTables(FILE *fout, TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables,
 						{
 							tmp_typmod = tblinfo[i].atttypmod[j] - VARHDRSZ;
 							precision = (tmp_typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
-							scale     = tmp_typmod & 0xffff;
+							scale = tmp_typmod & 0xffff;
 							sprintf(q + strlen(q), "(%d,%d)",
-										precision, scale);
+									precision, scale);
 						}
 					}
-					/* char is an internal single-byte data type;
-					 * Let's make sure we force it through with quotes.
-					 * - thomas 1998-12-13
+
+					/*
+					 * char is an internal single-byte data type; Let's
+					 * make sure we force it through with quotes. - thomas
+					 * 1998-12-13
 					 */
 					else if (!strcmp(tblinfo[i].typnames[j], "char"))
 					{
@@ -2827,15 +2852,15 @@ dumpIndices(FILE *fout, IndInfo *indinfo, int numIndices,
 	int			i,
 				k;
 	int			tableInd;
-	char			attlist[1000];
-	char			*classname[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
-	char			*funcname;		/* the name of the function to comput the
-							 * index key from */
+	char		attlist[1000];
+	char	   *classname[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
+	char	   *funcname;		/* the name of the function to comput the
+								 * index key from */
 	int			indkey,
 				indclass;
 	int			nclass;
 
-	char			q[MAXQUERYLEN],
+	char		q[MAXQUERYLEN],
 				id1[MAXQUERYLEN],
 				id2[MAXQUERYLEN];
 	PGresult   *res;
@@ -2920,7 +2945,7 @@ dumpIndices(FILE *fout, IndInfo *indinfo, int numIndices,
 				attname = tblinfo[tableInd].attnames[indkey];
 			if (funcname)
 				sprintf(attlist + strlen(attlist), "%s%s",
-						(k == 0) ? "" : ", ", fmtId(attname, force_quotes));
+					 (k == 0) ? "" : ", ", fmtId(attname, force_quotes));
 			else
 			{
 				if (k >= nclass)
@@ -2940,9 +2965,11 @@ dumpIndices(FILE *fout, IndInfo *indinfo, int numIndices,
 
 		if (!tablename || (!strcmp(indinfo[i].indrelname, tablename)))
 		{
-			/* We make the index belong to the owner of its table,
-			 * which is not necessarily right but should answer 99% of the
-			 * time.  Would have to add owner name to IndInfo to do it right.
+
+			/*
+			 * We make the index belong to the owner of its table, which
+			 * is not necessarily right but should answer 99% of the time.
+			 * Would have to add owner name to IndInfo to do it right.
 			 */
 			becomeUser(fout, tblinfo[tableInd].usename);
 
@@ -2950,10 +2977,10 @@ dumpIndices(FILE *fout, IndInfo *indinfo, int numIndices,
 			strcpy(id2, fmtId(indinfo[i].indrelname, force_quotes));
 
 			if (drop_schema)
-			  {
-			    sprintf(q, "DROP INDEX %s;\n", id1);
-			    fputs(q, fout);
-			  }
+			{
+				sprintf(q, "DROP INDEX %s;\n", id1);
+				fputs(q, fout);
+			}
 
 			fprintf(fout, "CREATE %s INDEX %s on %s using %s (",
 			  (strcmp(indinfo[i].indisunique, "t") == 0) ? "UNIQUE" : "",
@@ -2976,7 +3003,7 @@ dumpIndices(FILE *fout, IndInfo *indinfo, int numIndices,
 }
 
 /*
- * dumpTuples 
+ * dumpTuples
  *	  prints out the tuples in ASCII representation. The output is a valid
  *	  input to COPY FROM stdin.
  *
@@ -2995,7 +3022,7 @@ dumpTuples(PGresult *res, FILE *fout, int *attrmap)
 				k;
 	int			m,
 				n;
-	char			**outVals = NULL; /* values to copy out */
+	char	  **outVals = NULL; /* values to copy out */
 
 	n = PQntuples(res);
 	m = PQnfields(res);
@@ -3048,7 +3075,7 @@ dumpTuples(PGresult *res, FILE *fout, int *attrmap)
 static void
 setMaxOid(FILE *fout)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	Oid			max_oid;
 
 	res = PQexec(g_conn, "CREATE TABLE pgdump_oid (dummy int4)");
@@ -3101,7 +3128,7 @@ setMaxOid(FILE *fout)
 static int
 findLastBuiltinOid(void)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
+	PGresult   *res;
 	int			ntups;
 	int			last_oid;
 
@@ -3133,9 +3160,9 @@ findLastBuiltinOid(void)
 static char *
 checkForQuote(const char *s)
 {
-	char		*r;
+	char	   *r;
 	char		c;
-	char		*result;
+	char	   *result;
 
 	int			j = 0;
 
@@ -3164,16 +3191,16 @@ checkForQuote(const char *s)
 static void
 dumpSequence(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo)
 {
-	PGresult		*res;
-	int4			last,
+	PGresult   *res;
+	int4		last,
 				incby,
 				maxv,
 				minv,
 				cache;
-	char			cycled,
+	char		cycled,
 				called,
-				*t;
-	char			query[MAXQUERYLEN];
+			   *t;
+	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
 
 	sprintf(query,
 			"SELECT sequence_name, last_value, increment_by, max_value, "
@@ -3216,15 +3243,15 @@ dumpSequence(FILE *fout, TableInfo tbinfo)
 	PQclear(res);
 
 	if (drop_schema)
-	  {
-	    sprintf(query, "DROP SEQUENCE %s;\n", fmtId(tbinfo.relname, force_quotes));
-	    fputs(query, fout);
-	  }
+	{
+		sprintf(query, "DROP SEQUENCE %s;\n", fmtId(tbinfo.relname, force_quotes));
+		fputs(query, fout);
+	}
 
 	sprintf(query,
 			"CREATE SEQUENCE %s start %d increment %d maxvalue %d "
 			"minvalue %d  cache %d %s;\n",
-			fmtId(tbinfo.relname, force_quotes), last, incby, maxv, minv, cache,
+	 fmtId(tbinfo.relname, force_quotes), last, incby, maxv, minv, cache,
 			(cycled == 't') ? "cycle" : "");
 
 	fputs(query, fout);
@@ -3264,15 +3291,15 @@ dumpTriggers(FILE *fout, const char *tablename,
 
 static void
 dumpRules(FILE *fout, const char *tablename,
-			TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables)
+		  TableInfo *tblinfo, int numTables)
 {
-	PGresult   	*res;
-	int		nrules;
-	int		i,
-			t;
+	PGresult   *res;
+	int			nrules;
+	int			i,
+				t;
 	char		query[MAXQUERYLEN];
 
-	int		i_definition;
+	int			i_definition;
 
 	if (g_verbose)
 		fprintf(stderr, "%s dumping out rules %s\n",
@@ -3319,9 +3346,7 @@ dumpRules(FILE *fout, const char *tablename,
 		 * Dump them out
 		 */
 		for (i = 0; i < nrules; i++)
-		{
 			fprintf(fout, "%s\n", PQgetvalue(res, i, i_definition));
-		}
 
 		PQclear(res);
 
diff --git a/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.h b/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.h
index f88ec2203a92c3872a9c7821d58007872ce17026..1d83387a14f18563138a429e843ba6c74b39772d 100644
--- a/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.h
+++ b/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_dump.h,v 1.37 1998/12/13 23:41:32 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_dump.h,v 1.38 1999/05/25 16:13:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  * Modifications - 6/12/96 - dave@bensoft.com - version 1.13.dhb.2
  *
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ extern IndInfo *getIndices(int *numIndices);
 extern void dumpTypes(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 		  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes);
 extern void dumpProcLangs(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
-		  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes);
+			  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes);
 extern void dumpFuncs(FILE *fout, FuncInfo *finfo, int numFuncs,
 		  TypeInfo *tinfo, int numTypes);
 extern void dumpAggs(FILE *fout, AggInfo *agginfo, int numAggregates,
diff --git a/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtclAppInit.c b/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtclAppInit.c
index 57b41589410136adbde1df7ecccea1fec4af27d3..1b8e3c127412234a3d85986ac0ccab3191227030 100644
--- a/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtclAppInit.c
+++ b/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtclAppInit.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * pgtclAppInit.c 
+ * pgtclAppInit.c
  *
  *		a skeletal Tcl_AppInit that provides pgtcl initialization
  *	  to create a tclsh that can talk to pglite backends
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int		   *tclDummyMathPtr = (int *) matherr;
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * main 
+ * main
  *
  *		This is the main program for the application.
  *
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * Tcl_AppInit 
+ * Tcl_AppInit
  *
  *		This procedure performs application-specific initialization.
  *		Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional
diff --git a/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtkAppInit.c b/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtkAppInit.c
index 46af3ffaa9f14d47535607f494fbe13cd797effd..27e177b77f777ffc15638efbcff5f1d1aaf714ff 100644
--- a/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtkAppInit.c
+++ b/src/bin/pgtclsh/pgtkAppInit.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * pgtkAppInit.c 
+ * pgtkAppInit.c
  *
  *		a skeletal Tcl_AppInit that provides pgtcl initialization
  *	  to create a tclsh that can talk to pglite backends
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ int		   *tclDummyMathPtr = (int *) matherr;
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * main 
+ * main
  *
  *		This is the main program for the application.
  *
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * Tcl_AppInit 
+ * Tcl_AppInit
  *
  *		This procedure performs application-specific initialization.
  *		Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional
diff --git a/src/bin/psql/psql.c b/src/bin/psql/psql.c
index 4b1b5b00b7672d25f7d7d00cb227bc33bd679d66..c80d2d9e8ca1c9afc08a4fac8638e7cdbb509608 100644
--- a/src/bin/psql/psql.c
+++ b/src/bin/psql/psql.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/psql.c,v 1.178 1999/05/12 23:26:03 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/psql.c,v 1.179 1999/05/25 16:13:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -89,7 +89,8 @@ char	   *__progname = "psql";
 
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 /* flag to indicate if PGCLIENTENCODING has been set by a user */
-static	char	   *has_client_encoding = 0;
+static char *has_client_encoding = 0;
+
 #endif
 
 /* This prompt string is assumed to have at least 3 characters by code in MainLoop().
@@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ typedef struct _psqlSettings
 	bool		notty;			/* input or output is not a tty */
 	bool		pipe;			/* queryFout is from a popen() */
 	bool		echoQuery;		/* echo the query before sending it */
-	bool		echoAllQueries;		/* echo all queries before sending it*/
+	bool		echoAllQueries; /* echo all queries before sending it */
 	bool		quiet;			/* run quietly, no messages, no promt */
 	bool		singleStep;		/* prompt before for each query */
 	bool		singleLineMode; /* query terminated by newline */
@@ -149,8 +150,9 @@ typedef struct _psqlSettings
  * of passing them around through many function parameter lists seems
  * worse.
  */
-static FILE * cur_cmd_source = NULL; /* current source of command input */
-static bool cur_cmd_interactive = false; /* is it an interactive source? */
+static FILE *cur_cmd_source = NULL;		/* current source of command input */
+static bool cur_cmd_interactive = false;		/* is it an interactive
+												 * source? */
 
 
 #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
@@ -176,7 +178,7 @@ static int tableList(PsqlSettings *pset, bool deep_tablelist,
 static int	tableDesc(PsqlSettings *pset, char *table, FILE *fout);
 static int	objectDescription(PsqlSettings *pset, char *object);
 static int	rightsList(PsqlSettings *pset);
-static void emitNtimes (FILE *fout, const char *str, int N);
+static void emitNtimes(FILE *fout, const char *str, int N);
 static void prompt_for_password(char *username, char *password);
 
 static char *gets_noreadline(char *prompt, FILE *source);
@@ -184,7 +186,7 @@ static char *gets_readline(char *prompt, FILE *source);
 static char *gets_fromFile(char *prompt, FILE *source);
 static int	listAllDbs(PsqlSettings *pset);
 static bool SendQuery(PsqlSettings *pset, const char *query,
-					  FILE *copy_in_stream, FILE *copy_out_stream);
+		  FILE *copy_in_stream, FILE *copy_out_stream);
 static int	HandleSlashCmds(PsqlSettings *pset, char *line, char *query);
 static int	MainLoop(PsqlSettings *pset, char *query, FILE *source);
 static FILE *setFout(PsqlSettings *pset, char *fname);
@@ -314,12 +316,12 @@ PSQLexec(PsqlSettings *pset, char *query)
 {
 	PGresult   *res;
 
-        if (pset->echoAllQueries)
-        {
-                fprintf(stderr, "QUERY: %s\n", query);
-                fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-                fflush(stderr);
-        }
+	if (pset->echoAllQueries)
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "QUERY: %s\n", query);
+		fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+		fflush(stderr);
+	}
 
 	res = PQexec(pset->db, query);
 	if (!res)
@@ -489,8 +491,11 @@ tableList(PsqlSettings *pset, bool deep_tablelist, char info_type,
 				perror("malloc");
 
 			/* load table table */
-			/* Put double quotes around the table name to allow for mixed-case
-			 * and whitespaces in the table name. - BGA 1998-11-14
+
+			/*
+			 * Put double quotes around the table name to allow for
+			 * mixed-case and whitespaces in the table name. - BGA
+			 * 1998-11-14
 			 */
 			for (i = 0; i < nColumns; i++)
 			{
@@ -532,7 +537,7 @@ tableList(PsqlSettings *pset, bool deep_tablelist, char info_type,
 				fprintf(fout, "\n");
 			}
 			fprintf(fout, " +------------------+----------------------------------+----------+\n");
-                        fprintf(fout, "\n") ;
+			fprintf(fout, "\n");
 			PQclear(res);
 		}
 		if (usePipe)
@@ -623,10 +628,11 @@ rightsList(PsqlSettings *pset)
 
 		/* choose column widths */
 		maxCol1Len = strlen("Relation");
-        maxCol2Len = strlen("Grant/Revoke Permissions");
+		maxCol2Len = strlen("Grant/Revoke Permissions");
 		for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
 		{
-			int l = strlen(PQgetvalue(res, i, 0));
+			int			l = strlen(PQgetvalue(res, i, 0));
+
 			if (l > maxCol1Len)
 				maxCol1Len = l;
 			l = strlen(PQgetvalue(res, i, 1));
@@ -638,17 +644,17 @@ rightsList(PsqlSettings *pset)
 
 		fprintf(fout, "Database    = %s\n", PQdb(pset->db));
 		fprintf(fout, " +");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+\n");
 		fprintf(fout, " | %-*s | %-*s |\n",
 				maxCol1Len, "Relation",
 				maxCol2Len, "Grant/Revoke Permissions");
 		fprintf(fout, " +");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+\n");
 
 		/* next, print out the instances */
@@ -660,9 +666,9 @@ rightsList(PsqlSettings *pset)
 		}
 
 		fprintf(fout, " +");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol1Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+");
-		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len+2);
+		emitNtimes(fout, "-", maxCol2Len + 2);
 		fprintf(fout, "+\n");
 
 		PQclear(res);
@@ -681,12 +687,13 @@ rightsList(PsqlSettings *pset)
 	}
 }
 
-static void emitNtimes (FILE *fout, const char *str, int N)
+static void
+emitNtimes(FILE *fout, const char *str, int N)
 {
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < N; i++) {
+	int			i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
 		fputs(str, fout);
-	}
 }
 
 /*
@@ -783,8 +790,8 @@ tableDesc(PsqlSettings *pset, char *table, FILE *fout)
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Extract the veiw name and veiw definition from pg_views.
-                 * -Ryan 2/14/99
+		 * Extract the veiw name and veiw definition from pg_views. -Ryan
+		 * 2/14/99
 		 */
 
 		descbuf[0] = '\0';
@@ -793,22 +800,23 @@ tableDesc(PsqlSettings *pset, char *table, FILE *fout)
 		strcat(descbuf, "WHERE viewname like '");
 		strcat(descbuf, table);
 		strcat(descbuf, "' ");
-		if(!(res2 = PSQLexec(pset, descbuf)))
-		  return -1;
+		if (!(res2 = PSQLexec(pset, descbuf)))
+			return -1;
 
 		/*
 		 * Display the information
 		 */
-		if(PQntuples(res2)) {
-		  /*
-		   * display the query.
-o		   * -Ryan 2/14/99
-		   */
-		  fprintf(fout, "View    = %s\n", table);
-		  fprintf(fout, "Query   = %s\n", PQgetvalue(res2, 0, 1));
-		} else {
-		  fprintf(fout, "Table    = %s\n", table);
+		if (PQntuples(res2))
+		{
+
+			/*
+			 * display the query. o			 * -Ryan 2/14/99
+			 */
+			fprintf(fout, "View    = %s\n", table);
+			fprintf(fout, "Query   = %s\n", PQgetvalue(res2, 0, 1));
 		}
+		else
+			fprintf(fout, "Table    = %s\n", table);
 		PQclear(res2);
 
 		fprintf(fout, "+----------------------------------+----------------------------------+-------+\n");
@@ -1130,11 +1138,11 @@ gets_fromFile(char *prompt, FILE *source)
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	line[MAX_QUERY_BUFFER - 1] = '\0'; /* this is unnecessary, I think */
-	if (strlen(line) == MAX_QUERY_BUFFER-1)
+	line[MAX_QUERY_BUFFER - 1] = '\0';	/* this is unnecessary, I think */
+	if (strlen(line) == MAX_QUERY_BUFFER - 1)
 	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "line read exceeds maximum length.  Truncating at %d\n",
-				MAX_QUERY_BUFFER-1);
+				MAX_QUERY_BUFFER - 1);
 	}
 	return line;
 }
@@ -1240,7 +1248,7 @@ SendQuery(PsqlSettings *pset, const char *query,
 					success = handleCopyIn(pset->db, false, copy_in_stream);
 				else
 					success = handleCopyIn(pset->db,
-										   cur_cmd_interactive && !pset->quiet,
+									 cur_cmd_interactive && !pset->quiet,
 										   cur_cmd_source);
 				break;
 			case PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR:
@@ -1508,8 +1516,8 @@ do_copy(const char *args, PsqlSettings *pset)
 			bool		success;/* The query succeeded at the backend */
 
 			success = SendQuery(pset, query,
-								from ? copystream : (FILE*) NULL,
-								!from ? copystream : (FILE*) NULL);
+								from ? copystream : (FILE *) NULL,
+								!from ? copystream : (FILE *) NULL);
 			fclose(copystream);
 			if (!pset->quiet)
 			{
@@ -1553,14 +1561,19 @@ do_connect(const char *new_dbname,
 		pwparam = PQpass(olddb);
 
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
-		/* PGCLIENTENCODING may be set by the previous connection.
-		   if a user does not explicitly set PGCLIENTENCODING,
-		   we should discard PGCLIENTENCODING so that
-		   libpq could get the backend encoding as the default
-		   PGCLIENTENCODING value. -- 1998/12/12 Tatsuo Ishii */
-		   
-		if (!has_client_encoding) {
-		        static const char ev[] = "PGCLIENTENCODING=";
+
+		/*
+		 * PGCLIENTENCODING may be set by the previous connection. if a
+		 * user does not explicitly set PGCLIENTENCODING, we should
+		 * discard PGCLIENTENCODING so that libpq could get the backend
+		 * encoding as the default PGCLIENTENCODING value. -- 1998/12/12
+		 * Tatsuo Ishii
+		 */
+
+		if (!has_client_encoding)
+		{
+			static const char ev[] = "PGCLIENTENCODING=";
+
 			putenv(ev);
 		}
 #endif
@@ -2451,6 +2464,7 @@ MainLoop(PsqlSettings *pset, char *query, FILE *source)
 	bool		was_bslash;		/* backslash */
 	int			paren_level;
 	char	   *query_start;
+
 	/* Stack the prior command source */
 	FILE	   *prev_cmd_source = cur_cmd_source;
 	bool		prev_cmd_interactive = cur_cmd_interactive;
@@ -2583,13 +2597,15 @@ MainLoop(PsqlSettings *pset, char *query, FILE *source)
 		else
 		{
 			int			i;
+
 			/*
-			 * The current character is at line[i], the prior character
-			 * at line[i - prevlen], the next character at line[i + thislen].
+			 * The current character is at line[i], the prior character at
+			 * line[i - prevlen], the next character at line[i + thislen].
 			 */
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 			int			prevlen = 0;
 			int			thislen = (len > 0) ? PQmblen(line) : 0;
+
 #define ADVANCE_I  (prevlen = thislen, i += thislen, thislen = PQmblen(line+i))
 #else
 #define prevlen 1
@@ -2713,18 +2729,19 @@ MainLoop(PsqlSettings *pset, char *query, FILE *source)
 			/* handle \p\g and other backslash combinations */
 			while (query_start[0] != '\0')
 			{
-				char	hold_char;
+				char		hold_char;
 
 #ifndef WIN32
 				/* I believe \w \dos\system\x would cause a problem */
 				/* do we have '\p\g' or '\p  \g' ? */
 				if (strlen(query_start) > 2 &&
-					query_start[2 + strspn(query_start + 2, " \t")] == '\\')
+				 query_start[2 + strspn(query_start + 2, " \t")] == '\\')
 				{
 					hold_char = query_start[2 + strspn(query_start + 2, " \t")];
 					query_start[2 + strspn(query_start + 2, " \t")] = '\0';
 				}
-				else /* spread over #endif */
+				else
+/* spread over #endif */
 #endif
 					hold_char = '\0';
 
@@ -2815,10 +2832,11 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 	int			c;
 
 	char	   *home = NULL;	/* Used to store $HOME */
-	char       *version = NULL;     /* PostgreSQL version */
+	char	   *version = NULL; /* PostgreSQL version */
 
-	/* initialize cur_cmd_source in case we do not use MainLoop ...
-	 * some systems fail if we try to use a static initializer for this :-(
+	/*
+	 * initialize cur_cmd_source in case we do not use MainLoop ... some
+	 * systems fail if we try to use a static initializer for this :-(
 	 */
 	cur_cmd_source = stdin;
 	cur_cmd_interactive = false;
@@ -2969,10 +2987,10 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
 		printf("  Please read the file COPYRIGHT for copyright terms "
 			   "of POSTGRESQL\n");
 
-                if ( (version = selectVersion(&settings)) != NULL ) 
-	                printf("[%s]\n", version); 
+		if ((version = selectVersion(&settings)) != NULL)
+			printf("[%s]\n", version);
 
-	        printf("\n");
+		printf("\n");
 		printf("   type \\? for help on slash commands\n");
 		printf("   type \\q to quit\n");
 		printf("   type \\g or terminate with semicolon to execute query\n");
@@ -3082,7 +3100,7 @@ handleCopyOut(PGconn *conn, FILE *copystream)
 		}
 	}
 	fflush(copystream);
-	return ! PQendcopy(conn);
+	return !PQendcopy(conn);
 }
 
 
@@ -3138,7 +3156,7 @@ handleCopyIn(PGconn *conn, const bool mustprompt, FILE *copystream)
 		}
 		PQputline(conn, "\n");
 	}
-	return ! PQendcopy(conn);
+	return !PQendcopy(conn);
 }
 
 
@@ -3246,23 +3264,24 @@ static char *
 selectVersion(PsqlSettings *pset)
 {
 #define PGVERSIONBUFSZ 128
-	static char version[PGVERSIONBUFSZ+1];
+	static char version[PGVERSIONBUFSZ + 1];
 	PGresult   *res;
 	char	   *query = "select version();";
 
-	if (!(res = PQexec(pset->db, query))) return(NULL);
+	if (!(res = PQexec(pset->db, query)))
+		return (NULL);
 
 	if (PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_COMMAND_OK ||
-	    PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_TUPLES_OK  ) 
+		PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
 	{
-		strncpy(version, PQgetvalue(res,0,0), PGVERSIONBUFSZ);
+		strncpy(version, PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0), PGVERSIONBUFSZ);
 		version[PGVERSIONBUFSZ] = '\0';
 		PQclear(res);
-		return(version);
-        }
-	else 
+		return (version);
+	}
+	else
 	{
 		PQclear(res);
-		return(NULL);
+		return (NULL);
 	}
 }
diff --git a/src/include/access/attnum.h b/src/include/access/attnum.h
index 25e20f4909ec3867c786456697f0f57fdb580980..ef09c3706d03bf3d15debd00dc001aeaa4a4fffe 100644
--- a/src/include/access/attnum.h
+++ b/src/include/access/attnum.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: attnum.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:20:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: attnum.h,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:13:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -26,21 +26,21 @@ typedef int16 AttrNumber;
  * ----------------
  */
 /*
- * AttributeNumberIsValid 
+ * AttributeNumberIsValid
  *		True iff the attribute number is valid.
  */
 #define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber) \
 	((bool) ((attributeNumber) != InvalidAttrNumber))
 
 /*
- * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr 
+ * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr
  *		True iff the attribute number corresponds to an user defined attribute.
  */
 #define AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attributeNumber) \
 	((bool) ((attributeNumber) > 0))
 
 /*
- * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset 
+ * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset
  *		Returns the attribute offset for an attribute number.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ typedef int16 AttrNumber;
 )
 
 /*
- * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber 
+ * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber
  *		Returns the attribute number for an attribute offset.
  */
 #define AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attributeOffset) \
diff --git a/src/include/access/hash.h b/src/include/access/hash.h
index f3227f5944758daf3c4b155facb717a74225c81b..6250ead85a2120fe99a128b69b772b2388a81ac8 100644
--- a/src/include/access/hash.h
+++ b/src/include/access/hash.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: hash.h,v 1.22 1999/04/15 02:23:37 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: hash.h,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:13:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *		modeled after Margo Seltzer's hash implementation for unix.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ extern void hashdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
 /* hashfunc.c */
 extern uint32 hashint2(int16 key);
 extern uint32 hashint4(uint32 key);
-extern uint32 hashint8(int64 *key);
+extern uint32 hashint8(int64 * key);
 extern uint32 hashfloat4(float32 keyp);
 extern uint32 hashfloat8(float64 keyp);
 extern uint32 hashoid(Oid key);
diff --git a/src/include/access/heapam.h b/src/include/access/heapam.h
index c205cab52dc914f33a29440a1ac0ec13382fbd9a..9681bc759d43a22840a417d2df10d5d91d2e8ba7 100644
--- a/src/include/access/heapam.h
+++ b/src/include/access/heapam.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.41 1999/02/13 23:20:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.42 1999/05/25 16:13:28 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ fastgetattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc,
 			   (attnum) == 1) ?
 			  (
 			   (Datum) fetchatt(&((tupleDesc)->attrs[(attnum) - 1]),
-								(char *) (tup)->t_data + (tup)->t_data->t_hoff +
+						 (char *) (tup)->t_data + (tup)->t_data->t_hoff +
 								(
 								 ((attnum) != 1) ?
 							(tupleDesc)->attrs[(attnum) - 1]->attcacheoff
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ extern HeapTuple heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc, int backw);
 extern void heap_fetch(Relation relation, Snapshot snapshot, HeapTuple tup, Buffer *userbuf);
 extern Oid	heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup);
 extern int	heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, ItemPointer ctid);
-extern int	heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup,
-							ItemPointer ctid);
+extern int heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup,
+			 ItemPointer ctid);
 extern int	heap_mark4update(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, Buffer *userbuf);
 extern void heap_markpos(HeapScanDesc scan);
 extern void heap_restrpos(HeapScanDesc scan);
diff --git a/src/include/access/hio.h b/src/include/access/hio.h
index 0d84d50e264ea0b2959e14f21504a7a4a1487a03..bf5164b5e895074117031912c47359877a561ae1 100644
--- a/src/include/access/hio.h
+++ b/src/include/access/hio.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: hio.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:20:53 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: hio.h,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:13:29 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 #include <utils/rel.h>
 
 
-extern void RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation, Buffer buffer, 
-									HeapTuple tuple);
+extern void RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation, Buffer buffer,
+					 HeapTuple tuple);
 extern void RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple);
 
 #endif	 /* HIO_H */
diff --git a/src/include/access/htup.h b/src/include/access/htup.h
index 5e748f4fcf9887d7a2a905fa6865588a31f0b837..4586f6118a4c3617e34b10a57ef56e24b1fb3323 100644
--- a/src/include/access/htup.h
+++ b/src/include/access/htup.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: htup.h,v 1.14 1999/03/28 20:32:30 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: htup.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:13:31 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ typedef struct HeapTupleHeaderData
 	/* bit map of domains */
 
 	/* MORE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
-} HeapTupleHeaderData;
+}			HeapTupleHeaderData;
 
 typedef HeapTupleHeaderData *HeapTupleHeader;
 
@@ -68,22 +68,22 @@ extern long heap_sysoffset[];
  *
  * 1. t_len moved off on-disk tuple data - ItemIdData is used to get len;
  * 2. t_ctid above is not self tuple TID now - it may point to
- *    updated version of tuple (required by MVCC);
- * 3. someday someone let tuple to cross block boundaries - 
- *    he have to add something below...
+ *	  updated version of tuple (required by MVCC);
+ * 3. someday someone let tuple to cross block boundaries -
+ *	  he have to add something below...
  */
 typedef struct HeapTupleData
 {
-	uint32				t_len;		/* length of *t_data */
-	ItemPointerData		t_self;		/* SelfItemPointer */
-	HeapTupleHeader		t_data;		/* */
+	uint32		t_len;			/* length of *t_data */
+	ItemPointerData t_self;		/* SelfItemPointer */
+	HeapTupleHeader t_data;		/* */
 } HeapTupleData;
-	
+
 typedef HeapTupleData *HeapTuple;
 
-#define	HEAPTUPLESIZE	DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HeapTupleData))
- 
- 
+#define HEAPTUPLESIZE	DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HeapTupleData))
+
+
 /* ----------------
  *		support macros
  * ----------------
@@ -118,8 +118,10 @@ typedef HeapTupleData *HeapTuple;
 #define HEAP_XMAX_INVALID		0x0800	/* t_xmax invalid/aborted */
 #define HEAP_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE	0x1000	/* marked for UPDATE */
 #define HEAP_UPDATED			0x2000	/* this is UPDATEd version of row */
-#define HEAP_MOVED_OFF			0x4000	/* removed or moved to another place by vacuum */
-#define HEAP_MOVED_IN			0x8000	/* moved from another place by vacuum */
+#define HEAP_MOVED_OFF			0x4000	/* removed or moved to another
+										 * place by vacuum */
+#define HEAP_MOVED_IN			0x8000	/* moved from another place by
+										 * vacuum */
 
 #define HEAP_XACT_MASK			0xFF00	/* */
 
diff --git a/src/include/access/istrat.h b/src/include/access/istrat.h
index 8d3dd069eac709ca7e88c88865a449ed086ddd29..6f4512915875ad84a50f600e6d707b7fcf056e91 100644
--- a/src/include/access/istrat.h
+++ b/src/include/access/istrat.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: istrat.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:55 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: istrat.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:13:32 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@
 #include <access/strat.h>
 
 /*
- * StrategyNumberIsValid 
+ * StrategyNumberIsValid
  *		True iff the strategy number is valid.
  */
 #define StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber) \
 	((bool) ((strategyNumber) != InvalidStrategy))
 
 /*
- * StrategyNumberIsInBounds 
+ * StrategyNumberIsInBounds
  *		True iff strategy number is within given bounds.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
 			(strategyNumber) <= (maxStrategyNumber)))
 
 /*
- * StrategyMapIsValid 
+ * StrategyMapIsValid
  *		True iff the index strategy mapping is valid.
  */
 #define StrategyMapIsValid(map) PointerIsValid(map)
 
 /*
- * IndexStrategyIsValid 
+ * IndexStrategyIsValid
  *		True iff the index strategy is valid.
  */
 #define IndexStrategyIsValid(s) PointerIsValid(s)
diff --git a/src/include/access/nbtree.h b/src/include/access/nbtree.h
index b1c54366d887d6be4f3a254b3b46f92ae102df5c..a25e0c2c43f5dd4ec2632cd762476bd1d34706bc 100644
--- a/src/include/access/nbtree.h
+++ b/src/include/access/nbtree.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.24 1999/03/28 20:32:34 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:13:32 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ typedef struct BTPageOpaqueData
 {
 	BlockNumber btpo_prev;
 	BlockNumber btpo_next;
-	BlockNumber	btpo_parent;
+	BlockNumber btpo_parent;
 	uint16		btpo_flags;
 
 #define BTP_LEAF		(1 << 0)
diff --git a/src/include/access/printtup.h b/src/include/access/printtup.h
index f5de892d93c7d57553b85ac17522b6563a19d1c2..6b5a538b5e6ce92202e24c57d7acccc4c7d37a4c 100644
--- a/src/include/access/printtup.h
+++ b/src/include/access/printtup.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:20:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:13:33 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@
 
 #include <tcop/dest.h>
 
-extern DestReceiver* printtup_create_DR(void);
+extern DestReceiver *printtup_create_DR(void);
 extern void showatts(char *name, TupleDesc attinfo);
 extern void debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-					 DestReceiver* self);
+		 DestReceiver * self);
 extern void printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-							  DestReceiver* self);
+				  DestReceiver * self);
 
 /* XXX this one is really in executor/spi.c */
 extern void spi_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc,
-						 DestReceiver* self);
+			 DestReceiver * self);
 
-extern int	getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid* typOutput, Oid* typElem);
+extern int	getTypeOutAndElem(Oid type, Oid *typOutput, Oid *typElem);
 
 #endif	 /* PRINTTUP_H */
diff --git a/src/include/access/relscan.h b/src/include/access/relscan.h
index 5b33e7ca12d4a84eca6f1f84980b8d556f75cc5c..4481c575e611137cef184962e08f55977de61285 100644
--- a/src/include/access/relscan.h
+++ b/src/include/access/relscan.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:20:56 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:13:33 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,40 +22,40 @@ typedef ItemPointerData MarkData;
 
 typedef struct HeapScanDescData
 {
-	Relation		rs_rd;			/* pointer to relation descriptor */
-	HeapTupleData	rs_ptup;		/* previous tuple in scan */
-	HeapTupleData	rs_ctup;		/* current tuple in scan */
-	HeapTupleData	rs_ntup;		/* next tuple in scan */
-	Buffer			rs_pbuf;		/* previous buffer in scan */
-	Buffer			rs_cbuf;		/* current buffer in scan */
-	Buffer			rs_nbuf;		/* next buffer in scan */
-	ItemPointerData rs_mptid;		/* marked previous tid */
-	ItemPointerData rs_mctid;		/* marked current tid */
-	ItemPointerData rs_mntid;		/* marked next tid */
-	ItemPointerData rs_mcd;			/* marked current delta XXX ??? */
-	Snapshot		rs_snapshot;	/* snapshot to see */
-	bool			rs_atend;		/* restart scan at end? */
-	uint16			rs_cdelta;		/* current delta in chain */
-	uint16			rs_nkeys;		/* number of attributes in keys */
-	ScanKey			rs_key;			/* key descriptors */
+	Relation	rs_rd;			/* pointer to relation descriptor */
+	HeapTupleData rs_ptup;		/* previous tuple in scan */
+	HeapTupleData rs_ctup;		/* current tuple in scan */
+	HeapTupleData rs_ntup;		/* next tuple in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_pbuf;		/* previous buffer in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_cbuf;		/* current buffer in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_nbuf;		/* next buffer in scan */
+	ItemPointerData rs_mptid;	/* marked previous tid */
+	ItemPointerData rs_mctid;	/* marked current tid */
+	ItemPointerData rs_mntid;	/* marked next tid */
+	ItemPointerData rs_mcd;		/* marked current delta XXX ??? */
+	Snapshot	rs_snapshot;	/* snapshot to see */
+	bool		rs_atend;		/* restart scan at end? */
+	uint16		rs_cdelta;		/* current delta in chain */
+	uint16		rs_nkeys;		/* number of attributes in keys */
+	ScanKey		rs_key;			/* key descriptors */
 } HeapScanDescData;
 
 typedef HeapScanDescData *HeapScanDesc;
 
 typedef struct IndexScanDescData
 {
-	Relation	relation;				/* relation descriptor */
-	void	   *opaque;					/* am-specific slot */
+	Relation	relation;		/* relation descriptor */
+	void	   *opaque;			/* am-specific slot */
 	ItemPointerData previousItemData;	/* previous index pointer */
 	ItemPointerData currentItemData;	/* current index pointer */
 	ItemPointerData nextItemData;		/* next index pointer */
 	MarkData	previousMarkData;		/* marked previous pointer */
-	MarkData	currentMarkData;		/* marked current  pointer */
-	MarkData	nextMarkData;			/* marked next pointer */
-	uint8		flags;					/* scan position flags */
-	bool		scanFromEnd;			/* restart scan at end? */
-	uint16		numberOfKeys;			/* number of key attributes */
-	ScanKey		keyData;				/* key descriptor */
+	MarkData	currentMarkData;/* marked current  pointer */
+	MarkData	nextMarkData;	/* marked next pointer */
+	uint8		flags;			/* scan position flags */
+	bool		scanFromEnd;	/* restart scan at end? */
+	uint16		numberOfKeys;	/* number of key attributes */
+	ScanKey		keyData;		/* key descriptor */
 } IndexScanDescData;
 
 typedef IndexScanDescData *IndexScanDesc;
@@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ typedef IndexScanDescData *IndexScanDesc;
 typedef IndexScanDesc *IndexScanDescPtr;
 
 /*
- * HeapScanIsValid 
+ * HeapScanIsValid
  *		True iff the heap scan is valid.
  */
 #define HeapScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
 
 /*
- * IndexScanIsValid 
+ * IndexScanIsValid
  *		True iff the index scan is valid.
  */
 #define IndexScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
diff --git a/src/include/access/sdir.h b/src/include/access/sdir.h
index 42654765bf798b310f3a5c1df1b5c53c96653dd1..4f317f5eb03dfabfe5560e426ea63b0b1e463c9e 100644
--- a/src/include/access/sdir.h
+++ b/src/include/access/sdir.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: sdir.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sdir.h,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:13:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ typedef enum ScanDirection
 } ScanDirection;
 
 /*
- * ScanDirectionIsValid 
+ * ScanDirectionIsValid
  *		True iff scan direction is valid.
  */
 #define ScanDirectionIsValid(direction) \
@@ -34,21 +34,21 @@ typedef enum ScanDirection
 			 direction <= ForwardScanDirection))
 
 /*
- * ScanDirectionIsBackward 
+ * ScanDirectionIsBackward
  *		True iff scan direction is backward.
  */
 #define ScanDirectionIsBackward(direction) \
 	((bool) (direction == BackwardScanDirection))
 
 /*
- * ScanDirectionIsNoMovement 
+ * ScanDirectionIsNoMovement
  *		True iff scan direction indicates no movement.
  */
 #define ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction) \
 	((bool) (direction == NoMovementScanDirection))
 
 /*
- * ScanDirectionIsForward 
+ * ScanDirectionIsForward
  *		True iff scan direction is forward.
  */
 #define ScanDirectionIsForward(direction) \
diff --git a/src/include/access/strat.h b/src/include/access/strat.h
index 4f47c0e224e0a3c792a66187776d4ee59d3b49db..0fa3cf62fd88205f47824351d750617a9773475a 100644
--- a/src/include/access/strat.h
+++ b/src/include/access/strat.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: strat.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:20:58 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: strat.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:13:35 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ typedef struct StrategyTransformMapData
 								 *
 								 *
 								 *
+								 *
 								 * STRUCTURE */
 
 typedef StrategyTransformMapData *StrategyTransformMap;
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ typedef struct StrategyEvaluationData
 typedef StrategyEvaluationData *StrategyEvaluation;
 
 /*
- * StrategyTransformMapIsValid 
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid
  *		Returns true iff strategy transformation map is valid.
  */
 #define StrategyTransformMapIsValid(transform) PointerIsValid(transform)
diff --git a/src/include/access/transam.h b/src/include/access/transam.h
index a7f911e50a340cd01884b652428ac43b8621c0df..221a7456f92dafe314a0ed4fe23122526ce8156a 100644
--- a/src/include/access/transam.h
+++ b/src/include/access/transam.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: transam.h,v 1.19 1999/02/13 23:20:59 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: transam.h,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:13:35 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	 NOTES
  *		Transaction System Version 101 now support proper oid
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ extern bool TransactionIdDidCommit(TransactionId transactionId);
 extern bool TransactionIdDidAbort(TransactionId transactionId);
 extern void TransactionIdCommit(TransactionId transactionId);
 extern void TransactionIdAbort(TransactionId transactionId);
-extern void	TransactionIdFlushCache(void);
+extern void TransactionIdFlushCache(void);
 
 /* in transam/transsup.c */
 extern void AmiTransactionOverride(bool flag);
diff --git a/src/include/access/tupmacs.h b/src/include/access/tupmacs.h
index 6dd499c60b98167f0d9bc8db26d7a76739e5f4f1..3f2d6e8d9624a10279f33eed0b89d971e1737201 100644
--- a/src/include/access/tupmacs.h
+++ b/src/include/access/tupmacs.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tupmacs.h,v 1.9 1999/03/25 03:49:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: tupmacs.h,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:13:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 )
 
 /* att_align aligns the given offset as needed for a datum of length attlen
- * and alignment requirement attalign.  In practice we don't need the length.
+ * and alignment requirement attalign.	In practice we don't need the length.
  * The attalign cases are tested in what is hopefully something like their
  * frequency of occurrence.
  */
@@ -89,5 +89,5 @@
 		(cur_offset) + VARSIZE(DatumGetPointer(attval)) \
 	) \
 )
-	
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/include/c.h b/src/include/c.h
index 4e604a88efc3f2b5f2ed8b09fa0120fa62b541a3..4b7f7aa03d923f557d6d0118cf62b57e76cd5e3c 100644
--- a/src/include/c.h
+++ b/src/include/c.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: c.h,v 1.54 1999/04/02 05:10:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: c.h,v 1.55 1999/05/25 16:13:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -61,14 +61,15 @@
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * bool 
+ * bool
  *		Boolean value, either true or false.
  *
  */
 #ifndef __cplusplus
 #ifndef bool
 typedef char bool;
-#endif   /* ndef bool */
+
+#endif	 /* ndef bool */
 #endif	 /* not C++ */
 #define false	((bool) 0)
 #define true	((bool) 1)
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ typedef bool *BoolPtr;
 #endif	 /* FALSE */
 
 /*
- * NULL 
+ * NULL
  *		Null pointer.
  */
 #ifndef NULL
@@ -105,9 +106,9 @@ typedef bool *BoolPtr;
  */
 
 /*
- * CppAsString 
+ * CppAsString
  *		Convert the argument to a string, using the C preprocessor.
- * CppConcat 
+ * CppConcat
  *		Concatenate two arguments together, using the C preprocessor.
  *
  * Note: the standard Autoconf macro AC_C_STRINGIZE actually only checks
@@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ typedef bool *BoolPtr;
  * dummyret is used to set return values in macros that use ?: to make
  * assignments.  gcc wants these to be void, other compilers like char
  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__				/* GNU cc */
+#ifdef __GNUC__					/* GNU cc */
 #define dummyret	void
 #else
 #define dummyret	char
@@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ typedef bool *BoolPtr;
  */
 
 /*
- * Pointer 
+ * Pointer
  *		Variable holding address of any memory resident object.
  *
  *		XXX Pointer arithmetic is done with this, so it can't be void *
@@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ typedef bool *BoolPtr;
 typedef char *Pointer;
 
 /*
- * intN 
+ * intN
  *		Signed integer, EXACTLY N BITS IN SIZE,
  *		used for numerical computations and the
  *		frontend/backend protocol.
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ typedef signed short int16;		/* == 16 bits */
 typedef signed int int32;		/* == 32 bits */
 
 /*
- * uintN 
+ * uintN
  *		Unsigned integer, EXACTLY N BITS IN SIZE,
  *		used for numerical computations and the
  *		frontend/backend protocol.
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ typedef unsigned short uint16;	/* == 16 bits */
 typedef unsigned int uint32;	/* == 32 bits */
 
 /*
- * floatN 
+ * floatN
  *		Floating point number, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE,
  *		used for numerical computations.
  *
@@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ typedef float *float32;
 typedef double *float64;
 
 /*
- * boolN 
+ * boolN
  *		Boolean value, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE.
  */
 typedef uint8 bool8;			/* >= 8 bits */
@@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ typedef uint16 bool16;			/* >= 16 bits */
 typedef uint32 bool32;			/* >= 32 bits */
 
 /*
- * bitsN 
+ * bitsN
  *		Unit of bitwise operation, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE.
  */
 typedef uint8 bits8;			/* >= 8 bits */
@@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ typedef uint16 bits16;			/* >= 16 bits */
 typedef uint32 bits32;			/* >= 32 bits */
 
 /*
- * wordN 
+ * wordN
  *		Unit of storage, AT LEAST N BITS IN SIZE,
  *		used to fetch/store data.
  */
@@ -218,13 +219,13 @@ typedef uint16 word16;			/* >= 16 bits */
 typedef uint32 word32;			/* >= 32 bits */
 
 /*
- * Size 
+ * Size
  *		Size of any memory resident object, as returned by sizeof.
  */
 typedef size_t Size;
 
 /*
- * Index 
+ * Index
  *		Index into any memory resident array.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ typedef struct
 } IntArray;
 
 /*
- * Offset 
+ * Offset
  *		Offset into any memory resident array.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ typedef signed int Offset;
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * datum.h 
+ * datum.h
  *		POSTGRES abstract data type datum representation definitions.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -288,133 +289,133 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 #define SET_4_BYTES(value)	(((Datum) (value)) & 0xffffffff)
 
 /*
- * DatumGetChar 
+ * DatumGetChar
  *		Returns character value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetChar(X) ((char) GET_1_BYTE(X))
 
 /*
- * CharGetDatum 
+ * CharGetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a character.
  */
 
 #define CharGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
 
 /*
- * Int8GetDatum 
+ * Int8GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for an 8-bit integer.
  */
 
 #define Int8GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetUInt8 
+ * DatumGetUInt8
  *		Returns 8-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetUInt8(X) ((uint8) GET_1_BYTE(X))
 
 /*
- * UInt8GetDatum 
+ * UInt8GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for an 8-bit unsigned integer.
  */
 
 #define UInt8GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_1_BYTE(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetInt16 
+ * DatumGetInt16
  *		Returns 16-bit integer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetInt16(X) ((int16) GET_2_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * Int16GetDatum 
+ * Int16GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 16-bit integer.
  */
 
 #define Int16GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_2_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetUInt16 
+ * DatumGetUInt16
  *		Returns 16-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetUInt16(X) ((uint16) GET_2_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * UInt16GetDatum 
+ * UInt16GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 16-bit unsigned integer.
  */
 
 #define UInt16GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_2_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetInt32 
+ * DatumGetInt32
  *		Returns 32-bit integer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetInt32(X) ((int32) GET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * Int32GetDatum 
+ * Int32GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 32-bit integer.
  */
 
 #define Int32GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetUInt32 
+ * DatumGetUInt32
  *		Returns 32-bit unsigned integer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetUInt32(X) ((uint32) GET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * UInt32GetDatum 
+ * UInt32GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 32-bit unsigned integer.
  */
 
 #define UInt32GetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetObjectId 
+ * DatumGetObjectId
  *		Returns object identifier value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetObjectId(X) ((Oid) GET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * ObjectIdGetDatum 
+ * ObjectIdGetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for an object identifier.
  */
 
 #define ObjectIdGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
 
 /*
- * DatumGetPointer 
+ * DatumGetPointer
  *		Returns pointer value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetPointer(X) ((Pointer) X)
 
 /*
- * PointerGetDatum 
+ * PointerGetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a pointer.
  */
 
 #define PointerGetDatum(X) ((Datum) X)
 
 /*
- * DatumGetName 
+ * DatumGetName
  *		Returns name value of a datum.
  */
 
 #define DatumGetName(X) ((Name) DatumGetPointer((Datum) X))
 
 /*
- * NameGetDatum 
+ * NameGetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a name.
  */
 
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 
 
 /*
- * DatumGetFloat32 
+ * DatumGetFloat32
  *		Returns 32-bit floating point value of a datum.
  *		This is really a pointer, of course.
  */
@@ -430,7 +431,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 #define DatumGetFloat32(X) ((float32) DatumGetPointer((Datum) X))
 
 /*
- * Float32GetDatum 
+ * Float32GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 32-bit floating point number.
  *		This is really a pointer, of course.
  */
@@ -438,7 +439,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 #define Float32GetDatum(X) PointerGetDatum((Pointer) X)
 
 /*
- * DatumGetFloat64 
+ * DatumGetFloat64
  *		Returns 64-bit floating point value of a datum.
  *		This is really a pointer, of course.
  */
@@ -446,7 +447,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 #define DatumGetFloat64(X) ((float64) DatumGetPointer(X))
 
 /*
- * Float64GetDatum 
+ * Float64GetDatum
  *		Returns datum representation for a 64-bit floating point number.
  *		This is really a pointer, of course.
  */
@@ -458,19 +459,19 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * BoolIsValid 
+ * BoolIsValid
  *		True iff bool is valid.
  */
 #define BoolIsValid(boolean)	((boolean) == false || (boolean) == true)
 
 /*
- * PointerIsValid 
+ * PointerIsValid
  *		True iff pointer is valid.
  */
 #define PointerIsValid(pointer) (bool)((void*)(pointer) != NULL)
 
 /*
- * PointerIsInBounds 
+ * PointerIsInBounds
  *		True iff pointer is within given bounds.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 		((min) <= (pointer) && (pointer) < (max))
 
 /*
- * PointerIsAligned 
+ * PointerIsAligned
  *		True iff pointer is properly aligned to point to the given type.
  */
 #define PointerIsAligned(pointer, type) \
@@ -492,7 +493,7 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * offsetof 
+ * offsetof
  *		Offset of a structure/union field within that structure/union.
  *
  *		XXX This is supposed to be part of stddef.h, but isn't on
@@ -503,13 +504,13 @@ typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
 #endif	 /* offsetof */
 
 /*
- * lengthof 
+ * lengthof
  *		Number of elements in an array.
  */
 #define lengthof(array) (sizeof (array) / sizeof ((array)[0]))
 
 /*
- * endof 
+ * endof
  *		Address of the element one past the last in an array.
  */
 #define endof(array)	(&array[lengthof(array)])
@@ -537,7 +538,7 @@ typedef struct Exception
  */
 
 /*
- * Trap 
+ * Trap
  *		Generates an exception if the given condition is true.
  *
  */
@@ -583,7 +584,7 @@ extern int	assert_enabled;
 #endif	 /* USE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
 
 /*
- * LogTrap 
+ * LogTrap
  *		Generates an exception with a message if the given condition is true.
  *
  */
@@ -634,25 +635,25 @@ extern int	assertTest(int val);
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 /*
- * Max 
+ * Max
  *		Return the maximum of two numbers.
  */
 #define Max(x, y)		((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
 
 /*
- * Min 
+ * Min
  *		Return the minimum of two numbers.
  */
 #define Min(x, y)		((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
 
 /*
- * Abs 
+ * Abs
  *		Return the absolute value of the argument.
  */
 #define Abs(x)			((x) >= 0 ? (x) : -(x))
 
 /*
- * StrNCpy 
+ * StrNCpy
  *		Does string copy, and forces terminating NULL
  */
 /* we do this so if the macro is used in an if action, it will work */
@@ -772,24 +773,26 @@ extern char *form(const char *fmt,...);
 #endif
 #ifdef BUILDING_DLL
 #define DLLIMPORT __declspec (dllexport)
-#else /* not BUILDING_DLL */
+#else							/* not BUILDING_DLL */
 #define DLLIMPORT __declspec (dllimport)
 #endif
-#else /* not CYGWIN */
+#else							/* not CYGWIN */
 #define DLLIMPORT
 #endif
 
 /* Provide prototypes for routines not present in a particular machine's
- * standard C library.  It'd be better to put these in config.h, but
+ * standard C library.	It'd be better to put these in config.h, but
  * in config.h we haven't yet included anything that defines size_t...
  */
 
 #ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
-extern int snprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, ...);
+extern int	snprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt,...);
+
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
-extern int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+extern int	vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+
 #endif
 
 /* ----------------
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/heap.h b/src/include/catalog/heap.h
index 177e9217ce2161b6642d95967e0c2b91178c2bcf..f10340a2a4ff422a8c5d0318f6cc071848b2e953 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/heap.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/heap.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: heap.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:21:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: heap.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:13:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 extern Oid	RelnameFindRelid(char *relname);
 extern Relation heap_create(char *relname, TupleDesc att,
-							bool isnoname, bool istemp);
+			bool isnoname, bool istemp);
 
 extern Oid heap_create_with_catalog(char *relname,
 						 TupleDesc tupdesc, char relkind, bool istemp);
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/index.h b/src/include/catalog/index.h
index fb157c63440e318729ac0aec8cbc3c4d35aa35ad..95cdf8845f551866d00e7e13f85b81e05e911341 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/index.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/index.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: index.h,v 1.15 1999/02/13 23:21:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: index.h,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:13:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ extern void index_create(char *heapRelationName,
 			 Node *predicate,
 			 bool islossy,
 			 bool unique,
-             bool primary);
+			 bool primary);
 
 extern void index_destroy(Oid indexId);
 
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_attribute.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_attribute.h
index e3aef0a5d9af769d683e85983626f7c45e7eb471..466a0a2215b9a6d353ae1ae93643235bee764370 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_attribute.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_attribute.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.46 1999/03/28 02:01:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.47 1999/05/25 16:13:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@ DATA(insert OID = 0 ( 1249 cmax				29 0  4  -6 0 -1 -1 t f i f f));
 { 1259, {"relnatts"},	   21, 0,	2, 10, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
 { 1259, {"relchecks"},	   21, 0,	2, 11, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
 { 1259, {"reltriggers"},   21, 0,	2, 12, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
-{ 1259, {"relukeys"},      21, 0,	2, 13, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
-{ 1259, {"relfkeys"},      21, 0,	2, 14, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
-{ 1259, {"relrefs"},       21, 0,	2, 15, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
+{ 1259, {"relukeys"},	   21, 0,	2, 13, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
+{ 1259, {"relfkeys"},	   21, 0,	2, 14, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
+{ 1259, {"relrefs"},	   21, 0,	2, 15, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 's', '\0', '\0' }, \
 { 1259, {"relhaspkey"},    16, 0,	1, 16, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 'c', '\0', '\0' }, \
 { 1259, {"relhasrules"},   16, 0,	1, 17, 0, -1, -1, '\001', '\0', 'c', '\0', '\0' }, \
 { 1259, {"relacl"},		 1034, 0,  -1, 18, 0, -1, -1,	'\0', '\0', 'i', '\0', '\0' }
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_class.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_class.h
index 246970db81f468d5813e8700d491ae5106357cca..5647707a20459c19ee2184bfe303e4c3c90e3ef0 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_class.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_class.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_class.h,v 1.28 1999/03/28 02:01:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_class.h,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:13:44 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  ``pg_relation'' is being replaced by ``pg_class''.  currently
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1264 (  pg_variable 90	  PGUID 0 0 0 f t s 1  0 0 0 0 0 f f _n
 DESCR("");
 DATA(insert OID = 1269 (  pg_log  99		  PGUID 0 0 0 f t s 1  0 0 0 0 0 f f _null_ ));
 DESCR("");
-DATA(insert OID = 376  (  pg_xactlock  0 	  PGUID 0 0 0 f t s 1  0 0 0 0 0 f f _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 376  (  pg_xactlock  0	  PGUID 0 0 0 f t s 1  0 0 0 0 0 f f _null_ ));
 DESCR("");
 DATA(insert OID = 1215 (  pg_attrdef 109	  PGUID 0 0 0 t t r 4  0 0 0 0 0 f f _null_ ));
 DESCR("");
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_index.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_index.h
index 38bb948a660e5bd34604c35b4fd5a259878d04d8..ee0fa2284f10f663f2940dd1b8b3b052329e94b9 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_index.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_index.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_index.h,v 1.11 1999/02/13 23:21:10 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_index.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:13:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ CATALOG(pg_index)
 	bool		indhaskeytype;	/* does key type != attribute type? */
 	bool		indisunique;	/* is this a unique index? */
 	bool		indisprimary;	/* is this index for primary key */
-	Oid			indreference;	/* oid of index of referenced relation 
-								 * (ie - this index for foreign key */
+	Oid			indreference;	/* oid of index of referenced relation (ie
+								 * - this index for foreign key */
 	text		indpred;		/* query plan for partial index predicate */
 } FormData_pg_index;
 
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_opclass.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_opclass.h
index cc18de9fd0adb9ae97588d263d9a2505c5062049..591021fbb4e4109a5ff7c08fcf533316b9dfa79e 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_opclass.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_opclass.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.18 1999/03/28 02:01:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:13:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1312 (	datetime_ops   1184   ));
 DESCR("");
 DATA(insert OID = 1313 (	timespan_ops   1186   ));
 DESCR("");
-DATA(insert OID = 810  (	macaddr_ops   829   ));
+DATA(insert OID = 810  (	macaddr_ops   829	));
 DESCR("");
-DATA(insert OID = 935  (	network_ops   869   ));
+DATA(insert OID = 935  (	network_ops   869	));
 DESCR("");
-DATA(insert OID = 652  (	network_ops   650   ));
+DATA(insert OID = 652  (	network_ops   650	));
 DESCR("");
 
 #endif	 /* PG_OPCLASS_H */
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_operator.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_operator.h
index 01b929fc153d2d00a57615bccfa41b7c66ba441e..1dec2cfcd97156f5c302f976c9ef0a7a933372a3 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_operator.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_operator.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.56 1999/04/10 23:53:00 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.57 1999/05/25 16:13:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ DATA(insert OID = 527 (  "/"	   PGUID 0 b t f  21  21  21   0   0  0  0 int2div
 DATA(insert OID = 528 (  "/"	   PGUID 0 b t f  23  23  23   0   0  0  0 int4div - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 529 (  "%"	   PGUID 0 b t f  21  21  21   0   0  0  0 int2mod - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 530 (  "%"	   PGUID 0 b t f  23  23  23   0   0  0  0 int4mod - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 531 (  "<>"	   PGUID 0 b t f  25  25  16 531  98    0   0 textne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 531 (  "<>"	   PGUID 0 b t f  25  25  16 531  98	0	0 textne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 532 (  "="	   PGUID 0 b t f  21  23  16 533 538   95  97 int24eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 533 (  "="	   PGUID 0 b t f  23  21  16 532 539   97  95 int42eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 534 (  "<"	   PGUID 0 b t f  21  23  16 537 542  0  0 int24lt intltsel intltjoinsel ));
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1116 (  "+"		PGUID 0 b t f 700 701 701 1126	 0	 0	 0 float48pl
 DATA(insert OID = 1117 (  "-"		PGUID 0 b t f 700 701 701	 0	 0	 0	 0 float48mi - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1118 (  "/"		PGUID 0 b t f 700 701 701	 0	 0	 0	 0 float48div - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1119 (  "*"		PGUID 0 b t f 700 701 701 1129	 0	 0	 0 float48mul - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1120 (  "="		PGUID 0 b t f  700	701  16 1130 1121  622  672 float48eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1120 (  "="		PGUID 0 b t f  700	701  16 1130 1121  622	672 float48eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1121 (  "<>"		PGUID 0 b t f  700	701  16 1131 1120  0 0 float48ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1122 (  "<"		PGUID 0 b t f  700	701  16 1133 1125  0 0 float48lt intltsel intltjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1123 (  ">"		PGUID 0 b t f  700	701  16 1132 1124  0 0 float48gt intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
@@ -571,29 +571,29 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1513 (  "&&"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  718	16	  0    0	0	 0 circle
 DATA(insert OID = 1514 (  ">^"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  718	16	  0    0	0	 0 circle_above - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1515 (  "<^"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  718	16	  0    0	0	 0 circle_below - - ));
 
-DATA(insert OID = 1516 (  "+"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718    0    0	0	 0 circle_add_pt - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1516 (  "+"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718	  0    0	0	 0 circle_add_pt - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1517 (  "-"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718	  0    0	0	 0 circle_sub_pt - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1518 (  "*"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718    0    0	0	 0 circle_mul_pt - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1518 (  "*"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718	  0    0	0	 0 circle_mul_pt - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1519 (  "/"	  PGUID 0 b t f  718  600  718	  0    0	0	 0 circle_div_pt - - ));
 
 DATA(insert OID = 1520 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  718  718  701 1520    0	0	 0 circle_distance - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1521 (  "#"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  604	23	  0    0	0	 0 poly_npoints - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1522 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  600  718  701    0    0	0	 0 dist_pc - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1523 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  718  604  701    0    0	0	 0 dist_cpoly - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1522 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  600  718  701	  0    0	0	 0 dist_pc - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1523 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  718  604  701	  0    0	0	 0 dist_cpoly - - ));
 
 /* additional geometric operators - thomas 1997-07-09 */
-DATA(insert OID = 1524 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  628  603  701    0  0 0 0 dist_lb - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1524 (  "<->"   PGUID 0 b t f  628  603  701	  0  0 0 0 dist_lb - - ));
 
 DATA(insert OID = 1525 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  601	16 1525  0 0 0 lseg_intersect - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1526 (  "?||"   PGUID 0 b t f  601  601	16 1526  0 0 0 lseg_parallel - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1527 (  "?-|"   PGUID 0 b t f  601  601	16 1527  0 0 0 lseg_perp - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1528 (  "?-"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  601	16    0  0 0 0 lseg_horizontal - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1529 (  "?|"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  601	16    0  0 0 0 lseg_vertical - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1528 (  "?-"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  601	16	  0  0 0 0 lseg_horizontal - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1529 (  "?|"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  601	16	  0  0 0 0 lseg_vertical - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1535 (  "="	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  601	16 1535 1586 0 0 lseg_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1536 (  "#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  601  600 1536  0 0 0 lseg_interpt - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1537 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  628	16    0  0 0 0 inter_sl - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1538 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  603	16    0  0 0 0 inter_sb - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1539 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  628  603	16    0  0 0 0 inter_lb - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1537 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  628	16	  0  0 0 0 inter_sl - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1538 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  601  603	16	  0  0 0 0 inter_sb - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1539 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  628  603	16	  0  0 0 0 inter_lb - - ));
 
 DATA(insert OID = 1546 (  "@"	  PGUID 0 b t f  600  628	16	  0  0 0 0 on_pl - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1547 (  "@"	  PGUID 0 b t f  600  601	16	  0  0 0 0 on_ps - - ));
@@ -622,8 +622,8 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1591 (  "@-@"   PGUID 0 l t f 0  601	701    0  0 0 0 lseg_leng
 DATA(insert OID = 1611 (  "?#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  628  628	16 1611  0 0 0 line_intersect - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1612 (  "?||"   PGUID 0 b t f  628  628	16 1612  0 0 0 line_parallel - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1613 (  "?-|"   PGUID 0 b t f  628  628	16 1613  0 0 0 line_perp - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1614 (  "?-"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  628	16    0  0 0 0 line_horizontal - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1615 (  "?|"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  628	16    0  0 0 0 line_vertical - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1614 (  "?-"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  628	16	  0  0 0 0 line_horizontal - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1615 (  "?|"	  PGUID 0 l t f    0  628	16	  0  0 0 0 line_vertical - - ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1616 (  "="	  PGUID 0 b t f  628  628	16 1616  0 0 0 line_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1617 (  "#"	  PGUID 0 b t f  628  628  600 1617  0 0 0 line_interpt - - ));
 
@@ -642,10 +642,10 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1203 (  "<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 1205 1206 0 0 network
 DATA(insert OID = 1204 (  "<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 1206 1205 0 0 network_le intltsel intltjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1205 (  ">"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 1203 1204 0 0 network_gt intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1206 (  ">="	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 1204 1203 0 0 network_ge intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 931  (  "<<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869     16 933  934  0 0 network_sub - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 932  (  "<<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869     16 934  933  0 0 network_subeq - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 933  (  ">>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869     16 931  932  0 0 network_sup - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 934  (  ">>="	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869     16 932  931  0 0 network_supeq - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 931  (  "<<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 933  934  0 0 network_sub - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 932  (  "<<="    PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 934  933  0 0 network_subeq - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 933  (  ">>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 931  932  0 0 network_sup - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 934  (  ">>="    PGUID 0 b t f 869 869	 16 932  931  0 0 network_supeq - - ));
 
 /* CIDR type */
 DATA(insert OID = 820 (  "="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 820 821 0 0 network_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
@@ -654,24 +654,24 @@ DATA(insert OID = 822 (  "<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 824 825 0 0 network_lt
 DATA(insert OID = 823 (  "<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 825 824 0 0 network_le intltsel intltjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 824 (  ">"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 822 823 0 0 network_gt intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
 DATA(insert OID = 825 (  ">="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 823 822 0 0 network_ge intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 826 (  "<<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650     16 828 1004  0 0 network_sub - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 827 (  "<<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650     16 1004 828  0 0 network_subeq - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 828 (  ">>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650     16 826  827  0 0 network_sup - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1004 ( ">>="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650     16 827  826  0 0 network_supeq - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 826 (  "<<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 828 1004  0 0 network_sub - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 827 (  "<<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 1004 828  0 0 network_subeq - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 828 (  ">>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 826  827  0 0 network_sup - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1004 ( ">>="	   PGUID 0 b t f 650 650	 16 827  826  0 0 network_supeq - - ));
 
 /* NUMERIC type - OID's 1700-1799 */
 DATA(insert OID = 1752 (  "="	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1752 1753 1754 1754 numeric_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1753 (  "<>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700   16 1753 1752 0 0 numeric_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1754 (  "<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700   16 1756 1757 0 0 numeric_lt intltsel intltjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1755 (  "<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700   16 1757 1756 0 0 numeric_le intltsel intltjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1756 (  ">"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700   16 1754 1755 0 0 numeric_gt intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1757 (  ">="	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700   16 1755 1754 0 0 numeric_ge intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1758 (  "+"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700 1758    0 0 0 numeric_add - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1759 (  "-"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0    0 0 0 numeric_sub - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1760 (  "*"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700 1760    0 0 0 numeric_mul - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1761 (  "/"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0    0 0 0 numeric_div - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1762 (  "%"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0    0 0 0 numeric_mod - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1763 (  "@"	   PGUID 0 l t f    0 1700 1700    0    0 0 0 numeric_abs - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1753 (  "<>"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1753 1752 0 0 numeric_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1754 (  "<"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1756 1757 0 0 numeric_lt intltsel intltjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1755 (  "<="	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1757 1756 0 0 numeric_le intltsel intltjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1756 (  ">"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1754 1755 0 0 numeric_gt intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1757 (  ">="	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700	 16 1755 1754 0 0 numeric_ge intgtsel intgtjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1758 (  "+"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700 1758	0 0 0 numeric_add - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1759 (  "-"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0	0 0 0 numeric_sub - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1760 (  "*"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700 1760	0 0 0 numeric_mul - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1761 (  "/"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0	0 0 0 numeric_div - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1762 (  "%"	   PGUID 0 b t f 1700 1700 1700    0	0 0 0 numeric_mod - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1763 (  "@"	   PGUID 0 l t f	0 1700 1700    0	0 0 0 numeric_abs - - ));
 
 
 
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h
index 5c2aedbb9afca7f04a0bfb96569bf762b493821b..292f8fac389c025c5f633c6d11602458ab50ef51 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_proc.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.98 1999/05/09 02:22:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.99 1999/05/25 16:13:47 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  The script catalog/genbki.sh reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ DATA(insert OID = 138 (  box_center		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 600 "603" 100 1 0 100
 DESCR("center of");
 DATA(insert OID = 139 (  areasel		   PGUID 11 f t f 5 f 701 "26 26 21 0 23" 100 0 0 100  areasel - ));
 DESCR("selectivity");
-DATA(insert OID = 140 (  areajoinsel	   PGUID 11 f t f 5 f 701 "26 26 21 26 21" 100 0 0 100  areajoinsel - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 140 (  areajoinsel	   PGUID 11 f t f 5 f 701 "26 26 21 26 21" 100 0 0 100	areajoinsel - ));
 DESCR("selectivity");
 DATA(insert OID = 141 (  int4mul		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 23 "23 23" 100 0 0 100  int4mul - ));
 DESCR("multiply");
@@ -1077,9 +1077,9 @@ DESCR("convert text to int2");
 DATA(insert OID = 819 (  text_int4		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_int4 -));
 DESCR("convert text to int4");
 
-DATA(insert OID = 838 (  text_float8	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_float8 -));
+DATA(insert OID = 838 (  text_float8	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "25" 100 0 0 100	text_float8 -));
 DESCR("convert text to float8");
-DATA(insert OID = 839 (  text_float4	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 700 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_float4 -));
+DATA(insert OID = 839 (  text_float4	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 700 "25" 100 0 0 100	text_float4 -));
 DESCR("convert text to float4");
 DATA(insert OID = 840 (  float8_text	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  25 "701" 100 0 0 100  float8_text -));
 DESCR("convert float8 to text");
@@ -1300,11 +1300,11 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1037 (  aclcontains	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "1034 1033" 100 0
 DESCR("matches regex., case-sensitive");
 DATA(insert OID = 1038 (  seteval		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "26" 100 0 0 100  seteval - ));
 DESCR("");
-DATA(insert OID = 1044 (  bpcharin		   PGUID 11 f t f 3 f 1042 "0 0 23" 100 0 0 100	bpcharin - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1044 (  bpcharin		   PGUID 11 f t f 3 f 1042 "0 0 23" 100 0 0 100 bpcharin - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 1045 (  bpcharout		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  bpcharout - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
-DATA(insert OID = 1046 (  varcharin		   PGUID 11 f t f 3 f 1043 "0 0 23" 100 0 0 100	varcharin - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1046 (  varcharin		   PGUID 11 f t f 3 f 1043 "0 0 23" 100 0 0 100 varcharin - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 1047 (  varcharout	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  varcharout - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
@@ -2030,9 +2030,9 @@ DESCR("is line vertical?");
 DATA(insert OID = 1603 (  isparallel		PGUID 11 f t f 2 f	16 "628 628" 100 0 0 100  line_parallel - ));
 DESCR("are lines parallel?");
 
-DATA(insert OID = 1604 (  float8	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_float8 - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1604 (  float8	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "25" 100 0 0 100	text_float8 - ));
 DESCR("convert text to float8");
-DATA(insert OID = 1605 (  float4	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 700 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_float4 - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1605 (  float4	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 700 "25" 100 0 0 100	text_float4 - ));
 DESCR("convert text to float4");
 DATA(insert OID = 1606 (  text		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  25 "701" 100 0 0 100  float8_text - ));
 DESCR("convert float8 to text");
@@ -2041,11 +2041,11 @@ DESCR("convert float4 to text");
 
 DATA(insert OID = 1619 (  varchar	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1043 "23" 100 0 0 100  int4_text - ));
 DESCR("convert int4 to varchar");
-DATA(insert OID = 1620 (  int4		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f   23 "1043" 100 0 0 100  text_int4 - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1620 (  int4		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f	23 "1043" 100 0 0 100  text_int4 - ));
 DESCR("convert varchar to int4");
-DATA(insert OID = 1621 (  text		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  25 "20" 100 0 0 100  int8_text - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1621 (  text		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  25 "20" 100 0 0 100	int8_text - ));
 DESCR("convert int8 to text");
-DATA(insert OID = 1622 (  int8		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  20 "25" 100 0 0 100  text_int8 - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1622 (  int8		   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f  20 "25" 100 0 0 100	text_int8 - ));
 DESCR("convert text to int8");
 DATA(insert OID = 1623 (  varchar	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1043 "20" 100 0 0 100  int8_text - ));
 DESCR("convert int8 to varchar");
@@ -2116,21 +2116,21 @@ DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 437 (  macaddr_out		PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_out - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
 
-DATA(insert OID = 830 (  macaddr_eq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_eq - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 830 (  macaddr_eq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_eq - ));
 DESCR("equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 831 (  macaddr_lt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_lt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 831 (  macaddr_lt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_lt - ));
 DESCR("less-than");
-DATA(insert OID = 832 (  macaddr_le		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_le - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 832 (  macaddr_le		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_le - ));
 DESCR("less-than-or-equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 833 (  macaddr_gt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_gt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 833 (  macaddr_gt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_gt - ));
 DESCR("greater-than");
-DATA(insert OID = 834 (  macaddr_ge		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_ge - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 834 (  macaddr_ge		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_ge - ));
 DESCR("greater-than-or-equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 835 (  macaddr_ne		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_ne - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 835 (  macaddr_ne		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_ne - ));
 DESCR("not equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 836 (  macaddr_cmp	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 23 "829 829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_cmp - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 836 (  macaddr_cmp	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 23 "829 829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_cmp - ));
 DESCR("less-equal-greater");
-DATA(insert OID = 837 (  macaddr_manuf	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 25 "829" 100 0 0 100  macaddr_manuf - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 837 (  macaddr_manuf	   PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 25 "829" 100 0 0 100	macaddr_manuf - ));
 DESCR("MAC manufacturer");
 
 /* for inet type support */
@@ -2140,33 +2140,33 @@ DATA(insert OID = 911 (  inet_out			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  inet_
 DESCR("(internal)");
 
 /* for cidr type support */
-DATA(insert OID = 1267 (  cidr_in           PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 650 "0" 100 0 0 100  cidr_in - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1267 (  cidr_in			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 650 "0" 100 0 0 100	cidr_in - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 1416 (  cidr_out			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  cidr_out - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
 
 /* these are used for both inet and cidr */
-DATA(insert OID = 920 (  network_eq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_eq - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 920 (  network_eq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_eq - ));
 DESCR("equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 921 (  network_lt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_lt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 921 (  network_lt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_lt - ));
 DESCR("less-than");
-DATA(insert OID = 922 (  network_le		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_le - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 922 (  network_le		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_le - ));
 DESCR("less-than-or-equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 923 (  network_gt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_gt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 923 (  network_gt		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_gt - ));
 DESCR("greater-than");
-DATA(insert OID = 924 (  network_ge		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_ge - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 924 (  network_ge		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_ge - ));
 DESCR("greater-than-or-equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 925 (  network_ne		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_ne - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 925 (  network_ne		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_ne - ));
 DESCR("not equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 926 (  network_cmp	   	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 23 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_cmp - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 926 (  network_cmp		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 23 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_cmp - ));
 DESCR("less-equal-greater");
-DATA(insert OID = 927 (  network_sub	   	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_sub - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 927 (  network_sub		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_sub - ));
 DESCR("is-subnet");
-DATA(insert OID = 928 (  network_subeq  	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_subeq - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 928 (  network_subeq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_subeq - ));
 DESCR("is-subnet-or-equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 929 (  network_sup	   	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_sup - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 929 (  network_sup		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_sup - ));
 DESCR("is-supernet");
-DATA(insert OID = 930 (  network_supeq  	   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100  network_supeq - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 930 (  network_supeq		   PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "869 869" 100 0 0 100	network_supeq - ));
 DESCR("is-supernet-or-equal");
 
 /* inet/cidr versions */
@@ -2200,33 +2200,33 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1702 ( numeric_out			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 23 "0" 100 0 0 100  nu
 DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 1703 ( numeric				PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 23" 100 0 0 100  numeric - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
-DATA(insert OID = 1704 ( numeric_abs			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_abs - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1704 ( numeric_abs			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_abs - ));
 DESCR("absolute value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1705 ( abs					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_abs - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1705 ( abs					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_abs - ));
 DESCR("absolute value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1706 ( numeric_sign			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_sign - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1706 ( numeric_sign			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_sign - ));
 DESCR("sign of value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1707 ( sign					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_sign - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1707 ( sign					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_sign - ));
 DESCR("sign of value");
 DATA(insert OID = 1708 ( numeric_round			PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 23" 100 0 0 100  numeric_round - ));
 DESCR("value rounded to 'scale'");
 DATA(insert OID = 1709 ( round					PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 23" 100 0 0 100  numeric_round - ));
 DESCR("value rounded to 'scale'");
-DATA(insert OID = 1710 ( round					PGUID 14 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  "select numeric_round($1,0)" - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1710 ( round					PGUID 14 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	"select numeric_round($1,0)" - ));
 DESCR("value rounded to 'scale' of zero");
 DATA(insert OID = 1711 ( numeric_trunc			PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 23" 100 0 0 100  numeric_trunc - ));
 DESCR("value truncated to 'scale'");
 DATA(insert OID = 1712 ( trunc					PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 23" 100 0 0 100  numeric_trunc - ));
 DESCR("value truncated to 'scale'");
-DATA(insert OID = 1713 ( trunc					PGUID 14 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  "select numeric_trunc($1,0)" - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1713 ( trunc					PGUID 14 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	"select numeric_trunc($1,0)" - ));
 DESCR("value truncated to 'scale' of zero");
-DATA(insert OID = 1714 ( numeric_ceil			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_ceil - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1714 ( numeric_ceil			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_ceil - ));
 DESCR("smallest integer >= value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1715 ( ceil					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_ceil - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1715 ( ceil					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_ceil - ));
 DESCR("smallest integer >= value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1716 ( numeric_floor			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_floor - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1716 ( numeric_floor			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_floor - ));
 DESCR("largest integer <= value");
-DATA(insert OID = 1717 ( floor					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_floor - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1717 ( floor					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_floor - ));
 DESCR("largest integer <= value");
 DATA(insert OID = 1718 ( numeric_eq				PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 16 "1700 1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_eq - ));
 DESCR("equal");
@@ -2252,17 +2252,17 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1728 ( numeric_mod			PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 1700" 100 0
 DESCR("modulus");
 DATA(insert OID = 1729 ( mod					PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_mod - ));
 DESCR("modulus");
-DATA(insert OID = 1730 ( numeric_sqrt			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_sqrt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1730 ( numeric_sqrt			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_sqrt - ));
 DESCR("square root");
-DATA(insert OID = 1731 ( sqrt					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_sqrt - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1731 ( sqrt					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_sqrt - ));
 DESCR("square root");
-DATA(insert OID = 1732 ( numeric_exp			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_exp - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1732 ( numeric_exp			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_exp - ));
 DESCR("e raised to the power of n");
-DATA(insert OID = 1733 ( exp					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_exp - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1733 ( exp					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_exp - ));
 DESCR("e raised to the power of n");
-DATA(insert OID = 1734 ( numeric_ln				PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_ln - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1734 ( numeric_ln				PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_ln - ));
 DESCR("natural logarithm of n");
-DATA(insert OID = 1735 ( ln						PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_ln - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1735 ( ln						PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_ln - ));
 DESCR("natural logarithm of n");
 DATA(insert OID = 1736 ( numeric_log			PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_log - ));
 DESCR("logarithm base m of n");
@@ -2296,9 +2296,9 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1750 ( numeric_float8			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "1700" 100 0 0
 DESCR("(internal)");
 DATA(insert OID = 1751 ( float8					PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 701 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_float8 - ));
 DESCR("(internal)");
-DATA(insert OID = 1764 ( numeric_inc			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_inc - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1764 ( numeric_inc			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_inc - ));
 DESCR("increment by one");
-DATA(insert OID = 1765 ( numeric_dec			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_dec - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1765 ( numeric_dec			PGUID 11 f t f 1 f 1700 "1700" 100 0 0 100	numeric_dec - ));
 DESCR("decrement by one");
 DATA(insert OID = 1766 ( numeric_smaller		PGUID 11 f t f 2 f 1700 "1700 1700" 100 0 0 100  numeric_smaller - ));
 DESCR("smaller of two numbers");
diff --git a/src/include/catalog/pg_type.h b/src/include/catalog/pg_type.h
index 06e3733f80ab7c5146bba2581c25640a927187e2..0bd12530c9faee53ec74f4a9ae2859d4dbe50894 100644
--- a/src/include/catalog/pg_type.h
+++ b/src/include/catalog/pg_type.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.61 1999/05/10 04:02:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.62 1999/05/25 16:13:48 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
@@ -54,19 +54,20 @@ CATALOG(pg_type) BOOTSTRAP
 	/*
 	 * typbyval determines whether internal Postgres routines pass a value
 	 * of this type by value or by reference.  Only char, short, and int-
-	 * equivalent items can be passed by value, so if the type is not
-	 * 1, 2, or 4 bytes long, Postgres does not have the option of passing
-	 * by value and so typbyval had better be FALSE.  Variable-length types
-	 * are always passed by reference.
-	 * Note that typbyval can be false even if the length would allow
-	 * pass-by-value; this is currently true for type float4, for example.
+	 * equivalent items can be passed by value, so if the type is not 1,
+	 * 2, or 4 bytes long, Postgres does not have the option of passing by
+	 * value and so typbyval had better be FALSE.  Variable-length types
+	 * are always passed by reference. Note that typbyval can be false
+	 * even if the length would allow pass-by-value; this is currently
+	 * true for type float4, for example.
 	 */
 	char		typtype;
 
 	/*
-	 * typtype is 'b' for a basic type and 'c' for a catalog type (ie a class).
-	 * If typtype is 'c', typrelid is the OID of the class' entry in pg_class.
-	 * (Why do we need an entry in pg_type for classes, anyway?)
+	 * typtype is 'b' for a basic type and 'c' for a catalog type (ie a
+	 * class). If typtype is 'c', typrelid is the OID of the class' entry
+	 * in pg_class. (Why do we need an entry in pg_type for classes,
+	 * anyway?)
 	 */
 	bool		typisdefined;
 	char		typdelim;
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ DESCR("money '$d,ddd.cc'");
 DATA(insert OID = 791 (  _money    PGUID  -1 -1 f b t \054 0  790 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
 
 /* OIDS 800 - 899 */
-DATA(insert OID = 829 ( macaddr	   PGUID  6 -1 f b t \054 0	0 macaddr_in macaddr_out macaddr_in macaddr_out i _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 829 ( macaddr    PGUID  6 -1 f b t \054 0 0 macaddr_in macaddr_out macaddr_in macaddr_out i _null_ ));
 DESCR("MAC address");
 DATA(insert OID = 869 ( inet	   PGUID  -1 -1 f b t \054 0 0 inet_in inet_out inet_in inet_out i _null_ ));
 DESCR("Host address");
@@ -344,7 +345,7 @@ DATA(insert OID = 1027 (  _polygon	 PGUID -1  -1 f b t \054 0 604 array_in array
 DATA(insert OID = 1033 (  aclitem	 PGUID 8   -1 f b t \054 0 0 aclitemin aclitemout aclitemin aclitemout i _null_ ));
 DESCR("access control list");
 DATA(insert OID = 1034 (  _aclitem	 PGUID -1 -1 f b t \054 0 1033 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 1040 (  _macaddr   PGUID -1 -1 f b t \054 0  829 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1040 (  _macaddr	 PGUID -1 -1 f b t \054 0  829 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1041 (  _inet    PGUID -1 -1 f b t \054 0  869 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
 DATA(insert OID = 651  (  _cidr    PGUID -1 -1 f b t \054 0  650 array_in array_out array_in array_out i _null_ ));
 DATA(insert OID = 1042 ( bpchar		 PGUID -1  -1 f b t \054 0	18 bpcharin bpcharout bpcharin bpcharout i _null_ ));
diff --git a/src/include/commands/command.h b/src/include/commands/command.h
index 8929363aa2cb12545bc51b10e6c148fdb3edf0c0..68bdd93e15a150e5f58bb01e29f1618d5edfb309 100644
--- a/src/include/commands/command.h
+++ b/src/include/commands/command.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: command.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:21:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: command.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:13:49 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 extern MemoryContext PortalExecutorHeapMemory;
 
 /*
- * PerformPortalFetch 
+ * PerformPortalFetch
  *		Performs the POSTQUEL function FETCH.  Fetches count (or all if 0)
  * tuples in portal with name in the forward direction iff goForward.
  *
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern void PerformPortalFetch(char *name, bool forward, int count,
 				   char *tag, CommandDest dest);
 
 /*
- * PerformPortalClose 
+ * PerformPortalClose
  *		Performs the POSTQUEL function CLOSE.
  */
 extern void PerformPortalClose(char *name, CommandDest dest);
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ extern void PerformPortalClose(char *name, CommandDest dest);
 extern void PortalCleanup(Portal portal);
 
 /*
- * PerformAddAttribute 
+ * PerformAddAttribute
  *		Performs the POSTQUEL function ADD.
  */
 extern void PerformAddAttribute(char *relationName, char *userName,
 					bool inh, ColumnDef *colDef);
 
-extern void LockTableCommand(LockStmt *lockstmt);
+extern void LockTableCommand(LockStmt * lockstmt);
 
 #endif	 /* COMMAND_H */
diff --git a/src/include/commands/vacuum.h b/src/include/commands/vacuum.h
index 3b76f3da356d85e6c24595e54219da22773dbdee..8efe1ba3864db532034f322823ffb426e3edf66b 100644
--- a/src/include/commands/vacuum.h
+++ b/src/include/commands/vacuum.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: vacuum.h,v 1.18 1999/03/28 20:32:38 vadim Exp $
+ * $Id: vacuum.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:13:50 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -97,33 +97,33 @@ typedef VRelListData *VRelList;
 
 typedef struct VTupleLinkData
 {
-	ItemPointerData		new_tid;
-	ItemPointerData		this_tid;
-} VTupleLinkData;
+	ItemPointerData new_tid;
+	ItemPointerData this_tid;
+}			VTupleLinkData;
 
 typedef VTupleLinkData *VTupleLink;
 
 typedef struct VTupleMoveData
 {
-	ItemPointerData		tid;		/* tuple ID */
-	VPageDescr			vpd;		/* where to move */
-	bool				cleanVpd;	/* clean vpd before using */
-} VTupleMoveData;
+	ItemPointerData tid;		/* tuple ID */
+	VPageDescr	vpd;			/* where to move */
+	bool		cleanVpd;		/* clean vpd before using */
+}			VTupleMoveData;
 
 typedef VTupleMoveData *VTupleMove;
 
 typedef struct VRelStats
 {
-	Oid				relid;
-	int				num_tuples;
-	int				num_pages;
-	Size			min_tlen;
-	Size			max_tlen;
-	bool			hasindex;
-	int				va_natts;		/* number of attrs being analyzed */
-	VacAttrStats   *vacattrstats;
-	int				num_vtlinks;
-	VTupleLink		vtlinks;
+	Oid			relid;
+	int			num_tuples;
+	int			num_pages;
+	Size		min_tlen;
+	Size		max_tlen;
+	bool		hasindex;
+	int			va_natts;		/* number of attrs being analyzed */
+	VacAttrStats *vacattrstats;
+	int			num_vtlinks;
+	VTupleLink	vtlinks;
 } VRelStats;
 
 extern bool VacuumRunning;
diff --git a/src/include/executor/executor.h b/src/include/executor/executor.h
index 456bade97968d9e2f3756a6fbeae7782c7858f4e..d9bce44a03fbadca972b682a9fa8843722fab323 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/executor.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/executor.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: executor.h,v 1.32 1999/04/16 21:27:23 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: executor.h,v 1.33 1999/05/25 16:13:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -83,14 +83,16 @@ extern HeapTuple ExecRemoveJunk(JunkFilter *junkfilter, TupleTableSlot *slot);
  * prototypes from functions in execMain.c
  */
 extern TupleDesc ExecutorStart(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate);
-extern TupleTableSlot *ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate, 
-							int feature, Node *limoffset, Node *limcount);
+extern TupleTableSlot *ExecutorRun(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate,
+			int feature, Node *limoffset, Node *limcount);
 extern void ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc, EState *estate);
-extern void ExecConstraints(char *caller, Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, 
-											EState *estate);
+extern void ExecConstraints(char *caller, Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple,
+				EState *estate);
+
 #ifdef QUERY_LIMIT
-extern int ExecutorLimit(int limit);
-extern int ExecutorGetLimit(void);
+extern int	ExecutorLimit(int limit);
+extern int	ExecutorGetLimit(void);
+
 #endif
 
 /*
diff --git a/src/include/executor/hashjoin.h b/src/include/executor/hashjoin.h
index 751b5efee1060ca7a0249508a1c2886c78cbca25..493210ba0124de06ce4877611838ac0986f3a32f 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/hashjoin.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/hashjoin.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.11 1999/05/18 21:33:04 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:13:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  *				hash-join hash table structures
  *
  * Each active hashjoin has a HashJoinTable control block which is
- * palloc'd in the executor's context.  All other storage needed for
+ * palloc'd in the executor's context.	All other storage needed for
  * the hashjoin is kept in a private "named portal", one for each hashjoin.
  * This makes it easy and fast to release the storage when we don't need it
  * anymore.
@@ -41,9 +41,10 @@
 
 typedef struct HashJoinTupleData
 {
-	struct HashJoinTupleData *next;	/* link to next tuple in same bucket */
-	HeapTupleData	htup;		/* tuple header */
-} HashJoinTupleData;
+	struct HashJoinTupleData *next;		/* link to next tuple in same
+										 * bucket */
+	HeapTupleData htup;			/* tuple header */
+}			HashJoinTupleData;
 
 typedef HashJoinTupleData *HashJoinTuple;
 
@@ -51,40 +52,45 @@ typedef struct HashTableData
 {
 	int			nbuckets;		/* buckets in use during this batch */
 	int			totalbuckets;	/* total number of (virtual) buckets */
-	HashJoinTuple  *buckets;	/* buckets[i] is head of list of tuples */
+	HashJoinTuple *buckets;		/* buckets[i] is head of list of tuples */
 	/* buckets array is per-batch storage, as are all the tuples */
 
 	int			nbatch;			/* number of batches; 0 means 1-pass join */
 	int			curbatch;		/* current batch #, or 0 during 1st pass */
 
-	/* all these arrays are allocated for the life of the hash join,
-	 * but only if nbatch > 0:
+	/*
+	 * all these arrays are allocated for the life of the hash join, but
+	 * only if nbatch > 0:
 	 */
-	BufFile	  **innerBatchFile;	/* buffered virtual temp file per batch */
-	BufFile	  **outerBatchFile;	/* buffered virtual temp file per batch */
-	long	   *outerBatchSize; /* count of tuples in each outer batch file */
-	long	   *innerBatchSize; /* count of tuples in each inner batch file */
+	BufFile   **innerBatchFile; /* buffered virtual temp file per batch */
+	BufFile   **outerBatchFile; /* buffered virtual temp file per batch */
+	long	   *outerBatchSize; /* count of tuples in each outer batch
+								 * file */
+	long	   *innerBatchSize; /* count of tuples in each inner batch
+								 * file */
 
-	/* During 1st scan of inner relation, we get tuples from executor.
-	 * If nbatch > 0 then tuples that don't belong in first nbuckets logical
-	 * buckets get dumped into inner-batch temp files.
-	 * The same statements apply for the 1st scan of the outer relation,
-	 * except we write tuples to outer-batch temp files.
-	 * If nbatch > 0 then we do the following for each batch:
-	 *  1. Read tuples from inner batch file, load into hash buckets.
-	 *  2. Read tuples from outer batch file, match to hash buckets and output.
+	/*
+	 * During 1st scan of inner relation, we get tuples from executor. If
+	 * nbatch > 0 then tuples that don't belong in first nbuckets logical
+	 * buckets get dumped into inner-batch temp files. The same statements
+	 * apply for the 1st scan of the outer relation, except we write
+	 * tuples to outer-batch temp files. If nbatch > 0 then we do the
+	 * following for each batch: 1. Read tuples from inner batch file,
+	 * load into hash buckets. 2. Read tuples from outer batch file, match
+	 * to hash buckets and output.
 	 */
 
-	/* Ugly kluge: myPortal ought to be declared as type Portal (ie, PortalD*)
-	 * but if we try to include utils/portal.h here, we end up with a
-	 * circular dependency of include files!  Until the various node.h files
-	 * are restructured in a cleaner way, we have to fake it.  The most
-	 * reliable fake seems to be to declare myPortal as void * and then
-	 * cast it to the right things in nodeHash.c.
+	/*
+	 * Ugly kluge: myPortal ought to be declared as type Portal (ie,
+	 * PortalD*) but if we try to include utils/portal.h here, we end up
+	 * with a circular dependency of include files!  Until the various
+	 * node.h files are restructured in a cleaner way, we have to fake it.
+	 * The most reliable fake seems to be to declare myPortal as void *
+	 * and then cast it to the right things in nodeHash.c.
 	 */
-	void		   *myPortal;	/* where to keep working storage */
-	MemoryContext	hashCxt;	/* context for whole-hash-join storage */
-	MemoryContext	batchCxt;	/* context for this-batch-only storage */
+	void	   *myPortal;		/* where to keep working storage */
+	MemoryContext hashCxt;		/* context for whole-hash-join storage */
+	MemoryContext batchCxt;		/* context for this-batch-only storage */
 } HashTableData;
 
 typedef HashTableData *HashJoinTable;
diff --git a/src/include/executor/nodeGroup.h b/src/include/executor/nodeGroup.h
index 8239b865e1f300b9a37a4cd85c5afcdc42fbd641..5bc3c3367993c335e44289e114ef819f15104d61 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/nodeGroup.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/nodeGroup.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nodeGroup.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:25 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeGroup.h,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:13:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ extern bool ExecInitGroup(Group *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent);
 extern int	ExecCountSlotsGroup(Group *node);
 extern void ExecEndGroup(Group *node);
 extern void ExecReScanGroup(Group *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent);
+
 /***S*I***/
 extern void ExecReScanGroup(Group *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent);
 
diff --git a/src/include/executor/nodeHash.h b/src/include/executor/nodeHash.h
index 2e198242573fb6134ca5f08eb50ddb1a22e455a4..4544d6416e369c2621b0c4eb7e4bde8fc29fc086 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/nodeHash.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/nodeHash.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.12 1999/05/18 21:33:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:13:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ extern void ExecEndHash(Hash *node);
 extern HashJoinTable ExecHashTableCreate(Hash *node);
 extern void ExecHashTableDestroy(HashJoinTable hashtable);
 extern void ExecHashTableInsert(HashJoinTable hashtable, ExprContext *econtext,
-								Var *hashkey);
+					Var *hashkey);
 extern int ExecHashGetBucket(HashJoinTable hashtable, ExprContext *econtext,
-							 Var *hashkey);
+				  Var *hashkey);
 extern HeapTuple ExecScanHashBucket(HashJoinState *hjstate, List *hjclauses,
-									ExprContext *econtext);
+				   ExprContext *econtext);
 extern void ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples);
 extern void ExecReScanHash(Hash *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent);
 
diff --git a/src/include/executor/nodeHashjoin.h b/src/include/executor/nodeHashjoin.h
index 7b6c8a6e845a29fe3bd9c0995915ff2ee0266ede..a6fff84b682eb1efaf4f3aca91f2781a7c9f1e20 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/nodeHashjoin.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/nodeHashjoin.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nodeHashjoin.h,v 1.12 1999/05/18 21:33:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHashjoin.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:13:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ extern TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoin(HashJoin *node);
 extern bool ExecInitHashJoin(HashJoin *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent);
 extern int	ExecCountSlotsHashJoin(HashJoin *node);
 extern void ExecEndHashJoin(HashJoin *node);
-extern void ExecHashJoinSaveTuple(HeapTuple heapTuple, BufFile *file);
+extern void ExecHashJoinSaveTuple(HeapTuple heapTuple, BufFile * file);
 extern void ExecReScanHashJoin(HashJoin *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt, Plan *parent);
 
 #endif	 /* NODEHASHJOIN_H */
diff --git a/src/include/executor/nodeNestloop.h b/src/include/executor/nodeNestloop.h
index 82f9e793725ee4a5090e8c1ce5cd850e7c44646a..7a701896725664be09fc496240a56e18b683b0a7 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/nodeNestloop.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/nodeNestloop.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nodeNestloop.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeNestloop.h,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:13:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,6 +22,6 @@ extern bool ExecInitNestLoop(NestLoop *node, EState *estate, Plan *parent);
 extern int	ExecCountSlotsNestLoop(NestLoop *node);
 extern void ExecEndNestLoop(NestLoop *node);
 extern void ExecReScanNestLoop(NestLoop *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt,
-								Plan *parent);
+				   Plan *parent);
 
 #endif	 /* NODENESTLOOP_H */
diff --git a/src/include/executor/spi.h b/src/include/executor/spi.h
index 104bf24aac4e904e63568e1b28b9526458d5c3cb..ea9bda89b85ccbae6f06192a6ac589b8083135d5 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/spi.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/spi.h
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ typedef struct
 
 extern DLLIMPORT uint32 SPI_processed;
 extern DLLIMPORT SPITupleTable *SPI_tuptable;
-extern DLLIMPORT int	SPI_result;
+extern DLLIMPORT int SPI_result;
 
 extern int	SPI_connect(void);
 extern int	SPI_finish(void);
-extern void	SPI_push(void);
-extern void	SPI_pop(void);
+extern void SPI_push(void);
+extern void SPI_pop(void);
 extern int	SPI_exec(char *src, int tcount);
 extern int	SPI_execp(void *plan, Datum *values, char *Nulls, int tcount);
 extern void *SPI_prepare(char *src, int nargs, Oid *argtypes);
diff --git a/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h b/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h
index ece8a5a1c74abf256604dc5a88df52c114d05b73..2046dd45cb24a40e99c3ee56912e1c66cacd9286 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * spi.c
  *				Server Programming Interface private declarations
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h,v 1.3 1999/05/13 07:28:58 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/executor/spi_priv.h,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:13:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ typedef struct
 #define _SPI_CPLAN_PROCXT	1
 #define _SPI_CPLAN_TOPCXT	2
 
-#endif /* SPI_PRIV_H */
+#endif	 /* SPI_PRIV_H */
diff --git a/src/include/executor/tuptable.h b/src/include/executor/tuptable.h
index 8ca01ef8e6469e00f989518181004920eb29f30d..de582ba387cb29bf2467e7fcab6a345b41ab4a44 100644
--- a/src/include/executor/tuptable.h
+++ b/src/include/executor/tuptable.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tuptable.h,v 1.11 1999/02/23 07:36:31 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: tuptable.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:13:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  The tuple table interface is getting pretty ugly.
@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@
  */
 typedef struct TupleTableSlot
 {
-	NodeTag			type;
-	HeapTuple		val;
-	bool			ttc_shouldFree;
-	bool			ttc_descIsNew;
-	TupleDesc		ttc_tupleDescriptor;
-	Buffer			ttc_buffer;
-	int				ttc_whichplan;
+	NodeTag		type;
+	HeapTuple	val;
+	bool		ttc_shouldFree;
+	bool		ttc_descIsNew;
+	TupleDesc	ttc_tupleDescriptor;
+	Buffer		ttc_buffer;
+	int			ttc_whichplan;
 } TupleTableSlot;
 
 /* ----------------
diff --git a/src/include/lib/fstack.h b/src/include/lib/fstack.h
index bf2e051561a0e0f71b9dc1064fcf1a7b3a5ae863..4432b4186d3ca81ab92daf52f8cc97e3e348f428 100644
--- a/src/include/lib/fstack.h
+++ b/src/include/lib/fstack.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: fstack.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:21:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: fstack.h,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:13:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 
 /*
- * FixedItem 
+ * FixedItem
  *		Fixed format stackable item chain component.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ struct FixedItemData
 };
 
 /*
- * FixedStack 
+ * FixedStack
  *		Fixed format stack.
  */
 typedef struct FixedStackData
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ typedef struct FixedStackData
 typedef FixedStackData *FixedStack;
 
 /*
- * FixedStackInit 
+ * FixedStackInit
  *		Iniitializes stack for structures with given fixed component offset.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ typedef FixedStackData *FixedStack;
 extern void FixedStackInit(FixedStack stack, Offset offset);
 
 /*
- * FixedStackPop 
+ * FixedStackPop
  *		Returns pointer to top structure on stack or NULL if empty stack.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ extern void FixedStackInit(FixedStack stack, Offset offset);
 Pointer		FixedStackPop(FixedStack stack);
 
 /*
- * FixedStackPush 
+ * FixedStackPush
  *		Places structure associated with pointer onto top of stack.
  *
  * Exceptions:
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Pointer		FixedStackPop(FixedStack stack);
 extern void FixedStackPush(FixedStack stack, Pointer pointer);
 
 /*
- * FixedStackGetTop 
+ * FixedStackGetTop
  *		Returns pointer to top structure of a stack.  This item is not poped.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ extern void FixedStackPush(FixedStack stack, Pointer pointer);
 extern Pointer FixedStackGetTop(FixedStack stack);
 
 /*
- * FixedStackGetNext 
+ * FixedStackGetNext
  *		Returns pointer to next structure after pointer of a stack.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/include/lib/stringinfo.h b/src/include/lib/stringinfo.h
index 6b86fd6552e787299b0b43c77abcffecabfb9e2f..dbf901c67e6cfaf8b477d27dfc94db0b64da3db0 100644
--- a/src/include/lib/stringinfo.h
+++ b/src/include/lib/stringinfo.h
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.11 1999/04/25 03:19:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:13:59 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ typedef StringInfoData *StringInfo;
  *
  * NOTE: some routines build up a string using StringInfo, and then
  * release the StringInfoData but return the data string itself to their
- * caller.  At that point the data string looks like a plain palloc'd
+ * caller.	At that point the data string looks like a plain palloc'd
  * string.
  *-------------------------
  */
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ extern void initStringInfo(StringInfo str);
  * CAUTION: the current implementation has a 1K limit on the amount of text
  * generated in a single call (not on the total string length).
  */
-extern void appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...);
+extern void appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...);
 
 /*------------------------
  * appendStringInfoChar
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ extern void appendStringInfoChar(StringInfo str, char ch);
  * if necessary.
  */
 extern void appendBinaryStringInfo(StringInfo str,
-								   const char *data, int datalen);
+					   const char *data, int datalen);
 
 /*------------------------
  * stringStringInfo
diff --git a/src/include/libpq/libpq.h b/src/include/libpq/libpq.h
index 873992739ee45da074c8e9385257eb7645b23d61..cd9f1ccde6237c587a7003b7814b0459e00bb2d8 100644
--- a/src/include/libpq/libpq.h
+++ b/src/include/libpq/libpq.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.28 1999/04/25 03:19:13 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:14:00 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
 /* ----------------
- * PQArgBlock 
+ * PQArgBlock
  *		Information (pointer to array of this structure) required
  *		for the PQfn() call.
  * ----------------
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ typedef struct
 } PQArgBlock;
 
 /* ----------------
- * TypeBlock 
+ * TypeBlock
  *		Information about an attribute.
  * ----------------
  */
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ typedef struct TypeBlock
 } TypeBlock;
 
 /* ----------------
- * TupleBlock 
+ * TupleBlock
  *		Data of a tuple.
  * ----------------
  */
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ typedef struct TupleBlock
 } TupleBlock;
 
 /* ----------------
- * GroupBuffer 
+ * GroupBuffer
  *		A group of tuples with the same attributes.
  * ----------------
  */
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ typedef struct GroupBuffer
 } GroupBuffer;
 
 /* ----------------
- * PortalBuffer 
+ * PortalBuffer
  *		Data structure of a portal buffer.
  * ----------------
  */
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ typedef struct PortalBuffer
 } PortalBuffer;
 
 /* ----------------
- * PortalEntry 
+ * PortalEntry
  *		an entry in the global portal table
  *
  * Note: the portalcxt is only meaningful for PQcalls made from
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ extern PortalEntry *be_newportal(void);
 extern void be_typeinit(PortalEntry *entry, TupleDesc attrs,
 			int natts);
 extern void be_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-						DestReceiver* self);
+			DestReceiver * self);
 
 
 /* in be-pqexec.c */
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ extern int	pq_peekbyte(void);
 extern int	pq_putbytes(const char *s, size_t len);
 extern int	pq_flush(void);
 extern int	pq_putmessage(char msgtype, const char *s, size_t len);
-extern void	pq_startcopyout(void);
-extern void	pq_endcopyout(bool errorAbort);
+extern void pq_startcopyout(void);
+extern void pq_endcopyout(bool errorAbort);
 
 #endif	 /* LIBPQ_H */
diff --git a/src/include/libpq/pqformat.h b/src/include/libpq/pqformat.h
index b546c36c5e7731720ebcfe4188ee9c4d2c2b6967..4daf7179cf5d40c8ea6b5ac0f9d62f65e9d9f0d9 100644
--- a/src/include/libpq/pqformat.h
+++ b/src/include/libpq/pqformat.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pqformat.h,v 1.3 1999/04/25 21:50:58 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqformat.h,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:14:01 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@
 
 #define pq_beginmessage(buf)  initStringInfo(buf)
 
-extern void	pq_sendbyte(StringInfo buf, int byt);
-extern void	pq_sendbytes(StringInfo buf, const char *data, int datalen);
-extern void	pq_sendcountedtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen);
-extern void	pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str);
-extern void	pq_sendint(StringInfo buf, int i, int b);
-extern void	pq_endmessage(StringInfo buf);
+extern void pq_sendbyte(StringInfo buf, int byt);
+extern void pq_sendbytes(StringInfo buf, const char *data, int datalen);
+extern void pq_sendcountedtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen);
+extern void pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str);
+extern void pq_sendint(StringInfo buf, int i, int b);
+extern void pq_endmessage(StringInfo buf);
 
 extern int	pq_puttextmessage(char msgtype, const char *str);
 
diff --git a/src/include/mb/pg_wchar.h b/src/include/mb/pg_wchar.h
index 55e19a1a538e566c4911506c8892fed70245869e..5e28b9a4f317b11331d6f91f384bd9508dded4a3 100644
--- a/src/include/mb/pg_wchar.h
+++ b/src/include/mb/pg_wchar.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* $Id: pg_wchar.h,v 1.7 1999/03/24 06:53:28 ishii Exp $ */
+/* $Id: pg_wchar.h,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:14:04 momjian Exp $ */
 
 #ifndef PG_WCHAR_H
 #define PG_WCHAR_H
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef unsigned int pg_wchar;
 #define LC_ISO8859_5	0x8d	/* ISO8859 Latin 5 */
 #define LC_JISX0201K	0x89	/* Japanese 1 byte kana */
 #define LC_JISX0201R	0x8a	/* Japanese 1 byte Roman */
-#define LC_KOI8_R	0x8c	/* Cyrillic KOI8-R */
+#define LC_KOI8_R	0x8c		/* Cyrillic KOI8-R */
 #define LC_GB2312_80	0x91	/* Chinese */
 #define LC_JISX0208 0x92		/* Japanese Kanji */
 #define LC_KS5601	0x93		/* Korean */
diff --git a/src/include/miscadmin.h b/src/include/miscadmin.h
index a77ae25e3c3a2d114b87d71d733862415b6ab3bc..9a1b8334d4aa41ffbff6afeb58d956e45b4b51f6 100644
--- a/src/include/miscadmin.h
+++ b/src/include/miscadmin.h
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.38 1999/05/22 17:47:47 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.39 1999/05/25 16:13:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  some of the information in this file will be moved to
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ extern char CTZName[];
 extern char FloatFormat[];
 extern char DateFormat[];
 
-extern bool	disableFsync;
-extern bool	allowSystemTableMods;
+extern bool disableFsync;
+extern bool allowSystemTableMods;
 extern int	SortMem;
 
 extern Oid	LastOidProcessed;	/* for query rewrite */
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/execnodes.h b/src/include/nodes/execnodes.h
index cdc713eafe189b6939906719587405e100b62f79..134fa3e833f8ae729b979b917cca7056f187e855 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/execnodes.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/execnodes.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.28 1999/05/18 21:34:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:14:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -194,28 +194,28 @@ typedef struct JunkFilter
  */
 typedef struct EState
 {
-	NodeTag			type;
-	ScanDirection	es_direction;
-	Snapshot		es_snapshot;
-	List		   *es_range_table;
-	RelationInfo   *es_result_relation_info;
-	List		  **es_result_relation_constraints;
-	Relation		es_into_relation_descriptor;
-	ParamListInfo	es_param_list_info;
-	ParamExecData  *es_param_exec_vals;	/* this is for subselects */
-	int				es_BaseId;
-	TupleTable		es_tupleTable;
-	JunkFilter	   *es_junkFilter;
-	int			   *es_refcount;
-	uint32			es_processed;	/* # of tuples processed */
-	Oid				es_lastoid;		/* last oid processed (by INSERT) */
-	List		   *es_rowMark;		/* not good place, but there is no other */
+	NodeTag		type;
+	ScanDirection es_direction;
+	Snapshot	es_snapshot;
+	List	   *es_range_table;
+	RelationInfo *es_result_relation_info;
+	List	  **es_result_relation_constraints;
+	Relation	es_into_relation_descriptor;
+	ParamListInfo es_param_list_info;
+	ParamExecData *es_param_exec_vals;	/* this is for subselects */
+	int			es_BaseId;
+	TupleTable	es_tupleTable;
+	JunkFilter *es_junkFilter;
+	int		   *es_refcount;
+	uint32		es_processed;	/* # of tuples processed */
+	Oid			es_lastoid;		/* last oid processed (by INSERT) */
+	List	   *es_rowMark;		/* not good place, but there is no other */
 	/* Below is to re-evaluate plan qual in READ COMMITTED mode */
-	struct Plan	   *es_origPlan;
-	Pointer			es_evalPlanQual;
-	bool		   *es_evTupleNull;
-	HeapTuple	   *es_evTuple;
-	bool			es_useEvalPlan;
+	struct Plan *es_origPlan;
+	Pointer		es_evalPlanQual;
+	bool	   *es_evTupleNull;
+	HeapTuple  *es_evTuple;
+	bool		es_useEvalPlan;
 } EState;
 
 /* ----------------
@@ -404,16 +404,16 @@ typedef struct CommonScanState
  */
 typedef struct IndexScanState
 {
-	CommonState 		cstate;			/* its first field is NodeTag */
-	int					iss_NumIndices;
-	int					iss_IndexPtr;
-	int					iss_MarkIndexPtr;
-	ScanKey			   *iss_ScanKeys;
-	int				   *iss_NumScanKeys;
-	Pointer				iss_RuntimeKeyInfo;
-	RelationPtr			iss_RelationDescs;
-	IndexScanDescPtr	iss_ScanDescs;
-	HeapTupleData		iss_htup;
+	CommonState cstate;			/* its first field is NodeTag */
+	int			iss_NumIndices;
+	int			iss_IndexPtr;
+	int			iss_MarkIndexPtr;
+	ScanKey    *iss_ScanKeys;
+	int		   *iss_NumScanKeys;
+	Pointer		iss_RuntimeKeyInfo;
+	RelationPtr iss_RelationDescs;
+	IndexScanDescPtr iss_ScanDescs;
+	HeapTupleData iss_htup;
 } IndexScanState;
 
 
@@ -517,10 +517,10 @@ typedef struct MergeJoinState
 typedef struct HashJoinState
 {
 	JoinState	jstate;			/* its first field is NodeTag */
-	HashJoinTable	hj_HashTable;
-	int				hj_CurBucketNo;
-	HashJoinTuple	hj_CurTuple;
-	Var			   *hj_InnerHashKey;
+	HashJoinTable hj_HashTable;
+	int			hj_CurBucketNo;
+	HashJoinTuple hj_CurTuple;
+	Var		   *hj_InnerHashKey;
 	TupleTableSlot *hj_OuterTupleSlot;
 	TupleTableSlot *hj_HashTupleSlot;
 } HashJoinState;
@@ -689,16 +689,17 @@ typedef struct HashState
 */
 typedef struct TeeState
 {
-	CommonState	 cstate;			/* its first field is NodeTag */
-	int						tee_leftPlace,
-							tee_rightPlace,
-							tee_lastPlace;
-	char					*tee_bufferRelname;
-	Relation				tee_bufferRel;
+	CommonState cstate;			/* its first field is NodeTag */
+	int			tee_leftPlace,
+				tee_rightPlace,
+				tee_lastPlace;
+	char	   *tee_bufferRelname;
+	Relation	tee_bufferRel;
 	MemoryContext tee_mcxt;
-	HeapScanDesc			tee_leftScanDesc,
-							tee_rightScanDesc;
+	HeapScanDesc tee_leftScanDesc,
+				tee_rightScanDesc;
 } TeeState;
+
 #endif
 
 #endif	 /* EXECNODES_H */
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/makefuncs.h b/src/include/nodes/makefuncs.h
index 178afdff1850d3ce97b48232e46a0c3aa591072c..4cc34024a7c7cac6eb8efdbba272ec0929c99dac 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/makefuncs.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/makefuncs.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.17 1999/05/17 17:03:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.18 1999/05/25 16:14:08 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,35 +18,35 @@
 #include <utils/fcache.h>
 
 extern Oper *makeOper(Oid opno,
-					  Oid opid,
-					  Oid opresulttype,
-					  int opsize,
-					  FunctionCachePtr op_fcache);
+		 Oid opid,
+		 Oid opresulttype,
+		 int opsize,
+		 FunctionCachePtr op_fcache);
 
 extern Var *makeVar(Index varno,
-					AttrNumber varattno,
-					Oid vartype,
-					int32 vartypmod,
-					Index varlevelsup,
-					Index varnoold,
-					AttrNumber varoattno);
+		AttrNumber varattno,
+		Oid vartype,
+		int32 vartypmod,
+		Index varlevelsup,
+		Index varnoold,
+		AttrNumber varoattno);
 
 extern TargetEntry *makeTargetEntry(Resdom *resdom, Node *expr);
 
 extern Resdom *makeResdom(AttrNumber resno,
-						  Oid restype,
-						  int32 restypmod,
-						  char *resname,
-						  Index reskey,
-						  Oid reskeyop,
-						  bool resjunk);
+		   Oid restype,
+		   int32 restypmod,
+		   char *resname,
+		   Index reskey,
+		   Oid reskeyop,
+		   bool resjunk);
 
 extern Const *makeConst(Oid consttype,
-						int constlen,
-						Datum constvalue,
-						bool constisnull,
-						bool constbyval,
-						bool constisset,
-						bool constiscast);
+		  int constlen,
+		  Datum constvalue,
+		  bool constisnull,
+		  bool constbyval,
+		  bool constisset,
+		  bool constiscast);
 
 #endif	 /* MAKEFUNC_H */
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/memnodes.h b/src/include/nodes/memnodes.h
index a44e1fb31a775f6c9e67f9c755402efc3ba7675d..7259cb1b0f724299f072d53dd2a8b8def89c15eb 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/memnodes.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/memnodes.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: memnodes.h,v 1.11 1999/03/07 23:03:31 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: memnodes.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:14:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  * XXX the typedefs in this file are different from the other ???nodes.h;
  *	  they are pointers to structures instead of the structures themselves.
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #include <nodes/nodes.h>
 
 /*
- * MemoryContext 
+ * MemoryContext
  *		A logical context in which memory allocations occur.
  *
  * The types of memory contexts can be thought of as members of the
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ typedef struct PortalHeapMemoryData
 }		   *PortalHeapMemory;
 
 /*
- * MemoryContextIsValid 
+ * MemoryContextIsValid
  *		True iff memory context is valid.
  */
 #define MemoryContextIsValid(context) \
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/parsenodes.h b/src/include/nodes/parsenodes.h
index fed516ccfb84933dd5836cdd8039ea767f89525b..441ffd9b01c4aeb7db228cd49b32ea58eff775af 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/parsenodes.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/parsenodes.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.72 1999/05/12 15:02:04 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.73 1999/05/25 16:14:09 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ typedef struct Query
 								 * BY */
 	Node	   *havingQual;		/* qualification of each group */
 
-        /***S*I***/
-	List	   *intersectClause;	
+	/***S*I***/
+	List	   *intersectClause;
 
 	List	   *unionClause;	/* unions are linked under the previous
 								 * query */
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ typedef struct LockStmt
 	NodeTag		type;
 	char	   *relname;		/* relation to lock */
 	int			mode;			/* lock mode */
-} LockStmt;
+}			LockStmt;
 
 /*****************************************************************************
  *		Optimizable Statements
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ typedef struct InsertStmt
 	List	   *unionClause;	/* union subselect parameters */
 	bool		unionall;		/* union without unique sort */
 	/***S*I***/
-	List	   *intersectClause;  
+	List	   *intersectClause;
 	List	   *forUpdate;		/* FOR UPDATE clause */
 } InsertStmt;
 
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ typedef struct CaseExpr
 	Node	   *arg;			/* implicit equality comparison argument */
 	List	   *args;			/* the arguments (list of WHEN clauses) */
 	Node	   *defresult;		/* the default result (ELSE clause) */
-} CaseExpr;
+}			CaseExpr;
 
 /*
  * CaseWhen - an argument to a CASE expression
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ typedef struct CaseWhen
 	NodeTag		type;
 	Node	   *expr;			/* comparison expression */
 	Node	   *result;			/* substitution result */
-} CaseWhen;
+}			CaseWhen;
 
 /*
  * ColumnDef - column definition (used in various creates)
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ typedef struct JoinExpr
 	RangeVar   *larg;
 	Node	   *rarg;
 	List	   *quals;
-} JoinExpr;
+}			JoinExpr;
 
 
 /****************************************************************************
@@ -964,14 +964,14 @@ typedef struct GroupClause
 	Index		tleGroupref;	/* reference into targetlist */
 } GroupClause;
 
-#define	ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE		(1 << 0)
-#define	ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE		(1 << 1)
+#define ROW_MARK_FOR_UPDATE		(1 << 0)
+#define ROW_ACL_FOR_UPDATE		(1 << 1)
 
 typedef struct RowMark
 {
-	NodeTag	type;
-	Index	rti;		/* index in Query->rtable */
-	bits8	info;		/* as above */
-} RowMark;
+	NodeTag		type;
+	Index		rti;			/* index in Query->rtable */
+	bits8		info;			/* as above */
+}			RowMark;
 
 #endif	 /* PARSENODES_H */
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/plannodes.h b/src/include/nodes/plannodes.h
index 0805665b06529f15bba09c702efdb1ae435216bd..ffa45b0bfe9a7c9fb2883132f6d1e7ac30af89c7 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/plannodes.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/plannodes.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.25 1999/05/18 21:34:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:14:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ typedef struct Noname
 	Plan		plan;
 	Oid			nonameid;
 	int			keycount;
-} Noname;
+}			Noname;
 
 /* ----------------
  *		materialization node
@@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ typedef struct Tee
 								 * Tee may be different than the parent
 								 * plans */
 } Tee;
+
 #endif
 
 /* ---------------------
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/primnodes.h b/src/include/nodes/primnodes.h
index d19673f635302c91ac797925b34a498a536bb7f0..8028e07a94c59a4e206c56ce14c5ae0b96da11ea 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/primnodes.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/primnodes.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.27 1999/05/17 17:03:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:14:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ typedef struct Aggref
 	Node	   *target;
 	int			aggno;
 	bool		usenulls;
-} Aggref;
+}			Aggref;
 
 /* ----------------
  * SubLink
diff --git a/src/include/nodes/relation.h b/src/include/nodes/relation.h
index 2d47243c405c66fd28bdca73aa16a6dad72084ef..4f45a6cafcc9a1ce98f2d4076055209b4fec95b4 100644
--- a/src/include/nodes/relation.h
+++ b/src/include/nodes/relation.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: relation.h,v 1.30 1999/05/12 15:02:08 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: relation.h,v 1.31 1999/05/25 16:14:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct RelOptInfo
 	/* materialization information */
 	List	   *targetlist;
 	List	   *pathlist;		/* Path structures */
-	struct Path *cheapestpath;	
+	struct Path *cheapestpath;
 	bool		pruneable;
 
 	/* used solely by indices: */
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct RelOptInfo
 	List	   *restrictinfo;	/* RestrictInfo structures */
 	List	   *joininfo;		/* JoinInfo structures */
 	List	   *innerjoin;
-} RelOptInfo;
+}			RelOptInfo;
 
 extern Var *get_expr(TargetEntry *foo);
 extern Var *get_groupclause_expr(GroupClause *groupClause, List *targetList);
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ typedef struct PathOrder
 	{
 		Oid		   *sortop;
 		MergeOrder *merge;
-	} ord;
+	}			ord;
 } PathOrder;
 
 typedef struct Path
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ typedef struct Path
 
 	NodeTag		pathtype;
 
-	PathOrder	*pathorder;
+	PathOrder  *pathorder;
 
-	List	    *pathkeys;	/* This is a List of List of Var nodes.
-							 * See the top of optimizer/path/pathkeys.c
-							 * for more information.
-							 */							   
+	List	   *pathkeys;		/* This is a List of List of Var nodes.
+								 * See the top of
+								 * optimizer/path/pathkeys.c for more
+								 * information. */
 	Cost		outerjoincost;
 	Relids		joinid;
 	List	   *loc_restrictinfo;
@@ -157,7 +157,8 @@ typedef struct IndexPath
 	Path		path;
 	List	   *indexid;
 	List	   *indexqual;
-	int		   *indexkeys;	/* to transform heap attnos into index ones */
+	int		   *indexkeys;		/* to transform heap attnos into index
+								 * ones */
 } IndexPath;
 
 typedef struct NestPath
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ typedef struct NestPath
 	List	   *pathinfo;
 	Path	   *outerjoinpath;
 	Path	   *innerjoinpath;
-} NestPath;
+}			NestPath;
 
 typedef NestPath JoinPath;
 
@@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ typedef struct RestrictInfo
 	/* hashjoin only */
 	Oid			hashjoinoperator;
 	Relids		restrictinfojoinid;
-} RestrictInfo;
+}			RestrictInfo;
 
 typedef struct JoinMethod
 {
@@ -235,13 +236,13 @@ typedef struct HashInfo
 {
 	JoinMethod	jmethod;
 	Oid			hashop;
-} HashInfo;
+}			HashInfo;
 
 typedef struct MergeInfo
 {
 	JoinMethod	jmethod;
 	MergeOrder *m_ordering;
-} MergeInfo;
+}			MergeInfo;
 
 typedef struct JoinInfo
 {
@@ -250,7 +251,7 @@ typedef struct JoinInfo
 	List	   *jinfo_restrictinfo;
 	bool		mergejoinable;
 	bool		hashjoinable;
-} JoinInfo;
+}			JoinInfo;
 
 typedef struct Iter
 {
@@ -261,10 +262,10 @@ typedef struct Iter
 } Iter;
 
 /*
- *  Stream:
+ *	Stream:
  *	A stream represents a root-to-leaf path in a plan tree (i.e. a tree of
  *	JoinPaths and Paths).  The stream includes pointers to all Path nodes,
- *	as well as to any clauses that reside above Path nodes.	This structure
+ *	as well as to any clauses that reside above Path nodes. This structure
  *	is used to make Path nodes and clauses look similar, so that Predicate
  *	Migration can run.
  *
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/clauses.h b/src/include/optimizer/clauses.h
index 6332729d45b57e79ae31491b691b6772220a1e6c..5766e8933e00dbcc89cb60d6cf3cedc8c53b0fdf 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/clauses.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/clauses.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.16 1999/02/18 00:49:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:14:15 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ extern Expr *make_andclause(List *andclauses);
 extern bool case_clause(Node *clause);
 
 extern List *pull_constant_clauses(List *quals, List **constantQual);
-extern void clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, Relids *relids, List **vars);
+extern void clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, Relids * relids, List **vars);
 extern int	NumRelids(Node *clause);
 extern bool contains_not(Node *clause);
 extern bool is_joinable(Node *clause);
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/cost.h b/src/include/optimizer/cost.h
index 2b752711a68d08a33c421ed1a15211309f82f8a0..5146900e4d7d9950ca472f7d14a2c3eb220a60cf 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/cost.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/cost.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: cost.h,v 1.18 1999/05/01 19:47:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: cost.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:14:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ extern Cost cost_mergejoin(Cost outercost, Cost innercost,
 extern Cost cost_hashjoin(Cost outercost, Cost innercost, List *outerkeys,
 			  List *innerkeys, int outersize, int innersize,
 			  int outerwidth, int innerwidth);
-extern int	compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo *rel);
-extern int	compute_rel_width(RelOptInfo *rel);
+extern int	compute_rel_size(RelOptInfo * rel);
+extern int	compute_rel_width(RelOptInfo * rel);
 extern int	compute_joinrel_size(JoinPath *joinpath);
 extern int	page_size(int tuples, int width);
 
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/geqo.h b/src/include/optimizer/geqo.h
index aba1d86096b4a6ae8415e758cec702aac8cbfcf8..c2eba475035e7802594ac4400ae4b511c434a0de 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/geqo.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/geqo.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo.h,v 1.14 1999/05/17 00:25:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:14:16 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
  /* should be 1.5 <= SELECTION_BIAS <= 2.0 */
 
 /* parameter values set in geqo_params.c */
-extern int			PoolSize;
-extern int			Generations;
-extern long			RandomSeed;
-extern double		SelectionBias;
+extern int	PoolSize;
+extern int	Generations;
+extern long RandomSeed;
+extern double SelectionBias;
 
 /* routines in geqo_main.c */
 extern RelOptInfo *geqo(Query *root);
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ extern void geqo_params(int string_length);
 extern void geqo_eval_startup(void);
 extern Cost geqo_eval(Query *root, Gene *tour, int num_gene);
 extern RelOptInfo *gimme_tree(Query *root, Gene *tour, int rel_count,
-							  int num_gene, RelOptInfo *old_rel);
+		   int num_gene, RelOptInfo * old_rel);
 
 #endif	 /* GEQO_H */
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/geqo_misc.h b/src/include/optimizer/geqo_misc.h
index 2039703b602570b611d89db620ae6cf7382dd860..1e610ba8d08fbd4cb929fe85da04234a16955428 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/geqo_misc.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/geqo_misc.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.9 1999/02/13 23:21:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:14:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ extern void print_pool(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int start, int stop);
 extern void print_gen(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int generation);
 extern void print_edge_table(FILE *fp, Edge *edge_table, int num_gene);
 
-extern void geqo_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
+extern void geqo_print_rel(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel);
 extern void geqo_print_path(Query *root, Path *path, int indent);
 extern void geqo_print_joinclauses(Query *root, List *clauses);
 
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/internal.h b/src/include/optimizer/internal.h
index 0241a3f98f101edd18ea5fc3825229082e17aeb1..51e15d2507c3a8f7186c0e0d7e59834426081d75 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/internal.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/internal.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: internal.h,v 1.19 1999/05/16 19:45:36 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: internal.h,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:14:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
  *		System-dependent tuning constants
  *
  */
-#define _CPU_PAGE_WEIGHT_  0.033  /* CPU-heap-to-page cost weighting factor */
+#define _CPU_PAGE_WEIGHT_  0.033/* CPU-heap-to-page cost weighting factor */
 #define _CPU_INDEX_PAGE_WEIGHT_ 0.017	/* CPU-index-to-page cost
 										 * weighting factor */
 #define _MAX_KEYS_	   INDEX_MAX_KEYS	/* maximum number of keys in an
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/joininfo.h b/src/include/optimizer/joininfo.h
index a38af83c5cb9b5348be8f7fbc939aa138f4f3464..2b4e214e24ec89e8580ee19ca66ecec9dc65bd8b 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/joininfo.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/joininfo.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:14:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "nodes/primnodes.h"
 
 extern JoinInfo *joininfo_member(List *join_relids, List *joininfo_list);
-extern JoinInfo *find_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo *this_rel, List *join_relids);
+extern JoinInfo *find_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo * this_rel, List *join_relids);
 extern Var *other_join_clause_var(Var *var, Expr *clause);
 
 #endif	 /* JOININFO_H */
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/keys.h b/src/include/optimizer/keys.h
index fad0117c3a317d5a8d0009e5faea89f5df52f857..cccdb7bfbbb52923ab37b6f407d9c35f962737e6 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/keys.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/keys.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: keys.h,v 1.13 1999/02/19 02:05:18 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: keys.h,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:14:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 #include "nodes/nodes.h"
 #include "nodes/relation.h"
 
-extern bool match_indexkey_operand(int indexkey, Var *operand, RelOptInfo *rel);
+extern bool match_indexkey_operand(int indexkey, Var *operand, RelOptInfo * rel);
 extern Var *extract_join_key(JoinKey *jk, int outer_or_inner);
 extern bool pathkeys_match(List *keys1, List *keys2, int *better_key);
 extern List *collect_index_pathkeys(int *index_keys, List *tlist);
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/ordering.h b/src/include/optimizer/ordering.h
index 1b642127e4f239c048f7245ff3a0a947300f8bd1..30b262b9e37d135363caf1d04106060a4c136aa7 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/ordering.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/ordering.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: ordering.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:21:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: ordering.h,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:14:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
 #include <nodes/relation.h>
 
 extern bool pathorder_match(PathOrder *path_ordering1,
-						 PathOrder *path_ordering2, int *better_sort);
+				PathOrder *path_ordering2, int *better_sort);
 extern bool equal_path_merge_ordering(Oid *path_ordering,
 						  MergeOrder *merge_ordering);
 extern bool equal_merge_ordering(MergeOrder *merge_ordering1,
-						   MergeOrder *merge_ordering2);
+					 MergeOrder *merge_ordering2);
 
 #endif	 /* ORDERING_H */
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/pathnode.h b/src/include/optimizer/pathnode.h
index 1a52453d0df9002749e5c623d360a7e448d9e9ad..2a864d591a542b53cb2e3c905cfc03f69317b515 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/pathnode.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/pathnode.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.15 1999/02/18 00:49:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.16 1999/05/25 16:14:20 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -21,22 +21,22 @@
  * prototypes for pathnode.c
  */
 extern bool path_is_cheaper(Path *path1, Path *path2);
-extern Path *set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *pathlist);
-extern List *add_pathlist(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, List *unique_paths,
+extern Path *set_cheapest(RelOptInfo * parent_rel, List *pathlist);
+extern List *add_pathlist(RelOptInfo * parent_rel, List *unique_paths,
 			 List *new_paths);
-extern Path *create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel);
-extern IndexPath *create_index_path(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, RelOptInfo *index,
+extern Path *create_seqscan_path(RelOptInfo * rel);
+extern IndexPath *create_index_path(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, RelOptInfo * index,
 				  List *restriction_clauses, bool is_join_scan);
-extern NestPath *create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel, RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
+extern NestPath *create_nestloop_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel, RelOptInfo * outer_rel,
 					 Path *outer_path, Path *inner_path, List *pathkeys);
-extern MergePath *create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel, int outersize,
+extern MergePath *create_mergejoin_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel, int outersize,
 		 int innersize, int outerwidth, int innerwidth, Path *outer_path,
 					  Path *inner_path, List *pathkeys, MergeOrder *order,
 		   List *mergeclauses, List *outersortkeys, List *innersortkeys);
 
-extern HashPath *create_hashjoin_path(RelOptInfo *joinrel, int outersize,
+extern HashPath *create_hashjoin_path(RelOptInfo * joinrel, int outersize,
 		 int innersize, int outerwidth, int innerwidth, Path *outer_path,
-		   Path *inner_path, List *pathkeys, Oid operator, List *hashclauses,
+	   Path *inner_path, List *pathkeys, Oid operator, List *hashclauses,
 					 List *outerkeys, List *innerkeys);
 
 /*
@@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ extern RelOptInfo *get_join_rel(Query *root, Relids relid);
 /*
  * prototypes for indexnode.h
  */
-extern List *find_relation_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
+extern List *find_relation_indices(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel);
 
 #endif	 /* PATHNODE_H */
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/paths.h b/src/include/optimizer/paths.h
index 603efd7e52c57b6aff65244fb659384fc4d5a11e..1a92130e860bf34004f3c326c49f08c7a91ad690 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/paths.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/paths.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: paths.h,v 1.27 1999/04/03 00:18:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: paths.h,v 1.28 1999/05/25 16:14:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ extern RelOptInfo *make_one_rel(Query *root, List *rels);
  * indxpath.h
  *	  routines to generate index paths
  */
-extern List *create_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *indices,
-				 List *restrictinfo_list,
-				 List *joininfo_list);
+extern List *create_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, List *indices,
+				   List *restrictinfo_list,
+				   List *joininfo_list);
 
 /*
  * joinpath.h
@@ -41,27 +41,27 @@ extern void update_rels_pathlist_for_joins(Query *root, List *joinrels);
 /*
  * orindxpath.h
  */
-extern List *create_or_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *clauses);
+extern List *create_or_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo * rel, List *clauses);
 
 /*
  * hashutils.h
  *	  routines to deal with hash keys and clauses
  */
 extern List *group_clauses_by_hashop(List *restrictinfo_list,
-									 Relids inner_relids);
+						Relids inner_relids);
 
 /*
  * joinutils.h
  *	  generic join method key/clause routines
  */
 extern bool order_joinkeys_by_pathkeys(List *pathkeys,
-					 List *joinkeys, List *joinclauses, int outer_or_inner,
-					 List **matchedJoinKeysPtr,
-					 List **matchedJoinClausesPtr);
+				   List *joinkeys, List *joinclauses, int outer_or_inner,
+						   List **matchedJoinKeysPtr,
+						   List **matchedJoinClausesPtr);
 extern List *make_pathkeys_from_joinkeys(List *joinkeys, List *tlist,
-										  int outer_or_inner);
+							int outer_or_inner);
 extern Path *get_cheapest_path_for_joinkeys(List *joinkeys,
-					PathOrder *ordering, List *paths, int outer_or_inner);
+				   PathOrder *ordering, List *paths, int outer_or_inner);
 extern List *new_join_pathkeys(List *outer_pathkeys,
 				  List *join_rel_tlist, List *joinclauses);
 
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@ extern List *new_join_pathkeys(List *outer_pathkeys,
  *	  routines to deal with merge keys and clauses
  */
 extern List *group_clauses_by_order(List *restrictinfo_list,
-									Relids inner_relids);
+					   Relids inner_relids);
 extern MergeInfo *match_order_mergeinfo(PathOrder *ordering,
-										List *mergeinfo_list);
+					  List *mergeinfo_list);
 
 /*
  * joinrels.h
  *	  routines to determine which relations to join
  */
 extern List *make_rels_by_joins(Query *root, List *old_rels);
-extern List *make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo *old_rel,
-								List *joininfo_list, Relids only_relids);
-extern List *make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo *old_rel,
-												List *inner_rels);
-extern RelOptInfo *make_join_rel(RelOptInfo *outer_rel, RelOptInfo *inner_rel, JoinInfo *joininfo);
+extern List *make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root, RelOptInfo * old_rel,
+						  List *joininfo_list, Relids only_relids);
+extern List *make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(RelOptInfo * old_rel,
+							  List *inner_rels);
+extern RelOptInfo *make_join_rel(RelOptInfo * outer_rel, RelOptInfo * inner_rel, JoinInfo * joininfo);
 extern List *new_join_tlist(List *tlist, int first_resdomno);
 extern RelOptInfo *get_cheapest_complete_rel(List *join_rel_list);
 
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/planmain.h b/src/include/optimizer/planmain.h
index e3848330dbc553ca06a93ad25a407fd4be1b96bf..71c11b7b876079f7b0ca59a763f860f4d11825ec 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/planmain.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/planmain.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.25 1999/05/12 15:02:22 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:14:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -51,20 +51,20 @@ extern void add_missing_vars_to_tlist(Query *root, List *tlist);
  */
 extern void set_tlist_references(Plan *plan);
 extern List *join_references(List *clauses, List *outer_tlist,
-							 List *inner_tlist);
+				List *inner_tlist);
 extern List *index_outerjoin_references(List *inner_indxqual,
 						   List *outer_tlist, Index inner_relid);
 extern void replace_tlist_with_subplan_refs(List *tlist,
-											Index subvarno,
-											List *subplanTargetList);
+								Index subvarno,
+								List *subplanTargetList);
 extern void replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *clause,
-										   Index subvarno,
-										   List *subplanTargetList);
+							   Index subvarno,
+							   List *subplanTargetList);
 extern bool set_agg_tlist_references(Agg *aggNode);
 extern void del_agg_tlist_references(List *tlist);
 extern void check_having_for_ungrouped_vars(Node *clause,
-											List *groupClause,
-											List *targetList);
+								List *groupClause,
+								List *targetList);
 extern void transformKeySetQuery(Query *origNode);
 
 #endif	 /* PLANMAIN_H */
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/restrictinfo.h b/src/include/optimizer/restrictinfo.h
index 88cedc3f686523d4f6fc4eb96ece1a82ea511d1c..9b1346c31d076804d0f2446cdcfce9e874755bcd 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/restrictinfo.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/restrictinfo.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:21:52 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:14:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 #include "nodes/pg_list.h"
 #include "nodes/relation.h"
 
-extern bool valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo);
+extern bool valid_or_clause(RestrictInfo * restrictinfo);
 extern List *get_actual_clauses(List *restrictinfo_list);
 extern void get_relattvals(List *restrictinfo_list, List **attnos,
 			   List **values, List **flags);
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/tlist.h b/src/include/optimizer/tlist.h
index 9066478183eec231044ea99142b50e0593efe0f0..b4d3d21256244acff3adb8ebe81a85280ac7e1d3 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/tlist.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/tlist.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.16 1999/02/15 05:56:07 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:14:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 extern TargetEntry *tlistentry_member(Var *var, List *targetlist);
 extern Expr *matching_tlist_var(Var *var, List *targetlist);
-extern void add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo *rel, Var *var);
+extern void add_var_to_tlist(RelOptInfo * rel, Var *var);
 extern TargetEntry *create_tl_element(Var *var, int resdomno);
 extern List *get_actual_tlist(List *tlist);
 extern Resdom *tlist_member(Var *var, List *tlist);
diff --git a/src/include/optimizer/xfunc.h b/src/include/optimizer/xfunc.h
index e96c54748136e75e38aae9315e492021d6179283..7c5082746c60c1b1c27dc449f2b7a7372e45d73b 100644
--- a/src/include/optimizer/xfunc.h
+++ b/src/include/optimizer/xfunc.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: xfunc.h,v 1.16 1999/02/18 00:49:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: xfunc.h,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:14:23 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ extern int	XfuncMode;			/* defined in tcop/postgres.c */
 #define is_join(pathnode) (length(get_relids(get_parent(pathnode))) > 1 ? 1 : 0)
 
 /* function prototypes from planner/path/xfunc.c */
-extern void xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo *rel);
+extern void xfunc_trypullup(RelOptInfo * rel);
 extern int xfunc_shouldpull(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath,
-				 int whichchild, RestrictInfo *maxcinfopt);
-extern RestrictInfo *xfunc_pullup(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath, RestrictInfo *cinfo,
+				 int whichchild, RestrictInfo * maxcinfopt);
+extern RestrictInfo *xfunc_pullup(Path *childpath, JoinPath *parentpath, RestrictInfo * cinfo,
 			 int whichchild, int clausetype);
 extern Cost xfunc_rank(Expr *clause);
 extern Cost xfunc_expense(Query *queryInfo, Expr *clause);
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ extern List *xfunc_primary_join(JoinPath *pathnode);
 extern Cost xfunc_get_path_cost(Path *pathnode);
 extern Cost xfunc_total_path_cost(JoinPath *pathnode);
 extern Cost xfunc_expense_per_tuple(JoinPath *joinnode, int whichchild);
-extern void xfunc_fixvars(Expr *clause, RelOptInfo *rel, int varno);
+extern void xfunc_fixvars(Expr *clause, RelOptInfo * rel, int varno);
 extern int	xfunc_cinfo_compare(void *arg1, void *arg2);
 extern int	xfunc_clause_compare(void *arg1, void *arg2);
 extern void xfunc_disjunct_sort(List *clause_list);
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ extern int	xfunc_func_width(RegProcedure funcid, List *args);
 extern int	xfunc_tuple_width(Relation rd);
 extern int	xfunc_num_join_clauses(JoinPath *path);
 extern List *xfunc_LispRemove(List *foo, List *bar);
-extern bool xfunc_copyrel(RelOptInfo *from, RelOptInfo ** to);
+extern bool xfunc_copyrel(RelOptInfo * from, RelOptInfo ** to);
 
 /*
  * function prototypes for path/predmig.c
diff --git a/src/include/parser/analyze.h b/src/include/parser/analyze.h
index af775c84f896749defa6a55bf84c8c76f1b1a6f0..74f48ef431192f5af71a260e8f061731ce471c7d 100644
--- a/src/include/parser/analyze.h
+++ b/src/include/parser/analyze.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: analyze.h,v 1.6 1999/05/13 07:29:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: analyze.h,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:14:24 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #include <parser/parse_node.h>
 
 extern List *parse_analyze(List *pl, ParseState *parentParseState);
+
 /***S*I***/
 extern void create_select_list(Node *ptr, List **select_list, bool *unionall_present);
 extern Node *A_Expr_to_Expr(Node *ptr, bool *intersect_present);
diff --git a/src/include/parser/parse_agg.h b/src/include/parser/parse_agg.h
index e68e5ac735a9a5a19270c8ab1196516aac77f66d..125b1109772e2a66ac83fd58d04c0bbf6a498db4 100644
--- a/src/include/parser/parse_agg.h
+++ b/src/include/parser/parse_agg.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: parse_agg.h,v 1.8 1999/01/24 00:28:37 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_agg.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:14:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include <nodes/primnodes.h>
 #include <parser/parse_node.h>
 
-extern void AddAggToParseState(ParseState *pstate, Aggref *aggref);
+extern void AddAggToParseState(ParseState *pstate, Aggref * aggref);
 extern void parseCheckAggregates(ParseState *pstate, Query *qry);
 extern Aggref *ParseAgg(ParseState *pstate, char *aggname, Oid basetype,
 		 List *target, int precedence);
diff --git a/src/include/parser/parse_coerce.h b/src/include/parser/parse_coerce.h
index d8cc6b7697d2db819b17635f04934672ae23a911..2a664ed8c12eb4441abe2b461d9564781c509b2f 100644
--- a/src/include/parser/parse_coerce.h
+++ b/src/include/parser/parse_coerce.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: parse_coerce.h,v 1.10 1999/05/22 04:12:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_coerce.h,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:14:26 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ typedef enum CATEGORY
  * This allows us to cheat and directly exchange values without
  *	going through the trouble of calling a conversion function.
  * Remove equivalencing of FLOAT8 and DATETIME. They really are not
- *  close enough in behavior, with the DATETIME reserved values
- *  and special formatting. - thomas 1999-01-24
+ *	close enough in behavior, with the DATETIME reserved values
+ *	and special formatting. - thomas 1999-01-24
  */
 #define IS_BINARY_COMPATIBLE(a,b) \
 		  (((a) == BPCHAROID && (b) == TEXTOID) \
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ extern CATEGORY TypeCategory(Oid type);
 
 extern bool can_coerce_type(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids, Oid *func_typeids);
 extern Node *coerce_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node, Oid inputTypeId,
-						 Oid targetTypeId, int32 atttypmod);
+			Oid targetTypeId, int32 atttypmod);
 
 #endif	 /* PARSE_COERCE_H */
diff --git a/src/include/parser/parse_func.h b/src/include/parser/parse_func.h
index e21c2e6c06aa3e67f3d259b2cce0e412da9922ca..b83929358c514a79903367b271c9f09e9c701bab 100644
--- a/src/include/parser/parse_func.h
+++ b/src/include/parser/parse_func.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.14 1999/02/13 23:21:57 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:14:27 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -42,14 +42,12 @@ typedef struct _CandidateList
 	struct _CandidateList *next;
 }		   *CandidateList;
 
-extern Node *
-ParseNestedFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, Attr *attr,
+extern Node *ParseNestedFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, Attr *attr,
 						int *curr_resno, int precedence);
-extern Node *
-ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
+extern Node *ParseFuncOrColumn(ParseState *pstate, char *funcname, List *fargs,
 				  int *curr_resno, int precedence);
 
 extern void
-func_error(char *caller, char *funcname, int nargs, Oid *argtypes, char *msg);
+			func_error(char *caller, char *funcname, int nargs, Oid *argtypes, char *msg);
 
 #endif	 /* PARSE_FUNC_H */
diff --git a/src/include/port/bsd.h b/src/include/port/bsd.h
index f24f4f83b57dc5601cd41cb00687c809706867ca..68858e5ff16c7002639ec0f92a6769304234794a 100644
--- a/src/include/port/bsd.h
+++ b/src/include/port/bsd.h
@@ -31,10 +31,12 @@
 #if defined(__powerpc__)
 #define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
 typedef unsigned int slock_t;
+
 #endif
 #if defined(__mips__)
 /* #	undef HAS_TEST_AND_SET */
 #endif
 #if !defined(__powerpc__)
 typedef unsigned char slock_t;
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/include/port/svr4.h b/src/include/port/svr4.h
index 4d76f28da7165eb8543f1d6d51e27cb68083f9b1..a460c825c63aba2b26b1658e76bfc6fa3bc247ff 100644
--- a/src/include/port/svr4.h
+++ b/src/include/port/svr4.h
@@ -13,4 +13,5 @@
 
 #include <abi_mutex.h>
 typedef abilock_t slock_t;
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/include/port/win.h b/src/include/port/win.h
index b82984e1e329f961bb35093dabd9d771e3d7b2d1..15a89a0e43e2286ee9df4b4ad8cb29c5ec75ddff 100644
--- a/src/include/port/win.h
+++ b/src/include/port/win.h
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ typedef unsigned char slock_t;
 #define O_DIROPEN	0x100000	/* should be in sys/fcntl.h */
 #endif
 
-#define tzname _tzname /* should be in time.h?*/
+#define tzname _tzname			/* should be in time.h? */
 #define USE_POSIX_TIME
-#define HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE /* has int _timezone */
+#define HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE		/* has int _timezone */
diff --git a/src/include/rewrite/rewriteHandler.h b/src/include/rewrite/rewriteHandler.h
index dfa4cc5711392c925b87a06d317f3102cb214cef..be2feae6cac2f0b30cdfdbe48df11de597c32863 100644
--- a/src/include/rewrite/rewriteHandler.h
+++ b/src/include/rewrite/rewriteHandler.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: rewriteHandler.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:00 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteHandler.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:14:34 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,9 +34,11 @@ typedef struct _rewrite_meta_knowledge RewriteInfo;
 
 
 extern List *QueryRewrite(Query *parsetree);
+
 /***S*I***/
 extern Query *Except_Intersect_Rewrite(Query *parsetree);
 extern void create_list(Node *ptr, List **intersect_list);
 extern Node *intersect_tree_analyze(Node *tree, Node *first_select, Node *parsetree);
 extern void check_targetlists_are_compatible(List *prev_target, List *current_target);
+
 #endif	 /* REWRITEHANDLER_H */
diff --git a/src/include/rewrite/rewriteManip.h b/src/include/rewrite/rewriteManip.h
index e41a2267083b71032dc55dc3cfa25e8bb3153acb..c258bb1103be923f2bb7981db1a1fc5541450a41 100644
--- a/src/include/rewrite/rewriteManip.h
+++ b/src/include/rewrite/rewriteManip.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: rewriteManip.h,v 1.14 1999/05/12 15:02:28 wieck Exp $
+ * $Id: rewriteManip.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:14:35 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ void		AddQual(Query *parsetree, Node *qual);
 void		AddHavingQual(Query *parsetree, Node *havingQual);
 
 void		AddNotQual(Query *parsetree, Node *qual);
-void            AddNotHavingQual(Query *parsetree, Node *havingQual);
+void		AddNotHavingQual(Query *parsetree, Node *havingQual);
 void		AddGroupClause(Query *parsetree, List *group_by, List *tlist);
 
 void		FixNew(RewriteInfo *info, Query *parsetree);
diff --git a/src/include/storage/block.h b/src/include/storage/block.h
index ac0df00de5add319464eab63cfd82c6968ff6523..a2650c82a484fb9e5724ad71c8001c5af508739f 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/block.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/block.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: block.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: block.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:14:36 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -61,21 +61,21 @@ typedef BlockIdData *BlockId;	/* block identifier */
  */
 
 /*
- * BlockNumberIsValid 
+ * BlockNumberIsValid
  *		True iff blockNumber is valid.
  */
 #define BlockNumberIsValid(blockNumber) \
 	((bool) ((int32) (blockNumber) != InvalidBlockNumber))
 
 /*
- * BlockIdIsValid 
+ * BlockIdIsValid
  *		True iff the block identifier is valid.
  */
 #define BlockIdIsValid(blockId) \
 	((bool) PointerIsValid(blockId))
 
 /*
- * BlockIdSet 
+ * BlockIdSet
  *		Sets a block identifier to the specified value.
  */
 #define BlockIdSet(blockId, blockNumber) \
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef BlockIdData *BlockId;	/* block identifier */
 )
 
 /*
- * BlockIdCopy 
+ * BlockIdCopy
  *		Copy a block identifier.
  */
 #define BlockIdCopy(toBlockId, fromBlockId) \
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ typedef BlockIdData *BlockId;	/* block identifier */
 )
 
 /*
- * BlockIdEquals 
+ * BlockIdEquals
  *		Check for block number equality.
  */
 #define BlockIdEquals(blockId1, blockId2) \
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef BlockIdData *BlockId;	/* block identifier */
 	 (blockId1)->bi_lo == (blockId2)->bi_lo)
 
 /*
- * BlockIdGetBlockNumber 
+ * BlockIdGetBlockNumber
  *		Retrieve the block number from a block identifier.
  */
 #define BlockIdGetBlockNumber(blockId) \
diff --git a/src/include/storage/buf.h b/src/include/storage/buf.h
index a38ee2315e4fe9824a589589b387ea25237ccda4..0ce0edb9073c411be97a1c039031f8a48ac8f711 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/buf.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/buf.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: buf.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: buf.h,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:14:38 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,19 +19,19 @@
 typedef long Buffer;
 
 /*
- * BufferIsInvalid 
+ * BufferIsInvalid
  *		True iff the buffer is invalid.
  */
 #define BufferIsInvalid(buffer) ((buffer) == InvalidBuffer)
 
 /*
- * BufferIsUnknown 
+ * BufferIsUnknown
  *		True iff the buffer is unknown.
  */
 #define BufferIsUnknown(buffer) ((buffer) == UnknownBuffer)
 
 /*
- * BufferIsLocal 
+ * BufferIsLocal
  *		True iff the buffer is local (not visible to other servers).
  */
 #define BufferIsLocal(buffer)	((buffer) < 0)
diff --git a/src/include/storage/buf_internals.h b/src/include/storage/buf_internals.h
index ed625f525c329d6e7279bf669f66c01b81b59f75..7d257e33e604fdb1b2977d5aa5e42775b125d4d2 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/buf_internals.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/buf_internals.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: buf_internals.h,v 1.28 1999/02/13 23:22:03 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: buf_internals.h,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:14:38 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTE
  *		If BUFFERPAGE0 is defined, then 0 will be used as a
@@ -106,17 +106,17 @@ struct sbufdesc
 	bool		w_lock;			/* context exclusively locked */
 
 	char		sb_dbname[NAMEDATALEN]; /* name of db in which buf belongs */
-	char		sb_relname[NAMEDATALEN];/* name of reln */
+	char		sb_relname[NAMEDATALEN];		/* name of reln */
 };
 
 /*
  * Buffer lock infos in BufferLocks below.
  * We have to free these locks in elog(ERROR)...
  */
-#define	BL_IO_IN_PROGRESS	(1 << 0)	/* unimplemented */
-#define	BL_R_LOCK			(1 << 1)
-#define	BL_RI_LOCK			(1 << 2)
-#define	BL_W_LOCK			(1 << 3)
+#define BL_IO_IN_PROGRESS	(1 << 0)	/* unimplemented */
+#define BL_R_LOCK			(1 << 1)
+#define BL_RI_LOCK			(1 << 2)
+#define BL_W_LOCK			(1 << 3)
 
 /*
  *	mao tracing buffer allocation
diff --git a/src/include/storage/bufmgr.h b/src/include/storage/bufmgr.h
index e9ba960a064024b54c7d285cb9341380188bddc3..55b735a6a9914d3f897fbad652f5663efc7c6ce6 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/bufmgr.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/bufmgr.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.25 1999/02/13 23:22:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.26 1999/05/25 16:14:39 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ typedef bits16 BufferLock;
 #define BufferDescriptorGetBuffer(bdesc) ((bdesc)->buf_id + 1)
 
 /*
- * BufferIsPinned 
+ * BufferIsPinned
  *		True iff the buffer is pinned (and therefore valid)
  *
  * Note:
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ extern int	ShowPinTrace;
 /*
  * Buffer context lock modes
  */
-#define	BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK		0
-#define	BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE		1
-#define	BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE	2
+#define BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK		0
+#define BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE		1
+#define BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE	2
 
 
 /*
- * BufferIsValid 
+ * BufferIsValid
  *		True iff the refcnt of the local buffer is > 0
  * Note:
  *		BufferIsValid(InvalidBuffer) is False.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ extern int	ShowPinTrace;
 )
 
 /*
- * BufferGetBlock 
+ * BufferGetBlock
  *		Returns a reference to a disk page image associated with a buffer.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/include/storage/bufpage.h b/src/include/storage/bufpage.h
index 47c0a2c6119abd63179688fa55a9dde4ef10b4f3..5c8574a45098706c5873e8157591a9c33b452a04 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/bufpage.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/bufpage.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: bufpage.h,v 1.21 1999/02/13 23:22:04 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bufpage.h,v 1.22 1999/05/25 16:14:40 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
  */
 
 /*
- * PageIsValid 
+ * PageIsValid
  *		True iff page is valid.
  */
 #define PageIsValid(page) PointerIsValid(page)
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ typedef enum
  */
 
 /*
- * PageIsUsed 
+ * PageIsUsed
  *		True iff the page size is used.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ typedef enum
 )
 
 /*
- * PageIsEmpty 
+ * PageIsEmpty
  *		returns true iff no itemid has been allocated on the page
  */
 #define PageIsEmpty(page) \
@@ -175,14 +175,14 @@ typedef enum
 	 (sizeof(PageHeaderData) - sizeof(ItemIdData)) ? true : false)
 
 /*
- * PageIsNew 
+ * PageIsNew
  *		returns true iff page is not initialized (by PageInit)
  */
 
 #define PageIsNew(page) (((PageHeader) (page))->pd_upper == 0)
 
 /*
- * PageGetItemId 
+ * PageGetItemId
  *		Returns an item identifier of a page.
  */
 #define PageGetItemId(page, offsetNumber) \
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ typedef enum
  */
 
 /*
- * PageSizeIsValid 
+ * PageSizeIsValid
  *		True iff the page size is valid.
  *
  * XXX currently all page sizes are "valid" but we only actually
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ typedef enum
 #define PageSizeIsValid(pageSize) ((pageSize) == BLCKSZ)
 
 /*
- * PageGetPageSize 
+ * PageGetPageSize
  *		Returns the page size of a page.
  *
  * this can only be called on a formatted page (unlike
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ typedef enum
 	((Size) ((PageHeader) (page))->pd_opaque.od_pagesize)
 
 /*
- * PageSetPageSize 
+ * PageSetPageSize
  *		Sets the page size of a page.
  */
 #define PageSetPageSize(page, size) \
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ typedef enum
  * ----------------
  */
 /*
- * PageGetSpecialSize 
+ * PageGetSpecialSize
  *		Returns size of special space on a page.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ typedef enum
 	((uint16) (PageGetPageSize(page) - ((PageHeader)(page))->pd_special))
 
 /*
- * PageGetSpecialPointer 
+ * PageGetSpecialPointer
  *		Returns pointer to special space on a page.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ typedef enum
 )
 
 /*
- * PageGetItem 
+ * PageGetItem
  *		Retrieves an item on the given page.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ typedef enum
 )
 
 /*
- * BufferGetPageSize 
+ * BufferGetPageSize
  *		Returns the page size within a buffer.
  *
  * Notes:
@@ -283,13 +283,13 @@ typedef enum
 )
 
 /*
- * BufferGetPage 
+ * BufferGetPage
  *		Returns the page associated with a buffer.
  */
 #define BufferGetPage(buffer) ((Page)BufferGetBlock(buffer))
 
 /*
- * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber 
+ * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber
  *		Returns the maximum offset number used by the given page.
  *
  *		NOTE: The offset is invalid if the page is non-empty.
diff --git a/src/include/storage/fd.h b/src/include/storage/fd.h
index a867775743ce11067910a5926229a382fff748f2..0493b3ccc7b0a55cfbac9f8be27f17603371a40a 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/fd.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/fd.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: fd.h,v 1.13 1999/05/09 00:52:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: fd.h,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:14:41 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ extern void FreeFile(FILE *);
  * atop virtual Files...
  */
 extern BufFile *BufFileCreate(File file);
-extern void BufFileClose(BufFile *file);
-extern size_t BufFileRead(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size);
-extern size_t BufFileWrite(BufFile *file, void *ptr, size_t size);
-extern int BufFileFlush(BufFile *file);
-extern long BufFileSeek(BufFile *file, long offset, int whence);
+extern void BufFileClose(BufFile * file);
+extern size_t BufFileRead(BufFile * file, void *ptr, size_t size);
+extern size_t BufFileWrite(BufFile * file, void *ptr, size_t size);
+extern int	BufFileFlush(BufFile * file);
+extern long BufFileSeek(BufFile * file, long offset, int whence);
 
 /* Miscellaneous support routines */
 extern int	FileNameUnlink(char *filename);
diff --git a/src/include/storage/itemid.h b/src/include/storage/itemid.h
index 88d856a35c44cea419965806952467f099ef0c63..c6bea0eea9ca454f521f6148edb49afa46f1936c 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/itemid.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/itemid.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: itemid.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itemid.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:14:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ typedef struct ItemIdData *ItemId;
    ((itemId)->lp_flags)
 
 /*
- * ItemIdIsValid 
+ * ItemIdIsValid
  *		True iff disk item identifier is valid.
  */
 #define ItemIdIsValid(itemId)	PointerIsValid(itemId)
 
 /*
- * ItemIdIsUsed 
+ * ItemIdIsUsed
  *		True iff disk item identifier is in use.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/include/storage/itemptr.h b/src/include/storage/itemptr.h
index 3e3c1d2a55d9b4262333ccff4f58dae9df4590c7..4f6a131f741321c934561efbcc0952289e729b46 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/itemptr.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/itemptr.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: itemptr.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:06 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: itemptr.h,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:14:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
  */
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerIsValid 
+ * ItemPointerIsValid
  *		True iff the disk item pointer is not NULL.
  */
 #define ItemPointerIsValid(pointer) \
 	((bool) (PointerIsValid(pointer) && ((pointer)->ip_posid != 0)))
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerGetBlockNumber 
+ * ItemPointerGetBlockNumber
  *		Returns the block number of a disk item pointer.
  */
 #define ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(pointer) \
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber 
+ * ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber
  *		Returns the offset number of a disk item pointer.
  */
 #define ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(pointer) \
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerSet 
+ * ItemPointerSet
  *		Sets a disk item pointer to the specified block and offset.
  */
 #define ItemPointerSet(pointer, blockNumber, offNum) \
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerSetBlockNumber 
+ * ItemPointerSetBlockNumber
  *		Sets a disk item pointer to the specified block.
  */
 #define ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(pointer, blockNumber) \
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber 
+ * ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber
  *		Sets a disk item pointer to the specified offset.
  */
 #define ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(pointer, offsetNumber) \
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerCopy 
+ * ItemPointerCopy
  *		Copies the contents of one disk item pointer to another.
  */
 #define ItemPointerCopy(fromPointer, toPointer) \
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef ItemPointerData *ItemPointer;
 )
 
 /*
- * ItemPointerSetInvalid 
+ * ItemPointerSetInvalid
  *		Sets a disk item pointer to be invalid.
  */
 #define ItemPointerSetInvalid(pointer) \
diff --git a/src/include/storage/lock.h b/src/include/storage/lock.h
index ab084eb94fdb8db5d6e383a5a70cb6317016595a..744ff537c0ac89caccf7f312890d4860827b9b9a 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/lock.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/lock.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: lock.h,v 1.26 1999/05/13 15:55:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: lock.h,v 1.27 1999/05/25 16:14:42 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ typedef struct LTAG
 	Oid			dbId;
 	union
 	{
-		BlockNumber		blkno;
-		TransactionId	xid;
+		BlockNumber blkno;
+		TransactionId xid;
 	}			objId;
 	uint16		lockmethod;		/* needed by user locks */
 } LOCKTAG;
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ typedef struct LOCKMETHODTABLE
  * we store is the number of locks of each type (holders) and the
  * total number of locks (nHolding) held by the transaction.
  *
- * NOTE: 
+ * NOTE:
  * There were some problems with the fact that currently TransactionIdData
  * is a 5 byte entity and compilers long word aligning of structure fields.
  * If the 3 byte padding is put in front of the actual xid data then the
diff --git a/src/include/storage/off.h b/src/include/storage/off.h
index ee3434c4f9f31305f24de9c3c3c496a5f7660ffc..63a3e1b54c365c1585be140c751bb2f59d005676 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/off.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/off.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: off.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:08 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: off.h,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:14:43 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ typedef uint16 OffsetNumber;
  */
 
 /*
- * OffsetNumberIsValid 
+ * OffsetNumberIsValid
  *		True iff the offset number is valid.
  */
 #define OffsetNumberIsValid(offsetNumber) \
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ typedef uint16 OffsetNumber;
 			 (offsetNumber <= MaxOffsetNumber)))
 
 /*
- * OffsetNumberNext 
- * OffsetNumberPrev 
+ * OffsetNumberNext
+ * OffsetNumberPrev
  *		Increments/decrements the argument.  These macros look pointless
  *		but they help us disambiguate the different manipulations on
  *		OffsetNumbers (e.g., sometimes we substract one from an
diff --git a/src/include/storage/page.h b/src/include/storage/page.h
index d661266ffe47f579612a9a51d74527ba5f9503fb..4ee4e06d382271e3ca5c6420204558b2392101a0 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/page.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/page.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: page.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: page.h,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:14:43 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 typedef Pointer Page;
 
 /*
- * PageIsValid 
+ * PageIsValid
  *		True iff page is valid.
  */
 #define PageIsValid(page) PointerIsValid(page)
diff --git a/src/include/storage/pagenum.h b/src/include/storage/pagenum.h
index 56ccf1c1ab3808de7f7b749bc45619bc119b9188..91cf23b5ce0224d2d60dd563af24dceeecb0cd35 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/pagenum.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/pagenum.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pagenum.h,v 1.7 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pagenum.h,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:14:43 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ typedef uint32 LogicalPageNumber;
 #define InvalidLogicalPageNumber		0
 
 /*
- * LogicalPageNumberIsValid 
+ * LogicalPageNumberIsValid
  *		True iff the logical page number is valid.
  */
 #define LogicalPageNumberIsValid(pageNumber) \
diff --git a/src/include/storage/pos.h b/src/include/storage/pos.h
index fa6feb148cc6591901d6444f0967e1598c06165c..91d85c68c556ff541312526b98bd44358fc84d47 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/pos.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/pos.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pos.h,v 1.6 1999/02/13 23:22:09 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pos.h,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:14:44 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -32,28 +32,28 @@ typedef PositionIdData *PositionId;
  */
 
 /*
- * PositionIdIsValid 
+ * PositionIdIsValid
  *		True iff the position identifier is valid.
  */
 #define PositionIdIsValid(positionId) \
 	PointerIsValid(positionId)
 
 /*
- * PositionIdSetInvalid 
+ * PositionIdSetInvalid
  *		Make an invalid position.
  */
 #define PositionIdSetInvalid(positionId) \
 	*(positionId) = (bits16) 0
 
 /*
- * PositionIdSet 
+ * PositionIdSet
  *		Sets a position identifier to the specified value.
  */
 #define PositionIdSet(positionId, offsetNumber) \
 	*(positionId) = (offsetNumber)
 
 /*
- * PositionIdGetOffsetNumber 
+ * PositionIdGetOffsetNumber
  *		Retrieve the offset number from a position identifier.
  */
 #define PositionIdGetOffsetNumber(positionId) \
diff --git a/src/include/storage/proc.h b/src/include/storage/proc.h
index 3dcf1e281b5c6772baa09a9a7a67d23eef1aa244..0caef8fa90c8172a043327a4f74bc7287ff856b8 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/proc.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/proc.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: proc.h,v 1.22 1999/05/13 15:55:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: proc.h,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:14:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ typedef struct procglobal
 	SHMEM_OFFSET freeProcs;
 	IPCKey		currKey;
 	int32		freeSemMap[MAX_PROC_SEMS / PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET];
-	/* In each freeSemMap entry, the PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET lsbs flag whether
+
+	/*
+	 * In each freeSemMap entry, the PROC_NSEMS_PER_SET lsbs flag whether
 	 * individual semaphores are in use, and the next higher bit is set to
 	 * show that the entire set is allocated.
 	 */
@@ -117,8 +119,8 @@ extern bool ProcRemove(int pid);
 /* make static in storage/lmgr/proc.c -- jolly */
 
 extern void ProcQueueInit(PROC_QUEUE *queue);
-extern int ProcSleep(PROC_QUEUE *queue, LOCKMETHODCTL *lockctl, int token, 
-					LOCK *lock);
+extern int ProcSleep(PROC_QUEUE *queue, LOCKMETHODCTL * lockctl, int token,
+		  LOCK *lock);
 extern PROC *ProcWakeup(PROC *proc, int errType);
 extern int ProcLockWakeup(PROC_QUEUE *queue, LOCKMETHOD lockmethod,
 			   LOCK *lock);
diff --git a/src/include/storage/shmem.h b/src/include/storage/shmem.h
index 7f5ed84aacde57eea30016167c49dc81c0751c28..e39e3e3bd7b4305ca14061a691e3efadb8373624 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/shmem.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/shmem.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: shmem.h,v 1.16 1999/04/02 04:51:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: shmem.h,v 1.17 1999/05/25 16:14:45 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ extern SHMEM_OFFSET ShmemPIDDestroy(int pid);
 extern long *ShmemInitStruct(char *name, unsigned long size,
 				bool *foundPtr);
 extern bool TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId xid);
-extern void	GetXmaxRecent(TransactionId *XmaxRecent);
+extern void GetXmaxRecent(TransactionId *XmaxRecent);
 
 
 typedef int TableID;
diff --git a/src/include/storage/sinvaladt.h b/src/include/storage/sinvaladt.h
index 522eb5e220b5e6d9f0a6277ab32464e869c76d66..d92969a85b0ea883d4829bd58e5fe022f6a81e48 100644
--- a/src/include/storage/sinvaladt.h
+++ b/src/include/storage/sinvaladt.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: sinvaladt.h,v 1.12 1999/02/19 06:06:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: sinvaladt.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:14:46 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ typedef struct SISeg
 	Offset		endEntryChain;	/* (offset relative to B)		*/
 	int			numEntries;
 	int			maxNumEntries;
-	ProcState	procState[MAXBACKENDS];			/* reflects the
-												 * invalidation state */
+	ProcState	procState[MAXBACKENDS]; /* reflects the invalidation state */
 	/* here starts the entry section, controlled by offsets */
 } SISeg;
 
diff --git a/src/include/tcop/dest.h b/src/include/tcop/dest.h
index 941e913eaae894bf16f7518b0299b67bf7a49983..dd5e447bccb26cba0711cf3672206c725c4658b3 100644
--- a/src/include/tcop/dest.h
+++ b/src/include/tcop/dest.h
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
  * The DestReceiver object returned by DestToFunction may be a statically
  * allocated object (for destination types that require no local state)
  * or can be a palloc'd object that has DestReceiver as its first field
- * and contains additional fields (see printtup.c for an example).  These
+ * and contains additional fields (see printtup.c for an example).	These
  * additional fields are then accessible to the DestReceiver functions
  * by casting the DestReceiver* pointer passed to them.
  * The palloc'd object is pfree'd by the DestReceiver's cleanup function.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: dest.h,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:22:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: dest.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:14:47 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -78,22 +78,23 @@ typedef enum
  */
 typedef struct _DestReceiver DestReceiver;
 
-struct _DestReceiver {
+struct _DestReceiver
+{
 	/* Called for each tuple to be output: */
-	void (*receiveTuple) (HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
-						  DestReceiver* self);
+	void		(*receiveTuple) (HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
+											 DestReceiver * self);
 	/* Initialization and teardown: */
-	void (*setup) (DestReceiver* self, TupleDesc typeinfo);
-	void (*cleanup) (DestReceiver* self);
+	void		(*setup) (DestReceiver * self, TupleDesc typeinfo);
+	void		(*cleanup) (DestReceiver * self);
 	/* Private fields might appear beyond this point... */
 };
 
 /* The primary destination management functions */
 
 extern void BeginCommand(char *pname, int operation, TupleDesc attinfo,
-						 bool isIntoRel, bool isIntoPortal, char *tag,
-						 CommandDest dest);
-extern DestReceiver* DestToFunction(CommandDest dest);
+			 bool isIntoRel, bool isIntoPortal, char *tag,
+			 CommandDest dest);
+extern DestReceiver *DestToFunction(CommandDest dest);
 extern void EndCommand(char *commandTag, CommandDest dest);
 
 /* Additional functions that go with destination management, more or less. */
diff --git a/src/include/tcop/tcopprot.h b/src/include/tcop/tcopprot.h
index 41bcaa43f394107fdea092f7bdbb99d396cb4946..535d974b9aa67361f691a1d024711a34b273977c 100644
--- a/src/include/tcop/tcopprot.h
+++ b/src/include/tcop/tcopprot.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.19 1999/05/13 07:29:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:14:48 momjian Exp $
  *
  * OLD COMMENTS
  *	  This file was created so that other c files could get the two
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "executor/execdesc.h"
 #include "parser/parse_node.h"
 
-/*  Autoconf's test for HAVE_SIGSETJMP fails on Linux 2.0.x because the test
+/*	Autoconf's test for HAVE_SIGSETJMP fails on Linux 2.0.x because the test
  *	explicitly disallows sigsetjmp being a #define, which is how it
  *	is declared in Linux. So, to avoid compiler warnings about
  *	sigsetjmp() being redefined, let's not redefine unless necessary.
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
 #define sigsetjmp(x,y)	setjmp(x)
 #define siglongjmp longjmp
 #endif
-extern DLLIMPORT sigjmp_buf	Warn_restart;
+extern DLLIMPORT sigjmp_buf Warn_restart;
 extern bool InError;
 
 #ifndef BOOTSTRAP_INCLUDE
 extern List *pg_parse_and_plan(char *query_string, Oid *typev, int nargs,
-							   List **queryListP, CommandDest dest,
-							   bool aclOverride);
+				  List **queryListP, CommandDest dest,
+				  bool aclOverride);
 extern void pg_exec_query(char *query_string);
 extern void pg_exec_query_acl_override(char *query_string);
 extern void
diff --git a/src/include/utils/array.h b/src/include/utils/array.h
index f0566ca6f93d9774387ab2b73614a94b07b91f77..e6c8c6c31122e53a41f0a35b60435f498be76dad 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/array.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/array.h
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: array.h,v 1.17 1999/05/03 23:48:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: array.h,v 1.18 1999/05/25 16:14:49 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  XXX the data array should be LONGALIGN'd -- notice that the array
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ extern char *array_assgn(ArrayType *array, int n, int *upperIndx,
 			int *lowerIndx, ArrayType *newArr, int reftype,
 			int len, bool *isNull);
 extern ArrayType *array_map(ArrayType *v, Oid type,
-							char * (*fn)(),
-							Oid retType, int nargs, ...);
+		  char *(*fn) (),
+		  Oid retType, int nargs,...);
 extern int	array_eq(ArrayType *array1, ArrayType *array2);
 extern int _LOtransfer(char **destfd, int size, int nitems, char **srcfd,
 			int isSrcLO, int isDestLO);
diff --git a/src/include/utils/bit.h b/src/include/utils/bit.h
index 1431a2d22797ff67f5ba8348bbbd5f8b0f5bf045..ed3355df4e86137d11d2f873b878d4dd1373834a 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/bit.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/bit.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: bit.h,v 1.5 1999/02/13 23:22:15 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: bit.h,v 1.6 1999/05/25 16:14:51 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -19,19 +19,19 @@ typedef uint32 BitIndex;
 #define BitsPerByte		8
 
 /*
- * BitArraySetBit 
+ * BitArraySetBit
  *		Sets (to 1) the value of a bit in a bit array.
  */
 extern void BitArraySetBit(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
 
 /*
- * BitArrayClearBit 
+ * BitArrayClearBit
  *		Clears (to 0) the value of a bit in a bit array.
  */
 extern void BitArrayClearBit(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
 
 /*
- * BitArrayBitIsSet 
+ * BitArrayBitIsSet
  *		True iff the bit is set (1) in a bit array.
  */
 extern bool BitArrayBitIsSet(BitArray bitArray, BitIndex bitIndex);
diff --git a/src/include/utils/builtins.h b/src/include/utils/builtins.h
index 71fb63c77fe77b502e94f99441eb1db46bc793c7..0fe0487b47488a6d763705629be43fdb6aadf5d5 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/builtins.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/builtins.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.78 1999/05/03 19:10:31 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.79 1999/05/25 16:14:52 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  This should normally only be included by fmgr.h.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ extern int8 charmul(int8 arg1, int8 arg2);
 extern int8 chardiv(int8 arg1, int8 arg2);
 extern bool cideq(int8 arg1, int8 arg2);
 extern int8 text_char(text *arg1);
-extern text* char_text(int8 arg1);
+extern text *char_text(int8 arg1);
 
 /* int.c */
 extern int32 int2in(char *num);
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ extern void ltoa(int32 l, char *a);
  */
 extern int32 btint2cmp(int16 a, int16 b);
 extern int32 btint4cmp(int32 a, int32 b);
-extern int32 btint8cmp(int64 *a, int64 *b);
+extern int32 btint8cmp(int64 * a, int64 * b);
 extern int32 btint24cmp(int16 a, int32 b);
 extern int32 btint42cmp(int32 a, int16 b);
 extern int32 btfloat4cmp(float32 a, float32 b);
@@ -524,50 +524,50 @@ extern text *translate(text *string, char from, char to);
 /* acl.c */
 
 /* inet_net_ntop.c */
-char *inet_net_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size);
-char *inet_cidr_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size);
+char	   *inet_net_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size);
+char	   *inet_cidr_ntop(int af, const void *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size);
 
 /* inet_net_pton.c */
-int inet_net_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst, size_t size);
+int			inet_net_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst, size_t size);
 
 /* network.c */
 inet	   *inet_in(char *str);
-char	   *inet_out(inet * addr);
+char	   *inet_out(inet *addr);
 inet	   *cidr_in(char *str);
 char	   *cidr_out(inet *addr);
-bool		network_lt(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_le(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_eq(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_ge(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_gt(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_ne(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_sub(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_subeq(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_sup(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-bool		network_supeq(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-int4		network_cmp(inet * a1, inet * a2);
-
-text	   *network_network(inet * addr);
-text	   *network_netmask(inet * addr);
-int4		network_masklen(inet * addr);
-text	   *network_broadcast(inet * addr);
-text	   *network_host(inet * addr);
+bool		network_lt(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_le(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_eq(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_ge(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_gt(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_ne(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_sub(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_subeq(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_sup(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+bool		network_supeq(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+int4		network_cmp(inet *a1, inet *a2);
+
+text	   *network_network(inet *addr);
+text	   *network_netmask(inet *addr);
+int4		network_masklen(inet *addr);
+text	   *network_broadcast(inet *addr);
+text	   *network_host(inet *addr);
 
 /* mac.c */
 macaddr    *macaddr_in(char *str);
-char	   *macaddr_out(macaddr * addr);
-bool		macaddr_lt(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-bool		macaddr_le(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-bool		macaddr_eq(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-bool		macaddr_ge(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-bool		macaddr_gt(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-bool		macaddr_ne(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-int4		macaddr_cmp(macaddr * a1, macaddr * a2);
-text	   *macaddr_manuf(macaddr * addr);
+char	   *macaddr_out(macaddr *addr);
+bool		macaddr_lt(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+bool		macaddr_le(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+bool		macaddr_eq(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+bool		macaddr_ge(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+bool		macaddr_gt(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+bool		macaddr_ne(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+int4		macaddr_cmp(macaddr *a1, macaddr *a2);
+text	   *macaddr_manuf(macaddr *addr);
 
 /* numeric.c */
 Numeric		numeric_in(char *str, int dummy, int32 typmod);
-char		*numeric_out(Numeric num);
+char	   *numeric_out(Numeric num);
 Numeric		numeric(Numeric num, int32 typmod);
 Numeric		numeric_abs(Numeric num);
 Numeric		numeric_sign(Numeric num);
@@ -604,7 +604,3 @@ float64		numeric_float8(Numeric num);
 
 
 #endif	 /* BUILTINS_H */
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/src/include/utils/dt.h b/src/include/utils/dt.h
index 9bd391b550000a8209affefd3ff426a66b349cf7..d217c8aa87fe58e8631d808b2d0f881920f26d88 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/dt.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/dt.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: dt.h,v 1.39 1999/04/15 02:24:23 thomas Exp $
+ * $Id: dt.h,v 1.40 1999/05/25 16:14:53 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ extern int	datetime_is_epoch(double j);
  * Include check for leap year.
  */
 
-extern int day_tab[2][13];
+extern int	day_tab[2][13];
 
 #define isleap(y) (((y) % 4) == 0 && (((y) % 100) != 0 || ((y) % 400) == 0))
 
 /* Julian date support for date2j() and j2date()
  * Set the minimum year to one greater than the year of the first valid day
- *  to avoid having to check year and day both. - tgl 97/05/08
+ *	to avoid having to check year and day both. - tgl 97/05/08
  */
 
 #define JULIAN_MINYEAR (-4713)
diff --git a/src/include/utils/geo_decls.h b/src/include/utils/geo_decls.h
index 808f5210e1e3caf1a4a31ff3b1048f518dfe2310..34cd7f29f032d85036cd88ec4d89f302241ad1c4 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/geo_decls.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/geo_decls.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: geo_decls.h,v 1.22 1999/03/28 01:56:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: geo_decls.h,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:14:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTE
  *	  These routines do *not* use the float types from adt/.
@@ -363,6 +363,6 @@ extern double circle_dt(CIRCLE *circle1, CIRCLE *circle2);
 extern float64 areasel(Oid opid, Oid relid, AttrNumber attno,
 		char *value, int32 flag);
 extern float64 areajoinsel(Oid opid, Oid relid1, AttrNumber attno1,
-		Oid relid2, AttrNumber attno2);
+			Oid relid2, AttrNumber attno2);
 
 #endif	 /* GEO_DECLS_H */
diff --git a/src/include/utils/hsearch.h b/src/include/utils/hsearch.h
index 4e5676eb887dc45800088e90deba98039f5be78f..c717d9bd486b53108fe68c4bcdf45cfd47dc1483 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/hsearch.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/hsearch.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: hsearch.h,v 1.11 1999/02/22 06:16:46 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: hsearch.h,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:14:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  * Constants
  *
  * A hash table has a top-level "directory", each of whose entries points
- * to a "segment" of ssize bucket headers.  The maximum number of hash
+ * to a "segment" of ssize bucket headers.	The maximum number of hash
  * buckets is thus dsize * ssize (but dsize may be expansible).  Of course,
  * the number of records in the table can be larger, but we don't want a
  * whole lot of records per bucket or performance goes down.
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
  * expanded because it must stay at a fixed address.
  */
 #define DEF_SEGSIZE			   256
-#define DEF_SEGSIZE_SHIFT	   8			/* log2(SEGSIZE)  */
+#define DEF_SEGSIZE_SHIFT	   8/* log2(SEGSIZE)  */
 #define DEF_DIRSIZE			   256
-#define DEF_FFACTOR			   1			/* default fill factor */
+#define DEF_FFACTOR			   1/* default fill factor */
 
-#define PRIME1				   37			/* for the hash function */
+#define PRIME1				   37		/* for the hash function */
 #define PRIME2				   1048583
 
 
@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ typedef struct hashhdr
 	long		nsegs;			/* Number of allocated segments */
 	long		keysize;		/* hash key length in bytes */
 	long		datasize;		/* elem data length in bytes */
-	long		max_dsize;		/* 'dsize' limit if directory is fixed size */
+	long		max_dsize;		/* 'dsize' limit if directory is fixed
+								 * size */
 	BUCKET_INDEX freeBucketIndex;
 	/* index of first free bucket */
 #ifdef HASH_STATISTICS
diff --git a/src/include/utils/inet.h b/src/include/utils/inet.h
index 23ac35582cc309e16251b8545eeac3c201063802..252d1dd10536f03228ac6f60aced09159dec7505 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/inet.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/inet.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: inet.h,v 1.3 1999/02/13 23:22:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: inet.h,v 1.4 1999/05/25 16:14:54 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ typedef struct
 	unsigned char type;
 	union
 	{
-		unsigned int	ipv4_addr;	/* network byte order */
+		unsigned int ipv4_addr; /* network byte order */
 		/* add IPV6 address type here */
 	}			addr;
 }			inet_struct;
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ typedef struct macaddr
 	unsigned char d;
 	unsigned char e;
 	unsigned char f;
-}			macaddr;
+} macaddr;
 
 
 typedef struct manufacturer
@@ -51,9 +51,8 @@ typedef struct manufacturer
 	unsigned char b;
 	unsigned char c;
 	char	   *name;
-} manufacturer;
+}			manufacturer;
 
 extern manufacturer manufacturers[];
 
 #endif	 /* MAC_H */
-
diff --git a/src/include/utils/int8.h b/src/include/utils/int8.h
index db2e9edb5206fcae143be6254d65630f39eaf715..6a1f134bbf6e1659d2991d17fafc420c033b070d 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/int8.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/int8.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: int8.h,v 1.12 1999/03/15 01:43:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: int8.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:14:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  * These data types are supported on all 64-bit architectures, and may
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ extern int32 int84(int64 * val);
 #if NOT_USED
 extern int64 *int28 (int16 val);
 extern int16 int82(int64 * val);
+
 #endif
 
 extern float64 i8tod(int64 * val);
 extern int64 *dtoi8(float64 val);
 
-extern text *int8_text(int64 *val);
+extern text *int8_text(int64 * val);
 extern int64 *text_int8(text *str);
 
 #endif	 /* INT8_H */
-
diff --git a/src/include/utils/mcxt.h b/src/include/utils/mcxt.h
index cce6ec865b8d253d38a098a8613a1cf7a6640b1a..ed8ae2e332d62ca74524e83f81e4a1cc69f462b0 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/mcxt.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/mcxt.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: mcxt.h,v 1.14 1999/03/22 16:45:28 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: mcxt.h,v 1.15 1999/05/25 16:14:55 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ extern MemoryContext TopMemoryContext;
 
 
 /*
- * MaxAllocSize 
+ * MaxAllocSize
  *		Arbitrary limit on size of allocations.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/include/utils/memutils.h b/src/include/utils/memutils.h
index e95aec57c9014409c7d2fbadf820cc03f55e05a6..59f473b910a07b43fd9261e6fb3d57a6ec231db0 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/memutils.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/memutils.h
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.24 1999/05/22 23:19:36 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.25 1999/05/25 16:14:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  * NOTES
  *	  some of the information in this file will be moved to
@@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ extern void OrderedElemPushInto(OrderedElem elem, OrderedSet Set);
  */
 
 /*
- * AllocPointer 
+ * AllocPointer
  *		Aligned pointer which may be a member of an allocation set.
  */
 typedef Pointer AllocPointer;
 
 /*
- * AllocMode 
+ * AllocMode
  *		Mode of allocation for an allocation set.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -156,56 +156,58 @@ typedef enum AllocMode
 #define DefaultAllocMode		DynamicAllocMode
 
 /*
- * AllocBlock 
+ * AllocBlock
  *		Small pieces of memory are taken from bigger blocks of
  *		memory with a size aligned to a power of two. These
  *		pieces are not free's separately, instead they are reused
  *		for the next allocation of a fitting size.
  */
-typedef struct AllocBlockData {
-	struct AllocSetData			*aset;
-	struct AllocBlockData		*next;
-	char						*freeptr;
-	char						*endptr;
-} AllocBlockData;
+typedef struct AllocBlockData
+{
+	struct AllocSetData *aset;
+	struct AllocBlockData *next;
+	char	   *freeptr;
+	char	   *endptr;
+}			AllocBlockData;
 
 typedef AllocBlockData *AllocBlock;
 
 /*
- * AllocChunk 
+ * AllocChunk
  *		The prefix of each piece of memory in an AllocBlock
  */
-typedef struct AllocChunkData {
+typedef struct AllocChunkData
+{
 	/* aset is the owning aset if allocated, or the freelist link if free */
-	void						*aset;
+	void	   *aset;
 	/* size is always the chunk size */
-	Size						size;
-} AllocChunkData;
+	Size		size;
+}			AllocChunkData;
 
 typedef AllocChunkData *AllocChunk;
 
 /*
- * AllocSet 
+ * AllocSet
  *		Allocation set.
  */
 typedef struct AllocSetData
 {
-	struct AllocBlockData		*blocks;
+	struct AllocBlockData *blocks;
 #define ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS	8
-	struct AllocChunkData		*freelist[ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS];
+	struct AllocChunkData *freelist[ALLOCSET_NUM_FREELISTS];
 	/* Note: this will change in the future to support other modes */
 } AllocSetData;
 
 typedef AllocSetData *AllocSet;
 
 /*
- * AllocPointerIsValid 
+ * AllocPointerIsValid
  *		True iff pointer is valid allocation pointer.
  */
 #define AllocPointerIsValid(pointer) PointerIsValid(pointer)
 
 /*
- * AllocSetIsValid 
+ * AllocSetIsValid
  *		True iff set is valid allocation set.
  */
 #define AllocSetIsValid(set) PointerIsValid(set)
@@ -238,7 +240,7 @@ extern void AllocSetDump(AllocSet set);
 typedef int LibCCopyLength;
 
 /*
- * MemoryCopy 
+ * MemoryCopy
  *		Copies fixed length block of memory to another.
  */
 #define MemoryCopy(toBuffer, fromBuffer, length)\
diff --git a/src/include/utils/nabstime.h b/src/include/utils/nabstime.h
index fca6b628770bd56afa1a755d1db0e55ad60f2506..ace0e135fdec8f65746ded0fd46b24568a82bf95 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/nabstime.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/nabstime.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: nabstime.h,v 1.19 1999/03/14 16:44:02 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: nabstime.h,v 1.20 1999/05/25 16:14:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
  */
 /* The original typedefs are bogus - they assume that the system's 'time_t'
  * type is of size 32-bits.  Under AlphaLinux, time_t is a long int, which
- * is 64-bits.  Therefore, typedef these both as simply 'time_t', and let
+ * is 64-bits.	Therefore, typedef these both as simply 'time_t', and let
  * the OS define what the size really is. -- RME 3/5/99
  */
 typedef time_t AbsoluteTime;
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ typedef TimeIntervalData *TimeInterval;
 extern AbsoluteTime GetCurrentAbsoluteTime(void);
 
 /*
- * getSystemTime 
+ * getSystemTime
  *		Returns system time.
  */
 #define getSystemTime() \
diff --git a/src/include/utils/numeric.h b/src/include/utils/numeric.h
index 24c85a5659ed5ebddbc77ff228a9f4a76f11ff4e..888677f71ac09b0c9bf9e744f510f3904f717250 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/numeric.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/numeric.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  *	1998 Jan Wieck
  *
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/utils/numeric.h,v 1.4 1999/02/13 23:22:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/utils/numeric.h,v 1.5 1999/05/25 16:14:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  * ----------
  */
@@ -24,10 +24,10 @@
 #define NUMERIC_DEFAULT_PRECISION	30
 #define NUMERIC_DEFAULT_SCALE		6
 
-#define	NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE	NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION
-#define	NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE	NUMERIC_DEFAULT_SCALE + 4
+#define NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE	NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION
+#define NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE	NUMERIC_DEFAULT_SCALE + 4
 
-#define	NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE	(NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION * 2)
+#define NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE	(NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION * 2)
 #define NUMERIC_MIN_RESULT_SCALE	(NUMERIC_DEFAULT_PRECISION + 4)
 
 #define NUMERIC_UNPACKED_DATASIZE	(NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION * 2 + 4)
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@
  * ----------
  */
 #define NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK	0xC000
-#define	NUMERIC_POS			0x0000
+#define NUMERIC_POS			0x0000
 #define NUMERIC_NEG			0x4000
 #define NUMERIC_NAN			0xC000
 #define NUMERIC_SIGN(n)		((n)->n_sign_dscale & NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK)
 #define NUMERIC_DSCALE(n)	((n)->n_sign_dscale & ~NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK)
-#define NUMERIC_IS_NAN(n)	(NUMERIC_SIGN(n) != NUMERIC_POS && 			\
+#define NUMERIC_IS_NAN(n)	(NUMERIC_SIGN(n) != NUMERIC_POS &&			\
 								NUMERIC_SIGN(n) != NUMERIC_NEG)
 
 
@@ -51,17 +51,17 @@
  * The Numeric data type stored in the database
  * ----------
  */
-typedef struct NumericData {
-	int32			varlen;			/* Variable size		*/
-	int16			n_weight;		/* Weight of 1st digit	*/
-	uint16			n_rscale;		/* Result scale			*/
-	uint16			n_sign_dscale;	/* Sign + display scale	*/
-	unsigned char	n_data[1];		/* Digit data			*/
-} NumericData;
+typedef struct NumericData
+{
+	int32		varlen;			/* Variable size		*/
+	int16		n_weight;		/* Weight of 1st digit	*/
+	uint16		n_rscale;		/* Result scale			*/
+	uint16		n_sign_dscale;	/* Sign + display scale */
+	unsigned char n_data[1];	/* Digit data			*/
+}			NumericData;
 typedef NumericData *Numeric;
 
 #define NUMERIC_HDRSZ	(sizeof(int32) + sizeof(uint16) * 3)
 
 
-#endif /* _PG_NUMERIC_H_ */
-
+#endif	 /* _PG_NUMERIC_H_ */
diff --git a/src/include/utils/palloc.h b/src/include/utils/palloc.h
index 5c9a31a45048e5b60cafada56c8237517b1f67cc..69ad079bb29dff63ea61d0479ec582ce0308421d 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/palloc.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/palloc.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.8 1999/02/13 23:22:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.9 1999/05/25 16:14:56 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -17,23 +17,23 @@
 
 #ifdef PALLOC_IS_MALLOC
 
-#  define palloc(s)		malloc(s)
-#  define pfree(p)		free(p)
-#  define repalloc(p,s)	realloc((p),(s))
+#define palloc(s)	  malloc(s)
+#define pfree(p)	  free(p)
+#define repalloc(p,s) realloc((p),(s))
 
-#else /* ! PALLOC_IS_MALLOC */
+#else							/* ! PALLOC_IS_MALLOC */
 
 /* ----------
  * In the case we use memory contexts, use macro's for palloc() etc.
  * ----------
  */
-#  include "utils/mcxt.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
 
-#  define palloc(s)		((void *)MemoryContextAlloc(CurrentMemoryContext,(Size)(s)))
-#  define pfree(p)		MemoryContextFree(CurrentMemoryContext,(Pointer)(p))
-#  define repalloc(p,s)	((void *)MemoryContextRealloc(CurrentMemoryContext,(Pointer)(p),(Size)(s)))
+#define palloc(s)	  ((void *)MemoryContextAlloc(CurrentMemoryContext,(Size)(s)))
+#define pfree(p)	  MemoryContextFree(CurrentMemoryContext,(Pointer)(p))
+#define repalloc(p,s) ((void *)MemoryContextRealloc(CurrentMemoryContext,(Pointer)(p),(Size)(s)))
 
-#endif /* PALLOC_IS_MALLOC */
+#endif	 /* PALLOC_IS_MALLOC */
 
 /* like strdup except uses palloc */
 extern char *pstrdup(char *pointer);
diff --git a/src/include/utils/portal.h b/src/include/utils/portal.h
index 59e82868ff9e5240b80fcdb780f453829e441d31..9d2677c4548a91b06a774851b3c151b1671fbfee 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/portal.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/portal.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: portal.h,v 1.12 1999/02/13 23:22:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: portal.h,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:14:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ struct PortalD
 };
 
 /*
- * PortalIsValid 
+ * PortalIsValid
  *		True iff portal is valid.
  */
 #define PortalIsValid(p) PointerIsValid(p)
diff --git a/src/include/utils/psort.h b/src/include/utils/psort.h
index 32661031a5c9772e959de53d465122351f93bbbe..b9590cef6182f83f12e6e01973fc22f9116418e7 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/psort.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/psort.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: psort.h,v 1.18 1999/05/09 00:53:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: psort.h,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:14:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ struct tape
 {
 	int			tp_dummy;		/* (D) */
 	int			tp_fib;			/* (A) */
-	BufFile	   *tp_file;		/* (TAPE) */
+	BufFile    *tp_file;		/* (TAPE) */
 	struct tape *tp_prev;
 };
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ typedef struct Psortstate
 
 	struct leftist *Tuples;
 
-	BufFile	   *psort_grab_file;
+	BufFile    *psort_grab_file;
 	long		psort_current;	/* could be file offset, or array index */
 	long		psort_saved;	/* could be file offset, or array index */
 	bool		using_tape_files;
diff --git a/src/include/utils/rel.h b/src/include/utils/rel.h
index 9eba94a9da80f5921941c33105fe8aaa4d14bcd9..4b2ee9de96fae437ddeefe3d37c4371f4c81551e 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/rel.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/rel.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: rel.h,v 1.22 1999/02/13 23:22:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: rel.h,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:14:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ typedef struct RelationData
 	bool		rd_myxactonly;	/* uses the local buffer mgr */
 	bool		rd_isnailed;	/* rel is nailed in cache */
 	bool		rd_isnoname;	/* rel has no name */
-	bool		rd_nonameunlinked; /* noname rel already unlinked */
+	bool		rd_nonameunlinked;		/* noname rel already unlinked */
 	Form_pg_am	rd_am;			/* AM tuple */
 	Form_pg_class rd_rel;		/* RELATION tuple */
 	Oid			rd_id;			/* relations's object id */
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 #define InvalidRelation ((Relation)NULL)
 
 /*
- * RelationIsValid 
+ * RelationIsValid
  *		True iff relation descriptor is valid.
  */
 #define RelationIsValid(relation) PointerIsValid(relation)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetSystemPort 
+ * RelationGetSystemPort
  *		Returns system port of a relation.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 #define RelationGetSystemPort(relation) ((relation)->rd_fd)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetLockInfo 
+ * RelationGetLockInfo
  *		Returns the lock information structure in the reldesc
  *
  */
 #define RelationGetLockInfo(relation) ((relation)->lockInfo)
 
 /*
- * RelationHasReferenceCountZero 
+ * RelationHasReferenceCountZero
  *		True iff relation reference count is zero.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -109,25 +109,25 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 		((bool)((relation)->rd_refcnt == 0))
 
 /*
- * RelationSetReferenceCount 
+ * RelationSetReferenceCount
  *		Sets relation reference count.
  */
 #define RelationSetReferenceCount(relation,count) ((relation)->rd_refcnt = count)
 
 /*
- * RelationIncrementReferenceCount 
+ * RelationIncrementReferenceCount
  *		Increments relation reference count.
  */
 #define RelationIncrementReferenceCount(relation) ((relation)->rd_refcnt += 1);
 
 /*
- * RelationDecrementReferenceCount 
+ * RelationDecrementReferenceCount
  *		Decrements relation reference count.
  */
 #define RelationDecrementReferenceCount(relation) ((relation)->rd_refcnt -= 1)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetForm 
+ * RelationGetForm
  *		Returns relation attribute values for a relation.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 
 
 /*
- * RelationGetRelid 
+ * RelationGetRelid
  *
  *	returns the object id of the relation
  *
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 #define RelationGetRelid(relation) ((relation)->rd_id)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetFile 
+ * RelationGetFile
  *
  *	  Returns the open File decscriptor
  */
@@ -153,21 +153,21 @@ typedef Relation *RelationPtr;
 
 
 /*
- * RelationGetRelationName 
+ * RelationGetRelationName
  *
  *	  Returns a Relation Name
  */
 #define RelationGetRelationName(relation) (&(relation)->rd_rel->relname)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetRelationName 
+ * RelationGetRelationName
  *
  *	  Returns a the number of attributes.
  */
 #define RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation) ((relation)->rd_rel->relnatts)
 
 /*
- * RelationGetDescr 
+ * RelationGetDescr
  *		Returns tuple descriptor for a relation.
  *
  * Note:
diff --git a/src/include/utils/temprel.h b/src/include/utils/temprel.h
index 2953a943cced93b903af7860e1c279d62d2bd8f5..1b8322351027b119549235a7f5887f4de4a423e4 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/temprel.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/temprel.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: temprel.h,v 1.2 1999/02/13 23:22:32 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: temprel.h,v 1.3 1999/05/25 16:14:57 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -16,10 +16,9 @@
 #include "access/htup.h"
 #include "access/attnum.h"
 
-void create_temp_relation(char *relname, HeapTuple pg_class_tuple);
-void remove_all_temp_relations(void);
-void remove_temp_relation(Oid relid);
-HeapTuple get_temp_rel_by_name(char *user_relname);
+void		create_temp_relation(char *relname, HeapTuple pg_class_tuple);
+void		remove_all_temp_relations(void);
+void		remove_temp_relation(Oid relid);
+HeapTuple	get_temp_rel_by_name(char *user_relname);
 
 #endif	 /* TEMPREL_H */
-
diff --git a/src/include/utils/tqual.h b/src/include/utils/tqual.h
index 5fe617b8c0b9f58b725ba21a7439109aa867348c..1cc67f0ea5b6cba6407568325f3b708eab6bb26d 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/tqual.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/tqual.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: tqual.h,v 1.20 1999/02/13 23:22:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tqual.h,v 1.21 1999/05/25 16:14:58 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
 
 typedef struct SnapshotData
 {
-	TransactionId	xmin;			/* XID < xmin are visible to me */
-	TransactionId	xmax;			/* XID >= xmax are invisible to me */
-	uint32			xcnt;			/* # of xact below */
-	TransactionId  *xip;			/* array of xacts in progress */
-	ItemPointerData	tid;			/* required for Dirty snapshot -:( */
+	TransactionId xmin;			/* XID < xmin are visible to me */
+	TransactionId xmax;			/* XID >= xmax are invisible to me */
+	uint32		xcnt;			/* # of xact below */
+	TransactionId *xip;			/* array of xacts in progress */
+	ItemPointerData tid;		/* required for Dirty snapshot -:( */
 }			SnapshotData;
 
 typedef SnapshotData *Snapshot;
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ typedef SnapshotData *Snapshot;
 #define SnapshotNow					((Snapshot) 0x0)
 #define SnapshotSelf				((Snapshot) 0x1)
 
-extern	Snapshot					SnapshotDirty;
-extern	Snapshot					QuerySnapshot;
-extern	Snapshot					SerializableSnapshot;
+extern Snapshot SnapshotDirty;
+extern Snapshot QuerySnapshot;
+extern Snapshot SerializableSnapshot;
 
 #define IsSnapshotNow(snapshot)		((Snapshot) snapshot == SnapshotNow)
 #define IsSnapshotSelf(snapshot)	((Snapshot) snapshot == SnapshotSelf)
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ extern TransactionId HeapSpecialTransactionId;
 extern CommandId HeapSpecialCommandId;
 
 /*
- * HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility 
+ * HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility
  *		True iff heap tuple satsifies a time qual.
  *
  * Note:
@@ -87,22 +87,22 @@ extern CommandId HeapSpecialCommandId;
 	) \
 )
 
-#define	HeapTupleMayBeUpdated		0
-#define	HeapTupleInvisible			1
+#define HeapTupleMayBeUpdated		0
+#define HeapTupleInvisible			1
 #define HeapTupleSelfUpdated		2
 #define HeapTupleUpdated			3
 #define HeapTupleBeingUpdated		4
 
-extern bool		HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
-extern bool		HeapTupleSatisfiesNow(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
-extern bool		HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
-extern bool		HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot);
-extern int		HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple);
+extern bool HeapTupleSatisfiesItself(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
+extern bool HeapTupleSatisfiesNow(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
+extern bool HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTupleHeader tuple);
+extern bool HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Snapshot snapshot);
+extern int	HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple tuple);
 
 extern void setheapoverride(bool on);
 
 extern Snapshot GetSnapshotData(bool serializable);
-extern void		SetQuerySnapshot(void);
-extern void		FreeXactSnapshot(void);
+extern void SetQuerySnapshot(void);
+extern void FreeXactSnapshot(void);
 
 #endif	 /* TQUAL_H */
diff --git a/src/include/utils/trace.h b/src/include/utils/trace.h
index 29bda724862cc1703feae98657624f7833c3d855..8dce7013d407cba3c794f3ff01e1130a36896275 100644
--- a/src/include/utils/trace.h
+++ b/src/include/utils/trace.h
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ char	   *tprintf_timestamp(void);
 #define TIMESTAMP_SIZE 0
 #endif
 
-extern int	tprintf1(const char *fmt, ...);
+extern int	tprintf1(const char *fmt,...);
 extern int	tprintf(int flag, const char *fmt,...);
 extern int	eprintf(const char *fmt,...);
 extern int	option_flag(int flag);
@@ -77,12 +77,12 @@ extern int	pg_options[NUM_PG_OPTIONS];
 
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 #define PRINTF(args...)			tprintf1(args)
-#define EPRINTF(args...) 		eprintf(args)
+#define EPRINTF(args...)		eprintf(args)
 #define TPRINTF(flag, args...)	tprintf(flag, args)
 #else
 #define PRINTF	tprintf1
 #define EPRINTF eprintf
-#define TPRINTF	tprintf
+#define TPRINTF tprintf
 #endif
 
 #endif	 /* TRACE_H */
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpglib.h b/src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpglib.h
index bac46c849b1f09adeba9a67d2185851db03193ba..9ceb6916954cfd36f1f9d749a4a0681d2becd4a0 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpglib.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpglib.h
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ extern		"C"
 	bool		ECPGdisconnect(int, const char *);
 	bool		ECPGprepare(int, char *, char *);
 	bool		ECPGdeallocate(int, char *);
-	char		*ECPGprepared_statement(char *);
-		
+	char	   *ECPGprepared_statement(char *);
+
 	void		ECPGlog(const char *format,...);
 
 #ifdef LIBPQ_FE_H
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/ecpglib.c b/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/ecpglib.c
index 5314a0a90d3c3f087293ba72bf1f753704bfb941..88c3057d9a34de5f8ee6208e490e1a5118e8c976 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/ecpglib.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/ecpglib.c
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ struct sqlca sqlca =
 
 static struct connection
 {
-	char	*name;
-	PGconn	*connection;
-	bool	committed;
-	int	autocommit;
+	char	   *name;
+	PGconn	   *connection;
+	bool		committed;
+	int			autocommit;
 	struct connection *next;
-}		*all_connections = NULL, *actual_connection = NULL;
+}		   *all_connections = NULL, *actual_connection = NULL;
 
 struct variable
 {
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ struct variable
 
 struct statement
 {
-	int	    lineno;
+	int			lineno;
 	char	   *command;
 	struct connection *connection;
 	struct variable *inlist;
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ struct statement
 
 struct prepared_statement
 {
-	char 				*name;
-	struct statement 		*stmt;
-	struct prepared_statement	*next;
-}	*prep_stmts = NULL;
+	char	   *name;
+	struct statement *stmt;
+	struct prepared_statement *next;
+}		   *prep_stmts = NULL;
 
 struct auto_mem
 {
-	void *pointer;
+	void	   *pointer;
 	struct auto_mem *next;
-}	*auto_allocs = NULL;
+}		   *auto_allocs = NULL;
 
 static int	simple_debug = 0;
 static FILE *debugstream = NULL;
@@ -105,23 +105,23 @@ register_error(long code, char *fmt,...)
 {
 	va_list		args;
 	struct auto_mem *am;
-	
+
 	sqlca.sqlcode = code;
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	vsprintf(sqlca.sqlerrm.sqlerrmc, fmt, args);
 	va_end(args);
 	sqlca.sqlerrm.sqlerrml = strlen(sqlca.sqlerrm.sqlerrmc);
-	
+
 	/* free all memory we have allocated for the user */
 	for (am = auto_allocs; am;)
 	{
 		struct auto_mem *act = am;
-	
-		am = am->next;	
+
+		am = am->next;
 		free(act->pointer);
 		free(act);
 	}
-	
+
 	auto_allocs = NULL;
 }
 
@@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ static struct connection *
 get_connection(const char *connection_name)
 {
 	struct connection *con = all_connections;
-	
+
 	if (connection_name == NULL || strcmp(connection_name, "CURRENT") == 0)
 		return actual_connection;
-		
+
 	for (; con && strcmp(connection_name, con->name) != 0; con = con->next);
 	if (con)
 		return con;
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ ECPGfinish(struct connection * act)
 
 		if (actual_connection == act)
 			actual_connection = all_connections;
-			
+
 		free(act->name);
 		free(act);
 	}
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ ecpg_alloc(long size, int lineno)
 		register_error(ECPG_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Out of memory in line %d", lineno);
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	
+
 	memset(new, '\0', size);
 	return (new);
 }
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ static void
 add_mem(void *ptr, int lineno)
 {
 	struct auto_mem *am = (struct auto_mem *) ecpg_alloc(sizeof(struct auto_mem), lineno);
-	
+
 	am->next = auto_allocs;
 	auto_allocs = am;
 }
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ quote_strings(char *arg, int lineno)
 	char	   *res = (char *) ecpg_alloc(2 * strlen(arg) + 1, lineno);
 	int			i,
 				ri;
-	bool 			string = false;
+	bool		string = false;
 
 	if (!res)
 		return (res);
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ quote_strings(char *arg, int lineno)
 }
 
 /*
- * create a list of variables 
+ * create a list of variables
  * The variables are listed with input variables preceeding outputvariables
  * The end of each group is marked by an end marker.
  * per variable we list:
@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ quote_strings(char *arg, int lineno)
  * ind_type - type of indicator variable
  * ind_value - pointer to indicator variable
  * ind_varcharsize - empty
- * ind_arraysize -  arraysize of indicator array
+ * ind_arraysize -	arraysize of indicator array
  * ind_offset - indicator offset
  */
 static bool
-create_statement(int lineno, struct connection *connection, struct statement ** stmt, char *query, va_list ap)
+create_statement(int lineno, struct connection * connection, struct statement ** stmt, char *query, va_list ap)
 {
 	struct variable **list = &((*stmt)->inlist);
 	enum ECPGttype type;
@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ create_statement(int lineno, struct connection *connection, struct statement **
 
 			var->type = type;
 			var->pointer = va_arg(ap, void *);
-			
-			/* if variable is NULL, the statement hasn't been prepared */			
+
+			/* if variable is NULL, the statement hasn't been prepared */
 			if (var->pointer == NULL)
 			{
 				ECPGlog("create_statement: invalid statement name\n");
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@ create_statement(int lineno, struct connection *connection, struct statement **
 				free(var);
 				return false;
 			}
-			
+
 			var->varcharsize = va_arg(ap, long);
 			var->arrsize = va_arg(ap, long);
 			var->offset = va_arg(ap, long);
 
 			if (var->arrsize == 0 || var->varcharsize == 0)
-				var->value = *((void **)(var->pointer));
+				var->value = *((void **) (var->pointer));
 			else
 				var->value = var->pointer;
-			
+
 			var->ind_type = va_arg(ap, enum ECPGttype);
 			var->ind_value = va_arg(ap, void *);
 			var->ind_varcharsize = va_arg(ap, long);
@@ -366,16 +366,16 @@ create_statement(int lineno, struct connection *connection, struct statement **
 }
 
 static void
-free_variable(struct variable *var)
+free_variable(struct variable * var)
 {
-	struct variable	*var_next;
+	struct variable *var_next;
 
-	if( var == (struct variable *)NULL ) 
-		return; 
+	if (var == (struct variable *) NULL)
+		return;
 	var_next = var->next;
 	free(var);
 
-	while(var_next)
+	while (var_next)
 	{
 		var = var_next;
 		var_next = var->next;
@@ -384,9 +384,9 @@ free_variable(struct variable *var)
 }
 
 static void
-free_statement(struct statement *stmt)
+free_statement(struct statement * stmt)
 {
-	if( stmt == (struct statement *)NULL ) 
+	if (stmt == (struct statement *) NULL)
 		return;
 	free_variable(stmt->inlist);
 	free_variable(stmt->outlist);
@@ -396,20 +396,20 @@ free_statement(struct statement *stmt)
 static char *
 next_insert(char *text)
 {
-	char *ptr = text;
-	bool string = false;
-	
+	char	   *ptr = text;
+	bool		string = false;
+
 	for (; *ptr != '\0' && (*ptr != '?' || string); ptr++)
 		if (*ptr == '\'')
 			string = string ? false : true;
-			
+
 	return (*ptr == '\0') ? NULL : ptr;
 }
 
 static bool
 ECPGexecute(struct statement * stmt)
 {
-	bool	    status = false;
+	bool		status = false;
 	char	   *copiedquery;
 	PGresult   *results;
 	PGnotify   *notify;
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ECPGexecute(struct statement * stmt)
 			strcat(newcopy,
 				   copiedquery
 				   + (p - newcopy)
-				   + sizeof("?") - 1 /* don't count the '\0' */);
+				   + sizeof("?") - 1 /* don't count the '\0' */ );
 		}
 
 		/*
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ECPGexecute(struct statement * stmt)
 		ECPGlog("ECPGexecute line %d: error: %s", stmt->lineno,
 				PQerrorMessage(stmt->connection->connection));
 		register_error(ECPG_PGSQL, "Postgres error: %s line %d.",
-			PQerrorMessage(stmt->connection->connection), stmt->lineno);
+			 PQerrorMessage(stmt->connection->connection), stmt->lineno);
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -729,39 +729,39 @@ ECPGexecute(struct statement * stmt)
 
 					/*
 					 * allocate memory for NULL pointers
-					 */					 
+					 */
 					if ((var->arrsize == 0 || var->varcharsize == 0) && var->value == NULL)
 					{
-					    int len = 0;
-					    
-					    switch(var->type)
-					    {
-						case ECPGt_char:
-						case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
-							var->varcharsize = 0;
-							/* check strlen for each tuple */
-							for (act_tuple = 0; act_tuple < ntuples; act_tuple++)
-							{
-								int len = strlen(PQgetvalue(results, act_tuple, act_field)) + 1;
-								
-								if (len > var->varcharsize)
-									var->varcharsize = len;
-							}
-							var->offset *= var->varcharsize;
-							len = var->offset * ntuples;
-							break;
-						case ECPGt_varchar:
-							len = ntuples * (var->varcharsize + sizeof (int));
-							break;							                    
-						default:
-							len = var->offset * ntuples;
-							break;
-					    }
-					    var->value = (void *) ecpg_alloc(len, stmt->lineno);
-                                            *((void **) var->pointer) = var->value;
-                                            add_mem(var->value, stmt->lineno);
+						int			len = 0;
+
+						switch (var->type)
+						{
+							case ECPGt_char:
+							case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
+								var->varcharsize = 0;
+								/* check strlen for each tuple */
+								for (act_tuple = 0; act_tuple < ntuples; act_tuple++)
+								{
+									int			len = strlen(PQgetvalue(results, act_tuple, act_field)) + 1;
+
+									if (len > var->varcharsize)
+										var->varcharsize = len;
+								}
+								var->offset *= var->varcharsize;
+								len = var->offset * ntuples;
+								break;
+							case ECPGt_varchar:
+								len = ntuples * (var->varcharsize + sizeof(int));
+								break;
+							default:
+								len = var->offset * ntuples;
+								break;
+						}
+						var->value = (void *) ecpg_alloc(len, stmt->lineno);
+						*((void **) var->pointer) = var->value;
+						add_mem(var->value, stmt->lineno);
 					}
-									
+
 					for (act_tuple = 0; act_tuple < ntuples && status; act_tuple++)
 					{
 						pval = PQgetvalue(results, act_tuple, act_field);
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ ECPGexecute(struct statement * stmt)
 			default:
 				ECPGlog("ECPGexecute line %d: Got something else, postgres error.\n",
 						stmt->lineno);
-				register_error(ECPG_PGSQL, "Postgres error: %s line %d.", 
+				register_error(ECPG_PGSQL, "Postgres error: %s line %d.",
 							   PQerrorMessage(stmt->connection->connection), stmt->lineno);
 				status = false;
 				break;
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ ECPGdo(int lineno, const char *connection_name, char *query,...)
 		register_error(ECPG_NO_CONN, "No such connection %s in line %d.", connection_name ? connection_name : "NULL", lineno);
 		return (false);
 	}
-		
+
 	va_start(args, query);
 	if (create_statement(lineno, con, &stmt, query, args) == false)
 		return (false);
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ ECPGstatus(int lineno, const char *connection_name)
 		register_error(ECPG_NO_CONN, "No such connection %s in line %d", connection_name ? connection_name : "NULL", lineno);
 		return (false);
 	}
-		
+
 	/* are we connected? */
 	if (con->connection == NULL)
 	{
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ ECPGtrans(int lineno, const char *connection_name, const char *transaction)
 {
 	PGresult   *res;
 	struct connection *con = get_connection(connection_name);
-	
+
 	if (con == NULL)
 	{
 		register_error(ECPG_NO_CONN, "No such connection %s in line %d", connection_name ? connection_name : "NULL", lineno);
@@ -1135,15 +1135,15 @@ ECPGtrans(int lineno, const char *connection_name, const char *transaction)
 	if (strcmp(transaction, "commit") == 0 || strcmp(transaction, "rollback") == 0)
 	{
 		struct prepared_statement *this;
-			
+
 		con->committed = true;
 
 		/* deallocate all prepared statements */
 		for (this = prep_stmts; this != NULL; this = this->next)
 		{
-			bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, this->name);
-		
-			if (!b) 
+			bool		b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, this->name);
+
+			if (!b)
 				return false;
 		}
 	}
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ ECPGsetcommit(int lineno, const char *mode, const char *connection_name)
 		register_error(ECPG_NO_CONN, "No such connection %s in line %d", connection_name ? connection_name : "NULL", lineno);
 		return false;
 	}
-	
+
 	return true;
 }
 
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ ECPGconnect(int lineno, const char *dbname, const char *user, const char *passwd
 		register_error(ECPG_CONNECT, "connect: could not open database %s.", dbname ? dbname : "NULL");
 		return false;
 	}
-	
+
 	this->committed = true;
 	this->autocommit = autocommit;
 
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ ECPGdisconnect(int lineno, const char *connection_name)
 	else
 	{
 		con = get_connection(connection_name);
-		
+
 		if (con == NULL)
 		{
 			ECPGlog("disconnect: not connected to connection %s\n", connection_name ? connection_name : "NULL");
@@ -1333,27 +1333,27 @@ isvarchar(unsigned char c)
 {
 	if (isalnum(c))
 		return true;
-	
+
 	if (c == '_' || c == '>' || c == '-' || c == '.')
 		return true;
-		
+
 	if (c >= 128)
 		return true;
-		
-	return(false);
+
+	return (false);
 }
 
 static void
 replace_variables(char *text)
 {
-	char *ptr = text;
-	bool string = false;
-	
+	char	   *ptr = text;
+	bool		string = false;
+
 	for (; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
 	{
 		if (*ptr == '\'')
 			string = string ? false : true;
-			
+
 		if (!string && *ptr == ':')
 		{
 			*ptr = '?';
@@ -1369,21 +1369,21 @@ ECPGprepare(int lineno, char *name, char *variable)
 {
 	struct statement *stmt;
 	struct prepared_statement *this;
-	
+
 	/* check if we already have prepared this statement */
-	for (this = prep_stmts; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; this = this->next);		
+	for (this = prep_stmts; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; this = this->next);
 	if (this)
 	{
-		bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, name);
-		
-		if (!b) 
+		bool		b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, name);
+
+		if (!b)
 			return false;
 	}
-	
+
 	this = (struct prepared_statement *) ecpg_alloc(sizeof(struct prepared_statement), lineno);
 	if (!this)
 		return false;
-		
+
 	stmt = (struct statement *) ecpg_alloc(sizeof(struct statement), lineno);
 	if (!stmt)
 	{
@@ -1393,13 +1393,13 @@ ECPGprepare(int lineno, char *name, char *variable)
 
 	/* create statement */
 	stmt->lineno = lineno;
-       	stmt->connection = NULL;
-        stmt->command = ecpg_strdup(variable, lineno);
-        stmt->inlist = stmt->outlist = NULL;
-        
-        /* if we have C variables in our statment replace them with '?' */
-        replace_variables(stmt->command);                	
-        
+	stmt->connection = NULL;
+	stmt->command = ecpg_strdup(variable, lineno);
+	stmt->inlist = stmt->outlist = NULL;
+
+	/* if we have C variables in our statment replace them with '?' */
+	replace_variables(stmt->command);
+
 	/* add prepared statement to our list */
 	this->name = ecpg_strdup(name, lineno);
 	this->stmt = stmt;
@@ -1417,10 +1417,11 @@ ECPGprepare(int lineno, char *name, char *variable)
 bool
 ECPGdeallocate(int lineno, char *name)
 {
-	struct prepared_statement *this, *prev;
+	struct prepared_statement *this,
+			   *prev;
 
 	/* check if we really have prepared this statement */
-	for (this = prep_stmts, prev = NULL; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; prev = this, this = this->next);		
+	for (this = prep_stmts, prev = NULL; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; prev = this, this = this->next);
 	if (this)
 	{
 		/* okay, free all the resources */
@@ -1431,7 +1432,7 @@ ECPGdeallocate(int lineno, char *name)
 			prev->next = this->next;
 		else
 			prep_stmts = this->next;
-		
+
 		return true;
 	}
 	ECPGlog("deallocate_prepare: invalid statement name %s\n", name);
@@ -1444,8 +1445,7 @@ char *
 ECPGprepared_statement(char *name)
 {
 	struct prepared_statement *this;
-	
+
 	for (this = prep_stmts; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; this = this->next);
 	return (this) ? this->stmt->command : NULL;
 }
-
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/typename.c b/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/typename.c
index af87b160aa9e1108a645ae77656b7d3a3c9825f0..8a9923d94016c0c6c3ea34049671c7cf32b0438d 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/typename.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/lib/typename.c
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ECPGtype_name(enum ECPGttype typ)
 {
 	switch (typ)
 	{
-		case ECPGt_char:
+			case ECPGt_char:
 			return "char";
 		case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
 			return "unsigned char";
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c
index b385b2a197c65275f0cd703968bde2ca146a28ae..aa6c2c274b3066e0d7927879b5e694e4fc0fd45f 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c
@@ -157,12 +157,13 @@ main(int argc, char *const argv[])
 				struct cursor *ptr;
 				struct _defines *defptr;
 				struct typedefs *typeptr;
-				
+
 				/* remove old cursor definitions if any are still there */
 				for (ptr = cur; ptr != NULL;)
 				{
 					struct cursor *this = ptr;
-					struct arguments *l1, *l2;
+					struct arguments *l1,
+							   *l2;
 
 					free(ptr->command);
 					free(ptr->connection);
@@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ main(int argc, char *const argv[])
 					defptr = defptr->next;
 					free(this);
 				}
-				
+
 				/* and old typedefs */
 				for (typeptr = types; typeptr != NULL;)
 				{
@@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ main(int argc, char *const argv[])
 					typeptr = typeptr->next;
 					free(this);
 				}
-				
+
 				/* initialize lex */
 				lex_init();
 
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/extern.h b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/extern.h
index 3892014ed3c917d1c2caf2347772e83490457b87..52a3896f533fc3829581a658c66024864e2e1dc4 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/extern.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/extern.h
@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@
 /* variables */
 
 extern int	braces_open,
-			autocommit, struct_level;
-extern char *yytext, errortext[128];
+			autocommit,
+			struct_level;
+extern char *yytext,
+			errortext[128];
 extern int	yylineno,
 			yyleng;
 extern FILE *yyin,
@@ -36,9 +38,9 @@ extern void yyerror(char *);
 /* return codes */
 
 #define OK			 0
-#define PARSE_ERROR 		-1
+#define PARSE_ERROR			-1
 #define ILLEGAL_OPTION		-2
-#define INDICATOR_NOT_ARRAY	-3
+#define INDICATOR_NOT_ARRAY -3
 
 #define NO_INCLUDE_FILE ENOENT
 #define OUT_OF_MEMORY	ENOMEM
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.c b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.c
index 3c5d2f3ed00d1673b511ea7429a3cef21594ea80..30580a775c84e06471642ba853b1359a310df7ec 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.c
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ get_type(enum ECPGttype typ)
 {
 	switch (typ)
 	{
-		case ECPGt_char:
+			case ECPGt_char:
 			return ("ECPGt_char");
 			break;
 		case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
@@ -161,14 +161,15 @@ get_type(enum ECPGttype typ)
 		case ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR:		/* no indicator */
 			return ("ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR");
 			break;
-		case ECPGt_char_variable:			/* string that should not be quoted */
+		case ECPGt_char_variable:		/* string that should not be
+										 * quoted */
 			return ("ECPGt_char_variable");
 			break;
 		default:
 			sprintf(errortext, "illegal variable type %d\n", typ);
 			yyerror(errortext);
 	}
-	
+
 	return NULL;
 }
 
@@ -208,16 +209,16 @@ ECPGdump_a_type(FILE *o, const char *name, struct ECPGtype * typ, const char *in
 			switch (typ->u.element->typ)
 			{
 				case ECPGt_array:
-					yyerror("No nested arrays allowed (except strings)");	/* array of array */
+					yyerror("No nested arrays allowed (except strings)");		/* array of array */
 					break;
 				case ECPGt_struct:
 				case ECPGt_union:
-					ECPGdump_a_struct(o, name, ind_name, typ->size, typ->u.element, ind_typ->u.element, NULL, prefix, ind_prefix); 
+					ECPGdump_a_struct(o, name, ind_name, typ->size, typ->u.element, ind_typ->u.element, NULL, prefix, ind_prefix);
 					break;
-				default:					
+				default:
 					if (!IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(typ->u.element->typ))
 						yyerror("Internal error: unknown datatype, please inform pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org");
-	
+
 					ECPGdump_a_simple(o, name, typ->u.element->typ,
 						  typ->u.element->size, typ->size, NULL, prefix);
 					if (ind_typ->typ == ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR)
@@ -227,17 +228,17 @@ ECPGdump_a_type(FILE *o, const char *name, struct ECPGtype * typ, const char *in
 						if (ind_typ->typ != ECPGt_array)
 						{
 							fprintf(stderr, "Indicator for an array has to be array too.\n");
-						        exit(INDICATOR_NOT_ARRAY);
-						}                	
+							exit(INDICATOR_NOT_ARRAY);
+						}
 						ECPGdump_a_simple(o, ind_name, ind_typ->u.element->typ,
-									  ind_typ->u.element->size, ind_typ->size, NULL, prefix);
+										  ind_typ->u.element->size, ind_typ->size, NULL, prefix);
 					}
 			}
 			break;
 		case ECPGt_struct:
 			ECPGdump_a_struct(o, name, ind_name, 1, typ, ind_typ, NULL, prefix, ind_prefix);
 			break;
-		case ECPGt_union: /* cannot dump a complete union */
+		case ECPGt_union:		/* cannot dump a complete union */
 			yyerror("Type of union has to be specified");
 			break;
 		case ECPGt_char_variable:
@@ -364,12 +365,12 @@ ECPGfree_type(struct ECPGtype * typ)
 {
 	if (!IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(typ->typ))
 	{
-		switch(typ->typ)
+		switch (typ->typ)
 		{
-			case ECPGt_array:
+				case ECPGt_array:
 				switch (typ->u.element->typ)
 				{
-					case ECPGt_array:
+						case ECPGt_array:
 						yyerror("internal error, found multi-dimensional array\n");
 						break;
 					case ECPGt_struct:
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ ECPGfree_type(struct ECPGtype * typ)
 						ECPGfree_struct_member(typ->u.element->u.members);
 						free(typ->u.members);
 						break;
-					default:					
+					default:
 						if (!IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(typ->u.element->typ))
 							yyerror("Internal error: unknown datatype, please inform pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org");
 
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.h b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.h
index ed97b2e66795131a44189fbdf54e91fbb810f361..7cdc476e83da4187fd2b0945ac7227aad9ef79df 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/type.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ struct ECPGtype *ECPGmake_simple_type(enum ECPGttype, long);
 struct ECPGtype *ECPGmake_varchar_type(enum ECPGttype, long);
 struct ECPGtype *ECPGmake_array_type(struct ECPGtype *, long);
 struct ECPGtype *ECPGmake_struct_type(struct ECPGstruct_member *, enum ECPGttype type);
-struct ECPGstruct_member * ECPGstruct_member_dup(struct ECPGstruct_member *);
+struct ECPGstruct_member *ECPGstruct_member_dup(struct ECPGstruct_member *);
 
 /* Frees a type. */
 void		ECPGfree_struct_member(struct ECPGstruct_member *);
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ enum WHEN_TYPE
 
 struct when
 {
-	enum WHEN_TYPE	code;
+	enum WHEN_TYPE code;
 	char	   *command;
 	char	   *str;
 };
@@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ struct index
 
 struct this_type
 {
-	enum ECPGttype 	type_enum;
-	char	   	*type_str;
-	int		type_dimension;
-	int		type_index;
+	enum ECPGttype type_enum;
+	char	   *type_str;
+	int			type_dimension;
+	int			type_index;
 };
 
 struct _include_path
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ struct cursor
 
 struct typedefs
 {
-	char       *name;
-	struct this_type  *type;
+	char	   *name;
+	struct this_type *type;
 	struct ECPGstruct_member *struct_member_list;
 	struct typedefs *next;
 };
diff --git a/src/interfaces/ecpg/test/header_test.h b/src/interfaces/ecpg/test/header_test.h
index d6a84322b175a40e94e1ae13708d5b7f656474a2..b93221c3394f682e57c0d16ac8d106e91ea388b9 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/ecpg/test/header_test.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/ecpg/test/header_test.h
@@ -1,15 +1,19 @@
 exec sql include sqlca;
 
-exec sql whenever sqlerror do PrintAndStop();
-exec sql whenever sqlwarning do warn();
+exec sql whenever sqlerror
+do
+				PrintAndStop();
+exec sql whenever sqlwarning
+do
+				warn();
 
-void PrintAndStop(void)
+void		PrintAndStop(void)
 {
 	sqlprint();
 	exit(-1);
 }
 
-void warn(void)
+void		warn(void)
 {
 	fprintf(stderr, "Warning: At least one column was truncated\n");
 }
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.c b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.c
index 99b6f925e6c53ce2425fb5257dfc0252d5ab5924..0c2b184ed6a718cf145ad59887a7002bd11968a7 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.42 1999/05/10 00:46:22 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.43 1999/05/25 16:15:06 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #define DIGIT(c)		((c) - '0')
 
 /*
- * translate_escape() 
+ * translate_escape()
  *
  * This function performs in-place translation of a single C-style
  * escape sequence pointed by p. Curly braces { } and double-quote
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ translate_escape(char *p, int isArray)
 }
 
 /*
- * tcl_value() 
+ * tcl_value()
  *
  * This function does in-line conversion of a value returned by libpq
  * into a tcl string or into a tcl list if the value looks like the
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ tcl_value(char *value)
 	return value;
 }
 
-#endif						/* TCL_ARRAYS */
+#endif	 /* TCL_ARRAYS */
 
 
 /**********************************
@@ -241,12 +241,13 @@ Pg_conndefaults(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char **argv)
 {
 	PQconninfoOption *option;
 	Tcl_DString result;
-	char ibuf[32];
+	char		ibuf[32];
 
 	Tcl_DStringInit(&result);
 	for (option = PQconndefaults(); option->keyword != NULL; option++)
 	{
-		char * val = option->val ? option->val : "";
+		char	   *val = option->val ? option->val : "";
+
 		sprintf(ibuf, "%d", option->dispsize);
 		Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&result);
 		Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&result, option->keyword);
@@ -359,7 +360,7 @@ Pg_connect(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 		conn = PQsetdb(pghost, pgport, pgoptions, pgtty, dbName);
 	}
 
-    if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_OK)
+	if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_OK)
 	{
 		PgSetConnectionId(interp, conn);
 		return TCL_OK;
@@ -367,7 +368,7 @@ Pg_connect(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	else
 	{
 		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Connection to database failed\n",
-			PQerrorMessage(conn), 0);
+						 PQerrorMessage(conn), 0);
 		PQfinish(conn);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -452,6 +453,7 @@ Pg_exec(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 		int			rId = PgSetResultId(interp, argv[1], result);
 
 		ExecStatusType rStat = PQresultStatus(result);
+
 		if (rStat == PGRES_COPY_IN || rStat == PGRES_COPY_OUT)
 		{
 			connid->res_copyStatus = RES_COPY_INPROGRESS;
@@ -473,11 +475,11 @@ Pg_exec(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 
  syntax:
 
- 	pg_result result ?option?
+	pg_result result ?option?
 
  the options are:
 
- 	-status		the status of the result
+	-status		the status of the result
 
 	-error		the error message, if the status indicates error; otherwise
 				an empty string
@@ -491,11 +493,11 @@ Pg_exec(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	-numAttrs	returns the number of attributes returned by the query
 
 	-assign arrayName
- 				assign the results to an array, using subscripts of the form
- 				(tupno,attributeName)
+				assign the results to an array, using subscripts of the form
+				(tupno,attributeName)
 
 	-assignbyidx arrayName ?appendstr?
- 				assign the results to an array using the first field's value
+				assign the results to an array using the first field's value
 				as a key.
 				All but the first field of each tuple are stored, using
 				subscripts of the form (field0value,attributeNameappendstr)
@@ -504,17 +506,17 @@ Pg_exec(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 				returns the values of the tuple in a list
 
 	-tupleArray tupleNumber arrayName
- 				stores the values of the tuple in array arrayName, indexed
+				stores the values of the tuple in array arrayName, indexed
 				by the attributes returned
 
 	-attributes
- 				returns a list of the name/type pairs of the tuple attributes
+				returns a list of the name/type pairs of the tuple attributes
 
 	-lAttributes
- 				returns a list of the {name type len} entries of the tuple
+				returns a list of the {name type len} entries of the tuple
 				attributes
 
-    -clear		clear the result buffer. Do not reuse after this
+	-clear		clear the result buffer. Do not reuse after this
 
  **********************************/
 int
@@ -526,12 +528,12 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	int			tupno;
 	char	   *arrVar;
 	char		nameBuffer[256];
-    const char *appendstr;
+	const char *appendstr;
 
 	if (argc < 3 || argc > 5)
 	{
 		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong # of arguments\n", 0);
-		goto Pg_result_errReturn; /* append help info */
+		goto Pg_result_errReturn;		/* append help info */
 	}
 
 	result = PgGetResultId(interp, argv[1]);
@@ -550,7 +552,7 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	}
 	else if (strcmp(opt, "-error") == 0)
 	{
-		Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char*) PQresultErrorMessage(result),
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) PQresultErrorMessage(result),
 					  TCL_STATIC);
 		return TCL_OK;
 	}
@@ -588,11 +590,10 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 
 		/*
 		 * this assignment assigns the table of result tuples into a giant
-		 * array with the name given in the argument.
-		 * The indices of the array are of the form (tupno,attrName).
-		 * Note we expect field names not to
-		 * exceed a few dozen characters, so truncating to prevent buffer
-		 * overflow shouldn't be a problem.
+		 * array with the name given in the argument. The indices of the
+		 * array are of the form (tupno,attrName). Note we expect field
+		 * names not to exceed a few dozen characters, so truncating to
+		 * prevent buffer overflow shouldn't be a problem.
 		 */
 		for (tupno = 0; tupno < PQntuples(result); tupno++)
 		{
@@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	{
 		if (argc != 4 && argc != 5)
 		{
-			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-assignbyidx option requires an array name and optionally an append string",0);
+			Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-assignbyidx option requires an array name and optionally an append string", 0);
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		arrVar = argv[3];
@@ -624,25 +625,27 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 
 		/*
 		 * this assignment assigns the table of result tuples into a giant
-		 * array with the name given in the argument.  The indices of the array
-		 * are of the form (field0Value,attrNameappendstr).
-		 * Here, we still assume PQfname won't exceed 200 characters,
-		 * but we dare not make the same assumption about the data in field 0
-		 * nor the append string.
+		 * array with the name given in the argument.  The indices of the
+		 * array are of the form (field0Value,attrNameappendstr). Here, we
+		 * still assume PQfname won't exceed 200 characters, but we dare
+		 * not make the same assumption about the data in field 0 nor the
+		 * append string.
 		 */
 		for (tupno = 0; tupno < PQntuples(result); tupno++)
 		{
-			const char *field0 = 
+			const char *field0 =
 #ifdef TCL_ARRAYS
-								 tcl_value(PQgetvalue(result, tupno, 0));
+			tcl_value(PQgetvalue(result, tupno, 0));
+
 #else
-								 PQgetvalue(result, tupno, 0);
+			PQgetvalue(result, tupno, 0);
+
 #endif
-			char *workspace = malloc(strlen(field0) + strlen(appendstr) + 210);
+			char	   *workspace = malloc(strlen(field0) + strlen(appendstr) + 210);
 
 			for (i = 1; i < PQnfields(result); i++)
 			{
-				sprintf(workspace, "%s,%.200s%s", field0, PQfname(result,i),
+				sprintf(workspace, "%s,%.200s%s", field0, PQfname(result, i),
 						appendstr);
 				if (Tcl_SetVar2(interp, arrVar, workspace,
 #ifdef TCL_ARRAYS
@@ -676,9 +679,7 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 		}
 #ifdef TCL_ARRAYS
 		for (i = 0; i < PQnfields(result); i++)
-		{
 			Tcl_AppendElement(interp, tcl_value(PQgetvalue(result, tupno, i)));
-		}
 #else
 		for (i = 0; i < PQnfields(result); i++)
 			Tcl_AppendElement(interp, PQgetvalue(result, tupno, i));
@@ -739,7 +740,7 @@ Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	else
 	{
 		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid option\n", 0);
-		goto Pg_result_errReturn; /* append help info */
+		goto Pg_result_errReturn;		/* append help info */
 	}
 
 
@@ -1298,7 +1299,7 @@ Pg_select(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char **argv)
 	if (PQresultStatus(result) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
 	{
 		/* query failed, or it wasn't SELECT */
-		Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char*) PQresultErrorMessage(result),
+		Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) PQresultErrorMessage(result),
 					  TCL_VOLATILE);
 		PQclear(result);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -1374,7 +1375,7 @@ Pg_select(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char **argv)
  */
 
 static int
-Pg_have_listener (Pg_ConnectionId *connid, const char * relname)
+Pg_have_listener(Pg_ConnectionId * connid, const char *relname)
 {
 	Pg_TclNotifies *notifies;
 	Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
@@ -1388,7 +1389,7 @@ Pg_have_listener (Pg_ConnectionId *connid, const char * relname)
 		if (interp == NULL)
 			continue;			/* ignore deleted interpreter */
 
-		entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&notifies->notify_hash, (char*) relname);
+		entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&notifies->notify_hash, (char *) relname);
 		if (entry == NULL)
 			continue;			/* no pg_listen in this interpreter */
 
@@ -1491,14 +1492,15 @@ Pg_listen(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	if (callback)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Create or update a callback for a relation
 		 */
-		int alreadyHadListener = Pg_have_listener(connid, caserelname);
+		int			alreadyHadListener = Pg_have_listener(connid, caserelname);
 
 		entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&notifies->notify_hash, caserelname, &new);
 		/* If update, free the old callback string */
-		if (! new)
+		if (!new)
 			ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry));
 		/* Store the new callback string */
 		Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, callback);
@@ -1509,10 +1511,11 @@ Pg_listen(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 		/*
 		 * Send a LISTEN command if this is the first listener.
 		 */
-		if (! alreadyHadListener)
+		if (!alreadyHadListener)
 		{
-			char   *cmd = (char *)
-				ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(origrelname) + 8));
+			char	   *cmd = (char *)
+			ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(origrelname) + 8));
+
 			sprintf(cmd, "LISTEN %s", origrelname);
 			result = PQexec(conn, cmd);
 			ckfree(cmd);
@@ -1533,6 +1536,7 @@ Pg_listen(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 	}
 	else
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Remove a callback for a relation
 		 */
@@ -1545,15 +1549,17 @@ Pg_listen(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp * interp, int argc, char *argv[])
 		}
 		ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry));
 		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
+
 		/*
-		 * Send an UNLISTEN command if that was the last listener.
-		 * Note: we don't attempt to turn off the notify mechanism
-		 * if no LISTENs remain active; not worth the trouble.
+		 * Send an UNLISTEN command if that was the last listener. Note:
+		 * we don't attempt to turn off the notify mechanism if no LISTENs
+		 * remain active; not worth the trouble.
 		 */
-		if (! Pg_have_listener(connid, caserelname))
+		if (!Pg_have_listener(connid, caserelname))
 		{
-			char   *cmd = (char *)
-				ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(origrelname) + 10));
+			char	   *cmd = (char *)
+			ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(origrelname) + 10));
+
 			sprintf(cmd, "UNLISTEN %s", origrelname);
 			result = PQexec(conn, cmd);
 			ckfree(cmd);
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.h b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.h
index 767c266b058bd8a0ec6481764482ec3bde555188..495bf19e3306686638f81df449803e0ef7a2e6d3 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclCmds.h
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.13 1999/02/13 23:22:38 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.14 1999/05/25 16:15:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ typedef struct Pg_ConnectionId_s
 
 	Pg_TclNotifies *notify_list;/* head of list of notify info */
 	int			notifier_running;		/* notify event source is live */
-	int			notifier_socket; /* PQsocket on which notifier is listening */
+	int			notifier_socket;/* PQsocket on which notifier is listening */
 }			Pg_ConnectionId;
 
 /* Values of res_copyStatus */
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.c b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.c
index ae5e9ba1b9021c741c757103100c036800042d24..b8d30ce4f40badb98456d929f536fa61052a2607 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.18 1999/02/13 23:22:38 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.19 1999/05/25 16:15:07 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ PgEndCopy(Pg_ConnectionId * connid, int *errorCodePtr)
 	{
 		PQclear(connid->results[connid->res_copy]);
 		connid->results[connid->res_copy] =
-		PQmakeEmptyPGresult(connid->conn, PGRES_BAD_RESPONSE);
+			PQmakeEmptyPGresult(connid->conn, PGRES_BAD_RESPONSE);
 		connid->res_copy = -1;
 		*errorCodePtr = EIO;
 		return -1;
@@ -43,51 +43,53 @@ PgEndCopy(Pg_ConnectionId * connid, int *errorCodePtr)
 	{
 		PQclear(connid->results[connid->res_copy]);
 		connid->results[connid->res_copy] =
-		PQmakeEmptyPGresult(connid->conn, PGRES_COMMAND_OK);
+			PQmakeEmptyPGresult(connid->conn, PGRES_COMMAND_OK);
 		connid->res_copy = -1;
 		return 0;
 	}
 }
 
 /*
- *  Called when reading data (via gets) for a copy <rel> to stdout.
+ *	Called when reading data (via gets) for a copy <rel> to stdout.
  */
-int PgInputProc(DRIVER_INPUT_PROTO)
+int
+PgInputProc(DRIVER_INPUT_PROTO)
 {
-    Pg_ConnectionId	*connid;
-    PGconn		*conn;
-    int			avail;
+	Pg_ConnectionId *connid;
+	PGconn	   *conn;
+	int			avail;
 
-    connid = (Pg_ConnectionId *)cData;
-    conn = connid->conn;
+	connid = (Pg_ConnectionId *) cData;
+	conn = connid->conn;
 
-    if (connid->res_copy < 0 ||
-	PQresultStatus(connid->results[connid->res_copy]) != PGRES_COPY_OUT)
+	if (connid->res_copy < 0 ||
+	 PQresultStatus(connid->results[connid->res_copy]) != PGRES_COPY_OUT)
 	{
 		*errorCodePtr = EBUSY;
 		return -1;
-    }
+	}
 
-    /* Read any newly arrived data into libpq's buffer,
-     * thereby clearing the socket's read-ready condition.
-     */
-    if (! PQconsumeInput(conn))
+	/*
+	 * Read any newly arrived data into libpq's buffer, thereby clearing
+	 * the socket's read-ready condition.
+	 */
+	if (!PQconsumeInput(conn))
 	{
 		*errorCodePtr = EIO;
 		return -1;
-    }
+	}
 
-    /* Move data from libpq's buffer to Tcl's. */
+	/* Move data from libpq's buffer to Tcl's. */
 
-    avail = PQgetlineAsync(conn, buf, bufSize);
+	avail = PQgetlineAsync(conn, buf, bufSize);
 
-    if (avail < 0)
+	if (avail < 0)
 	{
-      /* Endmarker detected, change state and return 0 */
-      return PgEndCopy(connid, errorCodePtr);
-    }
+		/* Endmarker detected, change state and return 0 */
+		return PgEndCopy(connid, errorCodePtr);
+	}
 
-    return avail;
+	return avail;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -103,13 +105,13 @@ PgOutputProc(DRIVER_OUTPUT_PROTO)
 	conn = connid->conn;
 
 	if (connid->res_copy < 0 ||
-		PQresultStatus(connid->results[connid->res_copy]) != PGRES_COPY_IN)
+	  PQresultStatus(connid->results[connid->res_copy]) != PGRES_COPY_IN)
 	{
 		*errorCodePtr = EBUSY;
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-    if (PQputnbytes(conn, buf, bufSize))
+	if (PQputnbytes(conn, buf, bufSize))
 	{
 		*errorCodePtr = EIO;
 		return -1;
@@ -358,7 +360,7 @@ getresid(Tcl_Interp * interp, char *id, Pg_ConnectionId ** connid_p)
 
 	connid = (Pg_ConnectionId *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(conn_chan);
 
-    if (resid < 0 || resid >= connid->res_max || connid->results[resid] == NULL)
+	if (resid < 0 || resid >= connid->res_max || connid->results[resid] == NULL)
 	{
 		Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Invalid result handle", TCL_STATIC);
 		return -1;
@@ -450,7 +452,7 @@ error_out:
   the channel can outlive the interpreter it was created by!)
   Upon closure of the channel, we immediately delete the file event handler
   for it, which has the effect of disabling any file-ready events that might
-  be hanging about in the Tcl event queue.  But for interpreter deletion,
+  be hanging about in the Tcl event queue.	But for interpreter deletion,
   we just set any matching interp pointers in the Pg_TclNotifies list to NULL.
   The list item stays around until the connection is deleted.  (This avoids
   trouble with walking through a list whose members may get deleted under us.)
@@ -459,10 +461,10 @@ error_out:
   libpgtcl currently claims to work with Tcl 7.5, 7.6, and 8.0, and each of
   'em is different.  Worse, the Tcl_File type went away in 8.0, which means
   there is no longer any platform-independent way of waiting for file ready.
-  So we now have to use a Unix-specific interface.  Grumble.
+  So we now have to use a Unix-specific interface.	Grumble.
 
   In the current design, Pg_Notify_FileHandler is a file handler that
-  we establish by calling Tcl_CreateFileHandler().  It gets invoked from
+  we establish by calling Tcl_CreateFileHandler().	It gets invoked from
   the Tcl event loop whenever the underlying PGconn's socket is read-ready.
   We suck up any available data (to clear the OS-level read-ready condition)
   and then transfer any available PGnotify events into the Tcl event queue.
@@ -473,8 +475,8 @@ error_out:
 
 typedef struct
 {
-	Tcl_Event		header;		/* Standard Tcl event info */
-	PGnotify		info;		/* Notify name from SQL server */
+	Tcl_Event	header;			/* Standard Tcl event info */
+	PGnotify	info;			/* Notify name from SQL server */
 	Pg_ConnectionId *connid;	/* Connection for server */
 }			NotifyEvent;
 
@@ -620,7 +622,7 @@ PgNotifyInterpDelete(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp * interp)
  * Therefore we daren't tell Tcl_DeleteEvents to actually delete anything!
  * We simply use it as a way of scanning the event queue.  Events matching
  * the about-to-be-deleted connid are marked dead by setting their connid
- * fields to NULL.  Then Pg_Notify_EventProc will do nothing when those
+ * fields to NULL.	Then Pg_Notify_EventProc will do nothing when those
  * events are executed.
  */
 static int
@@ -631,6 +633,7 @@ NotifyEventDeleteProc(Tcl_Event * evPtr, ClientData clientData)
 	if (evPtr->proc == Pg_Notify_EventProc)
 	{
 		NotifyEvent *event = (NotifyEvent *) evPtr;
+
 		if (event->connid == connid)
 			event->connid = NULL;
 	}
@@ -644,13 +647,14 @@ NotifyEventDeleteProc(Tcl_Event * evPtr, ClientData clientData)
  */
 
 static void
-Pg_Notify_FileHandler (ClientData clientData, int mask)
+Pg_Notify_FileHandler(ClientData clientData, int mask)
 {
 	Pg_ConnectionId *connid = (Pg_ConnectionId *) clientData;
 
 	/*
 	 * Consume any data available from the SQL server (this just buffers
-	 * it internally to libpq; but it will clear the read-ready condition).
+	 * it internally to libpq; but it will clear the read-ready
+	 * condition).
 	 */
 	PQconsumeInput(connid->conn);
 
@@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ Pg_Notify_FileHandler (ClientData clientData, int mask)
  * notifier is run until the connection is closed.
  *
  * FIXME: if PQreset is executed on the underlying PGconn, the active
- * socket number could change.  How and when should we test for this
+ * socket number could change.	How and when should we test for this
  * and update the Tcl file handler linkage?  (For that matter, we'd
  * also have to reissue LISTEN commands for active LISTENs, since the
  * new backend won't know about 'em.  I'm leaving this problem for
@@ -680,18 +684,20 @@ PgStartNotifyEventSource(Pg_ConnectionId * connid)
 	/* Start the notify event source if it isn't already running */
 	if (!connid->notifier_running)
 	{
-		int pqsock = PQsocket(connid->conn);
+		int			pqsock = PQsocket(connid->conn);
+
 		if (pqsock >= 0)
 		{
 #if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >= 8
 			/* In Tcl 8, Tcl_CreateFileHandler takes a socket directly. */
 			Tcl_CreateFileHandler(pqsock, TCL_READABLE,
-								  Pg_Notify_FileHandler, (ClientData) connid);
+							 Pg_Notify_FileHandler, (ClientData) connid);
 #else
 			/* In Tcl 7.5 and 7.6, we need to gin up a Tcl_File. */
-			Tcl_File tclfile = Tcl_GetFile((ClientData) pqsock, TCL_UNIX_FD);
+			Tcl_File	tclfile = Tcl_GetFile((ClientData) pqsock, TCL_UNIX_FD);
+
 			Tcl_CreateFileHandler(tclfile, TCL_READABLE,
-								  Pg_Notify_FileHandler, (ClientData) connid);
+							 Pg_Notify_FileHandler, (ClientData) connid);
 #endif
 			connid->notifier_running = 1;
 			connid->notifier_socket = pqsock;
@@ -710,8 +716,9 @@ PgStopNotifyEventSource(Pg_ConnectionId * connid)
 		Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(connid->notifier_socket);
 #else
 		/* In Tcl 7.5 and 7.6, we need to gin up a Tcl_File. */
-		Tcl_File tclfile = Tcl_GetFile((ClientData) connid->notifier_socket,
-									   TCL_UNIX_FD);
+		Tcl_File	tclfile = Tcl_GetFile((ClientData) connid->notifier_socket,
+										  TCL_UNIX_FD);
+
 		Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(tclfile);
 #endif
 		connid->notifier_running = 0;
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.h b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.h
index f2877b80592fec3915bb2837974d0a248ad6fd2d..046ab39a086501b9230375596aad69dc20ccf69a 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/pgtclId.h
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.10 1999/02/13 23:22:39 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:15:08 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ extern void PgSetConnectionId(Tcl_Interp * interp, PGconn *conn);
 #endif
 
 extern PGconn *PgGetConnectionId(Tcl_Interp * interp, char *id,
-								 Pg_ConnectionId **);
+				  Pg_ConnectionId **);
 extern		PgDelConnectionId(DRIVER_DEL_PROTO);
 extern int	PgOutputProc(DRIVER_OUTPUT_PROTO);
 extern		PgInputProc(DRIVER_INPUT_PROTO);
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ extern void PgNotifyInterpDelete(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp * interp);
 
 #if HAVE_TCL_GETFILEPROC
 extern Tcl_File PgGetFileProc(ClientData cData, int direction);
+
 #endif
 
 extern Tcl_ChannelType Pg_ConnType;
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c
index 5ecb4f517a44cc63d3d3d9eb0e4ea0a034f79d0e..534e8eda58d37450a2459777af7d2e7d0b6fcd2e 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.28 1999/05/10 00:46:25 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.29 1999/05/25 16:15:10 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ static struct authsvc authsvcs[] = {
 	{"password", STARTUP_PASSWORD_MSG, 0}
 };
 
-static int n_authsvcs = sizeof(authsvcs) / sizeof(struct authsvc);
+static int	n_authsvcs = sizeof(authsvcs) / sizeof(struct authsvc);
 
 #ifdef KRB4
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ pg_krb4_init()
 static char *
 pg_krb4_authname(char *PQerrormsg)
 {
-	char		instance[INST_SZ+1];
-	char		realm[REALM_SZ+1];
+	char		instance[INST_SZ + 1];
+	char		realm[REALM_SZ + 1];
 	int			status;
 	static char name[SNAME_SZ + 1] = "";
 
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ pg_krb5_init(void)
 	if (code = krb5_cc_resolve(tktbuf, &ccache))
 	{
 		(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-				  "pg_krb5_init: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_resolve\n", code);
+		   "pg_krb5_init: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_resolve\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_init", code, "in krb5_cc_resolve");
 		return (krb5_ccache) NULL;
 	}
@@ -328,14 +328,14 @@ pg_krb5_authname(const char *PQerrormsg)
 	if (code = krb5_cc_get_principal(ccache, &principal))
 	{
 		(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-		"pg_krb5_authname: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_get_principal\n", code);
+					   "pg_krb5_authname: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_get_principal\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_authname", code, "in krb5_cc_get_principal");
 		return (char *) NULL;
 	}
 	if (code = krb5_unparse_name(principal, &authname))
 	{
 		(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-			"pg_krb5_authname: Kerberos error %d in krb5_unparse_name\n", code);
+					   "pg_krb5_authname: Kerberos error %d in krb5_unparse_name\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_authname", code, "in krb5_unparse_name");
 		krb5_free_principal(principal);
 		return (char *) NULL;
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ pg_krb5_sendauth(const char *PQerrormsg, int sock,
 	if (code = krb5_cc_get_principal(ccache, &client))
 	{
 		(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-		"pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_get_principal\n", code);
+					   "pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_cc_get_principal\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_sendauth", code, "in krb5_cc_get_principal");
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
 	}
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ pg_krb5_sendauth(const char *PQerrormsg, int sock,
 	if (code = krb5_parse_name(servbuf, &server))
 	{
 		(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-			  "pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_parse_name\n", code);
+		"pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_parse_name\n", code);
 		com_err("pg_krb5_sendauth", code, "in krb5_parse_name");
 		krb5_free_principal(client);
 		return STATUS_ERROR;
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ pg_krb5_sendauth(const char *PQerrormsg, int sock,
 		else
 		{
 			(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
-				"pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_sendauth\n", code);
+						   "pg_krb5_sendauth: Kerberos error %d in krb5_sendauth\n", code);
 			com_err("pg_krb5_sendauth", code, "in krb5_sendauth");
 		}
 	}
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ fe_sendauth(AuthRequest areq, PGconn *conn, const char *hostname,
  * Set/return the authentication service currently selected for use by the
  * frontend. (You can only use one in the frontend, obviously.)
  */
-static int pg_authsvc = -1;
+static int	pg_authsvc = -1;
 
 void
 fe_setauthsvc(const char *name, char *PQerrormsg)
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ fe_getauthname(char *PQerrormsg)
 		default:
 			(void) sprintf(PQerrormsg,
 				   "fe_getauthname: invalid authentication system: %d\n",
-						authsvc);
+						   authsvc);
 			break;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c
index fb78b1ee37106482420b9ab83de0455508e9e56a..92e2a46434d49a0f5dccf4e4fa8d54b370a77ca8 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.96 1999/05/03 19:10:40 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.97 1999/05/25 16:15:11 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ connectDB(PGconn *conn)
 	struct hostent *hp;
 	StartupPacket sp;
 	AuthRequest areq;
-	SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE	laddrlen;
+	SOCKET_SIZE_TYPE laddrlen;
 	int			portno,
 				family;
 	char		beresp;
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ connectDB(PGconn *conn)
 					   strerror(errno),
 					   (family == AF_INET) ? " (with -i)" : "",
 					   conn->pghost ? conn->pghost : "localhost",
-					   (family == AF_INET) ? "TCP/IP port" : "Unix socket",
+					 (family == AF_INET) ? "TCP/IP port" : "Unix socket",
 					   conn->pgport);
 		goto connect_errReturn;
 	}
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c
index 7c1540ae159cd06559a4bd0232a723ba2e52c9cf..475a51bc4ac8080def7bd08b9f86162a2ac38e71 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.79 1999/05/12 04:38:24 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.80 1999/05/25 16:15:12 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static int	getNotice(PGconn *conn);
  * doesn't tell us up front how many tuples will be returned.)
  * All other subsidiary storage for a PGresult is kept in PGresult_data blocks
  * of size PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE.  The overhead at the start of each block
- * is just a link to the next one, if any.  Free-space management info is
+ * is just a link to the next one, if any.	Free-space management info is
  * kept in the owning PGresult.
  * A query returning a small amount of data will thus require three malloc
  * calls: one for the PGresult, one for the tuples pointer array, and one
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ static int	getNotice(PGconn *conn);
  * PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE: size of a standard allocation block, in bytes
  * PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY: assumed alignment requirement for binary data
  * PGRESULT_SEP_ALLOC_THRESHOLD: objects bigger than this are given separate
- *   blocks, instead of being crammed into a regular allocation block.
+ *	 blocks, instead of being crammed into a regular allocation block.
  * Requirements for correct function are:
  * PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY must be a multiple of the alignment requirements
- *		of all machine data types.  (Currently this is set from configure
+ *		of all machine data types.	(Currently this is set from configure
  *		tests, so it should be OK automatically.)
  * PGRESULT_SEP_ALLOC_THRESHOLD + PGRESULT_BLOCK_OVERHEAD <=
  *			PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ static int	getNotice(PGconn *conn);
 #define MAX(a,b)  ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
 
 #define PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE		2048
-#define PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY		MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF /* from configure */
+#define PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY		MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF		/* from configure */
 #define PGRESULT_BLOCK_OVERHEAD		MAX(sizeof(PGresult_data), PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY)
 #define PGRESULT_SEP_ALLOC_THRESHOLD	(PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE / 2)
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static int	getNotice(PGconn *conn);
  * and the Perl5 interface, so maybe it's not so unreasonable.
  */
 
-PGresult *
+PGresult   *
 PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status)
 {
 	PGresult   *result;
@@ -180,21 +180,23 @@ PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status)
 void *
 pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary)
 {
-	char		   *space;
-	PGresult_data  *block;
+	char	   *space;
+	PGresult_data *block;
 
-	if (! res)
+	if (!res)
 		return NULL;
 
 	if (nBytes <= 0)
 		return res->null_field;
 
-	/* If alignment is needed, round up the current position to an
+	/*
+	 * If alignment is needed, round up the current position to an
 	 * alignment boundary.
 	 */
 	if (isBinary)
 	{
-		int offset = res->curOffset % PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY;
+		int			offset = res->curOffset % PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY;
+
 		if (offset)
 		{
 			res->curOffset += PGRESULT_ALIGN_BOUNDARY - offset;
@@ -211,20 +213,24 @@ pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary)
 		return space;
 	}
 
-	/* If the requested object is very large, give it its own block; this
-	 * avoids wasting what might be most of the current block to start a new
-	 * block.  (We'd have to special-case requests bigger than the block size
-	 * anyway.)  The object is always given binary alignment in this case.
+	/*
+	 * If the requested object is very large, give it its own block; this
+	 * avoids wasting what might be most of the current block to start a
+	 * new block.  (We'd have to special-case requests bigger than the
+	 * block size anyway.)	The object is always given binary alignment in
+	 * this case.
 	 */
 	if (nBytes >= PGRESULT_SEP_ALLOC_THRESHOLD)
 	{
 		block = (PGresult_data *) malloc(nBytes + PGRESULT_BLOCK_OVERHEAD);
-		if (! block)
+		if (!block)
 			return NULL;
 		space = block->space + PGRESULT_BLOCK_OVERHEAD;
 		if (res->curBlock)
 		{
-			/* Tuck special block below the active block, so that we don't
+
+			/*
+			 * Tuck special block below the active block, so that we don't
 			 * have to waste the free space in the active block.
 			 */
 			block->next = res->curBlock->next;
@@ -235,14 +241,14 @@ pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary)
 			/* Must set up the new block as the first active block. */
 			block->next = NULL;
 			res->curBlock = block;
-			res->spaceLeft = 0;	/* be sure it's marked full */
+			res->spaceLeft = 0; /* be sure it's marked full */
 		}
 		return space;
 	}
 
 	/* Otherwise, start a new block. */
 	block = (PGresult_data *) malloc(PGRESULT_DATA_BLOCKSIZE);
-	if (! block)
+	if (!block)
 		return NULL;
 	block->next = res->curBlock;
 	res->curBlock = block;
@@ -272,7 +278,8 @@ pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary)
 char *
 pqResultStrdup(PGresult *res, const char *str)
 {
-	char	*space = (char*) pqResultAlloc(res, strlen(str)+1, FALSE);
+	char	   *space = (char *) pqResultAlloc(res, strlen(str) + 1, FALSE);
+
 	if (space)
 		strcpy(space, str);
 	return space;
@@ -300,13 +307,14 @@ pqSetResultError(PGresult *res, const char *msg)
 void
 PQclear(PGresult *res)
 {
-	PGresult_data  *block;
+	PGresult_data *block;
 
 	if (!res)
 		return;
 
 	/* Free all the subsidiary blocks */
-	while ((block = res->curBlock) != NULL) {
+	while ((block = res->curBlock) != NULL)
+	{
 		res->curBlock = block->next;
 		free(block);
 	}
@@ -343,6 +351,7 @@ addTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue *tup)
 {
 	if (res->ntups >= res->tupArrSize)
 	{
+
 		/*
 		 * Try to grow the array.
 		 *
@@ -351,19 +360,19 @@ addTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue *tup)
 		 * While ANSI says that realloc() should act like malloc() in that
 		 * case, some old C libraries (like SunOS 4.1.x) coredump instead.
 		 * On failure realloc is supposed to return NULL without damaging
-		 * the existing allocation.
-		 * Note that the positions beyond res->ntups are garbage, not
-		 * necessarily NULL.
+		 * the existing allocation. Note that the positions beyond
+		 * res->ntups are garbage, not necessarily NULL.
 		 */
-		int newSize = (res->tupArrSize > 0) ? res->tupArrSize * 2 : 128;
-		PGresAttValue ** newTuples;
+		int			newSize = (res->tupArrSize > 0) ? res->tupArrSize * 2 : 128;
+		PGresAttValue **newTuples;
+
 		if (res->tuples == NULL)
 			newTuples = (PGresAttValue **)
 				malloc(newSize * sizeof(PGresAttValue *));
 		else
 			newTuples = (PGresAttValue **)
 				realloc(res->tuples, newSize * sizeof(PGresAttValue *));
-		if (! newTuples)
+		if (!newTuples)
 			return FALSE;		/* malloc or realloc failed */
 		res->tupArrSize = newSize;
 		res->tuples = newTuples;
@@ -537,7 +546,7 @@ parseInput(PGconn *conn)
 				case 'C':		/* command complete */
 					if (conn->result == NULL)
 						conn->result = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(conn,
-														   PGRES_COMMAND_OK);
+													   PGRES_COMMAND_OK);
 					if (pqGets(conn->result->cmdStatus, CMDSTATUS_LEN, conn))
 						return;
 					conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_READY;
@@ -567,7 +576,7 @@ parseInput(PGconn *conn)
 					}
 					if (conn->result == NULL)
 						conn->result = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(conn,
-														   PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY);
+													  PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY);
 					conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_READY;
 					break;
 				case 'K':		/* secret key data from the backend */
@@ -653,7 +662,7 @@ parseInput(PGconn *conn)
 					sprintf(conn->errorMessage,
 					"unknown protocol character '%c' read from backend.  "
 					"(The protocol character is the first character the "
-					"backend sends in response to a query it receives).\n",
+							"backend sends in response to a query it receives).\n",
 							id);
 					/* Discard the unexpected message; good idea?? */
 					conn->inStart = conn->inEnd;
@@ -724,12 +733,13 @@ getRowDescriptions(PGconn *conn)
 			PQclear(result);
 			return EOF;
 		}
+
 		/*
 		 * Since pqGetInt treats 2-byte integers as unsigned, we need to
 		 * coerce the special value "-1" to signed form.  (-1 is sent for
 		 * variable-length fields.)  Formerly, libpq effectively did a
-		 * sign-extension on the 2-byte value by storing it in a signed short.
-		 * Now we only coerce the single value 65535 == -1; values
+		 * sign-extension on the 2-byte value by storing it in a signed
+		 * short. Now we only coerce the single value 65535 == -1; values
 		 * 32768..65534 are taken as valid field lengths.
 		 */
 		if (typlen == 0xFFFF)
@@ -825,7 +835,7 @@ getAnotherTuple(PGconn *conn, int binary)
 				vlen = 0;
 			if (tup[i].value == NULL)
 			{
-				tup[i].value = (char *) pqResultAlloc(result, vlen+1, binary);
+				tup[i].value = (char *) pqResultAlloc(result, vlen + 1, binary);
 				if (tup[i].value == NULL)
 					goto outOfMemory;
 			}
@@ -850,7 +860,7 @@ getAnotherTuple(PGconn *conn, int binary)
 	}
 
 	/* Success!  Store the completed tuple in the result */
-	if (! addTuple(result, tup))
+	if (!addTuple(result, tup))
 		goto outOfMemory;
 	/* and reset for a new message */
 	conn->curTuple = NULL;
@@ -928,23 +938,25 @@ PQgetResult(PGconn *conn)
 			res = NULL;			/* query is complete */
 			break;
 		case PGASYNC_READY:
+
 			/*
-			 * conn->result is the PGresult to return.  If it is NULL
-			 * (which probably shouldn't happen) we assume there is
-			 * an appropriate error message in conn->errorMessage.
+			 * conn->result is the PGresult to return.	If it is NULL
+			 * (which probably shouldn't happen) we assume there is an
+			 * appropriate error message in conn->errorMessage.
 			 */
 			res = conn->result;
-			conn->result = NULL;		/* handing over ownership to caller */
+			conn->result = NULL;/* handing over ownership to caller */
 			conn->curTuple = NULL;		/* just in case */
 			if (!res)
-			{
 				res = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(conn, PGRES_FATAL_ERROR);
-			}
 			else
 			{
-				/* Make sure PQerrorMessage agrees with result; it could be
-				 * that we have done other operations that changed
-				 * errorMessage since the result's error message was saved.
+
+				/*
+				 * Make sure PQerrorMessage agrees with result; it could
+				 * be that we have done other operations that changed
+				 * errorMessage since the result's error message was
+				 * saved.
 				 */
 				strcpy(conn->errorMessage, PQresultErrorMessage(res));
 			}
@@ -1186,13 +1198,13 @@ PQgetline(PGconn *conn, char *s, int maxlen)
  * then return to normal processing.
  *
  * RETURNS:
- *   -1    if the end-of-copy-data marker has been recognized
- *   0     if no data is available
- *   >0    the number of bytes returned.
+ *	 -1    if the end-of-copy-data marker has been recognized
+ *	 0	   if no data is available
+ *	 >0    the number of bytes returned.
  * The data returned will not extend beyond a newline character.  If possible
  * a whole line will be returned at one time.  But if the buffer offered by
  * the caller is too small to hold a line sent by the backend, then a partial
- * data line will be returned.  This can be detected by testing whether the
+ * data line will be returned.	This can be detected by testing whether the
  * last returned byte is '\n' or not.
  * The returned string is *not* null-terminated.
  */
@@ -1200,18 +1212,17 @@ PQgetline(PGconn *conn, char *s, int maxlen)
 int
 PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize)
 {
-    int		avail;
+	int			avail;
 
 	if (!conn || conn->asyncStatus != PGASYNC_COPY_OUT)
 		return -1;				/* we are not doing a copy... */
 
 	/*
-	 * Move data from libpq's buffer to the caller's.
-	 * We want to accept data only in units of whole lines,
-	 * not partial lines.  This ensures that we can recognize
-	 * the terminator line "\\.\n".  (Otherwise, if it happened
-	 * to cross a packet/buffer boundary, we might hand the first
-	 * one or two characters off to the caller, which we shouldn't.)
+	 * Move data from libpq's buffer to the caller's. We want to accept
+	 * data only in units of whole lines, not partial lines.  This ensures
+	 * that we can recognize the terminator line "\\.\n".  (Otherwise, if
+	 * it happened to cross a packet/buffer boundary, we might hand the
+	 * first one or two characters off to the caller, which we shouldn't.)
 	 */
 
 	conn->inCursor = conn->inStart;
@@ -1219,7 +1230,8 @@ PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize)
 	avail = bufsize;
 	while (avail > 0 && conn->inCursor < conn->inEnd)
 	{
-		char c = conn->inBuffer[conn->inCursor++];
+		char		c = conn->inBuffer[conn->inCursor++];
+
 		*buffer++ = c;
 		--avail;
 		if (c == '\n')
@@ -1227,7 +1239,7 @@ PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize)
 			/* Got a complete line; mark the data removed from libpq */
 			conn->inStart = conn->inCursor;
 			/* Is it the endmarker line? */
-			if (bufsize-avail == 3 && buffer[-3] == '\\' && buffer[-2] == '.')
+			if (bufsize - avail == 3 && buffer[-3] == '\\' && buffer[-2] == '.')
 				return -1;
 			/* No, return the data line to the caller */
 			return bufsize - avail;
@@ -1235,13 +1247,13 @@ PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize)
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * We don't have a complete line.
-	 * We'd prefer to leave it in libpq's buffer until the rest arrives,
-	 * but there is a special case: what if the line is longer than the
-	 * buffer the caller is offering us?  In that case we'd better hand over
-	 * a partial line, else we'd get into an infinite loop.
-	 * Do this in a way that ensures we can't misrecognize a terminator
-	 * line later: leave last 3 characters in libpq buffer.
+	 * We don't have a complete line. We'd prefer to leave it in libpq's
+	 * buffer until the rest arrives, but there is a special case: what if
+	 * the line is longer than the buffer the caller is offering us?  In
+	 * that case we'd better hand over a partial line, else we'd get into
+	 * an infinite loop. Do this in a way that ensures we can't
+	 * misrecognize a terminator line later: leave last 3 characters in
+	 * libpq buffer.
 	 */
 	if (avail == 0 && bufsize > 3)
 	{
@@ -1737,13 +1749,13 @@ PQoidStatus(PGresult *res)
 
 	/*----------
 	 * The cmdStatus string looks like
-	 *     INSERT oid count\0
+	 *	   INSERT oid count\0
 	 * In order to be able to return an ordinary C string without
 	 * damaging the result for PQcmdStatus or PQcmdTuples, we copy
 	 * the oid part of the string to just after the null, so that
 	 * cmdStatus looks like
-	 *     INSERT oid count\0oid\0
-	 *                       ^ our return value points here
+	 *	   INSERT oid count\0oid\0
+	 *						 ^ our return value points here
 	 * Pretty klugy eh?  This routine should've just returned an Oid value.
 	 *----------
 	 */
@@ -1802,7 +1814,7 @@ PQcmdTuples(PGresult *res)
 			if (res->conn)
 			{
 				sprintf(res->conn->errorMessage,
-						"PQcmdTuples (INSERT) -- there's no # of tuples\n");
+					 "PQcmdTuples (INSERT) -- there's no # of tuples\n");
 				DONOTICE(res->conn, res->conn->errorMessage);
 			}
 			return "";
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c
index 726279291a90d432a492bca1301f16643319f548..fd33052f7cf59c21d65f8567e71c19041878ec88 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c,v 1.23 1999/02/22 05:26:53 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c,v 1.24 1999/05/25 16:15:13 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -471,6 +471,7 @@ pqFlush(PGconn *conn)
 		/* Prevent being SIGPIPEd if backend has closed the connection. */
 #ifndef WIN32
 		pqsigfunc	oldsighandler = pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+
 #endif
 
 		int			sent = send(conn->sock, ptr, len, 0);
@@ -481,10 +482,11 @@ pqFlush(PGconn *conn)
 
 		if (sent < 0)
 		{
+
 			/*
-			 * Anything except EAGAIN or EWOULDBLOCK is trouble.
-			 * If it's EPIPE or ECONNRESET, assume we've lost the
-			 * backend connection permanently.
+			 * Anything except EAGAIN or EWOULDBLOCK is trouble. If it's
+			 * EPIPE or ECONNRESET, assume we've lost the backend
+			 * connection permanently.
 			 */
 			switch (errno)
 			{
@@ -504,7 +506,7 @@ pqFlush(PGconn *conn)
 							"pqFlush() -- backend closed the channel unexpectedly.\n"
 							"\tThis probably means the backend terminated abnormally"
 							" before or while processing the request.\n");
-					conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; /* No more connection */
+					conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD;		/* No more connection */
 #ifdef WIN32
 					closesocket(conn->sock);
 #else
@@ -514,7 +516,7 @@ pqFlush(PGconn *conn)
 					return EOF;
 				default:
 					sprintf(conn->errorMessage,
-							"pqFlush() --  couldn't send data: errno=%d\n%s\n",
+					  "pqFlush() --  couldn't send data: errno=%d\n%s\n",
 							errno, strerror(errno));
 					/* We don't assume it's a fatal error... */
 					return EOF;
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c
index 25e58bc9501bdeb6dd655cdd10b44b2e124914b3..d5793af085294507c7dc6dd57df6f96b86dd9975 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
  * didn't really belong there.
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c,v 1.22 1999/05/03 19:10:41 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-print.c,v 1.23 1999/05/25 16:15:13 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ PQmblen(unsigned char *s)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-#endif	/* MULTIBYTE */
+#endif	 /* MULTIBYTE */
 
 static void
 do_field(PQprintOpt *po, PGresult *res,
@@ -556,6 +556,7 @@ do_field(PQprintOpt *po, PGresult *res,
 	if (!skipit)
 	{
 		char		ch = 0;
+
 #ifdef MULTIBYTE
 		int			len;
 
@@ -567,10 +568,11 @@ do_field(PQprintOpt *po, PGresult *res,
 #endif
 		{
 			ch = *p;
+
 			/*
-			 * Consensus on pgsql-interfaces (as of Aug 1998) seems to be that
-			 * the print functions ought not insert backslashes.  If you like
-			 * them, you can re-enable this next bit.
+			 * Consensus on pgsql-interfaces (as of Aug 1998) seems to be
+			 * that the print functions ought not insert backslashes.  If
+			 * you like them, you can re-enable this next bit.
 			 */
 #ifdef GRATUITOUS_BACKSLASHES
 			if ((fs_len == 1 && (ch == *(po->fieldSep))) ||
@@ -587,9 +589,10 @@ do_field(PQprintOpt *po, PGresult *res,
 				fieldNotNum[j] = 1;
 		}
 		*o = '\0';
+
 		/*
 		 * Above loop will believe E in first column is numeric; also, we
-		 * insist on a digit in the last column for a numeric.  This test
+		 * insist on a digit in the last column for a numeric.	This test
 		 * is still not bulletproof but it handles most cases.
 		 */
 		if (po->align &&
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-fe.h b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-fe.h
index 6655592d67788b0e89eacfbc7f3b050d75181518..acbf539cd784b9df57bcbc2d26a25c869a63d785 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-fe.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-fe.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.49 1999/02/13 23:22:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.50 1999/05/25 16:15:13 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ extern		"C"
 	typedef enum
 	{
 		PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY = 0,
-		PGRES_COMMAND_OK,		/* a query command that doesn't return anything
-								 * was executed properly by the backend */
-		PGRES_TUPLES_OK,		/* a query command that returns tuples
-								 * was executed properly by the backend,
+		PGRES_COMMAND_OK,		/* a query command that doesn't return
+								 * anything was executed properly by the
+								 * backend */
+		PGRES_TUPLES_OK,		/* a query command that returns tuples was
+								 * executed properly by the backend,
 								 * PGresult contains the result tuples */
 		PGRES_COPY_OUT,			/* Copy Out data transfer in progress */
 		PGRES_COPY_IN,			/* Copy In data transfer in progress */
@@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ extern		"C"
 /* String descriptions of the ExecStatusTypes.
  * NB: direct use of this array is now deprecated; call PQresStatus() instead.
  */
-	extern const char * const pgresStatus[];
+	extern const char *const pgresStatus[];
 
 /* PGconn encapsulates a connection to the backend.
  * The contents of this struct are not supposed to be known to applications.
@@ -76,21 +77,21 @@ extern		"C"
 	{
 		char		relname[NAMEDATALEN];		/* name of relation
 												 * containing data */
-		int			be_pid;						/* process id of backend */
+		int			be_pid;		/* process id of backend */
 	} PGnotify;
 
 /* PQnoticeProcessor is the function type for the notice-message callback.
  */
-	typedef void (*PQnoticeProcessor) (void * arg, const char * message);
+	typedef void (*PQnoticeProcessor) (void *arg, const char *message);
 
 /* Print options for PQprint() */
-  
-  	/*
-  	 * We can't use the conventional "bool", because we are designed to be
-  	 * included in a user's program, and user may already have that type
-  	 * defined.  Pqbool, on the other hand, is unlikely to be used.
-  	 */
-  	typedef char pqbool;
+
+	/*
+	 * We can't use the conventional "bool", because we are designed to be
+	 * included in a user's program, and user may already have that type
+	 * defined.  Pqbool, on the other hand, is unlikely to be used.
+	 */
+	typedef char pqbool;
 
 	typedef struct _PQprintOpt
 	{
@@ -115,16 +116,16 @@ extern		"C"
 	typedef struct _PQconninfoOption
 	{
 		char	   *keyword;	/* The keyword of the option			*/
-		char	   *envvar;	/* Fallback environment variable name	*/
+		char	   *envvar;		/* Fallback environment variable name	*/
 		char	   *compiled;	/* Fallback compiled in default value	*/
 		char	   *val;		/* Options value						*/
 		char	   *label;		/* Label for field in connect dialog	*/
 		char	   *dispchar;	/* Character to display for this field	*/
-								/* in a connect dialog. Values are:		*/
-								/* ""	Display entered value as is  */
-								/* "*"	Password field - hide value  */
-								/* "D"	Debug options - don't 	 */
-								/* create a field by default	*/
+		/* in a connect dialog. Values are:		*/
+		/* ""	Display entered value as is  */
+		/* "*"	Password field - hide value  */
+		/* "D"	Debug options - don't 	 */
+		/* create a field by default	*/
 		int			dispsize;	/* Field size in characters for dialog	*/
 	} PQconninfoOption;
 
@@ -154,8 +155,8 @@ extern		"C"
 	extern PGconn *PQconnectdb(const char *conninfo);
 	extern PGconn *PQsetdbLogin(const char *pghost, const char *pgport,
 								const char *pgoptions, const char *pgtty,
-								const char *dbName,
-								const char *login, const char *pwd);
+											const char *dbName,
+									 const char *login, const char *pwd);
 #define PQsetdb(M_PGHOST,M_PGPORT,M_PGOPT,M_PGTTY,M_DBNAME)  \
 	PQsetdbLogin(M_PGHOST, M_PGPORT, M_PGOPT, M_PGTTY, M_DBNAME, NULL, NULL)
 
@@ -193,8 +194,8 @@ extern		"C"
 
 	/* Override default notice processor */
 	extern void PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn,
-									 PQnoticeProcessor proc,
-									 void *arg);
+												 PQnoticeProcessor proc,
+												 void *arg);
 
 /* === in fe-exec.c === */
 
@@ -222,12 +223,12 @@ extern		"C"
 	 * use
 	 */
 	extern PGresult *PQfn(PGconn *conn,
-						  int fnid,
-						  int *result_buf,
-						  int *result_len,
-						  int result_is_int,
-						  PQArgBlock *args,
-						  int nargs);
+									  int fnid,
+									  int *result_buf,
+									  int *result_len,
+									  int result_is_int,
+									  PQArgBlock *args,
+									  int nargs);
 
 	/* Accessor functions for PGresult objects */
 	extern ExecStatusType PQresultStatus(PGresult *res);
@@ -251,39 +252,40 @@ extern		"C"
 	/* Delete a PGresult */
 	extern void PQclear(PGresult *res);
 
-	/* Make an empty PGresult with given status (some apps find this useful).
-	 * If conn is not NULL and status indicates an error, the conn's
-	 * errorMessage is copied.
+	/*
+	 * Make an empty PGresult with given status (some apps find this
+	 * useful). If conn is not NULL and status indicates an error, the
+	 * conn's errorMessage is copied.
 	 */
-	extern PGresult * PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status);
+	extern PGresult *PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status);
 
 /* === in fe-print.c === */
 
-	extern void PQprint(FILE *fout,			/* output stream */
-						PGresult *res,
-						PQprintOpt *ps);	/* option structure */
+	extern void PQprint(FILE *fout,		/* output stream */
+									PGresult *res,
+									PQprintOpt *ps);	/* option structure */
 
 	/*
 	 * PQdisplayTuples() is a better version of PQprintTuples(), but both
 	 * are obsoleted by PQprint().
 	 */
 	extern void PQdisplayTuples(PGresult *res,
-								FILE *fp,			/* where to send the
-													 * output */
-								int fillAlign,		/* pad the fields with
-													 * spaces */
-								const char *fieldSep,	/* field separator */
-								int printHeader,	/* display headers? */
-								int quiet);
+											FILE *fp,	/* where to send the
+														 * output */
+											int fillAlign,		/* pad the fields with
+																 * spaces */
+											const char *fieldSep,		/* field separator */
+											int printHeader,	/* display headers? */
+											int quiet);
 
 	extern void PQprintTuples(PGresult *res,
-							  FILE *fout,			/* output stream */
-							  int printAttName,		/* print attribute names
-													 * or not */
-							  int terseOutput,		/* delimiter bars or
-													 * not? */
-							  int width);			/* width of column, if
-													 * 0, use variable width */
+										  FILE *fout,	/* output stream */
+										  int printAttName,		/* print attribute names
+																 * or not */
+										  int terseOutput,		/* delimiter bars or
+																 * not? */
+										  int width);	/* width of column, if
+														 * 0, use variable width */
 
 	/* Determine length of multibyte encoded char at *s */
 	extern int	PQmblen(unsigned char *s);
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-int.h b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-int.h
index aaeffa3459a2cad4c2fa2230686ebd952f42f7da..351d9fac2bac5fc53e736fdf8aecf4c95b7ead7d 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-int.h
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-int.h
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
  *
- * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.7 1999/05/03 19:10:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.8 1999/05/25 16:15:14 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -62,23 +62,23 @@
  * Note that space[k] refers to the k'th byte starting from the physical
  * head of the block.
  */
-	typedef union pgresult_data PGresult_data;
+typedef union pgresult_data PGresult_data;
 
-	union pgresult_data
-	{
-		PGresult_data  *next;	/* link to next block, or NULL */
-		char			space[1]; /* dummy for accessing block as bytes */
-	};
+union pgresult_data
+{
+	PGresult_data *next;		/* link to next block, or NULL */
+	char		space[1];		/* dummy for accessing block as bytes */
+};
 
 /* Data about a single attribute (column) of a query result */
 
-	typedef struct pgresAttDesc
-	{
-		char	   *name;		/* type name */
-		Oid			typid;		/* type id */
-		int			typlen;		/* type size */
-		int			atttypmod;	/* type-specific modifier info */
-	} PGresAttDesc;
+typedef struct pgresAttDesc
+{
+	char	   *name;			/* type name */
+	Oid			typid;			/* type id */
+	int			typlen;			/* type size */
+	int			atttypmod;		/* type-specific modifier info */
+} PGresAttDesc;
 
 /* Data for a single attribute of a single tuple */
 
@@ -98,123 +98,128 @@
 
 #define NULL_LEN		(-1)	/* pg_result len for NULL value */
 
-	typedef struct pgresAttValue
-	{
-		int			len;		/* length in bytes of the value */
-		char	   *value;		/* actual value, plus terminating zero byte */
-	} PGresAttValue;
-
-	struct pg_result
-	{
-		int			ntups;
-		int			numAttributes;
-		PGresAttDesc *attDescs;
-		PGresAttValue **tuples; /* each PGresTuple is an array of
+typedef struct pgresAttValue
+{
+	int			len;			/* length in bytes of the value */
+	char	   *value;			/* actual value, plus terminating zero
+								 * byte */
+} PGresAttValue;
+
+struct pg_result
+{
+	int			ntups;
+	int			numAttributes;
+	PGresAttDesc *attDescs;
+	PGresAttValue **tuples;		/* each PGresTuple is an array of
 								 * PGresAttValue's */
-		int			tupArrSize; /* size of tuples array allocated */
-		ExecStatusType resultStatus;
-		char		cmdStatus[CMDSTATUS_LEN];	/* cmd status from the
+	int			tupArrSize;		/* size of tuples array allocated */
+	ExecStatusType resultStatus;
+	char		cmdStatus[CMDSTATUS_LEN];		/* cmd status from the
 												 * last insert query */
-		int			binary;		/* binary tuple values if binary == 1,
+	int			binary;			/* binary tuple values if binary == 1,
 								 * otherwise ASCII */
-		PGconn		*conn;		/* connection we did the query on, if any */
-		char		*errMsg;	/* error message, or NULL if no error */
-
-		/* All NULL attributes in the query result point to this null string */
-		char		null_field[1];
-
-		/* Space management information.  Note that attDescs and errMsg,
-		 * if not null, point into allocated blocks.  But tuples points
-		 * to a separately malloc'd block, so that we can realloc it.
-		 */
-		PGresult_data *curBlock; /* most recently allocated block */
-		int			curOffset;	/* start offset of free space in block */
-		int			spaceLeft;	/* number of free bytes remaining in block */
-	};
+	PGconn	   *conn;			/* connection we did the query on, if any */
+	char	   *errMsg;			/* error message, or NULL if no error */
+
+	/* All NULL attributes in the query result point to this null string */
+	char		null_field[1];
+
+	/*
+	 * Space management information.  Note that attDescs and errMsg, if
+	 * not null, point into allocated blocks.  But tuples points to a
+	 * separately malloc'd block, so that we can realloc it.
+	 */
+	PGresult_data *curBlock;	/* most recently allocated block */
+	int			curOffset;		/* start offset of free space in block */
+	int			spaceLeft;		/* number of free bytes remaining in block */
+};
 
 /* PGAsyncStatusType defines the state of the query-execution state machine */
-	typedef enum
-	{
-		PGASYNC_IDLE,			/* nothing's happening, dude */
-		PGASYNC_BUSY,			/* query in progress */
-		PGASYNC_READY,			/* result ready for PQgetResult */
-		PGASYNC_COPY_IN,		/* Copy In data transfer in progress */
-		PGASYNC_COPY_OUT		/* Copy Out data transfer in progress */
-	} PGAsyncStatusType;
+typedef enum
+{
+	PGASYNC_IDLE,				/* nothing's happening, dude */
+	PGASYNC_BUSY,				/* query in progress */
+	PGASYNC_READY,				/* result ready for PQgetResult */
+	PGASYNC_COPY_IN,			/* Copy In data transfer in progress */
+	PGASYNC_COPY_OUT			/* Copy Out data transfer in progress */
+}			PGAsyncStatusType;
 
 /* large-object-access data ... allocated only if large-object code is used. */
-	typedef struct pgLobjfuncs
-	{
-		Oid			fn_lo_open; /* OID of backend function lo_open		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_close;/* OID of backend function lo_close		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_creat;/* OID of backend function lo_creat		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_unlink;		/* OID of backend function
-										 * lo_unlink	*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_lseek;/* OID of backend function lo_lseek		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_tell; /* OID of backend function lo_tell		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_read; /* OID of backend function LOread		*/
-		Oid			fn_lo_write;/* OID of backend function LOwrite		*/
-	} PGlobjfuncs;
+typedef struct pgLobjfuncs
+{
+	Oid			fn_lo_open;		/* OID of backend function lo_open		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_close;	/* OID of backend function lo_close		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_creat;	/* OID of backend function lo_creat		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_unlink;	/* OID of backend function lo_unlink	*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_lseek;	/* OID of backend function lo_lseek		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_tell;		/* OID of backend function lo_tell		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_read;		/* OID of backend function LOread		*/
+	Oid			fn_lo_write;	/* OID of backend function LOwrite		*/
+} PGlobjfuncs;
 
 /* PGconn stores all the state data associated with a single connection
  * to a backend.
  */
-	struct pg_conn
-	{
-		/* Saved values of connection options */
-		char	   *pghost;		/* the machine on which the server is
+struct pg_conn
+{
+	/* Saved values of connection options */
+	char	   *pghost;			/* the machine on which the server is
 								 * running */
-		char	   *pgport;		/* the server's communication port */
-		char	   *pgtty;		/* tty on which the backend messages is
+	char	   *pgport;			/* the server's communication port */
+	char	   *pgtty;			/* tty on which the backend messages is
 								 * displayed (NOT ACTUALLY USED???) */
-		char	   *pgoptions;	/* options to start the backend with */
-		char	   *dbName;		/* database name */
-		char	   *pguser;		/* Postgres username and password, if any */
-		char	   *pgpass;
-
-		/* Optional file to write trace info to */
-		FILE	   *Pfdebug;
-
-		/* Callback procedure for notice/error message processing */
-		PQnoticeProcessor	noticeHook;
-		void	   *noticeArg;
-
-		/* Status indicators */
-		ConnStatusType		status;
-		PGAsyncStatusType	asyncStatus;
-		Dllist	   *notifyList;	/* Notify msgs not yet handed to application */
-
-		/* Connection data */
-		int			sock;		/* Unix FD for socket, -1 if not connected */
-		SockAddr	laddr;		/* Local address */
-		SockAddr	raddr;		/* Remote address */
-		int			raddr_len;	/* Length of remote address */
-
-		/* Miscellaneous stuff */
-		int			be_pid;		/* PID of backend --- needed for cancels */
-		int			be_key;		/* key of backend --- needed for cancels */
-		char		salt[2];	/* password salt received from backend */
-		PGlobjfuncs *lobjfuncs; /* private state for large-object access fns */
-
-		/* Buffer for data received from backend and not yet processed */
-		char		*inBuffer;	/* currently allocated buffer */
-		int			inBufSize;	/* allocated size of buffer */
-		int			inStart;	/* offset to first unconsumed data in buffer */
-		int			inCursor;	/* next byte to tentatively consume */
-		int			inEnd;		/* offset to first position after avail data */
-
-		/* Buffer for data not yet sent to backend */
-		char		*outBuffer;	/* currently allocated buffer */
-		int			outBufSize;	/* allocated size of buffer */
-		int			outCount;	/* number of chars waiting in buffer */
-
-		/* Status for asynchronous result construction */
-		PGresult		*result;	/* result being constructed */
-		PGresAttValue	*curTuple;	/* tuple currently being read */
-
-		/* Message space.  Placed last for code-size reasons. */
-		char		errorMessage[ERROR_MSG_LENGTH];
-	};
+	char	   *pgoptions;		/* options to start the backend with */
+	char	   *dbName;			/* database name */
+	char	   *pguser;			/* Postgres username and password, if any */
+	char	   *pgpass;
+
+	/* Optional file to write trace info to */
+	FILE	   *Pfdebug;
+
+	/* Callback procedure for notice/error message processing */
+	PQnoticeProcessor noticeHook;
+	void	   *noticeArg;
+
+	/* Status indicators */
+	ConnStatusType status;
+	PGAsyncStatusType asyncStatus;
+	Dllist	   *notifyList;		/* Notify msgs not yet handed to
+								 * application */
+
+	/* Connection data */
+	int			sock;			/* Unix FD for socket, -1 if not connected */
+	SockAddr	laddr;			/* Local address */
+	SockAddr	raddr;			/* Remote address */
+	int			raddr_len;		/* Length of remote address */
+
+	/* Miscellaneous stuff */
+	int			be_pid;			/* PID of backend --- needed for cancels */
+	int			be_key;			/* key of backend --- needed for cancels */
+	char		salt[2];		/* password salt received from backend */
+	PGlobjfuncs *lobjfuncs;		/* private state for large-object access
+								 * fns */
+
+	/* Buffer for data received from backend and not yet processed */
+	char	   *inBuffer;		/* currently allocated buffer */
+	int			inBufSize;		/* allocated size of buffer */
+	int			inStart;		/* offset to first unconsumed data in
+								 * buffer */
+	int			inCursor;		/* next byte to tentatively consume */
+	int			inEnd;			/* offset to first position after avail
+								 * data */
+
+	/* Buffer for data not yet sent to backend */
+	char	   *outBuffer;		/* currently allocated buffer */
+	int			outBufSize;		/* allocated size of buffer */
+	int			outCount;		/* number of chars waiting in buffer */
+
+	/* Status for asynchronous result construction */
+	PGresult   *result;			/* result being constructed */
+	PGresAttValue *curTuple;	/* tuple currently being read */
+
+	/* Message space.  Placed last for code-size reasons. */
+	char		errorMessage[ERROR_MSG_LENGTH];
+};
 
 /* ----------------
  * Internal functions of libpq
@@ -232,8 +237,8 @@ extern int	pqPacketSend(PGconn *conn, const char *buf, size_t len);
 /* === in fe-exec.c === */
 
 extern void pqSetResultError(PGresult *res, const char *msg);
-extern void * pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary);
-extern char * pqResultStrdup(PGresult *res, const char *str);
+extern void *pqResultAlloc(PGresult *res, int nBytes, int isBinary);
+extern char *pqResultStrdup(PGresult *res, const char *str);
 extern void pqClearAsyncResult(PGconn *conn);
 
 /* === in fe-misc.c === */
diff --git a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpqdll.c b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpqdll.c
index 5407c54e40912868d5df811eec7163d5d655228b..f0241acf786c6d81a24269fab3e5955edf13b0e5 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/libpq/libpqdll.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/libpq/libpqdll.c
@@ -6,13 +6,18 @@ BOOL		WINAPI
 DllMain(HINSTANCE hinstDLL, DWORD fdwReason,
 		LPVOID lpReserved)
 {
-	WSADATA wsaData;
-	switch (fdwReason) {
+	WSADATA		wsaData;
+
+	switch (fdwReason)
+	{
 		case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
-			if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1,1),&wsaData))
+			if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1, 1), &wsaData))
 			{
-				/* No really good way to do error handling here,
-				 * since we don't know how we were loaded */
+
+				/*
+				 * No really good way to do error handling here, since we
+				 * don't know how we were loaded
+				 */
 				return FALSE;
 			}
 			break;
diff --git a/src/interfaces/python/pgmodule.c b/src/interfaces/python/pgmodule.c
index 17be50889acbe7b4c6e123c3d29245f95b0c5cc7..254fb1e7981a23c9e288dd366e2f3bd6cebeb5e9 100644
--- a/src/interfaces/python/pgmodule.c
+++ b/src/interfaces/python/pgmodule.c
@@ -3,27 +3,27 @@
  * D'Arcy J.M. Cain, (darcy@druid.net).  Based heavily on code written by
  * Pascal Andre, andre@chimay.via.ecp.fr. Copyright (c) 1995, Pascal Andre
  * (andre@via.ecp.fr).
- * 
+ *
  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
  * documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written
  * agreement is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and
  * this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies or in
  * any new file that contains a substantial portion of this file.
- * 
+ *
  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT,
  * SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS,
  * ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE
  * AUTHOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- * 
+ *
  * THE AUTHOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
  * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
  * PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE
  * AUTHOR HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES,
  * ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
- * 
+ *
  * Further modifications copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 by D'Arcy J.M. Cain
  * (darcy@druid.net) subject to the same terms and conditions as above.
- * 
+ *
  */
 
 #include <Python.h>
@@ -36,22 +36,22 @@
 /* really bad stuff here - I'm so naughty */
 /* If you need to you can run mkdefines to get */
 /* current defines but it should not have changed */
-#define	INT2OID		21
-#define	INT4OID		23
-#define	OIDOID		26
-#define	FLOAT4OID	700
-#define	FLOAT8OID	701
-#define	CASHOID		790
+#define INT2OID		21
+#define INT4OID		23
+#define OIDOID		26
+#define FLOAT4OID	700
+#define FLOAT8OID	701
+#define CASHOID		790
 
-static PyObject		*PGError;
-static const char	*PyPgVersion = "3.0 beta";
+static PyObject *PGError;
+static const char *PyPgVersion = "3.0 beta";
 
 /* taken from fileobject.c */
 #define BUF(v) PyString_AS_STRING((PyStringObject *)(v))
 
 /* default values */
-#define	MODULE_NAME			"pgsql"
-#define	ARRAYSIZE			1
+#define MODULE_NAME			"pgsql"
+#define ARRAYSIZE			1
 
 /* flags for object validity checks */
 #define CHECK_OPEN			1
@@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ static const char	*PyPgVersion = "3.0 beta";
 #define MAX_BUFFER_SIZE   8192	/* maximum transaction size */
 
 #ifndef NO_DIRECT
-#define DIRECT_ACCESS     1		/* enables direct access functions */
-#endif							/* NO_DIRECT */
+#define DIRECT_ACCESS	  1		/* enables direct access functions */
+#endif	 /* NO_DIRECT */
 
 #ifndef NO_LARGE
-#define LARGE_OBJECTS     1		/* enables large objects support */
-#endif							/* NO_LARGE */
+#define LARGE_OBJECTS	  1		/* enables large objects support */
+#endif	 /* NO_LARGE */
 
 #ifndef NO_DEF_VAR
-#define DEFAULT_VARS      1		/* enables default variables use */
-#endif							/* NO_DEF_VAR */
+#define DEFAULT_VARS	  1		/* enables default variables use */
+#endif	 /* NO_DEF_VAR */
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
@@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ static const char	*PyPgVersion = "3.0 beta";
 
 #ifdef DEFAULT_VARS
 
-static PyObject	*pg_default_host;		/* default database host */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_base;		/* default database name */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_opt;		/* default connection options */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_tty;		/* default debug tty */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_port;		/* default connection port */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_user;		/* default username */
-static PyObject	*pg_default_passwd;		/* default password */
+static PyObject *pg_default_host;		/* default database host */
+static PyObject *pg_default_base;		/* default database name */
+static PyObject *pg_default_opt;/* default connection options */
+static PyObject *pg_default_tty;/* default debug tty */
+static PyObject *pg_default_port;		/* default connection port */
+static PyObject *pg_default_user;		/* default username */
+static PyObject *pg_default_passwd;		/* default password */
 
-#endif							/* DEFAULT_VARS */
+#endif	 /* DEFAULT_VARS */
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /* OBJECTS DECLARATION */
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ static PyObject	*pg_default_passwd;		/* default password */
 typedef struct
 {
 	PyObject_HEAD
-	int             valid;			/* validity flag */
-	PGconn         *cnx;			/* PostGres connection handle */
-}               pgobject;
+	int			valid;			/* validity flag */
+	PGconn	   *cnx;			/* PostGres connection handle */
+}			pgobject;
 
 staticforward PyTypeObject PgType;
 
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PgType;
 typedef struct
 {
 	PyObject_HEAD
-	PGresult       *last_result;	/* last result content */
-}               pgqueryobject;
+	PGresult   *last_result;	/* last result content */
+}			pgqueryobject;
 
 staticforward PyTypeObject PgQueryType;
 
@@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PgQueryType;
 typedef struct
 {
 	PyObject_HEAD
-	pgobject       *pgcnx;			/* parent connection object */
-	Oid             lo_oid;			/* large object oid */
-	int             lo_fd;			/* large object fd */
-}               pglargeobject;
+	pgobject * pgcnx;			/* parent connection object */
+	Oid			lo_oid;			/* large object oid */
+	int			lo_fd;			/* large object fd */
+}			pglargeobject;
 
 staticforward PyTypeObject PglargeType;
 
 #define is_pglargeobject(v) ((v)->ob_type == &PglargeType)
-#endif							/* LARGE_OBJECTS */
+#endif	 /* LARGE_OBJECTS */
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /* INTERNAL FUNCTIONS */
@@ -141,7 +141,8 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PglargeType;
 static int
 check_cnx_obj(pgobject * self)
 {
-	if (!self->valid) {
+	if (!self->valid)
+	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PGError, "connection has been closed");
 		return 0;
 	}
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ check_lo_obj(pglargeobject * self, int level)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-#endif							/* LARGE_OBJECTS */
+#endif	 /* LARGE_OBJECTS */
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 /* PG CONNECTION OBJECT IMPLEMENTATION */
@@ -194,17 +195,17 @@ check_lo_obj(pglargeobject * self, int level)
 static pglargeobject *
 pglarge_new(pgobject * pgcnx, Oid oid)
 {
-	pglargeobject * npglo;
+	pglargeobject *npglo;
 
 	if ((npglo = PyObject_NEW(pglargeobject, &PglargeType)) == NULL)
-    	return NULL;
-	   
+		return NULL;
+
 	Py_XINCREF(pgcnx);
 	npglo->pgcnx = pgcnx;
 	npglo->lo_fd = -1;
 	npglo->lo_oid = oid;
 
-	return npglo;			
+	return npglo;
 }
 
 /* destructor */
@@ -220,13 +221,14 @@ pglarge_dealloc(pglargeobject * self)
 
 /* opens large object */
 static char pglarge_open__doc__[] =
-	"open(mode) -- open access to large object with specified mode " 
-	"(INV_READ, INV_WRITE constants defined by module).";
+"open(mode) -- open access to large object with specified mode "
+"(INV_READ, INV_WRITE constants defined by module).";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_open(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             mode, fd;
+	int			mode,
+				fd;
 
 	/* check validity */
 	if (!check_lo_obj(self, CHECK_CLOSE))
@@ -254,8 +256,8 @@ pglarge_open(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* close large object */
 static char pglarge_close__doc__[] =
-	"close() -- close access to large object data.";
-    
+"close() -- close access to large object data.";
+
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_close(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
@@ -263,7 +265,7 @@ pglarge_close(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method close() takes no parameters.");
+						"method close() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -286,14 +288,14 @@ pglarge_close(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* reads from large object */
 static char pglarge_read__doc__[] =
-	"read(integer) -- read from large object to sized string. "
-	"Object must be opened in read mode before calling this method.";
+"read(integer) -- read from large object to sized string. "
+"Object must be opened in read mode before calling this method.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_read(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             size;
-	PyObject       *buffer;
+	int			size;
+	PyObject   *buffer;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_lo_obj(self, CHECK_OPEN))
@@ -329,14 +331,14 @@ pglarge_read(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* write to large object */
 static char pglarge_write__doc__[] =
-	"write(string) -- write sized string to large object. "
-	"Object must be opened in read mode before calling this method.";
-    
+"write(string) -- write sized string to large object. "
+"Object must be opened in read mode before calling this method.";
+
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_write(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *buffer;
-	int             size;
+	char	   *buffer;
+	int			size;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_lo_obj(self, CHECK_OPEN))
@@ -346,13 +348,13 @@ pglarge_write(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &buffer))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"write(buffer), with buffer (sized string).");
+						"write(buffer), with buffer (sized string).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* sends query */
 	if ((size = lo_write(self->pgcnx->cnx, self->lo_fd, buffer,
-					strlen(buffer))) <  strlen(buffer))
+						 strlen(buffer))) < strlen(buffer))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_IOError, "buffer truncated during write.");
 		return NULL;
@@ -365,15 +367,17 @@ pglarge_write(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* go to position in large object */
 static char pglarge_seek__doc__[] =
-	"seek(off, whence) -- move to specified position. Object must be opened "
-	"before calling this method. whence can be SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR or SEEK_END, "
-	"constants defined by module.";
+"seek(off, whence) -- move to specified position. Object must be opened "
+"before calling this method. whence can be SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR or SEEK_END, "
+"constants defined by module.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_lseek(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* offset and whence are initialized to keep compiler happy */
-	int             ret, offset = 0, whence = 0;
+	int			ret,
+				offset = 0,
+				whence = 0;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_lo_obj(self, CHECK_OPEN))
@@ -383,7 +387,7 @@ pglarge_lseek(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "ii", &offset, &whence))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"lseek(offset, whence), with offset and whence (integers).");
+			"lseek(offset, whence), with offset and whence (integers).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -400,19 +404,20 @@ pglarge_lseek(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* gets large object size */
 static char pglarge_size__doc__[] =
-	"size() -- return large object size. "
-	"Object must be opened before calling this method.";
+"size() -- return large object size. "
+"Object must be opened before calling this method.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_size(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             start, end;
+	int			start,
+				end;
 
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method size() takes no parameters.");
+						"method size() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -435,10 +440,10 @@ pglarge_size(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	}
 
 	/* move back to start position */
-	if ((start = lo_lseek(self->pgcnx->cnx,self->lo_fd,start,SEEK_SET)) == -1)
+	if ((start = lo_lseek(self->pgcnx->cnx, self->lo_fd, start, SEEK_SET)) == -1)
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_IOError,
-				"error while moving back to first position.");
+						"error while moving back to first position.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -448,19 +453,19 @@ pglarge_size(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* gets large object cursor position */
 static char pglarge_tell__doc__[] =
-	"tell() -- give current position in large object. "
-	"Object must be opened before calling this method.";
+"tell() -- give current position in large object. "
+"Object must be opened before calling this method.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_tell(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             start;
+	int			start;
 
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method tell() takes no parameters.");
+						"method tell() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -481,13 +486,13 @@ pglarge_tell(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* exports large object as unix file */
 static char pglarge_export__doc__[] =
-	"export(string) -- export large object data to specified file. "
-	"Object must be closed when calling this method.";
+"export(string) -- export large object data to specified file. "
+"Object must be closed when calling this method.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_export(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *name;
+	char	   *name;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_lo_obj(self, CHECK_CLOSE))
@@ -497,7 +502,7 @@ pglarge_export(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &name))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"export(filename), with filename (string).");
+						"export(filename), with filename (string).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -514,8 +519,8 @@ pglarge_export(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* deletes a large object */
 static char pglarge_unlink__doc__[] =
-	"unlink() -- destroy large object. "
-	"Object must be closed when calling this method.";
+"unlink() -- destroy large object. "
+"Object must be closed when calling this method.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pglarge_unlink(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
@@ -524,7 +529,7 @@ pglarge_unlink(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method unlink() takes no parameters.");
+						"method unlink() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -546,15 +551,15 @@ pglarge_unlink(pglargeobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* large object methods */
 static struct PyMethodDef pglarge_methods[] = {
-	{"open",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_open, 1, pglarge_open__doc__ },
-	{"close",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_close, 1, pglarge_close__doc__ },
-	{"read",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_read, 1, pglarge_read__doc__ },
-	{"write",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_write, 1, pglarge_write__doc__ },
-	{"seek",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_lseek, 1, pglarge_seek__doc__ },
-	{"size",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_size, 1, pglarge_size__doc__ },
-	{"tell",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_tell, 1, pglarge_tell__doc__ },
-	{"export",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_export, 1, pglarge_export__doc__ },
-	{"unlink",	(PyCFunction) pglarge_unlink, 1, pglarge_unlink__doc__ },
+	{"open", (PyCFunction) pglarge_open, 1, pglarge_open__doc__},
+	{"close", (PyCFunction) pglarge_close, 1, pglarge_close__doc__},
+	{"read", (PyCFunction) pglarge_read, 1, pglarge_read__doc__},
+	{"write", (PyCFunction) pglarge_write, 1, pglarge_write__doc__},
+	{"seek", (PyCFunction) pglarge_lseek, 1, pglarge_seek__doc__},
+	{"size", (PyCFunction) pglarge_size, 1, pglarge_size__doc__},
+	{"tell", (PyCFunction) pglarge_tell, 1, pglarge_tell__doc__},
+	{"export", (PyCFunction) pglarge_export, 1, pglarge_export__doc__},
+	{"unlink", (PyCFunction) pglarge_unlink, 1, pglarge_unlink__doc__},
 	{NULL, NULL}
 };
 
@@ -594,7 +599,7 @@ pglarge_getattr(pglargeobject * self, char *name)
 	/* attributes list */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "__members__"))
 	{
-		PyObject       *list = PyList_New(3);
+		PyObject   *list = PyList_New(3);
 
 		if (list)
 		{
@@ -608,11 +613,11 @@ pglarge_getattr(pglargeobject * self, char *name)
 
 	/* module name */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "__module__"))
-    	return PyString_FromString(MODULE_NAME);
+		return PyString_FromString(MODULE_NAME);
 
 	/* class name */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "__class__"))
-    	return PyString_FromString("pglarge");
+		return PyString_FromString("pglarge");
 
 	/* seeks name in methods (fallback) */
 	return Py_FindMethod(pglarge_methods, (PyObject *) self, name);
@@ -622,18 +627,18 @@ pglarge_getattr(pglargeobject * self, char *name)
 static int
 pglarge_print(pglargeobject * self, FILE *fp, int flags)
 {
-	char print_buffer[128];
+	char		print_buffer[128];
 
-	if (self->lo_fd >= 0) 
+	if (self->lo_fd >= 0)
 	{
-    	snprintf(print_buffer, sizeof(print_buffer), 
-	    	 "Opened large object, oid %ld", (long)self->lo_oid);
+		snprintf(print_buffer, sizeof(print_buffer),
+				 "Opened large object, oid %ld", (long) self->lo_oid);
 		fputs(print_buffer, fp);
-	} 
-	else 
+	}
+	else
 	{
-    	snprintf(print_buffer, sizeof(print_buffer), 
-	    	"Closed large object, oid %ld", (long)self->lo_oid);
+		snprintf(print_buffer, sizeof(print_buffer),
+				 "Closed large object, oid %ld", (long) self->lo_oid);
 		fputs(print_buffer, fp);
 	}
 
@@ -643,25 +648,25 @@ pglarge_print(pglargeobject * self, FILE *fp, int flags)
 /* object type definition */
 staticforward PyTypeObject PglargeType = {
 	PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)
-	0,								/* ob_size */
-	"pglarge",						/* tp_name */
-	sizeof(pglargeobject),			/* tp_basicsize */
-	0,								/* tp_itemsize */
+	0,							/* ob_size */
+	"pglarge",					/* tp_name */
+	sizeof(pglargeobject),		/* tp_basicsize */
+	0,							/* tp_itemsize */
 
 	/* methods */
-	(destructor) pglarge_dealloc,	/* tp_dealloc */
-	(printfunc) pglarge_print,		/* tp_print */
-	(getattrfunc) pglarge_getattr,	/* tp_getattr */
-	0,								/* tp_setattr */
-	0,								/* tp_compare */
-	0,								/* tp_repr */
-	0,								/* tp_as_number */
-	0,								/* tp_as_sequence */
-	0,								/* tp_as_mapping */
-	0,								/* tp_hash */
+	(destructor) pglarge_dealloc,		/* tp_dealloc */
+	(printfunc) pglarge_print,	/* tp_print */
+	(getattrfunc) pglarge_getattr,		/* tp_getattr */
+	0,							/* tp_setattr */
+	0,							/* tp_compare */
+	0,							/* tp_repr */
+	0,							/* tp_as_number */
+	0,							/* tp_as_sequence */
+	0,							/* tp_as_mapping */
+	0,							/* tp_hash */
 };
 
-#endif							/* LARGE_OBJECTS */
+#endif	 /* LARGE_OBJECTS */
 
 
 /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
@@ -669,29 +674,35 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PglargeType = {
 
 /* connects to a database */
 static char connect__doc__[] =
-	"connect(dbname, host, port, opt, tty) -- connect to a PostgreSQL database "
-	"using specified parameters (optionals, keywords aware).";
+"connect(dbname, host, port, opt, tty) -- connect to a PostgreSQL database "
+"using specified parameters (optionals, keywords aware).";
 
 static PyObject *
-pgconnect(pgobject *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *dict)
+pgconnect(pgobject * self, PyObject * args, PyObject * dict)
 {
-	static const char	*kwlist[] = { "dbname", "host", "port", "opt",
-									"tty", "user", "passwd" , NULL };
-	char           *pghost, *pgopt, *pgtty, *pgdbname, *pguser, *pgpasswd;
-	int             pgport;
-	char            port_buffer[20];
-	pgobject       *npgobj;
+	static const char *kwlist[] = {"dbname", "host", "port", "opt",
+	"tty", "user", "passwd", NULL};
+	char	   *pghost,
+			   *pgopt,
+			   *pgtty,
+			   *pgdbname,
+			   *pguser,
+			   *pgpasswd;
+	int			pgport;
+	char		port_buffer[20];
+	pgobject   *npgobj;
 
 	pghost = pgopt = pgtty = pgdbname = pguser = pgpasswd = NULL;
 	pgport = -1;
 
-	/* parses standard arguments
-	 * With the right compiler warnings, this will issue a diagnostic.
-	 * There is really no way around it.  If I don't declare kwlist as
-	 * const char *kwlist[] then it complains when I try to assign all
-	 * those constant strings to it. */
+	/*
+	 * parses standard arguments With the right compiler warnings, this
+	 * will issue a diagnostic. There is really no way around it.  If I
+	 * don't declare kwlist as const char *kwlist[] then it complains when
+	 * I try to assign all those constant strings to it.
+	 */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, dict, "|zzlzzzz", kwlist,
-			&pgdbname, &pghost, &pgport, &pgopt, &pgtty, &pguser, &pgpasswd))
+		&pgdbname, &pghost, &pgport, &pgopt, &pgtty, &pguser, &pgpasswd))
 		return NULL;
 
 #ifdef DEFAULT_VARS
@@ -716,7 +727,7 @@ pgconnect(pgobject *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *dict)
 
 	if ((!pgpasswd) && (pg_default_passwd != Py_None))
 		pgpasswd = PyString_AsString(pg_default_passwd);
-#endif							/* DEFAULT_VARS */
+#endif	 /* DEFAULT_VARS */
 
 	if ((npgobj = PyObject_NEW(pgobject, &PgType)) == NULL)
 		return NULL;
@@ -726,11 +737,11 @@ pgconnect(pgobject *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *dict)
 		bzero(port_buffer, sizeof(port_buffer));
 		sprintf(port_buffer, "%d", pgport);
 		npgobj->cnx = PQsetdbLogin(pghost, port_buffer, pgopt, pgtty, pgdbname,
-					pguser, pgpasswd);
+								   pguser, pgpasswd);
 	}
 	else
 		npgobj->cnx = PQsetdbLogin(pghost, NULL, pgopt, pgtty, pgdbname,
-					pguser, pgpasswd);
+								   pguser, pgpasswd);
 
 	if (PQstatus(npgobj->cnx) == CONNECTION_BAD)
 	{
@@ -755,13 +766,13 @@ pg_dealloc(pgobject * self)
 }
 
 /* close without deleting */
-static char pg_close__doc__[] = 
-	"close() -- close connection. All instances of the connection object and "
-	"derived objects (queries and large objects) can no longer be used after "
-	"this call.";
+static char pg_close__doc__[] =
+"close() -- close connection. All instances of the connection object and "
+"derived objects (queries and large objects) can no longer be used after "
+"this call.";
 
 static PyObject *
-pg_close(pgobject *self, PyObject *args)
+pg_close(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* gets args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
@@ -776,7 +787,7 @@ pg_close(pgobject *self, PyObject *args)
 	self->cnx = NULL;
 	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
 	return Py_None;
-}   
+}
 
 static void
 pgquery_dealloc(pgqueryobject * self)
@@ -788,10 +799,10 @@ pgquery_dealloc(pgqueryobject * self)
 }
 
 /* resets connection */
-static char pg_reset__doc__[] = 
-	"reset() -- reset connection with current parameters. All derived queries "
-	"and large objects derived from this connection will not be usable after "
-	"this call.";
+static char pg_reset__doc__[] =
+"reset() -- reset connection with current parameters. All derived queries "
+"and large objects derived from this connection will not be usable after "
+"this call.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_reset(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
@@ -806,7 +817,7 @@ pg_reset(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method reset() takes no parameters.");
+						"method reset() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -817,8 +828,8 @@ pg_reset(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 }
 
 /* get connection socket */
-static char pg_fileno__doc__[] = 
-	"fileno() -- return database connection socket file handle.";
+static char pg_fileno__doc__[] =
+"fileno() -- return database connection socket file handle.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_fileno(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
@@ -833,7 +844,7 @@ pg_fileno(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method fileno() takes no parameters.");
+						"method fileno() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -846,7 +857,7 @@ pg_fileno(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* get number of rows */
 static char pgquery_ntuples__doc__[] =
-	"ntuples() -- returns number of tuples returned by query.";
+"ntuples() -- returns number of tuples returned by query.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_ntuples(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
@@ -855,29 +866,31 @@ pgquery_ntuples(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-			"method ntuples() takes no parameters.");
+						"method ntuples() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	return PyInt_FromLong((long) PQntuples(self->last_result));
-} 
+}
 
 /* list fields names from query result */
 static char pgquery_listfields__doc__[] =
-	"listfields() -- Lists field names from result.";
+"listfields() -- Lists field names from result.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_listfields(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             i, n;
-	char           *name;
-	PyObject       *fieldstuple, *str;
+	int			i,
+				n;
+	char	   *name;
+	PyObject   *fieldstuple,
+			   *str;
 
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method listfields() takes no parameters.");
+						"method listfields() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -897,19 +910,19 @@ pgquery_listfields(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* get field name from last result */
 static char pgquery_fieldname__doc__[] =
-	"fieldname() -- returns name of field from result from its position.";
+"fieldname() -- returns name of field from result from its position.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_fieldname(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             i;
-	char           *name;
+	int			i;
+	char	   *name;
 
 	/* gets args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "i", &i))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"fieldname(number), with number(integer).");
+						"fieldname(number), with number(integer).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -927,13 +940,13 @@ pgquery_fieldname(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* gets fields number from name in last result */
 static char pgquery_fieldnum__doc__[] =
-	"fieldnum() -- returns position in query for field from its name.";
+"fieldnum() -- returns position in query for field from its name.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_fieldnum(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *name;
-	int             num;
+	char	   *name;
+	int			num;
 
 	/* gets args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &name))
@@ -954,21 +967,27 @@ pgquery_fieldnum(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* retrieves last result */
 static char pgquery_getresult__doc__[] =
-	"getresult() -- Gets the result of a query.  The result is returned "
-	"as a list of rows, each one a list of fields in the order returned "
-	"by the server.";
+"getresult() -- Gets the result of a query.  The result is returned "
+"as a list of rows, each one a list of fields in the order returned "
+"by the server.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_getresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	PyObject       *rowtuple, *reslist, *val;
-	int             i, j, m, n, *typ;
+	PyObject   *rowtuple,
+			   *reslist,
+			   *val;
+	int			i,
+				j,
+				m,
+				n,
+			   *typ;
 
 	/* checks args (args == NULL for an internal call) */
 	if ((args != NULL) && (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "")))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method getresult() takes no parameters.");
+						"method getresult() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1013,9 +1032,9 @@ pgquery_getresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 		rowtuple = PyTuple_New(n);
 		for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
 		{
-			int		k;
-			char	*s = PQgetvalue(self->last_result, i, j);
-			char	cashbuf[64];
+			int			k;
+			char	   *s = PQgetvalue(self->last_result, i, j);
+			char		cashbuf[64];
 
 			switch (typ[j])
 			{
@@ -1027,8 +1046,9 @@ pgquery_getresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 					val = PyFloat_FromDouble(strtod(s, NULL));
 					break;
 
-				case 3:		/* get rid of the '$' and commas */
-					if (*s == '$')	/* there's talk of getting rid of it */
+				case 3: /* get rid of the '$' and commas */
+					if (*s == '$')		/* there's talk of getting rid of
+										 * it */
 						s++;
 
 					if ((s[0] == '-' || s[0] == '(') && s[1] == '$')
@@ -1062,21 +1082,27 @@ pgquery_getresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* retrieves last result as a list of dictionaries*/
 static char pgquery_dictresult__doc__[] =
-	"dictresult() -- Gets the result of a query.  The result is returned "
-	"as a list of rows, each one a dictionary with the field names used "
-	"as the labels.";
+"dictresult() -- Gets the result of a query.  The result is returned "
+"as a list of rows, each one a dictionary with the field names used "
+"as the labels.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_dictresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	PyObject       *dict, *reslist, *val;
-	int             i, j, m, n, *typ;
+	PyObject   *dict,
+			   *reslist,
+			   *val;
+	int			i,
+				j,
+				m,
+				n,
+			   *typ;
 
 	/* checks args (args == NULL for an internal call) */
 	if ((args != NULL) && (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "")))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method getresult() takes no parameters.");
+						"method getresult() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1121,9 +1147,9 @@ pgquery_dictresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 		dict = PyDict_New();
 		for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
 		{
-			int		k;
-			char	*s = PQgetvalue(self->last_result, i, j);
-			char	cashbuf[64];
+			int			k;
+			char	   *s = PQgetvalue(self->last_result, i, j);
+			char		cashbuf[64];
 
 			switch (typ[j])
 			{
@@ -1135,8 +1161,9 @@ pgquery_dictresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 					val = PyFloat_FromDouble(strtod(s, NULL));
 					break;
 
-				case 3:		/* get rid of the '$' and commas */
-					if (*s == '$')	/* there's talk of getting rid of it */
+				case 3: /* get rid of the '$' and commas */
+					if (*s == '$')		/* there's talk of getting rid of
+										 * it */
 						s++;
 
 					if ((s[0] == '-' || s[0] == '(') && s[1] == '$')
@@ -1170,15 +1197,16 @@ pgquery_dictresult(pgqueryobject * self, PyObject * args)
 }
 
 /* gets asynchronous notify */
-static char pg_getnotify__doc__[] = 
-	"getnotify() -- get database notify for this connection.";
+static char pg_getnotify__doc__[] =
+"getnotify() -- get database notify for this connection.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_getnotify(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	PGnotify       *notify;
-	PGresult       *result;
-	PyObject       *notify_result, *temp;
+	PGnotify   *notify;
+	PGresult   *result;
+	PyObject   *notify_result,
+			   *temp;
 
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
@@ -1190,12 +1218,16 @@ pg_getnotify(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method getnotify() takes no parameters.");
+						"method getnotify() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* gets notify and builds result */
-	/* notifies only come back as result of a query, so I send an empty query */
+
+	/*
+	 * notifies only come back as result of a query, so I send an empty
+	 * query
+	 */
 	result = PQexec(self->cnx, " ");
 
 	if ((notify = PQnotifies(self->cnx)) != NULL)
@@ -1221,15 +1253,15 @@ pg_getnotify(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* database query */
 static char pg_query__doc__[] =
-	"query() -- creates a new query object for this connection.";
+"query() -- creates a new query object for this connection.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_query(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *query;
-	PGresult       *result;
-	pgqueryobject  *npgobj;
-	int             status;
+	char	   *query;
+	PGresult   *result;
+	pgqueryobject *npgobj;
+	int			status;
 
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
@@ -1271,7 +1303,7 @@ pg_query(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 			case PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR:
 				PyErr_SetString(PGError, PQerrorMessage(self->cnx));
 				break;
-			case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:	/* could be an INSERT */
+			case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:		/* could be an INSERT */
 				if (*(str = PQoidStatus(result)) == 0)	/* nope */
 				{
 					Py_INCREF(Py_None);
@@ -1281,13 +1313,13 @@ pg_query(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 				/* otherwise, return the oid */
 				return PyInt_FromLong(strtol(str, NULL, 10));
 
-			case PGRES_COPY_OUT:	/* no data will be received */
+			case PGRES_COPY_OUT:		/* no data will be received */
 			case PGRES_COPY_IN:
 				Py_INCREF(Py_None);
 				return Py_None;
 			default:
 				PyErr_SetString(PGError, "internal error: "
-											"unknown result status.");
+								"unknown result status.");
 				break;
 		}
 
@@ -1304,13 +1336,13 @@ pg_query(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 #ifdef DIRECT_ACCESS
 static char pg_putline__doc__[] =
-	"putline() -- sends a line directly to the backend";
+"putline() -- sends a line directly to the backend";
 
 /* direct acces function : putline */
 static PyObject *
 pg_putline(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *line;
+	char	   *line;
 
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
@@ -1333,14 +1365,14 @@ pg_putline(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* direct access function : getline */
 static char pg_getline__doc__[] =
-	"getline() -- gets a line directly from the backend.";
+"getline() -- gets a line directly from the backend.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_getline(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char            line[MAX_BUFFER_SIZE];
-	PyObject       *str = NULL; /* GCC */
-	int             ret;
+	char		line[MAX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+	PyObject   *str = NULL;		/* GCC */
+	int			ret;
 
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
@@ -1352,7 +1384,7 @@ pg_getline(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method getline() takes no parameters.");
+						"method getline() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1377,7 +1409,7 @@ pg_getline(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* direct access function : end copy */
 static char pg_endcopy__doc__[] =
-	"endcopy() -- synchronizes client and server";
+"endcopy() -- synchronizes client and server";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_endcopy(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
@@ -1392,7 +1424,7 @@ pg_endcopy(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method endcopy() takes no parameters.");
+						"method endcopy() takes no parameters.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1401,16 +1433,17 @@ pg_endcopy(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
 	return Py_None;
 }
-#endif							/* DIRECT_ACCESS */
+
+#endif	 /* DIRECT_ACCESS */
 
 
 static PyObject *
-pgquery_print(pgqueryobject *self, FILE *fp, int flags)
+pgquery_print(pgqueryobject * self, FILE *fp, int flags)
 {
-	PQprintOpt		op;
+	PQprintOpt	op;
 
 	memset(&op, 0, sizeof(op));
-	op.align = 1; 
+	op.align = 1;
 	op.header = 1;
 	op.fieldSep = "|";
 	op.pager = 1;
@@ -1419,20 +1452,25 @@ pgquery_print(pgqueryobject *self, FILE *fp, int flags)
 }
 
 /* insert table */
-static char pg_inserttable__doc__[] = 
-	"inserttable(string, list) -- insert list in table. The fields in the list "
-	"must be in the same order as in the table.";
+static char pg_inserttable__doc__[] =
+"inserttable(string, list) -- insert list in table. The fields in the list "
+"must be in the same order as in the table.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	PGresult       *result;
-	char           *table, *buffer, *temp;
-	char            temp_buffer[256];
-	PyObject       *list, *sublist, *item;
-	PyObject       *(*getitem) (PyObject *, int);
-	PyObject       *(*getsubitem) (PyObject *, int);
-	int             i, j;
+	PGresult   *result;
+	char	   *table,
+			   *buffer,
+			   *temp;
+	char		temp_buffer[256];
+	PyObject   *list,
+			   *sublist,
+			   *item;
+	PyObject   *(*getitem) (PyObject *, int);
+	PyObject   *(*getsubitem) (PyObject *, int);
+	int			i,
+				j;
 
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
@@ -1444,8 +1482,8 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "sO:filter", &table, &list))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"tableinsert(table, content), with table (string) "
-					"and content (list).");
+					  "tableinsert(table, content), with table (string) "
+						"and content (list).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1457,7 +1495,7 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 	else
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"second arg must be some kind of array.");
+						"second arg must be some kind of array.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1467,7 +1505,7 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 		if (!PyTuple_Check(sublist) && !PyList_Check(sublist))
 		{
 			PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-					"second arg must contain some kind of arrays.");
+						 "second arg must contain some kind of arrays.");
 			return NULL;
 		}
 	}
@@ -1509,7 +1547,7 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 				PyArg_ParseTuple(item, "s", &temp);
 			else if (PyInt_Check(item))
 			{
-				int             k;
+				int			k;
 
 				PyArg_ParseTuple(item, "i", &k);
 				sprintf(temp_buffer, "%d", k);
@@ -1517,7 +1555,7 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 			}
 			else if (PyLong_Check(item))
 			{
-				long            k;
+				long		k;
 
 				PyArg_ParseTuple(item, "l", &k);
 				sprintf(temp_buffer, "%ld", k);
@@ -1525,7 +1563,7 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 			}
 			else if (PyFloat_Check(item))
 			{
-				double          k;
+				double		k;
 
 				PyArg_ParseTuple(item, "d", &k);
 				sprintf(temp_buffer, "%g", k);
@@ -1535,8 +1573,8 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 			{
 				free(buffer);
 				PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,
-						"items must be strings, integers, "
-							"longs or double (real).");
+								"items must be strings, integers, "
+								"longs or double (real).");
 				return NULL;
 			}
 
@@ -1565,49 +1603,50 @@ pg_inserttable(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 }
 
 /* creates large object */
-static char pg_locreate__doc__[] = 
-	"locreate() -- creates a new large object in the database.";
+static char pg_locreate__doc__[] =
+"locreate() -- creates a new large object in the database.";
 
-static PyObject  *
+static PyObject *
 pg_locreate(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             mode;
-	Oid				lo_oid;
+	int			mode;
+	Oid			lo_oid;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_cnx_obj(self))
-    	return NULL;
+		return NULL;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "i", &mode))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"locreate(mode), with mode (integer).");
+						"locreate(mode), with mode (integer).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	/* creates large object */
 	lo_oid = lo_creat(self->cnx, mode);
-	if (lo_oid == 0) {
+	if (lo_oid == 0)
+	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PGError, "can't create large object.");
 		return NULL;
-    }
+	}
 
 	return (PyObject *) pglarge_new(self, lo_oid);
 }
 
 /* init from already known oid */
-static char pg_getlo__doc__[] = 
-	"getlo(long) -- create a large object instance for the specified oid.";
+static char pg_getlo__doc__[] =
+"getlo(long) -- create a large object instance for the specified oid.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_getlo(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	int             lo_oid;
+	int			lo_oid;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_cnx_obj(self))
-    	return NULL;
+		return NULL;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "i", &lo_oid))
@@ -1627,18 +1666,18 @@ pg_getlo(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 }
 
 /* import unix file */
-static char pg_loimport__doc__[] = 
-	"loimport(string) -- create a new large object from specified file.";
+static char pg_loimport__doc__[] =
+"loimport(string) -- create a new large object from specified file.";
 
 static PyObject *
 pg_loimport(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *name;
-	Oid				lo_oid;
+	char	   *name;
+	Oid			lo_oid;
 
 	/* checks validity */
 	if (!check_cnx_obj(self))
-    	return NULL;
+		return NULL;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "s", &name))
@@ -1661,24 +1700,24 @@ pg_loimport(pgobject * self, PyObject * args)
 
 /* connection object methods */
 static struct PyMethodDef pgobj_methods[] = {
-	{"query",		(PyCFunction) pg_query, 1, pg_query__doc__ },
-	{"reset",		(PyCFunction) pg_reset, 1, pg_reset__doc__ },
-	{"close",		(PyCFunction) pg_close, 1, pg_close__doc__ },
-	{"fileno",		(PyCFunction) pg_fileno,1, pg_fileno__doc__ },
-	{"getnotify",	(PyCFunction) pg_getnotify, 1, pg_getnotify__doc__ },
-	{"inserttable",	(PyCFunction) pg_inserttable, 1, pg_inserttable__doc__ },
+	{"query", (PyCFunction) pg_query, 1, pg_query__doc__},
+	{"reset", (PyCFunction) pg_reset, 1, pg_reset__doc__},
+	{"close", (PyCFunction) pg_close, 1, pg_close__doc__},
+	{"fileno", (PyCFunction) pg_fileno, 1, pg_fileno__doc__},
+	{"getnotify", (PyCFunction) pg_getnotify, 1, pg_getnotify__doc__},
+	{"inserttable", (PyCFunction) pg_inserttable, 1, pg_inserttable__doc__},
 
 #ifdef DIRECT_ACCESS
-	{"putline",		(PyCFunction) pg_putline, 1, pg_putline__doc__ },
-	{"getline",		(PyCFunction) pg_getline, 1, pg_getline__doc__ },
-	{"endcopy",		(PyCFunction) pg_endcopy, 1, pg_endcopy__doc__ },
-#endif							/* DIRECT_ACCESS */
+	{"putline", (PyCFunction) pg_putline, 1, pg_putline__doc__},
+	{"getline", (PyCFunction) pg_getline, 1, pg_getline__doc__},
+	{"endcopy", (PyCFunction) pg_endcopy, 1, pg_endcopy__doc__},
+#endif	 /* DIRECT_ACCESS */
 
 #ifdef LARGE_OBJECTS
-	{"locreate",	(PyCFunction) pg_locreate, 1, pg_locreate__doc__ },
-	{"getlo",		(PyCFunction) pg_getlo, 1, pg_getlo__doc__ },	
-	{"loimport",	(PyCFunction) pg_loimport, 1, pg_loimport__doc__ },
-#endif							/* LARGE_OBJECTS */
+	{"locreate", (PyCFunction) pg_locreate, 1, pg_locreate__doc__},
+	{"getlo", (PyCFunction) pg_getlo, 1, pg_getlo__doc__},
+	{"loimport", (PyCFunction) pg_loimport, 1, pg_loimport__doc__},
+#endif	 /* LARGE_OBJECTS */
 
 	{NULL, NULL}				/* sentinel */
 };
@@ -1687,9 +1726,12 @@ static struct PyMethodDef pgobj_methods[] = {
 static PyObject *
 pg_getattr(pgobject * self, char *name)
 {
-	/* Although we could check individually, there are only a few
-	   attributes that don't require a live connection and unless
-	   someone has an urgent need, this will have to do */
+
+	/*
+	 * Although we could check individually, there are only a few
+	 * attributes that don't require a live connection and unless someone
+	 * has an urgent need, this will have to do
+	 */
 	if (!self->cnx)
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "Connection is not valid");
@@ -1701,7 +1743,8 @@ pg_getattr(pgobject * self, char *name)
 	/* postmaster host */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "host"))
 	{
-		char	*r = PQhost(self->cnx);
+		char	   *r = PQhost(self->cnx);
+
 		return r ? PyString_FromString(r) : PyString_FromString("localhost");
 	}
 
@@ -1732,12 +1775,12 @@ pg_getattr(pgobject * self, char *name)
 	/* provided user name */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "user"))
 		return PyString_FromString("Deprecated facility");
-		/* return PyString_FromString(fe_getauthname("<unknown user>")); */
+	/* return PyString_FromString(fe_getauthname("<unknown user>")); */
 
 	/* attributes list */
 	if (!strcmp(name, "__members__"))
 	{
-		PyObject       *list = PyList_New(8);
+		PyObject   *list = PyList_New(8);
 
 		if (list)
 		{
@@ -1780,16 +1823,16 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PgType = {
 
 /* query object methods */
 static struct PyMethodDef pgquery_methods[] = {
-	{"getresult",	(PyCFunction) pgquery_getresult, 1, pgquery_getresult__doc__},
-	{"dictresult",	(PyCFunction) pgquery_dictresult, 1, pgquery_dictresult__doc__},
-	{"fieldname",	(PyCFunction) pgquery_fieldname, 1, pgquery_fieldname__doc__},
-	{"fieldnum",	(PyCFunction) pgquery_fieldnum, 1, pgquery_fieldnum__doc__},
-	{"listfields",	(PyCFunction) pgquery_listfields, 1, pgquery_listfields__doc__},
-	{"ntuples",		(PyCFunction) pgquery_ntuples, 1, pgquery_ntuples__doc__},
+	{"getresult", (PyCFunction) pgquery_getresult, 1, pgquery_getresult__doc__},
+	{"dictresult", (PyCFunction) pgquery_dictresult, 1, pgquery_dictresult__doc__},
+	{"fieldname", (PyCFunction) pgquery_fieldname, 1, pgquery_fieldname__doc__},
+	{"fieldnum", (PyCFunction) pgquery_fieldnum, 1, pgquery_fieldnum__doc__},
+	{"listfields", (PyCFunction) pgquery_listfields, 1, pgquery_listfields__doc__},
+	{"ntuples", (PyCFunction) pgquery_ntuples, 1, pgquery_ntuples__doc__},
 	{NULL, NULL}
 };
 
-/* gets query object attributes */  
+/* gets query object attributes */
 static PyObject *
 pgquery_getattr(pgqueryobject * self, char *name)
 {
@@ -1800,21 +1843,21 @@ pgquery_getattr(pgqueryobject * self, char *name)
 /* query type definition */
 staticforward PyTypeObject PgQueryType = {
 	PyObject_HEAD_INIT(NULL)
-	0,								/* ob_size */
-	"pgqueryobject",				/* tp_name */
-	sizeof(pgqueryobject),			/* tp_basicsize */
-	0,								/* tp_itemsize */
+	0,							/* ob_size */
+	"pgqueryobject",			/* tp_name */
+	sizeof(pgqueryobject),		/* tp_basicsize */
+	0,							/* tp_itemsize */
 	/* methods */
-	(destructor) pgquery_dealloc,	/* tp_dealloc */
-	(printfunc) pgquery_print,		/* tp_print */
-	(getattrfunc) pgquery_getattr,	/* tp_getattr */
-	0,								/* tp_setattr */
-	0,								/* tp_compare */
-	0,								/* tp_repr */
-	0,								/* tp_as_number */
-	0,								/* tp_as_sequence */
-	0,								/* tp_as_mapping */
-	0,								/* tp_hash */
+	(destructor) pgquery_dealloc,		/* tp_dealloc */
+	(printfunc) pgquery_print,	/* tp_print */
+	(getattrfunc) pgquery_getattr,		/* tp_getattr */
+	0,							/* tp_setattr */
+	0,							/* tp_compare */
+	0,							/* tp_repr */
+	0,							/* tp_as_number */
+	0,							/* tp_as_sequence */
+	0,							/* tp_as_mapping */
+	0,							/* tp_hash */
 };
 
 
@@ -1827,16 +1870,16 @@ staticforward PyTypeObject PgQueryType = {
 
 /* gets default host */
 static char getdefhost__doc__[] =
-	"get_defhost() -- return default database host.";
+"get_defhost() -- return default database host.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdefhost(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdefhost(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method get_defhost() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_defhost() takes no parameter.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1846,19 +1889,19 @@ pggetdefhost(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default host */
 static char setdefhost__doc__[] =
-	"set_defhost(string) -- set default database host. Return previous value.";
+"set_defhost(string) -- set default database host. Return previous value.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefhost(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefhost(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_defhost(name), with name (string/None).");
+						"set_defhost(name), with name (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1878,16 +1921,16 @@ pgsetdefhost(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* gets default base */
 static char getdefbase__doc__[] =
-	"get_defbase() -- return default database name.";
+"get_defbase() -- return default database name.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method get_defbase() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_defbase() takes no parameter.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1897,19 +1940,19 @@ pggetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default base */
 static char setdefbase__doc__[] =
-	"set_defbase(string) -- set default database name. Return previous value";
+"set_defbase(string) -- set default database name. Return previous value";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_defbase(name), with name (string/None).");
+						"set_defbase(name), with name (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1929,16 +1972,16 @@ pgsetdefbase(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* gets default options */
 static char getdefopt__doc__[] =
-	"get_defopt() -- return default database options.";
+"get_defopt() -- return default database options.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method get_defopt() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_defopt() takes no parameter.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1948,19 +1991,19 @@ pggetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default opt */
 static char setdefopt__doc__[] =
-	"set_defopt(string) -- set default database options. Return previous value.";
+"set_defopt(string) -- set default database options. Return previous value.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_defopt(name), with name (string/None).");
+						"set_defopt(name), with name (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1980,16 +2023,16 @@ pgsetdefopt(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* gets default tty */
 static char getdeftty__doc__[] =
-	"get_deftty() -- return default database debug terminal.";
+"get_deftty() -- return default database debug terminal.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method get_deftty() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_deftty() takes no parameter.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1999,20 +2042,20 @@ pggetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default tty */
 static char setdeftty__doc__[] =
-	"set_deftty(string) -- set default database debug terminal. "
-	"Return previous value.";
+"set_deftty(string) -- set default database debug terminal. "
+"Return previous value.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_deftty(name), with name (string/None).");
+						"set_deftty(name), with name (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2032,16 +2075,16 @@ pgsetdeftty(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* gets default username */
 static char getdefuser__doc__[] =
-	"get_defuser() -- return default database username.";
+"get_defuser() -- return default database username.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-			"method get_defuser() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_defuser() takes no parameter.");
 
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -2052,19 +2095,19 @@ pggetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default username */
 static char setdefuser__doc__[] =
-	"set_defuser() -- set default database username. Return previous value.";
+"set_defuser() -- set default database username. Return previous value.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_defuser(name), with name (string/None).");
+						"set_defuser(name), with name (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2084,20 +2127,19 @@ pgsetdefuser(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default password */
 static char setdefpasswd__doc__[] =
-	"set_defpasswd() -- set default database password.";
+"set_defpasswd() -- set default database password.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefpasswd(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefpasswd(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	char           *temp = NULL;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	char	   *temp = NULL;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "z", &temp))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError,
-				"set_defpasswd(password), with password (string/
-None).");
+				"set_defpasswd(password), with password (string/None).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2112,22 +2154,22 @@ None).");
 		pg_default_passwd = Py_None;
 	}
 
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None);	
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
 	return Py_None;
 }
 
 /* gets default port */
 static char getdefport__doc__[] =
-	"get_defport() -- return default database port.";
+"get_defport() -- return default database port.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pggetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pggetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
 	/* checks args */
 	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, ""))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_SyntaxError,
-				"method get_defport() takes no parameter.");
+						"method get_defport() takes no parameter.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2137,19 +2179,19 @@ pggetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 
 /* sets default port */
 static char setdefport__doc__[] =
-	"set_defport(integer) -- set default database port. Return previous value.";
+"set_defport(integer) -- set default database port. Return previous value.";
 
-static PyObject       *
-pgsetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
+static PyObject *
+pgsetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject * args)
 {
-	long int        port = -2;
-	PyObject       *old;
+	long int	port = -2;
+	PyObject   *old;
 
 	/* gets arguments */
 	if ((!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "l", &port)) || (port < -1))
 	{
 		PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "set_defport(port), with port "
-					"(positive integer/-1).");
+						"(positive integer/-1).");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2167,39 +2209,41 @@ pgsetdefport(PyObject * self, PyObject *args)
 	return old;
 }
 
-#endif							/* DEFAULT_VARS */
+#endif	 /* DEFAULT_VARS */
 
 /* List of functions defined in the module */
 
 static struct PyMethodDef pg_methods[] = {
-	{"connect", (PyCFunction) pgconnect, 3, connect__doc__ },
+	{"connect", (PyCFunction) pgconnect, 3, connect__doc__},
 
 #ifdef DEFAULT_VARS
-	{"get_defhost",		pggetdefhost, 1, getdefhost__doc__ },
-	{"set_defhost",		pgsetdefhost, 1, setdefhost__doc__ },
-	{"get_defbase",		pggetdefbase, 1, getdefbase__doc__ },
-	{"set_defbase",		pgsetdefbase, 1, setdefbase__doc__ },
-	{"get_defopt",		pggetdefopt, 1, getdefopt__doc__ },
-	{"set_defopt",		pgsetdefopt, 1, setdefopt__doc__ },
-	{"get_deftty",		pggetdeftty, 1, getdeftty__doc__ },
-	{"set_deftty",		pgsetdeftty, 1, setdeftty__doc__ },
-	{"get_defport",		pggetdefport, 1, getdefport__doc__ },
-	{"set_defport",		pgsetdefport, 1, setdefport__doc__ },
-	{"get_defuser",		pggetdefuser, 1, getdefuser__doc__ },
-	{"set_defuser",		pgsetdefuser, 1, setdefuser__doc__ },
-	{"set_defpasswd",	pgsetdefpasswd, 1, setdefpasswd__doc__ },
-#endif							/* DEFAULT_VARS */
+	{"get_defhost", pggetdefhost, 1, getdefhost__doc__},
+	{"set_defhost", pgsetdefhost, 1, setdefhost__doc__},
+	{"get_defbase", pggetdefbase, 1, getdefbase__doc__},
+	{"set_defbase", pgsetdefbase, 1, setdefbase__doc__},
+	{"get_defopt", pggetdefopt, 1, getdefopt__doc__},
+	{"set_defopt", pgsetdefopt, 1, setdefopt__doc__},
+	{"get_deftty", pggetdeftty, 1, getdeftty__doc__},
+	{"set_deftty", pgsetdeftty, 1, setdeftty__doc__},
+	{"get_defport", pggetdefport, 1, getdefport__doc__},
+	{"set_defport", pgsetdefport, 1, setdefport__doc__},
+	{"get_defuser", pggetdefuser, 1, getdefuser__doc__},
+	{"set_defuser", pgsetdefuser, 1, setdefuser__doc__},
+	{"set_defpasswd", pgsetdefpasswd, 1, setdefpasswd__doc__},
+#endif	 /* DEFAULT_VARS */
 	{NULL, NULL}				/* sentinel */
 };
 
-static char pg__doc__[] = "Python interface to PostgreSQL DB"; 
+static char pg__doc__[] = "Python interface to PostgreSQL DB";
 
 /* Initialization function for the module */
-void init_pg(void);		/* Python doesn't prototype this */
+void		init_pg(void);		/* Python doesn't prototype this */
 void
 init_pg(void)
 {
-	PyObject       *mod, *dict, *v;
+	PyObject   *mod,
+			   *dict,
+			   *v;
 
 	/* Initialize here because some WIN platforms get confused otherwise */
 	PglargeType.ob_type = PgType.ob_type = PgQueryType.ob_type = &PyType_Type;
@@ -2227,18 +2271,25 @@ init_pg(void)
 	PyDict_SetItemString(dict, "SEEK_SET", PyInt_FromLong(SEEK_SET));
 	PyDict_SetItemString(dict, "SEEK_CUR", PyInt_FromLong(SEEK_CUR));
 	PyDict_SetItemString(dict, "SEEK_END", PyInt_FromLong(SEEK_END));
-#endif							/* LARGE_OBJECTS */
+#endif	 /* LARGE_OBJECTS */
 
 #ifdef DEFAULT_VARS
 	/* prepares default values */
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_host = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_base = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_opt = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_port = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_tty = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_user = Py_None;
-	Py_INCREF(Py_None); pg_default_passwd = Py_None;
-#endif							/* DEFAULT_VARS */
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_host = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_base = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_opt = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_port = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_tty = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_user = Py_None;
+	Py_INCREF(Py_None);
+	pg_default_passwd = Py_None;
+#endif	 /* DEFAULT_VARS */
 
 	/* Check for errors */
 	if (PyErr_Occurred())
diff --git a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c
index d494b5fe4c083cf208da173c675465c099e3d58a..ea53442678389317f906259ad0269fbe48db9efd 100644
--- a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c
+++ b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *			  procedural language
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c,v 1.6 1999/05/10 00:46:29 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c,v 1.7 1999/05/25 16:15:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
  *
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ plpgsql_parse_dblwordtype(char *string)
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	attrtup = SearchSysCacheTuple(ATTNAME,
-								  ObjectIdGetDatum(classtup->t_data->t_oid),
+							   ObjectIdGetDatum(classtup->t_data->t_oid),
 								  PointerGetDatum(word2), 0, 0);
 	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(attrtup))
 	{
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ plpgsql_parse_wordrowtype(char *string)
 		 * ----------
 		 */
 		attrtup = SearchSysCacheTuple(ATTNUM,
-									  ObjectIdGetDatum(classtup->t_data->t_oid),
+							   ObjectIdGetDatum(classtup->t_data->t_oid),
 									  (Datum) (i + 1), 0, 0);
 		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(attrtup))
 		{
diff --git a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c
index 250171b873fd74bf713d2dc5fdac1d29ee715c8a..48ff11a040e2b8cf3068071f0fdb49fbceeb0c10 100644
--- a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c
+++ b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *			  procedural language
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c,v 1.10 1999/05/10 00:46:30 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c,v 1.11 1999/05/25 16:15:17 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
  *
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ static int exec_stmt_execsql(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 				  PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql * stmt);
 
 static void exec_prepare_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
-				PLpgSQL_expr * expr);
-static bool exec_simple_check_node(Node * node);
+				  PLpgSQL_expr * expr);
+static bool exec_simple_check_node(Node *node);
 static void exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr);
 static void exec_eval_clear_fcache(Node *node);
-static Datum exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate, 
-				PLpgSQL_expr * expr, 
-				bool *isNull, 
-				Oid *rettype);
+static Datum exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
+					  PLpgSQL_expr * expr,
+					  bool *isNull,
+					  Oid *rettype);
 
 static void exec_assign_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 				 PLpgSQL_datum * target,
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ exec_stmt_raise(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_raise * stmt)
  */
 static void
 exec_prepare_plan(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
-				PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
+				  PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 {
 	PLpgSQL_var *var;
 	PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
@@ -2164,10 +2164,10 @@ exec_run_select(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
  * ----------
  */
 static Datum
-exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate, 
-					PLpgSQL_expr * expr, 
-					bool *isNull, 
-					Oid *rettype)
+exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
+					  PLpgSQL_expr * expr,
+					  bool *isNull,
+					  Oid *rettype)
 {
 	Datum		retval;
 	PLpgSQL_var *var;
@@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 	int			i;
 	bool		isnull;
 	bool		isdone;
-	ExprContext	*econtext;
+	ExprContext *econtext;
 	ParamListInfo paramLI;
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 	 */
 	econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
 	paramLI = (ParamListInfo) palloc((expr->nparams + 1) *
-							sizeof(ParamListInfoData));
+									 sizeof(ParamListInfoData));
 	econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = paramLI;
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 	for (i = 0; i < expr->nparams; i++, paramLI++)
 	{
 		paramLI->kind = PARAM_NUM;
-		paramLI->id   = i + 1;
+		paramLI->id = i + 1;
 
 		switch (estate->datums[expr->params[i]]->dtype)
 		{
@@ -2269,9 +2269,9 @@ exec_eval_simple_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
 	 */
 	SPI_push();
 	retval = ExecEvalExpr(expr->plan_simple_expr,
-							econtext,
-							isNull,
-							&isdone);
+						  econtext,
+						  isNull,
+						  &isdone);
 	SPI_pop();
 
 	/* ----------
@@ -2414,39 +2414,45 @@ exec_cast_value(Datum value, Oid valtype,
  * ----------
  */
 static bool
-exec_simple_check_node(Node * node)
+exec_simple_check_node(Node *node)
 {
 	switch (nodeTag(node))
 	{
-		case T_Expr:	{
-							Expr	*expr = (Expr *)node;
-							List	*l;
-
-							switch (expr->opType)
-							{
-								case OP_EXPR:
-								case FUNC_EXPR:
-								case OR_EXPR:
-								case AND_EXPR:
-								case NOT_EXPR:	break;
-
-								default:		return FALSE;
-							}
-
-							foreach (l, expr->args)
-							{
-								if (!exec_simple_check_node(lfirst(l)))
-									return FALSE;
-							}
-
-							return TRUE;
-						}
+			case T_Expr:
+			{
+				Expr	   *expr = (Expr *) node;
+				List	   *l;
+
+				switch (expr->opType)
+				{
+					case OP_EXPR:
+					case FUNC_EXPR:
+					case OR_EXPR:
+					case AND_EXPR:
+					case NOT_EXPR:
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						return FALSE;
+				}
 
-		case T_Param:	return TRUE;
+				foreach(l, expr->args)
+				{
+					if (!exec_simple_check_node(lfirst(l)))
+						return FALSE;
+				}
 
-		case T_Const:	return TRUE;
+				return TRUE;
+			}
 
-		default:		return FALSE;
+		case T_Param:
+			return TRUE;
+
+		case T_Const:
+			return TRUE;
+
+		default:
+			return FALSE;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2460,21 +2466,21 @@ exec_simple_check_node(Node * node)
 static void
 exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 {
-	_SPI_plan	*spi_plan = (_SPI_plan *)expr->plan;
-	Plan		*plan;
-	TargetEntry	*tle;
+	_SPI_plan  *spi_plan = (_SPI_plan *) expr->plan;
+	Plan	   *plan;
+	TargetEntry *tle;
 
 	expr->plan_simple_expr = NULL;
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * 1. We can only evaluate queries that resulted in one single
-	 *    execution plan
+	 *	  execution plan
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	if (spi_plan->ptlist == NULL || length(spi_plan->ptlist) != 1)
 		return;
 
-	plan = (Plan *)lfirst(spi_plan->ptlist);
+	plan = (Plan *) lfirst(spi_plan->ptlist);
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * 2. It must be a RESULT plan --> no scan's required
@@ -2492,7 +2498,7 @@ exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * 4. Don't know if all these can break us, so let SPI handle
-	 *    those plans
+	 *	  those plans
 	 * ----------
 	 */
 	if (plan->qual != NULL || plan->lefttree != NULL || plan->righttree != NULL)
@@ -2500,10 +2506,10 @@ exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 
 	/* ----------
 	 * 5. Check that all the nodes in the expression are one of
-	 *    Expr, Param or Const.
+	 *	  Expr, Param or Const.
 	 * ----------
 	 */
-	tle = (TargetEntry *)lfirst(plan->targetlist);
+	tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(plan->targetlist);
 	if (!exec_simple_check_node(tle->expr))
 		return;
 
@@ -2516,18 +2522,22 @@ exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 
 	switch (nodeTag(tle->expr))
 	{
-		case T_Expr:	expr->plan_simple_type = 
-									((Expr *)(tle->expr))->typeOid;
-						break;
+		case T_Expr:
+			expr->plan_simple_type =
+				((Expr *) (tle->expr))->typeOid;
+			break;
 
-		case T_Param:	expr->plan_simple_type = 
-									((Param *)(tle->expr))->paramtype;
-						break;
+		case T_Param:
+			expr->plan_simple_type =
+				((Param *) (tle->expr))->paramtype;
+			break;
 
-		case T_Const:	expr->plan_simple_type = ((Const *)(tle->expr))->consttype;
-						break;
+		case T_Const:
+			expr->plan_simple_type = ((Const *) (tle->expr))->consttype;
+			break;
 
-		default:		expr->plan_simple_type = InvalidOid;
+		default:
+			expr->plan_simple_type = InvalidOid;
 	}
 
 	return;
@@ -2544,26 +2554,29 @@ exec_simple_check_plan(PLpgSQL_expr * expr)
 static void
 exec_eval_clear_fcache(Node *node)
 {
-	Expr	*expr;
-	List	*l;
+	Expr	   *expr;
+	List	   *l;
 
 	if (nodeTag(node) != T_Expr)
 		return;
 
-	expr = (Expr *)node;
+	expr = (Expr *) node;
 
-	switch(expr->opType)
+	switch (expr->opType)
 	{
-		case OP_EXPR:	((Oper *)(expr->oper))->op_fcache = NULL;
-						break;
+		case OP_EXPR:
+			((Oper *) (expr->oper))->op_fcache = NULL;
+			break;
 
-		case FUNC_EXPR:	((Func *)(expr->oper))->func_fcache = NULL;
-						break;
+		case FUNC_EXPR:
+			((Func *) (expr->oper))->func_fcache = NULL;
+			break;
 
-		default:		break;
+		default:
+			break;
 	}
 
-	foreach (l, expr->args)
+	foreach(l, expr->args)
 		exec_eval_clear_fcache(lfirst(l));
 }
 
diff --git a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c
index 5416d0d68955e746d34d46fae559ee47b74b023e..b2ddd3cfd932f4471e4f41cc6c57601ce3338f8e 100644
--- a/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c
+++ b/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *			  procedural language
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c,v 1.4 1999/05/10 00:46:31 momjian Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c,v 1.5 1999/05/25 16:15:18 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
  *
@@ -328,8 +328,8 @@ plpgsql_ns_rename(char *oldname, char *newname)
 char *
 plpgsql_tolower(char *s)
 {
-	char   *ret;
-	char   *cp;
+	char	   *ret;
+	char	   *cp;
 
 	ret = palloc(strlen(s) + 1);
 	cp = ret;
diff --git a/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c b/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c
index dc11a7111ad7f201c57af42fb8f7e29d6d465b5b..3e40b82ecd5d6868c60f72de4f6f26d640b1547e 100644
--- a/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c
+++ b/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *			  procedural language (PL)
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c,v 1.9 1999/04/20 02:19:59 tgl Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c,v 1.10 1999/05/25 16:15:19 momjian Exp $
  *
  *	  This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
  *
@@ -1041,9 +1041,8 @@ pltcl_trigger_handler(FmgrInfo *proinfo)
 	if (SPI_finish() != SPI_OK_FINISH)
 		elog(ERROR, "pltcl: SPI_finish() failed");
 
-	if (strcmp(pltcl_safe_interp->result, "OK") == 0) {
+	if (strcmp(pltcl_safe_interp->result, "OK") == 0)
 		return rettup;
-	}
 	if (strcmp(pltcl_safe_interp->result, "SKIP") == 0)
 	{
 		return (HeapTuple) NULL;;
diff --git a/src/test/examples/testlo.c b/src/test/examples/testlo.c
index 672a78ae88e315b5758932e815590d87fab4d988..e0b2e9bbc8896f85b18d04926f8a39e57718f345 100644
--- a/src/test/examples/testlo.c
+++ b/src/test/examples/testlo.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/testlo.c,v 1.12 1999/05/20 09:30:36 ishii Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/testlo.c,v 1.13 1999/05/25 16:15:21 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -83,9 +83,7 @@ pickout(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
 
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
 	buf = malloc(len + 1);
@@ -113,9 +111,7 @@ overwrite(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
 
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
 	buf = malloc(len + 1);
@@ -154,9 +150,7 @@ exportFile(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, char *filename)
 	 */
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * open the file to be written to
diff --git a/src/test/examples/testlo2.c b/src/test/examples/testlo2.c
index 6345f2cc0340b30e8dd6e32fd0ad72ce3bccdf45..168dd51e3df2bb3a9ff3c75ac0b5515339eb3007 100644
--- a/src/test/examples/testlo2.c
+++ b/src/test/examples/testlo2.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *
  *
  * IDENTIFICATION
- *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/Attic/testlo2.c,v 1.11 1999/05/20 09:30:36 ishii Exp $
+ *	  $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/examples/Attic/testlo2.c,v 1.12 1999/05/25 16:15:22 momjian Exp $
  *
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ pickout(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
 
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
 	buf = malloc(len + 1);
@@ -109,9 +107,7 @@ overwrite(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, int start, int len)
 
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	lo_lseek(conn, lobj_fd, start, SEEK_SET);
 	buf = malloc(len + 1);
@@ -150,9 +146,7 @@ exportFile(PGconn *conn, Oid lobjId, char *filename)
 	 */
 	lobj_fd = lo_open(conn, lobjId, INV_READ);
 	if (lobj_fd < 0)
-	{
 		fprintf(stderr, "can't open large object %u", lobjId);
-	}
 
 	/*
 	 * open the file to be written to
diff --git a/src/test/regress/regress.c b/src/test/regress/regress.c
index 9674c52d2d648a70997dc25c1f08d9fa0d8a1459..6cfa26017e4f3a55fb73553da4295d4f5f9ee593 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/regress.c
+++ b/src/test/regress/regress.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/regress/regress.c,v 1.31 1999/05/03 19:10:48 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/regress/regress.c,v 1.32 1999/05/25 16:15:26 momjian Exp $
  */
 
 #include <float.h>				/* faked on sunos */
@@ -390,11 +390,11 @@ funny_dup17()
 	if (SPI_processed > 0)
 	{
 		selected = int4in(
-				   SPI_getvalue(
-								SPI_tuptable->vals[0],
-								SPI_tuptable->tupdesc,
-								1
-								)
+						  SPI_getvalue(
+									   SPI_tuptable->vals[0],
+									   SPI_tuptable->tupdesc,
+									   1
+									   )
 			);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/tools/pgindent/README b/src/tools/pgindent/README
index d0f3324d6ceacd26b13d78b02e47ee5a621300c1..446010c9c50641f35b83df4669a26a5c7605e499 100644
--- a/src/tools/pgindent/README
+++ b/src/tools/pgindent/README
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ This can format all PostgreSQL *.c and *.h files, excluding libpq++,
 
 On 09/06/1997, from the top directory, I ran:
 
-  find . -name '*.[ch]' -type f -print | egrep -v '++|/odbc/|s_lock.h' | xargs -n100 pgindent
+  find . -name '*.[ch]' -type f -print | egrep -v '\+\+|/odbc/|s_lock.h' | xargs -n100 pgindent
 
 The stock BSD indent has two bugs.  First, a comment after the word 'else' 
 causes the rest of the file to be ignored.  Second, it silently ignores
diff --git a/src/tutorial/funcs.c b/src/tutorial/funcs.c
index cda3ef112a957b58698187b96945b578bc892dfb..bb0efacb64e5a00392e360373c2c39eb38750b48 100644
--- a/src/tutorial/funcs.c
+++ b/src/tutorial/funcs.c
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
 */
 
 int			add_one(int arg);
-Point	   *makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy );
+Point	   *makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy);
 text	   *copytext(text *t);
 
-bool c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t,	  /* the current instance of EMP */
-				int4 limit);
+bool c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t,	/* the current instance of EMP */
+		   int4 limit);
 
 
 
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ add_one(int arg)
 }
 
 Point *
-makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy )
+makepoint(Point *pointx, Point *pointy)
 {
-	Point	  *new_point = (Point *) palloc(sizeof(Point));
+	Point	   *new_point = (Point *) palloc(sizeof(Point));
 
 	new_point->x = pointx->x;
 	new_point->y = pointy->y;
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ copytext(text *t)
 }
 
 bool
-c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t,	 /* the current instance of EMP */
+c_overpaid(TupleTableSlot *t,	/* the current instance of EMP */
 		   int4 limit)
 {
 	bool		isnull = false;
diff --git a/src/utils/dllinit.c b/src/utils/dllinit.c
index c86a5274aee51652942e7d6b8aa601a192a37193..3e8fb861a0efeea41cb6ce32436679a488609da0 100644
--- a/src/utils/dllinit.c
+++ b/src/utils/dllinit.c
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
-/* dllinit.c -- Portable DLL initialization. 
+/* dllinit.c -- Portable DLL initialization.
    Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Mumit Khan (khan@xraylith.wisc.edu).
 
-   I've used DllMain as the DLL "main" since that's the most common 
+   I've used DllMain as the DLL "main" since that's the most common
    usage. MSVC and Mingw32 both default to DllMain as the standard
-   callback from the linker entry point. Cygwin32 b19+ uses essentially 
+   callback from the linker entry point. Cygwin32 b19+ uses essentially
    the same, albeit slightly differently implemented, scheme. Please
-   see DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL macro in <cygwin32/cygwin_dll.h> for more 
+   see DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL macro in <cygwin32/cygwin_dll.h> for more
    info on how Cygwin32 uses the callback function.
 
-   The real entry point is typically always defined by the runtime 
-   library, and usually never overridden by (casual) user. What you can 
-   override however is the callback routine that the entry point calls, 
+   The real entry point is typically always defined by the runtime
+   library, and usually never overridden by (casual) user. What you can
+   override however is the callback routine that the entry point calls,
    and this file provides such a callback function, DllMain.
 
    Mingw32: The default entry point for mingw32 is DllMainCRTStartup
@@ -40,17 +40,17 @@
 #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-BOOL APIENTRY DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, 
-                       LPVOID reserved /* Not used. */ );
+BOOL APIENTRY DllMain(HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason,
+		LPVOID reserved /* Not used. */ );
 
 #ifdef __CYGWIN32__
 
 #include <cygwin/cygwin_dll.h>
-DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL( DllMain );
+DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL(DllMain);
 /* save hInstance from DllMain */
-HINSTANCE __hDllInstance_base;
+HINSTANCE	__hDllInstance_base;
 
-#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ */
+#endif	 /* __CYGWIN32__ */
 
 struct _reent *_impure_ptr;
 
@@ -59,47 +59,46 @@ extern struct _reent *__imp_reent_data;
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * DllMain 
+ * DllMain
  *
- *	This routine is called by the Mingw32, Cygwin32 or VC++ C run 
- *	time library init code, or the Borland DllEntryPoint routine. It 
- *	is responsible for initializing various dynamically loaded 
+ *	This routine is called by the Mingw32, Cygwin32 or VC++ C run
+ *	time library init code, or the Borland DllEntryPoint routine. It
+ *	is responsible for initializing various dynamically loaded
  *	libraries.
  *
  * Results:
- *      TRUE on sucess, FALSE on failure.
+ *		TRUE on sucess, FALSE on failure.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
-BOOL APIENTRY
-DllMain (
-	 HINSTANCE hInst /* Library instance handle. */ ,
-	 DWORD reason /* Reason this function is being called. */ ,
-	 LPVOID reserved /* Not used. */ )
+BOOL		APIENTRY
+DllMain(
+		HINSTANCE hInst /* Library instance handle. */ ,
+		DWORD reason /* Reason this function is being called. */ ,
+		LPVOID reserved /* Not used. */ )
 {
 
 #ifdef __CYGWIN32__
-  __hDllInstance_base = hInst;
-#endif /* __CYGWIN32__ */
-
-  _impure_ptr = __imp_reent_data;
-  
-  switch (reason)
-    {
-    case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
-      break;
-
-    case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
-      break;
-
-    case DLL_THREAD_ATTACH:
-      break;
-
-    case DLL_THREAD_DETACH:
-      break;
-    }
-  return TRUE;
-}
+	__hDllInstance_base = hInst;
+#endif	 /* __CYGWIN32__ */
+
+	_impure_ptr = __imp_reent_data;
+
+	switch (reason)
+	{
+		case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
+			break;
 
+		case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
+			break;
+
+		case DLL_THREAD_ATTACH:
+			break;
+
+		case DLL_THREAD_DETACH:
+			break;
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/src/utils/getopt.c b/src/utils/getopt.c
index c36550422db53f81bc23ef93d7a48b1abe3abc3b..8aa46c72f7444fec429078ffdfbb6e9fe079afc8 100644
--- a/src/utils/getopt.c
+++ b/src/utils/getopt.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ char	   *optarg;				/* argument associated with option */
 #define EMSG	""
 
 /*
- * getopt 
+ * getopt
  *	Parse argc/argv argument vector.
  */
 int
diff --git a/src/win32/endian.h b/src/win32/endian.h
index 6ba49cd2f288bba8eb9939246d14fc5c4261d1b9..b8a646ab9fa1db8f1004774a6aef347004ed6af3 100644
--- a/src/win32/endian.h
+++ b/src/win32/endian.h
@@ -4,5 +4,3 @@
 /* JKR added file, all hacks will be in the files added, not in EGCS */
 
 #include <sys/param.h>
-
-#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/win32/tcp.h b/src/win32/tcp.h
index 5fc85d9447bbdbf6229740a33970f8114aef67af..48de4ad556f367008ed0c3cbddacb1339eccbb8f 100644
--- a/src/win32/tcp.h
+++ b/src/win32/tcp.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-#ifndef	_INET_TCP_
-#define	_INET_TCP_
+#ifndef _INET_TCP_
+#define _INET_TCP_
 
 /* JKR added file, all hacks will be in the files added, not in EGCS */
 
-#endif	/* _INET_TCP_ */
+#endif	 /* _INET_TCP_ */
diff --git a/src/win32/un.h b/src/win32/un.h
index a914c22afc0e0d3ee909498e8a9367ff08bd7d30..ca43303fa5e4885a73e19c8a04952d30b34fd333 100644
--- a/src/win32/un.h
+++ b/src/win32/un.h
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
-#ifndef	_SYS_UN_H
-#define	_SYS_UN_H
+#ifndef _SYS_UN_H
+#define _SYS_UN_H
 
 /* JKR added file, all hacks will be in the files added, not in EGCS */
 
-struct	sockaddr_un {
-	short	sun_family;		/* AF_UNIX */
-	char	sun_path[108];		/* path name (gag) */
+struct sockaddr_un
+{
+	short		sun_family;		/* AF_UNIX */
+	char		sun_path[108];	/* path name (gag) */
 };
-
-#endif /* _SYS_UN_H */
\ No newline at end of file